makev.¹

Brit.

/meɪk/, U.S.

/meɪk/

Inflections: Past tense and past participle made Brit.

/meɪd/, U.S.

/meɪd/;

Forms:

α. Old English macan, Old English macian, Old English makian, early Middle English mace, early Middle English macie, early Middle English makeȝe, early Middle English makenn ( Ormulum), Middle English mac, Middle English maike, Middle English maki, Middle English makie, Middle English makiȝe, Middle English maky, Middle English makye, Middle English makyȝe, Middle English mayk, Middle English meke (perhaps transmission error), Middle English–1500s macke, Middle English–1500s (1800s– English regional (northern)) mak, Middle English–1600s (1800s– English regional (northern)) mack, Middle English– make, 1500s mayke, 1800s– maak (English regional (northern)), 1800s– meck (English regional (northern)), 1800s– meeak (English regional (northern)), 1800s– mek (English regional (south-western)), 1800s– mheyk (English regional (northern)), 1800s– myek (English regional (northern)); U.S. regional (south Midland and southern) 1800s mack, 1800s mak, 1800s– meck, 1800s– mek; Scottish pre-1700 mac, pre-1700 macke, pre-1700 maike, pre-1700 makke, pre-1700 mayk, pre-1700 mayke, pre-1700 meack, pre-1700 meake, pre-1700 meakke, pre-1700 mekien (present participle), pre-1700 1700s– mack, pre-1700 1700s– mak, pre-1700 1700s– make, pre-1700 1800s– maik, pre-1700 1900s– makk, pre-1700 1900s– mek, 1700s–1800s meak, 1800s– meck; also 1800s– maake (Irish English).

β. Chiefly northern and midlands Middle English mace (3rd singular present indicative), Middle English mai, Middle English mase (2nd and 3rd singular and plural present indicative), Middle English mass (3rd singular present indicative), Middle English matz (3rd singular present indicative), Middle English may, Middle English–1500s ma; English regional (northern) 1700s– mey, 1800s– ma, 1800s– maa, 1800s– mae, 1800s– may; Scottish pre-1700 ma, pre-1700 mai, pre-1700 maise (3rd singular present indicative), pre-1700 may; N.E.D. (1904) also records present indicative inflected forms Middle English maiss, Middle English mayss.

Past tense

α. Old English maacode (rare), Old English macude, Old English–early Middle English macode, Old English–early Middle English makode, early Middle English macede, early Middle English machede, early Middle English macod, Middle English make (transmission error), Middle English makede, Middle English maket, Middle English makid, Middle English makide, Middle English makked, Middle English makyd, Middle English–1600s maked, 1800s– macked (English regional (northern)); Scottish pre-1700 maked, pre-1700 makit, pre-1700 makyt, 1900s– makkit.

β. Middle English maad, Middle English maade, Middle English madde, Middle English maid, Middle English maide, Middle English maude, Middle English mede, Middle English–1500s mayde, Middle English–1600s mad, Middle English– made, 1500s med, 1700s– meade (English regional (northern)), 1800s– mead (English regional (south-western)), 1800s– myed (English regional (northern)); Scottish pre-1700 maad, pre-1700 madde, pre-1700 maed, pre-1700 maide, pre-1700 mayd, pre-1700 mayde, pre-1700 mayed, pre-1700 mead, pre-1700 meadde, pre-1700 meade, pre-1700 meid, pre-1700 meyd, pre-1700 1700s– made, pre-1700 1800s– maid, pre-1700 1800s– med, pre-1700 1800s– meed, pre-1700 1900s– mede, 1900s– medd; also 1800s– maat (Irish English).

Past participle

α. Old English gemacod, Old English–early Middle English macod, early Middle English maced, Middle English ȝemaked, Middle English imacad, Middle English imake, Middle English imaked, Middle English imakede, Middle English imaket, Middle English imakit, Middle English maked, Middle English makedd ( Ormulum), Middle English maket, Middle English makid, Middle English makiet, Middle English makyd, Middle English makyn (perhaps transmission error), Middle English ymaked, Middle English ymakit, Middle English ymakyd; Scottish pre-1700 maked, pre-1700 makit, pre-1700 makyt.

β. Middle English imad, Middle English maad, Middle English madde, Middle English maide, Middle English ymaad, Middle English ymad, Middle English ymade, Middle English–1500s maid, Middle English–1500s mayd, Middle English–1600s mad, Middle English– made, 1700s mead (English regional (midlands)), 1800s– meade (English regional (northern)), 1800s– myed (English regional (northern)); Scottish pre-1700 maad, pre-1700 mad, pre-1700 madde, pre-1700 maed, pre-1700 maide, pre-1700 mayd, pre-1700 mayde, pre-1700 mayed, pre-1700 mead, pre-1700 meadde, pre-1700 meade, pre-1700 meid, pre-1700 meyd, pre-1700 1700s– made, pre-1700 1800s– maid, pre-1700 1800s– med, pre-1700 1800s– meed, pre-1700 1900s– mede, 1900s– medd.

Origin: A word inherited from Germanic.

Etymology: Cognate with Old Frisian makia, Middle Dutch māken (Dutch maken), Old Saxon makon (Middle Low German māken), Old High German mahhōn (Middle High German machen, German machen); apparently not represented in Gothic or early Scandinavian (Old Swedish maka to make, construct (Swedish maka to move), Danish mage to manage, arrange are from Middle Low German; Old Icelandic maka to make (rare) is from Middle Low German or another West Germanic language); further etymology uncertain.The word has been referred to the Indo-European base of Welsh maeddu to knead and Old Church Slavonic mazati to smear, and perhaps also of ancient Greek μάσσειν (compare the perfect passive μέμαγμαι , magma n., and mass n.²), classical Latin mācerāre (see macerate v.), and Armenian macanim to cling to; but whether these last three, and indeed the West Germanic verb, should be referred to this base is not certain. The Indo-European base perhaps had the sense ‘to knead, work with the hands’ from which, it is hypothesized, the more general meaning ‘make’ may have developed. The Germanic verb is also widely considered to be related to the Germanic base of i-make n. and match n.¹, probably an adjective with the sense ‘fit, suitable’. This adjective must be regarded as a derivative of the verb (perhaps via the sense ‘that which can be done’) if the above Indo-European etymology is accepted. An older view took the verb as a specifically West Germanic derivative (with the original sense ‘fit, arrange’) of the adjective (which, having reflexes in North Germanic, must go back to Common Germanic), and treated the further etymology as unknown. For a suggestion that the Old English word may show a borrowing from Old Saxon (and perhaps ultimately from Old High German), rather than a part of the inherited vocabulary of Old English, see S. Kuhn in Jrnl. English Linguistics 19 (1986) 49–93. Old English macian and gemacian (which continued into Middle English as imake ) are much less common than don do v. (which is also the word most commonly used to translate Latin facere ), gewyrcan i-wurche v., and wyrcan work v. In Old English sense 1a appears to be the commonest use, followed by senses 34a and 33b (factitive), 38 (causative), and 43a. Development of senses within English was affected by various secondary borrowings and influences, e.g. from senses of Latin facere and fierī ; no attempt has been made to document these exhaustively below. Since it is uncertain what the original meanings of the word were in West Germanic, the branches in the semantic arrangement below do not necessarily reflect the sequence in which the senses arose. In Old English the prefixed form gemacian is also attested; some of the past participle forms with ge- cited above may represent this verb. Loss of intervocalic k from the early Middle English past makede and past participle maked is unparalleled, but the similar loss of k from the infinitive and present in north and north-midland texts is paralleled by the variants ta , tas of take v. (the two sets of forms occur in overlapping sets of texts). However, the surviving evidence does not unequivocally imply that the stem without k spread from the present paradigm to the past and from the north to the south. The β forms do not constitute a continuous and self-contained paradigm within individual Middle English texts or regional dialects. The β infinitive is relatively rare. The 2nd singular, 3rd singular, and plural present indicative β forms are found in late Middle English texts from most of the northern and north-midland counties as far south as Leicestershire and the Isle of Ely with the exception of Cumberland and Westmorland. They generally correspond to an α form in the infinitive and 1st singular present indicative. In the past and past participle, α forms appear to be universal until the Wooing of Our Lord (a1225), where þu mades and makedes occur in the same sentence. β forms of the past and past participle become common, mainly in texts from the midlands and south, in the second half of the 13th cent. In the 14th- and 15th-cent. β forms of the past and past participle greatly outnumber α forms, but many texts from the midlands and south of England, including most of the major late Middle English literary works, employ both. According to Eng. Dial. Dict., β forms of the infinitive, present, or imperative occurred in 19th-cent. regional dialects in a roughly triangular area bounded by west Yorkshire, Shropshire, and Lincolnshire (corresponding on the whole to the distribution of the Middle English present-tense β forms), but α forms were also found throughout this area. The α forms with a short a must have arisen in Middle English before the great vowel shift. J. Wright, Eng. Dial. Gram. (1905) records such forms from the northern counties and as far south as Shropshire, Staffordshire, Warwickshire, Leicestershire, and Lincolnshire; in Scots, the pronunciation /mak/ is general. The α forms with short e date from after the raising of Middle English long ā. Eng. Dial. Gram. records this type of form from the north-west, the midlands, and the south-west, and Surv. Eng. Dial. adds stray occurrences from Norfolk and Essex, which suggests that this shortening was at one time widespread in nonstandard English. This is borne out by the existence of the form /mɛk/ in U.S. regional and Caribbean English.

I. Senses in which the object of the verb is a product or result.

* To bring into existence by construction or elaboration.

a. transitive. To produce (a material thing) by combination of parts, or by giving a certain form to a portion of matter, to manufacture; to construct, assemble, frame, fashion.In many contexts verbs of more specific meaning are now often employed, and, with particular objects (e.g. house, town, ship), predominate.

ΘΚΠ

society > occupation and work > industry > manufacture or production > manufacture or produce [verb (transitive)]

i-wurchec888

makeeOE

workOE

dighta1175

outworka1325

forge1382

tiffa1400

fabricate1598

elaborate1611

produce1612

manufacture1648

to work off1653

output1858

productionize1939

society > occupation and work > industry > manufacture or production > manufacture or produce [verb (transitive)] > by combination, extraction, etc.

makeeOE

prepare1535

eOE King Ælfred tr. Gregory Pastoral Care (Hatton) (1871) xviii. 135 Ða gimmas ðara halignessa to ðæm wæron gemacod ðæt hi scoldon scinan on ðæs hiehstan sacerdes hrægle betwux ðam halegestan halignessum.

OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1900) II. 180 Wurdon þa tobrocene..þæra hæþenra goda hus and anlicnyssa þurh þæra manna handa, þe hi macodon and guton.

OE Inscription on Sundial, Kirkdale Church, Yorks. in E. Okasha Hand-list of Anglo-Saxon non-runic Inscriptions (1971) 88 He hit [sc. the church] let macan newan from grvnde.

lOE Laws: Gerefa (Corpus Cambr.) ix. 454 Me mæig in Maio & Iunio & Iulio..tymbrian, wudian, woedian, faldian, fiscwer and mylne macian.

?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1137 In mani of þe castles wæron lof and grin..þat was sua maced [etc.].

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 1937 Þa makeden heo hus.

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 2776 He makede ane heȝe burh, feier & hende.

a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 3541 Mac vs godes foren us to gon.

c1330 (?a1300) Sir Tristrem (1886) l. 2765 (MED) Þis forest wil y felle, And castel wil y ma.

a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(1)) (1850) Psalms ciii. [civ.] 17 There sparewis shul make nestis.

?a1400 (a1338) R. Mannyng Chron. (Petyt) ii. 336 He mad a coruen kyng.

c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. vi. 191 An heep of heremites..ketten here copes and courtpies hem made.

c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 2587 (MED) He..mas a brig ouire þe bourne of Barges with cheynes.

?a1475 (?a1425) tr. R. Higden Polychron. (Harl. 2261) (1865) I. 163 Men off Phenicia..made [L. condiderunt] the cites of Sidon and of Tyrus.

1485 W. Caxton in Malory's Morte Darthur Table of Contents sig. i Kyng Marke..maad a tombe ouer them.

1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) xi. 368 Ane vax-cayme that beis mais.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/1 I make hym a gowne, a house, a cappe, or suche lyke.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 621/2 I make cockes of haye.

1571 in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. 313 To Magnifie my name I maid ane Stepill.

1686 W. Aglionby Painting Illustr. (new ed.) Explan. Terms at Antique All the Works of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture that have been made in the Time of the Antient Greeks.

1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant i. 208 The Franciscan Friars had made some Rooms there for the convenience of Pilgrims.

1720 Prior in Swift's Lett. (1766) II. 11 Richardson..has made an excellent picture of me; from whence lord Harley (whose it is) has a stamp taken by Vertue.

1751 R. Paltock Life Peter Wilkins II. xvi. 192 One of the Colambs being making a House to reside in.

1774 O. Goldsmith Grecian Hist. I. v.* 172 They caused a statue of Jupiter to made at the general expence.

1774 O. Goldsmith Hist. Earth VIII. 41 As birds sometimes are seen to make their nests.

1849 Chambers's Information for People (new ed.) II. 719/2 The machine being..composed of the parts in ordinary use, only made circular.

1852 F. W. Robertson Serm. 3rd Ser. xii. 147 The beaver makes its hole, the bee makes its cell.

1865 M. Arnold Ess. Crit. vi. 195 That dress, made full, as you've got it, suits you.

1893 Times 29 Apr. 13/3 He has abandoned his mannerisms and been content to make a beautiful picture.

1925 F. S. Fitzgerald Great Gatsby v. 106 I..ran for a huge black knotted tree, whose massed leaves made a fabric against the rain.

1962 P. Mortimer Pumpkin Eater ix. 48 The factory made many things beside rope and tents: string, matting, canvas, anything that could be made out of hemp.

1987 R. Ellmann Oscar Wilde iii. 55 Miles at this time made a small sketch of Wilde.

b. transitive. With from, of, out of, with (the material or component parts). See also sense 5.to make a silk purse out of a sow's ear: see silk n. and adj. Compounds 1b.

ΚΠ

OE Ælfric Homily (Corpus Cambr. 188) in B. Assmann Angelsächsische Homilien u. Heiligenleben (1889) 35 Eall swa be mæssereafe, þe sume menn maciað of heora ealdum claðum, þe beoð eal on swate.

a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Bodl. 959) (1959) Exod. xxxii. 4 He..made of hem aȝotun calf.

a1450 (?a1300) Richard Coer de Lyon (Caius) 2664 in K. Brunner Mittelengl. Vers-roman über Richard Löwenherz (1913) 226 Torches maad wiþ wex ful cleer.

1554 D. Lindsay Dialog Experience & Courteour 985 in Wks. (1931) I. 228 Thay..maid thame Breikis of leuis grene.

1584 A. Barlowe in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations (1589) iii. 730 Their boates are made of one tree, either of Pine, or of Pitch trees: a wood not commonly knowen to our people, nor found growing in England.

1633 P. Fletcher Poeticall Misc. 62 in Purple Island My little pipe of seven reeds ymade.

a1774 O. Goldsmith Surv. Exper. Philos. (1776) II. 239 Burning instruments..are usually made with glass.

a1774 O. Goldsmith tr. P. Scarron Comic Romance (1775) I. v. 31 A..pair of breeches..which he had given to this botcher, to make out of them a more fashionable suit.

1791 J. Townsend Journey Spain (1792) III. 118 Buskins..which are made with the esparto rush.

1859 H. T. Ellis Hong Kong to Manilla 148 An Indian can make almost anything out of bamboo.

1860 J. Abbott Amer. Hist. I. vi. 173 It was the duty of the women to make clothing from the skins after they were cured.

1920 D. H. Lawrence Lost Girl v. 87 Then of her own kerchief she made a pad for the wound.

1975 I. McEwan First Love, Last Rites (1976) 76 We had a kind of theatre we made ourselves out of a fruit box, and we made the people out of paper and card.

†c. transitive. To represent (a feature, quality, etc.) in a painting or similar creation. Obsolete. rare.

ΘΚΠ

society > leisure > the arts > visual arts > representation in art > represent in art [verb (transitive)]

workOE

shapea1375

express1382

marka1393

resemblea1393

portraya1398

devisea1400

makea1400

represent?a1425

counterfeitc1440

to set on write1486

porturea1500

emporturea1529

story1532

portrait1548

show1565

decipher1567

portraiture1581

to set forth1585

emblazea1592

stell1598

defigure1599

infigure1606

effigiate1608

deportract1611

deportray1611

rendera1616

image1624

configure1630

exiconize1641

effigies1652

to take off1680

mimic1770

paraphrase1961

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Gött.) 23216 Na mar..Þan painted fire..Þat on wagh wit man war mad right [Vesp. Þat apon awagh war wroght].

1849 C. Dickens David Copperfield (1850) xx. 211 It was a startling likeness... The painter hadn't made the scar, but I made it.

1859 Ld. Tennyson Vivien in Idylls of King 118 I took his brush and blotted out the bird, And made a Gardener putting in a graff.

d. transitive. Chiefly British. Idiomatically in collocation with mend. Also frequently (esp. Nautical) used intransitively in same sense. Occasionally also intransitively without mend: (of a craftsperson, seamstress, etc.) to make articles for a specified person. Cf. to make do and mend at sense 39f.

ΚΠ

c1400 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Trin. Cambr. R.3.14) (1960) A. iii. 51 Þere nis wyndowe ne auter Þat I ne shulde make or mende.

1600 in J. Barmby Churchwardens' Accts. Pittington (1888) 133 For a handmell, and crosspin of iron, to mend or make bald~rigs for our bells.

1676 St. Paul's Cathedral Building Accts. July in Wren Soc. (1936) 13 79 Makeing & mending Molds, Levells &c. Bevells & miter squares for Bricklayers.

1784 E. Hamilton Let. 15 June in A. Morrison Hamilton & Nelson Papers (1893) I. 85 She has over-grown all her cloaths. I am makeing and mending all as I can for her.

1790 J. B. Moreton Manners & Customs West India Islands 131 If you please and humour her properly, she will make and mend all your clothes.

1840 R. H. Dana Two Years before Mast viii. 64 Another thing which you learn better in the forecastle than you can anywhere else, is to make and mend clothes, and this is indispensable to sailors.

1851 H. Mayhew London Labour II. 30/1 Those who make or mend, and who must make or mend so cheaply that the veriest vagrant may be their customer, [etc.].

1862 Temple Bar 6 482 He makes for Count This and Prince That, and they never want their coats altered.

1885 W. D. Howells Rise Silas Lapham i. 5 She cooked, swept, washed, ironed, made and mended from daylight till dark.

1903 R. Kipling Traffics & Discov. (1904) 154 I'm going to ask this young gentleman to breakfast, and then we'll make and mend clothes till the umpires have decided.

1987 E. G. Holland Coniston Copper (BNC) 133 Moses Mossop was regularly at work making and mending wooden barrels.

1991 I. Gower Shoemaker's Daughter (1992) (BNC) 86 I know, I'm only a woman but I can make and mend just as well as any man, if not better.

e. transitive. made in ——: that was made in ——; manufactured in ——; also in extended use.Used as a label on manufactured goods, to show the country of origin.Sometimes depreciative, implying that goods from the country concerned are considered to be of poor quality; such uses seem to have originated with made in Germany, used in this way in the late 19th and early 20th centuries.

ΚΠ

1690 London Gaz. No. 2603/4 A little Gold Watch with a white Enamell Dial-Plate, made in France.

1765 N.-Y. Mercury 10 June 1/3 (advt.) Women's best Calemanco Shoes, Made in New-York.

1851 Official Descriptive & Illustr. Catal. Great Exhib. III. 568/1 Real guipure, made in Ireland: head-dress and collar.

1896 E. E. Williams in New Rev. Jan. 14 The phrase ‘Made in Germany’ is raw material for a jape at the pantomime.

1909 J. R. Ware Passing Eng. Victorian Era 172/1 Made in Germany.., bad, valueless. Outcome of the vast quantity of inferior goods imported from Germany. Term increased in force from the date when this phrase had, legally, to be printed on the object.

1922 F. H. Burnett Head of House of Coombe xx. 239 The young German woman was possessed of a mind ‘made in Germany’.

1974 S. Marcus Minding Store (1975) x. 204 At one time a ‘Made in France’ or ‘Made in Italy’ label added cachet.

1980 M. Bail Homesickness i. 41 The bus skated and shuddered: a good thing it was Made in Germany.

1998 People (Electronic ed.) 13 Dec. A large parcel..contained a box with Gift From Delhi stamped across the top. Underneath I found the words Made in Taiwan.

f. transitive. colloquial. as —— as they make them: as —— as possible.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > quantity > greatness of quantity, amount, or degree > high or intense degree > greatly or very much [phrase] > in or to the greatest degree

never solOE

with (also mid) the mostc1275

for the masteryc1325

to the bestc1390

to the uttermostc1400

at the hardest1429

to the utmostc1450

to the skies (also sky)1559

at float1594

all to nothing1606

to the height1609

to the proofa1625

to the last degree1639

to the welkin?1746

(the) worst kind1839

for all it's worth1864

as —— as they make them?a1880

in the highest1897

to the nth (degree, power)1897

up to eleven1987

?a1880 in J. S. Farmer & W. E. Henley Slang (1896) IV. 273/1 (title of broadside ballad) As good as they make 'em.

1889 G. Allen Tents of Shem I. iii. 51 I like them—thorough ladies,..and as clever as they make them.

1934 T. S. Eliot Rock i. 13 'e was a fine fellow on one side and as bad as they make 'em on the other.

1960 G. W. Target Teachers (1962) 52 He looked about as miserable as they make 'em.

g. transitive. Contextually in various trades, with more specific meaning in connection with particular stages in the creation of a manufactured or crafted product.

ΚΠ

1888 Arts & Crafts Catal. 82 The volume passes into the hands of the ‘forwarder’, who ‘makes’ the back.

1900 Eng. Dial. Dict. Make, to put the soles on boots or shoes.

a. transitive. Of God (also of Nature personified, etc.): to create (a material or spiritual object). Also (occasionally) in passive with the agent unspecified.

ΘΚΠ

the world > existence and causation > creation > [verb (transitive)] > of God

workOE

rearOE

shapeOE

makeOE

raisec1384

to set (something) on (also upon) sevenc1390

spire1435

OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1881) I. 436 And þæt hlyd ðærto gelimplice gefeged, eac of hwitum marmstane swa swa hit macode god.

a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 139 Sunnendai weren engles makede of godes muðe.

a1225 (?c1175) Poema Morale (Lamb.) 83 in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 165 (MED) He makede fisses in þe se and fuȝeles in þe lifte.

c1225 (?c1200) Hali Meiðhad (Bodl.) (1940) 40 Ich chulle halde me hal þurh þe grace of godd as cunde me makede.

c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 478 Þre þousend & four score & þre ȝer Fram þat þe world was verst imad.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 345 He þat mad [Fairf. maket] al thing o noght.

a1425 (a1382) Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Corpus Oxf.) Gen. i. 16 And God made two greet liȝt ȝyuerys.

c1449 R. Pecock Repressor (1860) 146 (MED) God..made the world and alle thingis that ben in it.

a1500 in R. Girvan Ratis Raving & Other Early Scots Poems (1939) 176 In waist natur na-thinge mais.

1591 Troublesome Raigne Iohn i. sig. B4 Can Nature so dissemble in her frame, To make the one so like as like may be?

1609 Bible (Douay) II. Index Light, an accident made the first day.

1660 tr. M. Amyraut Treat. conc. Relig. ii. vi. 241 Nature ha's not made us of Iron.

1667 J. Milton Paradise Lost ix. 138 This Woman whom thou mad'st to be my help.

1743 E. Young Complaint: Night the Fourth 46 Truth, eldest Daughter of the Deity; Truth, of his Council, when he made the Worlds.

1784 E. Allen Reason x. §1. 347 Admitting the three first propositions to be true, to wit, that there are three Gods..their essences and providences would interfere, and make universal confusion and disorder.

1826 J. F. Cooper Last of Mohicans I. viii. 158 Indian fights, sometimes, last for days; 'tis their scalps or ours!—and God, who made us, has put into our natures the craving after life!

1852 H. B. Stowe Uncle Tom's Cabin II. xx. 37 ‘Do you know who made you?’ ‘Nobody, as I knows on,’ said the child... ‘I spect I grow'd. Don't think nobody never made me.’

1876 H. James Roderick Hudson ii. 55 ‘I suppose they're no better made than a good tough Yankee,’ objected Mr. Striker... ‘The same God made us.’

1980 F. Buechner Godric 136 With privities we make us others like ourselves as God made Adam once.

b. With complement or adverbial phrase denoting the form or condition of the created being or object, or the purpose or object of creation. Hence in passive: to be naturally fitted or destined (with for or infinitive); to be perfectly fitted. to be made for each other (also one another): to be such as to harmonize perfectly or form an ideal combination (as a married couple, etc.); to be ideally suited.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > will > necessity > fate or destiny as determining events > must as decreed by fate [verb (intransitive)] > be one's lot

tidec1000

fallOE

to be made for each other (also one another)1709

the mind > emotion > love > friendliness > be friendly [verb (intransitive)] > get on (well)

gree?a1513

to get in with1602

cotton1605

to hitch (also set, or stable) horses together1617

to hit it1634

gee1685

to set horses together1685

to be made for each other (also one another)1751

to hit it off1780

to get ona1805

to hitch horses together1835

niggle1837

to step together1866

to speak (also talk) someone's (also the same) language1893

to stall with1897

cog1926

groove1935

click1954

vibe1986

a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 79 Þo þet weren imakede engles in houene, and fellen ut for hore wrechede.

a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 122 Of euerilc ougt, of euerilc sed, Was erðe mad moder of sped.

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) Mark ii. 27 The sabote is maad for man, and nat a man for the sabote.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Gött.) 12370 Ȝe þat he has made to men,..And þat eftir his aunen ymage.

a1500 (?c1440) J. Lydgate Horse, Goose & Sheep (Lansd.) 636 in Minor Poems (1934) ii. 565 Hih & low wer maad of oo mateer.

c1515 Ld. Berners tr. Bk. Duke Huon of Burdeux (1882–7) lix. 206 We be all made to dye.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 2 (1623) v. i. 7 This hand was made to handle nought but Gold.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Coriolanus (1623) i. i. 205 They said..that dogges must eate That meate was made for mouths.

1697 J. Dryden tr. Virgil Georgics iii, in tr. Virgil Wks. 104 The Calf, by Nature..made To turn the Glebe.

1709 R. Steele Tatler No. 47. ⁋2 These Two Lovers seem'd..made for each other.

1712 R. Steele Spectator No. 515. ¶6 Indeed, Gatty, we [sc. women] are made for Man.

1715 D. Defoe Family Instructor I. i. i. 14 Did God make me to serve him?

1733 A. Pope Ess. Man i. 47 Ask..why Oaks are made Taller or stronger than the Weeds, they shade.

1751 S. Richardson Clarissa (ed. 3) III. lxiii. 328 Her features are all harmony, and made for one another.

1784 R. Burns (title) Man was made to mourn.

1822 Cobbett's Weekly Polit. Reg. 30 Mar. 778 It is true enough, that God made all the women; but he did not make them all players.

1854 D. Brewster More Worlds xiii. 202 Man was not made for the planet—but the planet was made for man.

1857 C. Dickens Let. ?3 Sept. (1995) VIII. 430 Poor Catherine and I are not made for each other, and there is no help for it.

1870 C. Dickens Edwin Drood ii. 10 She..said that she had become your pupil, and that you were made for your vocation.

1883 H. James in Cent. Mag. Aug. 500/1 For Alphonse Daudet ‘Numa Roumestan’ will mark this interfusion of a temperament and a subject that are made for each other.

1937 Amer. Home Apr. 124/2 Warm weather was made for things to grow in and there will soon be growing things all around us.

1971 D. Clark Sick to Death iv. 82 When two people—what's the popular phrase?—are made for each other, these things happen.

1990 S. Morgan Homeboy xlv. 268 Boy, was Sunny glad Cherry purpled her down. Xanax was made for days like this.

c. passive. Usually with preceding adverb (as to be well made, etc.). Of the bodily frame: to have the specified build or proportions.

ΘΚΠ

the world > life > the body > bodily shape or physique > [verb (intransitive)]

to be well madea1350

to be well (straight) set upa1854

a1350 in G. L. Brook Harley Lyrics (1968) 38 Heo haþ..body ant brest wel mad al.

1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 3921 Then come a beste..Mad & merkid as a Meere.

1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) cxx. 161 To seme to the folkes syght better maad, & fayrer of body.

1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) i. 385 Bot off lymmys he wes weill maid.

1569 R. Grafton Chron. II. 495 Of bodie he was slender,..well membred, and strongly made.

1688 A. Behn Lycidus 29 She was well made, and had an admirable meen, an Air of Gayety and Sweetness.

1886 A. Sergeant No Saint I. i. i. 3 His frame was broad and strongly made.

1988 M. Warner Lost Father i. 14 Lucia..was neatly made and short.

a. transitive. To prepare (an article of food or drink) for consumption. to make meat (now regional): to prepare food.Some of the examples placed here might appear to belong to branch VI.; but originally meat was taken to mean the food as prepared. (Similarly in to make tea or make coffee.)

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > food > food manufacture and preparation > preparation for table or cooking > prepare food [verb (transitive)]

makeOE

dightc1320

dressa1325

array1366

prepare1490

guise1604

catea1617

trick1824

fix1839

get1873

nap1961

the world > food and drink > food > food manufacture and preparation > preparation for table or cooking > general preparation processes > perform general preparation processes [verb (transitive)]

makeOE

the world > food and drink > drink > preparation of drinks > [verb (transitive)] > make tea

draw1736

to make tea1845

brew1868

infuse1891

wet1902

to drum up1910

mast1963

the world > food and drink > drink > preparation of drinks > [verb (transitive)]

make1849

OE Old Eng. Hexateuch: Gen. (Claud.) xxvii. 9 Bring me twa ða betstan ticcenu, þæt ic macige mete þinum fæder þærof [L. ut faciam ex eis escas patri tuo].

c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 8661 Acc allre firrst macc þu to me Þær offe an litell kechell.

c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 8339 Wo þat miȝte..seþe & Make potage.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 3497 Þe hus to kepe and ma þe mett.

c1400 (?c1380) Cleanness (1920) 625 Þre mettez of mele menge, & ma kakez.

?c1425 Recipe in Coll. Ordinances Royal Househ. (Arun. 334) (1790) 461 As men maken ruschewes.

1463 in S. Tymms Wills & Inventories Bury St. Edmunds (1850) 32 In leeffull tyme to make hire mete in the chymeny.

1589 R. Tomson in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations iii. 581 The bread they make there is certaine cakes made of rootes.

1603 T. Dekker et al. Patient Grissill sig. G4^v Grissill shall goe make Pap, and Ile licke the skillet.

1748 H. Glasse Art of Cookery (ed. 3) ix. 215 To make a Boiled Loaf.

1845 C. Dickens Cricket on Hearth i. 15 Only let me make the tea first, John.

1849 C. Dickens David Copperfield (1850) xxiii. 244 I then made her..a glass of hot white wine and water, and a slice of toast cut into long thin strips.

1855 in Contrib. Hist. Soc. Montana (1940) X. 128 Found some Grosvonts Camp'd making meat.

1886 W. Besant Children of Gibeon II. ii. xix. 334 The cloth was spread, and she was making the tea.

1908 K. Grahame Wind in Willows x. 234 It was, indeed, the most beautiful stew in the world, being made of partridges, and pheasants, and chickens, and hares, and rabbits, and pea-hens, and guinea-fowls, and one or two other things.

1973 L. Hellman Pentimento (1979) 547 That night I was making her saffron rice.

1985 P. Auster City of Glass xi. 162 He stood up, went into the kitchen, and made another bowl of cornflakes.

b. transitive. gen. To produce (a substance) by the combination of ingredients, by extraction from a source, or by modification of some other substance by mechanical or chemical processes. With from, out of (the source or original substance), of, †with (the ingredients).

ΘΚΠ

the world > existence and causation > creation > [verb (transitive)] > produce or bring forth

doeOE

makelOE

to bring forthc1175

farrow?c1225

childc1350

fodmec1390

raise1402

spring?1440

upbringc1440

breed1526

procreate1546

hatch1549

generate1556

product1577

deprompt1586

produce1587

spire1590

sprout1598

represent1601

effer1606

depromea1652

germinate1796

output1858

lOE Laws: Rectitudines (Corpus Cambr.) xvi. 451 Cyswyrhtan gebyreð hundred cyse, & þæt heo of wringhwæge buteran macige to hlafordes beode.

c1175 ( Ælfric Homily (Bodl. 343) in S. Irvine Old Eng. Homilies (1993) 61 Þa spætte he on þa eorðan, and makede of ðam spattle and of ðare eorðe lam.

c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 1480 Ȝiff þatt tu willt makenn laf Þu þresshesst tine shæfess.

c1225 (?c1200) Hali Meiðhad (Bodl.) (1940) 28 Hit greueð þe se swiðe þet tu wult..makien him poisun.

c1395 G. Chaucer Canon's Yeoman's Tale 812 Cley maad with hors or mannes heer and oyle Of tartre.

a1400 tr. Lanfranc Sci. Cirurgie (Ashm.) (1894) 14 A medicyn maad in oon maner þat worchiþ dyvers effectis.

c1430 (c1380) G. Chaucer Parl. Fowls 354 The swalwe, mortherere of the foules smale That maken hony of floures.

1552 R. Huloet Abcedarium Anglico Latinum Make mortar, concinnare lutum.

1585 T. Washington tr. N. de Nicolay Nauigations Turkie i. xiv. 15 A small round fruite..Of which the Inhabitants..make oyle.

1611 Bible (King James) Ecclus. xlix. 1 The perfume y^t is made by the arte of the Apothecarie.

1652 Ripley's Compend of Alchemy in E. Ashmole Theatrum Chemicum Britannicum 191 Many Amalgame dyd I make.

1669 S. Sturmy Mariners Mag. v. xii. 67 To make Red Powder.

1698 Philos. Trans. (Royal Soc.) 20 291 The way of making Pitch, Tarr, Rosin and Turpentine.

1710 T. Hearne Remarks & Coll. (1889) III. 30 Mr. William Stallenge..was the first Author of making silk in England.

1758 Philos. Trans. 1757 (Royal Soc.) 50 62 Bella-donna..is so called because the Italian ladies make a cosmetic from the juice.

1853 A. Ure Dict. Arts (ed. 4) II. 728 The patent plan of Mr. William Onions of making cast steel seems worthy of adoption.

1861 W. Fairbairn Iron 176 M. Chenot makes steel direct from the ore by converting it into a substance he calls sponge, in a peculiarly constructed furnace.

1932 I. D. Garard Introd. Org. Chem. iii. 34 Secondary butyl alcohol..is made from butylene..just as isopropyl alcohol is made from propylene.

1976 Shell in Industr. Chemicals 2 Shell Chemical Company..also makes solvents derived from butylene.

1988 D. Rees GCSE CDT—Design & Realisation x. 80 Hardboard is made from wood fibres that have been pulped, processed and refined.

c. transitive. U.S. (now chiefly southern). To bring (a crop) to maturity; to raise (raise v.¹ 11a). Also intransitive: (of a crop) to come to maturity. Cf. sense 18a.

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > farming > cultivation or tillage > cultivation of plants or crops > cultivate plants or crops [verb (transitive)]

tilla1325

raisec1384

uprearc1400

nourisha1500

cherish1519

dig1526

dress1526

govern1532

manure?c1550

rear1581

nurse1594

tame1601

crop1607

cultive1614

cultivate1622

ingentle1622

tend1631

make1714

peck1728

grow1774

farm1793

culture1809

side-dress1888

double-crop1956

produce2006

1714 Boston News-let. 9 Aug. 2/2 We have had an extraordinary drought here last Spring and all of this Summer, which makes us apprehensive of a Scarcity of Corn, and little or no Tobacco to be made.

1763 G. Washington Diary 1 Sept. (1925) I. 187 My..Corn was just beginning to show... Quere, has it time to make or Ripen?

1848 Southern Literary Messenger 14 635/2 Some corn and some cotton are ‘made’, as the Virginians say.

1867 Country Gentleman 29 388/1 Seventeen years ago it rained more or less for 27 days in the month of May... Enormous crops of hay were made that year.

1898 Country Gentleman 63 418/1 Corn crop is now made, well-eared in most cases.

1938 M. K. Rawlings Yearling xiv. 140 Pa, the quail has hatched under the Scuppernog. And the grapes is makin'.

1938 M. K. Rawlings Yearling xiv. 143 There was no more corn and would not be until the summer's crop was made.

1972 F. Knebel Dark Horse (1973) vi. 83 Eddie, you don't want no old man like me around. I ain't even made a crop in ten years.

1989 D. Maharidge & M. Williamson And their Children after Them iv. iv. 221 He had stopped planting Hobe's Hill, but was again hoping to make a crop on the bottomland to pay off his debt.

a. transitive. To compose, write as the author (a book, poem, †letter, etc.). †to make Latin (also Latins): see Latin n.Originally used widely of literary works, and also applied to musical compositions; nowadays less common, as a more specific verb such as compose or write is typically preferred with many of the possible objects: cf. sense 1a. The principal modern use is of poems or verses, though even this is somewhat archaic or consciously literary.

ΘΚΠ

society > leisure > the arts > music > composing music > compose [verb (transitive)]

makelOE

compose1597

society > leisure > the arts > literature > art or occupation of writer or author > be the author of or write (a work) [verb (transitive)]

setc888

adighteOE

awriteeOE

writeeOE

dightc1000

workOE

makelOE

brevea1225

ditea1300

aditec1330

indite1340

betravail1387

compone1393

saya1475

compile1477

compose1483

comprise1485

recite1523

pen1530

contex1542

invent1576

author1597

context1628

to make up1630

spawn1631

lOE St. Nicholas (Corpus Cambr.) (1997) 83 Ne eac þæt gewrit þe unwis mann onginð to macigenne ne bið hit na wislic to sprecanne ne god to understandenne.

a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 71 On þe godspelle þe sein lucas makede.

a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 125 (MED) Ða songes..boð makede of þere heouenliche blisse.

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 32 He nom þa Englisca boc þa makede seint Beda.

c1350 Apocalypse St. John: A Version (Harl. 874) (1961) 2 (MED) Seint Iohan þewangelist..made þis book þat is cleped þapocalips.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 87 Of hir to mak bath rim and sang.

c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. v. 415 I haue leuere here an harlotrie..Þan al þat euere Marke made, Mathew, John, & lucas.

1485 W. Caxton in Malory's Arthur Pref. 2 Alle suche bookes as been maad of hym ben fayned and fables.

1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) i. 33 Off thaim I thynk this buk to ma.

?1507 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 96 Clerk of Tranent..That maid the anteris of Gawane.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/2 I make a booke, as a clerke dothe... Is your boke made yet?

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 625/1 I wyll go make a letter.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 630/2 I make the dytie of a songe.

1612 F. Bacon Ess. (new ed.) 144 As a Musitian that maketh an excellent aire in Musick.

1612 J. Brinsley Ludus Lit. xiv. 190 (heading) How to enter to make verses with delight and certaintie.

1650 J. Howell tr. A. Giraffi Exact Hist. Late Revol. Naples i. 127 Cavalier Cosmo Fonseca..who us'd to make epitaphs.

1699 R. Bentley Diss. Epist. Phalaris (new ed.) 211 Philoctetes, which was not made till sixscore years after Phalaris's death.

1787 J. Ramsay in Burns' Wks. II. 117 He has made words to one or two of them [sc. tunes].

1803 tr. G. C. A. Pigault-Lebrun Monsieur Botte I. 6 Would you..have me marry a woman that makes verses?

1819 G. Crabbe Tales of Hall I. x. 267 I penn'd some notes, and might a book have made, But I had no connexion with the trade.

1874 N. Maclean Life North. Univ. 15 Dive ye think ye can mak Latin as ye mak yer ain language?

1889 D. Hannay Life F. Marryat 100 Travellers who came to spy out the land, and make a book about it.

1894 W. Morris Wood beyond World (colophon) Here ends the tale of the Wood beyond the World made by William Morris.

1938 P. Kavanagh Green Fool xxiv. 246 I made a lot of ballads. I sang them at dances, and part of one at a wake.

1940 Punch 10 Apr. 414/2 By his own statement he has made only about a couple of dozen short stories in a busy life, and that was when he had nothing else to do.

1960 T. Crawford Burns 75 To ‘make’ a perfect work of art, in the sense which underlies the old Scots word ‘makar’, or poet.

†b. intransitive. To compose verses; to write poetry; to rhyme. Cf. maker n. 5. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > leisure > the arts > literature > poetry > compose poetry [verb (intransitive)]

versec1000

rhymec1300

versify1377

makea1387

metrea1415

poetizea1586

compose1602

poetrize1602

sing1638

rhythm1655

poeticize1817

poesy1820

rune1832

a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1874) V. 27 (MED) Tholomeus..made more of astronomy þan was al þat he fonde y-made tofore his tyme.

c1390 G. Chaucer Man of Law's Tale 57 In youthe he made of Ceys and Alcione, And sithen hath he spoke of euerychone.

c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. xii. 22 To solacen hym sum tyme as I do whan I make.

c1430 (c1386) G. Chaucer Legend Good Women Prol. 69 Ye lovers that kan make of sentement.

c1450 (c1390) G. Chaucer Complaint of Venus 82 Graunson, flour of hem that make in Fraunce.

a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 127 My heid did ȝak ȝester nicht, This day to mak that I na micht.

1579 E. Spenser Shepheardes Cal. Apr. 19 And hath he skill to make so excellent?

1612 M. Drayton Poly-olbion iv. 59 Those who scarce haue seene a Booke, Most skilfully will make.

1622 G. Wither Faire-virtue sig. N8 I make to please my selfe, and not for them.

1859 Ld. Tennyson Lancelot & Elaine 997 in Idylls of King And in these days she made a little song,..And sang it: sweetly could she make and sing.

1895 ‘H. Haliburton’ Dunbar: Poems adapted for Mod. Readers 52 Unless I mak' to this man's mind, Howe'er its bias is inclin'd, My makin', sir, 's no' worth a mite.

c. transitive. To create (a recording, film, etc.). With of or from (the original musical or literary work). Also (occasionally): to make a recording or film of (a musical or literary work). Cf. senses 1a, 4a.

ΘΚΠ

society > communication > record > recording or reproducing sound or visual material > record [verb (transitive)] > create recording of musical, literary, etc., work

make1914

society > leisure > the arts > performance arts > cinematography > filming > film [verb (transitive)]

kinetograph1891

cinematograph1897

take1897

biograph1898

kinematograph1898

film1899

make1914

shoot1916

can1935

lens1942

1914 J. B. Rathbun Motion Picture Making ii. 29 (heading) Making the picture.

1918 C. Sandburg Comhusker 51 There is drama in that point... Griffith would make a movie of it to fetch sobs.

1932 Times Educ. Suppl. 17 Dec. p. ii/2 The records made by the great tenor..have been re-recorded by the Company.

1962 J. McCabe Mr. Laurel & Mr. Hardy iii. 76 For a while they worked as extras for a small company which was making L. Frank Baum's Wizard of Oz stories.

1976 Gramophone June 69/3 Trevor Pinnock's previous Rameau recording..of the E minor and the later A minor Suites was made on a Rubio instrument after Tasquin.

1978 Lancashire Life Apr. 29/3 The two-disc album is from a recording made in Holland in 1951.

1987 C. Simmons Belles Lettres Papers vi. 97 He was promoting a movie that was being made from a best-seller.

5. transitive (in passive). to be made of:

a. Of a thing: to have been fashioned, whether by human agency or by nature, out of (certain materials); to have as its material, constituents, or component parts; to consist or be composed of.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > wholeness > mutual relation of parts to whole > be composed of or consist of [verb (transitive)]

to be made ofa1200

to stand of ——a1393

to stand togetherc1475

remaina1525

compose?1541

subsist1549

to stand on ——1563

to consist of1565

to stand upon ——1601

to consist in1614

comprise1874

a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 145 Ane box ȝemaked of marbelstone.

c1300 St. Michael (Laud) 666 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 318 (MED) Of þis foure elemenz ech quic þing I-make is.

a1350 (c1307) in R. H. Robbins Hist. Poems 14th & 15th Cent. (1959) 23 Þe holy crois y-mad of tre.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 21741 (MED) Maked it [sc. the Cross] es o faur and tre..Nokes four and treis thrin.

?a1425 (c1380) G. Chaucer tr. Boethius De Consol. Philos. i. pr. i. 22 Hir clothes weren makid of right delye thredes.

?a1425 Mandeville's Trav. (Egerton) (1889) ii. 6 Þe table..was made of olyue.

c1449 R. Pecock Repressor (1860) 8 A sillogisme is mad of twey proposiciouns.

a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 172 Towngis now ar maid of quhite quhale bone, And hartis ar maid of hard flynt stone.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 318/1 Made of cristall, cristalin.

1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 255^v I found Rome made but of bricke, and I will leaue it of marble.

a1640 P. Massinger Guardian i. i. 151, in 3 New Playes (1655) I am made of other clay.

1669 S. Sturmy Mariners Mag. v. xii. 66 Cords made of Hemp.

1722 A. Nisbet Syst. Heraldry I. 119 A Cross Bourdonee, as if it were made of Pilgrims Staves, which use to have a round Ball at the Top.

1827 Mirror 2 164/1 Books aren't made of Stilton cheese.

1892 Argosy Oct. 312 The drums were made of metal.

1954 P. Frankau Wreath for Enemy i. vi. 48 I was grateful for Francis' arm holding me; my legs had begun to feel as though they were made of spaghetti.

1989 M. C. Smith Polar Star iii. xxix. 350 The vests were made of orange cotton over plastic briquettes.

b. Of a person: to be composed or possessed of (certain qualities). Now chiefly in indirect questions. Also in extended use. Cf. stuff n.¹ 3b.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > mental capacity > disposition or character > be of certain character [verb (intransitive)]

to be made of?a1425

to be built (that way, etc.)1882

?a1425 (c1380) G. Chaucer tr. Boethius De Consol. Philos. ii. pr. iv. 27 A man maked al of sapience and of vertu.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Cymbeline (1623) iii. v. 33 She looke[s] vs like A thing more made of malice, then of duty.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Julius Caesar (1623) iii. ii. 93 When that the poore haue cry'de, Cæsar hath wept: Ambition should be made of sterner stuffe.

1709 B. Mandeville Virgin Unmask'd iii. 49 You may see by their Actions, when they begin to know what they are made of:..some are arch, most of 'em are wanton.

1793 Sporting Calendar Apr. 24/1 There's many a better man than he is..—I'll shew you presently what he is made of.

1842 F. Marryat Percival Keene II. ii. 156 That chap is made of good stuff, depend upon it—all the Dutchmen are.

1867 R. Broughton Not Wisely, but too Well xvi. 276 Are you like other women,..or are you made of sterner stuff, that would not stop at a trifle for the man you loved?

a1930 N. Munro Great Night in B. D. Osborne & R. Armstrong Erchie & Jimmy Swan (1993) ii. ix. 360 We may have a chance later on to hear Mr Tod, whose rendition of that fine old song shows us the stuff he is made of.

1951 A. Baron Rosie Hogarth i. vi. 62 A chap always felt a bit rocky after he'd shown what he was made of.

1990 New Dimensions May 38/2 The veteranos, people who had been in the gang for a long time, wanted to see what we were made of.

2004 S. Grafton R is for Ricochet (2005) xxx. 337 It's like a test. Let's see what Beck's made of.

c. colloquial. to be made of money: to be extremely rich, to be very wealthy.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > possession > wealth > [adjective] > very or fabulously

as rich as Crœsus1577

to be made of money1781

super-rich1901

stinking1945

loaded1948

mega-rich1980

mega-money1989

1781 Pennsylvania Packet 27 Sept. 2 If they do not [establish a recruiting fund], the battalion will be no more, for it will be impossible for any two officers to keep it up, unless they are made of money.

1849 D. W. Jerrold (title) A man made of money.

1876 A. Trollope Prime Minister III. xv. 254 You're living here in a grand house, and your father's made of money.

1895 Mrs. H. Ward Bessie Costrell ii. 35 You don't care, not you!—one 'ud think yer were made o' money.

1918 C. Mackenzie Early Life Sylvia Scarlett ii. ii. 292 He asked if I thought he was made of money and could buy top-hats like matches.

1967 E. Coxhead Thankless Muse iv. 103 ‘Then why don't we keep it?’ ‘You think Clare's made of money, I suppose?’

1987 S. Eldred-Grigg Oracles Miracles vii. 134 Must think we're bloody made of money, throwing good butter away like it was last week's jerry can.

6. transitive. To put together materials for (a fire) and set them alight. Cf. to make up 9g at Phrasal verbs 1.

ΘΚΠ

the world > matter > properties of materials > temperature > heat > burning > burn or consume by fire [verb (transitive)] > make a fire

beetc885

make?a1200

to make on1487

to fire up1836

to lay a fire1876

?a1200 (?OE) Peri Didaxeon (1896) 27 Wyrce hym arest hnesce bedd and macian [read maca] wearm fyr.

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 1186 He makede bi þon weofede a swiðe wunsum fur.

c1300 St. Barnabas (Laud) 94 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 29 (MED) Men..mauden a-boute him swiþe gret fuyr.

c1390 (c1300) MS Vernon Homilies in Archiv f. das Studium der Neueren Sprachen (1877) 57 315 (MED) Þe fuir in halle he made and bette.

c1450 Med. Recipes (BL Add. 33996) in F. Heinrich Mittelengl. Medizinbuch (1896) 116 (MED) Let make a fyre of þre charkol or foure.

1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) iv. 561 Luk on na viss the fyre he ma.

?a1562 G. Cavendish Life Wolsey (1959) 110 Goo down agayn And make a great fier in yo^r lodge ayenst I come to drye them.

1565 T. Cooper Thesaurus at Facere Bustum, to make a funeral fyer.

1603 T. Dekker et al. Patient Grissill sig. B3^v Master I haue made a good fire.

1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant i. 225 They made great Fires all along the Coast.

1747 H. Glasse Art of Cookery xx. 158 Make a pretty brisk Fire..then slacken it so as just to have enough to keep the Still at Work.

1805 R. W. Dickson Pract. Agric. II. 1201 When cured as bacon, it is the practice in Kent to singe off the hairs, by making a straw fire round the hog, an operation which is termed swaling.

1844 ‘E. Warburton’ Crescent & Cross II. 101 I..ordered the other [Arab] to make a fire instantly.

1864 J. R. Lowell Fireside Trav. 149 I will make a fire, and leave them to refrigerate as much longer as they please.

1951 J. G. Neihardt When Tree Flowered vi. 40 They told me to ride over to a draw and to get some dry brush; and when I got back, my grandmother made a little fire.

1992 Independent 3 Aug. 17/6 My grandmother..rose early to make her fire in the kitchen that had home-made rag rugs on the slate slabs.

7. transitive. To draw up (a legal document, esp. one's will).

ΘΚΠ

society > communication > writing > manner of writing > [verb (transitive)] > draw up document

writeOE

makec1300

drawc1390

to make upa1425

to make out1465

prepare1562

to draw up1623

scriven1742

to draw out1773

redact1837

c1300 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Otho) 25340 Þan cayfer hii radden þat he writes makede and sende his sonde to manicune londe.

1340 Ayenbite (1866) 40 Ualse notaryes, þet makeþ þe false lettres and ualseþ þe celes, makeþ þe kueade libelles.

c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. ii. 58 (MED) Now Simonye and Siuyle stondeþ forþ boþe, Vn-Foldyng þe Feffement þat Falsnes made.

1476 in J. Raine Vol. Eng. Misc. N. Counties Eng. (1890) 35 Made in the yere of our Lorde millesimo cccclxxvj.

1484 W. Caxton tr. Subtyl Historyes & Fables Esope vi Whanne he was..at the poynt of dethe he wold make his testament.

1519 Rec. Allhallows' Barking in E. F. Rimbault Hist. Organ 56 This endenture made the yere of our lorde god m^lv^c xix.

1568 in J. Small Poems W. Dunbar (1893) II. 307 Quhill Deid he hint him be the back,..And lute him nocht his testment mack.

1587 J. White in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations (1589) iii. 769 Which bonde with a testimonie vnder their handes, and seales, they foorthwith made, and deliuered into his hands.

1659 T. Burton Diary (1828) IV. 45 Put the case, that none but servants be at making their master's will.

1697 G. Dallas Syst. Stiles 1 The foresaid Clause made anent payment of Annual rents.

1697 G. Dallas Syst. Stiles 7 [A] Writ made by way of Contract.

1702 Ld. Fitzwilliam Let. 28 Nov. in D. R. Hainsworth & C. Walker Corr. Ld. Fitzwilliam & F. Guybon (1990) 114 However, comfort him up and lett him make his will.

1797 Encycl. Brit. XVIII. 395/1 If he recovers, he may alter his dispositions, and have time to make a written will.

1823 C. C. F. Greville Mem. (1874) I. 64 In 1810 the King made another will, but..he always put off signing it.

1903 Spectator 31 Oct. 704/2 Daulac..and his companions made their wills, confessed, and received the sacrament.

1925 W. Cather Professor's House i. ii. 41 Before he went to France he made a will in her favour; he had no living relatives, indeed.

1993 S. Deshpande Binding Vine 114 He was terrified, he didn't want to die. He made his will, wound up his affairs, but he was never really prepared for death.

8. transitive. To set apart and prepare the site for (a garden, park, road, etc.).

ΚΠ

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2) Amos. ix. 14 Thei shuln make gardyns.

1580 C. Hollyband Treasurie French Tong Roder le pays, to make a roade in the countrey... Vn rodeur ou coureur, a roder or wighrider [1593 wayrider].

1639 Of Nuisance to Private Houses 7 Hee that maketh a Parke, will leave ground..without the pale for the Keeper to walke about it..This is called free-bownd.

1728 E. Chambers Cycl. at Road Artificial Road is that made by Labour of the Hand, either of Earth, or Masonry.

1804 C. Smith Conversat. I. 93 We had made gardens of our own.

1818 Order in R. Willis & J. W. Clark Cambridge (1886) I. 573 The making a walk from the New Bridge along the new Plantation.

1866 M. Arnold Thyrsis i, in Macmillan's Mag. Apr. 449 How changed is here each spot man makes or fills!

1879 H. N. Moseley Notes by Naturalist on ‘Challenger’ x. 259 Making a road is simply clearing of trees a line of ground of a certain breadth and marking the bounds with a plough.

1883 Harper's Mag. Mar. 602/1 All day by ‘spells’ I have been out helping Jack make the garden.

1992 Garden Answers Jan. 11/3 You would be better to find a more open place for your pond or consider making a bog garden instead.

** In wider sense: to cause to exist, to produce.

†a. transitive. With direct and indirect object (the latter originally dative of the person) or with direct object and to (also unto): to cause (something) to happen to or fall to the lot of (a person); to cause (a person) to experience (something); to bring into the possession or power of (a person). Obsolete. [Quot. OE² at sense 1a represents the only occurrence of the word in Old English verse, significantly in a poem based on an Old Saxon original, probably after the use of Old Saxon makon.]

ΘΚΠ

the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)] > bring about a state or condition in, on, or to > in or to a person

makeOE

bringa1500

effecta1616

OE Genesis B 755 Eac is hearm gode, modsorg gemacod.

OE Ælfric Old Test. Summary: Judges (Laud) xvi. 25 in S. J. Crawford Old Eng. Version of Heptateuch (1922) 413 Þa bædon hig sume, þæt Samson moste him macian sum gamen.

a1350 in G. L. Brook Harley Lyrics (1968) 35 Al wrong y wrohte for a wyf þat made vs wo in world ful wyde.

c1390 G. Chaucer Sir Thopas 129 His murie men comanded he To make hym bothe game and glee.

a1400 (c1303) R. Mannyng Handlyng Synne (Harl.) 3939 Ȝyf þou make one so hard stresse Þat hys godnesse wexe þe lesse.

a1425 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Galba) 28630 Two maners of mending makes men mede.

1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxvii. 98 This quene..made vnto the peple grete dyuersytees.

1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) iii. 465 [Bruce] maid thaim gamyn and solace.

1523 Ld. Berners tr. J. Froissart Cronycles I. ccxxxvi. f. cccv^v Suche as be of his secte are displeased, with that the Frenche kyng maketh you so good chere as he dothe.

1590 E. Spenser Faerie Queene i. viii. sig. H2^v He..Then..from his arme did reach Those keyes, and made himselfe free enterance.

1606 R. Hill Christs Prayer 13 If wee haue made them any offence.

1612 B. Jonson Alchemist iii. ii. sig. F4^v Euen the med'cinall vse shall make you a faction, And party in the Realme.

1690 J. Locke Two Treat. Govt. ii. v. §39 Labour could make Men distinct titles to several parcels of it [sc. the World].

1725 A. Ramsay Gentle Shepherd ii. iii. 25 When last the Wind made Glaud a Roofless Barn.

b. transitive. To produce by action, bring about (a condition of things, a state of feeling).to make ado, fun, game, peace, sport (of); to make a fuss (about and of), †matter, noise, pother, racket, row, scene, sensation, splash, stir; to make an impression, etc.: see the nouns and make-a-do n., make-game n., make-peace n., make-sport n.

ΚΠ

OE Ælfric Homily: De Falsis Diis (Corpus Cambr. 178) in J. C. Pope Homilies of Ælfric (1968) II. 683 His sunu hatte Mars, se macede æfre saca.

lOE Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) anno 1052 Hi macodon mæst þet unseht betweonan Godwine eorle & þam cynge.

c1395 G. Chaucer Squire's Tale 218 It is rather lyk An apparence ymaad by som magyk.

a1425 (c1333–52) L. Minot Poems (1914) 28 Þe Franche men..mase grete dray when þai er dight.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 619/1 I make a revell, I make a do.

c1540 (?a1400) Gest Historiale Destr. Troy 4213 Lamydon..was fader to the freike that offens mas.

1572 (a1500) Taill of Rauf Coilȝear (1882) 174 Mak na mair stryfe.

1574 J. Baret Aluearie M 48 To make strife and debate, concire vel concitare lites.

1611 R. Cotgrave Dict. French & Eng. Tongues Faire le Diable de vauvert, To make a hurlyburly.

1650 R. Baxter Saints Everlasting Rest (1651) iv. 36 The sufferings which we do make our selves, have usually issues answerable to their causes.

1813 Ld. Byron Bride Abydos ii. xx. 425 He makes a solitude—and calls it—peace!

1897 A. D. Innes Macaulay's Ess. Clive (Pitt Press) 128 Buying up all the rice—in the trade-jargon of to-day ‘making a corner’.

1918 Stars & Stripes 22 Mar. 5/4 The sight of the Red Triangle in the upper left-hand corner of your envelope makes a great hit with the young lady's mother.

1980 G. Lord Fortress i. 11 In such a place, the people had to make their own entertainment.

†c. transitive. In passive. [After classical Latin fierī (which supplies the passive senses of facere in the present stem) to begin to exist, to take place, to be.] To come; to come about. Cf. sense 33d and note to sense 34a. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Luke iii. 2 The word of the Lord is maad on John.

?a1425 (c1400) Mandeville's Trav. (Titus C.xvi) (1919) 25 Þat gret Babyloyne where the dyuersitee of langages was first made.

d. transitive. to make (the) time: to schedule one's activities in order to enable something to be accomplished; to create the opportunity for somebody or something to be attended to; to gain (oneself) time in a difficult situation (rare). Also without complement. Cf. find v. 13c. See also sense 53.to make place (also room, way): see the nouns.

ΘΚΠ

the world > time > a suitable time or opportunity > provide occasion or opportunity [verb (transitive)]

serve1532

to make time1835

1835 J. Anster tr. J. W. von Goethe Faustus i. v To make time for yourself begin By order—method—discipline.

1853 C. Brontë Villette II. xxiii. 129 ‘You write to me!—You'll not have time.’ ‘Oh! I will find or make time.’

1857 J. H. Hopkins Amer. Citizen 55 They see obstacles to their adopting any Church or sect, until they can make time to examine..the arguments which each produces.

1866 W. B. Fowle Teacher's Inst. (1867) 140 Many teachers will say they have no time for such an exercise,..but I think every one can make time for it, by thus employing some of the minutes that are worse than wasted in teaching useless things.

1869 L. M. Alcott Little Women II. xi. 175 ‘I'm very proud of him, and should like you to see him.’.. ‘I fear I shall not make the time for that.’

1872 Catholic World Sept. 811 Twice a week I will make time for the singing class.

1883 Overland Monthly May 469/2 I nerved myself to the task, slowly taking off my mask, and loosening the domino to make time for myself.

1892 Catholic World Jan. 630 His only regret is that he cannot make the time to reply personally to these notes.

1940 J. Wheelwright Polit. Self-Portrait 52 What's your hurry? Let Trouble wait. Make Time slowly.

1987 L. Goldman Part of Fortune xxii. 99 Frequently her calendar was so full that she couldn't make time for him.

1989 T. Parker Place called Bird xvi. 187 He's on the school board, I'm on the library; we find time, we make time and we enjoy doing it.

1992 E. Macklin Woman Kneeling 74 We knew to rush to make time for things. Any delay would make it too late.

1996 S. Heaney Spirit Level 70 And some time make the time to drive out west Into County Clare.

1996 J. Lanchester Debt to Pleasure (1997) 107 We were dining in a high-grade Indian restaurant..in the capital; myself fresh down from Norfolk, she naturally vacating her schedule to make time to see me.

1997 ‘Q’ Deadmeat 114 I was fast losing patience with him. ‘You should have made time. God forbid if something happened to us and we hadn't talked.’

10.

a. transitive. To cause the material or physical existence of by some action; to inflict (a wound); to produce (a hole, a mark, a sound, etc.).

ΚΠ

OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1900) II. 326 Þa wunda þe þa wælhreowan hæþenan mid gelomum scotungum on his lice macodon, wæron gehælede.

c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 1178 Shep iss..stille der. & liþe. & makeþþ itt nan mikell bracc Ȝiff mann itt wile bindenn.

a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 33 Þe wundes þat hie on him makeden.

c1300 St. Sebastian (Laud) 48 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 179 (MED) With Arewene hes maden him woundes starke.

a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1872) IV. 111 (MED) Marcus Publius wiþ a ȝerd made a cercle in þe sond.

c1395 G. Chaucer Canon's Yeoman's Tale 1161 This false chanoun..Out of his bosom took a bechen cole, In which ful subtilly was maad a hole.

a1400 Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 986/101* (MED) Þe erthe quoke & made sown.

c1440 (a1400) Awntyrs Arthure (Thornton) 125 (MED) Þat grysely gaste made so gryme bere.

c1480 (a1400) St. Andrew 282 in W. M. Metcalfe Legends Saints Sc. Dial. (1896) I. 71 Þe fend..a tempeste son cane may.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/2 The droppes of water with ofte fallynge make the hole in a marbyll stone.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/2 What a cherme these byrdes make.

1589 G. Puttenham Arte Eng. Poesie ii. x. 74 Make me..so many strokes or lines with your pen as ye would haue your song containe verses.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Julius Caesar (1623) i. i. 44 Haue you not made an Vniuersall shout?

1680 C. Cotton Compl. Gamester (ed. 2) x. 85 Although the best of other eyes shall not discern where any mark was made.

1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant i. 111 Great claps of Thunder, which..made with the beating of the waves, a fearful noise.

1820 J. Gifford Compl. Eng. Lawyer ii. xiii. 219 If any person shall make a hole in such ship.

1842 Ld. Tennyson Morte d'Arthur in Poems (new ed.) II. 10 The great brand Made lightnings in the splendour of the moon.

1886 Pall Mall Gaz. 15 July 6/1 To make his cross upon the ballot paper.

1915 J. Conrad Victory i. i. 4 He made in the night the same sort of glow.

1915 J. Conrad Victory i. ii. 10 He would..make an elaborate note in a pocket-diary.

1947 J. Steinbeck Pearl vi. 115 Kino's mouth was open so that even his breath would make no sound.

1959 W. Golding Free Fall (1961) x. 187 The earth and sun and unseen stars, these made what might be called music.

1985 D. Johnson Fiskadoro i. 7 Grandmother complained without quite managing to make words.

b. transitive. [Compare Middle French, French il fait chaud, il fait obscur, etc. (1119 in Old French).] With non-referential it (also (Orkney and Shetland) he) as subject. With reference to weather or darkness. Now Orkney and Shetland.

ΚΠ

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 11658 (MED) Gret hete in wildernes it made [Trin. Cambr. hit was].

a1475 Sidrak & Bokkus (Lansd.) (Ph.D. diss., Univ. of Washington) (1965) 5070 (MED) If þe weder be bright and shire..Reed or blew colour shal it take, And if trouble wedre it make, Broun it shal be-come of kinde.

1654 B. Whitelocke Jrnl. Swedish Ambassy (1772) I. 165 Yett made it darke before they were from table.

1912 J. Jakobsen Etymol. Ordbog Norrøne Sprog Shetland at Mak He made a ri... He is makin' (a guid) suk... He made a sea.

1952 T. A. Robertson & J. J. Graham Gram. & Usage Shetland Dial. (1991) 13 He's makkin nae sook.

1976 R. Bulter Shaela 32 It's makkin a scaar a weet.

1988 G. Lamb Orkney Wordbk. at Maak Hid's maakan weet.

1993 J. J. Graham Shetland Dict. (rev. ed.) at Mak He's makkin a göd sook da day.

11.

a. transitive. To give rise to; to have as a result or consequence; to be the cause of. Now chiefly in set phrases, esp. in proverbs; also with a difference (also †difference) as object (see difference n.¹). to make history: see history n. 7b. to make work: see work n. Phrases 2d(b).

ΘΚΠ

the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)] > give rise to

makeOE

breedc1200

wakea1325

wakenc1330

engendera1393

gendera1398

raisea1400

begetc1443

reara1513

ingener1513

ingenerate1528

to stir upc1530

yield1576

to pull ona1586

to brood up1586

to set afloat (on float)1586

spawn1594

innate1602

initiate1604

inbreed1605

irritate1612

to give rise to1630

to let in1655

to gig (out)1659

to set up1851

gin1887

OE Ælfric Homily: De Duodecim Abusivis (Corpus Cambr. 178) in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 296 Gifernyss..macað þam menn mycele untrumnysse.

c1225 (?c1200) Hali Meiðhad (Bodl.) (1940) 16 Eise makeð þeof.

c1395 G. Chaucer Merchant's Tale 1427 For sondry scoles maken subtile clerkis.

1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) ii. 330 God may rycht weill our werdis dele; For multitud maiss na victory.

1539 T. Elyot Castel of Helthe (new ed.) 54 The meate that shall make syckenesse, muste nat a lyttell excede the exquisite measure.

1565 T. Cooper Thesaurus at Facere Vse maketh a custome.

1574 J. Baret Aluearie M 49 Old age maketh wrinckles.

1597 F. Bacon Of Coulers Good & Euill (Arb.) 154 The second blow makes the fray, The second word makes the bargaine.

1631 B. Jonson New Inne i. i. 14 A heauy purse makes a light Heart.

1655 A. Wood Life 12 Oct. (1891) I. 199 It made a great wonder, that a maid should be in love with such a person as he.

1662 B. Gerbier Brief Disc. Princ. Building 14 Too many Staires and back-Doores makes Thieves and Whores.

1738 J. Swift Compl. Coll. Genteel Conversat. 39 One Fool makes many.

1759 R. Brown Compl. Farmer 91 Dry weather makes plenty of honey.

1791 Gentleman's Mag. Jan. 22/2 It makes very little difference, with which of the acids the ether is composed.

1834 Brit. Husbandry (Libr. Useful Knowl.) I. 56 A very common opinion among farmers, that ‘high rents make good farmers’.

1927 Times 27 Aug. 12 The..alliance of 1923–5 was an illustration of the adage that adversity makes strange bedfellows.

1956 M. Dickens Angel in Corner xii. 251 In any case what difference does this place make to you and me? What difference does it make whether we have money or we haven't?

1981 W. Bronk Life Supports 113 The clarity that words Can make is not about the world.

†b. transitive. With it as object. To be the cause of (the fact stated or supposed). Obsolete.

ΚΠ

c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. x. 55 In Monnes Brayn..he [sc. Inwit] is Bremest But ȝif blod hit make.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Fairf. 14) 18788 His kin ne wille he noȝt forsake bot if þai hit ham-seluen make [Cott. bot it be thoru þair aun sake].

c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. v. 420 I nam nouȝte shryuen some tyme, but if sekenesse it make.

c1400 (?a1387) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Huntington HM 137) (1873) C. xi. 157 (MED) Man is..semblable in soule to god, bote yf synne hit make.

c1400 (?a1387) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Huntington HM 137) (1873) C. xxi. 326 (MED) We haue no trewe title to hem, for þi treison hit makeþ [v.rr. made, makede].

12.

a. transitive. With of or (esp. in a physical sense) out of. To cause what is denoted by the object of the preposition to become (what is denoted by the object of the verb).Occurring in many phrases, as to make a business (also practice, trade) of; to make something (also nonsense) of; to make an example (also a fool, fun, laughing-stock) of; to make an ass (also a beast, an exhibition) of oneself; to make heavy weather of, to make a (good, bad) job of, to make a big deal (out) of, etc. For the more established phrases see the nouns.

ΚΠ

OE Ælfric Homily: De Duodecim Abusivis (Corpus Cambr. 178) in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 296 Fornicatio..befylð þone mannan, & macað of Cristes limum myltestrena lima.

c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 11340 Ȝiff þatt tu godess sune arrt wiss Macc bræd off þise staness.

a1225 (c1200) Vices & Virtues (1888) 137 Of here wombe hie makieð here godd.

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) 13674 Heo..wulleð..makien king of ane Peohte.

1340 Ayenbite (1866) 35 (MED) Hi..makeþ ofte of þe gauel principale dette.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 13419 Vr drightin..made þam of þair water win.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 18790 Þat we vr fa mak of vr freind.

a1425 (c1300) Assumption of Virgin (BL Add.) (1901) l. 671 Ihesu crist..Of a wilde hounde haþ made a lomb.

1530 W. Tyndale Pract. Prelates sig. Ciij And thus of one empyre was made twayne.

1563 J. Foxe Actes & Monuments 1711/1 There was no more behinde to make a very Iphigenia of her, but her offeryng vp vpon the aultar of the scaffolde.

1583 tr. B. des Périers Mirrour of Mirth f. 29 If it had beene a kinge, as some saye it was, I thinke he would have made gunpouder of the old witch.

1615 Work for Cutlers 4 Ile make a Capon of you before I haue done with you, you shall nere come home vncut Ile warrant you.

1686 A. Horneck Crucified Jesus xiv. 331 Such a person must not make a trade of repenting and sinning.

1694 R. Franck Northern Mem. 177 When they kill a beast..make a Caldron of his Skin, Browis of his Bowels.

1707 tr. P. Le Lorrain de Vallemont Curiosities in Husbandry & Gardening Pref. 5 The Heathens, who made Gods of the very Onions that grew in their Gardens.

1760 L. Sterne Life Tristram Shandy II. ii. 9 I beg only you will make no strangers of yourselves.

1859 Ld. Tennyson Lancelot & Elaine 912 in Idylls of King Such service have ye done me, that I make My will of yours.

1892 Mrs. H. Ward David Grieve II. 9 He was making a friend of her.

1906 W. Woods Billy the Kid in America's Lost Plays (1940) VIII. 218 Peanut, if ever that kid comes in here while I'm here, I'll make a monkey out of him! I'll show you how bad he is.

1931 E. Bowen Friends & Relations ii. vii. 99 She made of every failure in peace, every break in their confidence a small burlesque.

1954 C. P. Snow New Men xlii. 302 But there may come a time when people like me have to make a nuisance of themselves.

1984 ‘A. Cross’ Sweet Death, Kind Death (1988) i. 8 People can use dental floss all they like, but they oughtn't to make a crusade out of it.

1991 Sun 13 June 3/3 He was barred because he was genererally making a prat of himself.

b. transitive. With idiomatic of (or †on) it (as in to make a day of it, etc.).to make a clean breast of it: see clean adj. Phrases. to make a clean job of it: see clean adj. 3g. to make a die of it: see die n.²

ΚΠ

1602 Twelfth Nt. Merriment (1893) 4 Youle make as good a night of it heere as if you had beene at all the houses in the towne.

1655 H. L'Estrange Reign King Charles 53 The Commons..thought themselves worsted, should he now at last make a saving game of it.

1660 N. Ingelo Bentivolio & Urania ii. 90 They were going to make a Day of it in Sports and Musick upon the Water.

1752 Ainsworth's Thes. Linguæ Latinæ (ed. 4) I. (at cited word) You have made a good day's work of it.

1789 C. Smith Ethelinde III. ix. 184 A bad history I am afraid that young man has made of it.

1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas II. iv. vi. 134 He is going to make a night of it.

1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas IV. x. x. 138 I made but one nap of it all night.

1843 C. Dickens Martin Chuzzlewit (1844) v. 52 I always supposed that Mrs. Lupin and you would make a match of it.

1855 D. Costello Stories from Screen 90 I made a clean breast of it to Desirée.

1856 G. J. Whyte-Melville Kate Coventry vi I..had a great mind to make a bolt of it and run up-stairs.

1959 P. H. Johnson Unspeakable Skipton xxv. 224 Know where he's gone? Off again to see that ex-wife of his in Ostberg. Mark my words they'll make a match of it again some day.

1976 Daily Record (Glasgow) 22 Nov. 26/7 Yet they made a real game of it at Tynecastle—and they must still be wondering how they ever lost.

c. transitive. to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of: to derive advantage from or turn to account, to the degree specified.to make the best (also most, worst) of: see the nouns.

ΘΚΠ

the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > transform [verb (transitive)]

wendOE

forshapeOE

workOE

awendOE

makec1175

turna1200

forwenda1325

change1340

shape1362

transmewc1374

transposec1380

puta1382

convertc1384

exchangea1400

remue?a1400

makea1425

reduce?a1425

removec1425

resolvea1450

transvertc1450

overchangec1480

mew1512

transmutea1513

wring1524

reduct1548

transform1556

innovate1561

metamorphose1576

transume1579

metamorphize1587

transmove1590

transchangea1599

transfashion1601

deflect1613

fordo1624

entail1628

transmutate1632

distila1637

to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1637

transqualify1652

unconvert1654

simulate1658

spend1668

transverse1687

hocus-pocus1774

mutate1796

fancy1801

to change around1871

metamorphosize1888

catalyse1944

morph1996

the world > action or operation > failure or lack of success > fail in [verb (transitive)] > fail to accomplish anything or much

to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1637

not to get any (or much) change out of (a person or situation)1860

the world > action or operation > harm or detriment > disadvantage > [verb (transitive)] > derive little benefit from

to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1637

the world > action or operation > advantage > be advantageous or beneficial to [verb (transitive)] > take advantage of > turn to account

lucrify1564

improve1604

to turn to account1679

to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1707

avail1785

to make a good thing of (also out of)1800

utilize1807

exploiter1818

to make capital out of1840

capitalize1869

1637 S. Rutherford Let. in Joshua Redivivus (1671) 136 If Christ can make anything of my naughtie..love to him.

1650 J. Trapp Clavis to Bible (Gen. xxxii. 12) 258 A flye can make little of a flower; but a bee will not off, till he hath the sweet thyme out of it.

1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant i. 229 They Boarded her again the third time, but could make nothing on't.

1707 tr. P. Le Lorrain de Vallemont Curiosities in Husbandry & Gardening 202 I set about the work..resolv'd to..be certain whether I could make anything of it or not.

1732 Ld. Tyrawly in Buccleuch MSS (Hist. MSS Comm.) (1899) I. 381 Unless you have two Moletta-men..you won't be able to make anything at all of her [sc. a boat], with any hands you'll get.

1768 J. Cremer Jrnl. 19 July in R. R. Bellamy Ramblin' Jack (1936) 118 But I must relate a misfortin I had remaining on me, all though I have made little of it.

1825 J. Neal Brother Jonathan I. ix. 270 He..stood up, like a pillar of iron, as far off, as he could—played square—and offered only an occasional trip, of which nothing could be made.

1870 J. E. T. Rogers Hist. Gleanings 2nd Ser. 246 Calumny made something of his relations with William Tooke.

1884 W. C. Smith Kildrostan 59 They hold the place which once the chieftain held, And what have they made of it?

1939 R. G. Collingwood Autobiogr. ii. 8 No one could get down to a job of work and make something of it.

1967 ‘S. Woods’ And shame Devil 23 ‘I've always done my duty,’ said Sergeant Duckett truculently. ‘If anyone wants to make anything of that.’

1969 D. Acheson Present at Creation (1970) xi. 92 What small assets we had must be husbanded and made much of.

d. transitive. In prepositional passive. See also sense 30b.

ΚΠ

1659 D. Pell Πελαγος 22 (note) Counterfeit Religion is made a mere stooping horse of.

1715 D. Defoe Family Instructor I. i. iv. 97 I won't be made a Fool of.

1741 S. Richardson Pamela III. xvii. 92 I will attend you,..altho' I doubt I am to be made a Shew of.

1766 O. Goldsmith Vicar of Wakefield II. xii. 211 She was now made an honest woman of.

1803 Pic Nic No. 4. 5 They must be made an example of.

1877 ‘Mrs. Forrester’ Mignon I. 105 I am not going to be made a cat's paw of.

Categories »

e. transitive. Chiefly colloquial. To bring about a confused or chaotic situation: in set phrases, as to make a hash (also botch, hat, mess, muddle, etc.) of: see the nouns. Also to make a good (poor, etc.) fist.: see fist n.¹ 1c.

†f. transitive. Scottish. to make —— of [compare French qu'avez-vous fait de —— ‘what have you done with ——’] : to do —— with. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

1824 S. E. Ferrier Inheritance lxxiii It was inconceivable, too, what he made of himself all day.

13. transitive. Grammar. [After classical Latin facere (see Oxf. Lat. Dict. at facio, sense 5c).] Of a word: to form (a certain case, tense, etc.) in a specified manner; to change into (a specified form) when inflected. Now rare.

ΚΠ

OE Ælfric Gram. (St. John's Oxf.) 21 Seo forme declinatio, þæt is, seo forme declinung, macað hire genitivvm on ae.

c1450 in D. Thomson Middle Eng. Grammatical Texts (1984) 33 Dexter et sinister..makyth the superlatyf degre in -timus, as dextimus..et sinistimus.

1886 T. Le M. Douse Introd. Gothic 167 Wahsja..makes in the present 2 p[erson] s[ingular] wahseis.

1982 Oxf. Lat. Dict. at Facio To form (one word from another); (of a word) to make (an inflexional form).

†14. transitive. To prepare or provide (a meal, a feast) for guests; to give (a dinner, etc.). Cf. sense 48. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > food > providing or receiving food > feed or nourish [verb (transitive)] > entertain with food > give or arrange a feast or dinner

makeOE

marshal1587

OE West Saxon Gospels: Matt. (Corpus Cambr.) xxii. 2 Heofona rice ys gelic gewurden þam cyninge þe macude hys suna gyfta [L. qui fecit nuptias filio suo].

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) 14425 Þe king makede ueorme [c1300 Otho feste] swiðe store.

c1300 St. Edmund King (Harl.) 1 in F. J. Furnivall Early Eng. Poems & Lives Saints (1862) 87 (MED) Seint Edmund..of wham we makieþ gret feste..kyng he was her bi este.

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Luke xiv. 12 Whanne thou makist a mete, ether souper.

c1400 J. Wyclif Sel. Eng. Wks. (1871) III. 416 In his two feestis þat he maked by myracle, he fed þo puple.

c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 831 Þou mas [Trin. Dub. makes] þe slike a mangery.

1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxxxv. 115 She made grete dyners to the poure peple.

1548 Hall's Vnion: Henry VIII f. xxj So he made them a banket and thei departed.

1609 W. Shakespeare Troilus & Cressida i. iii. 191 Aiax is growne selfe-wild..Makes factious feasts, railes on our state of warre,..and sets Thersites A slaue.

1682 J. Bunyan Holy War 241 Mr. Carnal Security did again make a feast for the Town of Mansoul.

1762 O. Goldsmith Life R. Nash 46 People of fashion make public breakfasts at the assembly-houses, to which they invite their acquaintances.

1772 S. Johnson Let. 25 Aug. (1992) II. 56 The Professors..made a publick dinner, and treated us very kindly.

1814 Ld. Byron Corsair ii. i. 31 Seyd, the Pacha, makes a feast to-night.

1867 M. Arnold Obermann once More in New Poems 226 He made a feast, drank fierce and fast, And crown'd his hair with flowers.

15.

a. transitive. To establish (a rule, an ordinance); to enact (a law); to impose (a rate); †to found, institute (a religious order, monastery, etc.) (obsolete).

ΘΚΠ

society > law > legislation > make (laws) or establish as law [verb (transitive)]

setc893

lawa1023

makeOE

lay11..

stablishc1405

constitue1489

constitute1535

society > faith > church government > monasticism > religious order > found an order [verb (transitive)]

makeOE

OE Ælfric Homily (Cambr. Ii.4.6) in J. C. Pope Homilies of Ælfric (1967) I. 362 He mihte macian his mynster on þam rymette.

lOE Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough interpolation) anno 963 He macode þær twa abbotrice, an of muneca oðer of nunna.

c1230 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Corpus Cambr.) (1962) 7 Þeos riwle is imaket nawt of monnes fundles, ah is of godes heaste.

c1300 St. Dunstan (Harl.) 46 in F. J. Furnivall Early Eng. Poems & Lives Saints (1862) 35 (MED) A gret ordeynour he was And makede moche of gode reule.

c1300 Havelok (Laud) (1868) 31 Gode lawes He dede maken an ful wel holden.

1340 Ayenbite (1866) 5 (MED) Þe uerste heste þet god made and het is þis.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 11189 Oueral þe werld he mad statut.

c1400 J. Wyclif Eng. Wks. (1880) 2 Here ordris maad of synful men.

1423 Rolls of Parl. IV. 257/2 To graunte, ordeyne, and mak by estatut.

a1500 (?a1450) Gesta Romanorum (BL Add. 9066) (1879) 9 He made a lawe, þat euery ded knyȝt shuld be buried in his armour and armys.

1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 275 [They] made a lawe that [etc.].

1569 R. Grafton Chron. II. 517 Certeine ordinaunces, made by the Maior and Aldermen of London.

1639 Oath of Free-man (broadside, Cambr., Mass.) Submitting myselfe to the wholesome Lawes & Orders made and established by the same.

1765 W. Blackstone Comm. Laws Eng. I. ii. 142 In all tyrannical governments..the right of both making and enforcing the laws, is vested in one and the same man.

1845 H. J. Stephen New Comm. Laws Eng. II. 356 Poor rates made in respect of the premises.

1875 W. Stubbs Constit. Hist. (1896) II. xvii. 614 The theory that the laws were made or enacted by the king with the consent of the lords and at the petition of the commons.

1898 Encycl. Laws Eng. VIII. 70 A receiving order is ‘made’ on the day it is pronounced, not when it is drawn up.

1983 Birds Spring 7/1 The Secretary for the Environment used his special powers to protect a threatened area, by making an order under Section 29 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act.

†b. transitive. To arrange, fix the time and place for (a match, †a tournament); to institute (games). Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > existence and causation > causation > initiating or causing to begin > initiate [verb (transitive)] > found or establish

arear?a800

astellc885

planteOE

i-set971

onstellOE

rightOE

stathelOE

raisec1175

stofnec1175

stablea1300

morec1300

ordainc1325

fermc1330

foundc1330

instore1382

instituec1384

establec1386

firmc1425

roota1450

steadfastc1450

establishc1460

institute1483

to set up1525

radicate1531

invent1546

constitute1549

ordinate1555

rampire1555

upset1559

stay1560

erect1565

makea1568

settle1582

stablish1590

seminarize1593

statuminatea1628

hain1635

bottom1657

haft1755

start1824

the mind > will > intention > planning > plan [verb (transitive)] > arrange > arrange or schedule

make1676

schedule1862

slate1883

card1885

1340 Ayenbite (1866) 252 (MED) Þanne me couþe maky þe tornoymens ine time of pays.

a1470 T. Malory Morte Darthur (Winch. Coll. 13) (1990) III. 1103 They avysed togydirs to make a party and a grete turnemente and justis.

a1568 R. Ascham Scholemaster (1570) ii. f. 50^v The games running, wrestling, and shoting, that Achilles maketh in Homer, with the selfe same games, that Æneas maketh in Virgil.

1676 Lady Chaworth in 12th Rep. Royal Comm. Hist. MSS (1890) App. v. 32 They have made four matches to be run at Newmarket.

1703 London Gaz. No. 3905/4 There is a Cock-Match made between the Counties of Surrey and Sussex.

1752 Ainsworth's Thes. Linguæ Latinæ (ed. 4) I. (at cited word) To make a match for fighting, Certamen instituere.

16.

a. transitive. To create by election, appointment, or ordination; to appoint (an officer), ordain (a priest, etc.). Cf. sense 33b.

ΘΚΠ

society > authority > office > appointment to office > appoint a person to an office [verb (transitive)] > appoint to the office of

makelOE

make?a1160

constitute1477

lOE Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough interpolation) anno 963 Leot wircen þa þæt mynstre,..macede þær munecas þær ær ne wæs nan þing.

?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1137 He makede manie munekes & plantede winiærd.

c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 58 (MED) Voure kinges hii made þo in þis kinedom.

1340 Ayenbite (1866) 42 Dingnetes þet me makeþ be chyezinge.

1422 Rolls of Parl. IV. 176/1 Such Officers and all othre be maad by advys.

c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 3441 (MED) Þe prouynce piȝt is in pes, & princes ere maked.

1549 Forme & Maner consecratyng Archebishoppes sig. A.j (heading) The forme and maner of makyng and consecratyng..Bishoppes, Priestes and Deacons.

1568 in W. T. Ritchie Bannatyne MS (1928) II. 149 Sa mony Iugeis, and lordis now maid of lait.

1585 Act 27 Eliz. c. 2 §1 Priestes, which have bene..made..beyonde the Seas, by or according to the Order..of the Romishe Church.

1643 R. Baker Chron. Kings of Eng. ii. 1 He [sc. Richard II] then made nine Knights, and created foure Earles.

1762 O. Goldsmith Citizen of World II. 42 When the Tartars make a Lama, their first care is to place him in a dark corner of the temple.

1810 Duke of Wellington Let. to Lt. Col. Torrens in Dispatches (1836) VI. 305 I..have not the power of making even a Corporal.

1930 E. Colby in Our Army Feb. 43/2 ‘I make 'em an' bust 'em,’ says the company commander.

b. transitive. gen. To cause a person to become (what is specified by the object). Also with (for) oneself (or, in early use, with reflexive pronoun).to make friends: see friend n. and adj. Phrases 1.

ΚΠ

c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. ix. l. 81 (MED) Dobet..wiþ Mammonas moneye haþ maked him frendes.

a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) ii. 2031 (MED) I feigne compaignie And make felawe overal.

1593 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie iii. i. 129 If they be no Christians, how make they Christians [by baptism]?

1612 B. Jonson Alchemist iii. ii. sig. F4^v There you haue made a Friend.

1711 J. Addison Spectator No. 47. ¶7 For these Ten Years successively he has not made less than an Hundred April Fools.

1720 J. Ozell et al. tr. R. A. de Vertot Hist. Revol. Rom. Republic I. vi. 343 [He] made a great Number of Prisoners.

1731 B. Franklin in Pennsylvania Gaz. 10 June 1/2 In this Manner I have made my self many Enemies.

1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. II. vi. 97 He..tried..to make as few enemies as possible.

1859 J. H. Newman in Rambler Nov. 44 He was..a man to make both friends and enemies.

1891 T. Hardy Tess of the D'Urbervilles II. xxvii. 87 Of course, he makes many enemies, not only among the absolutely vicious, but among the easy-going, who hate being bothered.

a1916 J. London Red One in Red One (1918) 20 In the counter raid, Ngurn and his fighting folk had made many prisoners.

1986 J. Huxley Leaves of Tulip Tree (1987) vi. 108 It was sad to leave Oxford, where we had so naturally made many friends.

c. transitive. To fix (a price). Now Stock Market colloquial.

ΘΚΠ

society > trade and finance > monetary value > price > pricing > attach a price to [verb (transitive)] > set or fix price (of)

loveOE

prizea1325

setc1420

make1423

cheapa1464

price1471

ratify1511

to set up?1529

apprize1533

rate1599

to set down1599

pitch1624

tax1846

to charge1889

sale-price1959

1423 in J. D. Marwick Charters Edinb. (1871) 56 The price made to the common profite.

1567 Compend. Bk. Godly Songs (1897) 191 The theif Judas did greit trespas, That Christ for siluer sauld: Bot Preistis will tak, and his price mak, For les be mony fauld.

1637 S. Rutherford Let. in Joshua Redivivus (1671) 186 We would all buy Christ, so being we might make price ourselves.

1673 in Rothesay Town Council Rec. (1935) I. 319 James Stewart cordinar to teste ther aile and make the pryce therof.

1752 Ainsworth's Thes. Linguæ Latinæ (ed. 4) I. (at cited word) To make a price, Pretium alicui rei facere vel indicere.

1895 A. J. Wilson Gloss. Colloq. Terms Stock Exchange To make a Price. A dealer is said to ‘make a price’ when he states the price at which he is prepared to buy and the one at which he is ready to sell a particular security.

1933 H. D. Berman Stock Exchange i. 10 When the jobber ‘makes’ the price, he does not know whether the broker is a buyer or a seller.

†d. transitive. To translate, render. Cf. to make English at sense 34a. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > mental capacity > intelligibility > meaning > explanation, exposition > translation > translate [verb (transitive)]

setc888

wendeOE

turnc1175

writec1275

drawa1325

translatea1375

expound1377

takea1382

interpret1382

transpose1390

remue?a1400

renderc1400

put?a1425

to draw outa1450

reducec1450

compile1483

redige?1517

make1529

traducea1533

traduct1534

converta1538

do1561

to set out1597

transcribe1639

throw1652

metaphrase1868

versionize1874

1529 T. More Dialogue Heresyes iii, in Wks. 233/2 The clergie hath not forboden the byble to bee made and readde in englishe.

1665 J. Brinsley Posing of Parts (rev. ed.) 130 This word of, coming after a Verb, is made by a Preposition.

1790 G. Picard Gram. Dict. Pref. p. vi They want to know how words are to be made according to the rules of the French language.

1790 G. Picard Gram. Dict. 12 Any Body, is made by personne.

e. transitive. Originally and chiefly Nautical. To promote in rank (occasionally into a particular ship).

ΘΚΠ

society > armed hostility > hostilities at sea > naval service > serve in the Navy [verb (transitive)] > promote in rank

make1795

1795 Ld. Nelson Let. 26 Dec. in Dispatches & Lett. (1845) II. 123 My late First-Lieutenant is now a Captain, made by the Admiralty, for the services of the Agamemnon.

1798 J. Austen Let. 28 Dec. (1995) 32 Frank is made.—He was yesterday raised to the Rank of Commander.

a1817 J. Austen Persuasion (1818) III. xii. 256 When he came home from the Cape,—just made into the Grappler.

1834 F. Marryat Peter Simple II. xix. 322 I had now served my time as midshipman..and I thought that I had a better chance of being made in England than abroad.

1867 W. H. Smyth & E. Belcher Sailor's Word-bk. Made, a professional term for having obtained a commission, or being promoted.]

1958 N.Y. Times Mag. 16 Mar. 88 Made, to get a promotion.

17. To form by the collection of individuals.

†a. transitive. To get together (a formal assembly, a force); to muster or raise (troops, etc.). Also to make a head: see head n.¹ Phrases 4k(b). Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > armed hostility > military operations > distribution of troops > [verb (transitive)] > levy or mobilize

make?a1160

host1297

arear1366

araisec1386

raisea1425

to call to account1434

rearc1450

levyc1500

riga1513

erect1520

leave1590

to call to arms1592

compound1614

re-embody1685

mobilize1853

remobilize1886

the world > space > relative position > arrangement or fact of being arranged > state of being gathered together > gather together [verb (transitive)] > assemble (people or animals) > gather (an assembly)

make?a1160

to make up1594

?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1137 King Stephne..macod..his gadering æt Oxene ford.

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 5115 Þa makeden heo ane laðunge.

c1300 St. Thomas Becket (Laud) 1498 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 149 (MED) Greye Monekes of Cistevs fram ȝere to ȝere A Chapitre makeden generale of Abbodes.

c1410 tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1879) VII. 111 At Oxenforde he made a parlement.

a1450 (?a1300) Richard Coer de Lyon (Caius) (1810) 1251 The kyng comaundyd..At London to make a parlement.

c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 2210 Alexander..all a-boute þe cite, Makis foure thousand with flanes & bowis.

a1470 T. Malory Morte Darthur (Winch. Coll. 13) (1990) III. 1227 Sir Mordred made a parlemente.

c1500 (?a1475) Assembly of Gods (1896) 1055 He seyde pleynly he Vertu wold forsake, And in Vyce hys quarell all hys power make.

1523 Ld. Berners tr. J. Froissart Cronycles I. xxviii. 42 These lordes be thei that may make moost men of warre in short space of any that I know.

1585 R. Lane Let. 12 Aug. in Trans. & Coll. Amer. Antiquarian Soc. (1860) 4 11 Soo as thys porte, at the poynte of the lande, beyng fortefyed with a skouse, yt ys not to be entredde by all the force that Spayne canne make, wee havyng the favure of God.

1597 W. Shakespeare Richard III iv. iv. 381 The greatest strength and power he can make .

a1616 W. Shakespeare Coriolanus (1623) v. i. 37 Your good tongue More then the instant Armie we can make Might stop our Countryman.

1617 F. Moryson Itinerary iii. 266 The Sweitzers can make six score thousand foote for the defence of their owne Country.

1647 C. Cotterell & W. Aylesbury tr. E. C. Davila Hist. Civill Warres France i. 50 The Duke of Guise sent forth Jaques d'Aubon..and James Savoy..with all the horse they could make.

a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 407 Lord Danby saw his error, of neglecting the leading men, and reckoning upon a majority, such as could be made.

1846 G. R. Gibson Jrnl. 30 June (1935) 126 Corporal McFarland had a severe attack of cramp colic today, and a detail was made to attend to him and have him brought to camp in the wagon.

1888 Troy (U.S.) Daily Times 6 Feb. An extra detail of police is always made..and the crowd is not allowed to block the exit.

b. transitive. to make a House: to secure the presence of the number (currently 40) of members required for a regularly constituted sitting of the British House of Commons. Similarly to make a quorum (also in wider contexts). Now archaic and historical.

ΘΚΠ

society > authority > rule or government > ruler or governor > deliberative, legislative, or administrative assembly > of an assembly: hold a session [verb (intransitive)] > ensure correct number for sitting

to make a House1648

1648 W. Denton Let. 7 Dec. in F. P. Verney Mem. Verney Family (1892–9) II. 395 Most of the secured members lay in Hell last night, and are now gone to the generall. There is scarce enough left free to make a house.

1688 in Colonial Rec. Pennsylvania (1852) I. 228 A sufficient number to make a Quorum.

1775 J. Adams in J. Adams & A. Adams Familiar Lett. (1876) 99 There had not been members enough to make a House, several colonies being absent.

1830 Examiner 409/2 Twice this week have Ministers failed to make a House of Commons.

1864 Spectator 7 May 529 A Bill which..will before long interest every taxpayer, was interrupted by mere official carelessness as to ‘making a House’.

1884 Manch. Examiner 15 May 5/4 A House was made to-day promptly at a quarter-past 12 o'clock.

1939 W. I. Jennings Parliament iii. 75 The function of the Government Whips, it has been said, is ‘to make a house, to keep a House, and cheer the Minister’.

1957 May's Treat. Law Parl. (ed. 16) xvi. 331 After the House has been made, if notice be taken that forty Members are not present,..after the expiration of two minutes, the Speaker proceeds to count the House.

†c. transitive. To get together (a party). Cf. to make up 9b at Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

1711 R. Steele Spectator No. 32. ¶2 I find by my quinquennial Observations that we shall never get Ladies enough to make a Party.

1726 in Suffolk Corr. (1824) I. 257 Sir T. Coke [etc.]..made a party at quadrille.

1742 H. Fielding Joseph Andrews I. i. v. 19 During the first six Days the poor Lady admitted none but Mrs. Slipslop and three Female Friends who made a Party at Cards.

1792 W. Roberts Looker-on No. 18. 143 A large party at Faro and Cassino was made..at a great house in Piccadilly.

1802 F. Burney Jrnls. & Lett. 22–24 Apr. (1975) V. 267 Mad^e d'henin made a party for us all to meet again the next day, & go to the Opera Buffa.

d. to make (a) book:

(a) transitive. to keep a book (book n. 11); (U.S.) to work as a bookmaker.

ΘΚΠ

society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > betting > bet [verb (intransitive)] > make or run a book

to make (a) book1841

to run a book1887

1841 T. Hood Miss Kilmansegg iv, in New Monthly Mag. 61 267 Of ‘making a book’ how he made a stir.

1856 ‘Stonehenge’ Man. Brit. Rural Sports ii. i. xiii. §137 It does not always happen that the person laying the odds makes a book.

1892 Cassell's Sat. Jrnl. 28 May 859/1 There certainly is a way of ‘making a book’ by which the layer of odds must win.

1962 New Statesman 21 Dec. 897/2 If I was making a book on the chances of my being banged to rights, you or any other punter could have 100 to eight to any amount.

1987 Racing Ahead Mar. 20/2 Alex first went racing at Uttoxeter in 1929, and later, made a book in his father's name at Belle Vue, Manchester, greyhound track.

(b) transitive. figurative. U.S. Usually with on it: to be certain of.

ΚΠ

1949 W. R. Burnett Asphalt Jungle 63 Gus knew hundreds of men, but there were only three he'd make book on.

1966 Random House Dict. Eng. Lang. 169/3 You can make book on it that he won't arrive in time.

1978 Free Press (Detroit) 16 Apr. e8/3 Once a gobbler is roosting and you've located him, you practically make book on him still being there, in the same tree, come dawn.

1992 Milwaukee (Wisconsin) Jrnl. 23 July a1/5 And Baker himself Wednesday disputed the reports that he would step down to help Bush's re-election campaign. ‘I wouldn't make book on it’ until it came from the president, Baker said at a news conference.

e. transitive. To kill (a bag of game on a shooting expedition); (also) to catch (a number of fish, etc.). to make the bag: to contribute most of the total of game killed.

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > hunting > shooting > shoot [verb (intransitive)] > kill or contribute to number of game

to make the bag1863

1863 J. H. Speke Jrnl. Discov. Source Nile iii. 36 ‘The bags’ we made counted two brindled gnu, four water-boc, one pallah-boc, and one pig.

1889 Cornhill Mag. 13 209 Sir Allan is making the bag. That is the third time he has wiped Sir Joseph's eye.

1895 Athenæum 14 Sept. 349/2 The angler may easily make a large catch either of mackerel or of pollack, seythe or herrings.

1979 Wildfowl 30 165/2 A single catch of 372 Barnacle Geese at Caerlaverock in October (one of the largest catches made with rocket nets) provided much valuable data.

1991 Alabama Game & Fish Mar. 30/2 Using a flat-bottomed johnboat, I go to the river when the water is up and have made some large catches in freshly flooded wood lots.

18.

†a. transitive. To bring forth (fruit, blossom); to yield (wine, etc.) as a product. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > plants > by growth or development > grow, sprout, or bear fruit [verb (transitive)] > bring forth, produce, or bear

bearOE

makea1325

showc1330

yielda1400

producea1513

carry1577

hatch1592

throw1738

a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 2131 Al ðat ðise first .vii. [years] maken Sulen ðis oðere vii. rospen & raken.

a1325 (c1280) Southern Passion (Pepys 2344) (1927) 266 (MED) Godes kyng-dom ffram ȝow worþ ytake And delyuered to þilke men þat ffrut þerof wolleþ make.

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Matt. vii. 17 So euery good tree makith good fruytis.

a1425 J. Wyclif Sel. Eng. Wks. (1869) I. 166 A good tree mai not make yvel fruyte.

c1475 (?c1400) Apol. Lollard Doctr. (1842) 4 (MED) And eft seiþ þe gospel, ‘Makiþ worþi frutis of penaunce.’

1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) v. 9 The treis begouth to ma Burgeonys and brycht blwmys alsua.

1580 J. Lyly Euphues & his Eng. (new ed.) f. 130 They that feare their Vines will make to sharp wine, must..graft next to them Mandrage.

1604 E. Grimeston tr. J. de Acosta Nat. & Morall Hist. Indies iv. xxxii. 296 In new Spaine, there are some vignes which beare grapes, and yet make no wine.

1657 R. Austen Treat. Fruit-trees (ed. 2) 81 The Morello Cherry, and other deepe coloured pleasant Cherries, no doubt would make a speciall good wine.

b. transitive. †to make urine [compare classical Latin ūrīnam facere, Old French orine faire (end of 12th cent.), Middle Dutch urine māken] : to urinate (obsolete). to make water: see water n. 17.

ΚΠ

a1400 tr. Lanfranc Sci. Cirurgie (Ashm.) (1894) 352 (MED) He schal make vrine liȝtlich.

?a1425 (?1373) Lelamour Herbal (1938) f. 83 (MED) Wolde ys hote and drye and makiþ a man to make vryne.

19.

a. transitive. [Compare classical Latin facere in general sense ‘bring forth (young)’; Middle French, French faire in sense ‘beget, bring forth’ (1372).] Of a mother: †to give birth to, conceive (obsolete). Of a father: to beget. Now regional.

ΘΚΠ

the world > life > source or principle of life > birth > confinement > confine or deliver [verb (transitive)] > give birth

forthbring971

akenOE

haveOE

bearOE

to bring into the worldOE

teemOE

i-bereOE

to bring forthc1175

childc1175

reara1275

ofkenc1275

hatcha1350

makea1382

yielda1400

cleck1401

issue1447

engenderc1450

infant1483

deliver?a1518

whelp1581

world1596

yean1598

fall1600

to give (a person or thing) birth1615

to give birth to1633

drop1662

pup1699

born1703

to throw off1742

beteem1855

birth1855

parturiate1866

shell1890

to put to bed1973

bring-

the world > life > biology > biological processes > procreation or reproduction > multiply or reproduce [verb (transitive)] > beget

sowc1250

getc1300

begeta1325

engenderc1330

conceivec1350

makea1382

wina1400

fathera1425

rutc1450

tread1594

sirea1616

engraff1864

a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Bodl. 959) Num. v. 28 Ȝif sheo were not pollute, sche schal be harmlis and make fre childryn [L. faciet liberos].

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) Gal. iv. 4 God sente his sone, maad of a womman.

c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. ix. 135 Þe cursed blode þat caym hath ymaked.

1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxxxv. 115 This good lady Rachel, as she had made a child, she forthwith..gaf thankynges of it to god.

1484 W. Caxton tr. Subtyl Historyes & Fables Esope ii. iv A sowe whiche wepte..for the grete payne that she felte by cause she wold make her young pygges.

c1500 Melusine (1895) 102 She made a fayre child that was her second sonne.

a1616 W. Shakespeare All's Well that ends Well (1623) ii. iii. 98 You are too young, too happie, and too good To make your selfe a sonne out of my blood.

1924 C. Mackenzie Heavenly Ladder i. 14 If I'd made her myself and she were my own maid, I wouldn't answer for her, not when it comes to marrying.

b. transitive. to make (a) baby (also child): to procreate; (esp. in Caribbean and African-American usage) to have sexual intercourse; (of a woman) to be pregnant.

ΘΚΠ

the world > life > biology > biological processes > procreation or reproduction > multiply or reproduce [verb (transitive)]

kenc825

begeteOE

strenec893

raisec1175

breeda1250

kenec1275

felefolda1300

engendera1325

tiddera1325

multiplyc1350

genderc1384

producea1513

procreatea1525

propagate1535

generate1552

product1577

kind1596

traduce1599

pullulate1602

traduct1604

progenerate1611

store1611

spawna1616

spawna1617

reproduce1650

propage1695

to make a baby1911

the world > physical sensation > sexual relations > sexual activity > engage in sexual activity with [verb (transitive)] > have sexual intercourse with

mingeOE

haveOE

knowc1175

ofliec1275

to lie with (or by)a1300

knowledgec1300

meetc1330

beliea1350

yknowc1350

touchc1384

deala1387

dightc1386

usea1387

takec1390

commona1400

to meet witha1400

servea1400

occupy?a1475

engender1483

jangle1488

to be busy with1525

to come in1530

visitc1540

niggle1567

mow1568

to mix one's thigh with1593

do1594

grind1598

pepper1600

yark1600

tumble1603

to taste of1607

compressc1611

jumble1611

mix?1614

consort?1615

tastea1616

bumfiddle1630

ingressa1631

sheet1637

carnal1643

night-work1654

bump1669

bumble1680

frig?c1680

fuck1707

stick1707

screw1719

soil1722

to do over1730

shag1770

hump1785

subagitatec1830

diddle1879

to give (someone) onec1882

charver1889

fuckeec1890

plugc1890

dick1892

to make a baby1911

to know (a person) in the biblical sense1912

jazz1920

rock1922

yentz1924

roll1926

to make love1927

shtupa1934

to give (or get) a tumble1934

shack1935

bang1937

to have it off1937

rump1937

tom1949

to hop into bed (with)1951

ball1955

to make it1957

plank1958

score1960

naughty1961

pull1965

pleasurea1967

to have away1968

to have off1968

dork1970

shaft1970

bonk1975

knob1984

boink1985

fand-

1911 O. Schreiner Let. in R. First & A. Scott Olive Schreiner (1980) vii. 291 [She] thinks it's wrong for people, even if married, to have sex relations with each other except just when they want to make a child.

1926 M. Anderson & L. Stallings What Price Glory? i, in 3 Amer. Plays 7 God! I guess even Lippy could make a kid if she slept on the other side of a paper wall.

1952 in F. G. Cassidy & R. B. LePage Dict. Jamaican Eng. (1967) 288/2 Shi mékin a bíebi.

1960 W. Harris Palace of Peacock v. 50 I know I mek a chile with one of the women.

1970 S. Naipaul Fireflies 77 If Renouka come home to me one day and say she making a baby, she not going to leave my house alive.

1977 B. Head Collector of Treasures 69 Until they became ordinary, dull grown men, who drank beer and made babies, the village boys were a special set all on their own.

1986 O. Senior Summer Lightning & Other Stories iv. 112 I did know a girl who wasnt much older than me and she did start to make baby even though it die.

1992 New Musical Express 4 Apr. 25/1 Mr Right..is all a Mr Right should be. So they get married and make a baby.

1993 N.Y. Times 26 Oct. c3/3 People should be able to live their lives the way they want and to make babies the way they want.

*** With reference to constituent parts or material.

20. transitive. To amount to; (of the latest item in an enumeration) to bring up the sum to (a certain amount). Cf. makeweight n. and adj.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > number > enumeration, reckoning, or calculation > number, calculate, or reckon [verb (transitive)] > amount to or total

makeOE

amountc1350

be?c1425

draw1425

numbera1450

numbera1586

to sum up1597

give1634

mount1639

tantamount1659

compute1667

muster1810

total1859

subtotal1906

OE Ælfric De Temporibus Anni (Cambr. Gg.3.28) iv. §17. 30 On ðam geare sind getealde twelf monðas, & twa & fiftig wucan, þreo hund daga & fif & sixtig daga, & þær to eacan six tida, þe maciað æfre embe þæt feorðe gear þone dæg & ða niht þe we hatað bissextum.

OE Ælfric Gram. (St. John's Oxf.) 296 Fif penegas gemaciað ænne scylling.]

c1275 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo.:Morton) 96 Þreo halpenes makeð a peni.

c1390 G. Chaucer Parson's Tale 362 The prouerbe seith that manye smale maken a greet.

?a1425 Mandeville's Trav. (Egerton) (1889) 90 Of whilke mynutes lx makez a degre.

?c1465 in Manners & Househ. Expenses Eng. (1841) 438 Every asheler is xij ynche thykke and xviij ynches longe, wiche multiplied to gedere make ijc xvj ynches.

a1500 (?a1400) Stanzaic Life of Christ (Harl. 3909) (1926) 4542 (MED) Faur syth ten makes faurty.

1545 Rates Custome House sig. diij^v One Flemisshe elle makithe. iii. quarters of a yarde englisshe.

1589 G. Puttenham Arte Eng. Poesie ii. x. 71 These ten litle meeters make but one Exameter at length.

1598 W. Shakespeare Henry IV, Pt. 1 iv. ii. 6 This bottell makes an angel.

1601 J. Marston et al. Iacke Drums Entertainm. i. sig. A4 Many a small make a great.

1672 Duke of Buckingham Rehearsal iii. 21 Nine Taylors make but one man.

1720 D. Defoe Mem. Cavalier 37 All which did not make 30000 Men.

1825 New Monthly Mag. 14 330 How many birds would this make in the course of the day?

1875 J. Southward Dict. Typogr. (ed. 2) 84 In casting-off copy or matter it is said that it ‘makes’ so much—a galley, a stickful, &c.—that is, it occupies so much space.

1897 F. Marryat Blood of Vampire iv 'E's a regular business man and knows 'ow many beans make five!

1903 J. London Call of Wild i. 23 ‘That makes a hundred and fifty,’ the saloon-keeper calculated.

1985 L. Griffiths Arthur Daley's Guide to doing it Right 22 But because you are an instinctive entrepreneur you know that two plus two makes whatever you want.

21.

a. transitive. [Compare the classical Latin and post-classical Latin use of facere in e.g. regem non faciunt opes (Seneca), non tonsura facit monachum (Neckam, a1217), and the Middle French and French use in e.g. l'habit ne faict poinct le moine (Rabelais, 1532).] Of an adjunct or feature: to be sufficient to constitute; to be the essential criterion of. Chiefly in proverbial or quasi-proverbial uses, mainly in negative contexts.

ΘΚΠ

the world > existence and causation > existence > intrinsicality or inherence > essence or intrinsic nature > inform or give a thing its essence [verb (transitive)]

graitha1300

make1340

informa1398

essentiate1561

informate1594

formalize1597

essentialize1669

1340 Ayenbite (1866) 165 (MED) Þe cloþinge ne makeþ naȝt þane monek, ne þe armes þane knyȝt.

?a1425 Constit. Masonry (Royal 17 A.i) l. 726 in J. O. Halliwell Early Hist. Freemasonry in Eng. (1844) 38 Gode maneres maken a mon.

c1475 tr. A. Chartier Quadrilogue (Univ. Coll. Oxf.) (1974) 231 But now [to] [MS two] can guerde a swerde and doo vpon an habirgeon suffiseth to make a nwe capteyn.

a1500 (c1425) Andrew of Wyntoun Oryg. Cron. Scotl. (Nero) v. l. 3877 Ȝoure purpure may noucht prestis ma.

1546 J. Heywood Dialogue Prouerbes Eng. Tongue ii. v. sig. Hiii One swalow maketh not sommer.

1649 R. Lovelace Poems (1864) 119 Stone walls doe not a prison make, Nor iron bars a cage.

1734 A. Pope Ess. Man: Epist. IV 193 Worth makes the Man, and want of it the Fellow.

1859 Ld. Tennyson Guinevere in Idylls of King 250 And courtliness, and the desire of fame, And love of truth, and all that makes a man.

1861 Temple Bar 3 256 A long beard does not make a philosopher.

1893 National Observer 7 Oct. 531/2 One actress does not make a play.

1933 J. Hilton Lost Horizon 3 Still, it did happen—and it goes some way to show that clothes make the man, doesn't it?

1990 Atlantic Nov. 8/1 The quick and dirty reference to one example that supports his argument and two that don't hardly makes a good start.

†b. transitive. [After classical Latin nihil facere or French ne..faire rien.] to make nothing: not to pertain or be of consequence to, not to tell for or against (a person or thing). Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > importance > unimportance > be unimportant [verb (intransitive)]

it is no forcec1369

to be not (nought) to charge138.

to make no mattera1466

it maketh no force1551

to make nothing1551

the world > action or operation > easiness > find no difficulty in [verb (transitive)]

to make no strength of?c1225

strengthc1225

to make nothing to1675

to make nothing1688

to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)1711

to think nothing of1802

1551 R. Robinson tr. T. More Vtopia ii. sig. Miv^v It maketh nothing to thys matter, whether yow saye that sickenes is a griefe, or that in sickenes is griefe.

1560 J. Daus tr. J. Sleidane Commentaries f. ccccxxiiij That maketh nothing for the matter saith he, for he beareth witnes of him self.

1688 G. Miege Great French Dict. ii. sig. Qq/3 It makes nothing against me, cela ne fait rien contre moi.

1727 A. Boyer Dict. Fr.-Angl. at Make It makes nothing to me,..Cela..ne me regarde point.

22.

a. transitive. To be the material or components of; to constitute; to be made or converted into; to serve for.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > wholeness > incompleteness > part of whole > be (part of) [verb (transitive)] > be the or a component(s) of

graitha1300

form1377

makea1393

compone1398

constitute1552

go1559

to make up1589

mould1602

compounda1616

integrate1638

elementate1660

compose1665

represent1776

comprise1794

account1893

a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) vii. 414 (MED) The water, which is moyste and cold, Makth fleume.

1533 T. More 2nd Pt. Confut. Tyndals Answere viii. p. ccccc In this worde faythfull crysten folke makynge the whole chyrche, he ment not all crysten people.

1589 R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations 742 Then will Sassafras, and many other rootes & gummes there found make good Merchandise and lading for shipping.

a1652 I. Jones Most Notable Antiq. called Stone-Heng (1655) 69 The stones making the Portico within.

1661 R. Boyle Some Consider. Style of Script. (1675) 53 Where there's nothing but choice flowers,..they will make a good posie.

1678 J. Moxon Mech. Exercises I. vi. Explan. Terms 112 Peeces that are intended to make the Frames for small Pictures.

1699 T. Brown tr. Erasmus Seven New Colloquies iv. 20 She was fit to have made a Spouse for Jupiter himself.

1712 J. Addison Spectator No. 414. ¶4 Fields of Corn make a pleasant Prospect.

1727 J. Swift Stella's Birth-day: 1724 in J. Swift et al. Misc.: Last Vol. iii. 160 Merry Folks who want by chance A Pair to make a Country Dance.

1768 O. Goldsmith Good Natur'd Man i. 15 I'm told he makes a very handsome corpse, and becomes his coffin prodigiously.

1797 Encycl. Brit. VIII. 485/2 Such as are kept to make red herrings are washed in great vats in fresh water.

1838 E. Bulwer-Lytton Leila iii. iii. 158 One of the many vaults which made the mighty cemetery of the monarchs of Granada.

1887 A. Birrell Obiter Dicta 2nd Ser. 70 Poor authors..with their pockets full of the bad eggs that should have made their breakfasts.

1890 Standard 5 Nov. 5/1 [He] had much to say that will make unpleasant reading for the Liberal wirepullers.

1909 L. M. Montgomery Anne of Avonlea xxvii. 329 I think you would make a splendid mother. You have just the right look in your eyes..the look my little mother always had.

1938 Listener 25 May 1120/2 There must be a great deal of material available on this subject which would make more good listening.

1959 Times 3 Jan. 9/5 The platycodon makes a fine pot plant for a cool greenhouse.

b. transitive. To admit of being made into.

ΚΠ

tr. Palladius De re Rustica (Duke Humfrey) (1896) iv. 457 (MED) The gourde is good..Whos vynes brent maath askes for hem sete.

1577 B. Googe tr. C. Heresbach Foure Bks. Husbandry iii. f. 152 Neither is there..a beast that makes more dishes.

1592 T. Kyd Spanish Trag. iii. sig. F3 Doost thou think to liue till his olde doublet will make thee a new trusse?

1605 1st Pt. Jeronimo sig. E^v My hose will scarse make thee a standing coller.

1646 Sir T. Browne Pseudodoxia Epidemica ii. v. 87 A pint of salt of tartar, exposed unto a moist aire,..will make far more liquor..then the former measure will contain.

1805 P. Beckford Familiar Lett. Italy I. xxxvii. 365 They [sc. frogs] make a good soup, and not a bad fricassée.

1904 L. F. Baum Marvelous Land of Oz 183 ‘Don't you imagine he would make a better soup?’ asked the Tin Woodman.

1926 People's Home Jrnl. Feb. 18/4 Dotted Swiss, Marquisette, fine voile or similar fabrics make very charming curtains of this type.

1989 New Yorker 27 Mar. 80/3 Northern Spies make the best apple pie.

23.

a. transitive. To amount to, count as, avail, signify (much, little, nothing, etc.) in relation to the question under consideration. Now frequently in to make no matter (somewhat archaic in standard English): to make no difference, not to matter; (also intransitive, chiefly Scottish): to matter, be of consequence. †Formerly with for, to (obsolete). †what maketh matter but that..? = ‘what prevents that..?’ (obsolete). Cf. sense 55b.to make sense, it makes no odds: see the nouns.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > importance > [verb (transitive)]

bea1400

forcea1400

to stand (a person) in store?1463

makea1466

concerna1475

nigh1490

import1561

cerna1616

boot1752

mean1860

the mind > attention and judgement > importance > unimportance > be unimportant [verb (intransitive)]

it is no forcec1369

to be not (nought) to charge138.

to make no mattera1466

it maketh no force1551

to make nothing1551

a1466 R. Taverham in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) II. 322 Though my Lorde Cromwel hath taken Thomas Tauerham, my yonger brother, as warde for the same enheritaunce that maketh no mater to me, in so moche as I am helder brother.

?1478 W. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 649 I beseche yow to sende me a hose clothe,..how corse so euer it be it makyth no matyr.

c1485 ( G. Hay Bk. Law of Armys (2005) 266 And suppos sum jgnoraunt men wald say, gold js metall, and na coloure, that makis nocht.

1548 H. Latimer Notable Serm. sig. A.iii In deed it toucheth not monkerye, nor maketh any thing at all for any such matter.

1563 J. Man tr. W. Musculus Common Places Christian Relig. 284 What maketh matter but that the Jewe, which is so often washed in the lawe, might be washed agayne if he come to Christ?

1574 J. Whitgift Def. Aunswere to Admon. ii. 106 Those things which..make something to exhort vnto a better life.

a1600 ( W. Stewart tr. H. Boece Bk. Cron. Scotl. (1858) 31668 Quhat makis that to the?

1611 M. Smith in Bible (King James) Transl. Pref. sig. ⁋3 The course which he intended made much for the glory of God.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Antony & Cleopatra (1623) ii. vi. 118 I thinke the policy of that purpose, made more in the Marriage, then the loue of the parties.

1631 W. Gouge Gods Three Arrowes iii. §9. 202 Circumstances make much to the goodnesse or badnesse of an action.

1697 C. Leslie Snake in Grass (ed. 2) 299 That he was a Loose Man, &c. which makes nothing to the business.

1726 A. Ramsay Tea-table Misc. (1876) II. 118 Gi'e me a lass with a lump of land,..though daft or wise, I'll never demand, Or black or fair, it maksna whether.

1768 L. Sterne Sentimental Journey II. 70 By what magic he could [etc.], makes nothing in this account.

1826 A. Balfour Highland Mary II. 235 An' I could tell wha let you see the road; but it maksna.

1846 R. C. Trench Notes Miracles xxxiii. 449 It makes something for the current view that..Nathanael..is Bartholomew..thus to find him named, not after, but in the midst of, some of the very chiefest apostles.

1915 W. Cather Song of Lark i. iv. 27 ‘It makes no matter what you think,’ replied her teacher coldly.

1918 W. B. Morren Hert's aye 12 The man 'at says it's fail't is blin' Ti mony a thing 'at mak's.

1947 E. Partridge Usage & Abusage 353/1 A girl or a gigolo may possess glamour: and it makes no matter whether the girl is glamorous in her own right or by the catch-guinea arts of her dressmaker or her cinematographic producer.

1970 P. Moyes Who saw her Die? xiv. 183 Funny, isn't it, Miss Threep ending up in the hospital with Billing? Well, not with him, of course, but as near as makes no matter.

†b. transitive. Of arguments or evidence: to avail (much, little, etc.) for (also against) (an opinion or a disputant). Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > testing > attestation, witness, evidence > attest, bear witness [verb (transitive)] > be or give evidence of

to show forth?c1225

witnessa1300

sustain?c1425

testify1445

showa1500

manifest?a1513

make1573

argue1585

evidence1610

attesta1616

citea1616

evince1621

to speak to ——1624

1573 J. Davidson in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. xlii. 606 That exampill..Aganis my purpois makis nathing.

1579 W. Fulke Heskins Parl. Repealed in D. Heskins Ouerthrowne 333 These..sentences..make nothing for him, but much against him.

a1649 King Charles I Wks. (1662) 177 I believe this argument makes little for you.

1660 tr. M. Amyraut Treat. conc. Relig. iii. ii. 331 That makes nothing against us.

1690 J. Locke Ess. Humane Understanding i. iii. 16 But this makes nothing for innate Characters on the Mind.

24. Of a person: to become by development or training. Also: with object a noun modified by good, bad, or other adjective of praise or the contrary: to perform well (ill, etc.) the part or function of.

ΘΚΠ

the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > gradual change > change into [verb (transitive)]

makea1470

shade1817

transition1877

the world > existence and causation > existence > intrinsicality or inherence > character or nature > impart a character or nature to [verb (transitive)] > become or attain the character of

makea1470

a1470 T. Malory Morte Darthur (Winch. Coll. 13) (1990) I. 295 I undirtake he is a vylayne borne, and never woll make man.

1572 H. Middlemore in H. Ellis Orig. Lett. Eng. Hist. (1827) 2nd Ser. III. 8 I think he [sc. the Duke of Anjou] will make as rare a prince as any is in Christendome.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 1 (1623) iv. vii. 44 Doubtlesse he would haue made a noble Knight.

1677 G. Miege New Dict. French & Eng. ii. sig. Ff 3/3 These men might make good Soldiers if they were well disciplined.

1697 J. Vanbrugh Provok'd Wife v. 71 All Revolutions run into Extreams, the Bigot makes the boldest Atheist.

1741 A. Pope Thoughts on Var. Subj. in Wks. II. 311 For a King to make an amiable character, he needs only to be a man of common honesty, well advised.

a1753 G. Berkeley Disc. Magistr. in Wks. (1784) 294 The young rake makes an old infidel.

1828 Examiner 244/1 Mr. Kean, jun. will never make so great an actor as his father.

1844 H. Stephens Bk. of Farm II. 89 The shepherd knowing the flock makes their best drover.

1870 E. Peacock Ralf Skirlaugh III. 25 As the times then went, Mr. Earl made a very fair pastor.

1885 J. Payn Luck of Darrells I. viii. 125 She will make him a good wife.

1910 P. W. Joyce Eng. as we speak it in Ireland xiii. 290 That Joe of yours is a clever fellow: no doubt he'll make a splendid doctor.

1934 H. Roth Call it Sleep i. ix. 63 My, what a tyrant you'll make when you're married!

1987 J. Rule Memory Board v. 83 I don't think we'd make riproaring drunks... We'd be more inclined to stupor.

25.

a. transitive. To count as, have the position of, form, be (a part or unit in an aggregate, a particular member in an ordinal series).to make a (fine, etc.) figure: see figure n. 7a.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > wholeness > incompleteness > part of whole > be (part of) [verb (transitive)] > be the or a component(s) of > be a unit in an aggregate

make1487

1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) xi. 340 He said, the rerward he vald ma.

1502 tr. Ordynarye of Crysten Men (de Worde) iv. xiii. sig. v.v Of the whiche degrees, the broder and syster make y^e fyrst, the chyldern y^e whiche ben germayns make the seconde.

?1523 J. Fitzherbert Bk. Husbandry f. xxxvi^v Whanne these thre be mette, if ye had a poticary: to make the fourth:..it were harde to trust the best of theym.

1658 Bp. J. Taylor Let. 21 June in 12th Rep. Royal Comm. Hist. MSS (1890) App. v. 5 Her duty to you..does apparently make a very great part of her religion to God.

1728–38 E. Chambers Cycl. (at cited word) The narration, according to the writers of rhetoric, makes the second part of a just speech, or harangue; viz. that immediately following the exordium.

1753 Chambers's Cycl. Suppl. Bema made the third, or innermost part of the church, answering to the chancel among us.

1826 W. Kirby & W. Spence Introd. Entomol. III. xxxiv. 485 It is marked out into three triangles, the postnasus making a fourth.

1892 Cornhill Mag. Dec. 566 I was number thirteen, and you came in and made the fourteenth.

b. transitive. to make one: to take part (in) (now Criminals' slang), be present (at); †to assimilate oneself to the company one joins (obsolete). Also to make one of. Now rare.

ΘΚΠ

the world > space > place > presence > be present at [verb (transitive)] > be present at (a proceeding or meeting)

tend1460

to make one1542

frequent1555

assist1603

attend1646

to sit in1919

the world > relative properties > kind or sort > generality > condition or state of being inclusive > be included in something [verb (intransitive)] > among others

to make one1542

number1702

count1850

society > society and the community > social relations > association, fellowship, or companionship > associate together or with [verb (intransitive)]

mingc1275

company1387

joinc1390

meddlec1390

herd?a1400

fellowshipc1430

enfellowship1470

to step in1474

accompany?1490

yoke?a1513

to keep with ——c1515

conjoin1532

wag1550

frequent1577

encroach1579

consort1588

sort1595

commerce1596

troop1597

converse1598

to keep (also enter, come into, etc.) commons1598

to enter common1604

atone1611

to walk (also travel) in the way with1611

minglea1616

consociate1638

associate1644

corrive1647

co-unite1650

walk1650

cohere1651

engage1657

mix1667

accustom1670

to make one1711

coalite1735

commerciate1740

to have nothing to say to (also with)1780

gang?1791

companion1792

mess1795

matea1832

comrade1865

to go around1904

to throw in with1906

to get down1975

1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 86 He would..not refuse to make one at a mannes table.

1584 B. R. tr. Herodotus Famous Hyst. i. f. 11 Ether permit me to..make one in y^e voiage, or alleage some more wayghty & seryous reason why you retayne me.

1608 T. Middleton Familie of Love (new ed.) iv. sig. F Tis now come to a whisper, what yong Familists be these? yfaith Ile make one, ile trip you wife, I sent your footing wife.

1634 J. Ford Chron. Hist. Perkin Warbeck ii. sig. E2^v There haue beene Irish-Hubbubs, when I haue made one too.

1670 F. Boothby Marcelia iii. vi. sig. F3^v I hear there is to be dancing here to night; so I was resolv'd to come and make one, with the rest of my fellow Noble-men.

1711 E. Budgell Spectator No. 77. ⁋5 I always make one of the Company I am in.

1725 M. Davys Self-rival ii. i, in Wks. I. 16 Why, I can drink my Glass, crack my Jest, make one in a Country-Dance, and laugh as heartily at a good Comedy as I could have done forty Years ago.

1777 C. Dibdin Quaker i. vi. 14 Steady. Thou art mistaken, and when thou beholdest the gambols to-morrow on the green—Gillian. I shall long most monstrously to make one amongst them.

1843 C. Dickens Christmas Carol iv. 125 ‘Suppose we make up a party and volunteer.’ ‘I don't mind going if a lunch is provided,’ observed the gentleman... ‘But I must be fed, if I make one.’

1869 E. A. Freeman Hist. Norman Conquest III. xii. 178 To make one of the illustrious assemblage.

1881 Daily News 23 Dec. 5/6 If the dupe will ‘make one’ in the pitiful robbery he shall share in the proceeds.

1933 D. L. Sayers Murder must Advertise v. 91 Should you care to make one in our next dope raid?

**** To gain, acquire. [Compare Middle Dutch māken, Middle Low German māken, German machen in this sense.]

26.

a. transitive. To gain, acquire, or earn (money, reputation, etc.) by labour, business, or the like. Often with from, of, out of (less commonly by) and a noun.to make a †chevisance (also one's) fortune (or pile), to make a hand (of), to make a living, to make a (also one's) mark, to make a name (for oneself); †to make an increment of; †to make (one's) advantage, to make capital out of, †to make chevance, †chevisance (of), money: see the nouns.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > possession > acquisition > obtain or acquire [verb (transitive)] > obtain or acquire in a certain way > by care or effort

begeteOE

findOE

bewinc1175

getc1175

conquerc1230

reachc1275

procurec1325

makec1350

fishc1374

catchc1384

furneya1400

attainc1405

tillc1440

to pick out1577

to get a gripe ofa1586

secure1743

raise1838

to get one's hooks on (also into)1926

c1350 (a1333) William of Shoreham Poems (1902) 95 (MED) In londe suche his many a þef Þat y-now hym makeþ.

a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(1)) (1850) Jer. xxxii. 20 Thou madist to thee a name.

?1474 R. Calle in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) II. 356 I truste be Ester to make of money..at the leeste 1 marke.

1546 O. Johnson in H. Ellis Orig. Lett. Eng. Hist. (1827) 2nd Ser. II. 175 Besides the monney that I shal make of the said wares.

1583 T. Stocker tr. Tragicall Hist. Ciuile Warres Lowe Countries ii. 64 [They] furnished him with all the money they were able to make.

1588 R. Parke tr. J. G. de Mendoza Hist. Kingdome of China 45 Then may the husband afterwardes sell his wife for a slave, and make money of her for the dowrie he gaue her.

1602 E. Hayes in J. Brereton Briefe Relation Discouerie Virginia 18 They will soone remooue their trade from Newfound-land vnto vs neere at hand, for so great increase of gaine as they shall make by trading with vs.

1632 W. Lithgow Totall Disc. Trav. i. 64 This little Ile maketh yearely..onely of Currants 160000 Chickins [= sequins].

1632 R. Sherwood Dict. in R. Cotgrave Dict. French & Eng. Tongues (new ed.) To make money of, vendre.

1708 E. Ward Wooden World Dissected (ed. 2) Advt. sig. A2 Making a Profit at the Expence of other Men.

1799 A. Young Agric. Linc. 259 A man has made 4s. a day by selling them [sc. sticklebacks] at a half~penny a bushel.

1821 Ld. Byron Don Juan: Canto III lxxxv. 45 His muse made increment of any thing, From the high lyrical to the low rational.

1823 J. Badcock Domest. Amusem. 28 More than he could probably hope to make by any transaction in the Alley.

1843 T. B. Macaulay Ld. Clive in Crit. & Hist. Ess. III. 174 A great quantity of wealth is made by English functionaries in India;..and what is made is slowly, hardly, and honestly earned.

1843 G. Borrow Bible in Spain I. xiii. 280 [They] had buried..a great booty which they had made in Portugal.

1863 Edinb. Rev. Apr. 417 The men complain that without it [sc. blasting] they cannot ‘make wages’.

1886 J. Ruskin Præterita II. ix. 332 [He] would often, for the mere pleasure of playing a trick, lose a customer without making a penny by him.

1889 ‘T. Gift’ Not for Night-time 83 I..made a name as a successful artist.

1895 Bookman Oct. 16/2 I know several gentlemen in Paris..who make a very good living by hawking these nightingales round the cafés.

1921 V. Woolf Diary 3 Dec. (1978) II. 148 I have to make money.

1948 O. Keepnews Original Interview in View from Within (1988) iv. 112 Thelonious..doesn't seem too anxious to recall those first jobs in ‘juice joints’, where he made $17 a week.

1967 M. McLuhan & Q. Fiore Medium is Massage 12 How much do you make?

1991 Times 10 Jan. 25/6 It is making next to nothing from the sale of electrical goods in Britain.

b. transitive. slang and regional. To steal; to acquire, manage to get.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > possession > taking > stealing or theft > [adverb]

theftuouslyc1400

thievishly?c1450

thief-likea1625

thievously1658

make1699

larcenously1864

thievingly1880

thiefwise1898

the mind > possession > taking > stealing or theft > steal [verb (transitive)]

pick?c1300

takec1300

fetch1377

bribec1405

usurpc1412

rapc1415

to rap and rendc1415

embezzle1495

lifta1529

pilfer1532

suffurate1542

convey?1545

mill1567

prig1567

strike1567

lag1573

shave1585

knave1601

twitch1607

cly1610

asport1621

pinch1632

snapa1639

nap1665

panyar1681

to carry off1684

to pick up1687

thievea1695

to gipsy away1696

bone1699

make1699

win1699

magg1762

snatch1766

to make off with1768

snavel1795

feck1809

shake1811

nail1819

geach1821

pull1821

to run off1821

smug1825

nick1826

abduct1831

swag1846

nobble1855

reef1859

snig1862

find1865

to pull off1865

cop1879

jump1879

slock1888

swipe1889

snag1895

rip1904

snitch1904

pole1906

glom1907

boost1912

hot-stuff1914

score1914

clifty1918

to knock off1919

snoop1924

heist1930

hoist1931

rabbit1943

to rip off1967

to have off1974

1699 B. E. New Dict. Canting Crew Made, Stolen. I Made this Knife at a beat, I stole it cleaverly.

1735 W. Pardon Dyche's New Gen. Eng. Dict. Make,..to steal.

1865 Daily Tel. 27 Oct. 5/1 ‘The same day’, he continued, ‘we only made [i.e. stole] a leg of pork from 12, Harrow-road’ [etc.].

1866 R. B. Mansfield School Life Winchester Coll. (1870) 46 In the matter of certain articles..supplied by the College [sc. Winchester], we used to put a liberal interpretation on the eighth commandment..and it was considered fair ‘to make’ (i.e. take) them if you could.

1914 D. O. Barnett Let. in In Happy Memory (1915) 13 The company made a dog the other day, but it was claimed almost at once, so we haven't got a mascot.

1928 R. Kipling Limits & Renewals (1932) 53 I've made a temp'ry collar and lead off Probert.

1946 G. Millar Horned Pigeon ii. 16 Skinner and I were both good at what the Army calls ‘making things’, which is what the civilian would call ‘finding’ or even ‘stealing’ things.

1946 G. Millar Horned Pigeon ii. 16 Potatoes and onions I had ‘made’ from the food-dumps round Alexandria.

c. transitive. To be sold for or fetch (a certain price).

ΘΚΠ

society > trade and finance > selling > sell [verb (transitive)] > be sold for a certain price

givec1600

fetch1605

make1868

1868 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 2nd Ser. 4 ii. 289 One [bullock]..made 60l. in a Woburn auction.

1896 Athenæum No. 3569. 382/1 Matthew's Bible, 1537, made 11l. 15s.

1987 Stock & Land (Melbourne) 18 June 58/2 Romney..and Merino ewes..made top dollar.

d. transitive. Criminals' slang. To rob, break into.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > possession > taking > stealing or theft > robbery > rob [verb (transitive)]

reaveeOE

benima1325

berob1340

pelfa1400

distress1490

derob1546

heave1567

shrive1630

strubc1680

spung1719

to do over1785

strong-arm1896

make1926

heist1930

to take off1937

to knock off1960

1926 J. Black You can't Win i. 5 I was an expert house burglar..carefully choosing only the best homes... I ‘made’ them in the small hours of the night.

1953 W. S. Burroughs Junkie Gloss. 14 Making Cars... Breaking into parked cars and stealing the contents.

1976 ‘N. Ross’ Policeman's Bible 23 I once had a guy crumple up two single dollars. I thought it was two tens. He made me for eighteen, but it never happened again.

27.

a. transitive. Cards. To win or take (a trick); to play to advantage (a certain card); (Bridge) to win the number of tricks that fulfils (a contract); to complete (a contract or bid). Also intransitive of a card: to take a trick.

ΘΚΠ

society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > card game > play a card [verb (transitive)] > actions or tactics > take tricks or points

makea1572

win1680

slam1746

society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > card game > card or cards > [verb (transitive)] > play to advantage

make1742

society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > card game > play at cards [verb (intransitive)] > actions or tactics > win points or tricks

rub1600

to sweep the board1680

vole1733

slam1833

make1879

sweat1907

a1572 J. Knox Hist. Reformation Scotl. in Wks. (1846) I. 262 Ha, ha, the four kinges and all maid.

1608 G. Markham & L. Machin Dumbe Knight iv. sig. H4 You are a double game, and I am no lesse, theres an hundred, & all cards made but one knaue.

1742 E. Hoyle Short Treat. Game Whist 39 In the third round you make your Queen.

1742 E. Hoyle Short Treat. Game Whist 50 You probably make two Tricks in it by this Method of Play.

1876 ‘Capt. Crawley’ Card Player's Man. 61 If your partner hold the ace and another, you have a good chance of making the entire suit.

1878 H. H. Gibbs Game of Ombre (ed. 2) 24 He will endeavour to make one trick only.

1879 ‘Cavendish’ Card Ess. 160 His partner..has his last trump drawn, and the ace and king of diamonds make.

1879 ‘Cavendish’ Card Ess. 197 The fourth hand made the king.

1905 R. F. Foster Compl. Bridge 226 Do not let go of the lead until you have made all your trumps separately by the cross ruff on the red suits.

1933 A. Christie Lord Edgware Dies xiv. 126 She would have had to lead a little club and my nine would have made.

1933 A. G. Macdonell England, their England vi. 78 [He] had gone down 650 points above the line whereas he ought to have made two no-trumps.

1964 R. L. Frey & A. F. Truscott Official Encycl. Bridge 417/2 Penalty... An amount scored above the line by the declarer's opponents when the declarer fails to make a contract.

1991 Choice Jan. 98/2 With a little bit of luck, Joan has quite a good chance of making her contract, especially if Maisie makes the standard lead of the fourth highest card of her longest suit.

b. transitive. In various games: to secure (a certain score); to score (a point in the game); to perform (a particular stroke) successfully; to create the opportunity for or set up (a particular move, stroke, or manoeuvre) through skilful play.

ΘΚΠ

society > leisure > sport > winning, losing, or scoring > win, lose, or score [verb (transitive)] > score

get1634

make1680

score1742

notch1836

steal1836

to put up1860

rattle1860

to put on1865

tally1875

net1907

to rack up1921

slam1959

society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > play (a game) [verb (transitive)] > create opportunity for specific move or stroke

make1680

society > leisure > sport > types of play, actions, or postures > [verb (transitive)] > other actions or types of play

outshoot1545

football1599

pitch1717

make1819

to warm up1868

to draw out1893

bench1898

foot1900

cover1907

cannonball1911

telegraph1913

unsight1923

snap1951

to sit out1955

pike1956

to sit down1956

wrong-foot1960

blindside1968

sit1977

1680 C. Cotton Compl. Gamester (ed. 2) 78 You may make Pairs, Sequences, Flush, Fifteens, Pair-Royals, [etc.].

1680 C. Cotton Compl. Gamester (ed. 2) 89 If one and thirty be not made, then he that play'd last and is nearest one and thirty without making out, must set up one.

1819 Examiner 7 Feb. 95/1 Give him a foot of wall, and he was sure to make the ball.

1849 Chambers's Information for People (new ed.) II. 652/1 The game is determined by the number of runs made in two innings by each player.

1857 T. Hughes Tom Brown's School Days ii. viii. 398 Johnson's batting [is] worthy of the occasion. He makes here a two and there a one, managing to keep the ball to himself.

1873 J. Bennett & ‘Cavendish’ Billiards 339 To make the hazard, play at the shoulder of the pocket.

1874 J. D. Heath Compl. Croquet-player 53 It being much easier to roll up to and make the peg, than to get into position for a hoop, from a long distance.

1890 Field 31 May 784/3 He made ten fours, six threes, and two twos.

1923 Daily Mail 16 Apr. 11/5 Chambers really ‘made’ England's two goals and he was as good as any forward on the field.

1962 S. Raven Close of Play i. ii. 22 Do you remember how that boy made a hundred one summer afternoon?

1986 Golf Monthly July 49/1 Cathy promptly made a birdie to go to six under par.

28.

a. transitive. Nautical. Of a boat: to admit or ship (water) through a leak or port, over the side, etc. [Compare French faire eau, Italian far acqua, German Wasser machen.] See also foul adj..

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > quantity > sufficient quantity, amount, or degree > abundance > make abundant [verb (transitive)] > accumulate or get a large amount of > by certain amount

make1622

1622 R. Hawkins Observ. Voiage South Sea xxxiv. 84 Assaying our pumpe, to know if our Shippe made more water then her ordinary.

1748 B. Robins & R. Walter Voy. round World by Anson i. iii. 24 The ship made so much water, that with four pumps and bailing he could not free her.

1799 Hull Advertiser 13 July 1/4 St. Anna, leaky: made 20 inches of water in an hour.

1823 Oriental Mag. Aug. 178 No increase of the quantity of water which the ship made was discovered on sounding, till about two hours had elapsed from the time of the accident.

1890 W. F. Rae Maygrove I. iv. 61 The carpenter sounded the well and found that she was making water fast.

1965 Austral. Encycl. III. 480/2 One pump kept the hold free, the ship making only 15 inches in an hour.

1990 Lifeboat Summer 271/3 The lifeboat escorted her to a safe area..and by 2222 it had been established that the Azu was not making water.

2002 M. Estensen Life Matthew Flinders xi. 111 The voyage was rough and difficult, the old ship making water at the rate of nine or ten inches per hour.

b. transitive. To gain, put on (weight). Also intransitive in same sense. Also, of a tree: to produce a growth of (timber).

ΚΠ

1831 On Planting (Libr. Useful Knowl.) vii. 78 The manured tree made..one foot one-third of timber in each year.

1846 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 7 ii. 393 Two of them made twenty stones each in sixteen weeks.

1962 in Sc. National Dict. at Mak The kye began tae mak.

***** To frame in thought or representation.

29.

a. transitive. to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or †on): to have an opinion of or rate at (the degree specified); to treat with much (little, no, etc.) consideration. to make much of: (often) to treat with marked courtesy and show of affection; also in prepositional passive. to make nothing of: to find no difficulty in or feel no scruples at (doing something); to make light of; cf. sense 35e.to make light of, †slight of: see the adjectives.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > evaluation, estimation, appraisal > estimate [verb (intransitive)]

deemc1384

to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395

counta1400

thinka1400

reputatec1450

reckon1567

weigh1573

repute1579

esteem1583

censure1592

take stock1736

the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > evaluation, estimation, appraisal > estimate [phrase] > value at specific rate

to set (so) little (or lite), (so) much (or mickle, a great deal), less, least, more, most byc1374

to set at (much, little) storec1386

to set (great, etc.) store byc1386

to set little, more, nought, not, of1390

to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395

accounta1450

to set greatly, littly, lightly, so, etc. by1530

to conceive well, ill, etc. (of)1535

count1602

to set —— value on also upon1625

the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > misjudgement > misjudge [verb (transitive)] > underestimate or undervalue

to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395

disprize1480

misprize1483

to make light of1526

extenuate1529

to make the worst ofc1530

seclude?1531

to take (also wrest) to the worst1531

deprisec1550

disparagea1556

undermatch1571

embase1577

underbid1593

underprize1600

underpoise1602

undervalue1611

minorize1615

underspeak1635

underthink1646

underrate1650

minify1676

under-measure1682

underpraise1698

sneeze1806

understate1824

disappreciate1828

under-estimatea1850

minimize1866

to play down1869

worsen1885

to sell short1936

downplay1948

underplay1949

lowball1979

minimalize1979

the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > misjudgement > misjudge [verb (transitive)] > over-estimate or overvalue

to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395

to make of (also on)c1449

to make fair weather of1537

over-reckon1537

overmind1571

overween1588

overprize?1589

overcount1593

overvalue1597

overrate1599

wondernize1599

overhold1609

over-cess1611

overweight1613

overthinka1618

over-title1620

overcast1622

overmeasure1625

over-sum1628

overesteema1639

overproportion1642

outbid1688

overcharge1711

overestimate1797

overreach1822

overplay1835

maximize1866

maximate1881

out-reckon1898

fetishize1934

the mind > emotion > love > affection > [verb (transitive)] > treat or behave affectionately

to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395

to make of (also on)1601

much1640

endear1683

to be sweet on (upon)1694

to be all over (a person)1912

the mind > attention and judgement > importance > unimportance > be unimportant [verb (transitive)] > make less important or unimportant

to set at a pease, at a pie's heel, at a pin's fee1303

mincea1591

to make no matter of1604

triflea1616

to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)1632

pygmy1658

insignificate1676

minify1676

smooth1684

trivialize1846

nonentitize1903

minoritize1947

sideline1953

peripheralize1955

marginalize1970

marginate1970

deprioritize1973

the world > action or operation > easiness > find no difficulty in [verb (transitive)]

to make no strength of?c1225

strengthc1225

to make nothing to1675

to make nothing1688

to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)1711

to think nothing of1802

c1395 G. Chaucer Merchant's Tale 2292 What make ye so muche of Salomon?

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 23860 Quen noght es mad of crists word.

a1470 T. Malory Morte Darthur (Winch. Coll. 13) (1990) II. 495 The more she made of hym, the more was hys payne.

c1500 Melusine (1895) 302 Whan geffray with the grete toth herd that the geaunt made so lytel of hym.

1548 Hall's Vnion: Edward IV f. ccxx She had nothyng more to be beloued, nothyng more derer, nor nothynge to be made more of.

1550 in P. F. Tytler Hist. Scotl. (1864) III. 383 The Scots bear a fell rout in this court, and be much made of.

1601 B. Jonson Every Man in his Humor ii. iii. sig. F O its a pretious good foole, make much on him.

1612 T. Shelton tr. M. de Cervantes Don-Quixote: Pt. 1 iv. i. 286 I was one of the most made of and cherished daughters that euer father brought vp.

1622 F. Bacon Hist. Raigne Henry VII (1885) 40 He was very honourably entertained, and extremely much made on by the Pope.

1632 R. Sherwood Dict. in R. Cotgrave Dict. French & Eng. Tongues (new ed.) To make nothing of, desestimer.

1711 J. Addison Spectator No. 57. ¶3 She talks of Hounds and Horses, and makes nothing of leaping over a Six bar Gate.

1778 F. Burney Let. (1994) 162 They make nothing of coupling Fielding & me together!

1818 W. Sewall Diary 4 July (1930) 44/2 Here in the town of Boston this day is made great of.

1821 Examiner 732/2 He made nothing of eating burning coals.

1823 Ld. Byron Don Juan: Canto X lvi. 81 Whate'er the cause, the church made little of it.

1838 E. Bulwer-Lytton Alice I. ii. ii. 136 No queen could be more made of.

1838 S. Parker Jrnl. Tour beyond Rocky Mts. (1846) 28 The river makes nothing of washing away banks and islands.

1850 H. T. Cheever Whale & his Captors vi. 100 This forced trial of hydropathy is, indeed, so common an occurrence, that whalemen make nothing of it.

1899 F. H. Groome Gypsy Folk-tales p. lxxiv In the folk~tales of India..a rakshasi makes nothing of polishing off the entire population of a city.

1949 M. Mead Male & Female viii. 178 The Sepik peoples—Iatmul, Tchambuk, and Mundugumor—make little of menstruation ceremonies.

1970 Soviet Weekly 30 May 12/2 The caterpillar truck made nothing of the rough country but we felt a bit sea-sick, so to speak.

1984 A. West H. G. Wells (1985) vii. 139 My father was made much of by the Soviet authorities on each side of his Kremlin interview.

1991 R. Howard tr. E. M. Cioran Anathemas & Admirations ii. 72 Too much is made of love-hate, and we forget that there exists an even murkier and more complex sentiment: admiration-hate.

†b. intransitive (a) (With adverb) to think well (ill, etc.) of (also with as if); (b) (regional in later use) to make of (also on): to value highly; to treat with great consideration; = to make much of at sense 29a; also in prepositional passive. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > misjudgement > misjudge [verb (transitive)] > over-estimate or overvalue

to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395

to make of (also on)c1449

to make fair weather of1537

over-reckon1537

overmind1571

overween1588

overprize?1589

overcount1593

overvalue1597

overrate1599

wondernize1599

overhold1609

over-cess1611

overweight1613

overthinka1618

over-title1620

overcast1622

overmeasure1625

over-sum1628

overesteema1639

overproportion1642

outbid1688

overcharge1711

overestimate1797

overreach1822

overplay1835

maximize1866

maximate1881

out-reckon1898

fetishize1934

the mind > emotion > love > affection > [verb (transitive)] > treat or behave affectionately

to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395

to make of (also on)1601

much1640

endear1683

to be sweet on (upon)1694

to be all over (a person)1912

the world > action or operation > behaviour > follow (a course of behaviour) [verb (transitive)] > behave towards > as if

to make of (also on)1631

c1449 R. Pecock Repressor (1860) 69 Thouȝ the oold lawe was good to the kepers therof, ȝit was not so good as thei maden therof.

1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) xvi. 592 The king aucht weill to ma Of ȝow.

a1500 Consail & Teiching Vys Man (Cambr. Kk.1.5) in R. Girvan Ratis Raving & Other Early Scots Poems (1939) 68 Serve thi maister weil..[and] mak of al thing that he mais.

a1529 J. Skelton Magnyfycence (?1530) sig. Aiii I am lyberte made of in euery nacyon.

a1533 Ld. Berners tr. A. de Guevara Golden Bk. M. Aurelius (1546) sig. Kk.j^v And that that some setteth littell by, other make of.

1547 J. Bale Lattre Examinacyon A. Askewe f. 22^v It was an abhomynable shame vnto hym, to make no better of the eternall worde of God, than of hys slenderlye conceyued fantasye.

1601 A. Dent Plaine Mans Path-way to Heauen 87 An..Hawke, which a man holdeth vpon his fist, stroaketh her, maketh of her.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Coriolanus (1623) iv. v. 196 Why he is so made on heere within, as if hee were Son and Heire to Mars, set at vpper end o'th'Table.

1631 J. Mabbe tr. de Rojas Celestina (1894) 142 You make of me, as if I had been borne but yesterday.

1725 A. Ramsay Gentle Shepherd i. ii. 13 Their greatest Wish, Is to be made of, and obtain a Kiss.

a1825 R. Forby Vocab. E. Anglia (1830) (at cited word) To make on, to caress, to distinguish by particular attention.

1828 J. W. Carlyle 20 Aug. in New Lett. (1903) I. 29 Everyone here is trying to make my stay agreeable to me! Indeed, I have not been so made of since very long ago.

1878 W. Dickinson Gloss. Dial. Cumberland (ed. 2) 60/2 Mak on him and he'll dea better.

c. (do you) want to make something (out) of it?: used to imply that the speaker is willing to argue or fight to defend a statement, action, etc.; ‘do you want to make this a subject of contention?’, ‘do you want to fight over it?’ Cf. to make an issue (out) of at issue n. Phrases 2f.

ΚΠ

1948 J. McNulty in P.M. Daily (N.Y.) 10 June 13/3 So you heard what I said, huh? You want to make something out of it?

1949 G. Davenport Family Fortunes ii. iv. 165 ‘Yes, a filling station’, he said belligerently... ‘You want to make something of it?’

1971 J. Barlow In all Good Faith 16 I'm an art student. Y'want to make something of it?

1976 Daily Mirror 17 Mar. 24/5 (cartoon caption) Want t'make somethin' of it?

1992 Arizona Republic (Electronic ed.) 26 Apr. ‘Just one?’ the restaurant host asks. Yes, one. Just one. Wanna make something of it? Wanna be a little more condescending?

30. To form within the mind; to give conceptual existence to.

a. transitive. To entertain (doubt, scruple, inquiry, etc.) in the mind; to formulate mentally; to form (a judgement). Now usually in set phrases.to make (no) bones, to make (a) conscience, to make a difference, to make doubt, to make question: see the nouns.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > mental capacity > thought > think or have in mind [verb (transitive)]

holdOE

thinkOE

makea1400

carry1583

entertain1583

lodge1583

conceit?1589

reflect1611

braina1616

the mind > mental capacity > perception or cognition > faculty of ideation > conceive, form in the mind [verb (transitive)]

readOE

thinkOE

bethinkc1175

makea1400

imaginec1400

conceive?a1425

suppose1586

conceit1591

ideate1610

braina1616

forma1616

engross1632

cogitate1856

conceptualize1873

the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > judge, determine [verb (transitive)] > form a judgement

makea1400

judgea1425

forma1616

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Trin. Cambr.) 23846 From hit may we no way scape for no wile þat we con make.

1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) i. 249 Than mayss clerkis questioun,..That [etc.].

1565 T. Cooper Thesaurus at Facere Controuersiam, to propose as doubtfull: to make doubt of.

1592 Greenes Groats-worth of Witte sig. B3^v What tis to be so foole-holy as to make scruple of conscience where profit presents it selfe.

1661 R. Boyle Some Consider. Style of Script. (1675) 228 The more scruple I would make to rob them.

1709 G. Berkeley Th. Vision §3 The estimate we make of the distance of objects.

1721 J. Perry Acct. Stopping Daggenham Breach 4 Persons, who may be able to make a Judgment of the Truth of what I relate.

1844 Fraser's Mag. 30 98/1 I make no doubt every one..has practised similar stratagems.

1870 J. R. Lowell My Study Windows 229 The judgement of him [sc. Chaucer] which we make from his works.

1885 R. Bridges Eros & Psyche iii. xiii. 32 She made not question how the wonder was.

1955 Bull. Atomic Scientists Sept. 256/1 On the other hand, Dr. Libby makes no bones about the catastrophe of a nuclear war.

1993 B. Kingsolver Pigs in Heaven ii. xx. 196 Nothing in her life has prepared her to make a judgement on a war between bees and ostriches.

b. transitive. to make (great, etc.) account (also count, esteem, estimation, reckoning, regard, store) of: to have a high opinion of; to set store by, value, esteem. Now rare and archaic.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > esteem > [verb (transitive)]

haveeOE

weenc1000

praisec1250

setc1374

set by1393

endaunt1399

prizec1400

reverencec1400

tender1439

repute1445

to have (also make, take) regard to or that1457

to take, make, set (no) count of (upon, by)c1475

pricec1480

to make (great, etc.) account (also count, esteem, estimation, reckoning, regard, store) of1483

force1509

to look upon ——c1515

to have (also hold) in estimationc1522

to make reckoning of1525

esteem1530

regard1533

to tell, make, hold, set (great, little, no) store of1540

value1549

to make dainty of (anything)1555

reckon1576

to be struck on1602

agrade1611

respect1613

beteem1627

appreciate1648

to put, set (an) esteem, a high, low esteem upon1665

to think small beer of1816

to think the world of1826

existimate1847

reckon1919

rate1973

a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) vii. l. 5241 A Leon in his rage, Which of no drede set acompte.]

1483 W. Caxton tr. A. Chartier Curial sig. ij^v The courte maketh ouer moche compte of thys fortune.

1490 W. Caxton tr. Eneydos xvi. 62 Therof she made none acompte.

1525 Ld. Berners tr. J. Froissart Cronycles II. c. [xcvi.] 293 They wolde make no stoore of hym.

1539 T. Cromwell in R. B. Merriman Life & Lett. T. Cromwell (1902) II. 244 His Maieste wold neither make store of them ne bestowe a two penys for their conveyance hither.

1576 A. Fleming tr. Cicero in Panoplie Epist. 95 I would haue you make ful reckoning of al my counsel.

1579 T. North tr. Plutarch Liues 5 She was not a beast to be made light account of.

c1595 Countess of Pembroke Psalme cxix. 26 in Coll. Wks. (1998) II. 205 Such regard of thee I make, For feare of thee my flesh doth quake.

1605 F. Bacon Of Aduancem. Learning ii. sig. Pp2^v I make no more estimation of repeating a number of Names or Wordes vppon once hearing..than [etc.] .

1652 J. Wright tr. J.-P. Camus Nature's Paradox xi. 308 The same cause made Amiclea disdain the esteem which Liante made of her.

1655 Ld. Orrery Parthenissa IV. ii. v. 507 You will demonstrate how little esteeme you make of a Wife.

1671 J. Milton Paradise Regain'd ii. 193 Among the Sons of Men, How many have with a smile made small account Of beauty and her lures,..on worthier things intent?

1748 T. Smollett Roderick Random I. vi. 30 Logick I made no account of; but above all things, I valued myself on my taste in the Belle Lettre, and a talent for poetry.

1772 J. Wesley Let. 26 Jan. (1931) V. 301 Two old members recovered I make more account of than three new ones.

1816 W. Scott Antiquary I. v. 105 Oldbuck was wont to call Isabella his fair enemy, though in fact he made more account of her than any other of her sex.

1847 E. Brontë Wuthering Heights II. v. 109 Hathecliff maks noa 'cahnt o' t' mother, nur yah norther, but he'll hev his lad, and Aw mun tak him.

1866 Rural Amer. (Utica, N.Y.) 15 Dec. 372/1 ‘Jersey’, in his account of expenses in growing flax,..does not make any account of the ‘wear and tear’ of implements.

1877 C. H. Spurgeon Serm. XXIII. 402 What fools we were to make such count of momentary, transient pleasures!

1889 Pall Mall Gaz. 15 June 6/1 A pseudo spiritualness which makes small account of the daily behaviour and moral stamina of our teachers and preachers.

1904 A. Cook Psychology iii. 54 The extraordinary meaning of dreams is that which is more commonly made account of, though it would..be better to consider it merely as an adjunct of the main meaning of dreams.

1959 C. A. Robinson Athens in Age of Pericles i. 17 He thought a man must be an arrant fool who made no account of present good.

†c. transitive. To recognize in classification (a certain number or specified list of kinds, species, etc.). Obsolete.

ΚΠ

1562 N. Winȝet Certain Tractates (1888) I. 12 The wickit dum pastour, of the quhilk we mak thre kyndis.

1617 F. Moryson Itinerary i. 90 It aboundeth with sea birds, whereof the Venetian writers make two hundred kinds.

1621 R. Burton Anat. Melancholy i. ii. i. ii. 61 Our Schoolemen..make nine kinds of bad Divels.

1678 R. Cudworth True Intellect. Syst. Universe i. i. 37 Anaxagoras..made Bony and Fleshy Atoms,..which he supposed to exist..alwaies immutably the same.

1839 C. Darwin in R. Fitzroy & C. Darwin Narr. Surv. Voy. H.M.S. Adventure & Beagle III. xii. 249 This circumstance shows how cautious naturalists should be in making species.]

d. transitive. To formulate, set out (a case, a legal title, etc.).

ΘΚΠ

society > law > administration of justice > general proceedings > legal proceedings [verb (transitive)] > set out (a case, title, etc.)

make1591

1591 Troublesome Raigne Iohn i. sig. A4 ^v I not denie but he mine Elder is,..Yet in such sort, As he can make no title to the Land.

1859 B. C. Howard Rep. Supreme Court U.S. 21 244 That is substantially the case the bill makes.

1884 Law Rep.: Probate Div. 9 25 It would be better..for the party alleging undue influence to..shew with reasonable particularity the nature of the case he intends to make.

1891 Law Rep.: Weekly Notes 25 Apr. 77/2 The new trustees were therefore validly appointed, and could make a good title.

1989 Accountancy May 83/2 Once its assets have been vested in the Crown..the company can no longer make title to them in an attempted disposal of them.

31.

a. transitive. [Compare sense 12, of which this may be viewed as a figurative application.] With of. To regard what is denoted by the object of the preposition as being (what is denoted by the object of the verb); to arrive at (a particular amount or quantity) as the result of calculation or estimation; to assign (a meaning) to a statement, expression, representation, etc., or (a cause, motive, or reason) for actions or phenomena. Often with interrogative or indefinite pronoun as object.to make head or tail (also top or tail) of, to make a point of, to make sense of: see the nouns.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > mental capacity > understanding > understand [verb (transitive)] > reach understanding of

conceive1340

grope1390

tellc1390

catchc1475

reacha1500

make1531

to make sense of1574

to make outa1625

apprehend1631

realize1742

finda1834

reify1854

recognize1879

to get (something) straight1920

to pick up1946

to work out1953

1531 W. Tyndale Expos. Fyrste Epist. St. Jhon sig. H Yf thou burnest bloude & fat together to please god, what other thinge doest thou make of God,what other thinge doest thou make God, then one that had lust to smell to burnt flotesse?

1565 Randolph in H. Ellis Orig. Lett. Eng. Hist. (1824) 1st Ser. II. 203 Suspicious men, or suche as are geven of all thyngs to mayke the worst.

1609 P. Holland tr. Ammianus Marcellinus Rom. Hist. 316 I wote not wel what to make of this: the text I suspect be faultie.

1689 R. Milward Selden's Table-talk 3 When it comes among the Common People, Lord, what Gear do they make of it!

1776 C. Lee in J. Sparks Corr. Amer. Revol. (1853) I. 157 I know not what to make of this apathy on so important a subject.

1833 D. Macmillan in Life (1882) ii. 16 He has gone to Edinburgh now. I don't know what to make of him.

1861 C. Dickens Great Expectations II. v. 78 What do you make of four times five?

1887 ‘L. Carroll’ Game of Logic i. § i. 10 What would you make of such a Proposition as ‘The Cake you have given me is nice’? Is it Particular or Universal?

1915 J. Conrad Victory i. 7 He did not know what to make of that caller.

1938 ‘J. Bell’ Port of London Murders xiii. 213 I don't want him to go putting two and two together and making five.

1985 A. J. Ayer Ludwig Wittgenstein (1986) i. 13 He could make little of either Spinoza or Hume.

b. to make nothing of: to make no sense of, discern no meaning in; to fail to understand.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > mental capacity > intelligibility > unintelligibility > depth, obscurity > make obscure [verb (transitive)] > fail to apprehend

to miss of ——1667

miss1744

to make nothing of1852

1682 A. Horneck Great Law Consideration (ed. 3) iv. 111 The Wolfe..sent to School to learn to spell, could make nothing of all, that was said to him, but sheep. His mind..was harden'd against all other suggestions.

1726 J. Swift Gulliver I. ii. i. 15 He..applied it close to his Eye, to see what it was..but could make nothing of it.

1767 L. Sterne Life Tristram Shandy IX. xxvi. 111 She had peeped into Wharton upon the brain, and borrowed Graaf upon the bones and muscles; but could make nothing of it.

1847 E. Brontë Wuthering Heights I. xi. 267 He tried to elicit from her some sentiment of proper horror for Heathcliff's advances; but he could make nothing of her evasive replies.

1852 J. A. Froude Eng. Forgotten Worthies in Ess. (1906) 67 They could make nothing..of his odd ironical answers.

1865 C. Dickens Our Mutual Friend II. iv. xii. 265 Bella could make nothing of it but that John was in the right.

1871 G. MacDonald At Back of North Wind v. 63 Things seemed going on around him, and all to understand each other; but he could make nothing of it.

1921 V. Woolf Society in Monday or Tuesday 14 At last she dried her tears. For some time we could make nothing of what she said.

1991 E. Russell Taylor Tomorrow 63 Today's public would make nothing of ED and DE, and I promise I shall give nothing further away.

†32. Nautical.

a. transitive. To descry or discern as from the top of a mast or tower; to come in sight of; = to make out at Phrasal verbs 1. to make (an object) for (also to be): to discern (an object) to be. Cf. sense 59a. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > travel by water > directing or managing a ship > direct or manage ship [verb (transitive)] > set a ship's course > come in sight of

rear1555

open1574

make1587

raise1589

1587 J. White in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations (1589) iii. 770 The 16 of October we made land, but we knew not what land it was, bearing in with the same land at that day.

1589 J. Sparke in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations iii. 536 Wee had sight of an Island, which we made to be Iamaica.

a1594 J. White in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations (1600) III. 294 And in the meane time the other Spanish shippe..got away; whom our Viceadmirall intended to pursue: but some of their men in the toppe made certaine rockes, which they saw aboue water neere the shoare, to be Gallies of Hauana and Cartagena, coming from Hauana to rescue the two Ships.

c1600 J. Norden Speculum Brit.: Cornwall (1728) 96 A place whence they discouer ships at sea which they call makinge a sayle.

a1665 K. Digby Jrnl. Voy. to Mediterranean (1868) 4 Which afterwardes wee made to be a small Frenchman.

a1665 K. Digby Jrnl. Voy. to Mediterranean (1868) 33 I descryed a sayle which I made for a sattie.

1666 S. Pepys Diary 3 June (1972) VII. 142 At his coming into port, could make another ship of the King's coming in.

1669 S. Sturmy Mariners Mag. To Rdr. The Lizard being..the first Land made at their return home.

1669 S. Sturmy Mariners Mag. iv. i. 139 [He] at last made the Coasts of Brasilia.

1708 London Gaz. No. 4422/7 It was thought proper that this Ship should go down to make them perfectly.

1712 W. Rogers Cruising Voy. 292 I order'd the Pinnace to be mann'd and arm'd, and sent her away to make what she was.

1725 D. Defoe New Voy. round World ii. 8 We..made the Coast of Galloway in Ireland, the tenth.

1765 C. Johnstone Chrysal III. i. iii. 12 The man at his mast-head had made the land.

1834 F. Marryat Peter Simple III. xiii. 162 We made Barbadoes without any further adventure, and were about ten miles off the bay.

1840 R. H. Dana Two Years before Mast xxxii. 124 If we could make land, we should know where we were.

1890 ‘R. Boldrewood’ Colonial Reformer (1891) 171 Poor Grant made the light, sometime after nightfall.

b. transitive. Of land: to present (a topographical feature) to view from offshore. Obsolete. rare.

ΚΠ

1625 G. Archer in S. Purchas Pilgrimes IV. viii. x. 1647 The fifteenth day we had againe sight of the Land, which made a head being as wee thought an Iland, by reason of a large sound that appeared Westward betweene it and the Mayne.

II. To cause to be or become (something specified).

33. transitive. With noun complement.

a. To cause (a person or thing) to be or become (what is denoted by the complement).

†(a) With noun in dative (Old English only, rare) or to + noun (in dative in Old English and early Middle English) as complement. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

OE Ælfric Old Eng. Hexateuch: Gen. (Claud.) xii. 2 Ic macige ðe mycelre mægðe [L. faciam te in gentem magnam].

OE Ælfric Let. to Sigeweard (De Veteri et Novo Test.) (Laud) 20 [Lucifer] wolde..þurh modignisse hine macian to gode.

a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 193 Talewise men..maken wrong to rihte and riht to wronge.

a1225 ( Ælfric's Homily De Duodecim Abusivis (Lamb. 487) in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 103 Superbia..macode [OE Corpus Cambr. 178 gewor[h]te] englas to ateliche deoflan.

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) l. 14965 Heo makeden to kinge Cadwan þene kene.

c1300 (?c1225) King Horn (Laud) (1901) 540 Horn..makede [v.r. made] hem to knicte.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Trin. Cambr.) 12370 (MED) And ȝe þat he haþ made [Vesp. has wroght] to men.

(b) With direct object and complement.

ΚΠ

OE Ælfric Catholic Homilies: 2nd Ser. (Cambr. Gg.3.28) v. 48 Þone ðe he ær ehtende martyr gemacode.]

OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1881) I. 358 Modignyss..geworhte englas to atelicum deoflum, and ðone man macað eac gif he modigað to swyðe þæs deofles geferan.

a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 61 Þo þe was turnd fro him and makede him fleme þere he hadde er louerd iben.

c1230 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Corpus Cambr.) (1962) 32 Ha leas hire meidenhad & wes imaket hore.

c1300 St. Andrew (Harl.) 5 in C. D'Evelyn & A. J. Mill S.-Eng. Legendary (1956) 543 Come he seide after me, & ich wole ȝou make Manfischers.

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Royal) Matt. xxi. 13 Forsothe ȝe han made it a denne of thefes.

c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. Prol. 36 Bote Iapers and Iangelers..Founden hem Fantasyes and fooles hem maaden.

a1456 J. Lydgate Bycorne & Chychevache (Trin. Cambr. R.3.20) 49 in Minor Poems (1934) ii. 435 Þees husbandes which..Maken maystresses of þeyre wyves.

c1480 (a1400) St. Pelagia 53 in W. M. Metcalfe Legends Saints Sc. Dial. (1896) II. 205 Sum men ware slane, sum begare made.

1571 in Reg. Guild Corpus Christi York (1872) 230 (note) That he may bringe him upp, and maike him a man.

1583 T. Stocker tr. Tragicall Hist. Ciuile Warres Lowe Countries iv. 6 The true enheritors..are disturbed, made no bodies, or vtterly dishenerited of their due succession.

1603 T. Dekker et al. Patient Grissill sig. K2^v It's pitty that fellow was not made a Soldier.

1645 J. Winthrop Declar. Former Passages 2 Travailing through all the plantations of the neighbouring Indians, and by promises & gifts labouring to make himselfe their universall Sagamore or Governour.

1705 J. Dunton Life & Errors Afterthought 238 If my Marrying a Fortune has made me a Scoundrel,..'tis but while I continue a Widdower bewitch'd.

a1708 W. Beveridge Thes. Theologicus (1711) III. 298 To make onesself a slave for he knows not whom.

1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. I. ii. 171 The defeat which made him again a wanderer.

1890 T. F. Tout in F. Y. Powell et al. Hist. Eng. III. 26 This sentence made the noisy doctor a popular hero.

1930 E. Waugh Vile Bodies (1938) viii. 122 There were protrusions at every corner, and Miss Runcible had made herself a mass of bruises in the first half-hour.

1976 A. Haley Roots (1977) xcix. 535 The massa had told him he was only seventeen when he had won the bird. That would make him around fifty-six or fifty-seven now.

1984 J. Morgan Agatha Christie vii. 77 Agatha made Hercule Poirot a retired Belgian police officer.

b. spec. To appoint to the office of; to raise to the dignity of; to create (a person) a noble, etc.

ΘΚΠ

society > authority > office > appointment to office > appoint a person to an office [verb (transitive)] > appoint to the office of

makelOE

make?a1160

constitute1477

?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1140 Te king makede Teodbald ærcebiscop.

a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 59 He hadde maked adam louerd ouer þis middelherd.

c1300 St. Thomas Becket (Laud) 241 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 113 He makede him chaunceler.

?a1425 (c1380) G. Chaucer tr. Boethius De Consol. Philos. ii. pr. iii. 51 The remembraunce of thilke day that thow seye thi two sones maked conseileris.

1485 W. Caxton in Malory's Morte Darthur Table of Contents sig. vj How Syr Launcelot..was made knyght of the rounde table.

1564 in F. J. Furnivall Child-marriages, Divorces, & Ratifications Diocese Chester (1897) 132 He askid hym..whom he wold make his executour.

a1568 R. Ascham Scholemaster (1570) ii. f. 55^v Therefore did som..cause hedge priestes fette out of the contrie, to be made fellowes in the vniuersitie.

a1617 J. Melville Mem. Own Life (1827) 328 Therfore Dauison enterit hamely with him and was maid his gossup.

1651 T. Hobbes Leviathan iii. xlii. 313 Whosoever were made Pope, he would be tempted to uphold the same opinion.

1667 in J. H. Ramsay Bamff Charters (1915) 312 The said Sir Gilbert maks..his sone his cessioner and assignay.

a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 147 One Sir George Mackenzie, since made Lord Tarbot and Earl of Cromarty.

1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. I. iv. 447 He was made Chamberlain to the Queen.

1890 T. F. Tout in F. Y. Powell et al. Hist. Eng. III. 18 She made Marlborough a duke.

1919 Indian 22 Apr. 2/2 Lieutenants Randall, Fleming and Kelley were made captains.

1979 J. Rathbone Joseph ii. vi. 280 After the Battle of Talavera, Wellesley was made Viscount Wellington.

c. [Originally after post-classical Latin facere and fieri in the Vulgate: with quot. c1175 at sense 3a (and quot. a1708) compare John 1:14 verbum caro factum est , and with quot. c1384 at sense 2b compare the passage of which it is a translation dic ut lapides isti panes fiant.] To transform, transmute, or fashion into something else. Usually in passive. Now archaic (esp. in biblical use).Now largely replaced by to make into (see sense 36) and (with reversed construction) to make of (see sense 12).

ΘΚΠ

the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > transform [verb (transitive)]

wendOE

forshapeOE

workOE

awendOE

makec1175

turna1200

forwenda1325

change1340

shape1362

transmewc1374

transposec1380

puta1382

convertc1384

exchangea1400

remue?a1400

makea1425

reduce?a1425

removec1425

resolvea1450

transvertc1450

overchangec1480

mew1512

transmutea1513

wring1524

reduct1548

transform1556

innovate1561

metamorphose1576

transume1579

metamorphize1587

transmove1590

transchangea1599

transfashion1601

deflect1613

fordo1624

entail1628

transmutate1632

distila1637

to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1637

transqualify1652

unconvert1654

simulate1658

spend1668

transverse1687

hocus-pocus1774

mutate1796

fancy1801

to change around1871

metamorphosize1888

catalyse1944

morph1996

the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > transform [verb (transitive)] > in form or appearance

makec1175

transfigurea1340

transformc1340

overcasta1387

translatea1393

shapec1400

resolvea1450

transfigurate?a1475

fashion1528

converta1530

to bless into1534

redact1554

trans-shape1575

deduce1587

star1606

deducta1627

Pythagorize1631

to run into ——a1640

transpeciate1643

transmogrify1656

throw1824

transfeature1875

squirm1876

recontour1913

c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 19201 Godess word iss makedd flæsh.

a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 2960 Him ðhugte he maden water blod.

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Matt. iv. 3 Ȝif thou be Goddis sone, say that these stoons be made looues.

c1385 G. Chaucer Knight's Tale 2065 Ther saw I Attheon an hert ymaked.

c1450 Speculum Christiani (Harl. 6580) (1933) 70 (MED) Fornicacion and lechery makez wyse men foulez.

a1500 Foly of Fulys & Thewis of Wysmen 156 in R. Girvan Ratis Raving & Other Early Scots Poems (1939) 56 Thai luf nocht to mak of blak quhyt, Mak gud man Ill na Ill man quyt.

1611 Bible (King James) Isa. xlii. 15 I will make the riuers Ilands.

a1708 W. Beveridge Thes. Theologicus (1710) II. 222 The Word..how made flesh?

1889 ‘M. Twain’ Connecticut Yankee xviii. 222 I said we would take him to her, and see..roses, pearls and dew made flesh, for him.

1967 M. Frayn Towards End of Morning (1969) (BNC) 88 Norman Ward Westerman was deference made flesh.

1992 M. Almond Rise & Fall N. & E. Ceausescu (BNC) 156 Hitler had talked about architecture as ‘the word made stone’.

†d. [After post-classical Latin facere (Vulgate): compare the passage translated in quot. c1384 at sense 2b, quando autem factus sum vir.] In passive. To become. Cf. sense 9c and note to sense 34a. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) 1 Cor. xiii. 11 Whanne I was maad man.

e. To determine (a thing, occasionally a person) to be (what is expressed by the complement); to establish or set down as (a law, penalty, etc.). Often with the complement modified by a possessive: to take as (one's business, boast, prey, abode, object, etc.).Sometimes with it as anticipatory object, explained by a following infinitive or clause. to make it one's business, to make a point to do (something): see the nouns.

ΘΚΠ

society > authority > command > command or bidding > command [verb (transitive)] > ordain, prescribe, or appoint

asetc885

teachc897

deemc900

ashapea1000

i-demeOE

setc1000

shiftc1000

stevenOE

redeOE

willOE

lookc1175

showc1175

stablea1300

devise1303

terminea1325

shapec1330

stightlea1375

determinec1384

judgea1387

sign1389

assize1393

statute1397

commanda1400

decree1399

yarka1400

writec1405

decreetc1425

rule1447

stallc1460

constitute1481

assignc1485

institute1485

prescribec1487

constitue1489

destinate1490

to lay down1493

make?a1513

call1523

plant1529

allot1532

stint1533

determ1535

appointa1538

destinec1540

prescrive1552

lot1560

fore-appoint1561

nominate1564

to set down1576

refer1590

sort1592

doom1594

fit1600

dictate1606

determinate1636

inordera1641

state1647

fix1660

direct1816

a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 121 Thy ransonner with woundis fyve Mak thy plycht anker.

1581 G. Pettie tr. S. Guazzo Ciuile Conuersat. (1586) iii. 159 b They..make it a sport to put their children in feare.

1594 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie i. xi. §2 Unless the last good of all..be also infinite, we do evil in making it our end.

1611 Bible (King James) Gen. xlvii. 26 And Ioseph made it a law..that Pharaoh should haue the fift part.

1630 J. Ussher Let. in R. Parr Life J. Usher (1686) Coll. clix. 434 If he fail, I must make you my last refuge.

1659 T. Burton Diary (1828) IV. 442 No reasoning by scripture will convince them; for they make that but a nose of wax.

1663 J. Heath Flagellum (ed. 2) 10 He made it no Punctilio to invite his Roysters to a Barrel of Drink, and give it them at the charge of his Host.

1683 Apol. Protestants France Pref. 1 They..make it the utmost penalty..so much as to attempt a departure.

a1771 T. Gray Imit. Propertius in Wks. (1884) I. 154 That the soft Subject of my Song I make.

1821 J. Clare Village Minstrel I. 177 Make my cot thy home.

1843 G. Borrow Bible in Spain I. xii. 253 I am not one of those who..make it a constant practice to disparage the higher orders.

1882 R. L. Stevenson New Arabian Nights II. 3 I made it my pride to keep aloof.

1885 A. Edgar Old Church Life Scotl. 273 The malediction of a parent was made a capital offence.

1893 H. P. Liddon et al. Life E. B. Pusey I. xv. 342 To make the reality and value of sacramental grace a main interest of his life.

1927 H. L. Mencken Let. 29 Oct. in H. L. Mencken & S. Haardt Mencken & Sara (1987) 318 I have made it my job to delve into it from every angle.

1995 Country Living May 78/3 Use your garden. Make it a part of your life, not just something to look at after a hard day at the office.

†f. to make (a person) a man for ever (occasionally with other complements): to ensure of prosperity or success. Usually in passive. Cf. sense 69a. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > prosperity > cause to prosper or flourish [verb (transitive)] > ensure prosperity or success of

make1460

to be the making ofa1500

to make a man for ever1584

to make (a person) a man1584

1584 R. Scot Discouerie Witchcraft xv. xvii. 425 Applie it, & thou shalt be made a man for euer.

1624 R. Sanderson Serm. I. 251 A pound, that would..put him into fresh trading, set him upon his legs, and make him a man for ever.

1652 W. Blith Eng. Improver Improved xxviii. 195 If the horse be kindly used, and taken off his untamedness by degrees,..he is made a horse for ever.

1671 J. Tillotson Serm. I. 227 What poor man could not cheerfully carry a great burthen of Gold..thereby to be made a man for ever.

34.

a. transitive. With adjective complement. To cause to be, render.In quots. c1350 at sense 4a in passive after post-classical Latin fieri (Vulgate). Cf. senses 9c, 33d. to make English: to translate into English. For to make certain (also clear, easy, even, fast, good, ready, sick, snappy, sure, unready, void, waste); to make it hot (also warm), to make things lively: see the adjectives. to make it worth (a person's) while: see while n. 3b.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > mental capacity > intelligibility > meaning > explanation, exposition > translation > translate [verb (transitive)] > into particular language

to make EnglishOE

Englisha1450

Latin1563

Latinize1589

Germanize1605

Scottish1623

Englify1688

anglicize1711

romance1796

Saxonize1804

Scotticize1809

Syriacize1863

French1868

Sanskritize1881

OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1900) II. 388 Þæt he us geþingie to þyllicum gode þe his biggengan macaþ swa mihtige on gewinne.

lOE Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough interpolation) anno 963 Se biscop..bohte þa feola cotlif æt se king, & macode hit swyðe rice.

c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 995 Þatt follkess lac..wass..makedd fatt & nesshe.

a1225 ( Ælfric's Homily De Duodecim Abusivis (Lamb. 487) in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 101 Þe oferlifa on hete and on wete macað [OE Corpus Cambr. 178 deð] þene mon un-halne.

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) 10591 Al þat lond heo makeden west.

c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 412 Þo hii adde al bar imad þe contrei al aboute.

c1350 Psalter (BL Add. 17376) in K. D. Bülbring Earliest Compl. Eng. Prose Psalter (1891) lii. 4 (MED) Hij ben maden inprofitable.

c1350 Psalter (BL Add. 17376) in K. D. Bülbring Earliest Compl. Eng. Prose Psalter (1891) ci. 7 (MED) Ich am made lich to þe pellican of ones.

c1390 G. Chaucer Parson's Tale 149 Thurgh synne ther he was free now is he maked bonde.

?a1400 (a1338) R. Mannyng Chron. (Petyt) (1996) i. 11325 Idelnes mas man right slouh.

1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxviii. 99 At theyr requeste god maade her hole ageyne.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/2 He made me more a frayde than I was these twelve monethes.

1548 H. Latimer Notable Serm. sig. A.v^v Making them supple herted.

1576 G. Pettie Petite Pallace 201 The Hauke hauing been once canuassed in the nets, wil make it daungerous to strike againe at the stale.

1620 T. Granger Syntagma Logicum sig. a4^v Each Reader may this Garden make his owne.

1664 J. Evelyn (title) Parallel of the Antient Architecture with the Modern, written by Roland Freart, made English for the benefit of builders by J. Evelyn.

1693 J. Dryden Disc. conc. Satire in J. Dryden et al. tr. Juvenal Satires p. xxxii In making these two Authors English.

1709 G. Berkeley Th. Vision §119 Any theories of vision hitherto made public.

1768 O. Goldsmith Good Natur'd Man iii. 35 What makes the bread rising... What makes the mutton fivepence a pound.

1781 E. Gibbon Decline & Fall II. xviii. 108 The elephants, made furious by their wounds, encreased the disorder.

1829 W. Scott Jrnl. 8 June (1946) 79 God make me thankful for so cheering a prospect.

1840 R. H. Dana Two Years before Mast xxxi. 384 To make our condition still worse, the wind came out due east..and it blew a gale dead ahead.

1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest II. iii. 58 On that score you may make your mind easy.

1883 Cent. Mag. 26 239/1 You'll only make bad worse.

1923 W. Cather Lost Lady ii. vii. 154 He's trying to make the place presentable.

1985 J. Berman Talking Cure v. 141 She usually remains silent, making it difficult for us to determine the extent of her knowledge.

†b. transitive. With predicative phrase as complement. In later use only in to make (somewhere) in one's way and similar phrases: to direct one's journey so as to pass by or through. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct (one's course, steps, etc.) [verb (transitive)] > so as to pass a certain place

to make (somewhere) in one's way1673

a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 85 Hwense we habbeð imaked þene licome to þer saule bihoue.

c1350 Psalter (BL Add. 17376) in K. D. Bülbring Earliest Compl. Eng. Prose Psalter (1891) cv. 33 (MED) Hij ben meined among folk wyþ-outen lawe and lerned her werkes..and þat ys made to hem in sclaunder.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 2605 (MED) Agar was made wit [Trin. Cambr. was wiþ] child in hi.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 9744 For sothfastnes algat sal i At an a-cord mak wit merci.

a1470 T. Malory Morte Darthur (Winch. Coll. 13) (1990) II. 1096 Now hath dethe made us two at debate for youre love.

a1500 ( J. Yonge tr. Secreta Secret. (Lamb.) 149 Thou hast askyd wysdome..I make the aftyr thy Demaunde, and I graunt the a wyse herte.

1523 Ld. Berners tr. J. Froissart Cronycles I. cl. 73 b I thynke he neuer made the frenche kyng of knowledge therof.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 627/1 It were a good dede by policye to make them of affynite.

1560 J. Daus tr. J. Sleidane Commentaries f. ccccxxviij He was not as yet made at one with him.

1601 J. Lyly Loves Metamorphosis v. iv. 12 (Bond) You might haue made me a [= of] counsell of your loues.

1611 Bible (King James) Rom. iv. 14 Faith is made voide, and the promise made of none effect.

1673 I. Newton Let. 17 Sept. in Corr. (1959) I. 307 Mr Gregory is at London, & intends to make Cambridg in his way into Scotland.

1676 M. Hale Contempl. Moral & Divine i. 186 This makes him at a point with these sollicitations, peremptory to conclude [etc.].

1767 ‘Coriat Junior’ Another Traveller! I. 51 I made every bookseller's shop in my way.

1800 C. Lamb Let. 16 Oct. in Lett. C. & M. A. Lamb (1975) I. 241 I wish to God You had made London in your Way.

1808 J. Austen Let. 26 June (1995) 135 Harriot is very earnest with Edw^d to make Wrotham in his Journey.

c. transitive. With reflexive pronoun as object. to make oneself scarce: see scarce adj. to make oneself at home: see home n.¹ and adj. Phrases 1a(c)(i).

ΚΠ

a1225 (?OE) MS Vesp. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 233 Se hlaford..dranc and macede hine wel bliðe.

a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 1591 For-ði he maked him stið & strong.

c1330 (?a1300) Sir Tristrem (1886) l. 144 (MED) Þai busked and maked hem boun.

c1400 (?c1390) Sir Gawain & Green Knight (1940) 1885 (MED) He mace hym as mery..As neuer he did bot þat daye.

1496 (c1410) Dives & Pauper (de Worde) vii. iv. 280/1 Make the plesaunt in speche to the congregacyon of poore folke.

1589 G. Puttenham Arte Eng. Poesie i. xiv. 25 They were enforced..by colouring their faces and carying hatts & capps of diuerse fashions to make them selues lesse knowen.

1621 T. W. in tr. S. Goulart Wise Vieillard Ep. Ded. sig. A iij That I may not make my selfe otherwise knowne vnto your worship, then by [etc.].

1632 W. Lithgow Totall Disc. Trav. iii. 199 I'me there arriud, and eftsoones made me bound For the Venetian Consul.

a1645 W. Browne tr. M. Le Roy Hist. Polexander (1647) i. ii. 54 Concealing his..Countrey, [he] made himselfe taken for a kinsman of the last Cacique.

1773 O. Goldsmith She stoops to Conquer iv. 82 With cunning and malice enough to make himself merry with all our embarrassments.

1781 R. B. Sheridan Critic i. ii Here are two very civil gentlemen trying to make themselves understood.

1845 C. Dickens Cricket on Hearth i. 15 Take the precious darling, Tilly, while I make myself of some use.

a1859 T. De Quincey Posthumous Wks. (1891) I. 108 This Parker had a ‘knack’ at making himself odious.

1876 A. S. Palmer Leaves from Word-hunter's Notebk. xi. 266 Many diseases first make themselves felt in the ‘dead of night’.

1888 B. W. Richardson Son of Star II. v. 72 They make themselves quite at home.

1907 J. Conrad Secret Agent i. 7 He took the trouble to get up before noon, and descending the basement stairs, make himself pleasant.

1953 J. Wain Hurry on Down 168 Even his fear did not make itself felt in any marked way.

1964 G. Vidal Julian (1965) i. 15 Do I make myself clear?

1986 J. Nagenda Seasons of T. Tebo i. v. 30 Then the grandmother started shrieking and it was impossible to make yourself heard.

d. transitive. With past participle as complement. Now chiefly with known, acquainted, felt, heard, understood; a past participle which implies the performance of an action is now rarely used as complement.

ΚΠ

?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 7 & makeð ou swa offeared þet ȝe muȝe..fallen in an vn hope.

c1300 in C. Brown Eng. Lyrics 13th Cent. (1932) 78 (MED) Mak þi milce up-on hus sene.

a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1874) V. 391 He made alle þe hedes and lymes of mawmettes i-kut of.

a1400 Psalter (Vesp.) cii[i]. 7 in C. Horstmann Yorkshire Writers (1896) II. 234 Kouthe made he to Moises his waies wele.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 26666 Propre þat es þat þou ma knaun nan oþer plightes bot þin aun.

c1450 (c1380) G. Chaucer House of Fame 155 The Grek Synon..with his false forswerynge..Made the hors broght into Troye.

c1500 Melusine (1895) 153 Thus makyng his wounde opend.

1577 B. Googe tr. C. Heresbach Foure Bks. Husbandry Ep. to Rdr. sig. iii They [sc. trees, etc.] may in short time so be denisend and made acquainted with our soyle, as they wyl prosper.

1586 in Cal. State Papers Scotl. (1915) IX. 147 That he had med yow forssein wyt it.

a1641 R. Montagu Acts & Monuments (1642) 263 She..secretly made Cleopatra acquainted with it.

a1645 W. Browne tr. M. Le Roy Hist. Polexander (1647) ii. iv. sig. ¶¶¶2^v Polexander..going away, as if afraid, strove to make it believed he had had no advantage ore Almanzor.

1759 S. Johnson Prince of Abissinia I. xvi. 108 His generosity made him courted by many dependants.

1812 H. Davy Elements Chem. Philos. 24 Glauber at Amsterdam about 1640 made known several neutral salts.

1818 J. C. Hobhouse Italy (1859) II. App. B. 319 The opposition of a whole life against the nobles made him regarded by all the lower classes, as the great partizan of the democracy.

1827 R. Southey Hist. Peninsular War II. 208 The neighbourhood of Ferrol has made it [sc. Vigo] neglected as a naval station.

1836 J. H. Newman Lett. & Corr. (1891) II. 202 Their coming from you will make them [sc. sermons] read.

1891 Leeds Mercury 27 Apr. 4/4 If the miners made their power felt.

1916 Shooting Don'ts 39 Don't ‘brown’ into a covey. To be continually killing more than one bird at a shot will make you suspected.

1928 St. Wilfrid xvii. 231 Father Faber did much to make him known and loved.

1939 Nature 25 June 1119/2 Electronic organs are making us acquainted with the synthesis of musical sounds.

1986 R. Strange Catholic Faith viii. 83 The love of God is made known to us in and through the birth, life, death and resurrection of Jesus.

e. intransitive in same sense. Now rare except in idiomatic phrases with adjectives, as to make certain (also free, good, ready, †short, sure): see these words.

ΚΠ

c1330 (?c1300) Speculum Guy (Auch.) (1898) 836 (MED) Anoþer manere wasshing Makeþ clene of alle þing.

a1398 J. Trevisa tr. Bartholomaeus Anglicus De Proprietatibus Rerum (BL Add.) f. 318^v Þe substaunce of whey is wattry and makeþ þynne.

?c1425 tr. Guy de Chauliac Grande Chirurgie (Paris) (1971) 109 Þe þridde entencioun is fulfilled..wiþ repercussyues, nouȝt makyng colde.

?a1450 tr. Lanfranc Sci. Cirurgie (BL Add. 12056) (1894) 6 (MED) Of resolueres & manere of vndoynge & makynge nessche.

a1475 Revelations St. Birgitta (Garrett) (1929) 60 He makyth hoote, nott as materiall fyre..bot his hete is the inwarde bornyng love of the sowle.

1535 Bible (Coverdale) Prov. x. A An ydle hande maketh poore, but a quycke laboringe hande maketh riche.

1659 in E. Nicholas Nicholas Papers (1920) IV. 113 Stokes with a squadron of 14 fregats, that are now a making cleane at Toulon.

1753 S. Richardson Hist. Sir Charles Grandison IV. iv. 29 Make happy; and be happy.

35. To regard as, consider, or compute to be; to describe or represent as; to cause to appear as. Cf. sense 42.

†a. transitive (reflexive). With noun or adjective complement. To maintain or pretend that one is. Cf. to make out at Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > language > statement > assertion without proof > [verb (reflexive)] > claim, maintain, or profess

sayOE

showc1175

make?c1225

pretend1415

support?1471

?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 103 Gederinde ancres..Makeð oðer þen habeoð.

?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 166 Seinte pauwel [calls Satan]..engel of licht. for swich ofte he makeð [a1250 Titus makes] him.

c1300 St. Thomas Becket (Laud) 903 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 132 (MED) Men seiden þat he makede him sik for he ne dorste to court wende.

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) John viii. 53 Whom makist thou thi silf?

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 14684 (MED) Þou mas [Fairf. makis, Trin. Cambr. makest] þe godd, and þou art man.

a1400 (c1250) Floris & Blauncheflur (Egerton) (1966) 76 (MED) Y rede eke Þat þe maydens moder make hur seeke.

1449 Acts Parl. Scotl. (1814) II. 36 Gif thar be ony that makis thaim fulis that ar nocht.

1533 in J. Strype Eccl. Memorials (1721) I. i. xxi. 152 The same Act may be..set up on every church door..to the intent that no parson..nor any other of the king's subjects, shall make themselves ignorant thereof.

1535 Bible (Coverdale) 2 Sam. xiii. 6 So Ammon layed him downe, and made him sicke.

1648 W. Jenkyn Ὁδηγος Τυϕλος i. 13 He makes himself a ballad-maker.

b. transitive. To pretend, to feign (esp. to do something). Also with it and reflexive. Also intransitive. Cf. sense 56a. Now regional.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > deceit, deception, trickery > dissimulation, pretence > pretend, dissemble [phrase]

makec1275

to make wise1447

make as though?c1450

to let fare1483

to make a show ofa1500

to set a face1560

to take on (also upon) one(self)?1560

to make (a) miena1657

to make believe1773

to put it on1888

to play (the) fox1894

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) 8880 Cesar..nolde hit ihiren, makede hine swulc he weore wrað.

a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1879) VII. 27 (MED) Þe kyng..made it as þey were nouȝt wrooþ.

a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) ii. 858 (MED) And to the bed with that he yede..And made him there forto seche, And fond the knif, wher he it leide.

c1460 (?c1400) Tale of Beryn 33 (MED) And þere-with..to wepe She made.

?1503–5 H. Watson tr. Valentine & Orson (1937) 231/32 In thys wyse dyd the lady abyde lange tyme, and she made it so well that wythin fyftene dayes she semed more lykely a [b]eest than a resonable woman.

1600 Acts Parl. Scotl. (1816) IV. 204/1 Thomas Cranstoun answerit..quhilk the erle of Gowrie maid him not to heir.

1886 H. Cunliffe Gloss. Rochdale-with-Rossendale Words & Phrases 58 ‘You are making that’—that is, feigning it.

1903 Eng. Dial. Dict. IV. 18/2 Let us go and make to poach.

c. transitive. With noun complement: to consider, regard, or maintain; to reckon, calculate.Now esp. with an estimated amount, time, etc., as complement.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > evaluation, estimation, appraisal > appraise, estimate [verb (transitive)] > consider to be, account as

telleOE

talec897

seeOE

letc1000

holdc1200

reckon1340

aima1382

accounta1387

counta1387

judgec1390

takea1400

countc1400

receivec1400

existimatec1430

to look on ——?c1430

makec1440

reputea1449

suppose1474

treatc1485

determinea1513

recount?c1525

esteem1526

believe1533

estimate?1533

ascribe1535

consider1539

regard1547

count1553

to look upon ——1553

take1561

reck1567

eye?1593

censure1597

subscribe1600

perhibit1613

behold1642

resent1642

attributea1657

fancy1662

vogue1675

decount1762

to put down1788

to set down1798

rate1854

have1867

mean1878

c1440 (?a1400) Sir Perceval (1930) 1086 What knyghte es that..Þat thou mase of thy menynge?

a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 226 Thocht I in courte be maid refuse.

1560 J. Daus tr. J. Sleidane Commentaries f. iij In graunting of the same [he] maketh the byshop of Rome a great Prince.

1649 J. Milton Εικονοκλαστης v. 47 Was this becomming such a Saint as they would make him?

1699 T. Baker Refl. Learning xiii. 161 He is not that Goose and Ass that Valla would make him.

1700 J. Dryden tr. Ovid Of Pythagorean Philos. in Fables 503 Ovid..makes Numa the Schollar of Pythagoras.

1707 Curiosities in Husb. Pref. 5 The Peripateticks..made Nature a Goddess.

1774 J. Beekman Let. 7 May in Beekman Mercantile Papers (1956) II. 895 I..also find an Error in the Interest calculated to 25th March last, you make it £56.4.1 and I make it but £34.18.10 which you'll please to rexamine and advise me.

1849 Tait's Edinb. Mag. 16 279/2 Some argue that they are Picts, and some make them Northmen.

1865 C. Dickens Our Mutual Friend II. iii. xiii. 113 What time may you make it, Mr. Twemlow?

1892 Field 27 Feb. 302/1 The distance travelled I make by the map five miles.

1955 E. Blishen Roaring Boys i. 66 What do you make the answer to Number 10, Johnson?

1989 L. Deighton Spy Line vi. 82 ‘What do you make the time now?’ Stowe asked while he was tapping his watch.

d. transitive. With adjective, †past participle, or †phrase as complement. Now chiefly in negative comparisons, as not so (also as) bad as (he, she) makes it, etc. Cf. to make out at Phrasal verbs 1.

ΚΠ

1581 G. Pettie tr. S. Guazzo Ciuile Conuersat. (1586) i. 17 b To saie, y^t euerie man should haue an eie onelie to his owne affaires, is nothing else but to make man like to beasts.

1599 F. Thynne Animaduersions (1875) 32 Not withstandinge that Hollybande, in his frenche-Englishe dictionarye, make yt of the valewe of a duckett.

1675 T. Hobbes in tr. Homer Odysses To Rdr. sig. B3^v Homer begins not his Iliad with the injury done by Paris, but makes it related by Menelaus.

a1687 W. Petty Polit. Arithm. (1690) x. 117 The King's Subjects are not in so bad a condition as discontented Men would make them.

1736 T. Lediard Life Marlborough II. 201 The Enemy's Army is not so numerous as they make it.

1868 W. Lockyer & J. N. Lockyer tr. A. Guillemin Heavens (ed. 3) 493 This climate..is not so bad..as some Anglophobes would make it.

1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. xiv. 128 Macbeth is not half so bad as the play makes him.

†e. transitive. to make nothing to (with infinitive): to consider it no great thing to (do as specified). Cf. sense 29. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > easiness > find no difficulty in [verb (transitive)]

to make no strength of?c1225

strengthc1225

to make nothing to1675

to make nothing1688

to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)1711

to think nothing of1802

1675 H. More in R. Ward Life (1710) 245 If a Man make nothing to halt and faulter in the first..Sin.

1715 R. South 12 Serm. IV. 108 One of the greatest..Courage, who makes nothing to look Death and Danger in the Face.

1720 D. Defoe Life Capt. Singleton 94 Ten Men..took up one of the Canoes, and made nothing to carry it.

†f. transitive. Nautical. In the imperative phrase make it so, by which the commander of a vessel instructs that the time reported to him (e.g. the end of a watch and spec. noon, when sights are taken to determine what was formerly the start of a ship's day) is relayed to the crew (see quots. 1829 and 1867). Hence (occasionally): to mark (a time of day, etc.) formally in this way. Also in extended use. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > travel by water > other nautical operations > [verb (transitive)] > confirm reported time

make1829

1829 G. Jones Sketches Naval Life I. 101 Eight bells are now reported to the quarter-master, and by him, to the officer of the deck; who answers, ‘make it so’; and sends a midshipman, to inform the captain, that it is meridian. The bell is struck; and two long successive pipes, from the boatswain and his mates, are the signal, that all work is to cease.

1840 F. Marryat Olla Podrida I. xiv. 146 The master reported that the heavens intimated that it was twelve o'clock; and..I ordered him to ‘make it so’.

1867 W. H. Smyth & E. Belcher Sailor's Word-bk. Make it so, the order of a commander to confirm the time, sunrise, noon, or sunset, reported to him by the officer of the watch.

1892 R. L. Stevenson & L. Osbourne Wrecker xii. 203 Noon was made; the captain dined on his day's work.

g. transitive. colloquial (originally U.S.). Usually in imperative, often with it. ‘Let it be (what is denoted by the complement)’, esp. as a response to a previous proposal; spec. with complement denoting a drink requested by the speaker (also with mine, etc.), the time or place of an appointment, or an amount, number, or price.

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > drink > preparation of drinks > [verb (transitive)] > get drink

make1830

the world > relative properties > number > enumeration, reckoning, or calculation > number, calculate, or reckon [verb (transitive)] > amount to or total > accept or state as total

reckona1387

make1830

the mind > will > intention > planning > plan [verb (transitive)] > arrange > appoint a time or place beforehand > at a particular time or place

make1973

1830 ‘M. Doyle’ Irish Cottagers i. 3 ‘Seven guineas, Peter.’.. ‘No; make it the even ten guineas,’ rejoined Peter, ‘and it's a contract.’

1883 ‘M. Twain’ Life on Mississippi li. 507 ‘Have you got that drink yet?’.. He softened, and said make it a bottle of champagne.

1900 G. Ade Fables in Slang 96 He was ready to Weep for anyone who would hand him $8. Afterthought—make it $7.50.

1934 Neuphilol. Mitt. 35 132 Euchre... To make it next, ‘to declare the trump suit changed to the opposite suit of the same colour’.

1940 W. Faulkner Hamlet i. iii. 70 ‘Ten dollars,’ Ratliff said... ‘Make it five.’ ‘No,’ Ratliff said pleasantly.

1962 S. Gore Down Golden Mile vi. 120 Make mine a glass this time, seein' I have to go on the scoot with you booze artists to-night.

1973 M. Russell Double Hit viii. 55 Make it an hour. I'll be twenty minutes loosening up... I'm after the exercise.

1977 S. J. Perelman Eastward Ha! vii. 102 No, make it a brandy smash, George.

1985 J. Raban Foreign Land (1986) iii. 46 Tom thought: it could be worth three hundred pounds, no, make it four.

1986 F. Iyayi Heroes vi. 42 Bring her a gin and lime. Make it a double.

1997 I. Rankin Black & Blue (1998) iii. 41 ‘Make it a pint this time, Jon.’ ‘And another rum?’

36.

a. transitive. With into. To convert into something else, by a process of manufacture or otherwise; to work upon (materials) so as to produce something; to arrange, divide, or combine so as to form something.

ΘΚΠ

the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > transform [verb (transitive)]

wendOE

forshapeOE

workOE

awendOE

makec1175

turna1200

forwenda1325

change1340

shape1362

transmewc1374

transposec1380

puta1382

convertc1384

exchangea1400

remue?a1400

makea1425

reduce?a1425

removec1425

resolvea1450

transvertc1450

overchangec1480

mew1512

transmutea1513

wring1524

reduct1548

transform1556

innovate1561

metamorphose1576

transume1579

metamorphize1587

transmove1590

transchangea1599

transfashion1601

deflect1613

fordo1624

entail1628

transmutate1632

distila1637

to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1637

transqualify1652

unconvert1654

simulate1658

spend1668

transverse1687

hocus-pocus1774

mutate1796

fancy1801

to change around1871

metamorphosize1888

catalyse1944

morph1996

the world > space > relative position > arrangement or fact of being arranged > state of being gathered together > gather together [verb (transitive)] > make into a pack or parcel

hamperc1400

packc1400

to pack up1530

mail1570

emball1588

fardel1594

packet1621

farla1640

to make up1709

embale1727

bale1762

parcel1775

empacket1825

make1849

package1917

the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > be transformed [verb (intransitive)]

wortheOE

awendOE

golOE

turnc1275

changec1300

runc1384

to run into ——c1384

fare1398

writhea1400

transmewc1400

returnc1475

transume1480

convert1549

transform1597

remove1655

transeate1657

transmute1675

make1895

metamorphose1904

shapeshift1927

metamorphize1943

metamorphosize1967

morph1992

a1425 (a1382) Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Corpus Oxf.) (1850) Exod. xxxix. 3 He made hem into thredes.

c1475 in Coll. Ordinances Royal Househ. (Harl. 642) (1790) 22 The Kyng for his brekefast, two looves made into four maunchetts.

1479 in H. Stewart Worshipful Company Gold & Silver Wyre-drawers (1891) 16 The petition of the Wyre-drawers, and Chape-makers that they may be made into one Company, and called Wyre-mongers.

c1524 in J. Nichols Illustr. Antient Times Eng. (1797) 128 46 oz. of silver plate, 20 downewaight, to be made into two chalices.

?1550 H. Llwyd tr. Pope John XXI Treasury of Healthe (1585) T viij Make them into pouder fynelye.

1578 H. Lyte tr. R. Dodoens Niewe Herball iii. xxvii. 354 Aloë, made into powder & strawen vpon newe blooddy woundes, stoppeth the blood, and healeth the wounde.

1605 B. Jonson Sejanus ii. sig. E Then is there one Cremutius Cordus, a writing fellow, they haue got To gather Notes of the præcedent times, And make them into Annal's.

1617 F. Moryson Itinerary iii. 115 Fresh curds newly pressed, and made into little cheeses.

1658 G. Starkey Natures Explic. Ep. to Rdr. sig. a7 Salt of Tartar volatilized, or made into a spiritual Elixir, with any essential oyle, is an absolute corrector of all vegetal poysons.

1672 W. Hughes Amer. Physitian 34 Rum..is ordinarily drank amongst the Planters, as well alone, as made into Punch.

1710 H. Prideaux Orig. & Right Tithes ii. 76 The Grapes made into Wine, the Olives into Oyl.

1805 R. W. Dickson Pract. Agric. I. 486 Mowing the first crop 0 2 6. Making it into hay 0 2 6.

1820 W. Irving Sketch Bk. (U. S. ed. 2) v. 89 The Peacock..was made into a pie.

1849 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 10 i. 134 The wheaten straw is carefully made into bundles.

1877 C. M. Yonge Cameos cxxxvii, in Monthly Packet June 490 Worcester was suppressed and made into an archdeaconry.

1895 19th Cent. Aug. 329 You think that The Wages of Sin might be made into a play.

1900 E. Jenks Hist. Politics (ed. 2) vii. 60 The wife and daughters of the shepherd..make the milk of the herds into butter and cheese.

1958 I. Murdoch Bell v. 71 We've made some of the loose boxes into garages, and some into packing sheds where we weigh and pack the vegetables.

1987 Sunday Express Mag. 29 Mar. 86/3 He took classical tunes and made them into pop.

b. intransitive. To admit of being made into.

ΚΠ

1893 Illustr. Sporting & Dramatic News 8 Apr. 165/2 A little corner flap-table which makes into a good-sized square when the flap is up.

1992 Guns Illustr. (ed. 24) 41/3 (caption) The Butler Creek synthetic stock..makes into a pleasant deer gun for all occasions.

37. to make camp: to prepare a camp, put up a tent, etc.; to pitch camp.

ΚΠ

1846 G. R. Gibson Jrnl. 24 July (1935) 161 We made camp in good season after marching twenty-five miles.

1855 E. G. Beckwith Rep. Explor. & Surv. Mississippi River II. 16 Coming to a creek with..a deep eastern bank, we lowered the wagon down it and made camp just before dark.

1885 Overland Monthly Nov. 450/1 In February of each year, the Indians gather here to make camp, cut fuel, and prepare for the run of the oolachaus or candle-fish.

1919 Outing Mar. 328/3 The trailer is much more than a carry-all. When you make camp, the trailer itself becomes your home.

1942 R. L. Haig-Brown Timber ix. 109 This is where we'll make camp. We've got a bunch of trees ringed for firewood and a sort of a shelter.

1968 R. M. Patterson Finlay's River 168 There they made camp, cached their canoe and load, and sorted out what they wanted to take for their next overland trek.

1993 Up Here (Yellowknife, N.W. Territories) Aug. 31/1 We made camp that night on the dunes and let the horses drift over the sand.

III. Causative uses.

†38. transitive. With that and subordinate clause: to cause something to happen; to bring it about that something happens. Formerly (occasionally) †without that. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)]

wieldeOE

timberc897

letc900

rearOE

doOE

i-wendeOE

workOE

makeOE

bringc1175

raisec1175

shapec1315

to owe (also have) a wold (also on wield)a1325

procurec1330

purchasec1330

causec1340

conform1377

performa1382

excite1398

induce1413

occasionate?c1450

occasionc1454

to bring about1480

gara1500

to bring to passc1513

encause1527

to work out1534

inferc1540

excitate?1549

import1550

ycause1563

frame1576

effect1581

to bring in1584

effectuatea1586

apport?1591

introduce1605

create1607

generate1607

cast1633

efficiate1639

conciliate1646

impetrate1647

state1654

accompass1668

to bring to bear1668

to bring on1671

effectivate1717

makee1719

superinduce1837

birth1913

the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)] > bring about as a consequence or entail

makeOE

haveOE

drawa1400

to draw inc1405

to leave behind1424

goc1449

to draw on1572

train1579

carry1581

beara1616

to lead toa1770

evolve1816

entail1829

mean1841

issue1842

subinduce1855

the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)] > cause to be or become

seta1000

workOE

makeOE

puta1382

turna1393

yieldc1430

breedc1460

rendera1522

devolve1533

cause1576

infer1667

OE Old Eng. Hexateuch: Exod. (Claud.) v. 21 Ge habbað..gemacod þæt hy willað us mid heora swurdum ofslean.

a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 31 (MED) Ðus deuel eggeð ælch man..and macað þat he wule do þat he him to teihte.

c1200 Serm. in Eng. & Germanic Stud. (1961) 7 62 Heo of þet frut et, and makede þet hire make þer of forto etene.

1340 Ayenbite (1866) 32 Þet byeþ techches of knead seriont þet makeþ þet non guod man ne ssel his onderuonge in to his seruice.

c1395 G. Chaucer Summoner's Tale 1884 The clennesse and the fastynge of vs freres Maketh þat Crist accepteth oure prayeres.

1488 (c1478) Hary Actis & Deidis Schir William Wallace (Adv.) (1968–9) xi. l. 141 This makis it thow art cled with our men.

?c1500 Wisdom (Digby) 581 That mase, that all vnkunnynge I disdeyne.

1526 Bible (Tyndale) John xi. f. cxxxviij Coulde not he which openned the eyes of the blynde, have made also, that this man shulde not have deyed?

1632 W. Lithgow Totall Disc. Trav. ix. 381 This..maketh that the Hennes with them are so innumerable.

1674 A. Marvell Let. 26 Apr. in Poems & Lett. (1971) II. 282 S^r Jeremy being out of Town..makes that I can not return any proper or perfect answer.

a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 197 The Convocations being no more necessary to the Crown, this made that there was less regard had to them afterwards.

1844 R. Browning Colombe's Birthday in Bells & Pomegranates No. VI ii. 9/1 What makes that there's an easier help..And..That you have simply to receive their wrongs, And wrongs will vanish?

1885 E. Lynn Linton Autobiogr. Christopher Kirkland III. viii. 271 That well-known law, so disastrous to stock-raisers, which makes that, when the breed has been brought to the highest possible point of perfection, it stops.

39. transitive. With object and infinitive: to cause (a person or thing) to do something.

a. With to (†for to) and infinitive. Now usually only when make is in the passive voice, except in Indian English.Outside Indian English active make with to and infinitive is sometimes used for archaic effect.

ΚΠ

a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 11 Þe deuel..makeð þe unbilefulle man to leuen swilche wiȝeles.

?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 166 Þe oðer halimon þe he makede ileuen þet he wes engel.

c1330 Sir Orfeo (Auch.) (1966) 329 Þe oþer leuedis..maked hir away to ride.

c1390 G. Chaucer Parson's Tale 613 Flaterye..maketh a man to enhauncen his herte.

c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. Prol. 113 (MED) Miȝt of þe comunes made hym [sc. a king] to regne.

c1449 R. Pecock Repressor (1860) Prol. 2 [They] han therbi maad ful miche indignacioun..forto rise and be contynued in manie persoones.

1490 Caxton's Blanchardyn & Eglantine (1962) xlviii. 185 He shal to morowe make hym to be hanged.

c1515 Ld. Berners tr. Bk. Duke Huon of Burdeux (1882–7) lviii. 196 He made to be cryed through the cyte, that euery man sholde make him redy.

1597 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie v. xxxv. 72 He therefore which made vs to liue hath also taught vs to pray.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Measure for Measure (1623) iii. i. 499 I am made to vnderstand, that you haue lent him visitation.

1616 S. Ward Coal from Altar (1627) 62 Violent affections haue made the dumbe to finde a tongue.

1664 S. Crossman Young Mans Medit. in Young Mans Monitor 9 He made the Lame to run, He gave the Blind their sight.

1746 W. Lewis Course Pract. Chem. 31 (note) Many such phænomena may be easily made to appear..by exposing solutions of..metals [etc.].

1859 F. E. Paget Curate of Cumberworth 153 Making the dust to fly in all directions.

1873 A. Trollope Eustace Diamonds II. xxxv. 114 It can hardly be too strongly asserted that Lizzie Eustace did not appear to Frank as she had been made to appear to the reader.

1893 Graphic 29 Apr. 458/1 A Budget which maketh the Opposition to jeer.

1930 E. Pound Draft of XXX Cantos vi. 24 The snow makyth me to remember her.

1979 in P. Nihalani et al. Indian & Brit. Eng. 118 What made Rekha to remain unmarried at the age of twenty?

1995 Daily Tel. 14 Aug. 1/3 Mr Guglieri said there was no reason why bare-torsoed men sporting tight or daringly cut trunks should not be made to pass a similar set of requirements.

b. With bare infinitive. Now usually only when make is in the active voice.don't make me laugh, to make (one's) mouth water, to make (one) think: see the verbs.

ΘΚΠ

the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)] > cause to do or cause to act

makea1225

putc1300

gara1340

have1390

geta1400

to set (a-)going1530

set1577

occasion1587

a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 159 Swa makeð þe halie gast þe Mon bi-halden up to houene.

c1225 (?c1200) St. Juliana (Royal) 34 Ich makede þen wittie ysaye beon isahet þurh ant þurh to deaðe.

c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 7669 (MED) King willam..made hom bere him truage.

1340 Ayenbite (1866) 47 Hy..diȝteþ ham þe more quaynteliche..uor to maki musi þe foles to ham.

a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) ii. 1265 (MED) At Knaresburgh be nyhtes tuo The kinges Moder made him duelle.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 8175 (MED) Als a fische þou made [Trin. Cambr. mades] me fere.

c1475 Gregory's Chron. in J. Gairdner Hist. Coll. Citizen London (1876) 194 The carre was made stonde stylle.

a1500 (?c1450) Merlin 29 The kynge made hem alle be Shett in a stronge house.

1502 tr. Ordynarye of Crysten Men (de Worde) i. iii. sig. b.vi ^v Our lorde the whiche..this present worlde shall make brenne by fyre.

1567 Compend. Bk. Godly Songs (1897) 64 Trew Faith, Lord, mak vs fang.

1602 W. Watson Decacordon Ten Quodlibeticall Questions 343 Pius Quintus..was made beleeue that the Duke of Norfolke was a Catholike.

1650 R. Baxter Saints Everlasting Rest (1651) iv. 36 What made Peter deny his Lord?

1680 Bp. G. Burnet Some Passages Life Earl of Rochester 142 He had made it be read so often to him that he had got it by heart.

1736 Bp. J. Butler Analogy of Relig. i. v. 87 Their Character is formed and made appear.

1738 J. Swift Compl. Coll. Genteel Conversat. 29 I wonder what makes these Bells ring.

1814 J. West Alicia de Lacy IV. 275 He made quail the courage of the heroic prince.

1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest I. iii. 44 Now I'll cut up the onions, for they will make your eyes water.

1896 A. E. Housman Shropshire Lad iii. 5 You will..make the foes of England Be sorry you were born.

1915 J. Conrad Within Tides ii. 21 He has made philosophy pay.

1937 W. S. Maugham Theatre xiii. 116 Though he was of no more than average height his slimness made him look tall.

1983 W. Weaver tr. U. Eco Name of Rose (1984) 87 Often the learned man must make seem magic certain books that are not magic, but simply good science, in order to protect them from indiscreet eyes.

†c. intransitive. To make someone (unspecified) act as stated; to cause the stated action to be performed. Cf. do v. 29c, gar v. 2d. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

a1350 in R. H. Robbins Hist. Poems 14th & 15th Cent. (1959) 11 We shule flo the Conyng, & make roste is loyne.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Trin. Cambr.) 6615 (MED) Þis golden calf he made [Vesp. did, Gött. gart] to brest.

c1430 (c1386) G. Chaucer Legend Good Women 2166 He made his ship a-londe for to sette.

?c1450 tr. Bk. Knight of La Tour Landry (1906) 6 Whanne her fader wost she was with childe, he made cast her in to the Riuer.

a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 235 This gentill herbe..Quhois petewous deithe dois to my hart sic pane That I wald mak to plant his rute agane.

1562 P. Whitehorne tr. N. Machiavelli Arte of Warre v. f. lxxi Many tymes the saiyng backe, backe, hath made to ruinate an armie.

d. intransitive. to make believe: †(a) [quot. a1393 at sense 16b is after Middle French faire croire] to cause people to believe (chiefly with clause) (obsolete); (b) to pretend to do something; to simulate a belief that (also with clause alone); (now often) (of children in play, etc.) to subject oneself voluntarily to the illusion (that). Also without complement. Now often hyphenated. Cf. make-belief n., make-believe n.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > deceit, deception, trickery > deception by illusion, delusion > deceive, delude [verb (transitive)]

bedidderc1000

bipechec1000

swikeOE

fodea1375

flatter1377

to make believea1393

illude1447

miscarrya1450

to fode forth (also occasionally forward, off, on, out)1479

delude1493

sophisticate1597

sile1608

prestigiate1647

will-o'-the-wisp1660

bilk1672

foxa1716

fickle1736

moonshine1824

the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > deceit, deception, trickery > dissimulation, pretence > pretend, dissemble [phrase]

makec1275

to make wise1447

make as though?c1450

to let fare1483

to make a show ofa1500

to set a face1560

to take on (also upon) one(self)?1560

to make (a) miena1657

to make believe1773

to put it on1888

to play (the) fox1894

a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) ii. 2136 (MED) And thus Fa crere makth believe, So that fulofte he hath deceived.

1650 J. Trapp Clavis to Bible (Gen. xix. 2) 145 If Solomon sinned not in making beleeve he would do that which was unlawful to be done.

1716 Lady Cowper Diary (1864) 64 Some Passages were wrote on purpose to make believe it was Sir R. Steele.

1738 tr. S. Guazzo Art of Conversat. 31 Solitude..makes believe Things that have no Existence but in the Brain.

1751 S. Richardson Clarissa (ed. 3) III. xliii. 223 A false Letter..macking believe as howe her She-cuzzen..was coming to see her.

1773 O. Goldsmith She stoops to Conquer iv. 81 You were so nice and so busy with your Shake-bags and Goose greens, that I thought you could never be making believe.

1806 T. S. Surr Winter in London I. 141 He makes believe to work a little now and then, when he's well enough.

1841 C. Dickens Barnaby Rudge xvii. 28 When I shut my eyes, and make-believe to slumber.

1874 J. T. Micklethwaite Mod. Parish Churches 99 Do not make-believe with a shabby-genteel substitute.

1890 Spectator 15 Mar. To make believe that the country is excited about a discussion which [etc.].

1902 G. B. Shaw Mrs. Warren's Profession Pref. p. xxiii At such plays we do not believe: we make-believe.

1904 R. Kipling Traffics & Discov. 334 I did all that..just to make believe.

1915 V. Woolf Voy. Out xxv. 419 He cursed himself for making believe for a minute that things were different from what they are.

1951 G. Greene End of Affair i. vi. 37 As long as I could make-believe that love lasted, I was happy.

1974 J. Wainwright Hard Hit 38 I make-believe I am giving it careful thought.

1991 D. DeLillo Mao II i. iv. 56 I make believe I'm fat and walk with a waddle.

e. In proverbial phrases.

ΚΠ

a1535 T. More Dialoge of Comfort (1553) ii. vi. sig. G.i^v He made my owne heere to stand vp vpon my headde.

1623 J. Heming & H. Condell 1st Folio Shaks. To Rdr. Censure will not driue a Trade, or make the Iacke go.

1748 S. Richardson Clarissa IV. xix. 92 And thus went he on for twelve years, and, tho' he had a good estate, hardly making both ends meet.

1748 S. Richardson Clarissa IV. xxxii. 187 Money makes the mare to go.

1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas II. vi. ii. 440 With such a sum..it might be said without boasting that we knew how to make both ends meet.

1825 J. Neal Brother Jonathan I. 94 He'd make the feathers fly..I believe.

1889 C. H. Flemming Our Country Cousin (MS) ii. i. 49 I'll show these city chaps an' gals some dancin' what'll make ther eyes water!

1959 A. Sillitoe Loneliness of Long-distance Runner (1962) 130 The names she called me, man. It made my hair stand on end.

f. intransitive. to make do: to manage with (what is available, esp. as an inferior or temporary substitute). Also without with, esp. in to make do and mend: to repair for continued use (cf. make n.² 5c). See also make-do n.

ΘΚΠ

society > occupation and work > industry > manufacturing processes > mending or repairing > [verb (intransitive)]

to keep (up) the reparation (also reparations)a1440

botch1537

to keep (also put) in repair1648

repair1820

to make do and mend1927

the world > action or operation > advantage > usefulness > use (made of things) > recourse > have recourse [verb (intransitive)] > make do with what is available

doc1300

scamble1608

to make the best of a bad bargain1670

shift1680

fenda1682

to do with ——1715

manage1762

to make do1927

1847 C. Brontë Jane Eyre I. viii. 130 ‘Oh, very well!’ returned Miss Temple; ‘we must make it do, Barbara, I suppose.’]

1927 Observer 28 Aug. 16/4 The listener who was content to receive only the programmes from his local station..could make do with a very simple and inefficient form of direct-coupled tuning arrangement.

1934 J. Marston Andromeda xii. 156 She had already had experience..in ‘making do’ on a small income. She ‘made do’ now, with a skill which impressed..Letty.

1941 New Statesman 26 Apr. 431/1 It should be no great hardship for the community to make do with the same housing accommodation that it enjoyed in 1938.

1958 Technology Jan. 375/4 We may put all our energy into making real the ideal technical schools of 1944, or we may make do and mend by integrating technical studies in..grammar..schools.

1967 A. Wilson No Laughing Matter iv. 414 You are lucky. Having a family to make do and mend for.

1968 M. Woodhouse Rock Baby vi. 51 Rasmussen had to make do with four eggs and only half a dozen rounds of toast because I was there.

1988 A. Storr School of Genius i. 13 Many human beings make do with relationships which cannot be regarded as especially close, and not all such human beings are all or even particularly unhappy.

40.

a. transitive. With bare infinitive (in some 16th- and 17th-cent. examples, and in passive, with to and infinitive). To constrain (a person, etc.) to do something, by an exercise of influence, authority, or actual or threatened violence; to compel, force.

ΘΚΠ

society > authority > subjection > obedience > compulsion > compel [verb (transitive)] > to do something

holdc1275

piltc1275

constraina1340

strength1340

distrainc1374

compelc1380

makec1395

distressa1400

stressa1400

art?1406

putc1450

coerce1475

cohert1475

enforce1509

perforce1509

forcec1540

violent?1551

press1600

necessitate1601

rack1602

restrain1621

reduce1622

oblige1632

necessiate1709

c1395 G. Chaucer Clerk's Tale 1150 Thou shalt make him couche as doth a quaille.

?c1450 tr. Bk. Knight of La Tour Landry (1906) 67 An aungelle shewed hym the payne..that she was made to suffre.

1520 Chron. Eng. iv. f. 31/2 Linus and..Cletus..were made to mynyster the treasoure of the chyrche to the people.

1546 J. Heywood Dialogue Prouerbes Eng. Tongue i. xi. sig. Diii A man may well bryng a horse to the water. But he can not make hym drynke without he will.

1592 R. Greene Quip for Vpstart Courtier sig. C^v I will make thee do me homage.

a1593 C. Marlowe Jew of Malta (1633) iv. iv I'le make him send me half he has, & glad he scapes so too.

1595 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 3 i. i. 143 He rose against him being his Soueraigne, & made him to resigne the crown perforce.

1647 T. Fuller Cause Wounded Conscience xi. 78 Man can neither make him to whom he speakes, to heare what he saith, or beleeve what he heares.

1662 J. Strype in H. Ellis Orig. Lett. Eminent Literary Men (1843) 179 He made me stay and sup with him.

1721 R. Wodrow Hist. Sufferings Church of Scotl. (1837) II. ii. xiii. §5. 456/2 Sir, we will cause a sharper thing make you confess.

1852 W. M. Thackeray Henry Esmond I. v. 117 Harry..made her bring a light and wake my lady.

1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. x. 89 The Church made him do penance for it.

1925 V. Woolf Mrs. Dalloway 96 She made them all disembark and explore the island.

1987 C. Peters Thackeray's Universe iv. 80 He wanted to be made to write, and to bind himself to do so.

b. transitive. With ellipsis of the infinitive.

ΚΠ

1638 J. Suckling Aglaura iv. 23 If of her selfe shee will not Love, Nothing can make her, The Devill take her.

1888 Times 11 Aug. 9/5 The enemy will not play the game according to the rules, and there are none to make him.

1970 ‘J. Burke’ Four Stars for Danger ii. 21 If the people at the Hall don't want to do anything about it, nobody's going to make them.

†41. transitive. To send or cause to go in a specified direction. See also to make forth, to make out at Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete. rare.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > cause to move in a direction [verb (transitive)]

steerc888

righteOE

wisec1330

guy1362

makea1425

guide?a1505

to make forth1508

direct1526

to make out1560

bend1582

incline1597

work1667

usher1668

head1826

humour1847

vector1966

target1974

a1425 (?a1350) Gospel of Nicodemus (Harl.) (1907) 86 Tyll Alexander..In message was I made.

1601 P. Holland tr. Pliny Hist. World I. 195 Anniball..made [L. misit] after him certaine light horsemen to ouertake him.

42.

†a. intransitive. To show or allege that something is the case. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

1555 W. Waterman tr. J. Boemus Fardle of Facions i. v. 50 All whiche their doynges, dooe manifestly make, that thei came of the Aethiopes.

1586–7 Queen Elizabeth I Let. to James VI (Camden Soc.) 44 Yet the[y] wyl make that her [sc. Mary's] life may be saved and myne safe, wiche wold God wer true.

b. transitive. To consider, represent, or allege to be or do something. Now usually with to omitted. Cf. sense 35.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > language > statement > assertion without proof > [verb (transitive)]

ledgea1300

vouch1390

allege?a1400

suppose1411

pretendc1449

to-layc1450

reckonc1480

compare1536

obtend1573

make1593

represent1651

to trump up1697

1593 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie i. viii. 64 This did the very Heathens themselues obscurely insinuate by making Themis..to be the daughter of heauen and earth.

1662 E. Stillingfleet Origines Sacræ i. i. §20 Parius..makes his coming to Greece to be in the time of Hellen.

1687 Bp. G. Burnet Def. Refl. Varillas's Hist. Heresies 144 Varillas must be Sublime in every thing, so he makes him to have lived till he was 99.

1724 A. Ramsay Some of Contents Ever-green i Balantyne..Makis Vertew triumph.

1825 New Monthly Mag. 14 543 Your sight is better than mine, what do you make that bird to be?

1868 E. A. Freeman Hist. Norman Conquest II. App. 586 Most of the Chronicles make Richard die in 1026.

1875 A. H. Sayce in Encycl. Brit. III. 182/2 Even the estimate of Ctesias, however, would make Babylon cover a space of about 100 square miles.

1941 H. van Zeller Jeremias xx. 199 This [conjecture] makes Jeremias die in the Chaldean capital.

IV. To do, perform, accomplish.

43.

†a. transitive. In various obsolete uses: to work (a miracle); to commit (a sin, crime, or fault), tell (a lie); to do (justice, mercy); to give (alms). Obsolete.

ΚΠ

OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1881) I. 476 Se is soð god þe swilce wundra macað.

OE Ælfric Old Eng. Hexateuch: Josh. (Claud.) ii. 12 Sweriað me..ðæt ge don eft wið me swylce mildheortnysse swa ic macode [scribal alteration maacode] wið eow [L. quomodo ego misericordiam feci vobiscum].

?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1137 He maket þur ure Drihtin wunderlice & manifældlice miracles.

c1175 ( Ælfric Homily (Bodl. 343) in S. Irvine Old Eng. Homilies (1993) 25 Nan mon ne mihte makiȝen swylce tacnæ butan Gode sylfum..him sylf makæð mihte and wundræ.

a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 29 Þenne þu almesse makest.

c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 163 (MED) Telle me ssal herafterward of þ[es] wondres..& hou hii were verst imaked.

c1330 (?a1300) Sir Tristrem (1886) l. 343 A tresoun þer was made.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 28120 And titter wald i lesyng make, Þan man my worde vn-treu to take.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 28777 Vnnait is þat almusthing Þat þou þe mas of reuid thing.

c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. v. 73 On owre lady he cryed To make mercy for his mis-dedes.

?a1425 (c1400) Mandeville's Trav. (Titus C.xvi) (1919) 173 Þat was a gret myracle þat god made for hem.

c1425 (c1400) Laud Troy-bk. 10482 (MED) He made Achilles leue his chace, That he no lenger mordur mace.

1459 in W. Chambers Charters Burgh Peebles (1872) 133 Thai haf ordanit..for the faut that he made, that he pay to the tolbuth xs.

1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxv. 95 That suche Iustyce shold be made of Aaman the Seneschalle as [etc.].

a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 112 The murtherer ay mvrthour mais.

c1515 Ld. Berners tr. Bk. Duke Huon of Burdeux (1882–7) xxxvii. 116 Huon thus beyng in dyspleasure with hym selfe for the lye that he made.

1621 in R. Bolton Statutes Ireland 16 The Sheriffe of the county shall..make levy of the money aforesaid.

a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 149 His design being..to..save himself from the malice and lies of others, and not to make lies of any.

b. transitive. To go on (a journey, etc.); to traverse (a route, etc.); to embark upon (a rapid movement, as for escape).Frequently in set phrases, as to make a bee-line (for), bolt (for it), dash (also run) (for it), etc.; to make an excursion, expedition; to make a journey, pace, passage, pilgrimage, progress, step (now rare), tour, trip, voyage; †to make one's course, way; †to make return (= to come back); to make a circuit, left (also right) turn; to make the rounds; to make a break, one's getaway (see also the nouns.).Often with possessive adjective before the direct object [compare Middle Dutch sinen ganc māken travel] , and usually with nouns denoting the distance or space traversed, rather than the specific act of locomotion: so to make a ride and to make a walk are much rarer than to go for a ride, to go for a walk.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > move in a certain direction [verb (intransitive)]

goeOE

wendOE

makeOE

aim?a1400

to make one's waya1425

reflect1547

work1566

to make up1596

path1597

sway1600

tend1648

vergea1661

steer1693

society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct (one's course, steps, etc.) [verb (transitive)]

stretcha1225

turnc1275

ready?a1400

seta1400

incline?c1400

apply?a1425

raika1500

rechec1540

make1548

address1554

frame1576

bend1579

to shape one's course1593

intend1596

tend1611

direct1632

steer1815

OE Ælfric Homily: De Falsis Diis (Corpus Cambr. 178) in J. C. Pope Homilies of Ælfric (1968) II. 709 Þa macode se sacerd his fare on mergen ofer langne weg to þam geleaffullan biscope.

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 577 Monie þar fuhten; monie flæm makeden; monie þar feollen.

c1300 St. Michael (Laud) 406 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 311 Þe heouene geth ene a-boute þoruȝ daiȝe and þoruȝ nyȝt..Heo makez euene þus hire cours and comez a-boute wel sone.

c1330 Short Metrical Chron. (Auch.) 1182 in PMLA (1931) 46 131 (MED) Toward temes he made his pas.

?c1335 in W. Heuser Kildare-Gedichte (1904) 84 (MED) Þi wei þou make, þou dri þe stake, To prest þi sinnes telle.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 19990 Þis it was þe first passage Þat þe apostels in parti Mad mang þe folk o paeni.

a1425 (a1400) Prick of Conscience (Galba & Harl.) (1863) 6377 (MED) Þe son and þe mone þair course mas.

?a1425 Mandeville's Trav. (Egerton) (1889) xxxiv. 152 It schuld be a lang tyme are þat vaiage ware made.

a1475 Sidrak & Bokkus (Lansd.) (Ph.D. diss., Univ. of Washington) (1965) 5843 (MED) And as she [sc. the moon] going makeþ her pas, Forþ by þat shadowe light she tas.

1548 Hall's Vnion: Edward IV f. ccix And as the kyng with sayle and ower was makynge his course as fast as coulde be possible.

1646 Sir T. Browne Pseudodoxia Epidemica vi. v. 291 If we imagine the Sun to make his Course out of the Eclyptick.

1647 J. Cleveland Poems in Char. London-diurnall (Wing C4662) 44 When he would lie downe, he wheels about; Makes circles, and is couchant in a ring.

1789 G. Parker Life's Painter xv. 143 When they make their escape from a constable, I tipt him the rum mizzle.

1828 Moore's Pract. Navigator (ed. 20) 102 A ship from the Lizard makes her course S. 39° W.

1831 T. De Quincey Dr. Parr in Blackwood's Edinb. Mag. Jan. 76/1 He suddenly made a bolt to the very opposite party.

1846 C. Dickens Dombey & Son (1848) iv. 26 If I didn't know he was too fond of me to make a run of it, and..enter himself aboard ship.

1898 Argosy Sept. 306 If the worst comes to the worst, dash out and make a run for it.

1920 W. J. Locke House of Baltazar xxii You're going to make a bolt with Godfrey and throw your cap over the windmills.

1972 K. Benton Spy in Chancery i. 8 The Russian who's made the approach..isn't the type of KGB operative one would expect to make a run for it.

1986 New Yorker 30 June 70/3 East European river freighters that make the Danube route.

c. transitive. To enter into, conclude (a settlement, contract, bargain); (now Law) to enter into a contract of (marriage). See also to make peace at peace n. 1a.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > language > speech > agreement > make an agreement [verb (intransitive)]

accord?a1160

to make (a) finec1325

covenantc1330

compound1419

packc1450

patisec1475

conclude1477

compone1478

bargain1483

article1526

make1530

compact1535

to dispense with1569

temporize1579

to make termsa1599

to strike (a person) luck1599

to be compromised1600

compacka1618

stipulatea1648

to come to terms1657

sort1685

paction1725

to cry off1775

pact1904

lOE Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) anno 1094 Syððan eft hi togædere coman mid þam ilcan mannan þe ær þæt loc makedon, & þa aðas sworen.

?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1140 Oc ferden þe ærcebiscop & te wise men betwux heom, & makede ðæt sahte ðæt te king sculde ben lauerd & king wile he liuede & æfter his dæi ware Henri king.

a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 1269 He bad him maken siker pligt Of luue and trewðe.

c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. ii. 22 To-morwe worþ þe Mariage I-mad.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 10781 Þe spusail þat was mad þar.

a1513 W. Dunbar Tua Mariit Wemen in Poems (1998) I. 42 God gif matrimony wer made to mell for ane ȝeir.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 586/2 I holde it, as we saye whan we make bargen.

1535 Bible (Coverdale) 1 Kings iii. 1 Salomon made mariage with Pharao the kynge of Egipte, & toke Pharaos doughter.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Antony & Cleopatra (1623) ii. iii. 37 Though I make this marriage for my peace.

1651 T. Hobbes Leviathan Rev. & Concl. 391 A Contract lawfully made, cannot lawfully be broken.

a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 562 The marriage that was now made with the brother of Denmark.

1722 D. Defoe Relig. Courtship i. i. 9 Have you been both making your Bargains without me?

a1790 B. Franklin Autobiogr. (1981) i. 39 He and I had made a serious Agreement, that the one who happen'd first to die, should if possible make a friendly Visit to the other.

1810 M. van H. Dwight Jrnl. 4 Nov. in Journey to Ohio (1912) 28 Though I feel very well disposed toward the young man, I had not thought of making a bargain with him.

1842 H. J. Stephen New Comm. Laws Eng. II. iii. ii. 296 Having thus shown how marriage may be made.

1894 ‘M. Twain’ Pudd'nhead Wilson xiv. 194 Den you go en make a bargain wid dem people..en tell 'em [etc.].

1917 Law Rep.: King's Bench Div. 1 649 In my judgment Dr. Mir-Anwaruddin has made such a marriage, as he was legally entitled to do, to which Talak has no application.

1940 W. Faulkner Hamlet i. i. 14 I hear tell he always makes his rent contracts later than most.

1974 I. Parsons in A. Briggs Ess. Hist. of Publishing 49 Richardson had made binding agreements with a succession of Dublin booksellers under which he was to receive certain sums in return for exclusive rights.

d. transitive. To perform or execute (a bodily movement or gesture, e.g. one expressive of respect or of contempt).to make a (or one's) bow, countenance, curtsy, dead set (at), face (at), fist (at), leg, mouth (or mouths), salaam; to make eyes (at); to make †cheer, courtesy, horns at, (an) obeisance: see the nouns.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > bodily movement > move (the body or a member) [verb (transitive)] > make (a movement)

makec1225

fet1297

fetch1530

c1225 (?c1200) St. Margaret (Bodl.) (1934) 30 (MED) Þe fingres se freoliche me þuncheð..þet tu þe wið blescedest & makedest te merke of þe mihti rode.

?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 157 Summe iuglurs beoð þet ne cunne seruin of nan oðer gleo. buten makien cheres.

?a1425 Mandeville's Trav. (Egerton) (1889) xxvi. 122 (MED) Þai do grete wirschepe also to þe sonne, and mase many knelinges þerto.

?1507 W. Dunbar Tua Mariit Wemen (Rouen) in Poems (1998) I. 44 Quhen I heir nemmyt his name than mak I nyne crocis.

1583 A. Golding tr. J. Calvin Serm. on Deuteronomie clxii. 1003 They make but a figge at it.

1632 P. Massinger & N. Field Fatall Dowry v. sig. K4 The people apt to mocke calamity,..made no hornes at me.

1719 T. D'Urfey Wit & Mirth II. 171 Make your Honour Miss,..Now to me Child.

1739 tr. C. Rollin Anc. Hist. (ed. 2) V. 34 Jumping, skipping, and making variety of strange and unnatural motions.

1776 Trial Maha Rajah Nundocomar for Forgery 70/2 I..made my salam to him.

1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest II. xiii. 285 The King..made a low obeisance to the window where they were standing.

1887 W. P. Frith Autobiogr. I. xix. 237 ‘I am very much obliged to you’, making a low bow.

1934 H. Roth Call it Sleep i. iv. 33 His father made an impatient gesture.

1969 I. Murdoch Bruno's Dream xiv. 119 She made a movement as if giving a benediction and retreated towards the door.

1983 E. Welty Coll. Stories 157 The gesture one of the men made in the air transfixed him where he waited.

e. transitive. To wage (war, a battle) (against, on, upon, with); †to mount (an expedition) (obsolete); †to serve or take part in (a campaign) (obsolete). Cf. also to make a fight at fight n. 1b.

ΘΚΠ

society > society and the community > dissent > fighting > fight [verb (intransitive)]

fightc900

deal993

wraxlec1000

skirm?c1225

makec1275

mellc1300

to fight togethera1400

meddlec1400

match1440

wring1470

cobc1540

toilc1540

strike1579

beat1586

scuffle1590

exchange blows1594

to bang it out or aboutc1600

buffeta1616

tussle1638

dimicate1657

to try a friskin1675

to battle it1821

muss1851

scrap1874

to mix it1905

dogfight1929

yike1940

to go upside (someone's) head1970

society > society and the community > dissent > fighting > fight with [verb (transitive)]

fightOE

strugglec1386

wrestle1398

cope witha1467

undertake1470

to set one's foot by1536

skirmc1540

make1542

to break blows, words with1589

combata1592

to take up1600

warsle1606

stoush1924

society > armed hostility > military operations > [verb (intransitive)] > campaign

make1702

campaign1766

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 170 Weorre makede Turnus.

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 627 Stal fiht heo makeden.

c1385 G. Chaucer Knight's Tale 1287 Allas..Thou mayst..Assemblen alle the folk of oure kynrede, And make a werre..on this citie.

c1400 (?a1300) Kyng Alisaunder (Laud) (1952) 6607 When þe delphyns þe cokedrille seeþ, Anon togedres wrooþ hij beeþ..And makeþ þan a stronge fiȝth.

a1475 J. Fortescue Governance of Eng. (Laud) (1885) vi. 123 Ffor the brekynge off an armye when any shall be made ayen hym apon þe see.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 620/1 He made batayle agaynst hym tenne yeres.

1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 262^v Sylla..who made ciuile battail w^t Marius.

1594 T. Kyd tr. R. Garnier Cornelia iv. i. 131 These Nations did he purposely prouoke, To make an Armie for his after-ayde Against the Romans.

1613 A. Sherley Relation Trav. Persia 99 Princes difficilly speak of peace while they feele themselues able to make warres.

1702 Clarendon's Hist. Rebellion I. i. 49 After he had made two or three Campaigns..he came in the leisure of the Winter to visit his Friends in England.

1749 H. Fielding Tom Jones III. vii. xi. 87 [He] told the latter many entertaining Stories of his Campaigns, tho' in Reality he had never made any.

1814 W. Scott Waverley I. x. 128 Mr. Bradwardine..made five campaigns in foreign service.

1828 W. Irving Life C. Columbus (1849) III. 72 They brandished their weapons, sounded their conchs, and prepared to make battle.

1858 W. M. Thackeray Virginians vii To make the campaign was the dearest wish of Harry's life.

1910 Encycl. Brit. I. 733/2 Besides making war upon the Moors, he was..frequently embroiled with the church.

1991 P. Slater Dream Deferred i. ii. 25 Making war becomes the most interesting thing in life, and ‘honor’—a word applied to everything that serves to nourish masculine narcissism—the central value.

†f. intransitive. Probably: to be effective, succeed. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > advantage > efficacy > be efficacious [verb (intransitive)]

workOE

availa1400

makea1400

prevaila1400

to hit the nail upon (or on) the headc1450

effect1592

serve1593

to tickle it1601

take1611

executea1627

to have force (to do)1713

answer1721

to take place1789

to do the trick1819

to hit (also go to, touch, etc.) the spot1836

produce1881

to press (also push) the button1890

to come through1906

to turn the trick1933

to make a (also the) point1991

a1400 (c1303) R. Mannyng Handlyng Synne (Harl.) 557 Beleue wyl make Þere þe wurde no myȝt may take.

g. transitive. Christian Church (now chiefly Roman Catholic Church). To perform (a sacrament, as confession or (now esp. one's first) communion). Also: to do (penance) (rare).

ΚΠ

a1400 (?a1325) Medit. on Supper of our Lord (Harl.) (1875) 196 He seyd, ‘makeþ þys yn my mende’.]

?a1425 (c1400) Mandeville's Trav. (Titus C.xvi) (1919) 52 Þei maken here sacrement of the awtier seyenge Pater noster & oþer preyeres.

c1475 (a1400) J. Wyclif Eng. Wks. (1880) 327 Confessioun þat man makiþ of synne is made of man in two maners. Summe is mad oonly to god... And sum confessioun is made to man.

?c1510 tr. Newe Landes & People founde by Kynge of Portyngale sig. Ci^v They make the sacrament in broune brede.

1585 T. Washington tr. N. de Nicolay Nauigations Turkie iv. xix. 133 b Making their sacrament according to the Roman maner, with a round cake.

1705 Bp. T. Wilson in J. Keble Life T. Wilson: Pt. I (1863) vii. 233 To make one Sunday's penance apiece in penitential habit in Kirk Michael Church.

1809 J. Milner in F. C. Husenbeth Life J. Milner (1862) viii. 166 To be particularly anxious that all should make their Easter duty.

1888 W. J. Knox-Little Child of Stafferton xii. 151 He intended to make his confession that night and to make his Communion in the morning.

1918 W. Cather My Ántonia i. xv. 121 I make my first communion very young.

1989 Lit. Rev. Aug. 28/1 In England people ‘make’ their first Communion.

h. transitive. To deliver orally. Now chiefly in set phrases, as to make a speech (also an oration): see the nouns. †to make (a) sermon: see sermon n. 1 (To be distinguished from similar phrases at sense 45.)

ΚΠ

1485 Malory's Morte Darthur (Caxton) i. ii. sig. a.ij But wayte ye make not many questions with her nor her men, but saye ye are diseased and soo hye yow to bedde.

1800 A. Addison Rep. Cases Pennsylvania 286 Brackenridge..made two questions.

1897 B. Stoker Dracula x. 133 But hush! No telling to others that make so inquisitive questions.

Thesaurus »

†i. transitive. to make memory (also min, mind, minning): to commemorate, record (see the nouns). Obsolete.

j. transitive to make a killing: see killing n. 2.

44.

a. transitive. With to or indirect object. To offer, present, render; spec. to do (homage, fealty); to pay (some mark of respect); to render (support, aid); to present (a person's thanks or compliments); to propound (a question); to give (an instance, notice, a reason, warning). Also in to make amends, †asseth, homage, (one's) obedience, (an, one's) obeisance, satisfaction: see the nouns. Now only in set phrases.to make one a compliment, etc.: see compliment n. to make (one's) court to: see court n.¹ 17a. Cf. to make love at love n.¹ Phrases 3a.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > possession > giving > offer or action of offering > offer [verb (transitive)]

i-bedea800

bidOE

make?a1160

forthc1200

bihedec1275

proffera1325

yielda1382

dressc1384

to serve fortha1393

dight1393

pretend1398

nurnc1400

offerc1425

profita1450

tent1459

tend1475

exhibit1490

propine1512

presentc1515

oblate1548

pretence1548

defer?1551

to hold forth1560

prefer1567

delatea1575

to give forth1584

tender1587

oppose1598

to hold out1611

shore1787

?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1137 Hi hadden him manred maked & athes suoren.

a1325 (c1280) Southern Passion (Pepys 2344) (1927) 13 (MED) And þo pope eke euere-mo Gret dol makeþ to pouere men.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 20620 Al heuen court sal serue þe, To mak þe manred.

?a1400 (a1338) R. Mannyng Chron. (Petyt) ii. 42 (MED) He com vnto Suane & mad him feaute.

?a1400 (a1338) R. Mannyng Chron. (Petyt) (1996) i. 6362 Conan mad him feaute.

1450 Rolls of Parl. V. 212/1 Therof made notice to the seid Evan Aprice.

1473 J. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 457 I made yowre answere to þe frendys off Mestresse Jane Godmerston.

a1475 (?a1430) J. Lydgate tr. G. Deguileville Pilgrimage Life Man (Vitell.) 3298 Makynge to hyr thys questyoun.

c1480 (a1400) St. John Baptist 352 in W. M. Metcalfe Legends Saints Sc. Dial. (1896) II. 233 He bad þaim..sic demand hym ma [etc.].

1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) v. 297 And he him-self first homage maid.

1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) v. 502 Thai maid him mony tyme varnyng.

1508 W. Kennedy Flyting (Chepman & Myllar) in Poems W. Dunbar (1998) I. 213 Homage to Edward Langschankis maid thy kyn.

1523 Ld. Berners tr. J. Froissart Cronycles I. ccxxxviii. 344 They..came..and made homage to kynge Dampeter.

1539 T. Cromwell Let. 21 Jan. in R. B. Merriman Life & Lett. T. Cromwell (1902) II. 169 To make supporte subvention and confort unto them to resist his malice.

1582 G. Martin Discov. Corruptions Holy Script. ii. 29 And make vs a good reason why you put the word, traditions, here.

1600 B. Jonson Every Man out of his Humor ii. i. sig. F^v Why I'le make you an Instance: your Cittie wiues [etc.] .

1656 Ld. Orrery Parthenissa V. iii. iii. 147 He had but one desire more to make me.

1719 James (the Pretender) Let. in Pearson's 76th Catal. (1894) 33 Pray make him my kind compliments.

1761 D. Hume Hist. Eng. II. xxvii. 127 He made warning of the danger to his master.

1813 J. Austen Let. 29 Jan. (1995) 202 She desired me to make her best Thanks &c. to Miss Lloyd for it.

b. transitive. to make (a) head: see head n.¹ Phrases 4k.

†c. transitive. Law (chiefly U.S. in later use). Of a court or a judge: to render, give (a decision, judgment). Obsolete.

ΚΠ

1804 Ld. Eldon Vesey's Rep. X. 121 I am not aware that such a decision has been made since that case.

1891 Rep. Supreme Court Montana 10 113 If the decision of the issue was made by a jury it is usually termed a ‘verdict’.

45. transitive. [Often after classical Latin or post-classical Latin phrases with facere or Anglo-Norman, Old French, or Middle French phrases with faire , with a noun borrowed from that in the Latin or French phrase. In many cases the verbs with which these nouns were cognate already existed in English, and the development of the expressions described below therefore presented a parallel locution. The causative use of make with bare nouns is attested from late Old English (see sense 43).] With nouns expressing the action of verbs (whether etymologically cognate or not), forming innumerable phrases approximately equivalent in sense to those verbs (as to make an assertion, to make an error, to make a pretence, etc.).From the early ME period to the present day the nouns recorded in this formula have been predominantly (though not exclusively) derived (frequently through French) from Latin (affirmation, application, calculation, generalization, submission; adjustment, allowance, discovery, experiment, improvement, promise, resistance, etc.). At first make was typically used with the bare noun (to make profession, etc.), and some set phrases of this nature are still in use. But from the earliest period a possessive adjective or demonstrative determiner might be interposed, and from at least the later Middle English period the indefinite article appears before the noun (though even today the plural form of the noun is often more frequent than the singular in such contexts). The majority of existing phrases show a form with the indefinite article (often with an adjective modifier). Early uses also demonstrate a gerundial form in -ing as the object of the verb (now archaic, perhaps obsolete).As a simple phrase (without further complement) the formula with make is equivalent to the intransitive use of the verb. When the noun which is the object of make allows or requires as complement a prepositional phrase introduced by of, the phrase with make is the equivalent of the transitive use of the verb.Many phrases of this nature are lemmatized or documented under their respective nouns; the phrases and illustrative quotations given below exemplify the use of the formula generally (whether or not the individual forms are dealt with in more detail elsewhere in the dictionary).to make an abatement, (one's) abode, †abstinence, abstraction, an acknowledgement, (an) acquaintance, an acquisition, an address, an adjustment, an advance, (an) affirmation, an agreement, an allegation, (an) allowance, an alteration, an animadversion, an announcement, (an) answer, an appeal, an (also one's) appearance, (an) application, an appointment, arrangement, an ascent, an assault, an assay, (an) †assembly, an assertion, an assessment, an assumption, (an) assurance, atonement, an attack, an attempt, one's †avaunt, †avauntment, (an) avowal, an award, †baptizing, a beginning, a bet, a bid, a blunder, (a, one's) boast, †bodeword, a booking, a †boon (= prayer), a break, a calculation, a call, †cease, a challenge, a change, a check, (a) choice, (a) claim, a climb, a comeback, a comment, a commitment, common cause (with), a comparison, a complaint, a compromise, a computation, a concession, a confession, a connection, a conquest (of), contact, a contract, a contribution, conversation, a copy, a cut, a dash, a debut, a decision, a declaration, a deduction, a defence, delay, †delaying, a demand, a demonstration, deray, a descent, a disclosure, a discovery, a disposition, a distinction, a donation, an end, an endeavour, †ending, (an) enquiry, an entrance, an error, an essay, an excavation, (an) exception, (an) exchange, (an) excuse, †experience, an experiment, an explanation, an exposition, a find, one's flitting, a forecast, a generalization, a gift, a grant, greeting, a guess, haste, a hazard, hesitation, a †hunt, an impact, an improvement, an incision, an inference, †information, inquisition, instance, intercession, an investment, an †invitation, a joke, a judgement, a †kneeling, lamentation, a landing, a †meeting, †menace, a measurement, mention, a mistake, a modification, a motion, mourning, a move, †muster, narration, a note, (an) oath, (an) objection, an observation, †ockering, an offer, an offering, an †operation, (one's) †orison, †overdoing, †parlage, a pass (at), a payment, a (also one's) petition, †plaint, a plan, a play (for), †poinding, (a) prayer (also one's prayers), a prediction, a preparation, pretence, pretension, †process, †procession, (a) proclamation, (a) profession, a proffer, progress, a promise, proof, a proposal, a proposition, a protest, provision, a purchase, a push, †ransoming, (†one's) recourse, a recovery, a reduction, a reference, †refuge, a remark, a remittance, a repair, a reparation, a repayment, (a) reply, a report, a representation, reprisals, (a) request, †residence, resistance, a resolution, restitution, (a) retreat, †revenge, †roos, †rosing, a sacrifice, a sale, a saving, (a) search, a selection, †separation, (a) shift, a shot, show, showing, slaughter, a slip, †sojourn, †spare, †speaking, a stab (at), a stand, a start, a statement, a stay, †store, a submission, a suggestion, supply, supplying, surance, a surrender, tarrying, a threat, a transition, a translation, (a) trial, use (of), one's vaunt, a venture, a vow, a wager, watch, †witnessing, †yelp (ȝelp = boast).

ΚΠ

a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 91 (MED) Elhc cristene man makeð þis dai procession fro chirche to chirche.

?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 4 Nan ancre ne schal..makien professiun..buten þreo þinges.

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) l. 13202 Æuere heo ȝelp makieð.

c1300 Childhood Jesus (Laud) 1527 in C. Horstmann Altengl. Legenden (1875) 1st Ser. 51 Þat noman ne miȝte make delayingue Of þing þat he wolde don.

c1330 (?c1300) Bevis of Hampton (Auch.) 215 (MED) A prikede out be-fore is ost For pride and for make bost.

1340 Ayenbite (1866) 240 Sobrete lokeþ mesure ine mete and ine drinke þet me ne maki overdoinge.

a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) iv. 1684 (MED) To Cupide I make a yifte.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 8126 (MED) Þai..made [Trin. Cambr. maden] ilkan þair orison.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 12274 Quen þe angell hir bodeword made.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 12518 Þai..to bethleem þair flitting made.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 12776 (MED) He now suilk baptiszing mass.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 13194 For to mak ending o mi tale.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 14334 Til fader his he made a bon.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 28816 Þou þat okering mas wit man.

?a1400 (a1338) R. Mannyng Chron. (Petyt) (1996) i. 11425 Of þis þei mak auancement.

1401 in J. Stuart Extracts Council Reg. Aberdeen (1844) I. 380 Til mak sic pundyng.

?a1425 (c1400) Mandeville's Trav. (Titus C.xvi) (1919) 27 Þere he made the exposicioun of dremes.

1449 Rolls of Parl. V. 147/2 Of the which offenses, they hadde be..required..to make cesse.

a1450 (c1410) H. Lovelich Merlin (1904) I. l. 1654 (MED) They han maad Sewrawnce..me forto slen.

c1450 (c1380) G. Chaucer House of Fame ii. 416 Ykarus..dreynte, For whom was maked moch compleynt.

c1480 (a1400) St. George 797 in W. M. Metcalfe Legends Saints Sc. Dial. (1896) II. 199 Ambrose, to þis mais witnesing.

1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxxxviii. 119 They..fasted and made abstynence.

a1513 W. Dunbar Tabill of Confessioun in Poems (1998) I. 270 To proper curat to mak confessioun trew.

c1515 Ld. Berners tr. Bk. Duke Huon of Burdeux (1882–7) xxxii. 96 Agaynst that Gyaunt thou canst make no resystence.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 621/1 I make clayme to a thyng by processe of the lawe.

1535 Bible (Coverdale) Psalms xl. 17 Make no longe tarienge o my God.

1563 2nd Tome Homelyes sig. Pppp.iii^v The wiseman..made his recourse to God for it.

1563–4 in J. H. Burton Reg. Privy Council Scotl. (1877) 1st Ser. I. 256 In presence of the Queins Majestie..comperit Johne Erle of Athole, and maid this offer underspecifiit.

1568 in W. T. Ritchie Bannatyne MS f. 77 Thocht thow grit murnyng may.

c1616 R. C. Times' Whistle (1871) v. 1886 Let's make a challenge.

1632 P. Holland tr. Xenophon Cyrupædia 102 As touching the money in coine..they would then make partage thereof.

1640 W. Habington Hist. Edward IV 3 Hee..lookt about, where he might on the best advantage make experience of his fortune.

1664 N. Ingelo Bentivolio & Urania: 2nd Pt. vi. 289 The obedient Theoprepians made appearance at the time appointed.

1669 S. Sturmy Mariners Mag. i. ii. 25 This Observation was first made by Thales Milesius.

1680 Aubrey in Lett. Eminent Persons (1813) III. 386 'Twas a minute watch, w^th w^ch he made his experiments.

a1687 Sir W. Petty in T. Hale Acct. New Inventions (1691) 132 We shall..make some animadversions upon each of the three great branches of that Expence.

1711 J. Addison Spectator No. 1. ¶5 There is no Place of Publick Resort, wherein I do not often make my Appearance.

a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 361 The House of Commons resolved..to make an address to the King.

a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 595 The Pope..made great returns of money into Germany.

1715 J. T. Desaguliers tr. N. Gauger Fires Improv'd 137 Make several Chymical Operations.

1769 O. Goldsmith Rom. Hist. I. 106 Veturia, the mother of Coriolanus, at first made some hesitation to undertake so pious a work.

1771 O. Goldsmith Hist. Eng. IV. 161 A French officer, who had made some useful informations relative to the affairs of France.

1796 Ld. Nelson Let. 11 Sept. in Dispatches & Lett. (1846) VII. Add. p. cxi To make reprisals for the value of the property.

1821 J. Fowler Jrnl. (1898) 69 To morrow the Indeans make a Hunt.

1836 J. C. Calhoun Speech 9 Mar. in Wks. (1864) II. 483 Whenever the attempt shall be made to abolish slavery.

1843 G. Borrow Bible in Spain II. ix. 188 He advised me to..obtain permission to make excavations.

1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. I. iii. 340 (note) I have made allowance for the increase.

1869 J. S. Mill Subject. Women iii. 98 Let us at first make entire abstraction of all psychological considerations tending to show, that [etc.].

1870 E. Peacock Ralf Skirlaugh III. 199 No explanation had been made.

1870 C. Dickens Edwin Drood iii. 12 The rest [of the streets] being mostly disappointing yards with..no thoroughfare—exception made of the Cathedral-close.

1879 M. Arnold Mixed Ess. 340 That astonishing recovery which France has made since her defeat.

1883 Cent. Mag. 26 245/1 [He] made a cut at something in the water.

1887 H. R. Haggard Jess xxviii. 269 Still the old man made no comment.

1903 H. Johnston Brit. Mammals 86 It has been named the ‘serotine’ bat from its habit of only making its appearance late in the evening.

1934 Punch 18 Apr. 440/1 Libel makes no pretence to belong to any other class than it is now the contemptuous fashion to call the literature of escape.

1965 W. S. Allen Vox Latina i. 13 An alveolar articulation (in which the tongue makes contact with the gum-ridge behind the upper teeth).

1976 Economist 12 June 51/1 There is much taradiddle in the City about the Bank's moral obligation to make restitution.

1991 P. Barker Regeneration iv. 38 His mind was incapable of making comparisons, but his aching thighs remembered, and he listened for the whine of shells.

46.

†a. transitive. To entertain or manifest (a specified emotion). to make cheer (also make gladness, make glee, make joy, make merriment, make mirth): to rejoice, be merry. to make care: to be careful or anxious. to make dole (also make sorrow): to mourn. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > emotion > aspects of emotion > emotional attitude > hold, entertain, or cherish (a feeling) [verb (transitive)]

haveOE

takec1175

feelc1225

makec1225

hoard1340

cherishc1385

harbour1393

nourisha1522

nurse1567

lodge1583

carry1586

the mind > emotion > pleasure > joy, gladness, or delight > rejoicing or exultation > rejoice or exult [verb (intransitive)]

fainc888

blissc897

gladc950

hightOE

spilea1000

make mirthc1225

playc1225

gladdena1300

to make joyc1300

joisec1320

joya1325

rejoyc1350

enjoyc1380

to be joyeda1382

mirtha1400

gloryc1400

rejoicec1405

enjoysec1470

triumph1535

exult1593

to take joya1616

gratify1811

tripudiate1891

kvell1940

c1225 (?c1200) St. Katherine (1973) 2340 Ȝe meidnes..nalde ȝe neauer remen ne makien reowðe for me.

?c1250 in C. Brown Eng. Lyrics 13th Cent. (1932) 111 (MED) Wel ofte ich sike and sorwe make.

c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 1795 Muchel wes þa murðe þe þat folc makode.

c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 7820 He him sulf deol inou & sorwe made al so.

c1330 (c1250) Floris & Blauncheflur (Auch.) (1966) 30 (MED) Al þai made glade [v.r. good] chere, And ete and dronke echon wiȝ oþer.

c1350 Apocalypse St. John: A Version (Harl. 874) (1961) 161 Make we ioye & blis, & ȝine we heriȝing to god.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 11031 Again him mad gladnes an glu.

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Gött.) 17974 Ful mekil ioy þai made i-wis.

c1425 (c1400) Laud Troy-bk. 9957 Knyȝtes kene that ben of Troye, Now make murthe and mochel Ioye.

a1475 Sidrak & Bokkus (Lansd.) (Ph.D. diss., Univ. of Washington) (1965) 1785 (MED) Shal a man wepe and make yuel chere For his frende whan he dieth here?

1490 W. Caxton tr. Foure Sonnes of Aymon (1885) vi. 140 The grete sorowe that the poure knyghtes made for theyr brother.

a1522 G. Douglas tr. Virgil Æneid (1959) x. i. 107 As for Ene, forsuyth, I mak na cayr.

1570 in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. xii. 200 The Feynd mak cair, I say na mair.

1590 E. Spenser Faerie Queene iii. i. sig. Cc5 Some to make loue, some to make meryment.

1601 J. Weever Mirror of Martyrs sig. Ej^v Though foolishnes it be, For treasure lost, to waile, or make great sorrow.

c1650 in J. Morris Troubles Catholic Forefathers (1872) (modernized text) 1st ser. 275 Those Cloisters of this Order..did sometimes invite them to dinner, and made great cheer with plenty of wine in their speakhouse.

1665 S. Patrick Parable of Pilgrim xxiv. 255 To make joy in Heaven,..O what a ravishment is it?

1830 W. Scott Ivanhoe (new ed.) II. xxiii. 330 To leave the safeguard which he had with the Laird, and come to make good cheer with the said Earl.

1870 W. Morris Earthly Paradise: Pt. IV 186 To make more mirth, For folk already overglad.

1885 Ld. Tennyson Prol. to Gen. Hamley 15 Therewithin a guest may make True cheer.

b. transitive. to make (a) mock (also mockery, †scorn) (at, of): see the nouns.

c. transitive. U.S. colloquial. to make a time: to make a fuss; to ‘make a song and dance’. Now rare.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > manner of action > vigour or energy > act or do vigorously [verb (intransitive)] > be brisk or active > bustle > fuss or make a fuss

nytelc1400

to make a matter1549

to keep a coil1568

squatter1593

fiddle-faddle1633

to play hell (with)1750

fuss1792

to play hell and Tommy1825

piggle1836

palavera1840

to make a time1844

friggle1848

fussify1868

to make a production of (or out of)1941

1844 Columbian Mag. 179/1 You never saw people so delighted as they were to meet me; shook hands and made such a time of it that I really was afraid they were going to kiss me in the street.

1871 E. Prentiss Aunt Jane's Hero (1872) vi. 50 When he first proposed to enlist, she made a time about it, and said and did all she could to alter his resolution.

1919 N. Barley Gorgeous Girl (1920) xxiii. 318 Her aunt said she saw you and made quite a time of it. I'm sorry.

1935 M. N. Rawson Little Old Mills 317 When Ma and the children would make a time about it..one went somewhere, anywhere—not to have light talk of it.

47.

a. transitive. In questions introduced by an objective what: to have as one's business or purpose, to do (as what make you here?). Now archaic and regional.Common in 16th and 17th centuries. Censured as if a Gallicism in J. Elphinston Princ. Eng. Lang. (1765).

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > doing > activity or occupation > occupy or engage (a person) [verb (transitive)] > engage in or busy oneself about

fanda1375

entermetea1393

deala1400

makea1400

apply?c1400

to have in occupation?1523

lie1546

entreat1590

to consist in1606

tirea1616

stickle1647

to be in the business of1873

a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 10990 Þe folk...Thoght ferli quat wit þis he madde [Trin. Cambr. wondride what he was a boute].

a1500 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Trin. Dublin) 834* (MED) Whyne ert þou & who, & what makys þou here?

a1500 (?a1400) Sir Torrent of Portyngale (1887) 2051 (MED) What makist thou in this contre?

1535 Bible (Coverdale) Judges xviii. 3 Who broughte y^e hither? What makest thou here?

1601 J. Marston et al. Iacke Drums Entertainm. ii. sig. C3^v Alas good aged Sir, what make you vp?

1602 Kyd's Spanish Trag. (new ed.) iii. sig. H2 ^v Hie. What make you with your torches in the darke.

a1640 J. Fletcher & P. Massinger Custome of Countrey iii. iii, in F. Beaumont & J. Fletcher Comedies & Trag. (1647) sig. Bb2^v/2 What made you wandring So late i' th' night?

1677 A. Wood Life & Times (1892) II. 399 The proctor met him and ask'd him what he made out so late.

1693 J. Dryden tr. Persius Satires v. 68 Friend, What do'st thou make a Shipboord?

1718 A. Pope tr. Homer Iliad IV. xvi. 247 If that dire Fury must for ever burn, What make we here?

1823 W. Scott Quentin Durward II. xi. 265 What should my daughter make here at such an onslaught?

1842 R. H. Barham Misadventures Margate in Ingoldsby Legends 2nd Ser. 151 I saw a little vulgar Boy—I said, ‘What make you here?’

b. transitive. In questions after a subjective what: to cause to be in the place specified (as what makes you here?). Cf. branch III. Now archaic.

ΚΠ

1676 G. Etherege Man of Mode v. i. 77 Footman. Madam! Mr. Dorimant! Lov. What makes him here?

1688 T. Shadwell Squire of Alsatia i. i. 1 What makes you abroad so early?

1694 R. Franck Northern Mem. 28 What makes him there?

1816 S. T. Coleridge Christabel i. 5 What makes her in the wood so late, A furlong from the castle gate?

1869 J. C. Atkinson Peacock's Gloss. Dial. Hundred of Lonsdale (at cited word) What made you there?

48. transitive. To eat (a meal). to make a meal of: see meal n.² Phrases 5.

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > food > consumption of food or drink > eating > eating meals > eat meal [verb (transitive)]

makec1400

nosh1958

c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. xix. 385 (MED) Here is bred yblessed, and goddes body þer-vnder; Grace..gaue Pieres..myȝtes to maken it.

1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 127 On a tyme Diogenes made al his dyner with Oliues onely.

1577 B. Googe tr. C. Heresbach Foure Bks. Husbandry i. f. 15 That they make not to great meales, but eate litle and often.

1662 J. Davies tr. A. Olearius Voy. & Trav. Ambassadors 270 Some times our people made but one meal a day.

1743 E. Young Complaint: Night the Fifth 30 There take large Draughts; make her chief Banquet there.

1859 J. M. Jephson & L. Reeve Narr. Walking Tour Brittany xix. 311 As I made my delicious and refreshing luncheon of green figs.

1864 M. Lemon Loved at Last I. vi. 145 I never made a better dinner in my life.

1890 Longman's Mag. July 254 He made his simple morning meal.

1927 V. Woolf To Lighthouse i. xii. 105 He had made a meal off bread and cheese in a public house.

1991 J. Varley Steel Beach (1993) 283 I watched from a distance through my field glasses as I made my breakfast of pancakes and left-over rabbit chilli.

49.

a. transitive. To incur (a loss, expense, etc.). Now only with reference to a transaction, business, etc. Cf. sense 26a.

ΘΚΠ

society > trade and finance > management of money > expenditure > spend or incur expense [verb (intransitive)] > be put to expense

make1453

the world > action or operation > operation upon something > have effect on [verb (transitive)] > be subjected to or undergo an action > specifically of a person > something undesirable

sufferc1390

reachc1429

make1453

to get the works1928

1340 Ayenbite (1866) 37 Þe greate officials..makeþ þe greate spendinges [ Bk. Vices & Virtues costes].]

1453 Rolls of Parl. V. 268/1 All theire costes, expenses, and lostez made and suffred by hem.

1563 in J. H. Burton Reg. Privy Council Scotl. (1877) 1st Ser. I. 239 All expensissis maid in..pleying of the said caus.

1626 C. Potter tr. P. Sarpi Hist. Quarrels 99 They could not continue to make such expence, nor to furnish so many persons with Vestiments.

1640 tr. G. S. du Verdier Love & Armes Greeke Princes iii. 199 They could not learn any news of the losse they had made.

a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 251 Both England and Holland had made a great loss both in ships and treasure.

1749 Ld. Chesterfield Let. 2 Oct. (1932) (modernized text) IV. 1412 I will most cheerfully supply, not only every necessary, but every decent expense you can make.

1812 Duke of Wellington Dispatches (1837) IX. 143 We have made such an expenditure of engineers, that I can hardly wish for any body.

1887 Dict. National Biogr. IX. 269/2 Sometimes more praise was due to him for a work on which he made a loss than for a work which in more recent times was a splendid success.

1969 It 4 July 10/3 The promoters just hadn't got things together at all and would have made an immense loss.

1992 Economist 11 Apr. 44/3 The company made a loss of $400m on sales of $10 billion last year.

†b. transitive. Chiefly Scottish. To defray, provide for (expenses, costs). Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > trade and finance > payment > pay money or things [verb (transitive)]

yieldc893

pay?c1225

spendc1450

make1473

redd1491

to pay in1623

betall1630

to pay away1731

fund1843

spring1851

1473 in T. Dickson Accts. Treasurer Scotl. (1877) I. 46 Gevin to Wil Oliphant..to mak his expensis xx li.

a1475 J. Fortescue Governance of Eng. (Laud) (1885) v. 118 (MED) Yff a kynge be pore, he shall bi nescessite make his expences..by creaunce and borowynge.

1574 in J. H. Burton Reg. Privy Council Scotl. (1878) 1st Ser. II. 388 The said Robert oblist him to mak the said Williames reasonable expenssis, and to pay the same to him.

†c. transitive. To suffer (shipwreck or other misfortune). Frequently figurative to make shipwreck of: see shipwreck n. Phrases c. Obsolete.to make bad weather: see weather n. 2c.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > travel by water > shipwreck > suffer shipwreck [verb (intransitive)]

wrack1470

make1526

to make wreck1577

split1602

shipwreck1607

wreck1671

1526 Bible (Tyndale) 1 Tim. i. 19 Some..as concernynge fayth have made ship~wracke.

1577 R. Holinshed Chron. II. 490/1 Euery person makyng wrecke by sea, & comming aliue to lande.

1609 G. Benson Serm. 7 May 5 If you..make wrack neyther vpon the Rockes, nor vpon the Sandes, neyther vppon open nor secret sinnes.

1826 W. Scott Woodstock I. xi. 283 Showing..upon how many devious coasts human nature may make shipwreck.

1846 R. C. Trench Notes Miracles xxxiii. 454 The ship of the Church,—encumbered with evil livers till it well nigh makes shipwreck altogether.

50. transitive. To put forth (an effort). Formerly also †to make labour (also pain). Also (occasionally) intransitive with passive meaning.†to make force (at, etc.): see force n.¹ 22b. to make the running: see running n. Phrases 3. to make shift: see shift n. 6. Cf. also to make haste, speed: see the nouns.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > manner of action > effort or exertion > exert oneself or make an effort [verb (intransitive)]

tillc897

stightlea1375

stretcha1375

wrestlea1382

to put it forthc1390

to put one's hand(s) to (also unto)a1398

paina1400

takea1400

to do one's busy pain (also care, cure, diligence)?a1430

to make great force?c1450

makec1485

to stir one's stumpsa1500

to bestir one's stumps1549

to make work1574

put1596

bestira1616

operate1650

to lay out1659

to be at pains1709

exerta1749

tew1787

maul1821

to take (the) trouble1830

to pull outc1835

bother1840

trouble1880

to buck up1890

hump1897

to go somea1911

c1485 ( G. Hay Bk. Law of Armys (2005) 35 He maid grete payne to ger that langage of latyne sprede.

1490 W. Caxton tr. Foure Sonnes of Aymon (1885) xxiv. 527 Thadmyrall sawe the grete efforte of armes that Reynawde made agenste his folke.

1491 Act 7 Hen. VII c. 22 Preamble I pray you make laboure unto my Lady Warwyk to write to the King of Fraunce.

1565 Stow in Three 15th c. Chron. (Camd.) 136 Y^e paryshe of S. Marie Magdalyn in Mylke~stret, makynge labour to y^e byshope, had by hym a mynister apoyntyd to serve them with communion that day.

1596 J. Dalrymple tr. J. Leslie Hist. Scotl. (1888) I. 6 Gif mair labour and industrie war maid.

1682 T. Shadwell Medal of John Bayes 121 In Cromwels Court, Where first your Muse did make her great effort.

1735 W. Somervile Chace iii. 113 The panting Courser..Makes many a faint Effort.

1768 Philos. Trans. 1767 (Royal Soc.) 57 68 I started up..made some efforts to vomit, but evacuated nothing.

1792 H. H. Brackenridge Mod. Chivalry I. vii. i. 141 In this case, the judgment is already persuaded, the affections already gained. Having therefore, no object, what exertion can the mind make?

1807 Z. M. Pike Acct. Exped. Sources Mississippi ii. App. 51 The Spaniards were making such great exertions to debauch the minds of our savages.

1833 J. J. Strang Diary 9 Feb. in M. M. Quaife Kingdom of St. James (1930) 214 Powerful exertions were making to delay until Congress could get some facts to act upon.

1863 M. Oliphant Rector (new ed.) iii. 23 If he had known anything in the world which would have given her consolation, he was ready to have made any exertion for it.

1871 S. Smiles Character i. 11 Every honest effort made in an upward direction.

1914 D. H. Lawrence Prussian Officer & Other Stories 12 He saw the young man's breast heaving as he made an effort for words.

1957 I. Murdoch Sandcastle ii. 28 Nan had made what she herself would call a real social effort.

1973 E. F. Schumacher Small is Beautiful iii. iii. 182 Many people..plead that the rich countries ought to make a much bigger financial effort.

1995 N.Y. Rev. Bks. 25 May 42/1 They have been treated with all the solemnity due Pascal's Pensées by academic Benjaminians, who have made heroic exertions to restore this unwritten, unwritable work.

†51.

a. transitive. To play (the fool). Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > behaviour > follow (a course of behaviour) [verb (transitive)] > assume (behaviour or a part)

ontakec1300

playa1425

to take up?c1425

make1559

sustain1560

support1693

1559 D. Lindsay Complaynt 236 in Wks. (1931) I. 46 Sum maid the fule, and sum did flatter.

b. transitive. to make the agreeable: see agreeable n. 4. Obsolete.

52.

a. transitive. To accomplish (a distance) by travelling, etc.; (Nautical) to travel at (a speed).

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > [verb (transitive)] > accomplish a distance in travelling

travelc1400

run1440

accomplish1550

make1564

gain1733

1564–5 N. Wotton in J. W. Burgon Life & Times Sir T. Gresham (1839) II. 70 I made a-foote vi myles ere I came to Dunkerke.

1662 J. Davies tr. A. Olearius Voy. & Trav. Ambassadors 2 It's violence hindred us not from keeping on our course, and making fifteen Leagues that night.

1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant i. 270 When the Wind blew so hard, that we made nine or ten Miles an hour.

1746 Pennsylvania Gaz. 7 Aug. 2/2 The work..by annual motion, which makes but 2 miles and a half (more or less, according to the latitude) in an hour, it [sc. the longitude] may be had in less than half a mile.

1856 F. L. Olmsted Journey Slave States 16 The boat makes 55 miles in 3½ hours.

1883 Cent. Mag. Oct. 945/1 The old hooker actually made two and a half knots, and answered her helm tolerably well.

1899 Pall Mall Mag. Mar. 373 I could get no boat farther than Kirkcaldy, so I must make the distance on foot.

1904 J. London Sea-wolf xvii. 161 We've made at least ten knots, and we're going twelve or thirteen now.

1957 J. Kerouac On the Road ii. ix. 168 We made thirty miles without using gas.

1988 Mountain Biking June 32/1 The sand sucks the struggling rider down as he pedals under the blazing sun, making no more than two and a half miles every hour.

b. transitive. Originally Nautical. To reach (a place) in travelling, come to, arrive at. to make it: to succeed in covering an intended distance or reaching an intended place; to get through an illness or other danger.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > aspects of travel > arrival > arrive at or reach [verb (transitive)]

to come toOE

reachOE

hita1075

ofreachlOE

catchc1330

latchc1330

recovera1375

getc1390

henta1393

win?1473

fetch1589

to fetch up1589

obtain1589

attainc1592

make1610

gaina1616

arrive1647

advene1684

strike1798

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > movement towards a thing, person, or position > reaching a point or place > reach (a point or place) [verb (transitive)]

areach1014

reachOE

ofreachlOE

overtakec1225

catchc1330

acomec1350

touchc1384

getc1390

to come at ——a1393

henta1393

overreacha1400

win?1473

aspire1581

obtain1589

attainc1592

make1610

gaina1616

acquire1665

advene1684

1610 Let. Council Virginia 7 July in A. Brown Genesis of U.S. (1890) I. 403 We saw her no more untill the 6^th of June, at what time we made land to the Southward of our harbour.

1610 Let. Council Virginia 7 July in A. Brown Genesis of U.S. (1890) I. 403 Before noone we made Cape Henry.

1645 E. Waller Wks. 10 From the sterne of some good ship appears, A friendly light..: New courage..they take, And climbing ore the waves that taper make.

c1660 J. Evelyn Diary anno 1641 (1955) II. 76 Being not far from Dover, we could not yet make the Peere till 4 that afternoone.

1697 J. Dryden tr. Virgil Æneis i, in tr. Virgil Wks. 208 The weary Trojans ply their shatter'd Oars, To nearest Land, and make the Lybian Shoars.

1708 London Gaz. No. 4481/3 The West-India Fleet and Coasters,..not being able to make Torbay,..were all forced..to the Westward.

a1774 O. Goldsmith tr. P. Scarron Comic Romance (1775) II. xiv. 103 We forced open the prison gates, and..made the mountains on the borders of Valentia.

1805 Z. M. Pike Acct. Exped. Sources Mississippi (1810) 39 I determined to attempt to make the river, and for that purpose took a due south course.

1827 J. F. Cooper Prairie I. xvii. 245 It will be wise to make a cover, lest the Sons of the Squatter should be out skirting on our trail.

1828 Sporting Mag. 21 322 She [sc. a coach]..started at ten, and made the White Horse, Fetter Lane, at four precisely.

1882 G. A. Sala Amer. Revisited (1885) 360 We made Chicago at 7.30 on Sunday morning.

1885 T. L. Work in Australasian Printers' Keepsake 16 ‘When you make Mokepilly,’ quoth one of the sunburnt bullocky men, ‘keep on the brush fence.’

1905 R. E. Beach Pardners 55 We can't make it over into Mexico without being caught up.

1935 L. A. G. Strong Seven Arms 46 No matter if they can't make it in the day, sleeping out won't hurt them.

1951 N. M. Gunn Well at World's End xviii. 148 He had..found out that we could make Pamplona that day and asked if we were game.

1989 Ships Monthly Mar. 33/2 The vessel made port, but later capsized and sank in Valetta.

c. transitive. figurative. Chiefly colloquial. With variable direct object: to achieve (an objective), accomplish, reach; to be selected for (a team). Also: to succeed in catching (a train, etc.); to be able to manage (an appointment, date, etc.). Also in passive (Golf): to have completed one's approach and be within a shot of the hole.to make the scene: see the noun.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > will > intention > planning > plan [verb (transitive)] > arrange > appoint a time or place beforehand > agree to or be able to keep an appointment, etc.

make1824

1824 Rules Thistle Golf Club (new ed.) 45 On comparing these cards, he who shall be found to have made the ten holes in fewest strokes, to be declared the gainer of the Medal.

1897 Outing Dec. 226/1 Class and inter-class games..serve to add enough interest to make the 'varsity basket-ball team almost as difficult to ‘make’ as the football and baseball teams.

1897 Earl of Suffolk et al. Encycl. Sport I. 473 (Golf) Made, a player is said to be made when he is within a full shot of the green.

1902 R. H. Barbaur Behind Line iii. 30 Practise is called for four o'clock. I wonder—I wonder if we'll make the team?

1916 H. L. Wilson Somewhere in Red Gap i. 25 I hurried home to get a bite to eat and dress and make the party.

1955 W. Gaddis Recognitions i. vii. 266 But I have to make a train, he said.

1973 Weekly News (Glasgow) 11 Aug. 3/1 She's been a member [of the Glasgow Police Judo Club] for the past three years and managed to make the team which gave a display at the last Police Tattoo.

1987 Boxing News 21 Aug. 13/2 I can make 10-10, but my real weight is 11-8.

d. transitive. Originally and chiefly U.S. Of a pupil, student, etc.: to attain (a grade); to obtain (a mark or score); to achieve (an honour). Cf. sense 27b.to make the grade: see also grade n. 10e.

ΘΚΠ

society > education > educational administration > examination > examine a candidate [verb (transitive)] > attain a mark

get1857

make1870

1870 B. P. Patrick Let. 24 Oct. in W. A. Patrick & B. P. Patrick Lett. from Two Brothers (1988) 49 I will be glad to hear of your making a diploma this session and one at Phil[adelphia] next year.

1928 ‘W. Fabian’ Unforbidden Fruit i. 12 She had ‘made’ a key in Junior year and was hot on the trail of other honors.

1954 W. Faulkner Fable 249 He graduated not only at the top of the class but with the highest marks ever made at the Academy.

1976 Laurel (Montana) Outlook 9 June 8/4 Four students made 4.00 point averages.

1987 A. Miller Timebends i. 51 They had looked up my..academic record and laughingly reported that I had made all D's.

e. transitive. figurative. to make it: (colloquial) to be successful, accomplish one's objective; (slang) to achieve sexual intercourse (with).

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > prosperity > success > succeed or be a success [verb (intransitive)] > achieve success (of persons)

speed993

achievec1300

escheve?a1400

succeed1509

to turn up trumps1595

fadge1611

to nick ita1637

to hit the mark (also nail, needle, pin)1655

to get on1768

to reap, win one's laurels1819

to go a long way1859

win out1861

score1882

to make it1885

to make a ten-strike1887

to make the grade1912

to make good1914

to bring home the bacon1924

to go places1931

the world > physical sensation > sexual relations > sexual activity > engage in sexual activity with [verb (transitive)] > have sexual intercourse with

mingeOE

haveOE

knowc1175

ofliec1275

to lie with (or by)a1300

knowledgec1300

meetc1330

beliea1350

yknowc1350

touchc1384

deala1387

dightc1386

usea1387

takec1390

commona1400

to meet witha1400

servea1400

occupy?a1475

engender1483

jangle1488

to be busy with1525

to come in1530

visitc1540

niggle1567

mow1568

to mix one's thigh with1593

do1594

grind1598

pepper1600

yark1600

tumble1603

to taste of1607

compressc1611

jumble1611

mix?1614

consort?1615

tastea1616

bumfiddle1630

ingressa1631

sheet1637

carnal1643

night-work1654

bump1669

bumble1680

frig?c1680

fuck1707

stick1707

screw1719

soil1722

to do over1730

shag1770

hump1785

subagitatec1830

diddle1879

to give (someone) onec1882

charver1889

fuckeec1890

plugc1890

dick1892

to make a baby1911

to know (a person) in the biblical sense1912

jazz1920

rock1922

yentz1924

roll1926

to make love1927

shtupa1934

to give (or get) a tumble1934

shack1935

bang1937

to have it off1937

rump1937

tom1949

to hop into bed (with)1951

ball1955

to make it1957

plank1958

score1960

naughty1961

pull1965

pleasurea1967

to have away1968

to have off1968

dork1970

shaft1970

bonk1975

knob1984

boink1985

fand-

1885 W. D. Howells Rise Silas Lapham vi, in Cent. Mag. Jan. 372/2 He jumped on board the steam-boat with Corey. ‘Just made it,’ he said.

1912 R. A. Wason Friar Tuck xxvi. 255 Badger-face tried to raise himself on his elbow, but he couldn't quite make it.

1925 E. Hemingway In our Time (1926) ix. 121 It looked like him or the bull and then he finally made it.

1938 G. Greene Brighton Rock i. i. 20 ‘Will you be there?’ ‘No,’ Hale said. ‘I can't make it.’

1954 W. S. Burroughs Let. 3 Sept. (1993) 233 Now Allen is talking about making it with a chick, and I am really upset and worried. If I get out to Frisco and he is making it with a chick I might as well turn around and start back.

1957 J. Kerouac On the Road iii. viii. 225 They went to a parking lot in broad daylight..and there, he claims, he made it with her in nothing flat.

1967 Field & Stream June 96/3 I hope he makes it through the winter.

1970 Observer 20 Sept. 26/1 Bombers..lurching along the runway like a swarm of crippled insects, until finally they make it into the air.

1973 Times Lit. Suppl. 16 Nov. 1389/2 He finally makes it with long-desired Rachel.

1984 R. Dahl Boy 19 There were many acres of farm and woodland..a couple of gardeners and all manner of servants in the house... Harald Dahl had made it in no uncertain manner.

f. transitive. Criminals' slang and Police slang (originally U.S.). To recognize or identify (a person, etc.). Cf. make n.² 10.

ΚΠ

1906 A. H. Lewis Confess. Detective 222 You wouldn't have come within a block of him. In the language of the guild, Sorg, he would have ‘made you’ and got away.

1908 J. M. Sullivan Criminal Slang 16 Make one, identify a person.

1914 L. E. Jackson & C. R. Hellyer Vocab. Criminal Slang 57 You had better ring up (disguise) so he won't make you.

1955 Publ. Amer. Dial. Soc. No. 24. 81 The victim then can possibly identify, or make, the tool if he is arrested.

1971 ‘O. Bleeck’ Thief who painted Sunlight (1972) xiv. 127 I'm a pretty good tail. You didn't make me.

1973 ‘D. Shannon’ Spring of Violence (1974) vi. 107 ‘Have you made the gun?’ ‘Right off. It's a Hi-Standard revolver.’

1984 F. Forsyth Fourth Protocol iv. 72 Whether the car he was driving had been used once too often, or whether his face had been ‘made’ by the Provo intelligence people was never later established.

g. transitive. slang (originally U.S.). To be successful in (esp. sexual) advances to; to win the affection of; spec. to persuade (a person) to consent to sexual intercourse; to seduce.

ΘΚΠ

society > morality > moral evil > licentiousness > unchastity > loss of chastity > deprive of chastity [verb (transitive)] > seduce

sardc950

jape1382

transvertc1450

seducec1560

debauch1711

betray1766

to do over1823

make1910

to race off1965

1910 N.Y. Evening Jrnl. 12 Aug. 8/3 She's on the beach over there with some boob... Lets [sic] go over on the beach and make her.

1916 F. P. Adams in N.Y. Tribune 8 Oct. iii. 3/1 ‘A triolet's a pretty thing!’..It's good to make a moll with!

1921 Sat. Evening Post 1 Oct. 17/1 She give up trying to make me and got off at Albany. She was a good looker but I have no time for gals that tries to make strangers on a train.

1926 S. Lewis Mantrap xii. 155 The guys..think they can make you P.D.Q., even if they're old and fat.

1952 L. A. G. Strong Darling Tom xiv. 116 I don't say I'd always have been content with thoughts of you, or that, if you'd stayed lost, I mightn't have tried to make you.

1959 P. H. Johnson Humbler Creation xxvi. 187 Young Fraser tried to make her once.

1969 E. Goffman Where Action Is 200 James Bond makes the acquaintance of an unattainable girl and then rapidly makes the girl.

1978 G. Greene Human Factor i. i. 11 Davis had been trying to make Cynthia for two years now, but the daughter of a major-general was after bigger game.

h. transitive. colloquial (originally Navy). Without article preceding the object: to attain the rank of.Cf. the earlier, related naval usage to be made post at post n.⁵ Phrases 4.

ΘΚΠ

society > armed hostility > military organization > enlistment or recruitment > appointment to rank > appoint to rank [verb (transitive)] > attain rank of

to win one's epaulettes1875

make1918

society > armed hostility > hostilities at sea > naval service > serve in the Navy [verb (transitive)] > promote in rank > attain rank of

make1918

1918 Our Navy (U.S.) May 11/1 In time of peace, in the regular Navy, they would probably go to sea..as yeomen second class and make first class in a year.

1942 G. Gach In Army Now xxiv. 253 If Sayad can make Looey I betcha I can make General.

1951 D. Christie & C. Christie His Excellency i. i. 16 She joined up in the war, made sergeant inside six months, and had the time of her life.

1987 New Yorker 29 June 67/2 O'Brien had made sergeant, and it is the policy of the New York Police Department to transfer a newly promoted sergeant to another unit.

i. transitive. To achieve a place in (a list).

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > prosperity > success > make a success of [verb (transitive)] > succeed in or achieve a purpose > achieve a place (in a list)

make1928

1928 Publishers' Weekly 24 Nov. 2184/2 Two books that almost made the Best Seller List.

1979 R. Jaffe Class Reunion (1980) i. vi. 73 When she got two A's and two B's she couldn't believe it. She had made the Dean's List!

1987 S. Quinn Mind of her Own (1988) ii. 46 Fraulein Banning was the first woman to make Karen's list of real-life and literary heroes.

1993 Contemp. Pediatrics Apr. 118/2 I am surprised that Kawasaki syndrome hasn't made the list.

j. transitive. To receive prominent attention in (the news media, etc.), esp. in to make the news(papers), to make the front page(s).to make (also hit) the headline: see headline n.² 6a.

ΘΚΠ

society > communication > journalism > appearance in the press > appear in newspaper or journal [verb (intransitive)]

to be gazetted1678

to make (the) headlines1903

to hit the headlines1939

to make the front page(s)1939

to make the news(papers)1983

society > communication > information > news or tidings > [verb (intransitive)] > news media

to make (the) headlines1903

to hit the headlines1939

to make the front page(s)1939

to make the news(papers)1983

1939 Florida: Guide to Southernmost State (Federal Writers' Project) iii. 311 If the storm is of dangerous intensity..it ‘makes’ the front page.

1983 S. Rushdie Shame iv. x. 216 The murders barely made the newspapers; they were not reported on the radio.

1992 New Republic 25 May 22/2 Bradley made the front page with his announcement that he wanted to cut the..police force by 7 percent.

1998 New Scientist 28 Nov. 35/1 This January another unusual opsin—‘melanopsin’—made the news.

k. transitive. colloquial (originally U.S.). to have (got) it made and variants: to be sure of success; to have it easy, to have no more obstacles to overcome.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > prosperity > prosper or flourish [verb (intransitive)] > prosper or be successful > be assured of success

it is in a person's buttonsa1616

to have (got) it made1944

to be golden1961

to have (got) it wired1976

1944 M. C. Boatright & D. Day From Hell to Breakfast 139 The reply may be,..‘I've got my sack full anyhow’, or ‘I've got it made’.

1955 Amer. Speech 30 118 [Air force slang] Made, all obstacles overcome, no further difficulty anticipated..; in such utterances as ‘He's got it made’.

1960 J. Updike Rabbit, Run (1961) 108 Say. You really think you have it made.

1961 J. Heller Catch-22 (1962) vi. 51 I had it made, I tell you. Fifty grand a year I was knocking down, and almost all of it tax-free.

1968 A. Diment Great Spy Race iii. 45 She had..big, well-proportioned hips. I tell you, if the derrière gets with-it again this bird had it made.

1976 B. Emecheta Bride Price (1978) iii. 39 Girls born nowadays have it all made for them.

1993 A. Higgins Lions of Grunewald xxix. 189 Oh he was his own man. He had it made.

53.

a. transitive. Originally U.S. to make good time and variants: to accomplish a distance in a short (etc.) time; to keep to or ahead of a schedule on a journey, etc. Also to make time.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > [verb (intransitive)] > go on a journey > accomplish a distance in a short time

to make good time1834

to be well on one's (also the) way1839

1834 Amer. Turf Reg. Nov. (verso front cover) The horses made quick time and fine sport.

1867 Galaxy Nov. 832 Half an hour later I climbed the cliff, and could see, by the light of the declining sun, a brilliant red speck making excellent time across the ice of Round Pond, three miles distant.

1887 I. Randall Lady's Ranche Life Montana 140 We drove to Three Forks..in an hour and twenty minutes. Jem calls it fourteen miles, so I think we made good time.

1915 W. Cather Song of Lark i. xvi. 118 ‘I'm afraid this will hold us up about two hours...’ ‘That won't trouble me,’ said Mrs. Kronborg contentedly... ‘I came to see the country, not to make time.’

1935 Encycl. Sports, Games & Pastimes 178/2 The art of making good time on a run is acquired by long study of the ten banked turns.

1950 E. Hemingway Across River & into Trees iii. 15 They were on a straight stretch of road now and were making time so that one farm blended, almost blurred, into another farm and you could only see what was far ahead and moving towards you.

?1962 in R. Weaver Canad. Short Stories (1968) 2nd Ser. 221 ‘You wouldn't get home till nine.’.. ‘I could make better time than that.’

1979 Harrowsmith (Camden East, Ont.) Feb. 73/3 The third most prevalent type of snowshoe in North America is the Pickerel... It is unexcelled for making time in open country or over clear trails.

1987 Trucking Internat. June 5/2 He makes good time and is soon trundling towards the river.

b. transitive. To expend (a long, short, etc., time) in working.

ΚΠ

1890 Standard 17 Mar. 3/1 At present..the colliers..make very short time.

1904 N.E.D. at Make v.¹ I made a very long day last Friday.

c. transitive. North American slang. to make time with: to make sexual advances to; to be successful in sexual advances to; to court or flirt with. Also without object, as to make time.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > emotion > love > flirtation or coquetry > flirt with [verb (transitive)]

gallant1672

coquet1725

chat1898

trick1913

vamp1918

to make time with1934

to come on1948

chirpse1997

1934 G. Lorimer & S. Lorimer Stag Line iv. 122 ‘You can't make any time with me,’ I said giving him a lazy smile. ‘I belong to another.’

1953 W. S. Burroughs Junkie xiv. 139 At another table two young men were trying to make time with some Mexican girls.

1962 E. Lucia Klondike Kate viii. 171 The ranchers and cowpokes came in for a peek, and to make time if they could.

1962 J. Potts Evil Wish xii. 159 She decided that Joe was lying... Probably making time with some kid half Marcia's age.

1971 E. Bullins in W. King Black Short Story Anthol. (1972) 82 Say, are ya makin' much time with mah little sister? There was a guarded flash in his eyes.

1973 D. Hughes Along Side Road (1974) ii. 16 Which I'll bet he did if he wanted to make time with her, eh?

1986 Truckin' Life Aug. 28/2 The voices of drug salesmen and prostitutes trying to make some time.

d. transitive. Horse Racing. to make all [short for to make all the running: see running n. Phrases 3] : to lead for the entire race; to set the pace.

ΚΠ

1965 Observer 30 May (Suppl.) 34 Made all, said of a horse that has been in front from start to finish.

1987 Racing Post 30 Mar. 1/3 He was particularly impressive at Fontwell Park last week when making all to score win by a distance from Good Lord.

1993 Racing Post 20 Feb. 51/3 The fly in the ointment is possible Cute Linda, who will look to make all.

1997 Sporting Life 10 Dec. 7/1 Diwali Dancer made all, shaken up after three out, ran on well.

V. To behave, act, or move (in a specified way).

†54.

a. transitive. [Probably after the same Latin idiom as sense 55a.] to make it (with adverb or adverbial phrase of manner): to act, behave. make it so: see also sense 35f. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

eOE King Ælfred tr. Gregory Pastoral Care (Tiber.) (Junius transcript) (1871) xvi. 98 Ðeah he [sc. Paul] upaðened wære on his modes scearpnesse, ne forhogode he ðæt he hit eft gecirde to ðæm flæsclican burcotum, & gestihtode hu men sceoldon ðærinne hit macian.

OE Ælfric Catholic Homilies: 2nd Ser. (Cambr. Gg.3.28) xxi. 203 Swa he hit macode on his life.

a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1879) VII. 27 (MED) Þe kyng..made it as þey were nouȝt wrooþ.

a1586 Peblis to Play in W. A. Craigie Maitland Folio MS (1919) I. 178 Quhat neidis ȝow to maik it sua?

b. transitive. Similarly to make it with adjective complement. to make it coy (also nice, proud, quaint, stout, strange, tough): to behave in a coy (proud, etc.) manner: see the adjectives. to make it goodly: to give oneself airs. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > behaviour > affected behaviour or affectation > be affected or act affectedly [verb (intransitive)]

to make it goodlyc1325

bride?1533

affect1600

mimp1673

to give oneself airs1701

fal-lal1818

pose1840

posturize1850

attitudinize1864

primp1875

posture1877

lardy-dardy1887

to put (or pile) on lugs1889

la-di-da1901

profile1970

the mind > emotion > pride > pretension to superiority > pretend to superiority [verb (intransitive)]

to make it goodlyc1325

usurpc1400

to take state upon one1597

to come over ——1600

to gentilize it1607

to state it1625

to give oneself airs1701

to put on airs1715

to mount (also ride) the high horse1782

to put on (the) dog1865

to get (also have) notions1866

to put on side1870

to have a roll on1881

to put (or pile) on lugs1889

side1890

to put on the Ritz1921

c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 10498 (MED) Þe king glosede her & þer & made it somdel touȝt, Ac þo it com to þe strengþe he nolde it graunti nouȝt.

a1425 (?a1400) G. Chaucer Romaunt Rose (Hunterian) 3863 Thanne Shame cam forth full symply..Humble of hir port, and made it symple, Weryng a vayle in stide of wymple.

1611 R. Cotgrave Dict. French & Eng. Tongues Faire la petite bouche, to mince, or simper it; to make it goodly.

1611 R. Cotgrave Dict. French & Eng. Tongues Faire la sadinette, to mince it, nicefie it, make it dainty, to be verie squeamish.

55.

a. intransitive. [After classical Latin facere with adverbs or adverbial phrases: see Oxf. Lat. Dict. at facio sense 28.] (a) With adverb or adverbial phrases of manner: to behave, act (now only as in sense 56); (b) with adjective: to demonstrate by one's action or behaviour that one is what is denoted by the adjective; now chiefly with particular adjectives, as to make bold (also free, †glad, merry, nice, †strange): see the adjectives.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > behaviour > behave, conduct, or bear oneself [verb (intransitive)]

i-bereeOE

workeOE

makeOE

fere1154

walka1200

steera1250

to take onc1275

fare1340

to fare with oneself1340

containa1375

to let latesa1400

usea1400

dealc1400

rulea1425

act1593

comport1616

carry1650

deport1667

demean1678

behave1721

conduct1754

to carry on1828

OE Wulfstan Institutes of Polity (Junius) 128 Riht is þæt mynecena mynsterlice macian.

1917 E. F. Benson Mr. Teddy iii. 76 That will be just the time when they make gay with the gramophone.

b. intransitive. [Compare classical Latin facere (of abstract things) to act, work (in a particular direction): see Oxf. Lat. Dict. at facio sense 29.] Of an argument, evidence, influence: to be effective, tell (on one side or the other). Cf. senses 23a, 1b. Chiefly with for (also †to, with) or against: see senses to make against —— 1 at Phrasal verbs 2, to make for —— 1 at Phrasal verbs 2, to make to —— 1 at Phrasal verbs 2, to make with —— 2 at Phrasal verbs 2.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > testing > attestation, witness, evidence > attest, bear witness [verb (transitive)] > of evidence: tell for or against

fight1587

militatec1600

make1726

the world > action or operation > continuing > progress, advance, or further continuance > furtherance > further [verb (intransitive)] > tend to the advancement of someone or something

to make for ——a1500

make1726

1726 J. Ayliffe Parergon Juris Canonici Anglicani 307 If an Instrument be produc'd with a Protestation in respect of these Parts of it which make in Favour of the Producent.

1892 Sat. Rev. 2 Jan. 1/1 He had the highest opinion of..precedents—when they made in his own favour.

1893 Sketch 1 Feb. 14/1 All these things..make in favour of Mr. Gladstone.

56.

a. intransitive. to make as if (also make as though, archaic. make as): to behave or act as if; to pretend that; to act as if with the intention to. Cf. sense 64b, and making-as-if n. at making n.¹ Compounds 2b.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > deceit, deception, trickery > dissimulation, pretence > pretend, dissemble [phrase]

makec1275

to make wise1447

make as though?c1450

to let fare1483

to make a show ofa1500

to set a face1560

to take on (also upon) one(self)?1560

to make (a) miena1657

to make believe1773

to put it on1888

to play (the) fox1894

a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1879) VII. 27 (MED) Þe kyng..made it as þey were nouȝt wrooþ.]

?c1450 tr. Bk. Knight of La Tour Landry (1906) 77 (MED) The prince..made as they he hadde take none hede therof.

a1500 (a1450) Partonope of Blois (BL Add.) (1912) 12099 (MED) Yite she made As though she had no deynte That to hir was Iuged Partonope.

c1515 Ld. Berners tr. Bk. Duke Huon of Burdeux (1882–7) lxv. 222 Make as though ye were dyspleasyd with hym.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 655/2 I patter with the lyppes, as one dothe that maketh as though he prayed and dothe nat.

a1556 N. Udall Ralph Roister Doister (?1566) i. ii. sig. A.iij^v I wyll make as I sawe him not.

1603 R. Knolles Gen. Hist. Turkes 41 Which reprochfull speech the Emperour put vp in silence, making as if hee had not heard it.

1611 Bible (King James) Josh. viii. 15 And Ioshua and all Israel made as if they were beaten before them, and fled.

1720 D. Defoe Life Capt. Singleton 287 Thou makest as if those poor savage Wretches could do mighty things.

1752 Ld. Chesterfield Let. 13 Apr. (1932) (modernized text) V. 1858 I am very glad (to use a vulgar expression) that you make as if you were not well, though you really are.

1851 H. W. Longfellow Golden Legend iii. 109 He..beckons, and makes as he would speak.

1859 Ld. Tennyson Enid in Idylls of King 87 A knight.., who laid his lance In rest, and made as if to fall upon him.

1889 Dict. National Biogr. XVII. 59/2 Edward at first intended, or made as though he intended, to [etc.]

1919 V. Woolf Night & Day iv. 53 Denham..made as if he were tearing up handfuls of grass..from the carpet.

1957 G. Frick tr. ‘M. Yourcenar’ Coup de Grâce 86 With her foolish bundle she looked like a discharged servant-girl; shifting it from one arm to the other she made as if to escape.

1971 Leader (Durban) 7 May 9/2 The girls want to look like boys and the boys make as if they are girls.

1986 G. Keillor Lake Wobegon Days 105 She made as if to partake of the bread as it was passed, and Grandpa snatched it away from her.

b. intransitive. colloquial (originally U.S. regional). to make like: (with clause) to behave as if; (with noun or noun phrase) to behave like, to pretend to be, to imitate. Cf. sense 59a.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > relationship > imitation > imitate [verb (transitive)]

evenlecheOE

resemble?c1400

imitate1534

sequest1567

succeed1577

act1599

pattern1601

similize1606

like1613

echoa1616

sample1616

ape1634

transcribe1646

copy1648

copy1649

mime1728

borrowa1847

to make likea1881

replicate1915

the world > physical sensation > sight and vision > thing seen > appearance or aspect > have (specific) appearance [verb (transitive)]

beareOE

to look likec1390

showa1425

fantasy?1611

weara1616

strikea1701

to make likea1881

a1881 S. Lanier Poems (1892) 179 Then he..made like he neither had seen nor heerd.

1928 J. M. Peterkin Scarlet Sister Mary x. 100 Mary made like she was nearly dead.

1939 J. Steinbeck Grapes of Wrath xxiii. 396 This rich fella..makes like he's poor.

1953 P. Frankau Winged Horse iii. i. 177 Couldn't make like nice when the old boy said he knew I'd be..ready for my native land again.

1956 ‘B. Holiday’ & W. Dufty Lady sings Blues iii. 43 The next time around she made like a big shot and started the ball rolling by handing me a big tip.

1968 W. Warwick Surfriding in N.Z. 20/3 On a large wave it is also possible to spread your arms and legs out and make like a bird in flight.

1973 D. Francis Slay-ride i. 8 The dinghy slapped busily through the little waves and the crosswind flicked spray on to my left cheek. I pulled my jacket collar up and made like a tortoise.

1994 Bowhunting World Feb. 81/2 ‘I then tell the whole group to make like a bird by putting their arms out,’ she explains.

57. transitive. regional. To have to do with (a person or thing); to interfere in (a matter). Chiefly in collocation with meddle.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > doing > activity or occupation > occupy or engage (a person) [verb (transitive)] > have to do with or be involved in or with

to have to do with (also mid, of, on)lOE

meddle1413

intromit1522

fretc1540

make1564

to have a finger in1583

converse1592

cope with1594

trade1595

play1928

1564 in F. J. Furnivall Child-marriages, Divorces, & Ratifications Diocese Chester (1897) 123 I will neither make nor medle with her.

1661 S. Pepys Diary 7 Nov. (1970) II. 209 Pegg Kite hath now declared that she will have the beggarly rogue, the Weaver; and so we are resolved neither to meddle nor make with her.

1662 Livingstone in W. K. Tweedie Select Biogr. (1845) I. 208 He thinks he will only preach against Poprie, and not make with other controversies.

1756 W. Toldervy Hist. Two Orphans I. 146 And so, Sir, pray don't meddle nor make with the maids.

1834 W. S. Landor Citation & Exam. Shakespere in Wks. (1853) II. 298/1 The business is a ticklish one: I like not overmuch to meddle and make therein.

1849 C. Brontë Shirley II. x. 240 Moore may settle his own matters henceforward for me; I'll neither meddle nor make with them further.

1887 J. Service Life Dr. Duguid 286 Daur to mak or mell with the literal meaning thereof.

1895 T. Pinnock Black Country Ann. in Eng. Dial. Dict. (at cited word) I wo' meddle or mak' in yo'r affairs.

1953 M. Traynor Eng. Dial. Donegal 183 Not to meddle nor make with, not to interfere with.

58.

a. intransitive. Nautical. Of the flood or ebb tide: to begin to flow or ebb respectively; (also) to be in progress. Hence, of the tide: to flow towards the land; to rise; (also) to flow in a specified direction. Of wind: to increase in strength.The construction in quots. a1685, 1708 is either a passive (and therefore transitive) or a perfect formed with be.

ΘΚΠ

the world > the earth > water > flow or flowing > tide > type of tide > types of tide [verb (intransitive)] > ebb or flow

makea1685

sit1751

set1777

to make up1898

the world > the earth > water > flow or flowing > tide > type of tide > types of tide [verb (intransitive)] > flow in

fulleOE

flowc1050

make1840

to make up1898

a1685 King Charles II in W. Hone Every-day Bk. (1826) I. 716 Just as the tide of ebb was made.

1708 London Gaz. No. 4422/7 The Tide of Flood being made, and there proving little Wind, we were oblig'd to Anchor.

1719 D. Defoe Life Robinson Crusoe 216 The Tide made to the Westward.

1719 D. Defoe Robinson Crusoe (ed. 2) 227 The Tide beginning to make Home again.

1776 C. Carroll Jrnl. (1845) 40 About nine o'clock at night, the tide making, we weighed anchor.

1840 F. Marryat Poor Jack l. 365 The flood tide made.

1855 A. H. Clough Struggle in Crayon Aug. 71 Far back through creeks and inlets making, Comes silent, flooding-in, the main.

1875 F. G. D. Bedford Sailor's Pocket Bk. (ed. 2) v. 169 When the stream makes to the Eastward at Spithead, the water falls at Southampton.

1883 R. L. Stevenson Treasure Island iv. xvii. 135 The ebb was now making.

1910 H. Belloc Verses 3 The tide is making over Arun Bar.

1950 M. Peake Gormenghast lxxvii. 414 The wind was making, and certain of the boats that formed the chain found it difficult to keep in position.

1975 R. Guy You may know them as Sea Urchins 13 The tide made higher—as was the saying—and the tide made lower a couple of times each twenty-four hours within half a gunshot of his house.

b. intransitive. North American. Of ice: to form. Now rare.

ΚΠ

1718 Boston News-let. 30 Dec. 2/2 Our vessels that are ready for the Sea, are hurrying away for fear of the Ice which begins to make in our River.

1784 N. Webster in E. E. Ford Notes Life N. Webster (1912) I. 88 Cold; ice makes in the river.

1817 Montreal Herald 8 Feb. 2/5 The ice having made in the bay, has added greatly to the gaiety of the place.

1888 J. McDougall George Millward McDougall 114 As soon as the snow falls and ice makes, dogs will become the means of transport for the most part.

1890 N.Y. Tribune 12 Dec. 3/3 Several good guides..will assist him in an attempt to reach Kadiak Island by crossing Alaska Peninsula before the ice makes.

1933 E. Merrick True North 11. 86 A gray day, ice making everywhere.

c. intransitive. Mining (chiefly Australian). Of a mineral deposit: to occur. Of a vein or series of lenticular deposits: to yield the mineral at a particular point; (occasionally also transitive) to yield (the mineral). Contrasted with pinch v. 14c.

ΚΠ

1850 S. Austral. Reg. (Adelaide) 14 Nov. 2/5 The ore makes in small bunches or lumps and then disappears.

1880 ‘Erro’ Squattermania 183 He talked largely about the direction of the compass in which the reefs ran, their ‘pinching out and making’ again, their ‘backs’ with the dip of their inclination, etc.

1909 Westm. Gaz. 21 Jan. 12/1 As regards the reef ‘making again’ with good gold values at the south end of the mine, it is said that the predictions of the new consulting engineer have been entirely realised.

1931 I. L. Idriess Prospecting for Gold (ed. 2) xix. 182 A reef may ‘make’ gold when it strikes a change of country.

1932 I. L. Idriess Prospecting for Gold (new ed.) xxvi. 236 Be very careful when on potch and colour—at any moment they may ‘make’ into a ‘stone’.

59. Of land, landscape, etc.

†a. intransitive. Nautical. To have a certain form or appearance; to look like. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > relationship > similarity > render similar to [verb (transitive)] > be like, resemble, or take after > in appearance

simulatea1661

make1743

1743 J. Bulkeley & J. Cummins Voy. to South-seas 151 Two Ledges of Rocks, running two Leagues out from a Point of Land which makes like an old Castle.

1748 B. Robins & R. Walter Voy. round World by Anson ii. xii. 260 There appears a hummock, which at first makes like an island.

1770 J. Banks Jrnl. 17 May (1962) II. 63 At sun set the land made in one bank over which nothing could be seen.

b. transitive. Of something with linear movement or extent, as a river, road, etc.: to undergo (a turn or bend) in its course. Also in extended use.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > operation upon something > have effect on [verb (transitive)] > be subjected to or undergo an action > specific change or alteration

undergo1637

make1756

1756 M. Calderwood Lett. & Jrnls. (1884) ix. 247 Whenever a street makes a turn, sweep go about the houses built upon it, as if it had been turned after they were all set.

1788 T. Jefferson Notes Tour Holland & Rhine Valley 12 Apr. in Papers (1956) XIII. 21 The river happens there to make a turn to the S.W.

1816 J. Austen Emma III. iii. 40 About half a mile beyond Highbury, making a sudden turn, and deeply shaded by elms on each side, [the road] became for a considerable stretch very retired.

1925 W. Cather Professor's House ii. ii. 189 From the cabin, night and day, you could hear the river, where it made a bend round the foot of the mesa and churned over the rocks.

1989 Brain 112 1034 The pericallosal bifurcation above the genu, where the pericallosal artery often makes a sharp bend.

1991 New Yorker 16 Sept. 62/2 The tambour: thirty-two feet from the net [of a real tennis court], the main wall makes a forty-five degree turn and jogs eighteen inches into the court, and continues to the back wall.

†c. intransitive. U.S. and Australian. To extend in a certain direction. Cf. to make out 15 at Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > space > extension in space > extend in space [verb (intransitive)] > extend in a certain direction

liec1000

shootc1000

drawc1180

stretcha1387

streek1388

bear1556

trend1598

tend1604

take1610

to make out1743

to put out1755

trench1768

make1787

1787 T. Jefferson Let. 11 Apr. in Papers (1955) XI. 284 Spurs or ramifications of high mountains, making down from the Alps.

1808 Z. M. Pike Acct. Exped. Sources Mississippi (1810) ii. 192 A copse of woods, which made down a considerable distance from the mountains.

1847 in Utah Gen. & Hist. Mag. (1924) 15 170 The place of our encampment is..where the bluffs for the first time make up to the river's side.

1875 ‘M. Twain’ Old Times Mississippi iii, in Atlantic Monthly Mar. 284/2 I judge the upper bar is making down a little at Hale's Point.

1890 Argus (Melbourne) 16 June 6/1 Wherever slides are abundant, or two make from east and west.

d. intransitive. To tend (uphill).

ΚΠ

1912 J. Galsworthy Inn of Tranquility 50 Suddenly the ground grew lumpy and made up-hill.

VI. To subject to operation; to elaborate; to put in order.

†60. transitive. To handle, manage, use; to treat, deal with in a particular way. Obsolete.to make a man's beard: see beard n. Phrases 5.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > behaviour > follow (a course of behaviour) [verb (transitive)] > behave towards

ateec1000

leadc1175

makec1175

farec1230

beleadc1275

dightc1275

beseec1300

servec1300

treatc1374

usea1382

proceeda1393

demean1393

to deal witha1400

treatc1400

to do to ——a1425

entreat?a1425

handc1440

ferea1450

entertain1490

ray1509

to do unto ——?1523

tract1548

deal1573

to carry a strict (also severe, etc.) hand over (also upon, to)c1591

play1597

to comport with1675

to behave towards or to1754

usen1814

the world > action or operation > manner of action > [verb (transitive)] > deal with or treat > in a specific manner

ateec1000

makec1175

servec1300

manure1431

entertain1662

c1175 ( Old Eng. Hexateuch: Gen. (Cambr. Univ. Libr.) iv. 21 Iubal, þe wæs fæder hea[r]pera & þæra þe organan macodan [L. canentium cithara et organo].

a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 121 Þet folc þe hine þus makede, knewede to-foren him on bismer.

a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 2515 Hise liche was spice-like maked And longe egipte-like waked.

†61. transitive. To bring to a specified condition (frequently death); to reduce to. Frequently in to make out of the way (also to make hence): to make away with. See also to make away at Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > time > change > change [verb (intransitive)] > pass into state, become

yworthOE

worthOE

goOE

becomec1175

come?a1200

waxc1220

charea1225

aworthc1275

makea1300

fallc1300

breedc1325

grow1340

strikea1375

yern1377

entera1382

turna1400

smitec1400

raxa1500

resolvea1500

to get into ——?1510

waxen1540

get1558

prove1560

proceed1578

befall1592

drop1654

evade1677

emerge1699

to turn out1740

to gain into1756

permute1864

slip1864

the world > life > death > killing > kill [verb (transitive)]

swevec725

quelmeOE

slayc893

quelleOE

of-falleOE

ofslayeOE

aquellc950

ayeteeOE

spillc950

beliveOE

to bring (also do) of (one's) life-dayOE

fordoa1000

forfarea1000

asweveOE

drepeOE

forleseOE

martyrOE

to do (also i-do, draw) of lifeOE

bringc1175

off-quellc1175

quenchc1175

forswelta1225

adeadc1225

to bring of daysc1225

to do to deathc1225

to draw (a person) to deathc1225

murder?c1225

aslayc1275

forferec1275

to lay to ground, to earth (Sc. at eird)c1275

martyrc1300

strangle1303

destroya1325

misdoa1325

killc1330

tailc1330

to take the life of (also fro)c1330

enda1340

to kill to (into, unto) death1362

brittena1375

deadc1374

to ding to deathc1380

mortifya1382

perisha1387

to dight to death1393

colea1400

fella1400

kill out (away, down, up)a1400

to slay up or downa1400

swelta1400

voida1400

deliverc1400

starvec1425

jugylc1440

morta1450

to bring to, on, or upon (one's) bierc1480

to put offc1485

to-slaya1500

to make away with1502

to put (a person or thing) to silencec1503

rida1513

to put downa1525

to hang out of the way1528

dispatch?1529

strikea1535

occidea1538

to firk to death, (out) of lifec1540

to fling to deathc1540

extinct1548

to make out of the way1551

to fet offa1556

to cut offc1565

to make away?1566

occise1575

spoil1578

senda1586

to put away1588

exanimate1593

unmortalize1593

speed1594

unlive1594

execute1597

dislive1598

extinguish1598

to lay along1599

to make hence1605

conclude1606

kill off1607

disanimate1609

feeze1609

to smite, stab in, under the fifth rib1611

to kill dead1615

transporta1616

spatch1616

to take off1619

mactate1623

to make meat of1632

to turn up1642

inanimate1647

pop1649

enecate1657

cadaverate1658

expedite1678

to make dog's meat of1679

to make mincemeat of1709

sluice1749

finisha1753

royna1770

still1778

do1780

deaden1807

deathifyc1810

to lay out1829

cool1833

to use up1833

puckeroo1840

to rub out1840

cadaverize1841

to put under the sod1847

suicide1852

outkill1860

to fix1875

to put under1879

corpse1884

stiffen1888

tip1891

to do away with1899

to take out1900

stretch1902

red-light1906

huff1919

to knock rotten1919

skittle1919

liquidate1924

clip1927

to set over1931

creasea1935

ice1941

lose1942

to put to sleep1942

zap1942

to take down1967

wax1968

trash1973

ace1975

a1300 (c1275) Physiologus (1991) 112 Redi..to Deren er to ded maken.

a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) Prol. 300 Whan thei to thilke astat ben made.

c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 2741 Þare mas þou þe to malicole.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 631/1 I make to the bowe, as we make a yonge persone to our mynde.

1535 Bible (Coverdale) 2 Chron. xxxiv. 4 Molten ymages brake he in peces and made them to dust.

1551 R. Robinson tr. T. More Vtopia ii. sig. Nvii^v If they should hastely put them to death, and make them out of the waye.

1605 B. Jonson Sejanus ii. i. 200 It is as daungerous, to make them hence, If nothing but their birth be their offence.

1607 B. Jonson Volpone iv. v. sig. K3 Haue they made you to this?

1702 R. L'Estrange tr. Josephus Jewish Antiq. xii. xv, in Wks. 343 Lysius..told him that..That Man must be made out of the way.

62. [Compare Middle Dutch een bedde māken, German ein Bett machen, Old French faire un lit (end of 11th cent.), post-classical Latin facere lectum (1226).] To prepare (a bed) for sleeping in; to arrange bedclothes on (a bed) for future use.Quots. c1300 at sense 6 and c1300² at sense 15a refer to the preparation of sleeping-places (which would not exist until ‘made’) on the floors or benches of medieval open halls, rather than to the arrangement of bedclothes on bedsteads: cf. bed n. 1a, 3 respectively. They therefore have the sense of branch I.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (transitive)] > prepare or put in order > specifically a bed

makec1300

strawa1400

laya1616

strew1810

c1300 St. Brendan (Harl.) 128 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 223 (MED) Beddes þer were, al ȝare ymaked.

c1300 Havelok (Laud) (1868) 658 (MED) Grim dede maken a ful fayr bed.

c1405 (c1390) G. Chaucer Reeve's Tale (Hengwrt) (2003) l. 219 This Millere..in his owene chambre hem made a bed With shetes..faire yspred.

a1450 York Plays (1885) 509 Ȝe..made my bedde full esyly.

c1450 (c1386) G. Chaucer Legend Good Women Prol. 205 I bad men shulde me my couche make.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/2 Make your bedde a dayes or you go out of your chamber.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Merry Wives of Windsor (1623) i. iv. 92 I wash, ring, brew..make the beds, and doe all my selfe.

1709 W. King Art of Love (new ed.) viii. 1104 You'll scrub the rooms, or make the bed.

a1745 J. Swift Duty of Servants at Inns in Wks. (1752) VIII. 346 When your Master's Bed is made..lock the Chamber Door.

1750 J. Ray Compl. Hist. Rebell. (1758) 145 After I was gone..the Chambermaid went to make my Bed.

1753 J. Hanway Hist. Acct. Brit. Trade Caspian Sea I. iii. xxxi. 136 They might sleep in the bed which they had made.

1784 A. Adams Lett. (1848) 157 Not one of us could make her own bed, put on or take off her shoes, or even lift a finger.

1832 W. Hone Year Bk. 1301 He would not allow his bed to be made oftener than once a-week.

1883 F. Nightingale in Quain's Dict. Med. at Nursing A true nurse always knows how to make a bed, and always makes it herself.

1889 M. E. Kennard Landing Prize III. iv. 78 She knows how to make a bed..and cook a dinner.

1925 Amer. Mercury Oct. 170/1 Diplomas of the graduates vouched for the ability of the college-bred hotel men to cut and roast a steer, [and] to make beds.

1982 ‘L. Cody’ Bad Company xx. 141 He helped her make the bed.

63. transitive. To shut, close, make secure (a door, a gate). Now archaic and regional.

ΘΚΠ

the world > space > relative position > closed or shut condition > close or shut [verb (transitive)] > close (a door, window, etc.)

shutc1000

steek?c1225

makec1300

speara1325

yark toc1400

to shut toc1450

to put toa1500

warpc1540

enclose1563

to pull to1673

dub1753

c1300 St. Thomas Becket (Laud) 2062 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 165 (MED) Some wolden makien þe doren þo heo þat folk i-seiȝe.

c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 11189 (MED) Is wei he nom bi oxenford, ac þe borgeis anon Þe ȝates made aȝen him.

a1400 Siege Troye (Sutherl.) 1707 (MED) He comyþ to þe Temple and rekeþ yn; Þe dorys þey made vppon him.

1613 G. Chapman Reuenge Bussy D'Ambois v. sig. K1^v All dores are sure made.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Comedy of Errors (1623) iii. i. 94 Why at this time the dores are made against you.

a1629 W. Hinde Faithfull Remonstr. (1641) lxiii. 210 Leaving neither Cooke nor Butler behinde him, nor any of his servants, but two or three to make the doores, and tend the house.

1871 R. Ellis tr. Catullus Poems xxxii. 5 See no jealousy make the gate against me.

64.

†a. transitive (reflexive). Chiefly Scottish. To set oneself, get ready to do something; to prepare for (also with to). Cf. also sense 70. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (reflexive)]

yarec888

yarkc1000

graithc1230

dightc1275

to make yarec1290

arrayc1320

tirec1330

agraith1340

buska1350

readya1350

dressc1350

shapec1374

disposec1375

ordainc1380

rayc1380

makec1390

bouna1400

updressa1400

fettlec1400

address1447

ettlec1450

aready1470

to make oneself forth1488

busklea1555

poise1639

arrange1865

c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. vii. 103 Vche mon in his maner made him to done.

1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) xii. 252 Thai..Mais thame to ficht.

1488 (c1478) Hary Actis & Deidis Schir William Wallace (Adv.) (1968–9) vii. l. 846 The Irland folk than maid thaim for the flycht.

a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 234 To the danceing soin he him med.

1535 Bible (Coverdale) Psalms cxix. [cxx.] 7 I laboured for peace, but when I spake therof, they made them to battayl.

1535 Bible (Coverdale) Ezek. xx. 8 Then I made me to poure my indignacion ouer them.

a1572 J. Knox Hist. Reformation Scotl. in Wks. (1846) I. 175 Whill the portar maid him for defence, his head was brokin.

1630 S. Rutherford Lett. (1863) I. 64 Christ is putting on His clothes and making Him, like an illhandled stranger, to go to other lands.

b. intransitive. To attempt, offer, or start to do something.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > endeavour > make an attempt or endeavour [verb (intransitive)] > to do something

cuneOE

seekc1000

fanda1225

suec1325

tastec1330

enforcec1340

study1340

temptc1384

intendc1385

assaila1393

proffera1393

to make meansc1395

search?a1400

fraistc1400

pursuec1400

to go aboutc1405

pretend1482

attempta1513

essay?1515

attend1523

regarda1533

offer1541

frame1545

to stand about1549

to put into (also in) practice1592

prove1612

imitate1626

snap1766

begin1833

make1880

1880 W. H. Patterson Gloss. Words Antrim & Down (at cited word) He made to strike me.

1889 Universal Rev. Oct. 256 The beauty of this blossom drew the man's soul, and he made to pluck it.

1900 S. Phillips Paolo & Francesca ii. ii. (stage direct.) He makes to follow, then stops.

1902 Daily Chron. 25 Aug. 9/3 He got very excited, and made to catch hold of her dress.

1930 Punch 19 Feb. 202/2 We listened furtively and made to go out. Then..we stopped again and listened.

1989 W. McIlvanney Walking Wounded 95 The grey-haired man was already making to get up.

65.

a. transitive. To train (a hawk, a dog, a horse); cf. make-hawk n. Also with defining phrase, as for the river, to the hood. †Also (in Turberville): to make (a hawk) flying.

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > farming > animal husbandry > animal keeping practices general > [verb (transitive)] > tame or train

temec1000

tamec1315

faite1362

daunt1377

afaitea1393

reclaima1393

chastisec1400

makea1425

meekc1429

break1474

enter1490

train?1532

law1534

dressc1540

meeken1591

correct1594

subjugate1595

cicure1599

unwild1605

cicurate1606

mancipate1623

familiarize1634

domesticate1641

gentle1651

domesticize1656

civilize1721

educate1760

domiciliate1782

a1425 Edward, Duke of York Master of Game (Digby) 68 Forto entre and make houndes.

a1475 Bk. Hawking (Harl. 2340) in Studia Neophilol. (1944) 16 10 Then is your hauke made, as towchynge to perterichis.

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 645/1 I have nosylled my yonge dogge to daye at a beare, he his made for ever.

1575 G. Turberville Bk. Faulconrie 121 If you would make your hawke to the Crane, take a Nyasse Falcon gentle..And when you woulde make hir fleeing, lette hir flee from the fiste, and succour hir quickely. For you muste haue dogges made for the purpose, whiche may helpe and succoure hir sooner than a man can doe.

1575 G. Turberville Bk. Faulconrie 122 If you woulde make your hawke fleing to the Partridge, or Feasant, when she is reclaimed and made, then [etc.].

1590 T. Cokayne Treat. Hunting B j b Stopping all the holes, saving two or three, which must be set with Foxe pursenets, to take a yong Cubbe, to make your Terriars withall.

1673 R. Boyle Of Determinate Nature iv. 29 in Ess. Effluviums A studious person, that was Keeper of a Red-dear-park and vers'd in making Blood-hounds.

1696 W. Hope tr. J. de Solleysel Compl. Horseman i. (title page) The best Method of Breeding Colts; Backing 'em Making their Mouths, &c.

1711 J. Addison Spectator No. 108. ¶3 A Setting-dog that he has made himself.

1797 Encycl. Brit. VIII. 345 If she [sc. a hawk] be made for the river.

1879 R. Jefferies Wild Life vii. 136 Some of the lesser men who ‘make’ hunters, and ride not only for pleasure but possible profit from the sale.

1897 Earl of Suffolk et al. Encycl. Sport I. 373 (Falconry), Make to the Hood, to accustom a hawk to the hood.

1975 E. Baird Illustr. Guide Riding xix. 127 He has taken setbacks in his stride, such as the loss of a good horse which he had made.

1986 Horse & Hound 18 Apr. 16/2 Another problem has been the difficulty of finding suitable people to break and make the ponies.

†b. transitive. In extended use: with to. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

a1529 J. Skelton Magnyfycence (?1530) sig. Eii^v Wolde money trowest thou make suche one to the call.

a1604 F. Bacon Disc. Helps Intell. Powers in Resuscitatio (1657) 228 It was, many Degrees, too hot, for any Man, not made to it, to Breath, or take in.

†c. transitive. To prepare (a person) for a business; to make acquainted, initiate, prime. Obsolete. rare.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (transitive)] > specifically a person

dightc1275

season1604

make1605

candidate1628

ready1834

groom1887

1605 B. Jonson Sejanus ii. i. 123 But let Drusus drug Be first prepard. Eud. Were Lygdus made, that's done.

1616 B. Jonson Every Man in his Humor (rev. ed.) iv. xi, in Wks. I. 64 Come, let's before, and make the Iustice, Captaine.

1624 Trag. Nero ii. sig. D2 Rufus, the Captaine of the Guard, 's with vs, And divers other oth' Prætorian band already made.

†d. transitive. Scottish. To prepare (a person) for, to make (a person) ready. Obsolete. rare.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (transitive)]

yarec888

yarkc1000

graithc1175

readya1225

biredienc1275

to make yarec1290

forgraitha1300

adightc1330

buskc1330

purveyc1330

agraith1340

disposec1375

before-graithea1382

to forge and filec1381

to make readya1382

devisec1385

bounc1390

buss?a1400

address?a1425

parel?a1425

to get upc1425

providec1425

prepare1449

bakec1450

aready1470

arm?a1505

prevenea1522

get?1530

to get ready1530

to set in readiness1575

apply1577

compose1612

predy1627

make1637

to dispose of1655

do1660

fallowa1764

to line up1934

prep1936

tee1938

1637 S. Rutherford Let. 13 Mar. (1848) cxlv. 267 Make you and them for your proper owner, Christ.

1638 A. Henderson Serm., Prayers & Pulpit Addresses (1867) 497 He gives them..a second blast to make them for the battle.

†66. transitive. To make repairs to, to mend. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

a1425 (c1395) Bible (Wycliffite, L.V.) (Royal) (1850) 4 Kings xxii. 6 Which also departide that money..to carpenteris and to masouns and to hem that maken brokun thingis.

a1475 in A. Clark Eng. Reg. Godstow Nunnery (1906) ii. 471 (MED) As ye ben hold to amende my housys..that ye make the houses as ye be bound to repaire and kepe.

1478 Cely Papers (Publ. Rec. Office MS C47/37 File 16) f. 2 For makyng of iiijc brokene fellys..for threde to the same.

67. transitive. To turn over and expose (new-mown grass, hay, later also other crops) to the sun. Also as in sense 3 and intransitive of a crop: to admit of being treated in this way; to dry out.For other (esp. extended) uses of the phrase to make hay see hay n.¹ 3.

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > farming > cultivation or tillage > cultivation of plants or crops > harvesting > harvest (a crop) [verb (transitive)] > dry crops in field

make1425

win1557

save1719

ted1796

field1844

wilt1971

1425 in Hist. MSS Comm.: Rep. MSS Ld. Middleton (1911) 107 in Parl. Papers (Cd. 5567) XXVII. 1 (MED) Also, no man with..herd com on the wold after gresse be mowen to it [be] maked and led away.

?1523 J. Fitzherbert Bk. Husbandry f. xv Good teddynge is the chefe poynt to make good hey.

1546 J. Heywood Dialogue Prouerbes Eng. Tongue i. iii. sig. Aiv Whan the sonne shynth make hey.

1707–12 J. Mortimer Whole Art Husb. (1721) I. 35 They seldom have Weather good enough to make the last Crop well.

1775 W. Marshall Minutes Agric. 26 July (1778) Perhaps, hay makes faster in heaps..than is generally imagined.

a1825 R. Forby Vocab. E. Anglia (1830) at Make, s. We..talk of ‘making the crop of peas’. Indeed, every crop, howsoever severed from the soil, and left upon it to dry, is said to be made when it is in a fit state to be carried.

1847 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 8 ii. 300 If it is not made too much, it will be pretty good hay.

1862 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 23 63 The swampy meadows are chiefly ‘made’ in that month.

1865 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 2nd Ser. 1 ii. 248 The straw must be carefully ‘made’.

1892 Field 19 Mar. 424/2 The man who expects one variety of..corn, to ‘make’—i.e., to get fit for stacking exactly as another would, will be rewarded by a ‘rick afire’.

1913 R. Frost Boy's Will 25 My long scythe whispered and left the hay to make.

1938 M. K. Rawlings Yearling xv. 162 She said meekly, ‘I'm shore obliged. If the corn don't make, we jest as good all three to die o' snake-bite.’

68. transitive. regional. To hew or shape (timber); to cut up (wood) into faggots or for firewood.

ΘΚΠ

society > occupation and work > industry > building or constructing > constructing or working with wood > build or construct with wood [verb (transitive)] > other processes

makec1450

rough-hew1530

rip1532

stick1573

list1635

frame1663

fur1679

beard1711

cord1762

butt1771

drill1785

joint1815

rend1825

broach1846

ross1853

flitch1875

bore1887

stress-grade1955

c1450 in T. Wright & R. P. Wülcker Anglo-Saxon & Old Eng. Vocab. (1884) I. 582/6 Faculo, to make faget.

1466 in E. Hobhouse Church-wardens' Accts. (1890) 104 For makyng tymbyr, and makyng of steches.

1607 T. Cocks Diary (1901) 2/1 Payde to Wm. Tybbold..for felling and making my wood, xvs.

1891 R. P. Chope Dial. Hartland, Devonshire Make wood, to make wood into faggots.

1990 D. Kline Great Possessions (1993) iv. 152 For some reason, I can't get excited about making wood in the mud.

69.

a. transitive. To effect or secure the success or advancement of (a person; subsequently also a thing); = to be the making of at making n.¹ 3; (formerly the principal use) to endow (a person) with fortune or prosperity; to render independent, set up (frequently in passive; cf. made adj. 6a). Also with adverbial phrase for ever (now rare).

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > prosperity > cause to prosper or flourish [verb (transitive)] > ensure prosperity or success of

make1460

to be the making ofa1500

to make a man for ever1584

to make (a person) a man1584

the mind > possession > wealth > accumulate wealth [verb (transitive)] > make rich

i-wealyOE

to bring (a person) in or to (his) warison1297

richc1350

increasec1380

enrich1382

enrichessec1430

make1460

enwealthy1594

divitiate?1623

munificate1623

felicitate1638

imburse1641

peculiate1656

1460 J. Brackley in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) II. 221 Forteskv..Thorp, and he schuld be made for evir.

1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) i. 510 And rycht mayss oft the feble wycht.

1575 W. Stevenson Gammer Gurtons Nedle v. ii. sig. Eiiii^v Christs blessing light on thee, hast made me for euer.

1578 J. Lyly Euphues f. 37^v It is the eye of the maister that fatteth the horse, and the loue of the woman, that maketh the man.

1601 B. Jonson Every Man in his Humor ii. i. sig. D4 If I can but get his cloake..I am made for euer ifaith.

1612 B. Jonson Alchemist i. ii. sig. C^v Troth, doe it Doctor. Thinke him trusty, and make him.

1614 D. Dyke Myst. Selfe-deceiuing iv. 51 If riches bee that that makes men happy (according to the foolish phrase men vse when such things befall one, O he is made!).

a1616 W. Shakespeare Othello (1622) i. ii. 50 Faith he to night, hath boorded a land Carrick: If it proue lawfull prize, hee's made for euer.

1675 T. Brooks Golden Key 269 If you embrace him you are made for ever, but if you reject him you perish for ever.

1732 G. Berkeley Alciphron I. ii. ii. 72 That what one Man loses another gets, and that consequently as many are made as ruined.

1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure I. 46 That he would make my fortune if I would be a good girl, and not stand in my own light..that I should be made for ever, and have a chariot to go abroad in.

1854 J. S. C. Abbott Napoleon (1888) II. xxi. 396 Victory made Napoleon, Victory unmade him.

1888 B. W. Richardson Son of Star II. ii. 6 Let him take up a person, and that person is made.

1890 Sat. Rev. 8 Feb. 161/2 Bismarck has made Germany.

1903 A. Bennett Leonora vi. 168 The conductor..told her..that she had simply made the show.

1958 Listener 16 Oct. 623/2 What made the programme was the alternation of argument with recorded extracts from the conference itself.

1984 A. N. Wilson Hilaire Belloc (1986) vi. 111 The Path to Rome, which ‘made’ Belloc's literary reputation.

b. transitive. Proverbially contrasted with mar (mar v. 2), and later also with break; esp. in to make or mar (also to make or break): to cause either the complete success or the ruin of (a person or thing). Also intransitive (in quot. 1834 as adverbial phrase) and in it's make or break: it's either success or total ruin. Cf. make-or-break adj. and n.

ΘΚΠ

society > authority > power > influence > have influence with [verb (transitive)] > have controlling or prevailing influence upon > cause success or failure of

to make or mar1469

to make or break1841

the world > action or operation > easiness > find no difficulty in [verb (transitive)] > make possible to be done > by making the necessary time, etc., available

make1841

1469 J. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 402 For thys mater is to all vsse eyther makyng ore marryng.

a1500 (a1460) Towneley Plays (1897–1973) 204 (MED) I am he that may make or mar a man.

c1500 (?a1475) Assembly of Gods (1896) 556 Neptunus, that dothe bothe make & marre.

1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 267^v Declaring that he was vtterly mynded to put al in hasards to make or marre, & to bee manne or mous.

1591 J. Harington tr. L. Ariosto Orlando Furioso v. xix. 33 In vaine I seeke my dukes loue to expound, The more I seeke to make the more I mard.

1596 E. Spenser Second Pt. Faerie Queene iv. i. sig. A7 That one did make, the other mard againe.

1615 J. Day Festivals 206 That Part of a Woman which either makes all, or marres all, I meane her Tongve.

1650 J. Trapp Clavis to Bible (Lev. xvi. 33) 145 It beeing the manner that either make's, or mar's an action.

1710 B. Franklin Autobiogr. (1981) App. 2. 177 Beleeve me Ben. It is a Dangerous Trade The Sword has Many Marr'd as well as Made.

1784 C. Gadsden Writings (1966) 237 It will Make Or Break Us.

1834 D. Crockett Narr. Life ii. 34 I finally determined that make or break, hit or miss, I would just hang on to my journey.

1841 C. Dickens Barnaby Rudge iii. 249 I always tell my girl to make sure beforehand that she has a good man and true, and the chance will neither make her nor break her.

1885 R. C. Praed Affinities II. xii. 5 As for Lady Romer's scheme, it is not my business to make or mar it.

1886 W. W. Randall Senator Bullion IV. ii. 4 Half past two, the time she was to be here. It's make or break this time.

1889 R. L. Stevenson Master of Ballantrae x. 267 Not that you should make and mar behind my back.

1892 Chambers's Jrnl. 2 Apr. 216/1 A man is made or marred by his wife.

c1926 ‘Mixer’ Transport Workers' Song Bk. 7 My power is such to make or break.

1928 A. Fielding Cluny Problems ii. 29 It's make or break with me, Miss Young, this job.

1938 Amer. Home June 37/2 Take all these things into consideration in choosing the table ware that will grace the dining room and make or mar meals.

1976 West Lancs. Evening Gaz. 13 Dec. 1/3–4 A British Fishing Federation delegation was leaving for Brussels today at the start of a week which could make or break the trawling industry.

1992 Pract. Fishkeeping Mar. 130/1 Body shape and finnage can make or mar a fish.

c. regional. To bring up, provide for (children).

ΚΠ

1725 A. Ramsay Gentle Shepherd i. ii. 12 To mak them Brats then ye maun toil and spin.

1893 Eng. Dial. Dict. Make 23, to foster (Warwicksh.).

d. colloquial.

(a) to make one's day: to be the highlight of an otherwise ordinary, dull, or banal day; to render a day delightful. Similarly, to make one's evening, etc. Also ironic.

ΚΠ

1907 D. S. Shorter Awakening in Coll. Poems 206 This false light that made my day Was the sun's reflected ray.

1935 P. G. Wodehouse Luck of Bodkins i. 15 That..will be great. That will just make my day.

1942 M. Dickens One Pair of Feet ix. 194 If she could put you in the wrong in front of Sister, her day was made.

1942 T. Rattigan Flare Path 1. 113 We've got some nice cheerful news for you boys. It's going to make your evening.

1953 X. Fielding Stronghold 220 For Ioanna, the evening had been made.

1959 Listener 6 Aug. 223/3 It [sc. a play] didn't make my day.

1970 H. McLeave Question of Negligence (1973) xviii. 141 Get him to..show us his scar... Go on, dare him. It'll make the evening.

1992 Philadelphia Inquirer Mag. 11 Oct. 32/2 I always got the feeling they wanted me to challenge them, to make their day.

(b) make my day (chiefly U.S.): used ironically to encourage or incite a person to an action that will justify violent or severe retribution on the part of the speaker (this being the speaker's favoured course of action); also used attributively.The phrase was popularized as a remark made by the character Dirty Harry in the film Sudden Impact (see quot. 1983).

ΚΠ

1983 J. C. Stinson Killing Ground 8 At the Punk's moment of decision, Donnelly cocks his gun. They face off... Donnelly: Go ahead, make my day. The Punk drops his gun.

1984 Washington Post 19 Feb. c8/5 He was going to tell voters Mondale was promising everything to the elderly, minorities, labor, [etc.]... And Mondale said: ‘Go ahead. Make my day.’

1988 N.Y. Times b13/1 ‘We can't go to the White House and order Congress to “make my day”,’ Mr. Dukakis told a group of Senators.

1991 Vanity Fair (N.Y.) Aug. 107/3 He's from the..Clint Eastwood ‘Make My Day’ school and we don't need that in 1991 in the chief of police.

70. Originally English regional (northern) and Scottish. To prepare to go; to proceed in a specified direction.

†a. transitive (reflexive). Cf. also sense 64. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (reflexive)]

turnc1175

stretcha1225

bowc1275

steer1399

straighta1400

ready?a1425

purposec1425

address1436

applya1450

shape1480

make1488

aima1500

bound1821

1488 (c1478) Hary Actis & Deidis Schir William Wallace (Adv.) (1968–9) xi. l. 532 No wattir he tuk bot maid him to the meit.

a1500 (c1425) Andrew of Wyntoun Oryg. Cron. Scotl. (Nero) viii. l. 7066 Þai of Paris made þaim þen..For þar kyngis delyuerance.

1535 Bible (Coverdale) 1 Sam. xvii. 41 The Philistyne wente forth, and made him to Dauid.

1535 Bible (Coverdale) Nahum ii. 3 His charettes are as fyre, when he maketh him forwarde.

1632 W. Lithgow Totall Disc. Trav. vi. 261 At the breach of day, we sixe made vs for the mountaine.

b. intransitive. (Often in fixed expressions with adverbs and prepositions: see to make to —— at Phrasal verbs 2, to make out at Phrasal verbs 1, to make after —— at Phrasal verbs 2, etc.)

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (intransitive)]

thinkeOE

bowa1000

seta1000

scritheOE

minlOE

turnc1175

to wend one's wayc1225

ettlec1275

hieldc1275

standc1300

to take (the) gatec1330

bear?c1335

applyc1384

aim?a1400

bend1399

hita1400

straighta1400

bounc1400

intendc1425

purposec1425

appliquec1440

stevenc1440

shape1480

make1488

steera1500

course1555

to make out1558

to make in1575

to make for ——a1593

to make forth1594

plyc1595

trend1618

tour1768

to lie up1779

head1817

loop1898

1488 W. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 656 And they had nott seylyd not paste vj legys butt they aspied a Frencheman, and the Frencheman mad ouer to them.

1497 in G. Neilson & H. Paton Acts Lords of Council Civil Causes (1918) II. 63 That the saidis chapellanis, mak na wayis to the court of Rome.

c1540 J. Bellenden tr. H. Boece Hist. & Chron. Scotl. (1821) I. viii. 54 Gif ony persoun..ran to hiddillis quhen vther maid to were.

1570 in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. xii. 174 Mak of the towne.

1573 in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. xlii. 16 Thir twa vnto Sanctandrois maid.

1577 J. Grange Golden Aphroditis sig. Ciii Then did I see him make towarde the middle of the lawne.

1588 Housh. Philos. in Kyd's Wks. (1901) 242 But making neerer to his Father, he whispred to him [etc.].

1594 C. Marlowe & T. Nashe Dido i. sig. B2 There is a place Hesperia..Thither made we.

1611 Bible (King James) Acts xxvii. 40 They..made toward shore.

1639 T. Fuller Hist. Holy Warre ii. xxviii. 80 Hence Conrade made forward to Iconium.

1645 R. Baillie Let. 10 Aug. (1841) II. 305 Our army..is in good case. They are now making over the Severne.

1694 London Gaz. No. 2961/1 The Weymouth..left the rest of the homeward bound..Fleet..off the Lizard, making up the Channel.

1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure I. 169 I was instantly born away down the stream, without the power of making back to the shore.

1768 H. Brooke Fool of Quality III. xiv. 56 Let us make home the best we can.

1790 R. Beatson Naval & Mil. Mem. II. 194 Notwithstanding that the ship of the line and the frigate..were now within a league of him, and making to his assistance.

1812 Capt. Hillyar in Examiner (1813) 18 Jan. 43/2 Twelve..were thrown over~board when making from us.

1841 C. Dickens Barnaby Rudge lix. 277 He..made straight towards a distant light.

1878 W. Black Green Pastures xliv. 356 We see an immense flock of geese making up the stream.

1883 R. L. Stevenson Treasure Island iii. xiv. 112 I made steadily but slowly towards them.

1986 Shetland Times 7 Nov. 4/2 We made towards her and when we got close we saw smoke and flames coming from the galley.

71. transitive. Nautical. to make sail: (a) to spread a sail or sails; (hence) to start on a voyage; to set sail, to sail; (b) to spread additional sails in order to increase a ship's speed. Also †to make the tackling.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > travel by water > [verb (intransitive)] > set out on a voyage

to go to seac900

to take the seac1275

to go or fere to (the) saila1375

sail1387

to make saila1500

to set sail1513

lance1526

launch1534

to put off1582

to put out?1587

to put forth1604

to come to sail1633

underweigh1891

to take sail1904

society > travel > travel by water > directing or managing a ship > use of sails, spars, or rigging > support (an amount of) sail [verb (intransitive)] > spread (more) sail

to make saila1500

to make the tacklinga1500

to show canvas1773

society > travel > travel by water > directing or managing a ship > use of sails, spars, or rigging > support (an amount of) sail [verb (intransitive)] > spread (more) sail > make additional sail for speed

to make sail1634

a1500 (a1450) Generides (Trin. Cambr.) 4188 Now is the Maister..Vpon the sea, and sayle beganne to make.

c1500 Pilgrims Sea-voyage 11 in F. J. Furnivall Stations of Rome (1867) i. 37 The mastyr commaundeth..To hys shypmen..To dresse hem sone about the mast, Theyr takelyng to make.

1517 R. Torkington Oldest Diarie Englysshe Trav. (1884) 15 We mad sayle with scace Wynde.

a1522 G. Douglas tr. Virgil Æneid (1957) iii. i. 19 Anchises..Bad ws mak saill and follow destany.

1634 T. Herbert Relation Some Yeares Trauaile 182 Both rowing and making large saile.

1697 London Gaz. No. 3287/3 They all laid by a considerable time, and then making Sail stood to the Westward.

1769 W. Falconer Universal Dict. Marine sig. *G Faire servir, to make sail, after having lain by for some time.

1890 W. C. Russell Ocean Trag. I. iii. 50 The men..were making sail upon the yacht nimbly.

1974 F. Mowat Boat who wouldn't Float xi. 117 I then ran him through such standard procedures as making sail, lowering sail, handling the sheets, letting go the anchor, putting the fenders overside.

72. transitive. To preserve (fish), as for the market, by salting, drying, or packing. Now North American regional (chiefly Newfoundland).

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > food > food manufacture and preparation > preparation for table or cooking > preparation of seafood > prepare seafood [verb (transitive)] > prepare for market

make1503

1503 A. Halyburton Ledger (1867) 276 Send to Home for a man to mak heryn.

1555 Acts Parl. Scotl. (1814) II. 498/1 The haill burrowis of the west cuntrie..hes..resortit to the fisching of Loch Fyne..for making of hering..certaine cuntrie men..hes rasit ane greit custume of euerie last of maid hering that ar tane in the said Loch.

1620 R. Whitbourne Disc. & Discov. New-found-land 21 To haue the chiefest place to make their fish on.

1668 J. Child Brief Observ. Trade 4 The Fish which our English make in Newfound-land..often prove false and deceitfully made, and our pilchards from the West Country false packed.

1714 in C. G. Head 18th Cent. Newfoundland (1976) 59 Fish made by Fishing Ships (qtls.) 3300... Fish made by Inhabitants 2800.

1856 J. Reynolds Peter Gott iii. 43 Since the last war with England, the fishermen from the States have not been allowed to make their fish upon the shores of the British Provinces.

1909 E. C. Robinson In Unknown Land 30 A fisherman comes here to ‘make’ fish, not to catch them.

1923 Canad. Fisherman 243/1 It is a new departure for Newfoundland green fish to be taken to Europe to be ‘made’.

1971 S. E. Morison European Discov. Amer.: Northern Voy. xiv. 491 In our times ‘making fish’, as the Maine people call curing cod, haddock, and pollock in the sun, is simple enough... You simply soak the gutted, split, and washed fish in brine for two or three days, slack-salt them, and spread them on home-made flakes to be cured in the sun.

†73. Christian Church. To prepare (the chalice) at the offertory in the Eucharist by pouring in the wine, or wine and water. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > faith > worship > parts of service > offertory > [verb (intransitive)] > mix water and wine during

make?1540

?1540 Bk. Ceremonies (Cleo. E.v) f. 280 Offertory..at which tyme the Mynyster..maketh the chalice, myxyng the water with the wyne.

1892 Trans. St. Paul's Ecclesiol. Soc. 3 78 The liturgical moment of the making of the chalice in certain western rites.

74. transitive. Originally Irish English. to make one's soul: to devote one's efforts to the saving of one's soul; to repent and be converted; to attend confession.

ΘΚΠ

society > faith > aspects of faith > spirituality > salvation, redemption > save, redeem [verb (intransitive)] > repent and be converted

to make one's soul1818

1818 C. R. Maturin Women III. 313 To-night I must make my soul, and that's enough for a parting sinner to have to do.

1836 in C. Forster Life Bp. Jebb (ed. 2) ii. 112 Make your soul; there is no time to lose; you will die next November.

1851 H. Mayhew London Labour II. 45/1 What's all you can get here compared to making your sowl.

1867 P. Kennedy Banks of Boro 209 Maybe it would be betther for me to think of mekin' me sowl.

1925 G. K. Chesterton Everlasting Man ii. v. 271 He is not, in our religious phrase, making his soul.

1953 M. Traynor Eng. Dial. Donegal 179 Make one's soul, to go to confession.

1960 E. Bowen Time in Rome i. 17 Need to tone up in fresh air, to make one's soul or reflect in calm.

1987 S. Bellow More die of Heartbreak 37 He didn't have to ‘make his soul’, like other people.

75. transitive. Cards. [Compare French faire les cartes shuffle or deal cards (battre les cartes is more common).] To shuffle.

ΘΚΠ

society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > card game > play a card [verb (transitive)] > actions or tactics > deal, shuffle, or cut

cutc1555

deal1560

rob1575

shuffle1589

fuzz1753

pass1859

flitter1864

split1866

ruffle1872

make1876

trey1888

1876 A. Campbell-Walker Correct Card Gloss. p. xii To make a card means to shuffle.

1902 Ld. Aldenham Game of Ombre (ed. 3) 85 The Baron makes the cards, and hands them to Belinda.

1945 H. Phillips & J. T. Reese How to play Bridge 19 The second pack was shuffled (the word usually used is ‘made’).

1990 S. Turow Burden of Proof i. ii. 23 Peter made the cards and handed them to Stern to deal.

Phrasal verbs

PV1. With adverbs in specialized senses. to make about

Nautical.

Categories »

intransitive. See about adv. 4b.

† to make again

Obsolete.

transitive. To make good, repair, restore, rebuild.

ΘΚΠ

society > occupation and work > industry > manufacturing processes > mending or repairing > [verb (transitive)] > mend fabric or clothing

to make againc1384

stop1480

draw1592

darnc1600

to draw up1603

fine-draw1665

plain-darn1880

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Ezek. xxxvi. 10 Citees shuln be enhabitid, and ruynouse thingis shuln be instorid, or maad aȝein [L. instaurabuntur].

c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Matt. iv. 21 He..say tweyn other bretheren..makynge aȝein, or beetynge her nettis.

c1433 Petition Franciscans to Trinity Coll. in R. Willis & J. W. Clark Archit. Hist. Univ. Cambr. (1886) II. 429 Thei..do make ayein the grete pipe of the said conduyt.

?1473 W. Caxton tr. R. Le Fèvre Recuyell Hist. Troye (1894) I. lf. 74 The harnoys broken was made agayn and amended.

1565 T. Cooper Thesaurus Reparator, one that repayreth or maketh agayne.

† to make away

Obsolete.

1. intransitive. To depart, go away; (also) spec. to go away suddenly or hastily, run away; = to make off at Phrasal verbs 1.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > going away > go away [verb (intransitive)] > go away suddenly or hastily

fleec825

runOE

swervea1225

biwevec1275

skip1338

streekc1380

warpa1400

yerna1400

smoltc1400

stepc1460

to flee (one's) touch?1515

skirr1548

rubc1550

to make awaya1566

lope1575

scuddle1577

scoura1592

to take the start1600

to walk off1604

to break awaya1616

to make off1652

to fly off1667

scuttle1681

whew1684

scamper1687

whistle off1689

brush1699

to buy a brush1699

to take (its, etc.) wing1704

decamp1751

to take (a) French leave1751

morris1765

to rush off1794

to hop the twig1797

to run along1803

scoot1805

to take off1815

speela1818

to cut (also make, take) one's lucky1821

to make (take) tracks (for)1824

absquatulize1829

mosey1829

absquatulate1830

put1834

streak1834

vamoose1834

to put out1835

cut1836

stump it1841

scratch1843

scarper1846

to vamoose the ranch1847

hook1851

shoo1851

slide1859

to cut and run1861

get1861

skedaddle1862

bolt1864

cheese it1866

to do a bunkc1870

to wake snakes1872

bunk1877

nit1882

to pull one's freight1884

fooster1892

to get the (also to) hell out (of)1892

smoke1893

mooch1899

to fly the coop1901

skyhoot1901

shemozzle1902

to light a shuck1905

to beat it1906

pooter1907

to take a run-out powder1909

blow1912

to buzz off1914

to hop it1914

skate1915

beetle1919

scram1928

amscray1931

boogie1940

skidoo1949

bug1950

do a flit1952

to do a scarper1958

to hit, split or take the breeze1959

to do a runner1980

to be (also get, go) ghost1986

a1566 T. Hoby Trav. (1902) 16 As manie as were in the bote fell to rowing and made so sweeftlie awaye that none were able to folowe them.

1601 B. Jonson Fountaine of Selfe-love i. iii. sig. B4^v Deare sparke of beauty make not so fast away.

?a1610 A. Montgomerie Poems (1887) 212 My fellouis comes nou; I mon mak auay.

1632 A. Gordon Let. 21 July in W. Fraser Sutherland Bk. (1892) II. 155 I mak away to Iyrland..on Monnonday nixt.

1639 T. Fuller Hist. Holy Warre v. v. 237 If there be five to one, it is interpreted wisdome not cowardlinesse, to make away from them.

1710 Boston News-let. 5 June 2/2 They saw two Bristol Galleys plying in unto the Island, which the Enemy perceiving, & not knowing their strength, made away after them until they came up with them, within a mile of the Harbour.

1787 ‘G. Gambado’ Acad. Horsemen 29 His horse made away with him whilst Gimcrack was running a match.

1883 W. Black Yolande II. xii. 217 Then they set out for home; Duncan and the gillies making away for a sort of ford.

1891 Cornhill Mag. Jan. 108 The people..are making away as fast as they can.

2. transitive. To destroy (a thing).

ΘΚΠ

the world > existence and causation > creation > destruction > destroy [verb (transitive)]

to bring to noughteOE

forspillc893

fordilghec900

to bring to naughtOE

astryea1200

stroyc1200

forferec1275

misdoa1325

destroyc1330

naught1340

dingc1380

beshenda1400

devoida1400

unshapea1400

to wend downa1400

brittenc1400

unloukc1400

perishc1426

defeat1435

unmake1439

lithc1450

spend1481

kill1530

to shend ofc1540

quade1565

to make away1566

discreate1570

wrake1570

wracka1586

unwork1587

gaster1609

defease1621

unbe1624

uncreate1633

destructa1638

naufragate1648

stifle1725

stramash1788

disannul1794

destructify1841

locust1868

to knock out1944

dick1972

1566 in E. Peacock Eng. Church Furnit. (1866) 66 A Mass book w^th all such books of papistrie ar abolished made awaie and defaced.

1609 W. Shakespeare Sonnets xi. sig. B3 If all were minded so, the times should cease, And threescoore yeare would make the world away .

1650 J. Trapp Clavis to Bible (Lev. xiii. 47) 138 Instruments of idolatrie..are to bee destroied, and made awaie.

3. transitive. = to make away with at Phrasal verbs 1; (also) to put an end to (a person's life). Cf. sense 61.Common in 16th and 17th centuries.

ΘΚΠ

the world > life > death > killing > kill [verb (transitive)]

swevec725

quelmeOE

slayc893

quelleOE

of-falleOE

ofslayeOE

aquellc950

ayeteeOE

spillc950

beliveOE

to bring (also do) of (one's) life-dayOE

fordoa1000

forfarea1000

asweveOE

drepeOE

forleseOE

martyrOE

to do (also i-do, draw) of lifeOE

bringc1175

off-quellc1175

quenchc1175

forswelta1225

adeadc1225

to bring of daysc1225

to do to deathc1225

to draw (a person) to deathc1225

murder?c1225

aslayc1275

forferec1275

to lay to ground, to earth (Sc. at eird)c1275

martyrc1300

strangle1303

destroya1325

misdoa1325

killc1330

tailc1330

to take the life of (also fro)c1330

enda1340

to kill to (into, unto) death1362

brittena1375

deadc1374

to ding to deathc1380

mortifya1382

perisha1387

to dight to death1393

colea1400

fella1400

kill out (away, down, up)a1400

to slay up or downa1400

swelta1400

voida1400

deliverc1400

starvec1425

jugylc1440

morta1450

to bring to, on, or upon (one's) bierc1480

to put offc1485

to-slaya1500

to make away with1502

to put (a person or thing) to silencec1503

rida1513

to put downa1525

to hang out of the way1528

dispatch?1529

strikea1535

occidea1538

to firk to death, (out) of lifec1540

to fling to deathc1540

extinct1548

to make out of the way1551

to fet offa1556

to cut offc1565

to make away?1566

occise1575

spoil1578

senda1586

to put away1588

exanimate1593

unmortalize1593

speed1594

unlive1594

execute1597

dislive1598

extinguish1598

to lay along1599

to make hence1605

conclude1606

kill off1607

disanimate1609

feeze1609

to smite, stab in, under the fifth rib1611

to kill dead1615

transporta1616

spatch1616

to take off1619

mactate1623

to make meat of1632

to turn up1642

inanimate1647

pop1649

enecate1657

cadaverate1658

expedite1678

to make dog's meat of1679

to make mincemeat of1709

sluice1749

finisha1753

royna1770

still1778

do1780

deaden1807

deathifyc1810

to lay out1829

cool1833

to use up1833

puckeroo1840

to rub out1840

cadaverize1841

to put under the sod1847

suicide1852

outkill1860

to fix1875

to put under1879

corpse1884

stiffen1888

tip1891

to do away with1899

to take out1900

stretch1902

red-light1906

huff1919

to knock rotten1919

skittle1919

liquidate1924

clip1927

to set over1931

creasea1935

ice1941

lose1942

to put to sleep1942

zap1942

to take down1967

wax1968

trash1973

ace1975

?1566 W. P. tr. C. S. Curio Pasquine in Traunce 58 b Saint Dominick..was treating with them for the burning of Heretiques, or how by some other deuise to make them away.

a1593 C. Marlowe Edward II (1594) sig. E2^v Why then weele haue him priuily made away.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 2 (1623) iii. i. 167 To make away my guiltlesse Life.

1621 R. Burton Anat. Melancholy iii. ii. iv. 626 Constantius Despota, made away Katherine his wife..for the loue of a base Scriueners daughter.

a1656 Bp. J. Hall Shaking of Olive-tree (1660) ii. 415 Wicked harlots who..have made away their stolen birth.

1713 J. Addison in Guardian 11 July 2/1 What Multitudes of Infants have been made away by those who brought them into the World.

1766 H. Brooke Fool of Quality II. viii. 31 They would..make him away by pistol, or poison.

1874 A. Trollope Phineas Redux II. xxxiii. 266 For weeks I lived under the belief that I was to be made away by the hangman.

4. transitive. To alienate or transfer to another's possession; to dispose of, get rid of.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > possession > relinquishing > casting or laying aside > [verb (transitive)]

to let awaya1000

forcast?c1225

to lay downc1275

forthrow1340

flita1375

removea1382

to cast away1382

understrewc1384

castc1390

to lay awaya1400

to lay asidec1440

slingc1440

warpiss1444

to lay from, offc1480

way-put1496

depose1526

to lay apart1526

to put off1526

to set apart1530

to turn up1541

abandonate?1561

devest1566

dispatch1569

decarta1572

discard1578

to make away1580

to fling away1587

to cast off1597

doff1599

cashier1603

to set by1603

moult1604

excuss1607

retorta1616

divest1639

deposit1646

disentail1667

dismiss1675

slough1845

shed1856

jettison1869

shake1872

offload1900

junk1911

dump1919

sluff1934

bin1940

to put down1944

shitcan1973

1580 C. Hollyband Treasurie French Tong Alienation, alienation or making away.

1600 J. Pory tr. J. Leo Africanus Geogr. Hist. Afr. Introd. 41 Their slaues which they cannot make away for a good round price, they sell vnto the butchers.

a1640 E. Waller On Friendship Sacharissa & Amoret 16 Debters.., When they never mean to pay,..To some friend make all away.

1740 S. Richardson Pamela II. 21 Will you, said he, on your Honour, let me see them uncurtail'd, and not offer to make them away?

1855 H. H. Milman Hist. Lat. Christianity VI. xiv. i. 368 If usurped, or its usufruct, if not the fee, fraudulently made away, it [sc. Church property] had in many cases widely extended itself by purchase.

5. transitive (reflexive). To commit suicide.

ΘΚΠ

the world > life > death > killing > suicide > [verb (reflexive)]

murderc1175

spill1390

spoil1578

to make away1581

massacre1591

misdo1599

self-murder1648

to lay violent hands on (or upon)1662

to make away with1667

to rip up1807

suicide1818

1581 G. Pettie tr. S. Guazzo Ciuile Conuersat. (1586) i. 4 b Other sortes..that haue made themselues awaie by the meanes either of water, or fire, or sword.

1654 T. Gataker Disc. Apol. 58 I was there told by the Physician, that I must whollie forbear Preaching, unless I would wilfullie make away my self.

c1684 Roxburghe Ballads (1886) VI. 621 She, for love of the Groom, fell into Despair, and in conclusion made herself away.

1698 S. Crisp Christ Exalted 50 They would make away themselves immediately, if possible.

to make away with

1. intransitive. To put (a person) out of the way, put to death; euphemistic to kill. Cf. to make away 3 at Phrasal verbs 1. Now frequently reflexive.

ΘΚΠ

the world > life > death > killing > kill [verb (transitive)]

swevec725

quelmeOE

slayc893

quelleOE

of-falleOE

ofslayeOE

aquellc950

ayeteeOE

spillc950

beliveOE

to bring (also do) of (one's) life-dayOE

fordoa1000

forfarea1000

asweveOE

drepeOE

forleseOE

martyrOE

to do (also i-do, draw) of lifeOE

bringc1175

off-quellc1175

quenchc1175

forswelta1225

adeadc1225

to bring of daysc1225

to do to deathc1225

to draw (a person) to deathc1225

murder?c1225

aslayc1275

forferec1275

to lay to ground, to earth (Sc. at eird)c1275

martyrc1300

strangle1303

destroya1325

misdoa1325

killc1330

tailc1330

to take the life of (also fro)c1330

enda1340

to kill to (into, unto) death1362

brittena1375

deadc1374

to ding to deathc1380

mortifya1382

perisha1387

to dight to death1393

colea1400

fella1400

kill out (away, down, up)a1400

to slay up or downa1400

swelta1400

voida1400

deliverc1400

starvec1425

jugylc1440

morta1450

to bring to, on, or upon (one's) bierc1480

to put offc1485

to-slaya1500

to make away with1502

to put (a person or thing) to silencec1503

rida1513

to put downa1525

to hang out of the way1528

dispatch?1529

strikea1535

occidea1538

to firk to death, (out) of lifec1540

to fling to deathc1540

extinct1548

to make out of the way1551

to fet offa1556

to cut offc1565

to make away?1566

occise1575

spoil1578

senda1586

to put away1588

exanimate1593

unmortalize1593

speed1594

unlive1594

execute1597

dislive1598

extinguish1598

to lay along1599

to make hence1605

conclude1606

kill off1607

disanimate1609

feeze1609

to smite, stab in, under the fifth rib1611

to kill dead1615

transporta1616

spatch1616

to take off1619

mactate1623

to make meat of1632

to turn up1642

inanimate1647

pop1649

enecate1657

cadaverate1658

expedite1678

to make dog's meat of1679

to make mincemeat of1709

sluice1749

finisha1753

royna1770

still1778

do1780

deaden1807

deathifyc1810

to lay out1829

cool1833

to use up1833

puckeroo1840

to rub out1840

cadaverize1841

to put under the sod1847

suicide1852

outkill1860

to fix1875

to put under1879

corpse1884

stiffen1888

tip1891

to do away with1899

to take out1900

stretch1902

red-light1906

huff1919

to knock rotten1919

skittle1919

liquidate1924

clip1927

to set over1931

creasea1935

ice1941

lose1942

to put to sleep1942

zap1942

to take down1967

wax1968

trash1973

ace1975

the world > life > death > killing > suicide > [verb (reflexive)]

murderc1175

spill1390

spoil1578

to make away1581

massacre1591

misdo1599

self-murder1648

to lay violent hands on (or upon)1662

to make away with1667

to rip up1807

suicide1818

1502 Townley in T. Stapleton Plumpton Corr. (1839) 164 There was a servant of yours, and a kynsman of myne, was myschevously made away with.

1583 P. Stubbes Second Pt. Anat. Abuses sig. H5 For mony I am persuaded they [sc. physicians] can make away with any whom they haue accesse vnto.

1628 tr. P. Matthieu Powerfull Favorite 11 Tiberius had resolued to make away with Germanicus.

1667 S. Pepys Diary 24 Feb. (1974) VIII. 82 She..it seems..hath endeavoured to make away with herself often.

1727 A. Pope et al. Περι Βαθους: Art of Sinking 90 in J. Swift et al. Misc.: Last Vol. That to prevent unmarried Actresses making away with their Infants, a competent Provision be allow'd for the Nurture of them.

1756 tr. J. G. Keyssler Trav. I. 87 His relations pretend that he was made away with by poison.

1768 O. Goldsmith Good Natur'd Man i. 8 These were the very words of poor Dick Doleful to me not a week before he made away with himself.

1816 J. T. James Jrnl. Tour v. 514 Feeling unhappy in the celebration of such a triumph, she..made away with herself by plunging into the Vistula.

1856 C. Reade It is never too Late I. xii. 200 He was a lunatic, and would have made away with himself anywhere.

1862 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 23 242 The owl nightly makes away with more mice than the very best of cats.

1886 R. L. Stevenson Strange Case Dr. Jekyll & Mr. Hyde 72 He was made away with, eight days ago, when we heard him cry out upon the name of God.

1942 ‘M. Innes’ Daffodil Affair iii. i. 82 But you don't think that Wine will make away with us simply because we are policemen.

1955 ‘N. Shute’ Requiem for Wren (1956) 14 You don't think she had any motive for wanting to make away with herself, Mother?

1968 Punch 12 June 858/3 Pet does [i.e. female rabbits] unconcernedly making away with their blind and naked young.

1986 J. Gloag Only Yesterday (1988) 85 It wasn't so long after that Mr Robinson made away with himself.

2. intransitive. To remove from its rightful place or ownership; to get rid of; to dissipate, squander; to destroy fraudulently; to steal.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > possession > taking > stealing or theft > steal [verb (intransitive)]

stealc725

thievec920

bribec1405

pluck?a1425

prowl1546

strike1567

to make away with1691

fake1819

snam1824

snig1862

to help oneself1868

boost1912

score1914

snoop1924

1691 A. Gavin Frauds Romish Monks (ed. 3) 407 It will not be difficult to conceive, how the Roman Clergy can make away with these vast Revenues they are possessed of.

1766 H. Brooke Fool of Quality II. viii. 31 They would..make away with the effects.

1781 D. Williams tr. Voltaire Dramatic Wks. II. 132 I will make away with my castle and dowry to support the cause.

1843 T. Carlyle Past & Present ii. i. 61 ‘Thirteen pence sterling’, this was what the Convent got from Lackland, for all the victuals he and his had made away with.

1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. II. x. 572 He had burned the writs, made away with the seal [etc.].

1873 Act 36 & 37 Victoria c. 77 §26 If any person designedly makes away with..any thing issued to him as a volunteer.

1883 K. S. Macquoid Her Sailor Love III. vii. iv. 115 It's an ugly thing to make away with a letter.

1910 Encycl. Brit. I. 302/2 The shipowner is not liable for loss..by the robbery or embezzlement of or making away with gold or silver or jewellery.

1955 M. Wheeler Still Digging (1958) 139 Cresswell compels reluctant policeman to march the offending carter..to the nearest police-station;..crowd makes away with cart and donkey.

1974 P. G. Wodehouse Aunts aren't Gentlemen iv. 34 ‘What are you doing with that cat,’ he demanded hoarsely... ‘You were making away with it... Stealing it.’

to make down

1. transitive. Chiefly Scottish. To fold down the sheets, etc., on (a bed) so as to make it ready for use.

ΚΠ

1816 W. Scott Antiquary II. x. 272 We'se mak ye down a bed at the lodge.

1820 J. Hogg Winter Evening Tales I. 189 Betty, my dear, make down the bed.

1937 St. Andrews Citizen 16 Oct. 9 The beds were being made down.

1950 J. Brooke Goose Cathedral viii. 170 I arrived about nine o'clock, to find that Ron Eley, thinking I might come in after lights-out, had made my bed down for me.

2. transitive. colloquial. To refashion (clothing) so as to fit a smaller wearer.

ΘΚΠ

the world > textiles and clothing > clothing > tailoring or making clothes > tailor or make clothes [verb (transitive)] > alter

to turn upa1586

tuck1626

to let out1791

fashionize1824

to piece down1863

to make down1877

to let down1890

to take up1902

1877 ‘S. Tytler’ Childhood 100 Years Ago i. 19 Old clothes of their seniors carefully kept and ‘made down’ for their descendants.

1904 N.E.D. at Make v.¹ The eldest girl's frocks can be made down for her sisters.

† to make forth

Obsolete.

1. transitive. To write as the author (a book); to set out or expound (an argument, etc.), esp. in written form.

ΚΠ

a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) vii. 1454 On of the ferste which it wrot After Noë, it was Nembrot, To his disciple Ychonithon And made a bok forth therupon The which Megaster cleped was.

1665 G. Wither Medit. upon Lords Prayer Preamble sig. B1 It cannot be justly expected, that all which is contained in that brief Form of Prayer recommended to his Disciples then living, can possibly be made forth explicitly.., by the single Faculty of any one contemplative Believer.

1677 R. Cary Palæologia Chronica ii. ii. iii. xi. 245 He farther shews how Various and Pendulous Eusebius is, in making forth his Reckonings.

2. transitive. Scottish. To complete the preparation or equipment of.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (transitive)] > complete the preparation of

to make forth1496

1496 in T. Dickson Accts. Treasurer Scotl. (1877) I. 261 Item, gevin be the Lard of Balgony to maik furth this coit, iij ellis of vellous.

1497 in T. Dickson Accts. Treasurer Scotl. (1877) I. 339 Item, giffin to Thom Barkar and Johne Lam to pas to Home, to mak furth the artailȝery there iiij lib. iiij s.

3. transitive. To send forth. Cf. sense 41.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > cause to move in a direction [verb (transitive)]

steerc888

righteOE

wisec1330

guy1362

makea1425

guide?a1505

to make forth1508

direct1526

to make out1560

bend1582

incline1597

work1667

usher1668

head1826

humour1847

vector1966

target1974

society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct (one's course, steps, etc.) [verb (transitive)] > be bound for or head for

drawc1275

to-hieldc1275

roama1375

pretend1481

pursue1488

to make forth1508

to be in gate to1548

to make to ——a1568

to make unto ——1593

to be for1606

to set one's face for (from, to, towards)1611

steer1667

head1880

1508 Golagros & Gawane (Chepman & Myllar) sig. aii^*v I rede ye mak furth ane man mekar of mude.

4. intransitive. To go forward, advance, proceed; to set out; (of a boat) to put out.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > forward movement > move forward or advance [verb (intransitive)]

wadeOE

agoOE

forthganga1000

forthgoOE

syeOE

kenc1275

to-stepc1275

vaunce1303

forthnima1325

passc1330

throc1330

forthpass1382

to pass forthc1384

to carry forthc1390

proceedc1392

to go alongc1400

to be forthwardc1430

get) groundc1436

to set onc1450

avauntc1460

pretend1481

to make way1490

advance?1507

to get forward1523

promove1570

to rid ground (also space)1572

to rid (the) way1581

progressa1586

to gather grounda1593

to make forth1594

to make on1597

to work up1603

perge1607

to work one's (also its) way1609

to pass on1611

to gain ground1625

to make its way1645

vadea1660

propagate1700

to gain one's way1777

further1789

to pull up1829

on1840

to make (up) ground1921

society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (intransitive)]

thinkeOE

bowa1000

seta1000

scritheOE

minlOE

turnc1175

to wend one's wayc1225

ettlec1275

hieldc1275

standc1300

to take (the) gatec1330

bear?c1335

applyc1384

aim?a1400

bend1399

hita1400

straighta1400

bounc1400

intendc1425

purposec1425

appliquec1440

stevenc1440

shape1480

make1488

steera1500

course1555

to make out1558

to make in1575

to make for ——a1593

to make forth1594

plyc1595

trend1618

tour1768

to lie up1779

head1817

loop1898

society > travel > travel by water > launching a vessel > be launched [verb (intransitive)] > push away from shore > of ship

to make forth1594

1594 T. Kyd tr. R. Garnier Cornelia v. 241 When Wolues..Make forth amongst the flock.

a1610 J. Healey tr. Cebes' Table in tr. Epictetus Manuall (1636) 149 As shippes doe, that having unlaided their fraught make presently forth for a new voiage.

1625 F. Bacon Ess. (new ed.) 240 To prouide, that while we make forth, to that which is better, we meet not, with that which is worse.

1736 Compl. Family-piece ii. i. 208 'Tis the nature of the Hart, when he is close pursued..to make forth on Head.

5. transitive. To issue (a commission, debenture, etc.).

ΘΚΠ

society > law > legal document > [verb (transitive)] > issue officially

expede1558

expeditea1626

to make forth1640

1640 tr. G. S. du Verdier Love & Armes Greeke Princes iii. 213 This great Monarch..made forth Commissions.

1666 in 10th Rep. Royal Comm. Hist. MSS (1885) App. v. 6 His Majestie's Auditor-Generall shall make forth debentures for what is due to the petitioner.

to make in

1. intransitive. To go in towards a particular point; to intervene in an action; to join in a fray; †to interpose in a conversation (obsolete). Now regional.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (intransitive)]

thinkeOE

bowa1000

seta1000

scritheOE

minlOE

turnc1175

to wend one's wayc1225

ettlec1275

hieldc1275

standc1300

to take (the) gatec1330

bear?c1335

applyc1384

aim?a1400

bend1399

hita1400

straighta1400

bounc1400

intendc1425

purposec1425

appliquec1440

stevenc1440

shape1480

make1488

steera1500

course1555

to make out1558

to make in1575

to make for ——a1593

to make forth1594

plyc1595

trend1618

tour1768

to lie up1779

head1817

loop1898

the world > action or operation > doing > activity or occupation > acting in another's business or intervention > act in another's business or intervene [verb (intransitive)]

to step in1474

to go (etc.) between the bark and the tree1546

to make in1575

intermediate1610

interposea1616

to put in1631

intervene1646

to strike ina1715

to wade in1905

1575 G. Turberville Bk. Faulconrie 161 Vnhood your Hawke, to the end that when she espieth the Hearon she may flee hir: and if she do so, make in apace to succour hir.

?1611 G. Chapman tr. Homer Iliads xv. 211 While these made-in [Gk. ἐεισάσθην], to spoyle his armes.

1612 M. Drayton Poly-olbion viii. 121 Small Marbrooke maketh-in, to her [sc. the Severn's] inticing Deepe.

a1640 P. Massinger & J. Fletcher Very Woman v. iii. 30 in P. Massinger 3 New Playes (1655) Make in Loggerhead; My son Slave fights like a dragon.

a1640 J. Fletcher & P. Massinger Sea Voy. i. i, in F. Beaumont & J. Fletcher Comedies & Trag. (1647) sig. Aaaaa/1 We have discovered the Land Sir, Pray lets make in.

1656 Earl of Monmouth tr. T. Boccalini Ragguagli di Parnasso ii. lvii. 323 To the succor whereof, all the inhabitants along the river side made in.

1828 W. Scott Fair Maid of Perth vii, in Chron. Canongate 2nd Ser. III. 182 During this moment of delay, Ramorny whispered to Dwining, ‘Make in, knave, with some objection.’

1865 G. F. Berkeley My Life & Recoll. II. 281 It is ever a gallant gentleman who thus makes in.

1891 Longman's Mag. Sept. 500 The larger galleons made in at once for Corunna.

1932 J. Barbour 48 Days Adrift 38 If we ever ‘made in’ (approached) on land we would want canvas and ropes to get us off again unless we struck some inhabited harbour.

2. intransitive. Falconry. To approach a bird on the ground (see quot. 1897).

ΚΠ

1897 Earl of Suffolk et al. Encycl. Sport I. 373 (Falconry), Make in (of the falconer), to go up to a hawk after it has killed.

1965 P. Wayre Wind in Reeds viii. 100 If I ‘made in’ to him while he was still eating he often left his food and flew straight at me.

to make off

†1. transitive. To dispose of. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

1640 J. Winthrop Hist. New Eng. (1826) (modernized text) II. 12 He could not subsist here, and thereupon made off his estate.

2. intransitive. To depart or leave a place, esp. suddenly or hastily; to hasten or run away; to decamp, bolt.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > going away > go away [verb (intransitive)] > go away suddenly or hastily

fleec825

runOE

swervea1225

biwevec1275

skip1338

streekc1380

warpa1400

yerna1400

smoltc1400

stepc1460

to flee (one's) touch?1515

skirr1548

rubc1550

to make awaya1566

lope1575

scuddle1577

scoura1592

to take the start1600

to walk off1604

to break awaya1616

to make off1652

to fly off1667

scuttle1681

whew1684

scamper1687

whistle off1689

brush1699

to buy a brush1699

to take (its, etc.) wing1704

decamp1751

to take (a) French leave1751

morris1765

to rush off1794

to hop the twig1797

to run along1803

scoot1805

to take off1815

speela1818

to cut (also make, take) one's lucky1821

to make (take) tracks (for)1824

absquatulize1829

mosey1829

absquatulate1830

put1834

streak1834

vamoose1834

to put out1835

cut1836

stump it1841

scratch1843

scarper1846

to vamoose the ranch1847

hook1851

shoo1851

slide1859

to cut and run1861

get1861

skedaddle1862

bolt1864

cheese it1866

to do a bunkc1870

to wake snakes1872

bunk1877

nit1882

to pull one's freight1884

fooster1892

to get the (also to) hell out (of)1892

smoke1893

mooch1899

to fly the coop1901

skyhoot1901

shemozzle1902

to light a shuck1905

to beat it1906

pooter1907

to take a run-out powder1909

blow1912

to buzz off1914

to hop it1914

skate1915

beetle1919

scram1928

amscray1931

boogie1940

skidoo1949

bug1950

do a flit1952

to do a scarper1958

to hit, split or take the breeze1959

to do a runner1980

to be (also get, go) ghost1986

1652 Weekly Intelligencer 1 June 486 They were so torn by our great shot, that they had much to do to make off to Sea, to preserve themselves from apparent destruction.

a1680 S. Butler Genuine Remains (1759) II. 93 Horsing the deer on his own Back, and making off.

1709 R. Steele Tatler No. 85. ¶5 My Sister took this Occasion to make off.

1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure II. 35 He could not find in his heart to leave me, and make off, which he might easily have done.

1787 ‘G. Gambado’ Acad. Horsemen 13 Should your horse prove, what is properly termed too many for you, and make off.

1805 Log of H.M.S. Belleisle 21 Oct. in Ld. Nelson Dispatches & Lett. (1846) VII. 164 (note) Several of the Enemy's ships making off to leeward.

1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest I. xi. 214 [He] perceived that the bull had not made off with the rest of the cattle.

1889 G. Gissing Nether World I. xii. 272 He..made off at a run.

1918 Stars & Stripes 1 Mar. 1/7 It appeared that the sergeant and one Frenchman had seen him making off in the dark and had chased him.

1927 V. Woolf To Lighthouse i. 116 Nancy made off, after lunch, to her attic, to escape the horror of family life.

1986 K. Amis Old Devils iii. 64 Charlie got up with deliberation and made off after the wine waiter.

3. intransitive. to make off with: to decamp while in possession of, to carry off. Also (occasionally reflexive): = sense 2.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > possession > taking > stealing or theft > steal [verb (transitive)]

pick?c1300

takec1300

fetch1377

bribec1405

usurpc1412

rapc1415

to rap and rendc1415

embezzle1495

lifta1529

pilfer1532

suffurate1542

convey?1545

mill1567

prig1567

strike1567

lag1573

shave1585

knave1601

twitch1607

cly1610

asport1621

pinch1632

snapa1639

nap1665

panyar1681

to carry off1684

to pick up1687

thievea1695

to gipsy away1696

bone1699

make1699

win1699

magg1762

snatch1766

to make off with1768

snavel1795

feck1809

shake1811

nail1819

geach1821

pull1821

to run off1821

smug1825

nick1826

abduct1831

swag1846

nobble1855

reef1859

snig1862

find1865

to pull off1865

cop1879

jump1879

slock1888

swipe1889

snag1895

rip1904

snitch1904

pole1906

glom1907

boost1912

hot-stuff1914

score1914

clifty1918

to knock off1919

snoop1924

heist1930

hoist1931

rabbit1943

to rip off1967

to have off1974

1722 D. Defoe Moll Flanders 325 I made off with this little Booty to Ipswich.]

1768 W. Blackstone Comm. Laws Eng. IV. 231 A bare removal from the place in which he found the goods, though the thief does not quite make off with them, is a sufficient asportation.

1792 H. Cowley Day in Turkey ii. ii. 30 They thought fit to make off with what they had.

1820 J. Gifford Compl. Eng. Lawyer ii. xiii. 216 Although the thief do not quite make off with them.

1856 J. H. Newman Callista xxviii. 249 He was quite easy about Agellius, who had, as he considered, successfully made off with himself.

1865 C. Dickens Our Mutual Friend II. iii. vii. 61 Mr. Wegg, had seen the minion surreptitiously making off with that bottle.

1890 Standard 14 Apr. 2/6 The girl had made off with her employer's money.

1949 ‘G. Orwell’ Nineteen Eighty-four i. vii. 72 The successful women, bumped and jostled by the rest, were trying to make off with their saucepans.

1989 V. S. Pritchett Chekhov xii. 144 They make off with his crops openly by the wagonload.

†4. transitive. Agriculture. To fatten (lambs, etc.) for the market. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > food > providing or receiving food > feeding animals > [verb (transitive)] > fatten sheep or lambs

flush1764

turnip1799

to make off1851

the world > food and drink > farming > animal husbandry > sheep-farming > rear sheep or wool [verb (transitive)] > fatten

flush1764

to make off1851

1851 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 12 ii. 395 Whenever farmers make off their own flock instead of selling their lamb-hogs to feeders, they choose a small breed.

1852 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 13 i. 60 The lambs are..made off fat, early in the summer.

1868 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 2nd Ser. 4 ii. 264 No store stock..is ever sold, everything being made off for the butcher.

to make on

†1. transitive. = sense 6. Obsolete (regional in later use).

ΘΚΠ

the world > matter > properties of materials > temperature > heat > burning > burn or consume by fire [verb (transitive)] > make a fire

beetc885

make?a1200

to make on1487

to fire up1836

to lay a fire1876

1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) v. 54 A! schir..That fyre wes neuir maid on for me.

a1500 (c1425) Andrew of Wyntoun Oryg. Cron. Scotl. (Nero) iii. l. 776 Off gret schidis brynnande schire He gert be maid on a bail fyre.

1634 S. Rutherford Lett. (1863) I. 110 The Lord is making on a fire in Jerusalem.

1777 M. Hunter Jrnl. (1894) 26 We had got..a fire made on in our little room.

1885 W. D. Howells Rise Silas Lapham ii. 49 I'll be the death of that darkey..if he don't stop making on such a fire.

1893 Illustr. London News Christmas No. 23/2 To ‘make on’ a good fire at nightfall.

2. intransitive. U.S. regional in later use. To go forward, proceed; to hasten on.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > forward movement > move forward or advance [verb (intransitive)]

wadeOE

agoOE

forthganga1000

forthgoOE

syeOE

kenc1275

to-stepc1275

vaunce1303

forthnima1325

passc1330

throc1330

forthpass1382

to pass forthc1384

to carry forthc1390

proceedc1392

to go alongc1400

to be forthwardc1430

get) groundc1436

to set onc1450

avauntc1460

pretend1481

to make way1490

advance?1507

to get forward1523

promove1570

to rid ground (also space)1572

to rid (the) way1581

progressa1586

to gather grounda1593

to make forth1594

to make on1597

to work up1603

perge1607

to work one's (also its) way1609

to pass on1611

to gain ground1625

to make its way1645

vadea1660

propagate1700

to gain one's way1777

further1789

to pull up1829

on1840

to make (up) ground1921

1597 A. Montgomerie Cherrie & Slae 826 Say sone now, haue done now, mak ather off or one.

1608 Yorkshire Trag. sig. C4^v Vp, vp, and struggle to thy horse, make on.

1622 F. Bacon Hist. Raigne Henry VII 33 The Earle of Lincolne..resolued to make on where the King was, and to giue him battaile.

a1677 I. Barrow Serm. Several Occasions (1678) 5 He that knows his way..makes on merrily and carelesly..to his..journey's end.

1719 D. Defoe Life Robinson Crusoe 32 We made on to the Southward.

1849 M. Arnold Strayed Reveller, & Other Poems 40 Send him away, Sirs, and make on.

1890 Graphic Summer No. 24/2 He made on in his headlong flight.

1955 Delaware Folklore Bull. Mar. 17/2 If the Nanticoke is a guest in your house, when the time comes to leave he may say, ‘I guess I'll be makin' on home.’

to make out

I. To move from its present state; to draft or represent.

†1. transitive. In various physical senses.

a. To build up. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > occupation and work > industry > building or constructing > build or construct [verb (transitive)]

timbera900

workOE

betimberOE

craftOE

buildc1275

lifta1300

stagec1330

upraise1338

wright1338

edifya1340

to make outa1382

to make upa1382

biga1400

housea1400

risea1400

telda1400–50

to work upa1450

redress1481

levy1495

upmake1507

upbuild1513

exstruct?c1550

construct1663

to run up1686

practise1739

to lay up1788

elevate1798

to put up1818

to lay down1851

practicate1851

a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Bodl. 959) Josh. xxii. 26 Make we out [L. extruamus] to vs an auter.

b. To take or carry out. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > transference > [verb (transitive)] > convey or transport > carry > in or out

to make outc1475

incarry1646–7

c1475 in Coll. Ordinances Royal Househ. (Harl. 642) (1790) 71 Noe yoman of this office..to bere or make oute of this office any breade but by knowledge of the brevour.

c. To send out. Cf. sense 41. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > cause to move in a direction [verb (transitive)]

steerc888

righteOE

wisec1330

guy1362

makea1425

guide?a1505

to make forth1508

direct1526

to make out1560

bend1582

incline1597

work1667

usher1668

head1826

humour1847

vector1966

target1974

1560 J. Daus tr. J. Sleidane Commentaries f. cix He fel in to the lappes of our horsemen, which were made out [L. fuerant emissi] to kepe hym from the spoyle.

1569 R. Grafton Chron. I. vii. 142 The Londoners hearing of their doings, made out a certaine number of men of armes, who..put the Danes from that Tower.

1603 P. Holland tr. Plutarch Morals 343 He..made out certaine pinnaces..for to observe what..landing places there were.

1611 Bible (King James) Job i. 17 The Caldeans made out three bands, and fell vpon the camels, and haue caried them away.

d. To throw out (a card) from one's hand; = to lay out 11 at lay v.¹ Phrasal verbs. Obsolete.

ΚΠ

1680 C. Cotton Compl. Gamester (ed. 2) viii. 76 He that deals makes out the best Cards he can for his Crib, and the other the worst.

2. transitive. To draw up (a list, a document, etc.); to make a draft of; to write out (a bill, cheque, etc.) (to or in favour of or in the name of a recipient).

ΘΚΠ

society > communication > writing > manner of writing > [verb (transitive)] > draw up document

writeOE

makec1300

drawc1390

to make upa1425

to make out1465

prepare1562

to draw up1623

scriven1742

to draw out1773

redact1837

1465 M. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 314 They haue mad out bothe warantes and supersedias.

1472–3 Rolls of Parl. VI. 42/1 That every of the seid Writtes be made oute xx daies or more afore the seid day of apparaunce.

1743 B. Franklin Proposal Promoting Useful Knowl. in Papers (1960) II. 383 That the Business and Duty of the Secretary be..to enter Copies thereof in the Society's Books, and make out Copies for distant Members.

1770 P. Burton Pract. Office of Pleas in Court of Exchequer 18 The Inquiry is made out by the Clerk in Court, who pays only Two Shillings to the Master for signing, &c.

1793 J. Smeaton Narr. Edystone Lighthouse (ed. 2) §278 I was myself forming and making out the necessary designs for..the balcony.

1801 ‘Gabrielli’ Mysterious Husband I. 125 His Lordship..inquired whether he had paid the bill. ‘It is being made out, I am informed, Sir.’

1826 New Monthly Mag. 16 557 The Duke had obliged the Duchess to receive Lady Denham as one of her ladies of the bedchamber; but just before her appointment was made out, she died.

1883 Ld. Blackburn in Law Times Rep. (1884) 49 687/1 The bills of lading also were made out in the name of D. and Co., deliverable to their order.

1893 Law Times 95 34/2 The accounts generally took some three or four weeks to make out.

1900 J. Conrad Lord Jim xviii. 203 Making out bills or writing letters at a stand-up desk in the shop.

1915 W. S. Maugham Of Human Bondage xxiv. 101 He made out a list of books which Philip was to read.

1969 Guardian 11 Aug. 5/5 You reach for your pen and ask, ‘who should I make it out to?’

1993 N.Y. Rev. Bks. 2 Dec. 50/3 Paychecks made out in the name of Haitians who are dead.

†3. transitive. To represent or delineate clearly or in detail. Also of a thing: to form the figure of. Obsolete (Art in later use).

ΘΚΠ

the world > space > shape > shape or give shape to [verb (transitive)] > form the figure of

to make out1646

society > communication > representation > [verb (transitive)] > in detail

to make out1646

society > leisure > the arts > visual arts > painting and drawing > [verb (transitive)] > represent pictorially > in careful detail

to make out1646

1646 Sir T. Browne Pseudodoxia Epidemica iii. xxiv. 170 Hippopotamus..so little resembleth an horse, that..in all, except the feet, it better makes out a swine.

1647 J. Saltmarsh Sparkles of Glory (1847) 127 God..would make out himself in an image in this Creation.

1658 Sir T. Browne Hydriotaphia: Urne-buriall iii. 50 Hercules is not onely known by his foot. Other parts make out their comproportions, and inferences upon whole or parts.

1674 N. Fairfax Treat. Bulk & Selvedge 117 It may be objected, That a wheel of manifold rims whirl'd upon its axletree, would make out uneven bows of circles.

a1806 J. Barry in R. N. Wornum Lect. on Painting (1848) 179 All the parts of objects exposed to the light..appear more made out and determined than the parts in shadow.

1825 New Monthly Mag. 15 534/1 Its dumb show is very eloquent and impressive; its story is fully made out to the eye.

1862 G. W. Thornbury Life J. M. W. Turner I. 199 The foliage of the ash-trees in the foreground is not at all made out, but is washed in..with hardly any details.

1875 R. Tyrwhitt Handbk. Pict. Art (ed. 2) 194 Proceed to make out the two distant hills by putting in quick triangular..touches.

II. To make complete; to compensate.

†4. transitive. Of an item in a series: to complete (a certain total). Of several items: to amount collectively to. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > quantity > amount to a quantity or amount [verb (transitive)]

waxc1330

amountc1350

amount1399

to make up1504

to run to ——1528

to make out1535

sum1609

amound1642

tella1794

size1917

1535 Bible (Coverdale) Ezek. i. 2 The fifth daye off the Moneth made out the fyfth yeare off kynge Ioachims captiuyte.

1571–2 in J. H. Burton Reg. Privy Council Scotl. (1878) 1st Ser. II. 112 The sowme of fyve hundrith and fifty merkis, with the thrid of the provestrie of Methven, makand out in the haill V^m merkis.

1748 G. G. Beekman Let. 5 Aug. in Beekman Mercantile Papers (1956) I. 57 You have Received on board of Your Sloop on My account 200 bushels Salt, water Measaure Which Will Make Out about 220 Bushels Land Measure.

†5. transitive. To make complete; to get together with difficulty or by degrees. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > wholeness > completeness > make complete [verb (transitive)] > complete, fill up, or make up

to make up one's mouthc1175

fulfila1225

through-fill?c1225

upspeed1338

supplya1398

araisea1440

to make outa1562

accomplish1577

complement1643

implement1843

a1562 in F. R. Raines Hist. Chantries Lancaster (1862) I. 30 Hys Chappell which he began of free stone Syr John Stanley made it out when he was gone.

1750 S. Richardson Corr. (1804) II. 246 I am afraid we shall want matter of Molly Leaper's works to make out the bulk of the new volume.

1791 E. Burke Let. to Member National Assembly 51 They must..make out a scanty subsistence with the labour of their hands!

1828 N. Webster Amer. Dict. Eng. Lang. (at cited word) He promised to pay, but was not able to make out the money or the whole sum.

1861 C. Dickens Great Expectations II. xviii. 285 He by little and little made out this elegant and beautiful property.

1879 M. Pattison Milton xii. 162 Adding to them, with a view to make out a volume, his college exercises.

†6.

a. transitive. To compensate (a lack, defect, disadvantage); to supply (what is wanting); to supply the deficiencies of, to eke out. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > relationship > equality or equivalence > make equal [verb (transitive)] > compensate or make up for

restorea1325

to make good1389

boot1393

rewarda1398

supplya1398

to make up1472

upset1513

to fetch again1535

redeem1590

balance1594

pay1596

unpay1600

to make out1610

requitea1613

to pay home1625

encourage1628

compensate1646

compensate1656

reprise1662

to take up1662

to fetch up1665

to pay off1717

indemnify1750

to bring up arrears1788

equalize1866

reparate1956

1610 Brechin Test. III. in Dict. Older Sc. Tongue f. 47 ^v Sua mekill..as will mak out with hir awin part..the sovme off tua thousand markis.

1629 J. Earle Micro-cosmogr. (ed. 5) xx. sig. E4 Such men are of no merit at all: but make out in pride what they want in worth.

1642 Sir T. Browne Religio Medici (1896) i. 19 Our wills must be our performances, and our intents make out our Actions.

1649 J. Milton Εικονοκλαστης xxiv. 196 Neither can his Spirituall defects..be made out..by another mans abilities.

1667 J. Dryden Indian Emperour iv. i. 39 Make out the rest,—I am disorder'd so I know not farther what to say or do:—But answer me to what you think I meant.

1699 T. Brown tr. Erasmus Seven New Colloquies v. 42 And if such a Disaster happen'd to him, he did not fail to make it out one way or other at Home.

1700 J. Tyrrell Gen. Hist. Eng. II. 847 When the Lyon's Skin alone would not serve turn, he knew how to make it out with that of the Fox.

1709–10 R. Steele Tatler No. 128. ⁋5 What I want in Length, I make out in Breadth.

1801 ‘Gabrielli’ Mysterious Husband III. 104 [She] only lamented she had not something better to offer them, but promised to make it out at dinner.

b. intransitive. To make up, compensate for. Obsolete. rare.

ΚΠ

1850 L. Hunt in Tait's Edinb. Mag. 17 570/2 Conscious of not having all the strength he wished, he endeavoured to make out for it by violence and pretension.

1891 Leeds Mercury 3 Oct. 3/7 [They] are becoming listless and indifferent, supposing that someone will make out for them.

†7. intransitive. In certain games: to make the score prescribed by the rules as bringing the game to an end. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > leisure > sport > winning, losing, or scoring > win, lose, or score [verb (intransitive)] > make points > make score to win

to make out1680

society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > card game > play a card [verb (transitive)] > actions or tactics

to hold up?1499

decardc1555

to turn up1580

discard1591

pulla1625

to sit out1659

face1674

to make out1680

to lay out1687

to throw away1707

lead1739

weaken1742

carry1744

to take in1744

force1746

to show down1768

throw1866

blank1884

block1884

cover1885

unblock1885

pitch1890

1680 C. Cotton Compl. Gamester (ed. 2) 89 And if one and thirty be not made, then he that play'd last and is nearest one and thirty without making out, must set up one.

†8. transitive. To fill up or while away (the time) with some occupation. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > time > spending time > spend time [verb (intransitive)] > in some activity

to make out1809

1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas I. iii. vi. 393 To make the most of the precious moments; and..to make out the time agreeably.

1813 J. Austen Let. 26 Oct. (1995) 245 We were obliged to saunter about anywhere..to make out the Time.

1849 A. Smith Pottleton Legacy (repr.) 76 To doze, or otherwise make out the time, until the first train went back.

III. To succeed, establish, or prove.

a. transitive. To succeed in accomplishing; to effect, achieve. Now regional exc. colloquial in to make it out: to make shift, get along. See also senses 9b – 9d.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > prosperity > success > make a success of [verb (transitive)] > succeed in or achieve a purpose

reacheOE

awinc1000

attain1393

speedc1400

comprehenda1450

escheve1489

to make out1535

consecute1536

compass1549

achievea1569

aspire1581

obtain1589

subdue1590

to go a long (also great, short, etc.) way1624

arrivea1657

kill1899

nail1981

1535 Bible (Coverdale) Ecclus. xxxviii. 28 He hath set his minde there vpon, that he wyll make out his worke.

a1640 P. Massinger & J. Fletcher Very Woman iii. v. 64 in P. Massinger 3 New Playes (1655) Now she is at a cold scent. Make out your doubles Mistress. O well hunted, That's she.

1706 D. Defoe Jure Divino i. 19 To implore the Gods that he might never enter that City, which they foresaw he would act the Fury in, and fill it with Blood and Slaughter, which he effectually made out.

1774 Ld. Kames Sketches Hist. Man II. ii. xi. 65 People there [i.e. in a populous city] seldom make out the usual time of life.

1797 A. Barnard Let. 10 Aug. in S. Afr. a Cent. Ago (1901) iii. 73 We wish to have no quarrels and no miffs. They had wished to miff with us, but we are so civil,..they cannot make it out.

1824 S. E. Ferrier Inheritance I. xxiv. 272 I shall make out my visit to you yet.

1827 Examiner 246/1 Harley, as too frequently happens to this mercurial comedian, has to make out his own part of a roguish innkeeper as well as he is able.

1841 T. Carlyle On Heroes v. 270 Byron, born rich and noble, made out even less than Burns, poor and plebeian.

1861 W. Collins Tom Tiddler's Ground iv, in All Year Round Extra Christmas No., 12 Dec. 22/1 They were artisans and farm-labourers who couldn't make it out in the old country.

1881 A. Trollope Ayala's Angel I. xiii. 158 If you'll let us make it out here till the 10th of July we'll go into an hotel then.

b. transitive. With infinitive as object. To manage, make shift. Also (occasionally) with impersonal subject, as the weather. Now chiefly U.S. regional.

ΚΠ

1616 B. Jonson Epicœne v. ii, in Wks. I. 588 It is the price and estimation of your vertue onely, that hath embarqu'd me to this aduenture, and I could not but make out to tell you so.

1748 G. G. Beekman Let. 23 Sept. in Beekman Mercantile Papers (1956) I. 63 Wee have at Last with a good Deal of fateauge and Troble Make out to Collect So much flour to gether as to Dispatch Your Sloop tho at an Extravigant Price.

1776 J. Adams in J. Adams & A. Adams Familiar Lett. (1876) 231 Amidst these interruptions, how shall I make out to write a letter?

1805 P. Gass Jrnl. 27 May (1807) 92 We..made out to get enough of drift wood to cook with.

1809 W. Irving Hist. N.Y. I. ii. ii. 79 She made out to accomplish her voyage in a very few months, and came to anchor at the mouth of the Hudson.

1838 T. C. Haliburton Clockmaker 2nd Ser. iv. 53 I think a body might have a chance to make out to scratch along to live here.

1872 ‘M. Twain’ Roughing It iv. 43 He sliced off a piece of bacon for each man, but only the experienced old hands made out to eat it, for it was condemned army bacon.

1876 E. W. Heap Diary 2 Jan. in Publ. Amer. Dial. Soc. (1969) lii. 53 It just made out to freeze a little last night.

1894 Outing 24 253/2 I have made out to sleep with tolerable comfort in a cave.

1940 Amer. Boy Feb. 18/4 Seems like with a little gumption I could have made out to go too.

c. intransitive. colloquial. To make shift, get along; to succeed, thrive; to get on (well, badly, etc.).

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > doing > a proceeding > proceed or carry on an action [verb (intransitive)] > get on well or badly

farec1000

speeda1122

wendc1325

hapc1350

wieldc1384

frame1509

shift?1533

to make out1776

to get on1861

1776 A. Adams in J. Adams & A. Adams Familiar Lett. (1876) 180 I would not have you anxious about me. I make out better than I did.

1820 W. Irving in Life & Lett. (1864) II. 30 I wish you would..let me know..how you and Murray make out together.

1851 N. Hawthorne in N. Hawthorne & Wife (1885) I. 396 To whom is Dora married, and how is she making out?

1861 C. Dickens Great Expectations II. ii. 27 I am rather bare here, but I hope you'll be able to make out tolerably well till Monday.

1891 Harper's Mag. Mar. 574/1 ‘I don't believe you will be satisfied in heaven; you will find it too monotonous’. ‘Oh, I shall make out, I'm sure’.

1916 ‘B. Cable’ Action Front 7 I took a fancy to seein' how the engines made out under war conditions.

1932 P. G. Wodehouse Hot Water x. 170 ‘How did you make out?’ ‘Oke. I'm in the Château.’

1939 I. Baird Waste Heritage vii. 99 Oh, say, how'd you make out with Hazel?

1942 J. Dill in W. S. Churchill Second World War (1951) IV. ii. xxv. 397 Leaving us with limited American assistance to make out as best we can against Germany.

1951 E. Paul Springtime in Paris (U.K. ed.) ii. 37 We made out all right, with a hare paté, onion soup, a rare sirloin steak.., a slice of Port Salut, [etc.].

1965 Listener 16 Sept. 433/3 Sibelius might not have made out very well as an opera composer had he chosen to do so.

1989 Messenger Feb. 8/2 They lived on various allowances..and have income support. ‘We make out,’ he says.

d. intransitive. slang (originally U.S.). spec. To succeed in seducing, gain sexual satisfaction, have sexual intercourse (with).This expression seems to be have arisen as a specialization of sense 9c; cf. quot. 1939 for 9c there. There is some overlap with sense 9e (which is now the commoner meaning), and in some sources it is difficult to tell which sense is intended. For a discussion of this and related usages see A. F. Moe in Amer. Speech (1966) 41 96–107.

ΘΚΠ

the world > physical sensation > sexual relations > sexual activity > engage in sexual activity [verb (intransitive)] > have sexual intercourse

playOE

to do (also work) one's kindc1225

bedc1315

couple1362

gendera1382

to go togetherc1390

to come togethera1398

meddlea1398

felterc1400

companya1425

swivec1440

japea1450

mellc1450

to have to do with (also mid, of, on)1474

engender1483

fuck?a1513

conversec1540

jostlec1540

confederate1557

coeate1576

jumble1582

mate1589

do1594

conjoin1597

grind1598

consortc1600

pair1603

to dance (a dance) between a pair of sheets1608

commix1610

cock1611

nibble1611

wap1611

bolstera1616

incorporate1622

truck1622

subagitate1623

occupya1626

minglec1630

copulate1632

fere1632

rut1637

joust1639

fanfreluche1653

carnalize1703

screw1725

pump1730

correspond1756

shag1770

hump1785

conjugate1790

diddle1879

to get some1889

fuckeec1890

jig-a-jig1896

perform1902

rabbit1919

jazz1920

sex1921

root1922

yentz1923

to make love1927

rock1931

mollock1932

to make (beautiful) music (together)1936

sleep1936

bang1937

lumber1938

to hop into bed (with)1951

to make out1951

ball1955

score1960

trick1965

to have it away1966

to roll in the hay1966

to get down1967

poontang1968

pork1968

shtup1969

shack1976

bonk1984

boink1985

1951 W. Williams Enemy 8 ‘You got to have a wife here like the exec to have anything in this port.’ ‘Can't you guys make out here?’.. ‘Not here.’

1953 W. Eyster Far from Customary Skies 217 What was there for a guy to do now? Go to dances. Try to make out.

1961 Times 27 Apr. 17/2 The detailed accounts of how he ‘made out’ sexually and emotionally with some sixteen different girls.

1991 Time Out 20 Nov. 22/3 The sorry pair's conversation is interrupted by a dairymaid and her paramour bursting in with the intention of making out on the blue pool table.

e. intransitive. slang (originally and chiefly U.S.). To engage in sexual activity (with another person) which stops short of intercourse, esp. kissing and caressing. Cf. make-out artist n. at make-out adj., making-out n. at making n.¹ Compounds 2a(b).

ΚΠ

1953 L. M. Uris Battle Cry 203 I tried making out with her but she cut me down.

1966 Jubilee Nov. 17/2 I know many fellow students who think of nothing but sex. Many don't think anything bad of ‘making out’ or even ‘going all the way’.

1999 N.Y. Mag. 8 Nov. 36/3 Don't underestimate the aphrodisiac quality of beautiful, fit young men dancing, flirting, and making out, none of whom have any interest in sleeping with the women present.

10. transitive. To discern or discover visually or aurally; to succeed in distinguishing by sight or hearing (or occasionally smell). Also with clause as object, or with object and complement, or (less commonly) object and infinitive. Cf. sense 32.

ΘΚΠ

the world > physical sensation > sight and vision > seeing or looking > see [verb (transitive)] > succeed in seeing or catch sight of

underyetec1000

aspya1250

kenc1275

ofyetec1275

choosea1300

akenc1300

descrivec1300

ofkenc1300

readc1300

espyc1320

descryc1330

spyc1380

discernc1405

discover1553

scan1558

scry1558

decern1559

describe1574

to make out1575

escry1581

interview1587

display1590

to set sight of (in)c1595

sight1602

discreevec1650

glance1656

to catch a glimpse of1679

steal1731

oversee1735

glimpse1779

twig1796

to clap eyes on1838

spot1848

sky1900

1575 G. Gascoigne Noble Arte Venerie xl. 120 In the sandhils and drye places, a hounde can not make it out so well, by reason of the dust and sande which will strike vp into his nose.

1637 in 3rd Rep. Royal Comm. Hist. MSS (1872) 75/1 The Dunkirkers, so soon as they made out what I was, took in their flag.

1753 S. Richardson Hist. Sir Charles Grandison V. xliii. 273 I always think, when I see those badgerly virgins fond of a parrot,..or a lap-dog, that their imagination makes out husband and children in the animals.

1805 E. Berry Let. 13 Oct. in Ld. Nelson Dispatches & Lett. (1846) VII. 117 (note) The ship that bore down to us I soon made out to be a Three-decker.

1841 E. A. Poe Murders in Rue Morgue in Graham's Mag. Apr. 170/2 The gruff voice was that of a Frenchman. Could make out several words, but cannot now remember all.

1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest I. xi. 200 At last he thought that he could make out a human figure lying at the bottom [of the pit].

1872 W. Black Strange Adventures Phaeton xxx. 406 Minute dots that you can make out to be sheep.

1889 A. Conan Doyle Micah Clarke xxxi. 325 By the aid of a glass I was able to make out their lines and camp.

1924 C. E. Mulford Rustlers' Valley vi. 68 He thought he could make out an oval face drawing back from the dotted Swiss.

1969 I. Murdoch Bruno's Dream i. 1 He reached for his glasses and held his watch up towards the dim curtain-edge and made out that it was four fifteen.

1976 A. Brink Instant in Wind (1979) 113 Here and there, through the sooty crust, one can make out patches of colour.

11. transitive. To find out the meaning of; to discover the drift of; to arrive at an understanding of; to interpret for oneself; to decipher, succeed in reading; †to understand or take (a writer) in a particular way (obsolete); to understand the character or behaviour of (a person). Also (with clause as object, or with object and infinitive): to discover, find out.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > mental capacity > understanding > understand [verb (transitive)] > reach understanding of

conceive1340

grope1390

tellc1390

catchc1475

reacha1500

make1531

to make sense of1574

to make outa1625

apprehend1631

realize1742

finda1834

reify1854

recognize1879

to get (something) straight1920

to pick up1946

to work out1953

the mind > mental capacity > intelligibility > meaning > mean [verb (transitive)] > ascribe meaning to

sense1564

to make outa1625

to make sense of1912

society > communication > reading > [verb (transitive)] > to decipher or interpret, read

areadc885

unspell1665

reada1681

decipher1709

to make out1715

render1864

a1625 J. Fletcher Chances iv. iii. 17/1 in F. Beaumont & J. Fletcher Comedies & Trag. (1647) sig. Ccc Untill to morrow this time: we to our way, To make this doubt out, and you to your way.

1646 Sir T. Browne Pseudodoxia Epidemica vi. i. 277 By this Chronology are many Greeke authors to be understood; and thus is Martinus Crusius to be made out, when [etc.] .

1658 Sir T. Browne Hydriotaphia: Urne-buriall Ep. Ded. sig. A3 We..who have scarce time before us to comprehend new things, or make out learned Novelties.

1688 R. Boyle Disquis. Final Causes iv. 141 To suppose Him to have made such things for a particular end, which we cannot make out to be in any considerable measure worthy of his wisdom.

1715 H. Felton Diss. reading Classics (ed. 2) 172 Your Antiquaries make out the most ancient Medals from a Letter, and some Pieces of Letters,..with great Difficulty to be discerned upon the Face and Reverse.

1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure II. 229 He could only stammer out a few broken, half-form'd, faultering accents, which my ears..spelt, and put together so as to make out their sense.

1773 O. Goldsmith She stoops to Conquer iv. 80 I would not lose the rest of it [sc. a letter] for a guinea. Here, mother, do you make it out.

1791 ‘G. Gambado’ Ann. Horsemanship xvii. 74 His shouts (which from what I can make out from the Girl's imitations of them much resembled the war-hoops of the Indians).

1841 E. A. Poe Descent into Maelstrom in Graham's Mag. May 238/2 At first I could not make out what he meant—but soon a hideous thought flashed upon me.

1863 W. Bagehot Biogr. Stud. 208 To those who had an opportunity of accurately observing Sir George Lewis there was no difficulty in making him out.

1871 B. Jowett tr. Plato Dialogues I. 185 I made out, as I thought, that he was a stranger with whom you were talking.

1883 Sir N. Lindley in Law Times Rep. (1884) 49 727/1 They are clearly inviting the public to come and buy, both wholesale and retail, as far as I can make out.

1934 G. B. Shaw Village Wooing 113 I cant make you out at all. I am rather good at making out people as a rule; but I cant make head or tail of you.

1959 Tararua (N.Z.) 13 45 One curious term is scrub bush. So far as I can make out it is applicable to the individual plants which go to make up tall scrub.

1974 E. Figes Days i. 15 A man's voice trying to get through, only I could not make out what he was trying to tell me.

1987 R. P. Jhabvala Three Continents ii. 189 She even made out that he was coming to see her and not me.

12. transitive. To establish by evidence, argument, or investigation; to demonstrate, prove. Now frequently colloquial in phrases such as: how do you make that out?: ‘by what process do you arrive at that conclusion?’ Also with clause as object.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > testing > proof, demonstration > prove, demonstrate [verb (transitive)]

i-sothea925

soothec950

fanda1000

kitheOE

betell1048

showc1175

prove?c1225

treousec1275

stablisha1325

approve1340

verifyc1386

justifya1393

tryc1412

answer?a1425

appreve?c1450

to make gooda1470

convictc1475

averifyc1503

arguea1513

find1512

pree1515

comprobate1531

demonstrate1538

conclude1549

convince1555

argument1558

evict1571

avoucha1593

evidencea1601

remonstrate1601

clear1605

attaint1609

monstrate1609

evince1610

evince1611

improve1613

remonstrance1621

to make out1653

ascertain1670

to bring off1674

to make (something) to through1675

render1678

substantiatea1691

establisha1704

to bring out1727

realize1763

validate1775

the mind > attention and judgement > testing > proof, demonstration > prove, demonstrate [verb (transitive)] > be proof of

provea1200

showa1325

declarec1400

verifyc1430

givec1449

persuadea1525

arguea1538

demonstrate1572

argue1585

put1596

evidence1611

evident1643

to make out1795

1653 J. Webster Academiarum Examen 81 In the 8. book, besides innumerable falsityes.., that is a most signal one, which in the first chapter labours to build up, of the eternity of motion: that thereby he may make out the ingeniture, and eternity of the world.

1660 tr. M. Amyraut Treat. conc. Relig. ii. iii. 197 They are..at a loss..to make out whence they learn't that God is powerful.

a1682 Sir T. Browne Let. to Friend (1690) 4 If it could be made out, that such who have easie Nativities have commonly hard Deaths.

1694 J. Locke Ess. Humane Understanding (new ed.) ii. i. 44 He, that would not deceive himself, ought to build his Hypothesis on matter of fact, and make it out by sensible experience.

1709 G. Berkeley Ess. New Theory of Vision §128. 149 It has been..clearly made out, that a Man Born Blind wou'd not, at first reception of his Sight, think the things he saw were [etc.].

1795 W. Paley View Evidences Christianity (ed. 3) II. ii. vi. 174 That in truth it was so, is made out by a variety of examples which the writings of Josephus furnish.

1803 Pic Nic No. 4. 5 How do these gentlemen make out their case?

1822 C. P. Clinch Spy i. iii, in America's Lost Plays (1941) XIV. 67 Sand: I've no doubt we'll make more money by keeping ‘hands off’ than by laying them on him. Raw: How the devil will you make that out? Sand: By making out that a live man is better than a dead one.

1863 C. C. Clarke Shakespeare-characters xvi. 391 Shakespeare has made out a strong case for Shylock.

1887 ‘L. Carroll’ Game of Logic iv. 93 ‘That lets me into a little fact about you, you know!’ ‘Why, how do you make that out? You never heard me play the organ?’

1892 Sat. Rev. 8 Oct. 419/2 It would be easy to make out a strong case for the contention.

1920 T. P. Nunn Education xi. 131 A thorough-going misogynist could make out a case for applying the adjectives ‘mechanical’, ‘blind’, ‘unintelligent’, even to human mother-instinct.

1976 Times 21 May 4/4 The Government is satisfied that that special case has not been made out.

1991 R. Harrison Patently Murder (BNC) 18 ‘However, in my opinion the body had lain for some hours after death in a supine position.’ ‘On its back? How do you make that out, sir?’

13. transitive. To claim to have proved, or to try to prove (something to be true); to make to appear, to represent, pretend. With clause as object, or with object and complement, or object and infinitive.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > language > statement > assertion without proof > [verb (transitive)] > claim, maintain, or profess

to bear (a person or thing) in (also an, a, on) handc1300

pretend1402

presumea1470

profess1530

vendicate1557

pretence1567

intend1570

to show for ——1573

affect1606

to make out1659

purport1679

proport1884

1659 T. Burton Diary (1828) IV. 43 There is a Petition in some person's hands touching this business. They make it out that their right was in the time of Henry VI.

1699 R. Cocks Diary 26 Dec. in D. W. Hayton Parl. Diary (1996) 40 I really thought they would have made it out that this grant was the occasion of the French persecution.

1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure I. 206 His..hale, ruddy, wholesome country look, made him out as pretty a piece of woman's meat as you should see.

1832 Examiner 17/2 What, Sir, would you make me out a Radical?

1861 Mrs. H. Wood East Lynne III. iii. xiii. 151 It seems they want to make out now that Dick never murdered Hallijohn.

1872 S. Butler Erewhon viii. 68 I certainly did not make myself out to be any better than I was.

1891 Spectator 30 May Mr. Hutton was certainly careless as to figures, though not so careless as Dr. Abbott makes out.

1902 A. E. W. Mason Four Feathers xiv. 133 ‘I was not thinking of that’, Ethne exclaimed, ‘when I asked why we must wait. That makes me out most selfish.’

1923 L. J. Vance Baroque vii. 65 Just because daughter's a swell looker don't make father out an innocent.

1935 Z. N. Hurston Mules & Men i. i. 33 Come on, Zora, le's go inside and make out we dancin'.

1969 W. Gass Pedersen Kid i. iii. 25 I'd grinned but he hadn't seen me, or else he made out he hadn't.

1988 R. Christiansen Romantic Affinities iv. 149 He was not the troublemaker that the press and gossip made him out to be.

IV. To set out or extend.

14. intransitive. To start, set out, or sally forth; to get away, to escape. Formerly also: †to prepare to set out (obsolete). Now regional.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > going away > go away [verb (intransitive)]

wendeOE

i-wite971

ashakec975

shakeOE

to go awayOE

witea1000

afareOE

agoOE

atwendOE

awayOE

to wend awayOE

awendOE

gangOE

rimeOE

flitc1175

to fare forthc1200

depart?c1225

part?c1225

partc1230

to-partc1275

biwitec1300

atwitea1325

withdrawa1325

to draw awayc1330

passc1330

to turn one's (also the) backc1330

lenda1350

begonec1370

remuea1375

voidc1374

removec1380

to long awaya1382

twinc1386

to pass one's wayc1390

trussc1390

waive1390

to pass out ofa1398

avoida1400

to pass awaya1400

to turn awaya1400

slakec1400

wagc1400

returnc1405

to be gonea1425

muck1429

packc1450

recede1450

roomc1450

to show (a person) the feetc1450

to come offc1475

to take one's licence1475

issue1484

devoidc1485

rebatea1500

walka1500

to go adieua1522

pikea1529

to go one's ways1530

retire?1543

avaunt1549

to make out1558

trudge1562

vade?1570

fly1581

leave1593

wag1594

to get off1595

to go off1600

to put off1600

shog1600

troop1600

to forsake patch1602

exit1607

hence1614

to give offa1616

to take off1657

to move off1692

to cut (also slip) the painter1699

sheera1704

to go about one's business1749

mizzle1772

to move out1792

transit1797–1803

stump it1803

to run away1809

quit1811

to clear off1816

to clear out1816

nash1819

fuff1822

to make (take) tracks (for)1824

mosey1829

slope1830

to tail out1830

to walk one's chalks1835

to take away1838

shove1844

trot1847

fade1848

evacuate1849

shag1851

to get up and get1854

to pull out1855

to cut (the) cable(s)1859

to light out1859

to pick up1872

to sling one's Daniel or hook1873

to sling (also take) one's hook1874

smoke1893

screw1896

shoot1897

voetsak1897

to tootle off1902

to ship out1908

to take a (run-out, walk-out, etc.) powder1909

to push off1918

to bugger off1922

biff1923

to fuck off1929

to hit, split or take the breeze1931

to jack off1931

to piss offa1935

to do a mick1937

to take a walk1937

to head off1941

to take a hike1944

moulder1945

to chuff off1947

to get lost1947

to shoot through1947

skidoo1949

to sod off1950

peel1951

bug1952

split1954

poop1961

mugger1962

frig1965

the world > action or operation > safety > escape > [verb (intransitive)]

atfareOE

atcomec1220

atstertc1220

atrouta1250

ascape1250

astart1250

atblenchc1275

scapec1275

aschapec1300

fleec1300

ofscapea1325

escapec1330

overfleea1382

to get awaya1400

slipa1400

starta1400

skiftc1440

eschewc1450

withstartec1460

rida1470

chape1489

to flee (one's) touch?1515

evadea1522

betwynde?1534

to make out1558

outscape1562

outslip1600

to come off1630

society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (intransitive)]

thinkeOE

bowa1000

seta1000

scritheOE

minlOE

turnc1175

to wend one's wayc1225

ettlec1275

hieldc1275

standc1300

to take (the) gatec1330

bear?c1335

applyc1384

aim?a1400

bend1399

hita1400

straighta1400

bounc1400

intendc1425

purposec1425

appliquec1440

stevenc1440

shape1480

make1488

steera1500

course1555

to make out1558

to make in1575

to make for ——a1593

to make forth1594

plyc1595

trend1618

tour1768

to lie up1779

head1817

loop1898

society > travel > aspects of travel > departure, leaving, or going away > depart, leave, or go away [verb (intransitive)] > set out

forthfarec888

foundOE

seta1000

to go forthOE

to fare forthc1200

partc1230

to pass forthc1325

to take (the) gatec1330

to take the wayc1330

to take one's waya1375

puta1382

treunt?a1400

movec1400

depart1490

prepare?1518

to set forth1530

to set forward(s)1530

busklea1535

to make out1558

to take forth1568

to set out1583

sally1590

start1591

to go off1600

to put forth1604

to start outa1626

intend1646

to take the road1720

to take one's foot in one's hand1755

to set off1774

to get off1778

to set away1817

to take out1855

to haul out1866

to hit the trail (less commonly the grit, pike, road, etc.)1873

to hit, split or take the breeze1910

hop1922

1558 T. Phaer tr. Virgil Æneid (1573) iv. sig. L.ij^v Set sailes aloft, make out with ores, in ships, in boates, in frames.

1589 E. Hayes in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations iii. 692 Making out from this danger, we sownded one while seuen fathome, then fiue fathome, then [etc.]... At last we recouered..in some despaire, to sea roome enough.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Twelfth Night (1623) ii. v. 57 Seauen of my people with an obedient start, make out for him.

a1632 T. Taylor God's Judgem. (1642) i. ii. xviii. 240 The Lion made out for his prey.

1703 W. Burkitt Expos. Notes New Test. Luke ii. 19 A gracious Soul no sooner hears where Christ is, but instantly makes out after him.

1847 L. Hunt Men, Women, & Bks. I. ix. 153 Poor Abbott..rushes forth for the second time, and makes out as fast as he can for a third coffee-house.

1884 ‘R. Boldrewood’ Old Melbourne Mem. xxii. 157 The ruder portion of the herd ‘made out’ that way.

1895 K. Mackay Yellow Wave 203 A dozen men..made out early in the morning to where the horses ‘ran’.

1914 J. Joyce Dubliners 55 They got into a rowboat at the slip and made out for the American's yacht.

1952 F. C. Brown Coll. N. Carolina Folklore I. 563 Make (right) out, to hurry, to escape.—Central and east.

†15. intransitive. To extend in a particular direction or for a specified distance. Cf. sense 59c. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > space > extension in space > extend in space [verb (intransitive)] > extend in a certain direction

liec1000

shootc1000

drawc1180

stretcha1387

streek1388

bear1556

trend1598

tend1604

take1610

to make out1743

to put out1755

trench1768

make1787

1743 R. Pococke Descr. East I. 25 From the north end..the foot of the hill makes out to the river.

1835 J. N. Reynolds Voy. U.S. Frigate Potomac vi. 100 From the northeast point of this island, a low rocky reef ‘makes out’ about half a mile into the sea.

1860 Mercantile Marine Mag. 7 198 At the N. W. end of San Nicolas heavy breakers make out 2½ miles.

to make over

1. transitive.

a. To hand over (sometimes spec. by a formal agreement); to transfer the possession of or responsibility for (a thing, an undertaking, etc.) from oneself to another.

ΘΚΠ

society > law > transfer of property > transfer [verb (transitive)]

assign1297

bequeathc1305

alienc1400

analy1405

releasea1425

alienate?a1475

to make over1478

convey1495

transport1523

to put over1542

dispone?1548

design1573

pass1587

to set over1594

transfer1598

abalienate1646

attorn1649

demise1670

enure1736

to will away1773

divest1790

1478 G. Cely Let. 8 May (1975) 21 I trost to God to make yow houyr at thys marte C li. ster. and mor.

1546 O. Johnson in H. Ellis Orig. Lett. Eng. Hist. (1827) 2nd Ser. II. 178 When she doeth intend to occupie her monney she will lett me knowe for to write to Robert Androwe to make it over.

1600 T. Dekker Shomakers Holiday sig. F Roger, Ile make ouer my shop and tooles to thee.

1651 R. Baxter Plain Script. Proof Infants Church-membership & Baptism 13 The mercies that Christ hath purchased for their Children, and made over to them.

1763 H. Walpole Vertue's Anecd. Painting III. v. 143 Being persuaded to make it [sc. a fortune] over to his son.

1790 in Amer. Pioneer (1842) 1 72 Nathaniel Massie doth bind and oblige himself his heirs, &c., to make over and convey..one in-lot in said town.

1811 J. Austen Sense & Sensibility II. x. 189 The good understanding between the Colonel and Miss Dashwood seemed rather to declare that the honours of the mulberry-tree, the canal, and the yew arbour, would all be made over to her .

1851 N. Hawthorne House of Seven Gables xiii. 213 He inquired whether Mr. Pyncheon would make over to him the old wizard's homestead-ground, together with the House of the Seven Gables.

1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. xxi. 206 He made over the whole free kingdom of England to the Pope.

1883 W. Black Yolande III. xiii. 249 It is all settled now, and the land made over to its rightful possessor.

1893 W. Forbes-Mitchell Reminisc. Great Mutiny 180 My prisoner had no sooner been made over to me than [etc.].

1969 I. Murdoch Bruno's Dream i. 4 He must find out about a deed of gift and make the stamp collection over to somebody and not let the Income Tax have it.

1984 N. Annan Leslie Stephen (1986) iii. 112 He had already made over the management of their affairs to her.

†b. To settle (an estate, etc.) in the hands of trustees. Also used intransitively in same sense. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > law > transfer of property > settlement of property > settle (property) [verb (transitive)] > put property in trust

to feoff (one person) to the use of1491

to put (out) to nurse1593

to make over1650

trustee1818

1650 T. May Old Couple (1658) iv. 33 All your widowes of Aldermen, that marry Lords, of late, Make over their estates, and by that meanes, Retaine a power to curbe their lordly husbands.

1678 S. Butler Hudibras: Third Pt. iii. i. 39 And Widdows, who have try'd one Lover, Trust none again, 'till th'have made over.

a1817 J. Austen Northanger Abbey (1818) I. xv. 293 By what means their income was to be formed, whether landed property were to be resigned, or funded money made over, was a matter in which her disinterested spirit took no concern.

2. intransitive. = to come over 1 at come v. Phrasal verbs 1. rare (chiefly regional).

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > [verb (intransitive)] > travel across or beyond

to come overeOE

overfareOE

overstridea1200

overgoc1225

to go over1415

cross1486

forpass1486

to make over1488

to put over1590

to make through1606

traject1711

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > movement over, across, through, or past > [verb (intransitive)]

to come overeOE

passc1300

to pass byc1390

overwend?a1400

to go over1415

to pass througha1425

overdrawa1450

to make over1488

to get overa1500

transita1500

transire1592

to make through1606

transpass1626

to get through1694

1488 W. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 656 And they had nott seylyd not paste vj legys butt they aspied a Frencheman, and the Frencheman mad ouer to them.

1608 E. Grimeston tr. J. F. Le Petit Gen. Hist. Netherlands xvi. 1290 Sir Robert Mansel obserued their course, and knowing they should fall among those ships which laie in the downes, hee made ouer to the coast of France, to meet with them.

1869 J. S. Le Fanu Wyvern Myst. III. xi. 153 I held my tongue, but made over here to put our heads together and make sure o' the matter.

1942 S. O'Casey Pictures in Hallway 143 There's no actual damage done, is there? he asked, making over to her.

3. transitive. To remake, refashion (a garment, etc.); to refurbish, restore; to transform, reorganize.

ΘΚΠ

the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > making or fashioning anew > fashion anew [verb (transitive)]

reforge1542

unfashion1569

to make over1582

refashion1613

remodel1660

remake1766

recast1790

new-dress1795

rework1837

rejigger1899

rejig1948

jigger1961

1582 in J. D. Marwick Extracts Rec. Burgh Edinb. (1882) IV. 236 Fyndis the watter mettis and land mettis..to be awld, worn, and decayet,..to caus renew and mak ower the same to the awld just mesour of the realme.

1676 A. Marvell Mr. Smirke sig. F^v A Sermon..that was preached before His Majesty, and by his special command to be Printed, is it seems making over again, there having been sure some error in the Fonte.]

1695 J. Collier Misc. upon Moral Subj. 56 Age and Youth can never be made over, or adjusted. Nothing but Time can take away Years, or give them.

1868 L. M. Alcott Little Women I. ix. 125 I wanted the violet silk; but there isn't time to make it over, so I must be contented with my old tarlatan.

1872 H. W. Beecher Pop. Lect. Preaching ii. 39 Perhaps he may be able to make himself over.

1899 R. W. Trine In Tune with Infinite (1903) 50 That the entire human structure can be completely changed, made over, within a period of less than one year.

1903 H. James Ambassadors iv. viii. 111 The new quantity was represented by the fact that Chad had been made over.

1928 R. Macaulay Keeping up Appearances ix. 94 Feeling..in need of restoration, she..had a small port. That's better, she agreed with herself..makes you feel quite made over.

1936 ‘J. Tey’ Shilling for Candles xvi. 180 She..never recognized Chris... She'd heard that they made you over in Hollywood. Perhaps that was it.

1958 Technology Jan. 375/4 Had we better do what we can to ‘make over’ the traditional grammar school for an age of scientific industry?

1972 Daily Tel. 8 Sept. (Colour Suppl.) 26/1 A sewing machine stands on a table with a limp-looking dress, in the process of being ‘made over’, hanging on a nearby chair.

1989 Boardroom July 46/1 The three stucco-fronted, porticoed houses on the Smiths Charity estate have been made over into 15 flats.

†4. transitive. To remove from one place to another. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > transference > [verb (transitive)]

remuea1325

movea1382

translatea1382

transfer1382

transfigurec1384

removea1387

to turn overa1425

transume1483

to carry about1496

traduce1546

transplant1555

transact1621

transmigrate1635

hand1642

to make over1713

recover1719

to carry over1850

1713 J. Addison in Guardian 30 July 2/2 My Waist..is reduced to the Depth of four Inches, by what I have already made over to my Neck.

to make through

†1. intransitive. To go through. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > [verb (intransitive)] > travel across or beyond

to come overeOE

overfareOE

overstridea1200

overgoc1225

to go over1415

cross1486

forpass1486

to make over1488

to put over1590

to make through1606

traject1711

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > movement over, across, through, or past > [verb (intransitive)]

to come overeOE

passc1300

to pass byc1390

overwend?a1400

to go over1415

to pass througha1425

overdrawa1450

to make over1488

to get overa1500

transita1500

transire1592

to make through1606

transpass1626

to get through1694

1606 J. Marston Wonder of Women ii. ii, in Wks. (1856) I. 172 Then amaine Make through to Scipio; he yields safe abodes.

1628 S. Rutherford Lett. (1863) I. 42 I doubt not but that, if hell were betwixt you and Christ, as a river which ye behoved to cross ere you could come at Him, but ye would willingly put in your foot and make through to be at Him.

2. intransitive. Scottish. To finish or be done with. Now rare.

ΚΠ

1825 J. Jamieson Etymol. Dict. Sc. Lang. Suppl. (at cited word) To Mak throw wi', to finish, to come to a conclusion, after surmounting all difficulties; as, ‘He maid throw wi' his sermon after an unco pingle’.

† to make to

Scottish. Obsolete.

intransitive. To set to work. Also (occasionally) reflexive in same sense.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > undertaking > beginning action or activity > begin action or activity [verb (intransitive)]

beginc1000

onginOE

aginOE

ginc1175

to go tillc1175

to take onc1175

comsea1225

fanga1225

to go toc1275

i-ginc1275

commencec1320

to get (also get down, go, go adown, set, set down) to workc1400

to lay to one's hand(sc1405

to put to one's hand (also hands)c1410

to set toc1425

standa1450

to make to1563

to fall to it1570

to start out1574

to fall to1577

to run upon ——1581

to break off1591

start1607

to set in1608

to set to one's hands1611

to put toa1616

to fall ona1625

in1633

to fall aboard1642

auspicatea1670

to set out1693

to enter (into) the fray1698

open1708

to start in1737

inchoate1767

to set off1774

go1780

start1785

to on with1843

to kick off1857

to start in on1859

to steam up1860

to push off1909

to cut loose1923

to get (also put) the show on the road1941

to get one's arse in gear1948

1563 N. Winȝet Certain Tractates (1890) II. 4 Quhilkis being done..makis he to without delay.

1570 in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. xii. 91 First on the feildis mak schortly to.

?1572 R. Sempill Premonitioun Barnis of Leith (single sheet) How sone I vnderstude the cace, I maid me to frahand.

1646 R. Baillie Let. 13 Oct. (1841) II. 403 Sundry other shyres are making to.

† to make together

Obsolete.

transitive. To combine; to compound.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > wholeness > mutual relation of parts to whole > condition or state of being mixed or blended > mix or blend [verb (transitive)] > specific material things

to make togethera1225

blenda1400

minglea1475

a1225 (c1200) Vices & Virtues (1888) 115 (MED) Lauerd, ȝif hit is ðin wille..Dom and Rewðe make wel to-gedere!

a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Bodl. 959) 3 Kings v. 9 I schal maken hem to gidere [L. componam ea] in schippis in þe se.

?a1425 tr. Guy de Chauliac Grande Chirurgie (Hunterian) f. 56 (MED) Þer spryngen oute two braunches..þe whiche ben compounde, oþer made to gidere.

1535 Bible (Coverdale) Ecclus. xlix. 1 Whan the Apotecary maketh many precious swete smellynge thinges together.

to make up

I. To build up, complete, or compensate.

†1. transitive. To build, erect (a tower, city, etc.). Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > occupation and work > industry > building or constructing > build or construct [verb (transitive)]

timbera900

workOE

betimberOE

craftOE

buildc1275

lifta1300

stagec1330

upraise1338

wright1338

edifya1340

to make outa1382

to make upa1382

biga1400

housea1400

risea1400

telda1400–50

to work upa1450

redress1481

levy1495

upmake1507

upbuild1513

exstruct?c1550

construct1663

to run up1686

practise1739

to lay up1788

elevate1798

to put up1818

to lay down1851

practicate1851

a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Bodl. 959) Josh. xxii. 22 Þis auter we han made opp [L.V. we bildiden; L. construximus].

a1425 (?a1400) G. Chaucer Romaunt Rose (Hunterian) 7060 And he couthe thurgh his sleght, Do maken up a tour of height.

1490 W. Caxton tr. Eneydos xvi. 63 He fonde eneas..all ocupyed for to make vp the cytee of cartage.

a1500 (?c1450) Merlin 39 (MED) Than comaunded Vortiger the werkemen to make vp the toure.

c1540 (?a1400) Gest Historiale Destr. Troy 275 Argus..made vp a mekyll ship.

†2. transitive. To build up (a bank, etc.) again where it has fallen away; to repair (an earthwork, fence, etc.) by making good any gaps or deficiencies. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > occupation and work > industry > earth-moving, etc. > [verb (transitive)] > repair earthwork, etc.

evena1382

to make up1468

1468 Extracts Rec. in W. Chambers Charters Burgh Peebles (1872) 158 Mychell of Forest sall mak wp hys syd dyk fra his bern to the yet wythin viij dayis.

a1500 (c1425) Andrew of Wyntoun Oryg. Cron. Scotl. (Nero) viii. l. 3994 He gert hym of his costage Mak vp Dunbar.

1576 in W. H. Turner Select. Rec. Oxf. (1880) 385 By the default of the..Cytie in not meakinge up the..bancks.

1585 T. Washington tr. N. de Nicolay Nauigations Turkie xix. 22 b That whiche was beaten downe..the assieged made vp againe.

c1600 Wriothesley's Chron. Eng. (1877) II. 102 The worke..was begun to be made up agayn with breke.

1603 R. Knolles Gen. Hist. Turkes 863 The Christians in the meane time made vp their breaches with earth, [etc.].

1611 Bible (King James) Ezek. xiii. 5 Yee haue not gone vp into the gaps, neither made vp the hedge for the house of Israel.

1664 in J. Stuart Extracts Council Reg. Aberdeen (1872) II. 208 The deane of gild to cause make wp the mercat croce..according to the stanse and forme of the mercat croce of..Edinburgh.

a. transitive. To make good, to compensate for (something that is wanting); to supply (a deficiency). Frequently also to make up (lost) ground. See also sense 3e.to make up leeway: see leeway n.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > relationship > equality or equivalence > make equal [verb (transitive)] > compensate or make up for

restorea1325

to make good1389

boot1393

rewarda1398

supplya1398

to make up1472

upset1513

to fetch again1535

redeem1590

balance1594

pay1596

unpay1600

to make out1610

requitea1613

to pay home1625

encourage1628

compensate1646

compensate1656

reprise1662

to take up1662

to fetch up1665

to pay off1717

indemnify1750

to bring up arrears1788

equalize1866

reparate1956

the world > relative properties > relationship > equality or equivalence > be or become equal [verb (intransitive)] > compensate > make up time or distance

to make, fetch up, make up leeway1669

to save one's distance (also time)1790

to make up (lost) ground1890

1472 M. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 365 Master Godfrey hathe promysyd hym..xl s. be ȝere, and þan lakkythe but iiij nobyls of xx mark be ȝere, þe wyche they hope ȝe wylle make vpe.

1538 T. Elyot Dict. at Suppleo To make vp that whiche lacketh.

1660 N. Ingelo Bentivolio & Urania i. 43 This he perform'd with such accurate Skill, that it made up whatsoever he wanted of Force.

1688 Bp. G. Burnet Three Lett. State of Italy 122 The Clergy..had neither learning nor vertue but made up all Defects by a slavish Obsequiousness.

1711 J. Addison Spectator No. 127. ¶2 What they have lost in Height they make up in Breadth.

1766 O. Goldsmith Vicar of Wakefield I. iv. 34 What the conversation wanted in wit, we made up in laughter.

1811 L.-M. Hawkins Countess & Gertrude IV. lxvii. 25 [The Almighty] never forgets us; it's all made up to us one time or the other.

1837 Ord. & Reg. Harvard Univ. 10 Recitations omitted may be made up with the assent of the Instructer, at any time within the term, in which they occur.

1862 Temple Bar 6 397 Should the confessor order him to make up the injury done to the treasury?

1882 ‘E. Lyall’ Donovan xlii He had large arrears of sleep to make up.

1890 Sat. Rev. 31 May 668/2 After getting a very indifferent start, she made up ground at the Bushes.

1890 Illustr. Sporting & Dramatic News 10 May 279/2 The huntsman..is now rapidly making up lost ground.

1934 A. Woollcott While Rome Burns 26 Hansoms have the advantage of semi-privacy, and what their drivers lack in chic they make up in saltiness.

1990 Sports Illustr. 23 July 26/3 The preternaturally patient King, who trailed by 11 strokes earlier in the day, made up ground by avoiding mistakes.

b. transitive. To supply the shortfall or deficiencies of; to complete (a given number, quantity, period, etc.); (formerly also in passive) †to be completed in form or growth, come to fruition, (occasionally) to come to the end of one's life (obsolete).

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > wholeness > completeness > make complete [verb (transitive)] > complete, fill up, or make up > by supplying what is wanting

performa1382

supplyc1480

upmake1485

to make up1488

mend?a1505

to stop, to fill (in or up), to supply a gap?1523

to eke out1596

help out (also through)1600

size1608

echea1616

inch out1620

to eke up1633

supplete1664

lengthen1670

supplement1749

to husband out1762

sort1880

piecenc1900

1488 Cely Papers in Eng. Stud. (1961) 42 144 I delyuyrd Nycolas v li...to lay to the xxv li...to make vpe xxx li. ffor L.B.

a1553 King Edward VI Jrnl. 10 Feb. 1552 in Lit. Remains (1857) II. 400 [He] departed with somwhat more crounes then came to fifty-three thousand five hundred and odde poundes, and had authorite to borow..10,00 pounds Flemish..to make up the pay.

a1568 R. Ascham Scholemaster (1570) ii. f. 56^v Now to know, what Author doth medle onelie with some one..member of eloquence, and who doth perfitelie make vp the whole bodie.

1574 R. Bristow Briefe Treat. Plaine Wayes f. 86 Catholics..who..were for that cause throwen out of their charges, cast into prisons, and there are now al almost made up by Martyrdome.

1593 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie i. xiv. 87 Before the full and complete measure of things necessarie be made vp.

1593 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie ii. viii. 123 Whatsoeuer to make vp the doctrine of mans saluation is added, as in supply of the scriptures vnsufficiencie, we reiect it.

1597 T. Beard Theatre Gods Iudgements ii. xlii. 426 [He] passing that night in great distresse, the next day made vp his wicked and miserable end.

1597 W. Shakespeare Richard III i. i. 21 Sent before my time Into this breathing world scarce halfe made vp.

1612 F. Bacon Ess. (new ed.) 145 For no youth can be comely, but by pardon, & considering the youth, as to make vp the comlinesse.

1641 J. Jackson True Evangelical Temper ii. 137 Lastly, I will make up the Decade with a meaner person,..Elizabeth Folks.

1645 J. Milton On Christ's Nativity: Hymn xiii, in Poems 7 And with your ninefold harmony Make up full consort to th' Angelike symphony.

1651 J. Saint-Amard tr. F. Micanzio Life Father Paul sig. E2 Not onely from being verst, but consummate, and made up in all sorts of learning.

1656 A. Cowley Davideis i. 28 in Poems There are some places in him [i.e. Virgil], which I dare almost swear have been made up..by the putid officiousness of some Grammarians.

1743 H. Fielding Jonathan Wild i. iv, in Misc. III. 23 As Whisk and Swabbers was the Game then in the chief Vogue, they were oblig'd to look for a fourth Person, in order to make up their Parties.

1793 T. Hastings Regal Rambler 47 Paper is thrown in to make up the weight.

1860 J. Abbott Amer. Hist. I. vii. 211 When the Indians had these large amounts to pay, it sometimes required many months for them to make up the sum.

1879 ‘Cavendish’ Card Ess. 189 When people are asked to make up a rubber.

1894 R. Bridges Feast of Bacchus i. 234 'Twill make our numbers up.

1956 G. E. Evans Ask Fellows who cut Hay xi. 90 One of the reasons why lads and boys were included in the contract is that they were taken on to make up the harvest—to bring the company up to the requisite strength.

1991 Globe & Mail (Toronto) 30 Nov. e11/2 The programming philosophy..has always been..to play them frequently..and to make up the minimum requirement with ‘gold’ selections..and..specialty selections.

c. transitive. To bring up to a given number, sum, etc. Formerly †with the numeral as a simple complement (obsolete); now with to.

ΚΠ

1629 J. Cole Of Death 195 His deceased children were alive still in heaven; and the ten more given him here, made them up twenty.

1719 D. Defoe Farther Adventures Robinson Crusoe 135 At first, I distributed Linnen sufficient to make every one of them four Shirts, and at the Spaniards request afterwards, made them up six.

1738 S. Johnson Let. (1992) I. 22 One 8vo pica..he is willing to do for twelve shillings a Sheet, to be made up a Guinea at the second impression.

1882 R. L. Stevenson New Arabian Nights I. 28 The Prince and his follower made the number up to eighteen.

1890 Illustr. London News 28 June 814/3 He makes up the income of his wife..to £2000 per annum.

1920 Act 10 Geo. V c. 48 §2 Such amount as may be required to make up the profit or loss to the amount of the standard.

1942 E. Bowen Bowen's Court ii. 38 His first object, when he arrived in Ireland, was to account for, and cause to be made up, an annual deficit of £20,000 in the revenue due from that country to the King.

1986 R. Carver Elephant (1988) 75 But that's all he paid her of the five hundred—fifty dollars or else seventy-five dollars, according to whose story you want to listen to. I had to make the rest up to her.

d. intransitive. To compensate for, atone for.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > relationship > equality or equivalence > be or become equal [verb (intransitive)] > compensate > make good or make up for

compensate1660

to make up1711

indemn1906

1711 R. Steele Spectator No. 33. ⁋1 Daphne..found her self obliged to acquire some Accomplishments to make up for the want of those Attractions.

a1777 S. Foote Cozeners (1778) iii. ii. 70 You may renew hostilities and make up for lost time, as soon as you are out of the house.

1856 J. H. Newman Callista (1885) 274 If we have been wanting in due consideration for him, we now trust to make up for it.

1859 J. M. Jephson & L. Reeve Narr. Walking Tour Brittany ii. 16 A lovely view made up to me for the sights and smells.

1879 E. Dowden Southey v. 132 Southey made up in weight for what was wanting in measure.

1889 M. E. Kennard Landing Prize I. xi. 191 She does not attempt to make up for lost ground.

1908 E. F. Benson Climber 107 ‘I had meant to work to-morrow,’ said Elizabeth, ‘but I can do more the day after and make up for lost time.’

1978 M. Sarton Reckoning (1984) xxi. 229 He was trying to make up somehow for the hell he had put her through.

1988 L. Appignanesi Simone de Beauvoir ii. 32 Sartre made up for his physical unattractiveness by the sheer force of his exuberant personality and charm.

e. transitive. colloquial. to make it up to: to compensate or atone to (a person) for a loss or wrong suffered (esp. one of which the subject is the cause). Cf. sense 13b.

ΘΚΠ

society > morality > virtue > righteousness or rectitude > reform, amendment, or correction > atonement > atone for [verb (transitive)] > make atonement to (a person)

to make one's gree to or withc1290

answera1400

satisfy1437

content1548

to make it up to1860

1860 W. Collins Woman in White in All Year Round 24 Mar. 503/1 I must make it up to you for having been afraid to speak out at a better time.

1879 H. James Confidence II. xx. 13 He had wronged her... As he could not make it up to her, the only reasonable thing was to keep out of her way.

1915 W. Cather Song of Lark vi. iii. 405 My own father died in Nebraska when Gunner was born..and I was sorry, but the baby made it up to me.

1946 K. Tennant Lost Haven (1947) xii. 188 You're a good girl... Make it up to you some time.

1973 A. MacVicar Painted Doll Affair xi. 130 I persuaded myself that it was justified. Tomorrow I would make it up to him.

1992 I. Pattison More Rab C. Nesbitt Scripts 16 Rab: Jaffa cakes on a Wednesday, Mary..Pure decadence. Mary: I had to lash oot on them, din't I? to make it up to the wean!

4. transitive. To fill up (an opening or gap); to stop up (a hole or passage); to shut or fasten up (a door, a house). Now chiefly regional.

ΘΚΠ

the world > space > relative position > closed or shut condition > close or shut [verb (transitive)]

beloukeOE

tinea900

bitunc1000

forshutc1000

sparc1175

louka1225

bisteke?c1225

spear?c1225

closec1275

knita1398

fastena1400

upclosec1440

to shut up1526

reclude1550

upspeara1563

lucken1568

to make up1582

hatcha1586

belocka1616

1582 in W. H. Turner Select. Rec. Oxf. (1880) 435 Nayles and woorkmanshippe to make uppe the hole in the walle.

1605 B. Jonson Sejanus i. i. 389 We must make vp our eares, 'gainst these assaults Of charming tongues.

1655 T. Stanley Hist. Philos. I. i. 26 Some say that the old channell was quite made up.

1719 D. Defoe Life Robinson Crusoe 69 I made up the Entrance, which till now I had left open.

1841 R. C. Trench Parables (1893) 334 The house is made up for the night, barred and bolted.

1886 R. Holland Gloss. Words County of Chester Make up..(3) to repair, to close up. ‘You mun mak yon gap up’.

1886 R. E. G. Cole Gloss. Words S.-W. Lincs. (at cited word) ‘The silt soon maks up the pipes’.

1891 Law Times 90 395/1 The hind proceeded to make up the gap by placing wooden rails on the side next the glebe land.

5. transitive †To close up (a letter) (obsolete); to wrap up (an article); to put together into a parcel, package, or bundle.

ΘΚΠ

the world > space > relative position > closed or shut condition > close or shut [verb (transitive)] > by folding together

to fold upc888

shut?a1366

to do to1562

to make up1629

to shut up1833

the world > space > relative position > arrangement or fact of being arranged > state of being gathered together > gather together [verb (transitive)] > make into a pack or parcel

hamperc1400

packc1400

to pack up1530

mail1570

emball1588

fardel1594

packet1621

farla1640

to make up1709

embale1727

bale1762

parcel1775

empacket1825

make1849

package1917

the world > space > relative position > arrangement or fact of being arranged > state of being gathered together > gather together [verb (transitive)] > make into a pack or parcel > make a parcel

to make up1823

1629 P. Massinger Roman Actor iv. i. sig. G3^v I brib'd the boy that did conuey the letter, And hauing perus'd it, made it vp againe.

1709 Brit. Apollo 23–25 Nov. [Paper] to make up Soap in.

1823 Examiner 802/2 I was making up a parcel.

1832 Examiner 617/1 Mails will be made up at the Post-office for..Lisbon every Tuesday.

1859 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 20 i. 45 The hay is sometimes made up into bundles.

1889 R. L. Stevenson Master of Ballantrae x. 277 Making up his portmanteau for a voyage.

1894 Cassell's New Techn. Educator IV. 369/1 The reelings are then weighed and made up into bundles.

1988 R. Moss Challenge Bk. Brownie Stories (BNC) 56 The Pack spent a busy evening making up gift parcels to take round to the orphanage.

II. To compose, assemble.

6. transitive. To compose, compile.

a. To put together in due form; to compile, draw up (a list, document, etc.).

ΘΚΠ

society > communication > writing > manner of writing > [verb (transitive)] > draw up document

writeOE

makec1300

drawc1390

to make upa1425

to make out1465

prepare1562

to draw up1623

scriven1742

to draw out1773

redact1837

a1425 (c1385) G. Chaucer Troilus & Criseyde (1987) iii. 340 And day is set, the chartres up to make.

1552 R. Huloet Abcedarium Anglico Latinum Make vp, scribo.

1623 W. Shakespeare & J. Fletcher Henry VIII i. i. 89 He makes vp the File Of all the Gentry.

1662 J. Graunt Nat. & Polit. Observ. Bills Mortality i. 11 On Wednesday the general Accompt is made up, and Printed.

1814 J. Austen Mansfield Park II. xiii. 293 ‘You cannot think I mean to hurry you,’ said he in an under voice, perceiving the amazing trepidation with which she made up the note.

1885 Act 48 Vict. c. 16. §6 Every future valuation roll to be made up in any county.

1891 Sat. Rev. 8 Aug. 163/1 The averages of the season, made up to Saturday last.

1909 Cent. Dict. Suppl. at Transfer The transfers are the official record from which the prize-list is made up.

1975 R. Davies World of Wonders (1977) ii. v. 189 I had to make up the call-lists, so that the call-boy..could warn the actors when they were wanted on stage.

†b. To compose (a book, sermon). Obsolete (Scottish in later use).In quot. 1630 the sense is perhaps ‘to make ready for the press’; the History was published in 1631.

ΘΚΠ

society > leisure > the arts > literature > art or occupation of writer or author > be the author of or write (a work) [verb (transitive)]

setc888

adighteOE

awriteeOE

writeeOE

dightc1000

workOE

makelOE

brevea1225

ditea1300

aditec1330

indite1340

betravail1387

compone1393

saya1475

compile1477

compose1483

comprise1485

recite1523

pen1530

contex1542

invent1576

author1597

context1628

to make up1630

spawn1631

1630 J. Ussher Let. in R. Parr Life J. Usher (1686) Coll. clix. 434 The History of Gotteschalcus,..which I am now a making up.

a1676 M. Hale Primitive Originat. Mankind (1677) 222 Out of the History of Moses touching the Universal Flood, and the History of Deucalion, Ovid made up his first Book.

1881 Jamieson's Etymol. Dict. Sc. Lang. (new ed.) II. 218/2 To mak up,..4. To compose; as, ‘The minister's thrang makin' up his sermon’.

c. To concoct, invent, fabricate (a story, lie, fictional scene or character, etc.); to compose (verses, etc.) impromptu; to improvise. Also to make (something) up as one goes along: to extemporize, improvise (something), frequently with little or no prior knowledge of the subject in question.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > mental capacity > perception or cognition > faculty of imagination > inventive or creative faculty > contrive, devise, or invent [verb (transitive)]

findeOE

conceive1340

seek1340

brewc1386

divine1393

to find outc1405

to search outc1425

to find up?c1430

forgec1430

upfindc1440

commentc1450

to dream out1533

inventa1538

father1548

spina1575

coin1580

conceit1591

mint1593

spawn1594

cook1599

infantize1619

fabulize1633

notionate1645

to make upc1650

to spin outa1651

to cook up1655

to strike out1735

mother1788

to think up1855

to noodle out1950

gin1980

the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > disregard for truth, falsehood > fabrication of statement or story > invent, concoct [verb (transitive)]

forgec1386

contrivec1400

commentc1450

dissimule1483

devisea1535

invent1535

fable1553

coin1561

to make upc1650

manufacture1700

to tell the tale1717

fabricate1779

concoct1792

fob1805

mythologize1851

fabulate1856

phoney1940

the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > disregard for truth, falsehood > fabrication of statement or story > invent, concoct [verb (transitive)] > turn into fiction

to make upc1650

fictionize1831

fictionalize1925

fiction1961

c1650 J. Spalding Memorialls Trubles Scotl. & Eng. (1851) II. 202 Declairing [that] these wemen..war persuadit and intysit to mak wp this sclander.

1726 J. Swift Gulliver II. iii. xi. 153 The Seamen..were curious to enquire into my Voyages and Course of Life. I made up a Story as short and probable as I could, but concealed the greatest part.

1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest I. xiv. 275 Well, the story was not badly made up.

1863 A. Trollope Rachel Ray I. iv. 77 ‘You will believe me?’ said Rachel. ‘You will not think that I am making up stories to deceive you?’

1869 L. M. Alcott Little Women II. iv. 54 The parts that were taken straight out of real life, are denounced as impossible and absurd, and the scenes that I made up out of my own silly head, are pronounced..‘true’.

1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. iv. 28 People began to make up a history of the Britons.

1891 Mrs. S. Edwards Secret of Princess II. i. 2 He sang his verses as he made them up.

1893 R. Kipling Many Inventions 98 I made up a whole lot of new things to go into the story.

a1902 F. Norris Pit (1903) i. 27 ‘He had delirium tremens once behind the scenes in Philadelphia, and stabbed a scene shifter with his stage dagger...’ ‘Now, Landry,’ protested Mrs. Cressler, ‘you're making it up as you go along.’

1924 M. Baring C xiv. 167 People had made up the story and believed it because they wanted to.

1940 A. Tate Ess. Four Decades (1970) 141 I began to wonder if Mr. Ransom had made it up; then I began to hope that he had, so that the witnessed fact should stand as proof of an insight.

1968 Guardian 22 Sept. 8/4 The film was, we are told, scriptless; the actors made up the dialogue as they went along.

1977 L. Lowry Summer to Die x. 139 We sang ‘Michael, Row Your Boat Ashore,’ mostly off-key, and we made up verses for everybody.

1988 J. Allen Awaiting Developments (1989) xii. 137 Dad and Kathleen were talking about the Council, and Planning Permission, and various Laws of the Land which I think they were making up as they went along.

1991 New Scientist 27 Apr. 51/2 When children make up novel words it is called lexical innovation.

7. transitive. To set out the items of (an account) in order; to add up and balance (an account).

ΘΚΠ

society > trade and finance > management of money > keeping accounts > keep accounts [verb (transitive)] > add up and ascertain differences

to make up1471

balance1588

1471 J. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 570 I purpose to make vp my byllys cler, and send yow the copyse.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Coriolanus (1623) i. i. 142 Yet I can make my Awdit vp, that all From me do backe receiue the Flowre of all.

a1729 J. Rogers 19 Serm. (1735) ii. 33 He was to make up his Accounts with his Lord.

1741 S. Richardson Pamela III. xxxii. 250 A Desk, at which sometimes Mr. Jonathan makes up his running Accounts to Mr. Longman.

1749 H. Fielding Tom Jones II. v. viii. 182 Who but an Atheist could think of leaving the World without having first made up his Account?

1858 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 19 i. 123 A farmer's accounts should be made up once a year.

1889 M. E. Carter Mrs. Severn I. i. i. 27 Her husband..made up the tradesmen's books.

1892 J. Adam Commercial Corr. 22 It is customary for the banker to make up, or balance, the current account at the end of each half-year.

1915 V. Woolf Voy. Out viii. 113 At the open windows merchants could be seen making up the day's account.

1960 P. Larkin Sel. Lett. (1992) 322 I also enclose a cheque for £9, dated for 1st December as I have made up my accounts for November.

8. transitive. Said of component parts.

a. Of quantities or individuals: to form (a certain sum or total; now chiefly, a certain fraction or percentage) either by themselves or with others.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > quantity > amount to a quantity or amount [verb (transitive)]

waxc1330

amountc1350

amount1399

to make up1504

to run to ——1528

to make out1535

sum1609

amound1642

tella1794

size1917

1504 in S. Tymms Wills & Inventories Bury St. Edmunds (1850) 96 As mych lond more as shall makuppe the valo^r of xj marc̃ by yeer w^t the seid londes in Watton.

1542–3 Act 34 & 35 Hen. VIII c. 5. §12 As muche of the two partes residue, as shall accomplishe and make vp a full thirde parte.

1598 W. Shakespeare Love's Labour's Lost iv. iii. 205 That you three fooles, lackt me foole, to make vp the messe.

1602 J. Marston Hist. Antonio & Mellida ii. sig. D3 I haue nineteene mistresses alreadie, and I not much disdeigne that thou shold'st make vp the ful score.

1652 R. Brome Joviall Crew i. sig. B3^v Cash: which added Unto your former Banck, makes up in all..Twelve thousand and odd pounds.

1662 E. Stillingfleet Origines Sacræ i. v §2 Reckoning three Generations to make up a century.

1748 S. Richardson Clarissa III. lxvi. 321 These four [gentlemen], with Mrs. Sinclair, Miss Partington,..Mr. Lovelace, and myself, made up the company.

1860 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 21 ii. 450 The sums..do not quite make up 100.

1882 T. H. Pickering Monaco vi. 96 Three harvests of four different products make up a total, according to Monégasque arithmatic, of twelve crops.

1937 N. L. Bowen in Amer. Jrnl. Sci. 233 1 Since the oxides listed..make up some 97 per cent of the composition of the average igneous rock the alkali-alumina silicate system..is here referred to as petrogeny's ‘residua system’.

1974 E. Bowen Henry & Other Heroes vi. 127 Six Indian brothers made up two-thirds of the team.

1995 Mother & Baby June 22/1 Cells in the human body contain 46 chromosomes, making up 23 pairs.

b. To form the components of (a whole); to constitute, compose; to contribute to the formation of; to go to form or produce. Frequently in passive to be made up (of certain components or parts).

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > wholeness > incompleteness > part of whole > be (part of) [verb (transitive)] > be the or a component(s) of

graitha1300

form1377

makea1393

compone1398

constitute1552

go1559

to make up1589

mould1602

compounda1616

integrate1638

elementate1660

compose1665

represent1776

comprise1794

account1893

1589 G. Puttenham Arte Eng. Poesie ii. iii. 58 The next measure is of two feete or of foure sillables, and then one word tetrasillable diuided in the middest makes vp the whole meeter.

1597 W. Shakespeare Romeo & Juliet v. i. 48 Olde..cakes of Roses, Are thinly strewed to make vp a show.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 3 (1623) i. iv. 26 The Sands are numbred, that makes vp my Life.

1634 T. Herbert Relation Some Yeares Trauaile 2 Men and manners, which make vp a Librarie to themselues.

1646 Sir T. Browne Pseudodoxia Epidemica iii. ix. 127 This part, or animall of Plato, containeth not only sanguineous and reparable particles, but is made up of veynes, nerves, arteries.

1660 F. Brooke tr. V. Le Blanc World Surveyed 63 The River..is pleasant and large, and helps to make up a good haven.

1688 Bp. G. Burnet Three Lett. State of Italy 129 I have writ you a very loose sort of a Letter, all made up of digressions.

1693 J. Dryden Disc. conc. Satire in J. Dryden et al. tr. Juvenal Satires p. xvii Satyrus, that mixt kind of Animal..made up betwixt a Man and a Goat.

1711 R. Steele Spectator No. 152. ⁋3 These are the People who make up the Gross of the Soldiery.

1712 G. Berkeley Passive Obed. §1. 1 An Audience almost wholly made up of young Persons.

1713 J. Addison Cato iv. iii. 48 He was all made up of Love and Charms.

1834 J. H. Newman Parochial Serm. (1837) I. xxi. 316 Soul and body make up one man.

1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. I. i. 131 The few members who made up what was contemptuously called the Rump of the House of Commons.

1861 J. W. Carlyle Lett. III. 81 Ramsgate..is made up of narrow, steep, confused streets.

1877 E. A. Freeman Hist. Norman Conquest (ed. 3) I. App. 756 The force was made up of men of all nations.

1889 K. S. Macquoid Roger Ferron I. 122 Life is made up of tiny trifles.

1915 W. Cather Song of Lark i. i. 10 Her affection for him was prettier than most of the things that went to make up the doctor's life in Moonstone.

1941 W. J. Cash Mind of South ii. i. 127 All this went to make up an atmosphere wonderfully calculated to hurry sentimentality on to acromegalic development.

1960 B. Bettelheim Informed Heart (1986) iv. 174 The group, made up of Jewish political prisoners..managed to be assigned to the bricklayers' command.

1987 M. Warnock Memory v. 99 The series of experiences and attitudes and emotions which go to make up one person, is not a coherent and continuously conscious whole, but fragmentary.

9. transitive. To put together, construct, compound.

a. To put together (a substance or material) into a particular form; to create, mould, or form (an arrangement, finished article, etc.) from a particular substance or material. Now chiefly confined to specialist contexts (see quots. and senses 9b – 9h). See also 5.

ΘΚΠ

the world > existence and causation > creation > [verb (transitive)] > devise, contrive, or make up, compose, or concoct

craftOE

befind1297

visec1325

contrive1377

temper1390

preparate?a1425

brew1530

to make up1530

forge1549

compact1576

mint1593

feign1690

to get up1828

1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 632/1 Nowe that I have made up my cockes I wyll carye in as fast as I can.

1577 B. Googe tr. C. Heresbach Foure Bks. Husbandry i. f. 45^v When it [sc. grass] is dryed, we..make it vp in Cockes, and after that in Moowes, which must be sharpe and piked in the toppe.

1644 G. Plattes in S. Hartlib Legacy (1655) 200 I would have all the richest Farmers..to take down the foresaid Rick, and to make it up again with a leere of thrashed Corn.

1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant ii. 85 They sweep a place very clean to sift the lime in, and when it is sifted they make it up in a heap.

1727 J. Arbuthnot Tables Anc. Coins 304 A Catapotium is a..Medicine that is..most commonly made up in Pills.

1852 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 13 i. 40 If proper care is taken in ‘making up’ the butter formed from cream slightly acescent.

1861 Temple Bar 3 254 The best coiffeurs..having a secret of making up a lady's head to last for three months.

1862 Temple Bar Sept. 250 Some curious tricks of the trade are practised in making up false hair.

1938 Amer. Home Jan. 58/3 I know an artist who buys plain door molding from the carpenter, makes it up into frames himself, and simply rubs it down.

1971 Black Scholar Dec. 56/1 The first leaflet we put out, I wrote, the first demonstration, I made up the pamphlets.

b. To get together, collect (a company, a sum of money); to furnish by contributions from different sources.

ΘΚΠ

make?a1160

to make up1594

1594 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 2 ii. i. 44 Make vp no factious numbers.

1654 E. Wolley tr. ‘G. de Scudéry’ Curia Politiæ 106 To imbezell the treasure of the State, and so make up Bankes for private uses.

1692 J. Locke Some Considerations Lowering Interest 92 How will the Farmer be able to make up his Rent at Quarter Day?

c1718 M. Prior Ladle 158 The miser must make up his plum.

1742 H. Fielding Joseph Andrews I. ii. xv. 280 Money was never scarcer, and she wanted to make up a Sum.

1808 Monthly Pantheon 1 71/1 Who take more pleasure in mediating in a quarrel, than in making up a purse for a boxing match.

1837 Penny Cycl. IX. 435/1 Nor was this an expensive company made up for the new house; for all, or nearly, all of the performers..had belonged to the old one.

1846 C. St. John Wild Sports Highlands 27 It requires quick shooting and good walking to make up a handsome bag.

1855 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. III. xv. 547 To contribute of their substance in order to make up a purse for Jeffreys.

1880 G. Smith Cowper ii. 22 His relations..combined to make up a little income for him.

1925 W. Cather Professor's House i. xv. 158 We could very nicely make up a little party at Lapérouse for him.

1986 S. Middleton After Dinner's Sleep vi. 66 Searching for coins, they made the sum up between them.

c. To mix (dough); to form dough into (a loaf, biscuits, etc.).

ΚΠ

1615 R. Hamor True Disc. Present Estate Virginia 43 Presently the bread was brought in two great wodden bouls, the quantity of a bushel sod breade made vp round, of the bignesse of a tenise ball.

1844 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 5 i. 3 A description of flour called ‘cowens,’ used by the bakers for making up their dough.

1852 H. B. Stowe Uncle Tom's Cabin I. xiii. 199 Rachel now took down a snowy moulding-board, and..proceeded quietly to making up some biscuits.

1904 Westm. Gaz. 23 Aug. 4/1 Fancy bread is for the future to be defined as that which is ‘made up into separate rolls, twists, or other shapes, each of which is less than one pound in weight’.

d. To fit together the parts of (a garment, etc.); to fit together (pieces of material) to form a garment, etc.; to make (cloth) into clothing. Also intransitive: (of material) to admit of being used in this way.

ΘΚΠ

the world > textiles and clothing > clothing > tailoring or making clothes > tailor or make clothes [verb (transitive)]

shape?c1225

to make up1647

confection1839

build1840

tailor1856

the world > textiles and clothing > clothing > tailoring or making clothes > tailor or make clothes [verb (transitive)] > make cloth or pieces of material into clothing

to make up1647

1647 N. Hardy Justice Triumphing 25 Not so much as the garments of the new Dukes and Earles but are made up.

1672 in R. Willis & J. W. Clark Archit. Hist. Univ. Cambr. (1886) II. 295 For making up y^e Sarcenet Curtain.

1672 Duke of Buckingham Rehearsal iii. 21 [A tailor says] If I can't make up all the work I cut out, I shan't want Journey-men to help me.

1709 London Gaz. No. 4577/4 A wrought Gown stitch'd upon East-India Dimety,..not..made up.

1789 H. L. Piozzi Observ. Journey France I. 184 A skeleton wire upon the head, such as we use to make up hats.

1789 ‘P. Pindar’ Expostulatory Odes xi. 38 Like mercers had variety of stuff, For such whose turn it was to be made up.

1855 J. W. Carlyle Lett. II. 268 Took the black silk..to Catchpool..that it might be made up.

1861 Mrs. H. Wood East Lynne II. ii. vii. 71 Her striped silk, turned, will make up as handsome as ever.

1863 Ld. Lytton Ring of Amasis (1890) vii. 135 Mother was making up some bandages for his hand.

1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. xxx. 301 They pay twenty-five times as much for making up the dress as the cloth cost at first.

1892 Sat. Rev. 10 Dec. 682/1 It is a modest, unobtrusive stone, and makes up so well with diamonds, that [etc.].

1952 E. Templeton Island of Desire i. xi. 80 A mourning dress which she hurriedly made up from an old black frock of Mrs. Kalny's.

1987 Sunday Express Mag. 20 Sept. 28 She was making up her own designs on the factory's machines.

e. To compound or assemble (a substance, medicine, medical appliance, etc.) in accordance with instructions, esp. with a prescription; to fulfil (a prescription) in this way.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > wholeness > mutual relation of parts to whole > condition or state of being mixed or blended > mix or blend [verb (transitive)] > prepare by mixing

mingOE

meddlec1350

compoundc1384

temper1390

mix1482

comfit1483

confect1575

mingle1587

to make up1649

concoct1676

amalgamate1821

to rub in1844

1649 N. Culpepper (title) Physical Directory; a Translation of the Dispensatory..imposed upon all the Apothecaries of England to make up their Medicines by.

1699 J. Evelyn Acetaria 18 Omlets, made up with Cream.

1719 Free-thinker No. 97. 2 I make up my own Medicines.

1785 J. Trusler Mod. Times II. 161 I told the scoundrel to make up a vomit, and he has made up a purge.

1824 Examiner 10/1 [She] is in the habit of making up medicines for the poor.

1829 Examiner 589/2 The prescription was made up by Mr. Snow's assistant.

1883 W. D. Howells Woman's Reason (new ed.) I. xi. 216 I'll give you a tonic. Make you up a bottle and send it to you.

1940 W. Faulkner Hamlet ii. ii. 141 He brought a gross with him in the suitcase, specially made up for him outen asbestos.

1984 W. Gibson Neuromancer (1989) iv. xxii. 253 It's the meperidine. I had Ali make me up a custom batch.

1992 C. Thubron Turning back Sun xiii. 97 He made up a packet of bromide, but knew that it was little more than a placebo.

f. To arrange (text) into columns, pages, etc., as in typesetting.

ΘΚΠ

society > communication > printing > preparatory processes > composing > compose [verb (transitive)] > arrange into columns or pages

to make up1755

page1890

1755 J. Smith Printer's Gram. ix. 205 Having made up the Head of the first page, we cut it off by a rule.

1869 Galaxy 8 268 On the night of the 17th of September, the first number of the ‘Times’ was ‘made up’, in open lofts, destitute alike of windows, gas, speaking-tubes, dumb-waiters, and general conveniences.

1896 T. L. De Vinne in Moxon's Mech. Exerc.: Printing (new ed.) II. 421 The compositor was required to make up his page as soon as it was composed.

1942 H. L. Mencken Diary 9 Oct. (1989) 218 Very frequently after they have made up a page he has to pull it to pieces himself.

1992 PIC Aug. 62/3 I can make pages up, scan images in and all sorts of clever things.

g. Formerly: †to lay and light (a fire) (obsolete). Subsequently: to add fuel to (a fire already burning) so as to keep it at a proper ‘height’.

ΘΚΠ

the world > matter > properties of materials > temperature > heat > burning > burn or consume by fire [verb (transitive)] > make a fire > add fuel to (a fire)

beetc1275

timber1486

mend?a1505

stoke1735

to make up1781

bank1825

chunk1840

to stack up1892

1781 Let. 3 June in J. Judd Corr. Van Cortlandt Family (1977) 425 They..discovered a party of Cocknawaga's who made up the fire.

1801 C. Smith Lett. Solitary Wanderer I. 93 The usual hour of bringing candles, and making up the fire, was certainly past.

1801 C. Smith Lett. Solitary Wanderer II. 168 The daughter of the poor man under whose roof she was made up a fire in the wretched room assigned to her.

a1817 J. Austen Northanger Abbey (1818) II. vi. 104 She should take her time... But she would not make up her fire.

1853 A. R. Wallace Narr. Trav. Amazon viii. 220 We made up our fires, put the meat on the ‘moqueen’, or smoking stage, and turned..in.

1861 C. Dickens Great Expectations III. xiv. 234 I made up the fire, which was still burning.

1889 M. Oliphant Poor Gentleman II. x. 172 ‘I might at least find a decent fire.’ ‘I'll make it up in a moment, Edward. A little wood will make it all right.’

1915 W. S. Maugham Of Human Bondage iv. 12 Mr. Carey was making up the fire when Philip came in, and he pointed out to his nephew that there were two pokers.

1986 J. Gloag Only Yesterday 100 Rupert had made up the fire but not turned on the lights.

h. To put (coaches, etc.) together to form a train; (also) to put (a train) together.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > rail travel > rolling stock > [verb (transitive)] > connect carriages or driving wheels

couple1841

to make up1864

1864 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 25 ii. 372 The waggons..were made up into trains.

1889 Scribner's Mag. May 581/2 The train once made ‘up’,..its progress..is comparatively simple.

1910 Encycl. Brit. I. 765/2 The cars of these trains are classified here and new trains made up.

1923 National Geographic Mag. Apr. 382/1 Two trains..and their cars made up into other trains may be seen in the foreground.

1973 Amer. Speech 1969 44 246 Working in yard service involves making up other freight..and passenger trains.

1997 S. Bellow Let. 1 Sept. (2010) 536 ‘Marshalling yards’—the rail centers where freight trains are ‘made up’, organized for their runs.

10. To prepare.

†a. transitive. To attire (a person) suitably for receiving guests, etc. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > textiles and clothing > clothing > providing with clothing > provide with clothing [verb (transitive)] > in specific way > other

wear?c1225

wear?a1366

hapc1390

to-ragc1430

to make up1593

puppet1635

to set out1688

undress1818

overclothe1819

toilet1842

1593 G. Peele Famous Chron. King Edward the First sig. G3 And doe you meane to make him vp in frize.

1602 T. Dekker Satiro-mastix sig. K4^v Wat Terrill, th'art ill suited, ill made vp, In Sable collours.

a1637 B. Jonson Tale of Tub i. vii. 27 in Wks. (1640) III The bravest, richest, and the properest man A Taylor could make up .

a1640 P. Massinger & J. Fletcher Very Woman i. i. 33 in P. Massinger 3 New Playes (1655) Ped. 'Morrow sister, Do I not come unseasonably? Al. Why good brother? Ped. Because you are not yet fully made up, Nor fit for visitation.

†b. transitive. To arrange (one's facial features) so as to produce a particular expression. Obsolete (in later use chiefly U.S.).to make up one's mouth: see mouth n.

ΘΚΠ

the world > physical sensation > sight and vision > thing seen > appearance or aspect > have (specific) appearance [verb (transitive)] > assume specific facial appearance or expression

to make up1652

to gather up1712

1652 R. Brome Joviall Crew iv. i. sig. I4 Leave your bawling... Make up your face quickly. Here comes one of the Servants, I suppose.

1781 F. Burney Jrnl. 14 Sept. in Early Jrnls. & Lett. (2003) IV. 474 Was not that a speech to provoke Miss Grizzle herself? However, I only made up a saucy lip.

1828 N. Webster Amer. Dict. Eng. Lang. (at cited word) To assume a particular form of features; as, to make up a face; whence, to make up a lip, is to pout.

1837 F. Marryat Snarleyyow (ed. 2) I. ix. 89 Smallbones made up a lachrymal face.

c. transitive. Chiefly British. To bring (spirits) to a required degree of strength by adding water; to dilute. Also: to add liquid to (a mixture) so as to bring the volume to a specified amount.

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > drink > manufacture of alcoholic drink > distilling > [verb (transitive)] > lower strength

to make up1725

reduce1725

1725 G. Smith Compl. Body Distilling 77 When you have made up your goods to the quantity and quality you intend.

1731 P. Shaw Three Ess. Artific. Philos. 89 To keep out of the Spirit the grosser Oil of the Faints; and instead of these, to make up, as they call it, to Proof, with pure distill'd or simple water.

1753 Chambers's Cycl. Suppl. at Making-up When it is necessary to make up waters lower than proof, they are generally cloudy.

1836 C. Redding Hist. Mod. Wines (ed. 2) 353 Brandy is, however, not generally made quite up to twenty-two degrees of strength.

1894 F. Davis Pract. Volumetric Anal. 6 If 40 parts of absolutely pure hydrate of sodium be dissolved in distilled water, making up the resulting solution to 1000 parts.

1948 Good Housek. Cookery Bk. 295 Strain the celery, saving the liquid. Make up to ¾ pint with milk and add gradually to the butter and flour.

1961 Lancet 23 Sept. 688/1 A mixture of promethazine hydrochloride 50mg., pethidine 50 mg., and chlorpromazine 50 mg. was made up to 20 ml.

1992 BBC Good Food (BNC) Dec. 51 Strain off the cooking fluid, make up to 1.75 litres/3 pints and pour into another pan with the mustard and salt.

d. transitive. To prepare, put in order (a bed) for a particular occasion; to put (a room) in order; to ‘do up’.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (transitive)] > prepare or put in order

tailc1330

ordain1340

disposec1375

appoint1393

fettlea1400

tifta1400

richc1400

tiffc1400

orderc1515

instruct1534

prune1586

compose1612

to make up1759

fix1783

the world > physical sensation > cleanness and dirtiness > cleaning > cleaning house > clean house or room [verb (transitive)]

to do out1728

to make up1891

spring clean1894

1759 Ann. Reg. 1758 i. 79/2 He..made him up a bed of straw in the waggon, under the waggon-house.

1824 Examiner 45/2 [She] desired witness to make up the bed in her room.

1839 C. Darwin in R. Fitzroy & C. Darwin Narr. Surv. Voy. H.M.S. Adventure & Beagle III. xvii. 396 Being quite tired with my day's work, I made up my bed as quickly as I could, and went to sleep.

1879 C. M. Yonge Cameos clii, in Monthly Packet Jan. 9 She had a couch made up for her on deck.

1889 W. Westall Birch Dene I. xiii. 178 We might..make you up a bed on the office floor.

1891 Blackwood's Edinb. Mag. 150 506/2 ‘Where have you made up Mr. Smith's room’? ‘In the north wing, sir.’

1904 J. London Sea-wolf iv. 39 That night..I was sent to sleep in the steerage, where I made up a spare bunk.

1934 A. Christie Murder on Orient Express ii. ii. 87 I called the conductor to make up my bed.

1981 M. Angelou Heart of Woman v. 72 Just cook dinner for my fifteen-year-old, clean the kitchen and make up his room.

e. transitive. To prepare (a person, esp. oneself) for a theatrical performance or other public appearance by means of an appropriate costume, false hair, (now esp.) cosmetics, etc.; (now chiefly) to apply cosmetics to (one's face, a facial feature). Chiefly reflexive (now chiefly regional) or in passive.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > beautification > beautification of the person > beautify the person [verb (reflexive)]

preenc1395

prunec1395

prank1546

to set oneself out to the life1604

adonize1611

briska1625

tight1775

to make up1778

tighten1786

smarten1796

pretty1868

tart1938

pansy1946

sharpen1952

primp1959

society > leisure > the arts > performance arts > the theatre or the stage > the staging of a theatrical production > stage [verb (transitive)] > make up

to make up1778

to whiten up1842

to blacken up1861

to black up1877

to white up1906

the mind > attention and judgement > beautification > beautification of the person > beautification of the skin or complexion > beautify (the skin or complexion) [verb (transitive)]

to make upa1817

1778 F. Burney Evelina I. xvi. 97 I suppose you'd have me..powder, and daub, and make myself up, like some other folks?

1808 Monthly Pantheon 1 346/1 Yes, she produces a good effect!—she's well made up!

1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas I. iii. ix. 430 I made myself up.., with the barber's aid, as a sort of middle man between don Cæsar and Gil Blas.

a1817 J. Austen Persuasion (1818) IV. x. 222 Morning visits are never fair by women at her time of life, who make themselves up so little. If she would only wear rouge.

1844 Puck 30 (Farmer) My young ambition sadly I resign,—My mind and face made up for first old men.

1859 J. Lang Wanderings in India 362 The General was very old, close upon eighty; but he was ‘made up’ to represent a gentleman of about forty.

1862 Temple Bar 6 339 His face is marvellously ‘made up’.

1891 New Rev. Aug. 176 They have no teeth; they have skins that would make a lemon look white;..But the maid makes them up; and people say how handsome they are.

1903 W. D. Howells Lett. Home xxiv. 200 I saw that he was wearing a fall overcoat; he shivered, and I said, ‘Aren't you made up rather lightly for this evening air?’

1926 J. Galsworthy Silver Spoon iii. vi. 258 Marjorie Ferrar stepped into the Box, not exactly nervous, and only just ‘made-up’.

1930 V. Sackville-West Edwardians i. 15 She was heavily but badly made-up, with a triangle of red on either cheek.

1945 S. Lewis Cass Timberlane (1946) xlvii. 333 Small white wool socks..to be worn with bare legs that were made-up to look tanned.

1969 J. D. A. Widdowson & H. Halpert in H. Halpert & G. M. Story Christmas Mumming in Newfoundland 149 A gentleman..made hisself up with burnt cork.

1993 Vanity Fair (N.Y.) May 181/1 In a red knit dress and black pumps..her face made up, moisturized, lipsticked, and mascaraed, Hilary Rosen is the polar opposite of Urvashi Vaid.

f. transitive. To get (a horse) into good condition, either for selling or for sporting performance; (also) to fatten (any animal) for the market (cf. to make off 4 at Phrasal verbs 1). Also intransitive: (of a horse, etc.) to achieve a good or better condition.

ΘΚΠ

the world > food and drink > food > providing or receiving food > feeding animals > [verb (transitive)] > fatten

masteOE

fatc1386

frankc1440

to set up1540

fatten1552

feed1552

cram1577

engrease1583

to raise in flesh1608

adipate1623

saginate1623

batten1638

to stall to1764

tallow1765

to fat off1789

to make up1794

higglea1825

finish1841

force1847

to feed off1852

steam1947

the world > food and drink > farming > animal husbandry > animal keeping practices general > [verb (transitive)] > fatten

masteOE

fatc1386

to set up1540

fatten1552

feed1552

forcea1571

cram1577

engrease1583

to raise in flesh1608

saginate1623

to stall to1764

tallow1765

stall-feed1766

graze1787

to fat off1789

to make up1794

higglea1825

finish1841

to feed off1852

steam1947

1794 Sporting Mag. 4 208 He thoroughly understands (what is termed by dealers) making up a horse.

1842 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 3 ii. 217 All the lambs being made up for the butcher.

1857 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 18 i. 19 The majority..buy them as colts; when fit for the collar,..make them up for the London brewers.

1867 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 2nd Ser. 3 ii. 533 If they [sc. fowls] have been ‘sent along’ with Indian corn [etc.],..they will make up to nearly 2 lbs. heavier.

1889 in E. Peacock Gloss. Words Manley & Corringham, Lincs. (ed. 2) 338 Sam's gone to John Skill's ageän to mak up his herses fer Lincoln fair.

1992 Sporting Life 9 Oct. 18/4 A lot of them are stoutly-bred and will make up into nice three-year-olds.

g. intransitive. Originally Theatre colloquial with reflexive meaning in sense 10e.

ΘΚΠ

society > leisure > the arts > performance arts > the theatre or the stage > the staging of a theatrical production > stage [verb (intransitive)] > make up

black1579

blacken1699

to make up1839

to whiten up1878

to blacken up1884

to black up1890

to white up1890

1839 C. Dickens Nicholas Nickleby xxv. 245 Mr. Crummles..had..‘made up’ for the part by arraying himself in a theatrical wig [etc.].

1862 Temple Bar 6 340 Mr. Sothern ‘makes up’ so very darkly as to appear almost Jewish.

1879 G. A. Sala Paris herself Again II. ii. 28 He had ‘made up’ for the part of a distressed poet.

1890 Sat. Rev. 22 Nov. 591/2 When she went off with Paris, he had by magic arts made up as Menelaus, and she thought he was her husband.

1901 C. Morris Life on Stage v. 26 Of course when you are making up for a character part you go by a different rule.

1935 H. Edib Clown & his Daughter xlii. 236 ‘Of course, all the colouring is artificial.’ ‘You don't mean he makes up?’ asked Mrs Hopkins.

1966 J. Lennon & P. McCartney For No One (song lyrics) She wakes up, she makes up, she takes her time and doesn't feel she has to hurry.

†h. transitive. = to get up at get v. Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete. rare.

ΘΚΠ

the world > physical sensation > cleanness and dirtiness > cleaning > washing > washing clothes and textile articles > wash clothes [verb (transitive)] > wash, dry and iron

launder1609

to make up1890

1890 Blackwood's Edinb. Mag. 148 56/1 They can make up linen execrably.

11. transitive.

a. to make up one's mind (also to make one's mind up): to reach or approach a decision or conclusion; to resolve (that, to do something). Similarly in passive, as one's mind is made up, etc. Also to make up one's resolution (rare). Hence, with †for, †to, or infinitive: to be reconciled to the thought of, to be prepared for.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > difficulty > opposition > absence of resistance > accept without resistance [verb (transitive)] > give (one's mind, etc.) up to some condition

resign1718

to make up one's mind1821

the mind > will > decision > resolve or decide [verb (intransitive)]

choosec1320

definec1374

to take advisementa1393

appointc1440

conclude1452

to come to (an) anchor?1473

deliber1485

determine1509

resolvea1528

rest1530

deliberate1550

point1560

decide1572

to set (up) one's rest1572

to set down one's rest1578

to make account1583

to fix the staff1584

to take a party1585

fadge1592

set1638

determinate1639

pitch1666

devise1714

pre-resolve1760

settle1782

to make up one's mind1859

1751 Villier's Chances (rev. ed.) i. i. 6 Since she is so conceal'd,..I have made up my Mind.

1792 T. Jefferson Jrnl. 29 Feb. in Papers (1990) XXIII. 186 My mind was immediately made up to make that the epoch of my own retirement from those labors, of which I was heartily tired.

1821 Examiner 363/1 In winter people make up their minds for the worst and go.

1830 Examiner 663/2 The King has quite made up his mind to the loss of Belgium.

1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest I. xiv. 280 Edward made up his resolution to join the army.

1859 J. S. Mill On Liberty v. 190 If the government would make up its mind to require for every child a good education.

1883 R. L. Stevenson Treasure Island iv. xvii. 136 We had all quietly made up our minds to treat him like one of ourselves.

1908 L. M. Montgomery Anne of Green Gables vi. 66 If we make up our mind not to keep her we'll bring or send her over to you.

1934 D. Hammett Thin Man xxx. 244 Guild hesitated, as if making up his mind whether to reply.

1960 C. Day Lewis Buried Day i. 26 The introspective, the waverers, the cowardly often need to have their minds made up for them thus.

1981 A. Hutschnecker Hope xiv. 227 When a man or a woman has made up his or her mind to die, there is little a physician can do to save them.

1992 D. Morgan Rising in West iii. xxi. 423 She had made up her mind that she wasn't going to let her dad do this number on her this time.

b. Chiefly British regional, esp. Scottish. to make it up (also occasionally intransitive in to make up): to make up one's mind, to resolve, contrive, agree to do something, that. Also without construction: to agree to marry.

ΚΠ

1814 C. I. Johnstone Saxon & Gaël I. 79 For as gude and bonny as she is, if Maister Angis and her mak it up, I'se ne'er be the man to differ them, she is a' I hae, an she'll get a' I hae.

1820 Edinb. Mag. & Literary Misc. June 533/2 Two young men, more resolute than their neighbours, ‘made it up’ to go and look in at the old woman's window.

1847 C. Brontë Jane Eyre I. x. 166 He and Miss Georgiana made it up to run away: but they were found out and stopped.

1869 A. Macdonald Love, Law & Theol. xvii. 333 That couple ower there..a doot they're makin 't up.

1900 Shetland News 13 Oct. 8/6 I heard dem makin' up at dey wir a' to vot fir Wason.

1956 in F. G. Cassidy & R. B. Le Page Dict. Jamaican Eng. 288/2 /wi mék op fi gó éniwie/ We are decided to go anyway.

III. To advance, settle.

12. transitive.

a. regional (originally Scottish). To make or increase the fortune of, enrich, reward; to elevate, promote; to compensate generously. Frequently in passive.

ΚΠ

1531 J. Bellenden tr. H. Boece Hist. & Chron. Scotl. (Morgan) iv. 195 Distroing þe nobillis of his realm to mak vp his myschevous lymmaris.

a1538 A. Abell Roit or Quheill of Tyme f. 124^v, in Dict. Older Sc. Tongue at Mak Lang before he expellit his lady..quham be he wes maid wp.

1629 in G. F. Black Examples Folk-lore Orkney & Shetland (1901) 77 Ye wald giff her ane guid sheip luck as ye haid given to sundreis..quhom ye had maid up.

1714 J. H. Thomson Cloud of Witnesses (1871) 78 He made them aye up, sometimes with an hundred-fold in this life, and heaven after.

1786 Scotland's Glory & Shame ii. 53 He'll make you up for ever.

1829 J. Hogg Shepherd's Cal. I. viii. 230 Your master will soon be sic a rich man now, that we'll a' be made up.

1871 J. Milne Songs & Poems 18 Though you bear the world's reproach You'll be made up for ever.

b. colloquial (originally Services' slang). To promote to a higher rank or position.

ΘΚΠ

society > armed hostility > military organization > enlistment or recruitment > appointment to rank > appoint to rank [verb (transitive)] > promote

promote1402

to make up1943

1943 J. L. Hunt & A. G. Pringle Service Slang 45 Made up, promoted. (Applies to the stages from Corporal to Warrant Officer.)

1958 A. Hunter Gently through Mill viii. 97 ‘Then why was Blacker made foreman?’.. ‘I made him up on his ability!’

1975 Daily Tel. 19 July 9/7 Jones is working-class made-up to lance-corporal.

1992 Independent 16 Nov. 23/3 Companies are narrowing the path that leads toward the holy grail of partnership. Slaughter and May..‘made up’ just one partner in the current financial year, compared with 10 in 1991–92.

13. transitive. To settle, arrange.

†a. To arrange, settle (a marriage, etc.); to conclude (a treaty). Also intransitive: to make a choice (rare). Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > society and the community > kinship or relationship > marriage or wedlock > betrothal and/or marriage > [verb (intransitive)] > enter into contract of marriage

to make up1562

1562 in F. J. Furnivall Child-marriages, Divorces, & Ratifications Diocese Chester (1897) 75 Bie the consent of their frendes, who made vp the mariage betwixe them.

1592 T. Kyd Spanish Trag. ii. sig. D Aduise thy King to make this marriage vp, For strengthening of our late confirmed league.

1608 W. Shakespeare King Lear i. 196 Pardon me royall sir, election makes not vp On such conditions.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Coriolanus (1623) v. iii. 141 Be Blest For making vp this peace.

1704 J. Pitts True Acct. Mohammetans v. 27 The Father of the Damosel usually makes up the Match.

1813 J. Austen Pride & Prejudice III. xvii. 299 Darcy did every thing; made up the match, gave the money, paid the fellow's debts, and got him his commission!

1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. xxxviii. 384 Edward tried to make up a kind of peace between them.

1890 Universal Rev. Feb. 282 The best marriages are those which are made up by sympathetic and understanding friends.

b. to make it up: to be reconciled after a dispute; to become friends again. Frequently with with. Also intransitive in same sense, as make up (with).

ΘΚΠ

society > society and the community > dissent > absence of dissension or peace > bringing about concord or peace > become at peace with each other [verb (intransitive)]

saughtel1154

saughtenc1275

peasec1300

saughta1400

reconcilec1425

agree1447

to make peace1535

to fall in1546

to piece up1653

to kiss and be friends1657

to kiss and make up1657

to make it up1669

to make it up1722

conciliate1747

1669 R. Montagu in Buccleuch MSS (Hist. MSS Comm.) (1899) I. 441 You had made up with the Duke of York without his knowledge.

1722 D. Defoe Moll Flanders 307 They were in a great Fright, and were desirous above all things to make it up.

1748 S. Richardson Clarissa IV. v. 26 If I should be obliged to make up with him again, I shall think I am always doing myself a spight.

1782 S. Crisp Let. 5 Apr. in F. Burney Diary & Lett. (1842) II. 135 And now, Fanny, after this severe lecturing, I shall give you a sweetener to make it up with you.

1837 W. M. Thackeray Yellowplush Corr. i There we were, quarrelling and making up..by turns.

1872 ‘M. Twain’ Roughing It liii. 386 The next time Robbins got sick, Jacops tried to make up with him.

1887 C. L. Pirkis Dateless Bargain II. xviii. 232 We've kissed and made it up again.

1892 R. L. Stevenson & L. Osbourne Wrecker xix. 288 We..had quarrelled and made up.

1915 V. Woolf Diary 31 Jan. (1977) I. 31 I explode: and L. smoulders. However, quite suddenly we made it up.

1956 B. Webb Diary 12 Feb. (1956) II. 55 MacDonald shows no signs of making it up with the Left.

1983 J. Lingard Winter Visitor i. 9 He and his mother had been clashing a lot, quarrelling, making-up, then arguing again.

1991 Economist (BNC) 30 Mar. 14 The smaller Gulf states had already decided that..they should sensibly make up with their ex-enemy Iran.

c. To settle (a dispute, etc.); to end (a quarrel) by reconciliation.

ΘΚΠ

society > society and the community > dissent > absence of dissension or peace > bringing about concord or peace > bring to peace (strife or discord) [verb (transitive)] > settle (a dispute)

peasec1330

reconcilea1393

compone1523

compromit1537

compound1546

atone1555

to take up1560

compose1570

gree1570

accommodate1609

concoct1620

even1620

sopite1628

to make up1699

liquidate1765

resolve1875

1699 T. Brown tr. Erasmus in R. L'Estrange 20 Sel. Colloquies (new ed.) vi. 67 What passes between two People is much easier made up, than when once it has taken Air.

1727 A. Hamilton New Acct. E. Indies II. xxxvii. 62 Mediators in making up Cases of Debate and Contention.

1776 S. Foote Bankrupt iii. 80 And now this difference is whole and compos'd, let me try if I can't make up the other.

1828 W. Scott Fair Maid of Perth ix, in Chron. Canongate 2nd Ser. II. 259 Perhaps the feud may be made up without farther fighting or difficulty.

1855 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. IV. xix. 301 That two..gentlemen should be deputed to wait on Her Majesty and try to make matters up.

1870 J. E. T. Rogers Hist. Gleanings 2nd Ser. 230 He had made up his differences with Fox.

1915 L. M. Montgomery Anne of Island xiv. 144 Em and I made up the old quarrel yesterday.

1964 E. Waugh Diary Mar. (1976) 792 He looked so pale and feeble and was so breathless that we there and then made up our estrangement of some twelve years.

14. intransitive.

a. To advance in a certain direction; now only in to make up to: to draw near to, approach. Also (occasionally), of the tide: to flow up a river (cf. sense 58).

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > move in a certain direction [verb (intransitive)]

goeOE

wendOE

makeOE

aim?a1400

to make one's waya1425

reflect1547

work1566

to make up1596

path1597

sway1600

tend1648

vergea1661

steer1693

the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > movement towards a thing, person, or position > move towards or approach (a thing, place, or person) [verb (transitive)]

to come at ——OE

ofseche?c1225

approachc1305

proachc1450

coast1531

to make up to1596

accost1597

the world > the earth > water > flow or flowing > tide > type of tide > types of tide [verb (intransitive)] > ebb or flow

makea1685

sit1751

set1777

to make up1898

the world > the earth > water > flow or flowing > tide > type of tide > types of tide [verb (intransitive)] > flow in

fulleOE

flowc1050

make1840

to make up1898

1596 Raigne of Edward III sig. I2^v Make vp once more with me the twentith part Of those that liue, are men inow to quaile, The feeble handfull on the aduerse part.

1611 T. Heywood Golden Age v. sig. K Let's make vp to his rescue.

a1616 W. Shakespeare King John (1623) iii. ii. 5 Philip make vp.

1632 P. Massinger Maid of Honour iv. i. sig. H1^v Hell, stoppe, their bawling throats; again! make up And cudgell them into jelly.

a1640 J. Fletcher & P. Massinger Spanish Curat i. i, in F. Beaumont & J. Fletcher Comedies & Trag. (1647) sig. E^v/1 There, I would follow you as a guid to honour, Though all the horrours of the Warre made up To stop my passage.

1678 J. Bunyan Pilgrim's Progress 38 He espied two Men come tumbling over the Wall,..and they made up a pace to him.

1725 D. Defoe New Voy. round World i. 114 With Intent to have endeavour'd to make up into the Latitude of fifty or sixty Degrees.

1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas IV. x. viii. 110 Impatient to know.., he made up to me immediately.

1855 D. Costello Stories from Screen 87 I saw her make up to the lady I have described.

1898 Daily News 25 Mar. 8/3 There was very little water in the river as the tide was only just beginning to make up.

1911 F. H. Burnett Secret Garden x. 100 ‘Do you think he really likes me?’ ‘He wouldn't come near thee if he didn't... See, he's making up to thee now.’

1991 Motorboat & Yachting June 105/3 Anyone with a thirst for more knowledge of the remarkable Ijsselmeer project could make up to the south-west from Urk to Lelystad.

b. to make up to: to make advances to (a person); to pay court to; to curry favour with.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > esteem > approval or sanction > commendation or praise > flattery or flattering > servile flattery or currying favour > flatter servilely or curry favour with [verb (transitive)]

flatter1340

to claw the back ofc1394

to pick a thank (also thanks)c1422

clawc1425

to claw by the sleeve1509

to claw by the backa1542

fawna1568

to make or pay (one's) court to1590

adulate1612

hug1622

sycophant1637

to make up to1701

to whip it in with1702

cultivate1706

incense1708

to wheedle in with1726

to grandfather up1747

slaver1794

toad1802

to play up to ——1809

nut1819

toady1827

bootlick1846

to suck up to1860

lickspittle1886

jolly1890

bum-suck1918

arse-lick1919

to cosy up to1937

brown-nose1948

ass-kiss1951

ass-lick1962

love-bomb1976

1701 J. Collier tr. Mythol. Pict. Cebes in M. Aurelius Conversat. 248 They..make up to them with great Endearingness, and ply them strongly with Compliment and Flattery.

1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure I. 128 On being let in, the girls of the house flock'd round Charles, whom they knew, and..they were, in their way, making up to him... But the Templar soon check'd their forwardness.

1781 D. Williams tr. Voltaire Dramatic Wks. II. 25 She ogles me still, or I'm mistaken; I'll e'en make up to her.

1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas III. vii. i. 4 They made up to don Cæsar or his son at once, without currying my favour as the channel of all good graces.

1842 S. Lover Handy Andy ii. 22 Tom's making up to the widow.

1847 W. M. Thackeray Vanity Fair (1848) xii. 98 Young Bullock..who had been making up to Miss Maria the last two seasons.

1889 R. L. Stevenson Master of Ballantrae i. 8 I have it by all accounts that Mr. Henry was more made up to from that hour.

1925 E. Fraser & J. Gibbons Soldier & Sailor Words 156 He tried to make up to me but I gave him the frozen mit.

1942 ‘S. Smith’ Mother, what is Man? 20 He does not like you, little boy, It's no use making up to him.

1988 M. Seymour Ring of Conspirators ii. 61 The secret of James's charm for children... He never talked down—and he never made up—to them.

PV2. With prepositions in specialized senses. to make after ——

intransitive. To go in pursuit of, pursue, follow. Cf. sense 70b.

ΘΚΠ

the world > movement > progressive motion > order of movement > following behind > follow [verb (transitive)] > pursue

followOE

driveOE

to go after ——OE

to come after——c1275

pursuec1300

suec1300

catcha1325

chasec1330

enchasec1380

to pursue aftera1387

ensuea1513

subsecute1548

prosecute1549

jass1577

course1587

to make after ——a1592

scorse1596

chevya1825

to take out after1865

shag1913

a1592 R. Greene Orpharion (1599) 32 Acestes..made after the King of Lidia, as fast as his men were able to march.

1600 Abp. G. Abbot Expos. Prophet Ionah 177 When they were so pursued and made after by the chariots and horsemen of the Egyptians.

1688 J. Bunyan Heavenly Foot-man (1886) 148 There is never a poor soul that is going to heaven, but the devil, the law, sin, death and hell makes after that soul.

1748 B. Robins & R. Walter Voy. round World by Anson iii. v. 336 His people made after them, in hopes of tracing out their retreat.

1856 R. A. Vaughan Hours with Mystics I. vi. vii. 285 As he flounders about, out tumbles the book; he lets go his staff, and makes after it.

1895 K. Grahame Golden Age 177 Selina..thought he was going down to the pond to catch frogs..and made after him.

1938 R. Finlayson Brown Man's Burden 49 He made after the old man to bargain for the horse.

1953 M. Traynor Eng. Dial. Donegal 179 To make after, to follow, pursue hastily.

to make against ——

1. intransitive. To be unfavourable to; to militate or tell against. Cf. sense 55b.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > attention and judgement > testing > attestation, witness, evidence > contrary evidence > contradict, go against [verb (transitive)]

traverse1491

to make against ——a1540

contradict1593

to give the lie (to)1593

dementie1594

belie1624

militate1642

contravenea1670

disconfirm1827

contra-indicate1880

a1540 R. Barnes Lawfull for Priestes to marry Wiues in W. Tyndale et al. Wks. (1573) ii. 315/1 The texte maketh agaynst the Pope.

1649 J. Milton Observations in Articles of Peace with Irish Rebels 56 The third Reason which they use, makes against them.

1668 N. Culpeper & A. Cole tr. T. Bartholin Anat. (new ed.) i. xxviii. 65 Ocular Experience makes against this.

1713 G. Berkeley Three Dialogues Hylas & Philonous iii. 139 That which makes equally against two contradictory Opinions, can be a Proof against neither.

1720 in Notes & Queries (1986) Mar. 18/1 A Man must not use weak Arguments, or such as may make against him, when he intends to persuade the Thing he says.

1855 W. H. Prescott Hist. Reign Philip II of Spain I. ii. iii. 439 He sought out whatever could make against the orthodoxy of the new prelate.

1890 Sat. Rev. 8 Feb. 165/2 Figures, if you carefully select those which make for you, and as carefully ignore those which make against you, can..be made to prove anything.

1900 J. Conrad Lord Jim xv. 185 All that makes against our efficiency—the memory of our failures, the hints of our undying fears, the bodies of our dead friends.

†2. intransitive. To make a hostile movement towards; to go to attack. Cf. sense 70b. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > harm or detriment > hostile action or attack > make an attack upon [verb (transitive)] > make hostile approach to

runOE

to seek on (also upon)c1230

pursuec1300

yerna1400

seek1487

visitc1515

coast1531

accost1597

to come at ——1601

to make against ——1628

to make at ——1637

tilt1796

rush1823

to come for ——1870

to move in1941

bum-rush1988

1628 T. Hobbes tr. Thucydides Peloponnesian War (1629) i. 26 The Corcyræan's vnderstanding that they [sc. the Corinthians] made against them [ὡς ἤσθοντο αὐτοὺς προσπλέοντας].

to make at ——

Now somewhat archaic.

intransitive. To approach in order to or as if to attack or seize; to make a hostile movement towards. Cf. sense 70b.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > harm or detriment > hostile action or attack > make an attack upon [verb (transitive)] > make hostile approach to

runOE

to seek on (also upon)c1230

pursuec1300

yerna1400

seek1487

visitc1515

coast1531

accost1597

to come at ——1601

to make against ——1628

to make at ——1637

tilt1796

rush1823

to come for ——1870

to move in1941

bum-rush1988

1637 R. Ashley tr. V. Malvezzi Davide Perseguitato 247 There hath beene one, that seeing no other remedy, made at the soveraignty it selfe.

1671 E. M. Thompson Corr. Family of Hatton (1878) I. 61 Immediately, the cowe made at him.

1698 J. Fryer New Acct. E.-India & Persia 162 I was made at by an unsizable Snake.

1712 R. Steele Spectator No. 450. ¶1 All men..make at the same common thing, Mony.

1787 T. Best Conc. Treat. Angling i. iv. 20 When you dib for chub, roach, and dace, move your fly very slow when you see them make at it.

a1862 H. D. Thoreau Maine Woods (1864) ii. 153 A very small black puppy rushed into the room and made at the Governor's feet.

1867 J. B. Rose tr. Virgil Æneis 261 Volscens..with his unsheathed sword Made at Euryalus.

1896 C. G. D. Roberts Forge in Forest xxi. 282 I made at him nimbly with my sword.

a1908 H. C. Hart MS Coll. Ulster Words in M. Traynor Eng. Dial. Donegal (1953) 179 He made at me with the pitch-fork.

to make for ——

1. intransitive. To operate in favour of, be favourable to; to confirm (a view, etc.); to tend to the advancement or progress of; to favour, conduce to, further, aid. Cf. sense 55b.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > continuing > progress, advance, or further continuance > furtherance > further [verb (intransitive)] > tend to the advancement of someone or something

to make for ——a1500

make1726

a1500 (c1425) Andrew of Wyntoun Oryg. Cron. Scotl. (Nero) viii. l. 753 Þe lawis imperialle..Makys for þe Broys Robert, And noucht for Iohun þe Ballyollys part.

1517 R. Torkington Oldest Diarie Englysshe Trav. (1884) 59 The wynde made well for vs in ower way.

1526 W. Bonde Pylgrimage of Perfection Pref. sig. Aii Ioynynge also therto the gostly exercise and experience of holy fathers, as I thought them to make most for my purpose.

1526 Bible (Tyndale) Rom. xiv. 19 Let vs folowe tho thinges which make for peace.

1592 T. Nashe Strange Newes sig. C4^v But say wee should beleeue it, what doth it make for thee?

1612 F. Bacon Ess. (new ed.) 87 None denie there is a God, but those for whom it maketh that there were no God.

1639 N. N. tr. J. Du Bosc Compl. Woman i. Pref. F iv b Is there any thing that makes more for him, then that they upbrayd him with?

1684 T. Goddard Plato's Demon 273 How our Author augments, or diminisheth..the truth of things, as they make most convenient for his purpose.

1690 J. Norris Christian Blessedness 103 A Doctrin..such as makes neither for the Honour of God, nor for the Safety of Man.

1711 R. Steele Spectator No. 158. ¶1 Out of a firm Regard for Impartiality I print these Letters, let them make for me or not.

1715 in Notes & Queries (1986) Mar. 18/1 The Trumpet's not being in use at that time, makes very much for Homer's Purpose in this Place.

1753 S. Richardson Hist. Sir Charles Grandison II. xxi. 217 The acknowledgement makes not for your glory.

1831 T. L. Peacock Crotchet Castle vii. 140 Your story makes for my side of the question.

1881 R. L. Stevenson Virginibus Puerisque 24 Whatever makes for lounging and contentment, makes just so surely for domestic happiness.

1890 Sat. Rev. 8 Feb. 165/2 Figures, if you carefully select those which make for you, and as carefully ignore those which make against you, can..be made to prove anything.

1894 Times 25 May 9/5 The forces and conditions which make for sea power.

1948 Sporting Mirror 21 May 3/1 It made for exciting cricket.

1978 J. Morris Oxford (rev. ed.) viii. 78 The damp effluvia of Oxford make for catarrh and lassitude, but also keep this city miraculously green.

1989 B. Mukherjee Jasmine (1990) ii. 11 A farmer is dependent on too many things outside his control; it makes for modesty.

†2. intransitive. To pretend, assert. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the mind > language > statement > assertion without proof > [verb (intransitive)] > claim, maintain, or profess

pretend1494

to make for ——c1522

bear1641

c1522 T. More Treat. Memorare Nouissima in Wks. (1557) I. 72 This medicyne thoughe thou make a sowre face at it, is not so bytter as thou makeste for.

1529 T. More Dialogue Heresyes iii, in Wks. 222/1 Whyther Luthers matters bee so madde as they bee made for, that shall we see hereafter.

3. intransitive. To proceed or direct one's course towards; to go in the direction of; (also) to assail, make to attack.Not frequent before the 19th cent.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (intransitive)]

thinkeOE

bowa1000

seta1000

scritheOE

minlOE

turnc1175

to wend one's wayc1225

ettlec1275

hieldc1275

standc1300

to take (the) gatec1330

bear?c1335

applyc1384

aim?a1400

bend1399

hita1400

straighta1400

bounc1400

intendc1425

purposec1425

appliquec1440

stevenc1440

shape1480

make1488

steera1500

course1555

to make out1558

to make in1575

to make for ——a1593

to make forth1594

plyc1595

trend1618

tour1768

to lie up1779

head1817

loop1898

the world > action or operation > harm or detriment > hostile action or attack > make attack [verb (intransitive)]

onreseeOE

onslayc1275

entera1425

to be upon (also on) a person's jack1588

endeavour?1589

to fall aboard1591

to let fly1611

strikea1616

to lift (up) the hand(s, (occasionally one's arm)1655

to fall on board (of)1658

tilt1708

to walk into ——1794

to run in1815

to peg it1834

to sail in1856

to wade in1863

to light in1868

to roll into ——1888

to make for ——1893

a1593 C. Marlowe Edward II (1594) sig. I2 I see our soules are fleeted hence..Make for a new life, man.

1633 P. Fletcher Elisa 115 in Purple Island And glorious Angels on their wings it [sc. a soul] taking,..for heaven making.

1748 B. Robins & R. Walter Voy. round World by Anson ii. v. 170 One of these [ships]..made directly for us.

1791 E. Inchbald Simple Story IV. xii. 151 Sandford,..without a word in reply, made for the door.

1834 T. Carlyle Sartor Resartus ii. vi. 55/1 The wounded eagle is said to make for its own eyrie.

1859 H. Kingsley Recoll. G. Hamlyn (1860) xxii. 169 Don't..get frightened; make for the shore.

1874 J. R. Green Short Hist. Eng. People iii. §6. 145 They had hardly landed at Dover before they made straight for London.

1893 Chambers's Jrnl. 15 July 434/1 They will at once ‘make for’ each other's eyes.

1918 W. Cather My Ántonia i. xiii. 104 Each withdrew to a far corner of his own corral, and then they made for each other at a gallop.

1949 ‘G. Orwell’ Nineteen Eighty-four i. ii. 26 He took his leave of Mrs Parsons and made for the door.

1989 Scots Mag. Feb. 507 The boat..made for the cliffs near the rock stacks of Macleod's Maidens.

to make to —— (regionalto make till ——)

†1. intransitive. To tend or contribute to; to be favourable or conducive to; to go to support. Cf. sense 55b. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > continuing > progress, advance, or further continuance > furtherance > further [verb (transitive)] > tend to further

to make to ——1528

to make with ——1559

to conduce to1586

1528 S. Gardiner in N. Pocock Rec. Reformation (1870) I. li. 124 Such reasons as seemed to make to the contrary.

1573 J. Daus tr. H. Bullinger Hundred Serm. vpon Apocalipse (rev. ed.) xxxiv. f. 97 All thynges that may make to life and saluation.

1607 T. Rogers Faith, Doctr., & Relig. 92 This maketh to the strengthning of vs against those Popish assertions of Vignerinus.

1638 W. Rawley tr. F. Bacon Hist. Nat. & Exper. Life & Death 79 In every Corruptible Body, Quantity maketh much, to the Conservation of the whole.

1732 D. Neal Hist. Puritans I. 159 Making more to seemliness..or edification.

2. intransitive. To go in the direction of, proceed towards, approach. Now chiefly Scottish.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct (one's course, steps, etc.) [verb (transitive)] > be bound for or head for

drawc1275

to-hieldc1275

roama1375

pretend1481

pursue1488

to make forth1508

to be in gate to1548

to make to ——a1568

to make unto ——1593

to be for1606

to set one's face for (from, to, towards)1611

steer1667

head1880

a1568 Wyfe of Auchtermuchty (Bannatyne MS) 114 Then vp scho gat ane mekle rung, And the gudman maid to the dur.

1600 J. Ruthven Earle of Gowries Conspiracie sig. A2 The Court making to their horses, as his highnesse selfe was.

1602 J. Marston Antonios Reuenge i. i. sig. A4 Maria, Genoas Dutchesse, makes to Court.

a1616 W. Shakespeare Julius Caesar (1623) iii. i. 18 Looke how he makes to Cæsar.

1694 Acct. Several Late Voy. (1711) ii. 20 When the Ice comes floating in too hard,..then the Ships make to the Harbours.

1780 W. Coxe Acct. Russ. Discov. 192 He cut his way through the troops..and made to the banks of the Irtish.

1793 J. Lindley in Hist. Coll. Michigan Pioneer & Hist. Soc. (1890) 17 623 They took to their canoes and made to her with tomahawks in hand.

1891 J. J. H. Burgess Rasmie's Büddie 47 Noo, whaar I'll-Helt's du makkin till Dis aerly i da moarnin?

1902 J. Horne Canny Countryside (ed. 2) 20 ‘Ye're makin' till 'e toon!’ reminds the passer of the drift of his steps.

1909 B. Stoker Lady of Shroud 351 The Lady began to make to a little northward of Ilsin port.

†3. intransitive. To be pertinent or applicable to. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > relative properties > relationship > relevance or pertinence > [verb (intransitive)]

belimpOE

beholda1067

belielOE

pertaina1325

pendc1330

appendc1386

appertainc1386

holdc1430

pretenda1470

recorda1500

depend1525

extenda1533

inherea1628

to make to ——1645

apply1741

1645 J. Howell Epistolæ Ho-elianæ i. xxx. 60 That Hair is but an excrementitious thing, and makes not to this purpose.

1726 G. Leoni tr. L. B. Alberti Architecture II. 84/2 Those things which are most obvious, and make more immediately to the subject in hand.

† to make unto ——

Obsolete.

intransitive. = to make to —— at Phrasal verbs 2.

ΘΚΠ

society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct (one's course, steps, etc.) [verb (transitive)] > be bound for or head for

drawc1275

to-hieldc1275

roama1375

pretend1481

pursue1488

to make forth1508

to be in gate to1548

to make to ——a1568

to make unto ——1593

to be for1606

to set one's face for (from, to, towards)1611

steer1667

head1880

1593 W. Shakespeare Venus & Adonis sig. B Sick-thoughted Venus makes amaine vnto him.

1596 W. Lambarde Perambulation of Kent (rev. ed.) 144 Since Douer..is not many Myles off, let vs make vnto it.

1598 M. Drayton Englands Heroicall Epist. (new ed.) f. 87 Vnto the ship she makes which she discouers.

1692 T. Taylor tr. G. Daniel Voy. World Cartesius ii. 60 A Body is endu'd with Reason and a Will, first to have an end, and then to make unto it.

† to make upon ——

Obsolete.

intransitive. = to make at —— at Phrasal verbs 2.

ΘΚΠ

society > armed hostility > attack > attack [verb (transitive)] > advance to attack

seekc825

to seek again(sc1230

pursue?a1425

seek1487

visitc1515

coast1531

to make upon ——1542

1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 264^v He made vpon these pirates, whom..he tooke and subdued.

1606 G. W. tr. Justinus Hist. ii. 8 The king vnderstanding..that they made vpon him in such speedy manner, fledde for feare.

1727 P. Longueville Hermit 153 Seeing themselves made upon by a Pyrate.

to make with ——

†1. intransitive. To grapple with, select as one's adversary. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

society > society and the community > dissent > contention or strife > carry on (a contest, fight, etc.) [verb (transitive)] > engage in contention with

tangle1535

to make with ——1548

bucklea1605

to take on1866

to take tea with1888

to have on1939

1548 Hall's Vnion: Henry VIII f. xxj^v The Lorde Admirall made with the greate ship of Depe, and chased her stil.

1548 Hall's Vnion: Henry VIII f. cxxii The .vi. shippes perceiuyng that, left their chace & made with the Barke of Sandwyche.

†2. intransitive. To side with, make common cause with. Of a thing: to tell in favour of. Cf. sense 55b. Obsolete.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > continuing > progress, advance, or further continuance > furtherance > further [verb (transitive)] > tend to further

to make to ——1528

to make with ——1559

to conduce to1586

the world > action or operation > easiness > aid, help, or assistance > support > support or encouragement > support or encourage [verb (transitive)] > take someone's side or side with

favoura1375

to stand with ——1384

takec1400

to take (a) part witha1470

to hold sides1490

to take the part ofc1500

to stick with ——1523

partake1546

follow1548

to join issue1551

to make with ——1559

favourize1585

side1585

party1587

to take in1597

part1669

to fall in1709

to take for ——1770

to take up for1824

range1874

1559 P. Morwyng tr. C. Gesner Treasure of Euonymus 250 The description following maketh with me [L. mecum ferè facit].

a1578 J. Heywood Witty & Witless 700 in Two Moral Interludes (1991) 43 An olde proverb makythe w^t thys whyche I take good Better one byrde in hand then..ten in the wood.

1597 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie v. vii. 13 Antiquitie, custome, and consent..making with that which law doth establish, are them selues most sufficient reasons to vphold the same.

1600 P. Holland tr. Livy Rom. Hist. viii. xxxiv. 306 There made with young Fabius, and tooke his part, the majestie and countenance of the Senat [L. stabat cum eo senatus maiestas].

1608 D. Tuvill Ess. Politicke, & Morall f. 19^v It is the nature, and propertie of Passions, euen to make those thinges make with them.

a1617 P. Baynes Lectures 273 in Comm. First & Second Chapters Colossians (1634) So farre as outward things make with salvation.

3. intransitive. See sense 57.

4. intransitive. slang (originally U.S.). [Probably after Yiddish makhn mit.] To bring into operation; to use, affect; to concern oneself with.

ΘΚΠ

the world > action or operation > undertaking > beginning action or activity > begin action or activity [verb (intransitive)] > become active or come into operation

to take steadc1175

commencec1380

to take effect1385

to come into force (also to take force)1491

to come into (also in) play1568

inure1589

enure1607

to break out1862

to make with ——1940

bite1976

the world > action or operation > advantage > usefulness > use (made of things) > be in use or called into use [verb (intransitive)] > make use of

occupy1558

deal1581

nuse1851

to make with ——1940

1940 J. O'Hara Pal Joey 131 The poor man's Bing Crosby is still making with the throat here in Chi.

1943 Amer. Speech 18 46 ‘To make with the mouth,’ meaning ‘to give the bird, to give forth a Bronx cheer’.

1943 Amer. Speech 18 46 Come, Baby, make with your hands.

1959 W. S. Burroughs Naked Lunch 80 A. J., surrounded and fighting against overwhelming odds, throws back his head and makes with the hog-call.

1962 L. Deighton Ipcress File xviii. 114 Dalby had changed into a red Hawaiian shirt... ‘You're making with the native costume?’

1964 ‘C. E. Maine’ Never let Up xv. 149 Don't be a Smart Alick. Make with the alcohol. I haven't got all night.

1972 ‘H. Howard’ Nice Day for Funeral xi. 148 Make with the feet into your bathroom.

1989 Empire Sept. 88/2 The world's most incompetent stick up artist, makes with a gun and threats.

This entry has been updated (OED Third Edition, June 2000; most recently modified version published online June 2022).

单词	make
释义	maken.¹ Brit. /meɪk/, U.S. /meɪk/, Scottish English /mek/ Forms: Middle English mac, Middle English makk, Middle English (1800s– English regional (northern)) mak, Middle English–1500s maike, Middle English– make, 1500s mack; Scottish pre-1700 mack, pre-1700 mauk (transmission error), pre-1700 1700s–1800s maike, pre-1700 1700s–1800s mak, pre-1700 1700s– maik, pre-1700 1700s– make, 1800s maak, 1800s maick, 1800s– meke. Origin: A variant or alteration of another lexical item. Etymon: i-make n. Etymology: Aphetic < i-make n., probably reinforced by coalescence with the (ultimately cognate) early Scandinavian noun represented by Old Icelandic maki mate, match, equal, Swedish make , Danish mage . Compare match n.¹Compare possible isolated attestation of Old English (Northumbrian) maca as an erroneous gloss (ðæm maca for Latin unice). In early use the various senses are not clearly differentiated: compare also early examples s.v. i-make n. Now English regional and Scottish. 1. a. A person's husband or wife, a spouse; (also) a person's lover or mistress. ΘΚΠ society > society and the community > kinship or relationship > marriage or wedlock > married person > [noun] > spouse, consort, or partner ferec975 matchOE makec1175 spousea1200 lemanc1275 fellowc1350 likea1393 wed-ferea1400 partyc1443 espouse?c1450 bedfellow1490 yokefellow?1542 espousal1543 spouse1548 mate1549 marrow1554 paragon1557 yokemate1567 partner1577 better halfa1586 twin1592 moiety1611 copemate1631 consort1634 half-marrow1637 matrimonya1640 helpmeet1661 other half1667 helpmate1715 spousie1735 life companion1763 worse half1783 life partner1809 domestic partner1815 ball and chain1921 lover1969 c1175 ( Nativity of Virgin (Bodl.) in B. Assmann Angelsächsische Homilien u. Heiligenleben (1889) 119 Þa nom he wif him to make. a1250 Lofsong Louerde in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 209 Iesu..of þe eadie meiden iboren Maria þet is meiden and bute make moder. c1275 (?c1250) Owl & Nightingale (Calig.) (1935) 1159 Oþer þat wif lost hire make. c1380 Sir Ferumbras (1879) 2086 Wolde he be my worldly make & wedde me to wyue. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 4668 (MED) Þe king him did a wijf to tak Hight assener, a doghti mak. c1450 (c1385) G. Chaucer Complaint of Mars 154 God ȝeve every wyght joy of his make! a1500 (a1460) Towneley Plays (1897–1973) 7 A rib I from the take, therof shall be [maide] thi make. a1586 Sir P. Sidney Arcadia (1590) i. i. sig. B4^v Like a widdow hauing lost her make. 1596 E. Spenser Second Pt. Faerie Queene iv. ii. sig. B7 And each not farre behinde him had his make, To weete, two Ladies of most goodly hew. View more context for this quotation a1637 B. Jonson Masque of Owles 126 in Wks. (1640) III Where their Maides, and their Makes, At dancings, and Wakes, Had their Napkins, and poses. 1725 A. Ramsay Gentle Shepherd i. ii. 14 Whensoe'er they [sc. men] slight their Maiks at Hame. 1890 J. D. Robertson Gloss. Words County of Gloucester Make, mate, companion, lover. 1925 E. Muir Coll. Poems (1960) 32 The braw lads woke beside their makes. b. A partner, a companion. ΘΚΠ society > society and the community > social relations > association, fellowship, or companionship > a companion or associate > [noun] yferec870 brothereOE ymonec950 headlingOE ferec975 fellowOE friendOE eveningOE evenlinglOE even-nexta1225 compeerc1275 monec1300 companiona1325 partnerc1330 peerc1330 neighbour?c1335 falec1380 matec1380 makec1385 companya1425 sociatec1430 marrow1440 partyc1443 customera1450 conferec1450 pareil?c1450 comparcionerc1475 resortc1475 socius1480 copartner?1504 billy?a1513 accomplice1550 panion1553 consorterc1556 compartner1564 co-mate1576 copemate1577 competitor1579 consociate1579 coach-companion1589 comrade1591 consort1592 callant1597 comrado1598 associate1601 coach-fellow1602 rival1604 social1604 concomitanta1639 concerner1639 consociator1646 compane1647 societary1652 bor1677 socius1678 interessora1687 companioness1691 rendezvouser1742 connection1780 frater1786 matey1794 pardner1795 left bower1829 running mate1867 stable companion1868 pard1872 buddy1895 maat1900 bro1922 stable-mate1941 bredda1969 Ndugu1973 c1385 G. Chaucer Knight's Tale 2556 If..the chiefteyn be take On either side, or ellis sleen his make. c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 5430 (MED) Þire wormes..turnay togedire, Ilkane mellis with his make & so þare many dies. 1598 J. Florio Worlde of Wordes A companion, a fellow, a make. 1721 A. Ramsay Answer to Burchet 18 When honour'd Burchet and his maikes are pleas'd..With my corn-pipe. 1886 R. Holland Gloss. Words County of Chester Make, a mate or companion. †2. The breeding partner of an animal, esp. a bird; a mate. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > animals > family unit > [noun] > pair or couple > mate makec1175 fellowc1350 fere1557 mate1593 c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 1276 Forr turrtle..fra þatt hire make iss dæd Ne kepeþþ ȝho nan oþerr. a1300 (c1275) Physiologus (1991) 519 In boke is ðe turtres lif writen..if hire make were ded..non oðer wile ȝe more. a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) i. 2088 (MED) Every bridd hath chose hire make. c1460 (a1449) J. Lydgate Minor Poems (1934) ii. 816 Nyghtynggales al nyght syngen and wake, For long absence..of his make. 1542 H. Brinkelow Lamentacion sig. Dviii^v A vipar..destroyeth her make or male in the concepcyon. 1578 J. Lyly Euphues f. 33^v The Wolfe chooseth him for hir make, that hath or doth endure most trauaile for hir sake. 1611 R. Cotgrave Dict. French & Eng. Tongues at Muge The female Mullet will rather be caught by fishermen then abandon her Make. 1632 Prognostication for Yeare in Dict. Older Sc. Tongue (at cited word) The 13 is Valentines even,..then both fowles and fooles chooses their maikes. 3. a. An (or one's) equal, peer, or match; (one's) like. Now Scottish and English regional (northern). ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > relationship > equality or equivalence > [noun] > equal, counterpart, or equivalent ylikeeOE likea1200 make?c1225 fellow?a1425 proportion?a1425 countervailc1430 matcha1450 meetc1450 pareil?c1450 resemblant1484 equivalent1502 countermatch1587 second1599 parallel1600 equipollent1611 balancea1616 tantamount1637 analogy1646 analogate1652 form-fellow1659 equivalency1698 par1711 homologizer1716 peel1722 analogon1797 quits1806 correlate1821 analogue1837 representant1847 homologue1848 countertype1855 homologon1871 correlative1875 vis-à-vis1900 counterpart1903 ?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 91 Ne beo þu naut gywes make. for to birlen him swa. ?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 297 Ha is gyus make. ha offrið god þis eisil. c1300 St. Theophilus (Laud) 96 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 290 (MED) A sunful wreche ich am; alas nas neuere i-seie mi make! a1325 (?c1300) Northern Passion (Cambr. Gg.1.1) 1302 (MED) Sek men had her bot þere, Alle for þis holi tre is sake, For hit was with oute make. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 19656 O preching had he [sc. Saul of Tarsus] na mak. c1480 (a1400) St. Mary of Egypt 543 in W. M. Metcalfe Legends Saints Sc. Dial. (1896) I. 311 For I wes gyrne but ony mak þat sawlis put to lestand vrak. a1500 (a1460) Towneley Plays (1897–1973) 21 Yit knew I neuer thi make. 1509 A. Barclay Brant's Shyp of Folys (Pynson) f. ccxxx Lo yonder same is he Whiche without make thynketh hym wyse to be. 1596 J. Dalrymple tr. J. Leslie Hist. Scotl. (1888) I. 45 Elgin, quhair is sa noble and notable a kirke in beutie and decore that with vs it hes na make. 1629 W. Mure Sonnets in Wks. (1898) I. 45 Admir'd, but maik, euin in a thowsand thingis. 1717 A. Ramsay Elegy Lucky Wood ix She has na left her mak behind her. 1723 A. Ramsay Tea-table Misc. I. 50 Your Tocher it sall be good, There's nane sall ha'e its maik. 1893 R. O. Heslop Northumberland Words Make, an equal, one that is matched or mated with another. †b. Scottish. the make: the like. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > relationship > similarity > [phrase] > similar the make1539 eiusdem generis1663 the very spit of1825 spit and image1859 the (dead) spit of1885 the dead ring1899 1539 in J. Stuart Extracts Council Reg. Aberdeen (1844) I. 160 Gif euer scho dois the maik in tyme cumyng. 1575 J. Rolland Treat. Court Venus ii. f. 33 In mappamond the maik is not perchance. a1600 ( W. Stewart tr. H. Boece Bk. Cron. Scotl. (1858) 33380 Traist weill..sen God can do the maik Onto ȝour self. 4. An image. rare. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > the arts > visual arts > plastic art > statuary > [noun] > statue likenessOE imagec1225 figurea1300 signa1382 statuea1393 staturea1393 statutea1393 statutec1430 statuac1450 picture1517 idol1548 portraiture1548 pattern1582 portrait1585 icon1587 monument1594 simulacrum1599 statuary1599 plastic1686 make1890 1890 J. Service Thir Notandums xiv. 101 They made wee maiks oot o' clay..of them that had thortered them. This entry has been updated (OED Third Edition, June 2000; most recently modified version published online March 2022). maken.² Brit. /meɪk/, U.S. /meɪk/ Forms: Middle English mak, Middle English makke, Middle English– make; English regional (northern) 1700s– mack, 1800s– mac, 1800s– mak, 1800s– meak, 1800s– mek; Scottish pre-1700 mack, pre-1700 mayck, pre-1700 1700s–1800s mak, pre-1700 1700s– maik, pre-1700 1700s– make. Origin: Formed within English, by conversion. Etymon: make v.¹ Etymology: < make v.¹ I. Senses relating to the form or composition of something physical or immaterial. 1. The manner in which a thing is made. a. Of a product of craft or manufacture: style of construction, kind of composition. Now often spec., with implied reference to the manufacturer or source of manufacture: = brand n. 6. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > kind or sort > [noun] > of construction or composition shaft888 makea1325 suitc1330 makinga1398 mark1482 inventiona1513 workmanship1578 cut1590 model1597 mould1667 fashioning1870 Mk.1921 the world > existence and causation > creation > [noun] > style of creation or construction > of manufactured things makea1325 makinga1398 model1597 build1667 society > occupation and work > industry > manufacture or production > [noun] > style or manner of makea1325 workinga1382 Paris work1423 facturec1425 opificec1616 technica1782 technique1883 technic1905 society > trade and finance > merchandise > [noun] > particular class of line1834 town-made1835 run1861 brand1864 sideline1886 make1909 name brand1944 white goods1947 brown goods1976 positional goods1976 a1325 (?c1300) Northern Passion (Cambr. Gg.1.1) 1258 (MED) Of þat tre þei gan marke take, þan was hit lenger þan þe make Bi four fet gret and more. a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) v. 2296 (MED) He let tuo cofres make Of o semblance and of o make. c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 3218 [He] was on þe make [Trin. Dub. makke] of þat mote noȝt mervalled a litill. c1480 (a1400) St. Bartholomew 224 in W. M. Metcalfe Legends Saints Sc. Dial. (1896) I. 186 Bundyne with chenȝeis of fule mak. ?a1534 H. Medwall Nature i. sig. dii A doublet of the new make. 1699 L. Wafer New Voy. & Descr. Isthmus Amer. 66 The other Houses..and Churches are pretty handsome, after the Spanish make. 1710 T. Hearne Remarks & Coll. 7 May (1886) II. 387 The make of the Letters..appear not..ancient. 1760 R. Brown Compl. Farmer: Pt. 2 8 This depends much upon the make of the plough. 1833 H. Martineau Brooke & Brooke Farm (ed. 3) viii. 104 The caps and bonnets were of quite a new make. 1854 W. Collins Hide & Seek III. 186 After suggesting that the candle might have gone out through some defect in the make of it. 1868 F. H. Joynson Metals in Constr. 32 A great variety of what are technically called ‘makes’ of iron are produced in a wide range of degrees of hardness. 1889 Internat. Ann. Anthonys Photogr. Bull. 80 Use a slow make of bromide paper. 1909 Webster's New Internat. Dict. Eng. Lang. Make,..often referring to quality or origin of a manufactured article; as, whose make is it? 1910 Encycl. Brit. I. 238/2 The purchaser..exercises his authority by asking for some specific brand or make of the commodity he seeks. 1937 Discovery Feb. 61/2 I tested the records on four different makes of gramophone. 1975 ‘D. Craig’ Dead Liberty xix. 108 It would be better not to park the same..vehicle in that street again... He wished now he had not mentioned the make. 1987 Shropshire Admag 4 June (Telford ed.) 5/3 Repairs and servicing of all makes of television and video recorders. b. Of a natural object: form or composition, structure, constitution; build of body, physique, esp. of a pedigree horse or dog (frequently in make and shape). ΘΚΠ the world > space > shape > [noun] hue971 shapec1050 form1297 casta1300 entailc1320 fashionc1320 featurec1325 tailc1325 suitc1330 figuringc1385 figure1393 makinga1398 fasurec1400 facea1402 makec1425 proportionc1425 figuration?a1475 protracture1551 physiognomy1567 set1567 portraiturea1578 imagerya1592 model1597 plasmature1610 figurature1642 scheme1655 morphosis1675 turn1675 plasma1712 mould1725 format1936 the world > life > the body > bodily shape or physique > [noun] featurec1325 making1340 staturec1380 statea1387 bonea1400 figurec1400 makec1425 corpulence1477 corsage1481 makdom1488 mouldc1550 corporature1555 frame1566 dimension1600 limit1608 set1611 timber1612 compact1646 taille1663 fabric1695 moulding1815 physique1826 tournure1827 build1832 form1849 body type1866 body build1907 somatotype1940 size1985 the world > existence and causation > creation > [noun] > style of creation or construction > of natural objects makec1425 c1425 J. Lydgate Troyyes Bk. (Augustus A.iv) ii. 4943 His sone..Was lik his fader of stature & of mak. 1487 Thewis Gud Women (St. John's Cambr.) 126 in R. Girvan Ratis Raving & Other Early Scots Poems (1939) 87 Flawm nocht na fluriss þat vill fade, To mend þe mak þat God has made. a1540 (c1460) G. Hay tr. Bk. King Alexander 967 He rydis ane hors that is of mak meruell. ?a1610 A. Montgomerie Poems (1887) 217 Gif she had bene into the dayis auld, Quhen Jupiter the schap of bull did tak..Sum greater mayck, I wait, he had gart mak, Hir to haue stollin be his slichtis quent. 1665 R. Boyle Disc. iv. iv, in Occas. Refl. sig. F2^v The Leaves..of a Tree,..are of a more solid Texture..than the Blossoms, which seem to be of a slighter make. 1697 W. Dampier New Voy. around World xx. 537 Their Faces are of a flat oval Figure, of the Negro make. 1719 Free-thinker No. 148. 1 A Greek Virgin, of exquisite Make and Feature. 1745 E. Young Consolation 45 Nature..gave A Make to Man directive of his Thought; A Make set upright. 1751 D. Jeffries Treat. Diamonds (ed. 2) 23 A right knowledge of the true make of Diamonds. 1792 R. Burns in J. Johnson Scots Musical Museum IV. 390 Young Charlie Cochran was the sprout of an aik, Bonie, and bloomin and straught was its make. 1821 Ld. Byron Don Juan: Canto V xi. 140 He had an English look; that is, was square In make, of a complexion white and ruddy. 1834 S. Cooper Good's Study Med. (ed. 4) III. 32 The apparently isolated molecules, found in the make of the polype and various worms, are ganglions of nervous irritation. 1839 F. P. D. Radcliffe Noble Sci.: Ideas Fox-hunting iii. 29 Beyond all other points in shape or make, I would especially direct the attention of any one hunting Herts, to feet. 1886 J. Ruskin Præterita I. ix. 291 The Jura rock, balanced in the make of it between chalk and marble. 1887 G. S. Heatley Dog Fancier's Friend ii. 44 There are other considerations besides the make and shape of a dog, depending..upon the precise object which the would-be possessor entertains. 1900 Daily News 16 Mar. 3/4 The bending competition, in which the considerations of pace, precision, riding, and ‘make’ [of a pony] are joined in equal importance. 1939 C. R. Acton Hounds iii. 22 One sees most distinctly the old Lord Henry Bentinck sort gradually losing its hold over the make and shape and colouring of foxhounds. 1973 G. A. Browne 11 Harrowhouse St. viii. 81 ‘A beautiful make,’ complimented Chesser, referring..to the diamond's correct proportions, its finish and polish and the symmetry of its facets. 1991 Dogs Monthly Feb. 28/3 She was rangey, had the correct make and shape and no glaring faults, but there just wasn't enough of her. 1996 Scotsman 29 Mar. 37/2 She had..possessed a hands-on knowledge of the make and shape and ways and wiles of the equine as long as she lived. †c. Of an immaterial thing: form, fashion; sort, character, nature (passing into sense 3). Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > kind or sort > [noun] kindeOE i-cundeOE mannera1225 jetc1330 colour1340 hair1387 estrete1393 gendera1398 hedea1400 savourc1400 stockc1450 toucha1500 rate1509 barrel1542 suit1548 fashion1562 special1563 stamp1573 family1598 garb1600 espece1602 kidney1602 bran1610 formality1610 editiona1627 make1660 cast1673 tour1702 way1702 specie1711 tenor1729 ilk1790 genre1816 stripe1853 persuasion1855 1660 A. Cowley Ode Blessed Restoration 14 All the Weapons malice e'r could try, Of all the severall makes of wicked Policy. 1673 Lady's Calling i. iv. §9 Mutual visits..should flow from a real kindness, but if those now in use be sifted, how few will be found of that make? 1679 J. Goodman Penitent Pardoned (1713) i. i. 15 The make and fabrick of a Parable. 1857 H. T. Buckle Hist. Civilisation Eng. I. vii. 397 A corresponding change, in the very form and make of our literature. 1890 Harper's Mag. Mar. 524/2 I did not know just the make and manner of his trouble. †d. all of a make (also of one make): of the same character throughout. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > relationship > uniformity > [adjective] oneOE consimilec1400 suinga1425 even?c1425 agreeable1512 uniform1540 consemblable?1541 suant1547 constantc1550 just?1556 similar1563 similary1564 unvaried1570 uniformal1574 consimilar1577 homogeneana1601 homogeneal1603 homogene1607 invariable1607 of a piece1607 undistinguisheda1616 univocal1615 immutable1621 uniformable1632 solemn1639 homogeneous1646 consistent1651 pariformal1651 self-consistent1651 congeniousa1656 level1655 undiversificated1659 equal1663 of one make1674 invarieda1676 congenerous1683 undiversified1684 equable1693 solid1699 consisting1700 tranquil1794 unbranching1826 horizontal1842 sole1845 self-similar1847 homoeomeric1865 equiformal1883 monochrome1970 1674 N. Fairfax Treat. Bulk & Selvedge 72 There being nothing in the Tube to hinder, Why should not the man fall further, the air of the Well being all of a make? 1682 N. Grew Exper. Luctation Introd. The Experiments may seem too numerous to be of one make. 1684 N. S. tr. R. Simon Crit. Enq. Editions Bible xxvii. 241 St. Jerom's Translation..is not all of a make, but hath some little mixture of the Ancient or Italian. †2. Mental or moral constitution, disposition, or character. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > disposition or character > [noun] heartOE erda1000 moodOE i-mindOE i-cundeOE costc1175 lundc1175 evena1200 kinda1225 custc1275 couragec1300 the manner ofc1300 qualityc1300 talentc1330 attemperancec1374 complexionc1386 dispositiona1387 propertyc1390 naturea1393 assay1393 inclinationa1398 gentlenessa1400 proprietya1400 habitudec1400 makingc1400 conditionc1405 habitc1405 conceitc1425 affecta1460 ingeny1477 engine1488 stomach?1510 mind?a1513 ingine1533 affection1534 vein1536 humour?1563 natural1564 facultyc1565 concept1566 frame1567 temperature1583 geniusa1586 bent1587 constitution1589 composition1597 character1600 tune1600 qualification1602 infusion1604 spirits1604 dispose1609 selfness1611 disposure1613 composurea1616 racea1616 tempera1616 crasisc1616 directiona1639 grain1641 turn1647 complexure1648 genie1653 make1674 personality1710 tonea1751 bearing1795 liver1800 make-up1821 temperament1821 naturalness1850 selfhood1854 Wesen1854 naturel1856 sit1857 fibre1864 character structure1873 mentality1895 mindset1909 psyche1910 where it's (he's, she's) at1967 the mind > mental capacity > philosophy > moral philosophy > [noun] > moral tendency or way of thinking makingc1400 manners1589 way of thinking1650 make1674 1674 N. Fairfax Treat. Bulk & Selvedge To Rdr. Deeming there were more in the World of my make. 1676 G. Towerson Explic. Decalogue 89 A gesture..us'd even by good men towards those of the same make with themselves. 1713 R. Steele Guardian No. 13. ⁋4 Mr. William, the next brother, is not of this smooth make. 1748 S. Richardson Clarissa IV. 153 I, who, as to my will, and impatience, and so forth, am of the true lady-make! 1765 Ld. Holland Let. 19 July in J. H. Jesse G. Selwyn & his Contemp. (1843) I. 387 You are not of a make to be a confidant there. 1806 J. Beresford Miseries Human Life I. i. 2 You are, happily, of a hardy and contentious make. 1877 J. Ruskin Fors Clavigera VII. 106 Giotto was, in the make of him, and contents, a very much stronger..man than Titian. 3. Scottish and English regional (northern). A kind, sort, or species. ΚΠ 1775 ‘T. Bobbin’ Misc. Wks. 51 I'r freetn't aw macks o weys. 1785 Span. Rivals 8 Why, mun, he's of all macks of sorts. 1788 W. Marshall Provincialisms E. Yorks. in Rural Econ. Yorks. II. 341 Mack, sort; species; as, what mack of corn, or stock? 1829 J. T. Brockett Gloss. North Country Words (new ed.) Macks, sorts, fashions—makes. ‘A little o' a' macks’. 1914 C. Holme Lonely Plough i. 11 ‘What has your wife to say about it?’ ‘Something of the same mak as Lup, sir.’ 1976 Jrnl. Lakeland Dial. Soc. No. 38. 17 Theer was a mak ov a scuffle in te pews. 1986 Lakeland Dial. 1987 No. 48. 17 Aw maks o' fwoak ur in theer. †II. Senses relating to manner or style of (personal) action. 4. Doing, action, esp. (in Scottish) manner or style of action, behaviour, or speech. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > doing > [noun] workingOE deedc1000 makinglOE gestsa1340 doing1372 makea1400 workmanshipc1400 faction1447 action1483 performancec1487 performation1504 performent1527 fact1548 practice1553 agitation1573 practisy1573 function1578 affair1598 acture1609 perpetrationa1631 employing1707 the world > action or operation > manner of action > [noun] wayeOE costOE wise971 gatec1175 custc1275 form1297 guise13.. mannerc1300 kindc1330 assizea1375 plighta1393 makea1400 fashionc1400 reason?c1400 method1526 voye1541 how1551 way1563 garb1600 quality1600 mould1603 quomodo1623 modus1648 mode1649 turn1825 road1855 gait1866 methodology1932 stylee1982 a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Gött.) 18788 (MED) His kin ne will he noght forsake, Bot it be thoru vr auen make [Vesp. sake]. c1480 (a1400) St. Andrew 790 in W. M. Metcalfe Legends Saints Sc. Dial. (1896) I. 86 Quhen scho saw þe haly man one þat mak de. 1488 (c1478) Hary Actis & Deidis Schir William Wallace (Adv.) (1968–9) xi. l. 554 To rewll the ost on a gud mak. a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 39 Ane murelandis man of vplandis mak. a1600 ( W. Stewart tr. H. Boece Bk. Cron. Scotl. (1858) 19007 Commanding him opone the samin mak [etc.]. III. Senses relating to the purposeful formation or construction of esp. physical objects. 5. a. The action or process of making or manufacture. Now rare. ΘΚΠ society > occupation and work > industry > manufacture or production > [noun] makinglOE workinga1382 forge1390 fashion1463 facture1574 workmanship1578 fabrication1602 manufaction1602 opificec1616 manufacture1622 makec1631 manufactorya1641 manufact1647 manufacturage1665 manufacturing1669 production1767 mfg.1854 artificing1866 process work1881 machine-production1898 metal-bending1964 c1631 Acct. Bk. J. Doune f. 15^v Maid to ȝour wyf ane wylicoit for mak of it is xij s. 1743 J. Morris Serm. ii. 38 He created the vast universe, that he might impart such degrees of happiness and perfection to the several orders of beings, as are suitable to the end of their make. 1805 W. Taylor in Ann. Rev. 3 47 It appears that the make of linen began in Spain. 1805 W. Taylor in Monthly Mag. 20 147 One of your correspondents inquired concerning the make of marbled soap. 1879 R. Browning Ned Bratts in Idyls I. 132 He taught himself the make Of laces, tagged and tough. 1890 C. T. Jacobi Printing xxxi. 250 Papers..torn or broken in the ‘make’—as the manufacture is technically termed. 1972 Guardian 13 Oct. 15/4 Lancashire..an excellent cheese... In special ‘makes’ sometimes three days' curds are mixed. b. With adjective, noun, or possessive modifier denoting the source of manufacture or the manufacturer, and often also drawing on sense 1a to imply the style or quality associated with such an origin. ΘΚΠ society > trade and finance > merchandise > [noun] > characteristic goods makea1690 speciality1854 the world > relative properties > kind or sort > [noun] > of construction or composition > associated with a particular place, etc. makea1690 a1690 S. Jeake Λογιστικηλογία (1696) 115 The 100 Ells of Antwerp make at Cadiz..for Cloth 81 Varras. 1794 T. Coxe View U.S.A. 314 Wool hats, of Winchester make, are in much repute. 1828 Lights & Shades Eng. Life II. 72 No gown sat well that was not of Parisian make. 1873 Athenæum 19 Apr. 508/3 A cast-iron chain of the old Sussex make. 1884 Times (Weekly ed.) 29 Feb. 5/7 A pocket..of American make. 1904 N.E.D. (at cited word) Are these shoes your own make? 1936 J. Cary Afr. Witch xix. 287 He was crowned by a helmet of French make. c. British colloquial. make and mend n. the action of making and repairing clothes; (Nautical) a period set apart for repairing clothes; (hence) a period of leisure; a half holiday. See also make v.¹ 1d. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > [noun] > time off remedyc1450 intermission?1566 vacancy1599 by-time1609 off-duty1844 watch below, off1850 stand easy1859 off time1866 time off1881 lay-off1889 make and mend1899 laze-off1924 R and R1952 downtime1971 me time1980 the world > textiles and clothing > clothing > tailoring or making clothes > [noun] > carrying out specific processes > repairing or renovating translatingc1454 transposing1550 make and mend1899 1899 Navy & Army Illustr. 14 Oct. 107 (caption) Thursday has been in the Navy, ever since King William IV..first instituted the practice, regularly observed as ‘make and mend’ day. 1916 ‘Taffrail’ Pincher Martin xv. 273 Th' navy's 'avin' its make an' mend, an' carn't be disturbed. 1925 E. Fraser & J. Gibbons Soldier & Sailor Words 150 A make and mend, a naval holiday. In old days..usually on a Thursday. Now-a-days..the weekly half holiday (often transferred to a Saturday) continues to be known as a ‘Make and Mend’. 1935 New Survey London Life IX. iv. xiii. 423 On Tuesday afternoon I go to the make-and-mend class. 1942 G. Hackforth-Jones One-One-One xxi. 193 Saturday too, when all on board H.M.S. Empire were supposed to be enjoying a well-earned ‘make and mend’. 1943 Our Towns (Women's Group on Public Welfare) ii. 60 Any ‘Make and Mend’ organisation evolved during the war should form the basis of a permanent service. 1955 Times 12 July 9/6 They..move out to their ‘sun-porch’, usually a clearing in the forest where they spend their time in ‘make-and-mend’. †6. An amount manufactured; a quantity produced. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > occupation and work > industry > manufacture or production > [noun] > amount produced or manufactured produce1650 supply1744 make1749 output1841 turn1870 production1878 turn-out1879 throughput1884 run1926 1749 G. G. Beekman Let. 5 Nov. in Beekman Mercantile Papers (1956) I. 91 I now returne to the favour I ask a friend of mine who..wrote to me for a Quantity of holland Linseed Oyl which Exceeds our make and is not to be had. 1865 Pall Mall Gaz. 27 June 5 The make of puddled iron has been materially reduced at many of the works. 1884 W. H. Greenwood Steel & Iron viii. 174 The economy in fuel and increased make per furnace, effected by the introduction of the hot blast. 1886 Times 20 Aug. 11/2 The make of pig iron in the United Kingdom over the first six months of the year shows a decrease of 270,321 tons. IV. Senses relating to the accomplishment of an objective. 7. slang. †A successful theft or swindle (obsolete); (U.S.) the proceeds of this. Cf. make v.¹ 26b. ΘΚΠ the mind > possession > taking > stealing or theft > [noun] theft688 stalec950 stealc1200 stoutha1300 stealing13.. stealtha1325 lifting1362 briberya1387 stoutheriec1440 larcenya1475 larcerya1500 conveyancea1529 thieving1530 bribing1533 larcinc1535 embezzling1540 embezzlement1548 thiefdom?1549 theftdom1566 bribering1567 milling1567 thievery1568 larcinry1634 panyarring1703 abduction1766 smugging1825 pickup1846 lurking1851 make1860 tea-leafing1899 snitching1933 lapping1950 1860 J. C. Hotten Dict. Slang (ed. 2) Make, a successful theft, or swindle. 1911 G. Bronson-Howard Enemy to Society 331 If we're going to ‘slough’ our ‘make’, we've gotta keep our eyes open. 1950 in H. E. Goldin Dict. Amer. Underworld Lingo 133 That was a nice make, eight bills..for my end. 8. a. slang (originally U.S.). on the make: intent on profit or advancement; (also) intent on winning someone's affections; seeking sexual pleasure; improving, advancing, getting better. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > prosperity > advancement or progress > advancing or progressing [phrase] on the make1863 society > trade and finance > management of money > income, revenue, or profit > getting or making money > [adjective] > profit-motivated > looking for ample return usuring1609 on the make1863 profit-conscious1928 shonky1951 the mind > emotion > love > flirtation or coquetry > [adjective] > intent on winning someone's affections on the make1929 1863 S. P. Boyer Jrnl. 18 July in E. Barnes & J. A. Barnes Naval Surgeon I. ix. 158 I don't think he acted very friendly but have an idea that he is on the ‘make’. 1869 J. R. Browne Adventures Apache Country 507 ‘Oh, you're on the make, are you?’.. ‘Why, yes, to be candid, I'd like to make fifty thousand or so.’ 1890 Pall Mall Gaz. 6 Sept. 2/1 Suppose..that I am a man, as our American cousins say, ‘on the make’—suppose that I have parliamentary ambitions. 1898 W. E. Henley Bus-driver in London Types Being stony broke, Lives lustily; is ever on the make. 1918 J. M. Barrie What Every Woman Knows ii. 55 There are few more impressive sights in the world than a Scotsman on the make. 1929 J. P. McEvoy Hollywood Girl (1930) 41 Jimmy..said Buelow was on the make for me or he wouldn't have wasted that much time on me. 1934 J. O'Hara Appointment in Samarra (1935) vii. 212 It's the first time I ever knew of you going on the make for some dame. 1955 Times 12 May 7/3 I think we are on the make and that, on balance, the tide is running in our favour. 1973 ‘A. Blaisdell’ Crime by Chance vii. 126 You mean he was still on the make? At his age? 1985 C. McCullough Creed for Third Millennium iii. 67 His smile said he found you genuinely interesting and likable, without giving you the slightest suggestion of a man on the make. b. U.S. slang. to put the make on and variants: to make sexual advances to (a person); to pursue sexually. ΘΚΠ the world > physical sensation > sexual relations > sexual relationship > have sexual relationship with [verb (transitive)] > pursue or regard sexually to look sideways1652 to put the make on1956 1956 P. Moore Chocolates for Breakfast xix. 198 Here was this practically a seduction, she was really throwing the make on him. 1962 P. Mandel Mainside 124 If you want to put the make on a man, get him drunk. 1967 Trans-action Apr. 6/1 One needs to throw a lively rap when he is ‘putting the make on a broad’. 1974 K. Millett Flying ii. 202 The incorrigible satyr tried to put the make on her. 1986 V. Seth Golden Gate xi. 251 Tonight Bjorn tries to put the make on A dainty little..lass. She..fends off his pass. 1993 A. R. Siddons Hill Towns (1994) vii. 145 Put the make on you, did she, Joe? I should have warned you. Past a certain blood alcohol level Yolie gets snuggly. 9. slang (originally U.S.). A (sexual) conquest; spec. a sexually available woman. Cf. make v.¹ 52g. ΘΚΠ society > morality > moral evil > licentiousness > unchastity > [noun] > sexual indulgence > unchaste behaviour of woman > unchaste or loose woman > woman who makes herself available pushover1916 pick-me-up1918 round-heeler1927 lay1932 make1933 round heel1933 round heels1944 hump1969 pull1969 spare1969 1933 Brevities (N.Y.) 23 Nov. 12/3 Philadelphia's Rittenhouse Square is a pansy-path of renown. Joy-boys cruise that thoroughfare on Sundays, hopeful of a ‘make’. 1942 L. V. Berrey & M. Van den Bark Amer. Thes. Slang §439/1 Woman of easy morals..make. 1951 Landfall 5 98 ‘A widow's an easy make,’ He said, ‘you pedal and let her steer.’ 10. slang (originally U.S.). An identification or profile of, or information about, a person or thing from police records, fingerprints, etc. ΘΚΠ society > communication > indication > that which identifies or distinguishes > personal identification > [noun] > identification from records, prints, etc. make1950 1950 in H. Wentworth & S. B. Flexner Dict. Amer. Slang (1960) 332/1 We got a make on his prints. 1959 ‘E. McBain’ Pusher vii. 62 Couldn't get a make on those fingerprints. 1965 ‘L. Egan’ Detective's Due (1966) vii. 71 I think this is too good to be true, but we'll get a make on it just for fun. 1965 ‘L. Egan’ Detective's Due (1966) vii. 80 The D.M.V. just came through with a make on that plate number... It belongs to a fifty-five two~door Ford. 1973 Daily Colonist (Victoria, Brit. Columbia) 6 Sept. 4/5 For years authorities have been trying to get a better ‘make’ on motorists who sidestep the law by picking up a licence in a nearby state after theirs has been revoked. 1984 N. Mailer Tough Guys don't Dance iv. 84 ‘What's your make on Pangborn?’ ‘Corporate lawyer. Sharp. On tour with a blonde lady.’ V. Other technical and specific uses. †11. The action of making contact in an electric circuit, chiefly in make-and-break n.; (also) the position in which contact is made (in at make). Obsolete. ΚΠ 1875 F. Guthrie Magn. & Electr. §235 The automatic make and break. 1892 Gloss. Electr. Terms in Lightning 7 Jan. (Suppl.) Make and Break... The words are sometimes used as substantives denoting the action of making or breaking contact thus ‘at make’, ‘at break’. 12. Bridge. In the earliest forms of the game: a declaration. In later use: a contract that is or could be successful. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > card game > bridge > [noun] > actions or tactics > contract or declaration declaration1895 make1902 contract1908 part score1932 1902 J. B. Elwell Bridge 13 In considering a heart make, the dealer should be influenced by the general strength of his hand and by the number of honours he holds in the trump suit. 1905 R. F. Foster Compl. Bridge 316 The declaration is often called the make. 1964 R. L. Frey & A. F. Truscott Official Encycl. Bridge 343/1 Make... As a noun, it means a successful contract, but usually a hypothetical one in the post-mortem: ‘Five diamonds would have been a make.’ 1974 Country Life 17 Jan. 98/3 Four Spades is a make, but Five Clubs is the safer sacrifice. 13. Computing. Also Make, MAKE. (The name of) a utility that performs a defined set of operations, or executes a list of commands on a number of interdependent files or programs, according to instructions contained in a separate file (the ‘makefile’), esp. to update and recompile large or complex programs after changes have been made. Also: (an instance of) the use of this utility to perform a task. ΚΠ 1977 S. I. Feldman in Bell Labs. Computing Sci. Techn. Rep. No. 57 The basic operation of make is to update a target file by ensuring that all of the files on which it depends exist and are up to date. 1979 Software Pract. Apr. 260 Make has been in use on UNIX systems since 1975. 1987 Byte Aug. 198/2 Even when you run it from a command line using MAKE, Turbo C is very fast. 1987 E. A. Nichols et al. UNIX Survival Guide x. 280 Make is a tool for building systems. With it, one can specify how to create executable program files from source files..or, more generally, any kind of ‘target’ files from any kind of ‘preliminary’ files. 1990 L. Wall & R. L. Schwartz Programming Perl vii. 377 After this is done, you do a series of ‘makes’ to find header file dependencies, to compile Perl..and to install Perl in your system directories. This entry has been updated (OED Third Edition, June 2000; most recently modified version published online March 2022). maken.³ Brit. /meɪk/, U.S. /meɪk/, Scottish English /mek/, Irish English /meːk/ Forms: 1500s meke, 1500s– make, 1800s– maik (English regional (northern)); Scottish pre-1700 1700s– make, 1800s– maick, 1800s– maik, 1900s– meck, 1900s– mek. Origin: Of unknown origin. Etymology: Origin unknown. Compare the synonymous mag n.² and meg n.² 2.The first English copper halfpennies were issued by the Royal Mint in 1672. The ‘coper meke’ of quot ?1536 apparently refers to the debasement of silver coinage in the reign of King Henry VIII. slang and regional (Scottish, English regional (northern), and Irish English (northern) in later use). Now rare (historical). A halfpenny. ΘΚΠ society > trade and finance > money > medium of exchange or currency > coins collective > English coins > [noun] > halfpenny halfpennyc1330 ob.1389 galley-halfpenny1409 obolusc1450 make?1536 mail1570 meg?1738 mag?1775 tumbling tom1826 magpie1838 ?1536 R. Copland Hye Way to Spyttell Hous sig. Eiii^v Docked the dell for a coper meke. 1567 T. Harman Caueat for Commen Cursetors (new ed.) Peddelars Frenche sig. Giii^v A flagge, a wyn, and a make..a groate, a penny and a halfe penny. 1618 B. Holyday Τεχνογαμια ii. vi Good Sir, if you be a Gentry coue, vouchsafe some small Win or but a Make, for wee haue neither Lowre, nor Libbeg, nor Libkin. 1826 W. Scott Woodstock III. xii. 321 I take it; for a make to a million. 1852 in J. Beveridge Poets of Clackmannanshire (1885) 66 That was ca'd threepence, twa maiks frae a groat. 1929 M. Mulcaghey Rhymes 12 The directors who control its every movement, Know its value as an antique to a ‘make’. 1946 H. Reid Big Adventure 39 She looked at the toys, but she hadna a maik. This entry has been updated (OED Third Edition, June 2000; most recently modified version published online March 2022). makev.¹ Brit. /meɪk/, U.S. /meɪk/ Inflections: Past tense and past participle made Brit. /meɪd/, U.S. /meɪd/; Forms: α. Old English macan, Old English macian, Old English makian, early Middle English mace, early Middle English macie, early Middle English makeȝe, early Middle English makenn ( Ormulum), Middle English mac, Middle English maike, Middle English maki, Middle English makie, Middle English makiȝe, Middle English maky, Middle English makye, Middle English makyȝe, Middle English mayk, Middle English meke (perhaps transmission error), Middle English–1500s macke, Middle English–1500s (1800s– English regional (northern)) mak, Middle English–1600s (1800s– English regional (northern)) mack, Middle English– make, 1500s mayke, 1800s– maak (English regional (northern)), 1800s– meck (English regional (northern)), 1800s– meeak (English regional (northern)), 1800s– mek (English regional (south-western)), 1800s– mheyk (English regional (northern)), 1800s– myek (English regional (northern)); U.S. regional (south Midland and southern) 1800s mack, 1800s mak, 1800s– meck, 1800s– mek; Scottish pre-1700 mac, pre-1700 macke, pre-1700 maike, pre-1700 makke, pre-1700 mayk, pre-1700 mayke, pre-1700 meack, pre-1700 meake, pre-1700 meakke, pre-1700 mekien (present participle), pre-1700 1700s– mack, pre-1700 1700s– mak, pre-1700 1700s– make, pre-1700 1800s– maik, pre-1700 1900s– makk, pre-1700 1900s– mek, 1700s–1800s meak, 1800s– meck; also 1800s– maake (Irish English). β. Chiefly northern and midlands Middle English mace (3rd singular present indicative), Middle English mai, Middle English mase (2nd and 3rd singular and plural present indicative), Middle English mass (3rd singular present indicative), Middle English matz (3rd singular present indicative), Middle English may, Middle English–1500s ma; English regional (northern) 1700s– mey, 1800s– ma, 1800s– maa, 1800s– mae, 1800s– may; Scottish pre-1700 ma, pre-1700 mai, pre-1700 maise (3rd singular present indicative), pre-1700 may; N.E.D. (1904) also records present indicative inflected forms Middle English maiss, Middle English mayss. Past tense α. Old English maacode (rare), Old English macude, Old English–early Middle English macode, Old English–early Middle English makode, early Middle English macede, early Middle English machede, early Middle English macod, Middle English make (transmission error), Middle English makede, Middle English maket, Middle English makid, Middle English makide, Middle English makked, Middle English makyd, Middle English–1600s maked, 1800s– macked (English regional (northern)); Scottish pre-1700 maked, pre-1700 makit, pre-1700 makyt, 1900s– makkit. β. Middle English maad, Middle English maade, Middle English madde, Middle English maid, Middle English maide, Middle English maude, Middle English mede, Middle English–1500s mayde, Middle English–1600s mad, Middle English– made, 1500s med, 1700s– meade (English regional (northern)), 1800s– mead (English regional (south-western)), 1800s– myed (English regional (northern)); Scottish pre-1700 maad, pre-1700 madde, pre-1700 maed, pre-1700 maide, pre-1700 mayd, pre-1700 mayde, pre-1700 mayed, pre-1700 mead, pre-1700 meadde, pre-1700 meade, pre-1700 meid, pre-1700 meyd, pre-1700 1700s– made, pre-1700 1800s– maid, pre-1700 1800s– med, pre-1700 1800s– meed, pre-1700 1900s– mede, 1900s– medd; also 1800s– maat (Irish English). Past participle α. Old English gemacod, Old English–early Middle English macod, early Middle English maced, Middle English ȝemaked, Middle English imacad, Middle English imake, Middle English imaked, Middle English imakede, Middle English imaket, Middle English imakit, Middle English maked, Middle English makedd ( Ormulum), Middle English maket, Middle English makid, Middle English makiet, Middle English makyd, Middle English makyn (perhaps transmission error), Middle English ymaked, Middle English ymakit, Middle English ymakyd; Scottish pre-1700 maked, pre-1700 makit, pre-1700 makyt. β. Middle English imad, Middle English maad, Middle English madde, Middle English maide, Middle English ymaad, Middle English ymad, Middle English ymade, Middle English–1500s maid, Middle English–1500s mayd, Middle English–1600s mad, Middle English– made, 1700s mead (English regional (midlands)), 1800s– meade (English regional (northern)), 1800s– myed (English regional (northern)); Scottish pre-1700 maad, pre-1700 mad, pre-1700 madde, pre-1700 maed, pre-1700 maide, pre-1700 mayd, pre-1700 mayde, pre-1700 mayed, pre-1700 mead, pre-1700 meadde, pre-1700 meade, pre-1700 meid, pre-1700 meyd, pre-1700 1700s– made, pre-1700 1800s– maid, pre-1700 1800s– med, pre-1700 1800s– meed, pre-1700 1900s– mede, 1900s– medd. Origin: A word inherited from Germanic. Etymology: Cognate with Old Frisian makia, Middle Dutch māken (Dutch maken), Old Saxon makon (Middle Low German māken), Old High German mahhōn (Middle High German machen, German machen); apparently not represented in Gothic or early Scandinavian (Old Swedish maka to make, construct (Swedish maka to move), Danish mage to manage, arrange are from Middle Low German; Old Icelandic maka to make (rare) is from Middle Low German or another West Germanic language); further etymology uncertain.The word has been referred to the Indo-European base of Welsh maeddu to knead and Old Church Slavonic mazati to smear, and perhaps also of ancient Greek μάσσειν (compare the perfect passive μέμαγμαι , magma n., and mass n.²), classical Latin mācerāre (see macerate v.), and Armenian macanim to cling to; but whether these last three, and indeed the West Germanic verb, should be referred to this base is not certain. The Indo-European base perhaps had the sense ‘to knead, work with the hands’ from which, it is hypothesized, the more general meaning ‘make’ may have developed. The Germanic verb is also widely considered to be related to the Germanic base of i-make n. and match n.¹, probably an adjective with the sense ‘fit, suitable’. This adjective must be regarded as a derivative of the verb (perhaps via the sense ‘that which can be done’) if the above Indo-European etymology is accepted. An older view took the verb as a specifically West Germanic derivative (with the original sense ‘fit, arrange’) of the adjective (which, having reflexes in North Germanic, must go back to Common Germanic), and treated the further etymology as unknown. For a suggestion that the Old English word may show a borrowing from Old Saxon (and perhaps ultimately from Old High German), rather than a part of the inherited vocabulary of Old English, see S. Kuhn in Jrnl. English Linguistics 19 (1986) 49–93. Old English macian and gemacian (which continued into Middle English as imake ) are much less common than don do v. (which is also the word most commonly used to translate Latin facere ), gewyrcan i-wurche v., and wyrcan work v. In Old English sense 1a appears to be the commonest use, followed by senses 34a and 33b (factitive), 38 (causative), and 43a. Development of senses within English was affected by various secondary borrowings and influences, e.g. from senses of Latin facere and fierī ; no attempt has been made to document these exhaustively below. Since it is uncertain what the original meanings of the word were in West Germanic, the branches in the semantic arrangement below do not necessarily reflect the sequence in which the senses arose. In Old English the prefixed form gemacian is also attested; some of the past participle forms with ge- cited above may represent this verb. Loss of intervocalic k from the early Middle English past makede and past participle maked is unparalleled, but the similar loss of k from the infinitive and present in north and north-midland texts is paralleled by the variants ta , tas of take v. (the two sets of forms occur in overlapping sets of texts). However, the surviving evidence does not unequivocally imply that the stem without k spread from the present paradigm to the past and from the north to the south. The β forms do not constitute a continuous and self-contained paradigm within individual Middle English texts or regional dialects. The β infinitive is relatively rare. The 2nd singular, 3rd singular, and plural present indicative β forms are found in late Middle English texts from most of the northern and north-midland counties as far south as Leicestershire and the Isle of Ely with the exception of Cumberland and Westmorland. They generally correspond to an α form in the infinitive and 1st singular present indicative. In the past and past participle, α forms appear to be universal until the Wooing of Our Lord (a1225), where þu mades and makedes occur in the same sentence. β forms of the past and past participle become common, mainly in texts from the midlands and south, in the second half of the 13th cent. In the 14th- and 15th-cent. β forms of the past and past participle greatly outnumber α forms, but many texts from the midlands and south of England, including most of the major late Middle English literary works, employ both. According to Eng. Dial. Dict., β forms of the infinitive, present, or imperative occurred in 19th-cent. regional dialects in a roughly triangular area bounded by west Yorkshire, Shropshire, and Lincolnshire (corresponding on the whole to the distribution of the Middle English present-tense β forms), but α forms were also found throughout this area. The α forms with a short a must have arisen in Middle English before the great vowel shift. J. Wright, Eng. Dial. Gram. (1905) records such forms from the northern counties and as far south as Shropshire, Staffordshire, Warwickshire, Leicestershire, and Lincolnshire; in Scots, the pronunciation /mak/ is general. The α forms with short e date from after the raising of Middle English long ā. Eng. Dial. Gram. records this type of form from the north-west, the midlands, and the south-west, and Surv. Eng. Dial. adds stray occurrences from Norfolk and Essex, which suggests that this shortening was at one time widespread in nonstandard English. This is borne out by the existence of the form /mɛk/ in U.S. regional and Caribbean English. I. Senses in which the object of the verb is a product or result. * To bring into existence by construction or elaboration. 1. a. transitive. To produce (a material thing) by combination of parts, or by giving a certain form to a portion of matter, to manufacture; to construct, assemble, frame, fashion.In many contexts verbs of more specific meaning are now often employed, and, with particular objects (e.g. house, town, ship), predominate. ΘΚΠ society > occupation and work > industry > manufacture or production > manufacture or produce [verb (transitive)] i-wurchec888 makeeOE workOE dighta1175 outworka1325 forge1382 tiffa1400 fabricate1598 elaborate1611 produce1612 manufacture1648 to work off1653 output1858 productionize1939 society > occupation and work > industry > manufacture or production > manufacture or produce [verb (transitive)] > by combination, extraction, etc. makeeOE prepare1535 eOE King Ælfred tr. Gregory Pastoral Care (Hatton) (1871) xviii. 135 Ða gimmas ðara halignessa to ðæm wæron gemacod ðæt hi scoldon scinan on ðæs hiehstan sacerdes hrægle betwux ðam halegestan halignessum. OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1900) II. 180 Wurdon þa tobrocene..þæra hæþenra goda hus and anlicnyssa þurh þæra manna handa, þe hi macodon and guton. OE Inscription on Sundial, Kirkdale Church, Yorks. in E. Okasha Hand-list of Anglo-Saxon non-runic Inscriptions (1971) 88 He hit [sc. the church] let macan newan from grvnde. lOE Laws: Gerefa (Corpus Cambr.) ix. 454 Me mæig in Maio & Iunio & Iulio..tymbrian, wudian, woedian, faldian, fiscwer and mylne macian. ?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1137 In mani of þe castles wæron lof and grin..þat was sua maced [etc.]. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 1937 Þa makeden heo hus. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 2776 He makede ane heȝe burh, feier & hende. a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 3541 Mac vs godes foren us to gon. c1330 (?a1300) Sir Tristrem (1886) l. 2765 (MED) Þis forest wil y felle, And castel wil y ma. a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(1)) (1850) Psalms ciii. [civ.] 17 There sparewis shul make nestis. ?a1400 (a1338) R. Mannyng Chron. (Petyt) ii. 336 He mad a coruen kyng. c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. vi. 191 An heep of heremites..ketten here copes and courtpies hem made. c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 2587 (MED) He..mas a brig ouire þe bourne of Barges with cheynes. ?a1475 (?a1425) tr. R. Higden Polychron. (Harl. 2261) (1865) I. 163 Men off Phenicia..made [L. condiderunt] the cites of Sidon and of Tyrus. 1485 W. Caxton in Malory's Morte Darthur Table of Contents sig. i Kyng Marke..maad a tombe ouer them. 1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) xi. 368 Ane vax-cayme that beis mais. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/1 I make hym a gowne, a house, a cappe, or suche lyke. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 621/2 I make cockes of haye. 1571 in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. 313 To Magnifie my name I maid ane Stepill. 1686 W. Aglionby Painting Illustr. (new ed.) Explan. Terms at Antique All the Works of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture that have been made in the Time of the Antient Greeks. 1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant i. 208 The Franciscan Friars had made some Rooms there for the convenience of Pilgrims. 1720 Prior in Swift's Lett. (1766) II. 11 Richardson..has made an excellent picture of me; from whence lord Harley (whose it is) has a stamp taken by Vertue. 1751 R. Paltock Life Peter Wilkins II. xvi. 192 One of the Colambs being making a House to reside in. 1774 O. Goldsmith Grecian Hist. I. v.* 172 They caused a statue of Jupiter to made at the general expence. 1774 O. Goldsmith Hist. Earth VIII. 41 As birds sometimes are seen to make their nests. 1849 Chambers's Information for People (new ed.) II. 719/2 The machine being..composed of the parts in ordinary use, only made circular. 1852 F. W. Robertson Serm. 3rd Ser. xii. 147 The beaver makes its hole, the bee makes its cell. 1865 M. Arnold Ess. Crit. vi. 195 That dress, made full, as you've got it, suits you. 1893 Times 29 Apr. 13/3 He has abandoned his mannerisms and been content to make a beautiful picture. 1925 F. S. Fitzgerald Great Gatsby v. 106 I..ran for a huge black knotted tree, whose massed leaves made a fabric against the rain. 1962 P. Mortimer Pumpkin Eater ix. 48 The factory made many things beside rope and tents: string, matting, canvas, anything that could be made out of hemp. 1987 R. Ellmann Oscar Wilde iii. 55 Miles at this time made a small sketch of Wilde. b. transitive. With from, of, out of, with (the material or component parts). See also sense 5.to make a silk purse out of a sow's ear: see silk n. and adj. Compounds 1b. ΚΠ OE Ælfric Homily (Corpus Cambr. 188) in B. Assmann Angelsächsische Homilien u. Heiligenleben (1889) 35 Eall swa be mæssereafe, þe sume menn maciað of heora ealdum claðum, þe beoð eal on swate. a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Bodl. 959) (1959) Exod. xxxii. 4 He..made of hem aȝotun calf. a1450 (?a1300) Richard Coer de Lyon (Caius) 2664 in K. Brunner Mittelengl. Vers-roman über Richard Löwenherz (1913) 226 Torches maad wiþ wex ful cleer. 1554 D. Lindsay Dialog Experience & Courteour 985 in Wks. (1931) I. 228 Thay..maid thame Breikis of leuis grene. 1584 A. Barlowe in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations (1589) iii. 730 Their boates are made of one tree, either of Pine, or of Pitch trees: a wood not commonly knowen to our people, nor found growing in England. 1633 P. Fletcher Poeticall Misc. 62 in Purple Island My little pipe of seven reeds ymade. a1774 O. Goldsmith Surv. Exper. Philos. (1776) II. 239 Burning instruments..are usually made with glass. a1774 O. Goldsmith tr. P. Scarron Comic Romance (1775) I. v. 31 A..pair of breeches..which he had given to this botcher, to make out of them a more fashionable suit. 1791 J. Townsend Journey Spain (1792) III. 118 Buskins..which are made with the esparto rush. 1859 H. T. Ellis Hong Kong to Manilla 148 An Indian can make almost anything out of bamboo. 1860 J. Abbott Amer. Hist. I. vi. 173 It was the duty of the women to make clothing from the skins after they were cured. 1920 D. H. Lawrence Lost Girl v. 87 Then of her own kerchief she made a pad for the wound. 1975 I. McEwan First Love, Last Rites (1976) 76 We had a kind of theatre we made ourselves out of a fruit box, and we made the people out of paper and card. †c. transitive. To represent (a feature, quality, etc.) in a painting or similar creation. Obsolete. rare. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > the arts > visual arts > representation in art > represent in art [verb (transitive)] workOE shapea1375 express1382 marka1393 resemblea1393 portraya1398 devisea1400 makea1400 represent?a1425 counterfeitc1440 to set on write1486 porturea1500 emporturea1529 story1532 portrait1548 show1565 decipher1567 portraiture1581 to set forth1585 emblazea1592 stell1598 defigure1599 infigure1606 effigiate1608 deportract1611 deportray1611 rendera1616 image1624 configure1630 exiconize1641 effigies1652 to take off1680 mimic1770 paraphrase1961 a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Gött.) 23216 Na mar..Þan painted fire..Þat on wagh wit man war mad right [Vesp. Þat apon awagh war wroght]. 1849 C. Dickens David Copperfield (1850) xx. 211 It was a startling likeness... The painter hadn't made the scar, but I made it. 1859 Ld. Tennyson Vivien in Idylls of King 118 I took his brush and blotted out the bird, And made a Gardener putting in a graff. d. transitive. Chiefly British. Idiomatically in collocation with mend. Also frequently (esp. Nautical) used intransitively in same sense. Occasionally also intransitively without mend: (of a craftsperson, seamstress, etc.) to make articles for a specified person. Cf. to make do and mend at sense 39f. ΚΠ c1400 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Trin. Cambr. R.3.14) (1960) A. iii. 51 Þere nis wyndowe ne auter Þat I ne shulde make or mende. 1600 in J. Barmby Churchwardens' Accts. Pittington (1888) 133 For a handmell, and crosspin of iron, to mend or make bald~rigs for our bells. 1676 St. Paul's Cathedral Building Accts. July in Wren Soc. (1936) 13 79 Makeing & mending Molds, Levells &c. Bevells & miter squares for Bricklayers. 1784 E. Hamilton Let. 15 June in A. Morrison Hamilton & Nelson Papers (1893) I. 85 She has over-grown all her cloaths. I am makeing and mending all as I can for her. 1790 J. B. Moreton Manners & Customs West India Islands 131 If you please and humour her properly, she will make and mend all your clothes. 1840 R. H. Dana Two Years before Mast viii. 64 Another thing which you learn better in the forecastle than you can anywhere else, is to make and mend clothes, and this is indispensable to sailors. 1851 H. Mayhew London Labour II. 30/1 Those who make or mend, and who must make or mend so cheaply that the veriest vagrant may be their customer, [etc.]. 1862 Temple Bar 6 482 He makes for Count This and Prince That, and they never want their coats altered. 1885 W. D. Howells Rise Silas Lapham i. 5 She cooked, swept, washed, ironed, made and mended from daylight till dark. 1903 R. Kipling Traffics & Discov. (1904) 154 I'm going to ask this young gentleman to breakfast, and then we'll make and mend clothes till the umpires have decided. 1987 E. G. Holland Coniston Copper (BNC) 133 Moses Mossop was regularly at work making and mending wooden barrels. 1991 I. Gower Shoemaker's Daughter (1992) (BNC) 86 I know, I'm only a woman but I can make and mend just as well as any man, if not better. e. transitive. made in ——: that was made in ——; manufactured in ——; also in extended use.Used as a label on manufactured goods, to show the country of origin.Sometimes depreciative, implying that goods from the country concerned are considered to be of poor quality; such uses seem to have originated with made in Germany, used in this way in the late 19th and early 20th centuries. ΚΠ 1690 London Gaz. No. 2603/4 A little Gold Watch with a white Enamell Dial-Plate, made in France. 1765 N.-Y. Mercury 10 June 1/3 (advt.) Women's best Calemanco Shoes, Made in New-York. 1851 Official Descriptive & Illustr. Catal. Great Exhib. III. 568/1 Real guipure, made in Ireland: head-dress and collar. 1896 E. E. Williams in New Rev. Jan. 14 The phrase ‘Made in Germany’ is raw material for a jape at the pantomime. 1909 J. R. Ware Passing Eng. Victorian Era 172/1 Made in Germany.., bad, valueless. Outcome of the vast quantity of inferior goods imported from Germany. Term increased in force from the date when this phrase had, legally, to be printed on the object. 1922 F. H. Burnett Head of House of Coombe xx. 239 The young German woman was possessed of a mind ‘made in Germany’. 1974 S. Marcus Minding Store (1975) x. 204 At one time a ‘Made in France’ or ‘Made in Italy’ label added cachet. 1980 M. Bail Homesickness i. 41 The bus skated and shuddered: a good thing it was Made in Germany. 1998 People (Electronic ed.) 13 Dec. A large parcel..contained a box with Gift From Delhi stamped across the top. Underneath I found the words Made in Taiwan. f. transitive. colloquial. as —— as they make them: as —— as possible. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > quantity > greatness of quantity, amount, or degree > high or intense degree > greatly or very much [phrase] > in or to the greatest degree never solOE with (also mid) the mostc1275 for the masteryc1325 to the bestc1390 to the uttermostc1400 at the hardest1429 to the utmostc1450 to the skies (also sky)1559 at float1594 all to nothing1606 to the height1609 to the proofa1625 to the last degree1639 to the welkin?1746 (the) worst kind1839 for all it's worth1864 as —— as they make them?a1880 in the highest1897 to the nth (degree, power)1897 up to eleven1987 ?a1880 in J. S. Farmer & W. E. Henley Slang (1896) IV. 273/1 (title of broadside ballad) As good as they make 'em. 1889 G. Allen Tents of Shem I. iii. 51 I like them—thorough ladies,..and as clever as they make them. 1934 T. S. Eliot Rock i. 13 'e was a fine fellow on one side and as bad as they make 'em on the other. 1960 G. W. Target Teachers (1962) 52 He looked about as miserable as they make 'em. g. transitive. Contextually in various trades, with more specific meaning in connection with particular stages in the creation of a manufactured or crafted product. ΚΠ 1888 Arts & Crafts Catal. 82 The volume passes into the hands of the ‘forwarder’, who ‘makes’ the back. 1900 Eng. Dial. Dict. Make, to put the soles on boots or shoes. 2. a. transitive. Of God (also of Nature personified, etc.): to create (a material or spiritual object). Also (occasionally) in passive with the agent unspecified. ΘΚΠ the world > existence and causation > creation > [verb (transitive)] > of God workOE rearOE shapeOE makeOE raisec1384 to set (something) on (also upon) sevenc1390 spire1435 OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1881) I. 436 And þæt hlyd ðærto gelimplice gefeged, eac of hwitum marmstane swa swa hit macode god. a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 139 Sunnendai weren engles makede of godes muðe. a1225 (?c1175) Poema Morale (Lamb.) 83 in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 165 (MED) He makede fisses in þe se and fuȝeles in þe lifte. c1225 (?c1200) Hali Meiðhad (Bodl.) (1940) 40 Ich chulle halde me hal þurh þe grace of godd as cunde me makede. c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 478 Þre þousend & four score & þre ȝer Fram þat þe world was verst imad. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 345 He þat mad [Fairf. maket] al thing o noght. a1425 (a1382) Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Corpus Oxf.) Gen. i. 16 And God made two greet liȝt ȝyuerys. c1449 R. Pecock Repressor (1860) 146 (MED) God..made the world and alle thingis that ben in it. a1500 in R. Girvan Ratis Raving & Other Early Scots Poems (1939) 176 In waist natur na-thinge mais. 1591 Troublesome Raigne Iohn i. sig. B4 Can Nature so dissemble in her frame, To make the one so like as like may be? 1609 Bible (Douay) II. Index Light, an accident made the first day. 1660 tr. M. Amyraut Treat. conc. Relig. ii. vi. 241 Nature ha's not made us of Iron. 1667 J. Milton Paradise Lost ix. 138 This Woman whom thou mad'st to be my help. View more context for this quotation 1743 E. Young Complaint: Night the Fourth 46 Truth, eldest Daughter of the Deity; Truth, of his Council, when he made the Worlds. 1784 E. Allen Reason x. §1. 347 Admitting the three first propositions to be true, to wit, that there are three Gods..their essences and providences would interfere, and make universal confusion and disorder. 1826 J. F. Cooper Last of Mohicans I. viii. 158 Indian fights, sometimes, last for days; 'tis their scalps or ours!—and God, who made us, has put into our natures the craving after life! 1852 H. B. Stowe Uncle Tom's Cabin II. xx. 37 ‘Do you know who made you?’ ‘Nobody, as I knows on,’ said the child... ‘I spect I grow'd. Don't think nobody never made me.’ 1876 H. James Roderick Hudson ii. 55 ‘I suppose they're no better made than a good tough Yankee,’ objected Mr. Striker... ‘The same God made us.’ 1980 F. Buechner Godric 136 With privities we make us others like ourselves as God made Adam once. b. With complement or adverbial phrase denoting the form or condition of the created being or object, or the purpose or object of creation. Hence in passive: to be naturally fitted or destined (with for or infinitive); to be perfectly fitted. to be made for each other (also one another): to be such as to harmonize perfectly or form an ideal combination (as a married couple, etc.); to be ideally suited. ΘΚΠ the mind > will > necessity > fate or destiny as determining events > must as decreed by fate [verb (intransitive)] > be one's lot tidec1000 fallOE to be made for each other (also one another)1709 the mind > emotion > love > friendliness > be friendly [verb (intransitive)] > get on (well) gree?a1513 to get in with1602 cotton1605 to hitch (also set, or stable) horses together1617 to hit it1634 gee1685 to set horses together1685 to be made for each other (also one another)1751 to hit it off1780 to get ona1805 to hitch horses together1835 niggle1837 to step together1866 to speak (also talk) someone's (also the same) language1893 to stall with1897 cog1926 groove1935 click1954 vibe1986 a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 79 Þo þet weren imakede engles in houene, and fellen ut for hore wrechede. a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 122 Of euerilc ougt, of euerilc sed, Was erðe mad moder of sped. c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) Mark ii. 27 The sabote is maad for man, and nat a man for the sabote. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Gött.) 12370 Ȝe þat he has made to men,..And þat eftir his aunen ymage. a1500 (?c1440) J. Lydgate Horse, Goose & Sheep (Lansd.) 636 in Minor Poems (1934) ii. 565 Hih & low wer maad of oo mateer. c1515 Ld. Berners tr. Bk. Duke Huon of Burdeux (1882–7) lix. 206 We be all made to dye. a1616 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 2 (1623) v. i. 7 This hand was made to handle nought but Gold. View more context for this quotation a1616 W. Shakespeare Coriolanus (1623) i. i. 205 They said..that dogges must eate That meate was made for mouths. View more context for this quotation 1697 J. Dryden tr. Virgil Georgics iii, in tr. Virgil Wks. 104 The Calf, by Nature..made To turn the Glebe. View more context for this quotation 1709 R. Steele Tatler No. 47. ⁋2 These Two Lovers seem'd..made for each other. 1712 R. Steele Spectator No. 515. ¶6 Indeed, Gatty, we [sc. women] are made for Man. 1715 D. Defoe Family Instructor I. i. i. 14 Did God make me to serve him? 1733 A. Pope Ess. Man i. 47 Ask..why Oaks are made Taller or stronger than the Weeds, they shade. 1751 S. Richardson Clarissa (ed. 3) III. lxiii. 328 Her features are all harmony, and made for one another. 1784 R. Burns (title) Man was made to mourn. 1822 Cobbett's Weekly Polit. Reg. 30 Mar. 778 It is true enough, that God made all the women; but he did not make them all players. 1854 D. Brewster More Worlds xiii. 202 Man was not made for the planet—but the planet was made for man. 1857 C. Dickens Let. ?3 Sept. (1995) VIII. 430 Poor Catherine and I are not made for each other, and there is no help for it. 1870 C. Dickens Edwin Drood ii. 10 She..said that she had become your pupil, and that you were made for your vocation. 1883 H. James in Cent. Mag. Aug. 500/1 For Alphonse Daudet ‘Numa Roumestan’ will mark this interfusion of a temperament and a subject that are made for each other. 1937 Amer. Home Apr. 124/2 Warm weather was made for things to grow in and there will soon be growing things all around us. 1971 D. Clark Sick to Death iv. 82 When two people—what's the popular phrase?—are made for each other, these things happen. 1990 S. Morgan Homeboy xlv. 268 Boy, was Sunny glad Cherry purpled her down. Xanax was made for days like this. c. passive. Usually with preceding adverb (as to be well made, etc.). Of the bodily frame: to have the specified build or proportions. ΘΚΠ the world > life > the body > bodily shape or physique > [verb (intransitive)] to be well madea1350 to be well (straight) set upa1854 a1350 in G. L. Brook Harley Lyrics (1968) 38 Heo haþ..body ant brest wel mad al. 1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 3921 Then come a beste..Mad & merkid as a Meere. 1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) cxx. 161 To seme to the folkes syght better maad, & fayrer of body. 1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) i. 385 Bot off lymmys he wes weill maid. 1569 R. Grafton Chron. II. 495 Of bodie he was slender,..well membred, and strongly made. 1688 A. Behn Lycidus 29 She was well made, and had an admirable meen, an Air of Gayety and Sweetness. 1886 A. Sergeant No Saint I. i. i. 3 His frame was broad and strongly made. 1988 M. Warner Lost Father i. 14 Lucia..was neatly made and short. 3. a. transitive. To prepare (an article of food or drink) for consumption. to make meat (now regional): to prepare food.Some of the examples placed here might appear to belong to branch VI.; but originally meat was taken to mean the food as prepared. (Similarly in to make tea or make coffee.) ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > food > food manufacture and preparation > preparation for table or cooking > prepare food [verb (transitive)] makeOE dightc1320 dressa1325 array1366 prepare1490 guise1604 catea1617 trick1824 fix1839 get1873 nap1961 the world > food and drink > food > food manufacture and preparation > preparation for table or cooking > general preparation processes > perform general preparation processes [verb (transitive)] makeOE the world > food and drink > drink > preparation of drinks > [verb (transitive)] > make tea draw1736 to make tea1845 brew1868 infuse1891 wet1902 to drum up1910 mast1963 the world > food and drink > drink > preparation of drinks > [verb (transitive)] make1849 OE Old Eng. Hexateuch: Gen. (Claud.) xxvii. 9 Bring me twa ða betstan ticcenu, þæt ic macige mete þinum fæder þærof [L. ut faciam ex eis escas patri tuo]. c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 8661 Acc allre firrst macc þu to me Þær offe an litell kechell. c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 8339 Wo þat miȝte..seþe & Make potage. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 3497 Þe hus to kepe and ma þe mett. c1400 (?c1380) Cleanness (1920) 625 Þre mettez of mele menge, & ma kakez. ?c1425 Recipe in Coll. Ordinances Royal Househ. (Arun. 334) (1790) 461 As men maken ruschewes. 1463 in S. Tymms Wills & Inventories Bury St. Edmunds (1850) 32 In leeffull tyme to make hire mete in the chymeny. 1589 R. Tomson in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations iii. 581 The bread they make there is certaine cakes made of rootes. 1603 T. Dekker et al. Patient Grissill sig. G4^v Grissill shall goe make Pap, and Ile licke the skillet. 1748 H. Glasse Art of Cookery (ed. 3) ix. 215 To make a Boiled Loaf. 1845 C. Dickens Cricket on Hearth i. 15 Only let me make the tea first, John. 1849 C. Dickens David Copperfield (1850) xxiii. 244 I then made her..a glass of hot white wine and water, and a slice of toast cut into long thin strips. 1855 in Contrib. Hist. Soc. Montana (1940) X. 128 Found some Grosvonts Camp'd making meat. 1886 W. Besant Children of Gibeon II. ii. xix. 334 The cloth was spread, and she was making the tea. 1908 K. Grahame Wind in Willows x. 234 It was, indeed, the most beautiful stew in the world, being made of partridges, and pheasants, and chickens, and hares, and rabbits, and pea-hens, and guinea-fowls, and one or two other things. 1973 L. Hellman Pentimento (1979) 547 That night I was making her saffron rice. 1985 P. Auster City of Glass xi. 162 He stood up, went into the kitchen, and made another bowl of cornflakes. b. transitive. gen. To produce (a substance) by the combination of ingredients, by extraction from a source, or by modification of some other substance by mechanical or chemical processes. With from, out of (the source or original substance), of, †with (the ingredients). ΘΚΠ the world > existence and causation > creation > [verb (transitive)] > produce or bring forth doeOE makelOE to bring forthc1175 farrow?c1225 childc1350 fodmec1390 raise1402 spring?1440 upbringc1440 breed1526 procreate1546 hatch1549 generate1556 product1577 deprompt1586 produce1587 spire1590 sprout1598 represent1601 effer1606 depromea1652 germinate1796 output1858 lOE Laws: Rectitudines (Corpus Cambr.) xvi. 451 Cyswyrhtan gebyreð hundred cyse, & þæt heo of wringhwæge buteran macige to hlafordes beode. c1175 ( Ælfric Homily (Bodl. 343) in S. Irvine Old Eng. Homilies (1993) 61 Þa spætte he on þa eorðan, and makede of ðam spattle and of ðare eorðe lam. c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 1480 Ȝiff þatt tu willt makenn laf Þu þresshesst tine shæfess. c1225 (?c1200) Hali Meiðhad (Bodl.) (1940) 28 Hit greueð þe se swiðe þet tu wult..makien him poisun. c1395 G. Chaucer Canon's Yeoman's Tale 812 Cley maad with hors or mannes heer and oyle Of tartre. a1400 tr. Lanfranc Sci. Cirurgie (Ashm.) (1894) 14 A medicyn maad in oon maner þat worchiþ dyvers effectis. c1430 (c1380) G. Chaucer Parl. Fowls 354 The swalwe, mortherere of the foules smale That maken hony of floures. 1552 R. Huloet Abcedarium Anglico Latinum Make mortar, concinnare lutum. 1585 T. Washington tr. N. de Nicolay Nauigations Turkie i. xiv. 15 A small round fruite..Of which the Inhabitants..make oyle. 1611 Bible (King James) Ecclus. xlix. 1 The perfume y^t is made by the arte of the Apothecarie. View more context for this quotation 1652 Ripley's Compend of Alchemy in E. Ashmole Theatrum Chemicum Britannicum 191 Many Amalgame dyd I make. 1669 S. Sturmy Mariners Mag. v. xii. 67 To make Red Powder. 1698 Philos. Trans. (Royal Soc.) 20 291 The way of making Pitch, Tarr, Rosin and Turpentine. 1710 T. Hearne Remarks & Coll. (1889) III. 30 Mr. William Stallenge..was the first Author of making silk in England. 1758 Philos. Trans. 1757 (Royal Soc.) 50 62 Bella-donna..is so called because the Italian ladies make a cosmetic from the juice. 1853 A. Ure Dict. Arts (ed. 4) II. 728 The patent plan of Mr. William Onions of making cast steel seems worthy of adoption. 1861 W. Fairbairn Iron 176 M. Chenot makes steel direct from the ore by converting it into a substance he calls sponge, in a peculiarly constructed furnace. 1932 I. D. Garard Introd. Org. Chem. iii. 34 Secondary butyl alcohol..is made from butylene..just as isopropyl alcohol is made from propylene. 1976 Shell in Industr. Chemicals 2 Shell Chemical Company..also makes solvents derived from butylene. 1988 D. Rees GCSE CDT—Design & Realisation x. 80 Hardboard is made from wood fibres that have been pulped, processed and refined. c. transitive. U.S. (now chiefly southern). To bring (a crop) to maturity; to raise (raise v.¹ 11a). Also intransitive: (of a crop) to come to maturity. Cf. sense 18a. ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > farming > cultivation or tillage > cultivation of plants or crops > cultivate plants or crops [verb (transitive)] tilla1325 raisec1384 uprearc1400 nourisha1500 cherish1519 dig1526 dress1526 govern1532 manure?c1550 rear1581 nurse1594 tame1601 crop1607 cultive1614 cultivate1622 ingentle1622 tend1631 make1714 peck1728 grow1774 farm1793 culture1809 side-dress1888 double-crop1956 produce2006 1714 Boston News-let. 9 Aug. 2/2 We have had an extraordinary drought here last Spring and all of this Summer, which makes us apprehensive of a Scarcity of Corn, and little or no Tobacco to be made. 1763 G. Washington Diary 1 Sept. (1925) I. 187 My..Corn was just beginning to show... Quere, has it time to make or Ripen? 1848 Southern Literary Messenger 14 635/2 Some corn and some cotton are ‘made’, as the Virginians say. 1867 Country Gentleman 29 388/1 Seventeen years ago it rained more or less for 27 days in the month of May... Enormous crops of hay were made that year. 1898 Country Gentleman 63 418/1 Corn crop is now made, well-eared in most cases. 1938 M. K. Rawlings Yearling xiv. 140 Pa, the quail has hatched under the Scuppernog. And the grapes is makin'. 1938 M. K. Rawlings Yearling xiv. 143 There was no more corn and would not be until the summer's crop was made. 1972 F. Knebel Dark Horse (1973) vi. 83 Eddie, you don't want no old man like me around. I ain't even made a crop in ten years. 1989 D. Maharidge & M. Williamson And their Children after Them iv. iv. 221 He had stopped planting Hobe's Hill, but was again hoping to make a crop on the bottomland to pay off his debt. 4. a. transitive. To compose, write as the author (a book, poem, †letter, etc.). †to make Latin (also Latins): see Latin n.Originally used widely of literary works, and also applied to musical compositions; nowadays less common, as a more specific verb such as compose or write is typically preferred with many of the possible objects: cf. sense 1a. The principal modern use is of poems or verses, though even this is somewhat archaic or consciously literary. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > the arts > music > composing music > compose [verb (transitive)] makelOE compose1597 society > leisure > the arts > literature > art or occupation of writer or author > be the author of or write (a work) [verb (transitive)] setc888 adighteOE awriteeOE writeeOE dightc1000 workOE makelOE brevea1225 ditea1300 aditec1330 indite1340 betravail1387 compone1393 saya1475 compile1477 compose1483 comprise1485 recite1523 pen1530 contex1542 invent1576 author1597 context1628 to make up1630 spawn1631 lOE St. Nicholas (Corpus Cambr.) (1997) 83 Ne eac þæt gewrit þe unwis mann onginð to macigenne ne bið hit na wislic to sprecanne ne god to understandenne. a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 71 On þe godspelle þe sein lucas makede. a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 125 (MED) Ða songes..boð makede of þere heouenliche blisse. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 32 He nom þa Englisca boc þa makede seint Beda. c1350 Apocalypse St. John: A Version (Harl. 874) (1961) 2 (MED) Seint Iohan þewangelist..made þis book þat is cleped þapocalips. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 87 Of hir to mak bath rim and sang. c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. v. 415 I haue leuere here an harlotrie..Þan al þat euere Marke made, Mathew, John, & lucas. 1485 W. Caxton in Malory's Arthur Pref. 2 Alle suche bookes as been maad of hym ben fayned and fables. 1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) i. 33 Off thaim I thynk this buk to ma. ?1507 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 96 Clerk of Tranent..That maid the anteris of Gawane. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/2 I make a booke, as a clerke dothe... Is your boke made yet? 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 625/1 I wyll go make a letter. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 630/2 I make the dytie of a songe. 1612 F. Bacon Ess. (new ed.) 144 As a Musitian that maketh an excellent aire in Musick. 1612 J. Brinsley Ludus Lit. xiv. 190 (heading) How to enter to make verses with delight and certaintie. 1650 J. Howell tr. A. Giraffi Exact Hist. Late Revol. Naples i. 127 Cavalier Cosmo Fonseca..who us'd to make epitaphs. 1699 R. Bentley Diss. Epist. Phalaris (new ed.) 211 Philoctetes, which was not made till sixscore years after Phalaris's death. 1787 J. Ramsay in Burns' Wks. II. 117 He has made words to one or two of them [sc. tunes]. 1803 tr. G. C. A. Pigault-Lebrun Monsieur Botte I. 6 Would you..have me marry a woman that makes verses? 1819 G. Crabbe Tales of Hall I. x. 267 I penn'd some notes, and might a book have made, But I had no connexion with the trade. 1874 N. Maclean Life North. Univ. 15 Dive ye think ye can mak Latin as ye mak yer ain language? 1889 D. Hannay Life F. Marryat 100 Travellers who came to spy out the land, and make a book about it. 1894 W. Morris Wood beyond World (colophon) Here ends the tale of the Wood beyond the World made by William Morris. 1938 P. Kavanagh Green Fool xxiv. 246 I made a lot of ballads. I sang them at dances, and part of one at a wake. 1940 Punch 10 Apr. 414/2 By his own statement he has made only about a couple of dozen short stories in a busy life, and that was when he had nothing else to do. 1960 T. Crawford Burns 75 To ‘make’ a perfect work of art, in the sense which underlies the old Scots word ‘makar’, or poet. †b. intransitive. To compose verses; to write poetry; to rhyme. Cf. maker n. 5. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > the arts > literature > poetry > compose poetry [verb (intransitive)] versec1000 rhymec1300 versify1377 makea1387 metrea1415 poetizea1586 compose1602 poetrize1602 sing1638 rhythm1655 poeticize1817 poesy1820 rune1832 a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1874) V. 27 (MED) Tholomeus..made more of astronomy þan was al þat he fonde y-made tofore his tyme. c1390 G. Chaucer Man of Law's Tale 57 In youthe he made of Ceys and Alcione, And sithen hath he spoke of euerychone. c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. xii. 22 To solacen hym sum tyme as I do whan I make. c1430 (c1386) G. Chaucer Legend Good Women Prol. 69 Ye lovers that kan make of sentement. c1450 (c1390) G. Chaucer Complaint of Venus 82 Graunson, flour of hem that make in Fraunce. a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 127 My heid did ȝak ȝester nicht, This day to mak that I na micht. 1579 E. Spenser Shepheardes Cal. Apr. 19 And hath he skill to make so excellent? 1612 M. Drayton Poly-olbion iv. 59 Those who scarce haue seene a Booke, Most skilfully will make. 1622 G. Wither Faire-virtue sig. N8 I make to please my selfe, and not for them. 1859 Ld. Tennyson Lancelot & Elaine 997 in Idylls of King And in these days she made a little song,..And sang it: sweetly could she make and sing. 1895 ‘H. Haliburton’ Dunbar: Poems adapted for Mod. Readers 52 Unless I mak' to this man's mind, Howe'er its bias is inclin'd, My makin', sir, 's no' worth a mite. c. transitive. To create (a recording, film, etc.). With of or from (the original musical or literary work). Also (occasionally): to make a recording or film of (a musical or literary work). Cf. senses 1a, 4a. ΘΚΠ society > communication > record > recording or reproducing sound or visual material > record [verb (transitive)] > create recording of musical, literary, etc., work make1914 society > leisure > the arts > performance arts > cinematography > filming > film [verb (transitive)] kinetograph1891 cinematograph1897 take1897 biograph1898 kinematograph1898 film1899 make1914 shoot1916 can1935 lens1942 1914 J. B. Rathbun Motion Picture Making ii. 29 (heading) Making the picture. 1918 C. Sandburg Comhusker 51 There is drama in that point... Griffith would make a movie of it to fetch sobs. 1932 Times Educ. Suppl. 17 Dec. p. ii/2 The records made by the great tenor..have been re-recorded by the Company. 1962 J. McCabe Mr. Laurel & Mr. Hardy iii. 76 For a while they worked as extras for a small company which was making L. Frank Baum's Wizard of Oz stories. 1976 Gramophone June 69/3 Trevor Pinnock's previous Rameau recording..of the E minor and the later A minor Suites was made on a Rubio instrument after Tasquin. 1978 Lancashire Life Apr. 29/3 The two-disc album is from a recording made in Holland in 1951. 1987 C. Simmons Belles Lettres Papers vi. 97 He was promoting a movie that was being made from a best-seller. 5. transitive (in passive). to be made of: a. Of a thing: to have been fashioned, whether by human agency or by nature, out of (certain materials); to have as its material, constituents, or component parts; to consist or be composed of. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > wholeness > mutual relation of parts to whole > be composed of or consist of [verb (transitive)] to be made ofa1200 to stand of ——a1393 to stand togetherc1475 remaina1525 compose?1541 subsist1549 to stand on ——1563 to consist of1565 to stand upon ——1601 to consist in1614 comprise1874 a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 145 Ane box ȝemaked of marbelstone. c1300 St. Michael (Laud) 666 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 318 (MED) Of þis foure elemenz ech quic þing I-make is. a1350 (c1307) in R. H. Robbins Hist. Poems 14th & 15th Cent. (1959) 23 Þe holy crois y-mad of tre. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 21741 (MED) Maked it [sc. the Cross] es o faur and tre..Nokes four and treis thrin. ?a1425 (c1380) G. Chaucer tr. Boethius De Consol. Philos. i. pr. i. 22 Hir clothes weren makid of right delye thredes. ?a1425 Mandeville's Trav. (Egerton) (1889) ii. 6 Þe table..was made of olyue. c1449 R. Pecock Repressor (1860) 8 A sillogisme is mad of twey proposiciouns. a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 172 Towngis now ar maid of quhite quhale bone, And hartis ar maid of hard flynt stone. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 318/1 Made of cristall, cristalin. 1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 255^v I found Rome made but of bricke, and I will leaue it of marble. a1640 P. Massinger Guardian i. i. 151, in 3 New Playes (1655) I am made of other clay. 1669 S. Sturmy Mariners Mag. v. xii. 66 Cords made of Hemp. 1722 A. Nisbet Syst. Heraldry I. 119 A Cross Bourdonee, as if it were made of Pilgrims Staves, which use to have a round Ball at the Top. 1827 Mirror 2 164/1 Books aren't made of Stilton cheese. 1892 Argosy Oct. 312 The drums were made of metal. 1954 P. Frankau Wreath for Enemy i. vi. 48 I was grateful for Francis' arm holding me; my legs had begun to feel as though they were made of spaghetti. 1989 M. C. Smith Polar Star iii. xxix. 350 The vests were made of orange cotton over plastic briquettes. b. Of a person: to be composed or possessed of (certain qualities). Now chiefly in indirect questions. Also in extended use. Cf. stuff n.¹ 3b. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > disposition or character > be of certain character [verb (intransitive)] to be made of?a1425 to be built (that way, etc.)1882 ?a1425 (c1380) G. Chaucer tr. Boethius De Consol. Philos. ii. pr. iv. 27 A man maked al of sapience and of vertu. a1616 W. Shakespeare Cymbeline (1623) iii. v. 33 She looke[s] vs like A thing more made of malice, then of duty. View more context for this quotation a1616 W. Shakespeare Julius Caesar (1623) iii. ii. 93 When that the poore haue cry'de, Cæsar hath wept: Ambition should be made of sterner stuffe. View more context for this quotation 1709 B. Mandeville Virgin Unmask'd iii. 49 You may see by their Actions, when they begin to know what they are made of:..some are arch, most of 'em are wanton. 1793 Sporting Calendar Apr. 24/1 There's many a better man than he is..—I'll shew you presently what he is made of. 1842 F. Marryat Percival Keene II. ii. 156 That chap is made of good stuff, depend upon it—all the Dutchmen are. 1867 R. Broughton Not Wisely, but too Well xvi. 276 Are you like other women,..or are you made of sterner stuff, that would not stop at a trifle for the man you loved? a1930 N. Munro Great Night in B. D. Osborne & R. Armstrong Erchie & Jimmy Swan (1993) ii. ix. 360 We may have a chance later on to hear Mr Tod, whose rendition of that fine old song shows us the stuff he is made of. 1951 A. Baron Rosie Hogarth i. vi. 62 A chap always felt a bit rocky after he'd shown what he was made of. 1990 New Dimensions May 38/2 The veteranos, people who had been in the gang for a long time, wanted to see what we were made of. 2004 S. Grafton R is for Ricochet (2005) xxx. 337 It's like a test. Let's see what Beck's made of. c. colloquial. to be made of money: to be extremely rich, to be very wealthy. ΘΚΠ the mind > possession > wealth > [adjective] > very or fabulously as rich as Crœsus1577 to be made of money1781 super-rich1901 stinking1945 loaded1948 mega-rich1980 mega-money1989 1781 Pennsylvania Packet 27 Sept. 2 If they do not [establish a recruiting fund], the battalion will be no more, for it will be impossible for any two officers to keep it up, unless they are made of money. 1849 D. W. Jerrold (title) A man made of money. 1876 A. Trollope Prime Minister III. xv. 254 You're living here in a grand house, and your father's made of money. 1895 Mrs. H. Ward Bessie Costrell ii. 35 You don't care, not you!—one 'ud think yer were made o' money. 1918 C. Mackenzie Early Life Sylvia Scarlett ii. ii. 292 He asked if I thought he was made of money and could buy top-hats like matches. 1967 E. Coxhead Thankless Muse iv. 103 ‘Then why don't we keep it?’ ‘You think Clare's made of money, I suppose?’ 1987 S. Eldred-Grigg Oracles Miracles vii. 134 Must think we're bloody made of money, throwing good butter away like it was last week's jerry can. 6. transitive. To put together materials for (a fire) and set them alight. Cf. to make up 9g at Phrasal verbs 1. ΘΚΠ the world > matter > properties of materials > temperature > heat > burning > burn or consume by fire [verb (transitive)] > make a fire beetc885 make?a1200 to make on1487 to fire up1836 to lay a fire1876 ?a1200 (?OE) Peri Didaxeon (1896) 27 Wyrce hym arest hnesce bedd and macian [read maca] wearm fyr. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 1186 He makede bi þon weofede a swiðe wunsum fur. c1300 St. Barnabas (Laud) 94 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 29 (MED) Men..mauden a-boute him swiþe gret fuyr. c1390 (c1300) MS Vernon Homilies in Archiv f. das Studium der Neueren Sprachen (1877) 57 315 (MED) Þe fuir in halle he made and bette. c1450 Med. Recipes (BL Add. 33996) in F. Heinrich Mittelengl. Medizinbuch (1896) 116 (MED) Let make a fyre of þre charkol or foure. 1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) iv. 561 Luk on na viss the fyre he ma. ?a1562 G. Cavendish Life Wolsey (1959) 110 Goo down agayn And make a great fier in yo^r lodge ayenst I come to drye them. 1565 T. Cooper Thesaurus at Facere Bustum, to make a funeral fyer. 1603 T. Dekker et al. Patient Grissill sig. B3^v Master I haue made a good fire. 1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant i. 225 They made great Fires all along the Coast. 1747 H. Glasse Art of Cookery xx. 158 Make a pretty brisk Fire..then slacken it so as just to have enough to keep the Still at Work. 1805 R. W. Dickson Pract. Agric. II. 1201 When cured as bacon, it is the practice in Kent to singe off the hairs, by making a straw fire round the hog, an operation which is termed swaling. 1844 ‘E. Warburton’ Crescent & Cross II. 101 I..ordered the other [Arab] to make a fire instantly. 1864 J. R. Lowell Fireside Trav. 149 I will make a fire, and leave them to refrigerate as much longer as they please. 1951 J. G. Neihardt When Tree Flowered vi. 40 They told me to ride over to a draw and to get some dry brush; and when I got back, my grandmother made a little fire. 1992 Independent 3 Aug. 17/6 My grandmother..rose early to make her fire in the kitchen that had home-made rag rugs on the slate slabs. 7. transitive. To draw up (a legal document, esp. one's will). ΘΚΠ society > communication > writing > manner of writing > [verb (transitive)] > draw up document writeOE makec1300 drawc1390 to make upa1425 to make out1465 prepare1562 to draw up1623 scriven1742 to draw out1773 redact1837 c1300 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Otho) 25340 Þan cayfer hii radden þat he writes makede and sende his sonde to manicune londe. 1340 Ayenbite (1866) 40 Ualse notaryes, þet makeþ þe false lettres and ualseþ þe celes, makeþ þe kueade libelles. c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. ii. 58 (MED) Now Simonye and Siuyle stondeþ forþ boþe, Vn-Foldyng þe Feffement þat Falsnes made. 1476 in J. Raine Vol. Eng. Misc. N. Counties Eng. (1890) 35 Made in the yere of our Lorde millesimo cccclxxvj. 1484 W. Caxton tr. Subtyl Historyes & Fables Esope vi Whanne he was..at the poynt of dethe he wold make his testament. 1519 Rec. Allhallows' Barking in E. F. Rimbault Hist. Organ 56 This endenture made the yere of our lorde god m^lv^c xix. 1568 in J. Small Poems W. Dunbar (1893) II. 307 Quhill Deid he hint him be the back,..And lute him nocht his testment mack. 1587 J. White in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations (1589) iii. 769 Which bonde with a testimonie vnder their handes, and seales, they foorthwith made, and deliuered into his hands. 1659 T. Burton Diary (1828) IV. 45 Put the case, that none but servants be at making their master's will. 1697 G. Dallas Syst. Stiles 1 The foresaid Clause made anent payment of Annual rents. 1697 G. Dallas Syst. Stiles 7 [A] Writ made by way of Contract. 1702 Ld. Fitzwilliam Let. 28 Nov. in D. R. Hainsworth & C. Walker Corr. Ld. Fitzwilliam & F. Guybon (1990) 114 However, comfort him up and lett him make his will. 1797 Encycl. Brit. XVIII. 395/1 If he recovers, he may alter his dispositions, and have time to make a written will. 1823 C. C. F. Greville Mem. (1874) I. 64 In 1810 the King made another will, but..he always put off signing it. 1903 Spectator 31 Oct. 704/2 Daulac..and his companions made their wills, confessed, and received the sacrament. 1925 W. Cather Professor's House i. ii. 41 Before he went to France he made a will in her favour; he had no living relatives, indeed. 1993 S. Deshpande Binding Vine 114 He was terrified, he didn't want to die. He made his will, wound up his affairs, but he was never really prepared for death. 8. transitive. To set apart and prepare the site for (a garden, park, road, etc.). ΚΠ c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2) Amos. ix. 14 Thei shuln make gardyns. 1580 C. Hollyband Treasurie French Tong Roder le pays, to make a roade in the countrey... Vn rodeur ou coureur, a roder or wighrider [1593 wayrider]. 1639 Of Nuisance to Private Houses 7 Hee that maketh a Parke, will leave ground..without the pale for the Keeper to walke about it..This is called free-bownd. 1728 E. Chambers Cycl. at Road Artificial Road is that made by Labour of the Hand, either of Earth, or Masonry. 1804 C. Smith Conversat. I. 93 We had made gardens of our own. 1818 Order in R. Willis & J. W. Clark Cambridge (1886) I. 573 The making a walk from the New Bridge along the new Plantation. 1866 M. Arnold Thyrsis i, in Macmillan's Mag. Apr. 449 How changed is here each spot man makes or fills! 1879 H. N. Moseley Notes by Naturalist on ‘Challenger’ x. 259 Making a road is simply clearing of trees a line of ground of a certain breadth and marking the bounds with a plough. 1883 Harper's Mag. Mar. 602/1 All day by ‘spells’ I have been out helping Jack make the garden. 1992 Garden Answers Jan. 11/3 You would be better to find a more open place for your pond or consider making a bog garden instead. ** In wider sense: to cause to exist, to produce. 9. †a. transitive. With direct and indirect object (the latter originally dative of the person) or with direct object and to (also unto): to cause (something) to happen to or fall to the lot of (a person); to cause (a person) to experience (something); to bring into the possession or power of (a person). Obsolete. [Quot. OE² at sense 1a represents the only occurrence of the word in Old English verse, significantly in a poem based on an Old Saxon original, probably after the use of Old Saxon makon.] ΘΚΠ the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)] > bring about a state or condition in, on, or to > in or to a person makeOE bringa1500 effecta1616 OE Genesis B 755 Eac is hearm gode, modsorg gemacod. OE Ælfric Old Test. Summary: Judges (Laud) xvi. 25 in S. J. Crawford Old Eng. Version of Heptateuch (1922) 413 Þa bædon hig sume, þæt Samson moste him macian sum gamen. a1350 in G. L. Brook Harley Lyrics (1968) 35 Al wrong y wrohte for a wyf þat made vs wo in world ful wyde. c1390 G. Chaucer Sir Thopas 129 His murie men comanded he To make hym bothe game and glee. a1400 (c1303) R. Mannyng Handlyng Synne (Harl.) 3939 Ȝyf þou make one so hard stresse Þat hys godnesse wexe þe lesse. a1425 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Galba) 28630 Two maners of mending makes men mede. 1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxvii. 98 This quene..made vnto the peple grete dyuersytees. 1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) iii. 465 [Bruce] maid thaim gamyn and solace. 1523 Ld. Berners tr. J. Froissart Cronycles I. ccxxxvi. f. cccv^v Suche as be of his secte are displeased, with that the Frenche kyng maketh you so good chere as he dothe. 1590 E. Spenser Faerie Queene i. viii. sig. H2^v He..Then..from his arme did reach Those keyes, and made himselfe free enterance. 1606 R. Hill Christs Prayer 13 If wee haue made them any offence. 1612 B. Jonson Alchemist iii. ii. sig. F4^v Euen the med'cinall vse shall make you a faction, And party in the Realme. View more context for this quotation 1690 J. Locke Two Treat. Govt. ii. v. §39 Labour could make Men distinct titles to several parcels of it [sc. the World]. 1725 A. Ramsay Gentle Shepherd ii. iii. 25 When last the Wind made Glaud a Roofless Barn. b. transitive. To produce by action, bring about (a condition of things, a state of feeling).to make ado, fun, game, peace, sport (of); to make a fuss (about and of), †matter, noise, pother, racket, row, scene, sensation, splash, stir; to make an impression, etc.: see the nouns and make-a-do n., make-game n., make-peace n., make-sport n. ΚΠ OE Ælfric Homily: De Falsis Diis (Corpus Cambr. 178) in J. C. Pope Homilies of Ælfric (1968) II. 683 His sunu hatte Mars, se macede æfre saca. lOE Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) anno 1052 Hi macodon mæst þet unseht betweonan Godwine eorle & þam cynge. c1395 G. Chaucer Squire's Tale 218 It is rather lyk An apparence ymaad by som magyk. a1425 (c1333–52) L. Minot Poems (1914) 28 Þe Franche men..mase grete dray when þai er dight. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 619/1 I make a revell, I make a do. c1540 (?a1400) Gest Historiale Destr. Troy 4213 Lamydon..was fader to the freike that offens mas. 1572 (a1500) Taill of Rauf Coilȝear (1882) 174 Mak na mair stryfe. 1574 J. Baret Aluearie M 48 To make strife and debate, concire vel concitare lites. 1611 R. Cotgrave Dict. French & Eng. Tongues Faire le Diable de vauvert, To make a hurlyburly. 1650 R. Baxter Saints Everlasting Rest (1651) iv. 36 The sufferings which we do make our selves, have usually issues answerable to their causes. 1813 Ld. Byron Bride Abydos ii. xx. 425 He makes a solitude—and calls it—peace! 1897 A. D. Innes Macaulay's Ess. Clive (Pitt Press) 128 Buying up all the rice—in the trade-jargon of to-day ‘making a corner’. 1918 Stars & Stripes 22 Mar. 5/4 The sight of the Red Triangle in the upper left-hand corner of your envelope makes a great hit with the young lady's mother. 1980 G. Lord Fortress i. 11 In such a place, the people had to make their own entertainment. †c. transitive. In passive. [After classical Latin fierī (which supplies the passive senses of facere in the present stem) to begin to exist, to take place, to be.] To come; to come about. Cf. sense 33d and note to sense 34a. Obsolete. ΚΠ c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Luke iii. 2 The word of the Lord is maad on John. ?a1425 (c1400) Mandeville's Trav. (Titus C.xvi) (1919) 25 Þat gret Babyloyne where the dyuersitee of langages was first made. d. transitive. to make (the) time: to schedule one's activities in order to enable something to be accomplished; to create the opportunity for somebody or something to be attended to; to gain (oneself) time in a difficult situation (rare). Also without complement. Cf. find v. 13c. See also sense 53.to make place (also room, way): see the nouns. ΘΚΠ the world > time > a suitable time or opportunity > provide occasion or opportunity [verb (transitive)] serve1532 to make time1835 1835 J. Anster tr. J. W. von Goethe Faustus i. v To make time for yourself begin By order—method—discipline. 1853 C. Brontë Villette II. xxiii. 129 ‘You write to me!—You'll not have time.’ ‘Oh! I will find or make time.’ 1857 J. H. Hopkins Amer. Citizen 55 They see obstacles to their adopting any Church or sect, until they can make time to examine..the arguments which each produces. 1866 W. B. Fowle Teacher's Inst. (1867) 140 Many teachers will say they have no time for such an exercise,..but I think every one can make time for it, by thus employing some of the minutes that are worse than wasted in teaching useless things. 1869 L. M. Alcott Little Women II. xi. 175 ‘I'm very proud of him, and should like you to see him.’.. ‘I fear I shall not make the time for that.’ 1872 Catholic World Sept. 811 Twice a week I will make time for the singing class. 1883 Overland Monthly May 469/2 I nerved myself to the task, slowly taking off my mask, and loosening the domino to make time for myself. 1892 Catholic World Jan. 630 His only regret is that he cannot make the time to reply personally to these notes. 1940 J. Wheelwright Polit. Self-Portrait 52 What's your hurry? Let Trouble wait. Make Time slowly. 1987 L. Goldman Part of Fortune xxii. 99 Frequently her calendar was so full that she couldn't make time for him. 1989 T. Parker Place called Bird xvi. 187 He's on the school board, I'm on the library; we find time, we make time and we enjoy doing it. 1992 E. Macklin Woman Kneeling 74 We knew to rush to make time for things. Any delay would make it too late. 1996 S. Heaney Spirit Level 70 And some time make the time to drive out west Into County Clare. 1996 J. Lanchester Debt to Pleasure (1997) 107 We were dining in a high-grade Indian restaurant..in the capital; myself fresh down from Norfolk, she naturally vacating her schedule to make time to see me. 1997 ‘Q’ Deadmeat 114 I was fast losing patience with him. ‘You should have made time. God forbid if something happened to us and we hadn't talked.’ 10. a. transitive. To cause the material or physical existence of by some action; to inflict (a wound); to produce (a hole, a mark, a sound, etc.). ΚΠ OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1900) II. 326 Þa wunda þe þa wælhreowan hæþenan mid gelomum scotungum on his lice macodon, wæron gehælede. c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 1178 Shep iss..stille der. & liþe. & makeþþ itt nan mikell bracc Ȝiff mann itt wile bindenn. a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 33 Þe wundes þat hie on him makeden. c1300 St. Sebastian (Laud) 48 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 179 (MED) With Arewene hes maden him woundes starke. a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1872) IV. 111 (MED) Marcus Publius wiþ a ȝerd made a cercle in þe sond. c1395 G. Chaucer Canon's Yeoman's Tale 1161 This false chanoun..Out of his bosom took a bechen cole, In which ful subtilly was maad a hole. a1400 Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 986/101* (MED) Þe erthe quoke & made sown. c1440 (a1400) Awntyrs Arthure (Thornton) 125 (MED) Þat grysely gaste made so gryme bere. c1480 (a1400) St. Andrew 282 in W. M. Metcalfe Legends Saints Sc. Dial. (1896) I. 71 Þe fend..a tempeste son cane may. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/2 The droppes of water with ofte fallynge make the hole in a marbyll stone. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/2 What a cherme these byrdes make. 1589 G. Puttenham Arte Eng. Poesie ii. x. 74 Make me..so many strokes or lines with your pen as ye would haue your song containe verses. a1616 W. Shakespeare Julius Caesar (1623) i. i. 44 Haue you not made an Vniuersall shout? View more context for this quotation 1680 C. Cotton Compl. Gamester (ed. 2) x. 85 Although the best of other eyes shall not discern where any mark was made. 1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant i. 111 Great claps of Thunder, which..made with the beating of the waves, a fearful noise. 1820 J. Gifford Compl. Eng. Lawyer ii. xiii. 219 If any person shall make a hole in such ship. 1842 Ld. Tennyson Morte d'Arthur in Poems (new ed.) II. 10 The great brand Made lightnings in the splendour of the moon. 1886 Pall Mall Gaz. 15 July 6/1 To make his cross upon the ballot paper. 1915 J. Conrad Victory i. i. 4 He made in the night the same sort of glow. 1915 J. Conrad Victory i. ii. 10 He would..make an elaborate note in a pocket-diary. 1947 J. Steinbeck Pearl vi. 115 Kino's mouth was open so that even his breath would make no sound. 1959 W. Golding Free Fall (1961) x. 187 The earth and sun and unseen stars, these made what might be called music. 1985 D. Johnson Fiskadoro i. 7 Grandmother complained without quite managing to make words. b. transitive. [Compare Middle French, French il fait chaud, il fait obscur, etc. (1119 in Old French).] With non-referential it (also (Orkney and Shetland) he) as subject. With reference to weather or darkness. Now Orkney and Shetland. ΚΠ a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 11658 (MED) Gret hete in wildernes it made [Trin. Cambr. hit was]. a1475 Sidrak & Bokkus (Lansd.) (Ph.D. diss., Univ. of Washington) (1965) 5070 (MED) If þe weder be bright and shire..Reed or blew colour shal it take, And if trouble wedre it make, Broun it shal be-come of kinde. 1654 B. Whitelocke Jrnl. Swedish Ambassy (1772) I. 165 Yett made it darke before they were from table. 1912 J. Jakobsen Etymol. Ordbog Norrøne Sprog Shetland at Mak He made a ri... He is makin' (a guid) suk... He made a sea. 1952 T. A. Robertson & J. J. Graham Gram. & Usage Shetland Dial. (1991) 13 He's makkin nae sook. 1976 R. Bulter Shaela 32 It's makkin a scaar a weet. 1988 G. Lamb Orkney Wordbk. at Maak Hid's maakan weet. 1993 J. J. Graham Shetland Dict. (rev. ed.) at Mak He's makkin a göd sook da day. 11. a. transitive. To give rise to; to have as a result or consequence; to be the cause of. Now chiefly in set phrases, esp. in proverbs; also with a difference (also †difference) as object (see difference n.¹). to make history: see history n. 7b. to make work: see work n. Phrases 2d(b). ΘΚΠ the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)] > give rise to makeOE breedc1200 wakea1325 wakenc1330 engendera1393 gendera1398 raisea1400 begetc1443 reara1513 ingener1513 ingenerate1528 to stir upc1530 yield1576 to pull ona1586 to brood up1586 to set afloat (on float)1586 spawn1594 innate1602 initiate1604 inbreed1605 irritate1612 to give rise to1630 to let in1655 to gig (out)1659 to set up1851 gin1887 OE Ælfric Homily: De Duodecim Abusivis (Corpus Cambr. 178) in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 296 Gifernyss..macað þam menn mycele untrumnysse. c1225 (?c1200) Hali Meiðhad (Bodl.) (1940) 16 Eise makeð þeof. c1395 G. Chaucer Merchant's Tale 1427 For sondry scoles maken subtile clerkis. 1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) ii. 330 God may rycht weill our werdis dele; For multitud maiss na victory. 1539 T. Elyot Castel of Helthe (new ed.) 54 The meate that shall make syckenesse, muste nat a lyttell excede the exquisite measure. 1565 T. Cooper Thesaurus at Facere Vse maketh a custome. 1574 J. Baret Aluearie M 49 Old age maketh wrinckles. 1597 F. Bacon Of Coulers Good & Euill (Arb.) 154 The second blow makes the fray, The second word makes the bargaine. 1631 B. Jonson New Inne i. i. 14 A heauy purse makes a light Heart. 1655 A. Wood Life 12 Oct. (1891) I. 199 It made a great wonder, that a maid should be in love with such a person as he. 1662 B. Gerbier Brief Disc. Princ. Building 14 Too many Staires and back-Doores makes Thieves and Whores. 1738 J. Swift Compl. Coll. Genteel Conversat. 39 One Fool makes many. 1759 R. Brown Compl. Farmer 91 Dry weather makes plenty of honey. 1791 Gentleman's Mag. Jan. 22/2 It makes very little difference, with which of the acids the ether is composed. 1834 Brit. Husbandry (Libr. Useful Knowl.) I. 56 A very common opinion among farmers, that ‘high rents make good farmers’. 1927 Times 27 Aug. 12 The..alliance of 1923–5 was an illustration of the adage that adversity makes strange bedfellows. 1956 M. Dickens Angel in Corner xii. 251 In any case what difference does this place make to you and me? What difference does it make whether we have money or we haven't? 1981 W. Bronk Life Supports 113 The clarity that words Can make is not about the world. †b. transitive. With it as object. To be the cause of (the fact stated or supposed). Obsolete. ΚΠ c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. x. 55 In Monnes Brayn..he [sc. Inwit] is Bremest But ȝif blod hit make. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Fairf. 14) 18788 His kin ne wille he noȝt forsake bot if þai hit ham-seluen make [Cott. bot it be thoru þair aun sake]. c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. v. 420 I nam nouȝte shryuen some tyme, but if sekenesse it make. c1400 (?a1387) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Huntington HM 137) (1873) C. xi. 157 (MED) Man is..semblable in soule to god, bote yf synne hit make. c1400 (?a1387) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Huntington HM 137) (1873) C. xxi. 326 (MED) We haue no trewe title to hem, for þi treison hit makeþ [v.rr. made, makede]. 12. a. transitive. With of or (esp. in a physical sense) out of. To cause what is denoted by the object of the preposition to become (what is denoted by the object of the verb).Occurring in many phrases, as to make a business (also practice, trade) of; to make something (also nonsense) of; to make an example (also a fool, fun, laughing-stock) of; to make an ass (also a beast, an exhibition) of oneself; to make heavy weather of, to make a (good, bad) job of, to make a big deal (out) of, etc. For the more established phrases see the nouns. ΚΠ OE Ælfric Homily: De Duodecim Abusivis (Corpus Cambr. 178) in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 296 Fornicatio..befylð þone mannan, & macað of Cristes limum myltestrena lima. c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 11340 Ȝiff þatt tu godess sune arrt wiss Macc bræd off þise staness. a1225 (c1200) Vices & Virtues (1888) 137 Of here wombe hie makieð here godd. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) 13674 Heo..wulleð..makien king of ane Peohte. 1340 Ayenbite (1866) 35 (MED) Hi..makeþ ofte of þe gauel principale dette. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 13419 Vr drightin..made þam of þair water win. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 18790 Þat we vr fa mak of vr freind. a1425 (c1300) Assumption of Virgin (BL Add.) (1901) l. 671 Ihesu crist..Of a wilde hounde haþ made a lomb. 1530 W. Tyndale Pract. Prelates sig. Ciij And thus of one empyre was made twayne. 1563 J. Foxe Actes & Monuments 1711/1 There was no more behinde to make a very Iphigenia of her, but her offeryng vp vpon the aultar of the scaffolde. 1583 tr. B. des Périers Mirrour of Mirth f. 29 If it had beene a kinge, as some saye it was, I thinke he would have made gunpouder of the old witch. 1615 Work for Cutlers 4 Ile make a Capon of you before I haue done with you, you shall nere come home vncut Ile warrant you. 1686 A. Horneck Crucified Jesus xiv. 331 Such a person must not make a trade of repenting and sinning. 1694 R. Franck Northern Mem. 177 When they kill a beast..make a Caldron of his Skin, Browis of his Bowels. 1707 tr. P. Le Lorrain de Vallemont Curiosities in Husbandry & Gardening Pref. 5 The Heathens, who made Gods of the very Onions that grew in their Gardens. 1760 L. Sterne Life Tristram Shandy II. ii. 9 I beg only you will make no strangers of yourselves. 1859 Ld. Tennyson Lancelot & Elaine 912 in Idylls of King Such service have ye done me, that I make My will of yours. 1892 Mrs. H. Ward David Grieve II. 9 He was making a friend of her. 1906 W. Woods Billy the Kid in America's Lost Plays (1940) VIII. 218 Peanut, if ever that kid comes in here while I'm here, I'll make a monkey out of him! I'll show you how bad he is. 1931 E. Bowen Friends & Relations ii. vii. 99 She made of every failure in peace, every break in their confidence a small burlesque. 1954 C. P. Snow New Men xlii. 302 But there may come a time when people like me have to make a nuisance of themselves. 1984 ‘A. Cross’ Sweet Death, Kind Death (1988) i. 8 People can use dental floss all they like, but they oughtn't to make a crusade out of it. 1991 Sun 13 June 3/3 He was barred because he was genererally making a prat of himself. b. transitive. With idiomatic of (or †on) it (as in to make a day of it, etc.).to make a clean breast of it: see clean adj. Phrases. to make a clean job of it: see clean adj. 3g. to make a die of it: see die n.² ΚΠ 1602 Twelfth Nt. Merriment (1893) 4 Youle make as good a night of it heere as if you had beene at all the houses in the towne. 1655 H. L'Estrange Reign King Charles 53 The Commons..thought themselves worsted, should he now at last make a saving game of it. 1660 N. Ingelo Bentivolio & Urania ii. 90 They were going to make a Day of it in Sports and Musick upon the Water. 1752 Ainsworth's Thes. Linguæ Latinæ (ed. 4) I. (at cited word) You have made a good day's work of it. 1789 C. Smith Ethelinde III. ix. 184 A bad history I am afraid that young man has made of it. 1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas II. iv. vi. 134 He is going to make a night of it. 1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas IV. x. x. 138 I made but one nap of it all night. 1843 C. Dickens Martin Chuzzlewit (1844) v. 52 I always supposed that Mrs. Lupin and you would make a match of it. 1855 D. Costello Stories from Screen 90 I made a clean breast of it to Desirée. 1856 G. J. Whyte-Melville Kate Coventry vi I..had a great mind to make a bolt of it and run up-stairs. 1959 P. H. Johnson Unspeakable Skipton xxv. 224 Know where he's gone? Off again to see that ex-wife of his in Ostberg. Mark my words they'll make a match of it again some day. 1976 Daily Record (Glasgow) 22 Nov. 26/7 Yet they made a real game of it at Tynecastle—and they must still be wondering how they ever lost. c. transitive. to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of: to derive advantage from or turn to account, to the degree specified.to make the best (also most, worst) of: see the nouns. ΘΚΠ the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > transform [verb (transitive)] wendOE forshapeOE workOE awendOE makec1175 turna1200 forwenda1325 change1340 shape1362 transmewc1374 transposec1380 puta1382 convertc1384 exchangea1400 remue?a1400 makea1425 reduce?a1425 removec1425 resolvea1450 transvertc1450 overchangec1480 mew1512 transmutea1513 wring1524 reduct1548 transform1556 innovate1561 metamorphose1576 transume1579 metamorphize1587 transmove1590 transchangea1599 transfashion1601 deflect1613 fordo1624 entail1628 transmutate1632 distila1637 to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1637 transqualify1652 unconvert1654 simulate1658 spend1668 transverse1687 hocus-pocus1774 mutate1796 fancy1801 to change around1871 metamorphosize1888 catalyse1944 morph1996 the world > action or operation > failure or lack of success > fail in [verb (transitive)] > fail to accomplish anything or much to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1637 not to get any (or much) change out of (a person or situation)1860 the world > action or operation > harm or detriment > disadvantage > [verb (transitive)] > derive little benefit from to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1637 the world > action or operation > advantage > be advantageous or beneficial to [verb (transitive)] > take advantage of > turn to account lucrify1564 improve1604 to turn to account1679 to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1707 avail1785 to make a good thing of (also out of)1800 utilize1807 exploiter1818 to make capital out of1840 capitalize1869 1637 S. Rutherford Let. in Joshua Redivivus (1671) 136 If Christ can make anything of my naughtie..love to him. 1650 J. Trapp Clavis to Bible (Gen. xxxii. 12) 258 A flye can make little of a flower; but a bee will not off, till he hath the sweet thyme out of it. 1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant i. 229 They Boarded her again the third time, but could make nothing on't. 1707 tr. P. Le Lorrain de Vallemont Curiosities in Husbandry & Gardening 202 I set about the work..resolv'd to..be certain whether I could make anything of it or not. 1732 Ld. Tyrawly in Buccleuch MSS (Hist. MSS Comm.) (1899) I. 381 Unless you have two Moletta-men..you won't be able to make anything at all of her [sc. a boat], with any hands you'll get. 1768 J. Cremer Jrnl. 19 July in R. R. Bellamy Ramblin' Jack (1936) 118 But I must relate a misfortin I had remaining on me, all though I have made little of it. 1825 J. Neal Brother Jonathan I. ix. 270 He..stood up, like a pillar of iron, as far off, as he could—played square—and offered only an occasional trip, of which nothing could be made. 1870 J. E. T. Rogers Hist. Gleanings 2nd Ser. 246 Calumny made something of his relations with William Tooke. 1884 W. C. Smith Kildrostan 59 They hold the place which once the chieftain held, And what have they made of it? 1939 R. G. Collingwood Autobiogr. ii. 8 No one could get down to a job of work and make something of it. 1967 ‘S. Woods’ And shame Devil 23 ‘I've always done my duty,’ said Sergeant Duckett truculently. ‘If anyone wants to make anything of that.’ 1969 D. Acheson Present at Creation (1970) xi. 92 What small assets we had must be husbanded and made much of. d. transitive. In prepositional passive. See also sense 30b. ΚΠ 1659 D. Pell Πελαγος 22 (note) Counterfeit Religion is made a mere stooping horse of. 1715 D. Defoe Family Instructor I. i. iv. 97 I won't be made a Fool of. 1741 S. Richardson Pamela III. xvii. 92 I will attend you,..altho' I doubt I am to be made a Shew of. 1766 O. Goldsmith Vicar of Wakefield II. xii. 211 She was now made an honest woman of. 1803 Pic Nic No. 4. 5 They must be made an example of. 1877 ‘Mrs. Forrester’ Mignon I. 105 I am not going to be made a cat's paw of. Categories » e. transitive. Chiefly colloquial. To bring about a confused or chaotic situation: in set phrases, as to make a hash (also botch, hat, mess, muddle, etc.) of: see the nouns. Also to make a good (poor, etc.) fist.: see fist n.¹ 1c. †f. transitive. Scottish. to make —— of [compare French qu'avez-vous fait de —— ‘what have you done with ——’] : to do —— with. Obsolete. ΚΠ 1824 S. E. Ferrier Inheritance lxxiii It was inconceivable, too, what he made of himself all day. 13. transitive. Grammar. [After classical Latin facere (see Oxf. Lat. Dict. at facio, sense 5c).] Of a word: to form (a certain case, tense, etc.) in a specified manner; to change into (a specified form) when inflected. Now rare. ΚΠ OE Ælfric Gram. (St. John's Oxf.) 21 Seo forme declinatio, þæt is, seo forme declinung, macað hire genitivvm on ae. c1450 in D. Thomson Middle Eng. Grammatical Texts (1984) 33 Dexter et sinister..makyth the superlatyf degre in -timus, as dextimus..et sinistimus. 1886 T. Le M. Douse Introd. Gothic 167 Wahsja..makes in the present 2 p[erson] s[ingular] wahseis. 1982 Oxf. Lat. Dict. at Facio To form (one word from another); (of a word) to make (an inflexional form). †14. transitive. To prepare or provide (a meal, a feast) for guests; to give (a dinner, etc.). Cf. sense 48. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > food > providing or receiving food > feed or nourish [verb (transitive)] > entertain with food > give or arrange a feast or dinner makeOE marshal1587 OE West Saxon Gospels: Matt. (Corpus Cambr.) xxii. 2 Heofona rice ys gelic gewurden þam cyninge þe macude hys suna gyfta [L. qui fecit nuptias filio suo]. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) 14425 Þe king makede ueorme [c1300 Otho feste] swiðe store. c1300 St. Edmund King (Harl.) 1 in F. J. Furnivall Early Eng. Poems & Lives Saints (1862) 87 (MED) Seint Edmund..of wham we makieþ gret feste..kyng he was her bi este. c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Luke xiv. 12 Whanne thou makist a mete, ether souper. c1400 J. Wyclif Sel. Eng. Wks. (1871) III. 416 In his two feestis þat he maked by myracle, he fed þo puple. c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 831 Þou mas [Trin. Dub. makes] þe slike a mangery. 1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxxxv. 115 She made grete dyners to the poure peple. 1548 Hall's Vnion: Henry VIII f. xxj So he made them a banket and thei departed. 1609 W. Shakespeare Troilus & Cressida i. iii. 191 Aiax is growne selfe-wild..Makes factious feasts, railes on our state of warre,..and sets Thersites A slaue. View more context for this quotation 1682 J. Bunyan Holy War 241 Mr. Carnal Security did again make a feast for the Town of Mansoul. View more context for this quotation 1762 O. Goldsmith Life R. Nash 46 People of fashion make public breakfasts at the assembly-houses, to which they invite their acquaintances. 1772 S. Johnson Let. 25 Aug. (1992) II. 56 The Professors..made a publick dinner, and treated us very kindly. 1814 Ld. Byron Corsair ii. i. 31 Seyd, the Pacha, makes a feast to-night. 1867 M. Arnold Obermann once More in New Poems 226 He made a feast, drank fierce and fast, And crown'd his hair with flowers. 15. a. transitive. To establish (a rule, an ordinance); to enact (a law); to impose (a rate); †to found, institute (a religious order, monastery, etc.) (obsolete). ΘΚΠ society > law > legislation > make (laws) or establish as law [verb (transitive)] setc893 lawa1023 makeOE lay11.. stablishc1405 constitue1489 constitute1535 society > faith > church government > monasticism > religious order > found an order [verb (transitive)] makeOE OE Ælfric Homily (Cambr. Ii.4.6) in J. C. Pope Homilies of Ælfric (1967) I. 362 He mihte macian his mynster on þam rymette. lOE Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough interpolation) anno 963 He macode þær twa abbotrice, an of muneca oðer of nunna. c1230 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Corpus Cambr.) (1962) 7 Þeos riwle is imaket nawt of monnes fundles, ah is of godes heaste. c1300 St. Dunstan (Harl.) 46 in F. J. Furnivall Early Eng. Poems & Lives Saints (1862) 35 (MED) A gret ordeynour he was And makede moche of gode reule. c1300 Havelok (Laud) (1868) 31 Gode lawes He dede maken an ful wel holden. 1340 Ayenbite (1866) 5 (MED) Þe uerste heste þet god made and het is þis. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 11189 Oueral þe werld he mad statut. c1400 J. Wyclif Eng. Wks. (1880) 2 Here ordris maad of synful men. 1423 Rolls of Parl. IV. 257/2 To graunte, ordeyne, and mak by estatut. a1500 (?a1450) Gesta Romanorum (BL Add. 9066) (1879) 9 He made a lawe, þat euery ded knyȝt shuld be buried in his armour and armys. 1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 275 [They] made a lawe that [etc.]. 1569 R. Grafton Chron. II. 517 Certeine ordinaunces, made by the Maior and Aldermen of London. 1639 Oath of Free-man (broadside, Cambr., Mass.) Submitting myselfe to the wholesome Lawes & Orders made and established by the same. 1765 W. Blackstone Comm. Laws Eng. I. ii. 142 In all tyrannical governments..the right of both making and enforcing the laws, is vested in one and the same man. 1845 H. J. Stephen New Comm. Laws Eng. II. 356 Poor rates made in respect of the premises. 1875 W. Stubbs Constit. Hist. (1896) II. xvii. 614 The theory that the laws were made or enacted by the king with the consent of the lords and at the petition of the commons. 1898 Encycl. Laws Eng. VIII. 70 A receiving order is ‘made’ on the day it is pronounced, not when it is drawn up. 1983 Birds Spring 7/1 The Secretary for the Environment used his special powers to protect a threatened area, by making an order under Section 29 of the Wildlife and Countryside Act. †b. transitive. To arrange, fix the time and place for (a match, †a tournament); to institute (games). Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > existence and causation > causation > initiating or causing to begin > initiate [verb (transitive)] > found or establish arear?a800 astellc885 planteOE i-set971 onstellOE rightOE stathelOE raisec1175 stofnec1175 stablea1300 morec1300 ordainc1325 fermc1330 foundc1330 instore1382 instituec1384 establec1386 firmc1425 roota1450 steadfastc1450 establishc1460 institute1483 to set up1525 radicate1531 invent1546 constitute1549 ordinate1555 rampire1555 upset1559 stay1560 erect1565 makea1568 settle1582 stablish1590 seminarize1593 statuminatea1628 hain1635 bottom1657 haft1755 start1824 the mind > will > intention > planning > plan [verb (transitive)] > arrange > arrange or schedule make1676 schedule1862 slate1883 card1885 1340 Ayenbite (1866) 252 (MED) Þanne me couþe maky þe tornoymens ine time of pays. a1470 T. Malory Morte Darthur (Winch. Coll. 13) (1990) III. 1103 They avysed togydirs to make a party and a grete turnemente and justis. a1568 R. Ascham Scholemaster (1570) ii. f. 50^v The games running, wrestling, and shoting, that Achilles maketh in Homer, with the selfe same games, that Æneas maketh in Virgil. 1676 Lady Chaworth in 12th Rep. Royal Comm. Hist. MSS (1890) App. v. 32 They have made four matches to be run at Newmarket. 1703 London Gaz. No. 3905/4 There is a Cock-Match made between the Counties of Surrey and Sussex. 1752 Ainsworth's Thes. Linguæ Latinæ (ed. 4) I. (at cited word) To make a match for fighting, Certamen instituere. 16. a. transitive. To create by election, appointment, or ordination; to appoint (an officer), ordain (a priest, etc.). Cf. sense 33b. ΘΚΠ society > authority > office > appointment to office > appoint a person to an office [verb (transitive)] > appoint to the office of makelOE make?a1160 constitute1477 lOE Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough interpolation) anno 963 Leot wircen þa þæt mynstre,..macede þær munecas þær ær ne wæs nan þing. ?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1137 He makede manie munekes & plantede winiærd. c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 58 (MED) Voure kinges hii made þo in þis kinedom. 1340 Ayenbite (1866) 42 Dingnetes þet me makeþ be chyezinge. 1422 Rolls of Parl. IV. 176/1 Such Officers and all othre be maad by advys. c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 3441 (MED) Þe prouynce piȝt is in pes, & princes ere maked. 1549 Forme & Maner consecratyng Archebishoppes sig. A.j (heading) The forme and maner of makyng and consecratyng..Bishoppes, Priestes and Deacons. 1568 in W. T. Ritchie Bannatyne MS (1928) II. 149 Sa mony Iugeis, and lordis now maid of lait. 1585 Act 27 Eliz. c. 2 §1 Priestes, which have bene..made..beyonde the Seas, by or according to the Order..of the Romishe Church. 1643 R. Baker Chron. Kings of Eng. ii. 1 He [sc. Richard II] then made nine Knights, and created foure Earles. 1762 O. Goldsmith Citizen of World II. 42 When the Tartars make a Lama, their first care is to place him in a dark corner of the temple. 1810 Duke of Wellington Let. to Lt. Col. Torrens in Dispatches (1836) VI. 305 I..have not the power of making even a Corporal. 1930 E. Colby in Our Army Feb. 43/2 ‘I make 'em an' bust 'em,’ says the company commander. b. transitive. gen. To cause a person to become (what is specified by the object). Also with (for) oneself (or, in early use, with reflexive pronoun).to make friends: see friend n. and adj. Phrases 1. ΚΠ c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. ix. l. 81 (MED) Dobet..wiþ Mammonas moneye haþ maked him frendes. a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) ii. 2031 (MED) I feigne compaignie And make felawe overal. 1593 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie iii. i. 129 If they be no Christians, how make they Christians [by baptism]? 1612 B. Jonson Alchemist iii. ii. sig. F4^v There you haue made a Friend. View more context for this quotation 1711 J. Addison Spectator No. 47. ¶7 For these Ten Years successively he has not made less than an Hundred April Fools. 1720 J. Ozell et al. tr. R. A. de Vertot Hist. Revol. Rom. Republic I. vi. 343 [He] made a great Number of Prisoners. 1731 B. Franklin in Pennsylvania Gaz. 10 June 1/2 In this Manner I have made my self many Enemies. 1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. II. vi. 97 He..tried..to make as few enemies as possible. 1859 J. H. Newman in Rambler Nov. 44 He was..a man to make both friends and enemies. 1891 T. Hardy Tess of the D'Urbervilles II. xxvii. 87 Of course, he makes many enemies, not only among the absolutely vicious, but among the easy-going, who hate being bothered. a1916 J. London Red One in Red One (1918) 20 In the counter raid, Ngurn and his fighting folk had made many prisoners. 1986 J. Huxley Leaves of Tulip Tree (1987) vi. 108 It was sad to leave Oxford, where we had so naturally made many friends. c. transitive. To fix (a price). Now Stock Market colloquial. ΘΚΠ society > trade and finance > monetary value > price > pricing > attach a price to [verb (transitive)] > set or fix price (of) loveOE prizea1325 setc1420 make1423 cheapa1464 price1471 ratify1511 to set up?1529 apprize1533 rate1599 to set down1599 pitch1624 tax1846 to charge1889 sale-price1959 1423 in J. D. Marwick Charters Edinb. (1871) 56 The price made to the common profite. 1567 Compend. Bk. Godly Songs (1897) 191 The theif Judas did greit trespas, That Christ for siluer sauld: Bot Preistis will tak, and his price mak, For les be mony fauld. 1637 S. Rutherford Let. in Joshua Redivivus (1671) 186 We would all buy Christ, so being we might make price ourselves. 1673 in Rothesay Town Council Rec. (1935) I. 319 James Stewart cordinar to teste ther aile and make the pryce therof. 1752 Ainsworth's Thes. Linguæ Latinæ (ed. 4) I. (at cited word) To make a price, Pretium alicui rei facere vel indicere. 1895 A. J. Wilson Gloss. Colloq. Terms Stock Exchange To make a Price. A dealer is said to ‘make a price’ when he states the price at which he is prepared to buy and the one at which he is ready to sell a particular security. 1933 H. D. Berman Stock Exchange i. 10 When the jobber ‘makes’ the price, he does not know whether the broker is a buyer or a seller. †d. transitive. To translate, render. Cf. to make English at sense 34a. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > intelligibility > meaning > explanation, exposition > translation > translate [verb (transitive)] setc888 wendeOE turnc1175 writec1275 drawa1325 translatea1375 expound1377 takea1382 interpret1382 transpose1390 remue?a1400 renderc1400 put?a1425 to draw outa1450 reducec1450 compile1483 redige?1517 make1529 traducea1533 traduct1534 converta1538 do1561 to set out1597 transcribe1639 throw1652 metaphrase1868 versionize1874 1529 T. More Dialogue Heresyes iii, in Wks. 233/2 The clergie hath not forboden the byble to bee made and readde in englishe. 1665 J. Brinsley Posing of Parts (rev. ed.) 130 This word of, coming after a Verb, is made by a Preposition. 1790 G. Picard Gram. Dict. Pref. p. vi They want to know how words are to be made according to the rules of the French language. 1790 G. Picard Gram. Dict. 12 Any Body, is made by personne. e. transitive. Originally and chiefly Nautical. To promote in rank (occasionally into a particular ship). ΘΚΠ society > armed hostility > hostilities at sea > naval service > serve in the Navy [verb (transitive)] > promote in rank make1795 1795 Ld. Nelson Let. 26 Dec. in Dispatches & Lett. (1845) II. 123 My late First-Lieutenant is now a Captain, made by the Admiralty, for the services of the Agamemnon. 1798 J. Austen Let. 28 Dec. (1995) 32 Frank is made.—He was yesterday raised to the Rank of Commander. a1817 J. Austen Persuasion (1818) III. xii. 256 When he came home from the Cape,—just made into the Grappler. View more context for this quotation 1834 F. Marryat Peter Simple II. xix. 322 I had now served my time as midshipman..and I thought that I had a better chance of being made in England than abroad. 1867 W. H. Smyth & E. Belcher Sailor's Word-bk. Made, a professional term for having obtained a commission, or being promoted.] 1958 N.Y. Times Mag. 16 Mar. 88 Made, to get a promotion. 17. To form by the collection of individuals. †a. transitive. To get together (a formal assembly, a force); to muster or raise (troops, etc.). Also to make a head: see head n.¹ Phrases 4k(b). Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > armed hostility > military operations > distribution of troops > [verb (transitive)] > levy or mobilize make?a1160 host1297 arear1366 araisec1386 raisea1425 to call to account1434 rearc1450 levyc1500 riga1513 erect1520 leave1590 to call to arms1592 compound1614 re-embody1685 mobilize1853 remobilize1886 the world > space > relative position > arrangement or fact of being arranged > state of being gathered together > gather together [verb (transitive)] > assemble (people or animals) > gather (an assembly) make?a1160 to make up1594 ?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1137 King Stephne..macod..his gadering æt Oxene ford. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 5115 Þa makeden heo ane laðunge. c1300 St. Thomas Becket (Laud) 1498 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 149 (MED) Greye Monekes of Cistevs fram ȝere to ȝere A Chapitre makeden generale of Abbodes. c1410 tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1879) VII. 111 At Oxenforde he made a parlement. a1450 (?a1300) Richard Coer de Lyon (Caius) (1810) 1251 The kyng comaundyd..At London to make a parlement. c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 2210 Alexander..all a-boute þe cite, Makis foure thousand with flanes & bowis. a1470 T. Malory Morte Darthur (Winch. Coll. 13) (1990) III. 1227 Sir Mordred made a parlemente. c1500 (?a1475) Assembly of Gods (1896) 1055 He seyde pleynly he Vertu wold forsake, And in Vyce hys quarell all hys power make. 1523 Ld. Berners tr. J. Froissart Cronycles I. xxviii. 42 These lordes be thei that may make moost men of warre in short space of any that I know. 1585 R. Lane Let. 12 Aug. in Trans. & Coll. Amer. Antiquarian Soc. (1860) 4 11 Soo as thys porte, at the poynte of the lande, beyng fortefyed with a skouse, yt ys not to be entredde by all the force that Spayne canne make, wee havyng the favure of God. 1597 W. Shakespeare Richard III iv. iv. 381 The greatest strength and power he can make . View more context for this quotation a1616 W. Shakespeare Coriolanus (1623) v. i. 37 Your good tongue More then the instant Armie we can make Might stop our Countryman. View more context for this quotation 1617 F. Moryson Itinerary iii. 266 The Sweitzers can make six score thousand foote for the defence of their owne Country. 1647 C. Cotterell & W. Aylesbury tr. E. C. Davila Hist. Civill Warres France i. 50 The Duke of Guise sent forth Jaques d'Aubon..and James Savoy..with all the horse they could make. a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 407 Lord Danby saw his error, of neglecting the leading men, and reckoning upon a majority, such as could be made. 1846 G. R. Gibson Jrnl. 30 June (1935) 126 Corporal McFarland had a severe attack of cramp colic today, and a detail was made to attend to him and have him brought to camp in the wagon. 1888 Troy (U.S.) Daily Times 6 Feb. An extra detail of police is always made..and the crowd is not allowed to block the exit. b. transitive. to make a House: to secure the presence of the number (currently 40) of members required for a regularly constituted sitting of the British House of Commons. Similarly to make a quorum (also in wider contexts). Now archaic and historical. ΘΚΠ society > authority > rule or government > ruler or governor > deliberative, legislative, or administrative assembly > of an assembly: hold a session [verb (intransitive)] > ensure correct number for sitting to make a House1648 1648 W. Denton Let. 7 Dec. in F. P. Verney Mem. Verney Family (1892–9) II. 395 Most of the secured members lay in Hell last night, and are now gone to the generall. There is scarce enough left free to make a house. 1688 in Colonial Rec. Pennsylvania (1852) I. 228 A sufficient number to make a Quorum. 1775 J. Adams in J. Adams & A. Adams Familiar Lett. (1876) 99 There had not been members enough to make a House, several colonies being absent. 1830 Examiner 409/2 Twice this week have Ministers failed to make a House of Commons. 1864 Spectator 7 May 529 A Bill which..will before long interest every taxpayer, was interrupted by mere official carelessness as to ‘making a House’. 1884 Manch. Examiner 15 May 5/4 A House was made to-day promptly at a quarter-past 12 o'clock. 1939 W. I. Jennings Parliament iii. 75 The function of the Government Whips, it has been said, is ‘to make a house, to keep a House, and cheer the Minister’. 1957 May's Treat. Law Parl. (ed. 16) xvi. 331 After the House has been made, if notice be taken that forty Members are not present,..after the expiration of two minutes, the Speaker proceeds to count the House. †c. transitive. To get together (a party). Cf. to make up 9b at Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete. ΚΠ 1711 R. Steele Spectator No. 32. ¶2 I find by my quinquennial Observations that we shall never get Ladies enough to make a Party. 1726 in Suffolk Corr. (1824) I. 257 Sir T. Coke [etc.]..made a party at quadrille. 1742 H. Fielding Joseph Andrews I. i. v. 19 During the first six Days the poor Lady admitted none but Mrs. Slipslop and three Female Friends who made a Party at Cards. View more context for this quotation 1792 W. Roberts Looker-on No. 18. 143 A large party at Faro and Cassino was made..at a great house in Piccadilly. 1802 F. Burney Jrnls. & Lett. 22–24 Apr. (1975) V. 267 Mad^e d'henin made a party for us all to meet again the next day, & go to the Opera Buffa. d. to make (a) book: (a) transitive. to keep a book (book n. 11); (U.S.) to work as a bookmaker. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > betting > bet [verb (intransitive)] > make or run a book to make (a) book1841 to run a book1887 1841 T. Hood Miss Kilmansegg iv, in New Monthly Mag. 61 267 Of ‘making a book’ how he made a stir. 1856 ‘Stonehenge’ Man. Brit. Rural Sports ii. i. xiii. §137 It does not always happen that the person laying the odds makes a book. 1892 Cassell's Sat. Jrnl. 28 May 859/1 There certainly is a way of ‘making a book’ by which the layer of odds must win. 1962 New Statesman 21 Dec. 897/2 If I was making a book on the chances of my being banged to rights, you or any other punter could have 100 to eight to any amount. 1987 Racing Ahead Mar. 20/2 Alex first went racing at Uttoxeter in 1929, and later, made a book in his father's name at Belle Vue, Manchester, greyhound track. (b) transitive. figurative. U.S. Usually with on it: to be certain of. ΚΠ 1949 W. R. Burnett Asphalt Jungle 63 Gus knew hundreds of men, but there were only three he'd make book on. 1966 Random House Dict. Eng. Lang. 169/3 You can make book on it that he won't arrive in time. 1978 Free Press (Detroit) 16 Apr. e8/3 Once a gobbler is roosting and you've located him, you practically make book on him still being there, in the same tree, come dawn. 1992 Milwaukee (Wisconsin) Jrnl. 23 July a1/5 And Baker himself Wednesday disputed the reports that he would step down to help Bush's re-election campaign. ‘I wouldn't make book on it’ until it came from the president, Baker said at a news conference. e. transitive. To kill (a bag of game on a shooting expedition); (also) to catch (a number of fish, etc.). to make the bag: to contribute most of the total of game killed. ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > hunting > shooting > shoot [verb (intransitive)] > kill or contribute to number of game to make the bag1863 1863 J. H. Speke Jrnl. Discov. Source Nile iii. 36 ‘The bags’ we made counted two brindled gnu, four water-boc, one pallah-boc, and one pig. 1889 Cornhill Mag. 13 209 Sir Allan is making the bag. That is the third time he has wiped Sir Joseph's eye. 1895 Athenæum 14 Sept. 349/2 The angler may easily make a large catch either of mackerel or of pollack, seythe or herrings. 1979 Wildfowl 30 165/2 A single catch of 372 Barnacle Geese at Caerlaverock in October (one of the largest catches made with rocket nets) provided much valuable data. 1991 Alabama Game & Fish Mar. 30/2 Using a flat-bottomed johnboat, I go to the river when the water is up and have made some large catches in freshly flooded wood lots. 18. †a. transitive. To bring forth (fruit, blossom); to yield (wine, etc.) as a product. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > plants > by growth or development > grow, sprout, or bear fruit [verb (transitive)] > bring forth, produce, or bear bearOE makea1325 showc1330 yielda1400 producea1513 carry1577 hatch1592 throw1738 a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 2131 Al ðat ðise first .vii. [years] maken Sulen ðis oðere vii. rospen & raken. a1325 (c1280) Southern Passion (Pepys 2344) (1927) 266 (MED) Godes kyng-dom ffram ȝow worþ ytake And delyuered to þilke men þat ffrut þerof wolleþ make. c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Matt. vii. 17 So euery good tree makith good fruytis. a1425 J. Wyclif Sel. Eng. Wks. (1869) I. 166 A good tree mai not make yvel fruyte. c1475 (?c1400) Apol. Lollard Doctr. (1842) 4 (MED) And eft seiþ þe gospel, ‘Makiþ worþi frutis of penaunce.’ 1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) v. 9 The treis begouth to ma Burgeonys and brycht blwmys alsua. 1580 J. Lyly Euphues & his Eng. (new ed.) f. 130 They that feare their Vines will make to sharp wine, must..graft next to them Mandrage. 1604 E. Grimeston tr. J. de Acosta Nat. & Morall Hist. Indies iv. xxxii. 296 In new Spaine, there are some vignes which beare grapes, and yet make no wine. 1657 R. Austen Treat. Fruit-trees (ed. 2) 81 The Morello Cherry, and other deepe coloured pleasant Cherries, no doubt would make a speciall good wine. b. transitive. †to make urine [compare classical Latin ūrīnam facere, Old French orine faire (end of 12th cent.), Middle Dutch urine māken] : to urinate (obsolete). to make water: see water n. 17. ΚΠ a1400 tr. Lanfranc Sci. Cirurgie (Ashm.) (1894) 352 (MED) He schal make vrine liȝtlich. ?a1425 (?1373) Lelamour Herbal (1938) f. 83 (MED) Wolde ys hote and drye and makiþ a man to make vryne. 19. a. transitive. [Compare classical Latin facere in general sense ‘bring forth (young)’; Middle French, French faire in sense ‘beget, bring forth’ (1372).] Of a mother: †to give birth to, conceive (obsolete). Of a father: to beget. Now regional. ΘΚΠ the world > life > source or principle of life > birth > confinement > confine or deliver [verb (transitive)] > give birth forthbring971 akenOE haveOE bearOE to bring into the worldOE teemOE i-bereOE to bring forthc1175 childc1175 reara1275 ofkenc1275 hatcha1350 makea1382 yielda1400 cleck1401 issue1447 engenderc1450 infant1483 deliver?a1518 whelp1581 world1596 yean1598 fall1600 to give (a person or thing) birth1615 to give birth to1633 drop1662 pup1699 born1703 to throw off1742 beteem1855 birth1855 parturiate1866 shell1890 to put to bed1973 bring- the world > life > biology > biological processes > procreation or reproduction > multiply or reproduce [verb (transitive)] > beget sowc1250 getc1300 begeta1325 engenderc1330 conceivec1350 makea1382 wina1400 fathera1425 rutc1450 tread1594 sirea1616 engraff1864 a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Bodl. 959) Num. v. 28 Ȝif sheo were not pollute, sche schal be harmlis and make fre childryn [L. faciet liberos]. c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) Gal. iv. 4 God sente his sone, maad of a womman. c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. ix. 135 Þe cursed blode þat caym hath ymaked. 1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxxxv. 115 This good lady Rachel, as she had made a child, she forthwith..gaf thankynges of it to god. 1484 W. Caxton tr. Subtyl Historyes & Fables Esope ii. iv A sowe whiche wepte..for the grete payne that she felte by cause she wold make her young pygges. c1500 Melusine (1895) 102 She made a fayre child that was her second sonne. a1616 W. Shakespeare All's Well that ends Well (1623) ii. iii. 98 You are too young, too happie, and too good To make your selfe a sonne out of my blood. View more context for this quotation 1924 C. Mackenzie Heavenly Ladder i. 14 If I'd made her myself and she were my own maid, I wouldn't answer for her, not when it comes to marrying. b. transitive. to make (a) baby (also child): to procreate; (esp. in Caribbean and African-American usage) to have sexual intercourse; (of a woman) to be pregnant. ΘΚΠ the world > life > biology > biological processes > procreation or reproduction > multiply or reproduce [verb (transitive)] kenc825 begeteOE strenec893 raisec1175 breeda1250 kenec1275 felefolda1300 engendera1325 tiddera1325 multiplyc1350 genderc1384 producea1513 procreatea1525 propagate1535 generate1552 product1577 kind1596 traduce1599 pullulate1602 traduct1604 progenerate1611 store1611 spawna1616 spawna1617 reproduce1650 propage1695 to make a baby1911 the world > physical sensation > sexual relations > sexual activity > engage in sexual activity with [verb (transitive)] > have sexual intercourse with mingeOE haveOE knowc1175 ofliec1275 to lie with (or by)a1300 knowledgec1300 meetc1330 beliea1350 yknowc1350 touchc1384 deala1387 dightc1386 usea1387 takec1390 commona1400 to meet witha1400 servea1400 occupy?a1475 engender1483 jangle1488 to be busy with1525 to come in1530 visitc1540 niggle1567 mow1568 to mix one's thigh with1593 do1594 grind1598 pepper1600 yark1600 tumble1603 to taste of1607 compressc1611 jumble1611 mix?1614 consort?1615 tastea1616 bumfiddle1630 ingressa1631 sheet1637 carnal1643 night-work1654 bump1669 bumble1680 frig?c1680 fuck1707 stick1707 screw1719 soil1722 to do over1730 shag1770 hump1785 subagitatec1830 diddle1879 to give (someone) onec1882 charver1889 fuckeec1890 plugc1890 dick1892 to make a baby1911 to know (a person) in the biblical sense1912 jazz1920 rock1922 yentz1924 roll1926 to make love1927 shtupa1934 to give (or get) a tumble1934 shack1935 bang1937 to have it off1937 rump1937 tom1949 to hop into bed (with)1951 ball1955 to make it1957 plank1958 score1960 naughty1961 pull1965 pleasurea1967 to have away1968 to have off1968 dork1970 shaft1970 bonk1975 knob1984 boink1985 fand- 1911 O. Schreiner Let. in R. First & A. Scott Olive Schreiner (1980) vii. 291 [She] thinks it's wrong for people, even if married, to have sex relations with each other except just when they want to make a child. 1926 M. Anderson & L. Stallings What Price Glory? i, in 3 Amer. Plays 7 God! I guess even Lippy could make a kid if she slept on the other side of a paper wall. 1952 in F. G. Cassidy & R. B. LePage Dict. Jamaican Eng. (1967) 288/2 Shi mékin a bíebi. 1960 W. Harris Palace of Peacock v. 50 I know I mek a chile with one of the women. 1970 S. Naipaul Fireflies 77 If Renouka come home to me one day and say she making a baby, she not going to leave my house alive. 1977 B. Head Collector of Treasures 69 Until they became ordinary, dull grown men, who drank beer and made babies, the village boys were a special set all on their own. 1986 O. Senior Summer Lightning & Other Stories iv. 112 I did know a girl who wasnt much older than me and she did start to make baby even though it die. 1992 New Musical Express 4 Apr. 25/1 Mr Right..is all a Mr Right should be. So they get married and make a baby. 1993 N.Y. Times 26 Oct. c3/3 People should be able to live their lives the way they want and to make babies the way they want. ***** With reference to constituent parts or material. 20.** transitive. To amount to; (of the latest item in an enumeration) to bring up the sum to (a certain amount). Cf. makeweight n. and adj. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > number > enumeration, reckoning, or calculation > number, calculate, or reckon [verb (transitive)] > amount to or total makeOE amountc1350 be?c1425 draw1425 numbera1450 numbera1586 to sum up1597 give1634 mount1639 tantamount1659 compute1667 muster1810 total1859 subtotal1906 OE Ælfric De Temporibus Anni (Cambr. Gg.3.28) iv. §17. 30 On ðam geare sind getealde twelf monðas, & twa & fiftig wucan, þreo hund daga & fif & sixtig daga, & þær to eacan six tida, þe maciað æfre embe þæt feorðe gear þone dæg & ða niht þe we hatað bissextum. OE Ælfric Gram. (St. John's Oxf.) 296 Fif penegas gemaciað ænne scylling.] c1275 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo.:Morton) 96 Þreo halpenes makeð a peni. c1390 G. Chaucer Parson's Tale 362 The prouerbe seith that manye smale maken a greet. ?a1425 Mandeville's Trav. (Egerton) (1889) 90 Of whilke mynutes lx makez a degre. ?c1465 in Manners & Househ. Expenses Eng. (1841) 438 Every asheler is xij ynche thykke and xviij ynches longe, wiche multiplied to gedere make ijc xvj ynches. a1500 (?a1400) Stanzaic Life of Christ (Harl. 3909) (1926) 4542 (MED) Faur syth ten makes faurty. 1545 Rates Custome House sig. diij^v One Flemisshe elle makithe. iii. quarters of a yarde englisshe. 1589 G. Puttenham Arte Eng. Poesie ii. x. 71 These ten litle meeters make but one Exameter at length. 1598 W. Shakespeare Henry IV, Pt. 1 iv. ii. 6 This bottell makes an angel. View more context for this quotation 1601 J. Marston et al. Iacke Drums Entertainm. i. sig. A4 Many a small make a great. 1672 Duke of Buckingham Rehearsal iii. 21 Nine Taylors make but one man. 1720 D. Defoe Mem. Cavalier 37 All which did not make 30000 Men. 1825 New Monthly Mag. 14 330 How many birds would this make in the course of the day? 1875 J. Southward Dict. Typogr. (ed. 2) 84 In casting-off copy or matter it is said that it ‘makes’ so much—a galley, a stickful, &c.—that is, it occupies so much space. 1897 F. Marryat Blood of Vampire iv 'E's a regular business man and knows 'ow many beans make five! 1903 J. London Call of Wild i. 23 ‘That makes a hundred and fifty,’ the saloon-keeper calculated. 1985 L. Griffiths Arthur Daley's Guide to doing it Right 22 But because you are an instinctive entrepreneur you know that two plus two makes whatever you want. 21. a. transitive. [Compare the classical Latin and post-classical Latin use of facere in e.g. regem non faciunt opes (Seneca), non tonsura facit monachum (Neckam, a1217), and the Middle French and French use in e.g. l'habit ne faict poinct le moine (Rabelais, 1532).] Of an adjunct or feature: to be sufficient to constitute; to be the essential criterion of. Chiefly in proverbial or quasi-proverbial uses, mainly in negative contexts. ΘΚΠ the world > existence and causation > existence > intrinsicality or inherence > essence or intrinsic nature > inform or give a thing its essence [verb (transitive)] graitha1300 make1340 informa1398 essentiate1561 informate1594 formalize1597 essentialize1669 1340 Ayenbite (1866) 165 (MED) Þe cloþinge ne makeþ naȝt þane monek, ne þe armes þane knyȝt. ?a1425 Constit. Masonry (Royal 17 A.i) l. 726 in J. O. Halliwell Early Hist. Freemasonry in Eng. (1844) 38 Gode maneres maken a mon. c1475 tr. A. Chartier Quadrilogue (Univ. Coll. Oxf.) (1974) 231 But now [to] [MS two] can guerde a swerde and doo vpon an habirgeon suffiseth to make a nwe capteyn. a1500 (c1425) Andrew of Wyntoun Oryg. Cron. Scotl. (Nero) v. l. 3877 Ȝoure purpure may noucht prestis ma. 1546 J. Heywood Dialogue Prouerbes Eng. Tongue ii. v. sig. Hiii One swalow maketh not sommer. 1649 R. Lovelace Poems (1864) 119 Stone walls doe not a prison make, Nor iron bars a cage. 1734 A. Pope Ess. Man: Epist. IV 193 Worth makes the Man, and want of it the Fellow. 1859 Ld. Tennyson Guinevere in Idylls of King 250 And courtliness, and the desire of fame, And love of truth, and all that makes a man. 1861 Temple Bar 3 256 A long beard does not make a philosopher. 1893 National Observer 7 Oct. 531/2 One actress does not make a play. 1933 J. Hilton Lost Horizon 3 Still, it did happen—and it goes some way to show that clothes make the man, doesn't it? 1990 Atlantic Nov. 8/1 The quick and dirty reference to one example that supports his argument and two that don't hardly makes a good start. †b. transitive. [After classical Latin nihil facere or French ne..faire rien.] to make nothing: not to pertain or be of consequence to, not to tell for or against (a person or thing). Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > importance > unimportance > be unimportant [verb (intransitive)] it is no forcec1369 to be not (nought) to charge138. to make no mattera1466 it maketh no force1551 to make nothing1551 the world > action or operation > easiness > find no difficulty in [verb (transitive)] to make no strength of?c1225 strengthc1225 to make nothing to1675 to make nothing1688 to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)1711 to think nothing of1802 1551 R. Robinson tr. T. More Vtopia ii. sig. Miv^v It maketh nothing to thys matter, whether yow saye that sickenes is a griefe, or that in sickenes is griefe. 1560 J. Daus tr. J. Sleidane Commentaries f. ccccxxiiij That maketh nothing for the matter saith he, for he beareth witnes of him self. 1688 G. Miege Great French Dict. ii. sig. Qq/3 It makes nothing against me, cela ne fait rien contre moi. 1727 A. Boyer Dict. Fr.-Angl. at Make It makes nothing to me,..Cela..ne me regarde point. 22. a. transitive. To be the material or components of; to constitute; to be made or converted into; to serve for. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > wholeness > incompleteness > part of whole > be (part of) [verb (transitive)] > be the or a component(s) of graitha1300 form1377 makea1393 compone1398 constitute1552 go1559 to make up1589 mould1602 compounda1616 integrate1638 elementate1660 compose1665 represent1776 comprise1794 account1893 a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) vii. 414 (MED) The water, which is moyste and cold, Makth fleume. 1533 T. More 2nd Pt. Confut. Tyndals Answere viii. p. ccccc In this worde faythfull crysten folke makynge the whole chyrche, he ment not all crysten people. 1589 R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations 742 Then will Sassafras, and many other rootes & gummes there found make good Merchandise and lading for shipping. a1652 I. Jones Most Notable Antiq. called Stone-Heng (1655) 69 The stones making the Portico within. 1661 R. Boyle Some Consider. Style of Script. (1675) 53 Where there's nothing but choice flowers,..they will make a good posie. 1678 J. Moxon Mech. Exercises I. vi. Explan. Terms 112 Peeces that are intended to make the Frames for small Pictures. 1699 T. Brown tr. Erasmus Seven New Colloquies iv. 20 She was fit to have made a Spouse for Jupiter himself. 1712 J. Addison Spectator No. 414. ¶4 Fields of Corn make a pleasant Prospect. 1727 J. Swift Stella's Birth-day: 1724 in J. Swift et al. Misc.: Last Vol. iii. 160 Merry Folks who want by chance A Pair to make a Country Dance. 1768 O. Goldsmith Good Natur'd Man i. 15 I'm told he makes a very handsome corpse, and becomes his coffin prodigiously. 1797 Encycl. Brit. VIII. 485/2 Such as are kept to make red herrings are washed in great vats in fresh water. 1838 E. Bulwer-Lytton Leila iii. iii. 158 One of the many vaults which made the mighty cemetery of the monarchs of Granada. 1887 A. Birrell Obiter Dicta 2nd Ser. 70 Poor authors..with their pockets full of the bad eggs that should have made their breakfasts. 1890 Standard 5 Nov. 5/1 [He] had much to say that will make unpleasant reading for the Liberal wirepullers. 1909 L. M. Montgomery Anne of Avonlea xxvii. 329 I think you would make a splendid mother. You have just the right look in your eyes..the look my little mother always had. 1938 Listener 25 May 1120/2 There must be a great deal of material available on this subject which would make more good listening. 1959 Times 3 Jan. 9/5 The platycodon makes a fine pot plant for a cool greenhouse. b. transitive. To admit of being made into. ΚΠ tr. Palladius De re Rustica (Duke Humfrey) (1896) iv. 457 (MED) The gourde is good..Whos vynes brent maath askes for hem sete. 1577 B. Googe tr. C. Heresbach Foure Bks. Husbandry iii. f. 152 Neither is there..a beast that makes more dishes. 1592 T. Kyd Spanish Trag. iii. sig. F3 Doost thou think to liue till his olde doublet will make thee a new trusse? 1605 1st Pt. Jeronimo sig. E^v My hose will scarse make thee a standing coller. 1646 Sir T. Browne Pseudodoxia Epidemica ii. v. 87 A pint of salt of tartar, exposed unto a moist aire,..will make far more liquor..then the former measure will contain. View more context for this quotation 1805 P. Beckford Familiar Lett. Italy I. xxxvii. 365 They [sc. frogs] make a good soup, and not a bad fricassée. 1904 L. F. Baum Marvelous Land of Oz 183 ‘Don't you imagine he would make a better soup?’ asked the Tin Woodman. 1926 People's Home Jrnl. Feb. 18/4 Dotted Swiss, Marquisette, fine voile or similar fabrics make very charming curtains of this type. 1989 New Yorker 27 Mar. 80/3 Northern Spies make the best apple pie. 23. a. transitive. To amount to, count as, avail, signify (much, little, nothing, etc.) in relation to the question under consideration. Now frequently in to make no matter (somewhat archaic in standard English): to make no difference, not to matter; (also intransitive, chiefly Scottish): to matter, be of consequence. †Formerly with for, to (obsolete). †what maketh matter but that..? = ‘what prevents that..?’ (obsolete). Cf. sense 55b.to make sense, it makes no odds: see the nouns. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > importance > [verb (transitive)] bea1400 forcea1400 to stand (a person) in store?1463 makea1466 concerna1475 nigh1490 import1561 cerna1616 boot1752 mean1860 the mind > attention and judgement > importance > unimportance > be unimportant [verb (intransitive)] it is no forcec1369 to be not (nought) to charge138. to make no mattera1466 it maketh no force1551 to make nothing1551 a1466 R. Taverham in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) II. 322 Though my Lorde Cromwel hath taken Thomas Tauerham, my yonger brother, as warde for the same enheritaunce that maketh no mater to me, in so moche as I am helder brother. ?1478 W. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 649 I beseche yow to sende me a hose clothe,..how corse so euer it be it makyth no matyr. c1485 ( G. Hay Bk. Law of Armys (2005) 266 And suppos sum jgnoraunt men wald say, gold js metall, and na coloure, that makis nocht. 1548 H. Latimer Notable Serm. sig. A.iii In deed it toucheth not monkerye, nor maketh any thing at all for any such matter. 1563 J. Man tr. W. Musculus Common Places Christian Relig. 284 What maketh matter but that the Jewe, which is so often washed in the lawe, might be washed agayne if he come to Christ? 1574 J. Whitgift Def. Aunswere to Admon. ii. 106 Those things which..make something to exhort vnto a better life. a1600 ( W. Stewart tr. H. Boece Bk. Cron. Scotl. (1858) 31668 Quhat makis that to the? 1611 M. Smith in Bible (King James) Transl. Pref. sig. ⁋3 The course which he intended made much for the glory of God. a1616 W. Shakespeare Antony & Cleopatra (1623) ii. vi. 118 I thinke the policy of that purpose, made more in the Marriage, then the loue of the parties. View more context for this quotation 1631 W. Gouge Gods Three Arrowes iii. §9. 202 Circumstances make much to the goodnesse or badnesse of an action. 1697 C. Leslie Snake in Grass (ed. 2) 299 That he was a Loose Man, &c. which makes nothing to the business. 1726 A. Ramsay Tea-table Misc. (1876) II. 118 Gi'e me a lass with a lump of land,..though daft or wise, I'll never demand, Or black or fair, it maksna whether. 1768 L. Sterne Sentimental Journey II. 70 By what magic he could [etc.], makes nothing in this account. 1826 A. Balfour Highland Mary II. 235 An' I could tell wha let you see the road; but it maksna. 1846 R. C. Trench Notes Miracles xxxiii. 449 It makes something for the current view that..Nathanael..is Bartholomew..thus to find him named, not after, but in the midst of, some of the very chiefest apostles. 1915 W. Cather Song of Lark i. iv. 27 ‘It makes no matter what you think,’ replied her teacher coldly. 1918 W. B. Morren Hert's aye 12 The man 'at says it's fail't is blin' Ti mony a thing 'at mak's. 1947 E. Partridge Usage & Abusage 353/1 A girl or a gigolo may possess glamour: and it makes no matter whether the girl is glamorous in her own right or by the catch-guinea arts of her dressmaker or her cinematographic producer. 1970 P. Moyes Who saw her Die? xiv. 183 Funny, isn't it, Miss Threep ending up in the hospital with Billing? Well, not with him, of course, but as near as makes no matter. †b. transitive. Of arguments or evidence: to avail (much, little, etc.) for (also against) (an opinion or a disputant). Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > testing > attestation, witness, evidence > attest, bear witness [verb (transitive)] > be or give evidence of to show forth?c1225 witnessa1300 sustain?c1425 testify1445 showa1500 manifest?a1513 make1573 argue1585 evidence1610 attesta1616 citea1616 evince1621 to speak to ——1624 1573 J. Davidson in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. xlii. 606 That exampill..Aganis my purpois makis nathing. 1579 W. Fulke Heskins Parl. Repealed in D. Heskins Ouerthrowne 333 These..sentences..make nothing for him, but much against him. a1649 King Charles I Wks. (1662) 177 I believe this argument makes little for you. 1660 tr. M. Amyraut Treat. conc. Relig. iii. ii. 331 That makes nothing against us. 1690 J. Locke Ess. Humane Understanding i. iii. 16 But this makes nothing for innate Characters on the Mind. 24. Of a person: to become by development or training. Also: with object a noun modified by good, bad, or other adjective of praise or the contrary: to perform well (ill, etc.) the part or function of. ΘΚΠ the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > gradual change > change into [verb (transitive)] makea1470 shade1817 transition1877 the world > existence and causation > existence > intrinsicality or inherence > character or nature > impart a character or nature to [verb (transitive)] > become or attain the character of makea1470 a1470 T. Malory Morte Darthur (Winch. Coll. 13) (1990) I. 295 I undirtake he is a vylayne borne, and never woll make man. 1572 H. Middlemore in H. Ellis Orig. Lett. Eng. Hist. (1827) 2nd Ser. III. 8 I think he [sc. the Duke of Anjou] will make as rare a prince as any is in Christendome. a1616 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 1 (1623) iv. vii. 44 Doubtlesse he would haue made a noble Knight. View more context for this quotation 1677 G. Miege New Dict. French & Eng. ii. sig. Ff 3/3 These men might make good Soldiers if they were well disciplined. 1697 J. Vanbrugh Provok'd Wife v. 71 All Revolutions run into Extreams, the Bigot makes the boldest Atheist. 1741 A. Pope Thoughts on Var. Subj. in Wks. II. 311 For a King to make an amiable character, he needs only to be a man of common honesty, well advised. a1753 G. Berkeley Disc. Magistr. in Wks. (1784) 294 The young rake makes an old infidel. 1828 Examiner 244/1 Mr. Kean, jun. will never make so great an actor as his father. 1844 H. Stephens Bk. of Farm II. 89 The shepherd knowing the flock makes their best drover. 1870 E. Peacock Ralf Skirlaugh III. 25 As the times then went, Mr. Earl made a very fair pastor. 1885 J. Payn Luck of Darrells I. viii. 125 She will make him a good wife. 1910 P. W. Joyce Eng. as we speak it in Ireland xiii. 290 That Joe of yours is a clever fellow: no doubt he'll make a splendid doctor. 1934 H. Roth Call it Sleep i. ix. 63 My, what a tyrant you'll make when you're married! 1987 J. Rule Memory Board v. 83 I don't think we'd make riproaring drunks... We'd be more inclined to stupor. 25. a. transitive. To count as, have the position of, form, be (a part or unit in an aggregate, a particular member in an ordinal series).to make a (fine, etc.) figure: see figure n. 7a. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > wholeness > incompleteness > part of whole > be (part of) [verb (transitive)] > be the or a component(s) of > be a unit in an aggregate make1487 1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) xi. 340 He said, the rerward he vald ma. 1502 tr. Ordynarye of Crysten Men (de Worde) iv. xiii. sig. v.v Of the whiche degrees, the broder and syster make y^e fyrst, the chyldern y^e whiche ben germayns make the seconde. ?1523 J. Fitzherbert Bk. Husbandry f. xxxvi^v Whanne these thre be mette, if ye had a poticary: to make the fourth:..it were harde to trust the best of theym. 1658 Bp. J. Taylor Let. 21 June in 12th Rep. Royal Comm. Hist. MSS (1890) App. v. 5 Her duty to you..does apparently make a very great part of her religion to God. 1728–38 E. Chambers Cycl. (at cited word) The narration, according to the writers of rhetoric, makes the second part of a just speech, or harangue; viz. that immediately following the exordium. 1753 Chambers's Cycl. Suppl. Bema made the third, or innermost part of the church, answering to the chancel among us. 1826 W. Kirby & W. Spence Introd. Entomol. III. xxxiv. 485 It is marked out into three triangles, the postnasus making a fourth. 1892 Cornhill Mag. Dec. 566 I was number thirteen, and you came in and made the fourteenth. b. transitive. to make one: to take part (in) (now Criminals' slang), be present (at); †to assimilate oneself to the company one joins (obsolete). Also to make one of. Now rare. ΘΚΠ the world > space > place > presence > be present at [verb (transitive)] > be present at (a proceeding or meeting) tend1460 to make one1542 frequent1555 assist1603 attend1646 to sit in1919 the world > relative properties > kind or sort > generality > condition or state of being inclusive > be included in something [verb (intransitive)] > among others to make one1542 number1702 count1850 society > society and the community > social relations > association, fellowship, or companionship > associate together or with [verb (intransitive)] mingc1275 company1387 joinc1390 meddlec1390 herd?a1400 fellowshipc1430 enfellowship1470 to step in1474 accompany?1490 yoke?a1513 to keep with ——c1515 conjoin1532 wag1550 frequent1577 encroach1579 consort1588 sort1595 commerce1596 troop1597 converse1598 to keep (also enter, come into, etc.) commons1598 to enter common1604 atone1611 to walk (also travel) in the way with1611 minglea1616 consociate1638 associate1644 corrive1647 co-unite1650 walk1650 cohere1651 engage1657 mix1667 accustom1670 to make one1711 coalite1735 commerciate1740 to have nothing to say to (also with)1780 gang?1791 companion1792 mess1795 matea1832 comrade1865 to go around1904 to throw in with1906 to get down1975 1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 86 He would..not refuse to make one at a mannes table. 1584 B. R. tr. Herodotus Famous Hyst. i. f. 11 Ether permit me to..make one in y^e voiage, or alleage some more wayghty & seryous reason why you retayne me. 1608 T. Middleton Familie of Love (new ed.) iv. sig. F Tis now come to a whisper, what yong Familists be these? yfaith Ile make one, ile trip you wife, I sent your footing wife. 1634 J. Ford Chron. Hist. Perkin Warbeck ii. sig. E2^v There haue beene Irish-Hubbubs, when I haue made one too. 1670 F. Boothby Marcelia iii. vi. sig. F3^v I hear there is to be dancing here to night; so I was resolv'd to come and make one, with the rest of my fellow Noble-men. 1711 E. Budgell Spectator No. 77. ⁋5 I always make one of the Company I am in. 1725 M. Davys Self-rival ii. i, in Wks. I. 16 Why, I can drink my Glass, crack my Jest, make one in a Country-Dance, and laugh as heartily at a good Comedy as I could have done forty Years ago. 1777 C. Dibdin Quaker i. vi. 14 Steady. Thou art mistaken, and when thou beholdest the gambols to-morrow on the green—Gillian. I shall long most monstrously to make one amongst them. 1843 C. Dickens Christmas Carol iv. 125 ‘Suppose we make up a party and volunteer.’ ‘I don't mind going if a lunch is provided,’ observed the gentleman... ‘But I must be fed, if I make one.’ 1869 E. A. Freeman Hist. Norman Conquest III. xii. 178 To make one of the illustrious assemblage. 1881 Daily News 23 Dec. 5/6 If the dupe will ‘make one’ in the pitiful robbery he shall share in the proceeds. 1933 D. L. Sayers Murder must Advertise v. 91 Should you care to make one in our next dope raid? ******** To gain, acquire. [Compare Middle Dutch māken, Middle Low German māken, German machen in this sense.] 26. a. transitive. To gain, acquire, or earn (money, reputation, etc.) by labour, business, or the like. Often with from, of, out of (less commonly by) and a noun.to make a †chevisance (also one's) fortune (or pile), to make a hand (of), to make a living, to make a (also one's) mark, to make a name (for oneself); †to make an increment of; †to make (one's) advantage, to make capital out of, †to make chevance, †chevisance (of), money: see the nouns. ΘΚΠ the mind > possession > acquisition > obtain or acquire [verb (transitive)] > obtain or acquire in a certain way > by care or effort begeteOE findOE bewinc1175 getc1175 conquerc1230 reachc1275 procurec1325 makec1350 fishc1374 catchc1384 furneya1400 attainc1405 tillc1440 to pick out1577 to get a gripe ofa1586 secure1743 raise1838 to get one's hooks on (also into)1926 c1350 (a1333) William of Shoreham Poems (1902) 95 (MED) In londe suche his many a þef Þat y-now hym makeþ. a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(1)) (1850) Jer. xxxii. 20 Thou madist to thee a name. ?1474 R. Calle in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) II. 356 I truste be Ester to make of money..at the leeste 1 marke. 1546 O. Johnson in H. Ellis Orig. Lett. Eng. Hist. (1827) 2nd Ser. II. 175 Besides the monney that I shal make of the said wares. 1583 T. Stocker tr. Tragicall Hist. Ciuile Warres Lowe Countries ii. 64 [They] furnished him with all the money they were able to make. 1588 R. Parke tr. J. G. de Mendoza Hist. Kingdome of China 45 Then may the husband afterwardes sell his wife for a slave, and make money of her for the dowrie he gaue her. 1602 E. Hayes in J. Brereton Briefe Relation Discouerie Virginia 18 They will soone remooue their trade from Newfound-land vnto vs neere at hand, for so great increase of gaine as they shall make by trading with vs. 1632 W. Lithgow Totall Disc. Trav. i. 64 This little Ile maketh yearely..onely of Currants 160000 Chickins [= sequins]. 1632 R. Sherwood Dict. in R. Cotgrave Dict. French & Eng. Tongues (new ed.) To make money of, vendre. 1708 E. Ward Wooden World Dissected (ed. 2) Advt. sig. A2 Making a Profit at the Expence of other Men. 1799 A. Young Agric. Linc. 259 A man has made 4s. a day by selling them [sc. sticklebacks] at a half~penny a bushel. 1821 Ld. Byron Don Juan: Canto III lxxxv. 45 His muse made increment of any thing, From the high lyrical to the low rational. 1823 J. Badcock Domest. Amusem. 28 More than he could probably hope to make by any transaction in the Alley. 1843 T. B. Macaulay Ld. Clive in Crit. & Hist. Ess. III. 174 A great quantity of wealth is made by English functionaries in India;..and what is made is slowly, hardly, and honestly earned. 1843 G. Borrow Bible in Spain I. xiii. 280 [They] had buried..a great booty which they had made in Portugal. 1863 Edinb. Rev. Apr. 417 The men complain that without it [sc. blasting] they cannot ‘make wages’. 1886 J. Ruskin Præterita II. ix. 332 [He] would often, for the mere pleasure of playing a trick, lose a customer without making a penny by him. 1889 ‘T. Gift’ Not for Night-time 83 I..made a name as a successful artist. 1895 Bookman Oct. 16/2 I know several gentlemen in Paris..who make a very good living by hawking these nightingales round the cafés. 1921 V. Woolf Diary 3 Dec. (1978) II. 148 I have to make money. 1948 O. Keepnews Original Interview in View from Within (1988) iv. 112 Thelonious..doesn't seem too anxious to recall those first jobs in ‘juice joints’, where he made $17 a week. 1967 M. McLuhan & Q. Fiore Medium is Massage 12 How much do you make? 1991 Times 10 Jan. 25/6 It is making next to nothing from the sale of electrical goods in Britain. b. transitive. slang and regional. To steal; to acquire, manage to get. ΘΚΠ the mind > possession > taking > stealing or theft > [adverb] theftuouslyc1400 thievishly?c1450 thief-likea1625 thievously1658 make1699 larcenously1864 thievingly1880 thiefwise1898 the mind > possession > taking > stealing or theft > steal [verb (transitive)] pick?c1300 takec1300 fetch1377 bribec1405 usurpc1412 rapc1415 to rap and rendc1415 embezzle1495 lifta1529 pilfer1532 suffurate1542 convey?1545 mill1567 prig1567 strike1567 lag1573 shave1585 knave1601 twitch1607 cly1610 asport1621 pinch1632 snapa1639 nap1665 panyar1681 to carry off1684 to pick up1687 thievea1695 to gipsy away1696 bone1699 make1699 win1699 magg1762 snatch1766 to make off with1768 snavel1795 feck1809 shake1811 nail1819 geach1821 pull1821 to run off1821 smug1825 nick1826 abduct1831 swag1846 nobble1855 reef1859 snig1862 find1865 to pull off1865 cop1879 jump1879 slock1888 swipe1889 snag1895 rip1904 snitch1904 pole1906 glom1907 boost1912 hot-stuff1914 score1914 clifty1918 to knock off1919 snoop1924 heist1930 hoist1931 rabbit1943 to rip off1967 to have off1974 1699 B. E. New Dict. Canting Crew Made, Stolen. I Made this Knife at a beat, I stole it cleaverly. 1735 W. Pardon Dyche's New Gen. Eng. Dict. Make,..to steal. 1865 Daily Tel. 27 Oct. 5/1 ‘The same day’, he continued, ‘we only made [i.e. stole] a leg of pork from 12, Harrow-road’ [etc.]. 1866 R. B. Mansfield School Life Winchester Coll. (1870) 46 In the matter of certain articles..supplied by the College [sc. Winchester], we used to put a liberal interpretation on the eighth commandment..and it was considered fair ‘to make’ (i.e. take) them if you could. 1914 D. O. Barnett Let. in In Happy Memory (1915) 13 The company made a dog the other day, but it was claimed almost at once, so we haven't got a mascot. 1928 R. Kipling Limits & Renewals (1932) 53 I've made a temp'ry collar and lead off Probert. 1946 G. Millar Horned Pigeon ii. 16 Skinner and I were both good at what the Army calls ‘making things’, which is what the civilian would call ‘finding’ or even ‘stealing’ things. 1946 G. Millar Horned Pigeon ii. 16 Potatoes and onions I had ‘made’ from the food-dumps round Alexandria. c. transitive. To be sold for or fetch (a certain price). ΘΚΠ society > trade and finance > selling > sell [verb (transitive)] > be sold for a certain price givec1600 fetch1605 make1868 1868 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 2nd Ser. 4 ii. 289 One [bullock]..made 60l. in a Woburn auction. 1896 Athenæum No. 3569. 382/1 Matthew's Bible, 1537, made 11l. 15s. 1987 Stock & Land (Melbourne) 18 June 58/2 Romney..and Merino ewes..made top dollar. d. transitive. Criminals' slang. To rob, break into. ΘΚΠ the mind > possession > taking > stealing or theft > robbery > rob [verb (transitive)] reaveeOE benima1325 berob1340 pelfa1400 distress1490 derob1546 heave1567 shrive1630 strubc1680 spung1719 to do over1785 strong-arm1896 make1926 heist1930 to take off1937 hit1955 to knock off1960 1926 J. Black You can't Win i. 5 I was an expert house burglar..carefully choosing only the best homes... I ‘made’ them in the small hours of the night. 1953 W. S. Burroughs Junkie Gloss. 14 Making Cars... Breaking into parked cars and stealing the contents. 1976 ‘N. Ross’ Policeman's Bible 23 I once had a guy crumple up two single dollars. I thought it was two tens. He made me for eighteen, but it never happened again. 27. a. transitive. Cards. To win or take (a trick); to play to advantage (a certain card); (Bridge) to win the number of tricks that fulfils (a contract); to complete (a contract or bid). Also intransitive of a card: to take a trick. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > card game > play a card [verb (transitive)] > actions or tactics > take tricks or points makea1572 win1680 slam1746 society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > card game > card or cards > [verb (transitive)] > play to advantage make1742 society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > card game > play at cards [verb (intransitive)] > actions or tactics > win points or tricks rub1600 to sweep the board1680 vole1733 slam1833 make1879 sweat1907 a1572 J. Knox Hist. Reformation Scotl. in Wks. (1846) I. 262 Ha, ha, the four kinges and all maid. 1608 G. Markham & L. Machin Dumbe Knight iv. sig. H4 You are a double game, and I am no lesse, theres an hundred, & all cards made but one knaue. 1742 E. Hoyle Short Treat. Game Whist 39 In the third round you make your Queen. 1742 E. Hoyle Short Treat. Game Whist 50 You probably make two Tricks in it by this Method of Play. 1876 ‘Capt. Crawley’ Card Player's Man. 61 If your partner hold the ace and another, you have a good chance of making the entire suit. 1878 H. H. Gibbs Game of Ombre (ed. 2) 24 He will endeavour to make one trick only. 1879 ‘Cavendish’ Card Ess. 160 His partner..has his last trump drawn, and the ace and king of diamonds make. 1879 ‘Cavendish’ Card Ess. 197 The fourth hand made the king. 1905 R. F. Foster Compl. Bridge 226 Do not let go of the lead until you have made all your trumps separately by the cross ruff on the red suits. 1933 A. Christie Lord Edgware Dies xiv. 126 She would have had to lead a little club and my nine would have made. 1933 A. G. Macdonell England, their England vi. 78 [He] had gone down 650 points above the line whereas he ought to have made two no-trumps. 1964 R. L. Frey & A. F. Truscott Official Encycl. Bridge 417/2 Penalty... An amount scored above the line by the declarer's opponents when the declarer fails to make a contract. 1991 Choice Jan. 98/2 With a little bit of luck, Joan has quite a good chance of making her contract, especially if Maisie makes the standard lead of the fourth highest card of her longest suit. b. transitive. In various games: to secure (a certain score); to score (a point in the game); to perform (a particular stroke) successfully; to create the opportunity for or set up (a particular move, stroke, or manoeuvre) through skilful play. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > sport > winning, losing, or scoring > win, lose, or score [verb (transitive)] > score get1634 make1680 score1742 notch1836 steal1836 to put up1860 rattle1860 to put on1865 tally1875 net1907 to rack up1921 slam1959 society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > play (a game) [verb (transitive)] > create opportunity for specific move or stroke make1680 society > leisure > sport > types of play, actions, or postures > [verb (transitive)] > other actions or types of play outshoot1545 football1599 pitch1717 make1819 to warm up1868 to draw out1893 bench1898 foot1900 cover1907 cannonball1911 telegraph1913 unsight1923 snap1951 to sit out1955 pike1956 to sit down1956 wrong-foot1960 blindside1968 sit1977 1680 C. Cotton Compl. Gamester (ed. 2) 78 You may make Pairs, Sequences, Flush, Fifteens, Pair-Royals, [etc.]. 1680 C. Cotton Compl. Gamester (ed. 2) 89 If one and thirty be not made, then he that play'd last and is nearest one and thirty without making out, must set up one. 1819 Examiner 7 Feb. 95/1 Give him a foot of wall, and he was sure to make the ball. 1849 Chambers's Information for People (new ed.) II. 652/1 The game is determined by the number of runs made in two innings by each player. 1857 T. Hughes Tom Brown's School Days ii. viii. 398 Johnson's batting [is] worthy of the occasion. He makes here a two and there a one, managing to keep the ball to himself. 1873 J. Bennett & ‘Cavendish’ Billiards 339 To make the hazard, play at the shoulder of the pocket. 1874 J. D. Heath Compl. Croquet-player 53 It being much easier to roll up to and make the peg, than to get into position for a hoop, from a long distance. 1890 Field 31 May 784/3 He made ten fours, six threes, and two twos. 1923 Daily Mail 16 Apr. 11/5 Chambers really ‘made’ England's two goals and he was as good as any forward on the field. 1962 S. Raven Close of Play i. ii. 22 Do you remember how that boy made a hundred one summer afternoon? 1986 Golf Monthly July 49/1 Cathy promptly made a birdie to go to six under par. 28. a. transitive. Nautical. Of a boat: to admit or ship (water) through a leak or port, over the side, etc. [Compare French faire eau, Italian far acqua, German Wasser machen.] See also foul adj.. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > quantity > sufficient quantity, amount, or degree > abundance > make abundant [verb (transitive)] > accumulate or get a large amount of > by certain amount make1622 1622 R. Hawkins Observ. Voiage South Sea xxxiv. 84 Assaying our pumpe, to know if our Shippe made more water then her ordinary. 1748 B. Robins & R. Walter Voy. round World by Anson i. iii. 24 The ship made so much water, that with four pumps and bailing he could not free her. 1799 Hull Advertiser 13 July 1/4 St. Anna, leaky: made 20 inches of water in an hour. 1823 Oriental Mag. Aug. 178 No increase of the quantity of water which the ship made was discovered on sounding, till about two hours had elapsed from the time of the accident. 1890 W. F. Rae Maygrove I. iv. 61 The carpenter sounded the well and found that she was making water fast. 1965 Austral. Encycl. III. 480/2 One pump kept the hold free, the ship making only 15 inches in an hour. 1990 Lifeboat Summer 271/3 The lifeboat escorted her to a safe area..and by 2222 it had been established that the Azu was not making water. 2002 M. Estensen Life Matthew Flinders xi. 111 The voyage was rough and difficult, the old ship making water at the rate of nine or ten inches per hour. b. transitive. To gain, put on (weight). Also intransitive in same sense. Also, of a tree: to produce a growth of (timber). ΚΠ 1831 On Planting (Libr. Useful Knowl.) vii. 78 The manured tree made..one foot one-third of timber in each year. 1846 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 7 ii. 393 Two of them made twenty stones each in sixteen weeks. 1962 in Sc. National Dict. at Mak The kye began tae mak. *** To frame in thought or representation. 29.** a. transitive. to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or †on): to have an opinion of or rate at (the degree specified); to treat with much (little, no, etc.) consideration. to make much of: (often) to treat with marked courtesy and show of affection; also in prepositional passive. to make nothing of: to find no difficulty in or feel no scruples at (doing something); to make light of; cf. sense 35e.to make light of, †slight of: see the adjectives. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > evaluation, estimation, appraisal > estimate [verb (intransitive)] deemc1384 to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395 counta1400 thinka1400 reputatec1450 reckon1567 weigh1573 repute1579 esteem1583 censure1592 take stock1736 the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > evaluation, estimation, appraisal > estimate [phrase] > value at specific rate to set (so) little (or lite), (so) much (or mickle, a great deal), less, least, more, most byc1374 to set at (much, little) storec1386 to set (great, etc.) store byc1386 to set little, more, nought, not, of1390 to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395 accounta1450 to set greatly, littly, lightly, so, etc. by1530 to conceive well, ill, etc. (of)1535 count1602 to set —— value on also upon1625 the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > misjudgement > misjudge [verb (transitive)] > underestimate or undervalue to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395 disprize1480 misprize1483 to make light of1526 extenuate1529 to make the worst ofc1530 seclude?1531 to take (also wrest) to the worst1531 deprisec1550 disparagea1556 undermatch1571 embase1577 underbid1593 underprize1600 underpoise1602 undervalue1611 minorize1615 underspeak1635 underthink1646 underrate1650 minify1676 under-measure1682 underpraise1698 sneeze1806 understate1824 disappreciate1828 under-estimatea1850 minimize1866 to play down1869 worsen1885 to sell short1936 downplay1948 underplay1949 lowball1979 minimalize1979 the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > misjudgement > misjudge [verb (transitive)] > over-estimate or overvalue to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395 to make of (also on)c1449 to make fair weather of1537 over-reckon1537 overmind1571 overween1588 overprize?1589 overcount1593 overvalue1597 overrate1599 wondernize1599 overhold1609 over-cess1611 overweight1613 overthinka1618 over-title1620 overcast1622 overmeasure1625 over-sum1628 overesteema1639 overproportion1642 outbid1688 overcharge1711 overestimate1797 overreach1822 overplay1835 maximize1866 maximate1881 out-reckon1898 fetishize1934 the mind > emotion > love > affection > [verb (transitive)] > treat or behave affectionately to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395 to make of (also on)1601 much1640 endear1683 to be sweet on (upon)1694 to be all over (a person)1912 the mind > attention and judgement > importance > unimportance > be unimportant [verb (transitive)] > make less important or unimportant to set at a pease, at a pie's heel, at a pin's fee1303 mincea1591 to make no matter of1604 triflea1616 to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)1632 pygmy1658 insignificate1676 minify1676 smooth1684 trivialize1846 nonentitize1903 minoritize1947 sideline1953 peripheralize1955 marginalize1970 marginate1970 deprioritize1973 the world > action or operation > easiness > find no difficulty in [verb (transitive)] to make no strength of?c1225 strengthc1225 to make nothing to1675 to make nothing1688 to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)1711 to think nothing of1802 c1395 G. Chaucer Merchant's Tale 2292 What make ye so muche of Salomon? a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 23860 Quen noght es mad of crists word. a1470 T. Malory Morte Darthur (Winch. Coll. 13) (1990) II. 495 The more she made of hym, the more was hys payne. c1500 Melusine (1895) 302 Whan geffray with the grete toth herd that the geaunt made so lytel of hym. 1548 Hall's Vnion: Edward IV f. ccxx She had nothyng more to be beloued, nothyng more derer, nor nothynge to be made more of. 1550 in P. F. Tytler Hist. Scotl. (1864) III. 383 The Scots bear a fell rout in this court, and be much made of. 1601 B. Jonson Every Man in his Humor ii. iii. sig. F O its a pretious good foole, make much on him. View more context for this quotation 1612 T. Shelton tr. M. de Cervantes Don-Quixote: Pt. 1 iv. i. 286 I was one of the most made of and cherished daughters that euer father brought vp. 1622 F. Bacon Hist. Raigne Henry VII (1885) 40 He was very honourably entertained, and extremely much made on by the Pope. 1632 R. Sherwood Dict. in R. Cotgrave Dict. French & Eng. Tongues (new ed.) To make nothing of, desestimer. 1711 J. Addison Spectator No. 57. ¶3 She talks of Hounds and Horses, and makes nothing of leaping over a Six bar Gate. 1778 F. Burney Let. (1994) 162 They make nothing of coupling Fielding & me together! 1818 W. Sewall Diary 4 July (1930) 44/2 Here in the town of Boston this day is made great of. 1821 Examiner 732/2 He made nothing of eating burning coals. 1823 Ld. Byron Don Juan: Canto X lvi. 81 Whate'er the cause, the church made little of it. 1838 E. Bulwer-Lytton Alice I. ii. ii. 136 No queen could be more made of. 1838 S. Parker Jrnl. Tour beyond Rocky Mts. (1846) 28 The river makes nothing of washing away banks and islands. 1850 H. T. Cheever Whale & his Captors vi. 100 This forced trial of hydropathy is, indeed, so common an occurrence, that whalemen make nothing of it. 1899 F. H. Groome Gypsy Folk-tales p. lxxiv In the folk~tales of India..a rakshasi makes nothing of polishing off the entire population of a city. 1949 M. Mead Male & Female viii. 178 The Sepik peoples—Iatmul, Tchambuk, and Mundugumor—make little of menstruation ceremonies. 1970 Soviet Weekly 30 May 12/2 The caterpillar truck made nothing of the rough country but we felt a bit sea-sick, so to speak. 1984 A. West H. G. Wells (1985) vii. 139 My father was made much of by the Soviet authorities on each side of his Kremlin interview. 1991 R. Howard tr. E. M. Cioran Anathemas & Admirations ii. 72 Too much is made of love-hate, and we forget that there exists an even murkier and more complex sentiment: admiration-hate. †b. intransitive (a) (With adverb) to think well (ill, etc.) of (also with as if); (b) (regional in later use) to make of (also on): to value highly; to treat with great consideration; = to make much of at sense 29a; also in prepositional passive. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > misjudgement > misjudge [verb (transitive)] > over-estimate or overvalue to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395 to make of (also on)c1449 to make fair weather of1537 over-reckon1537 overmind1571 overween1588 overprize?1589 overcount1593 overvalue1597 overrate1599 wondernize1599 overhold1609 over-cess1611 overweight1613 overthinka1618 over-title1620 overcast1622 overmeasure1625 over-sum1628 overesteema1639 overproportion1642 outbid1688 overcharge1711 overestimate1797 overreach1822 overplay1835 maximize1866 maximate1881 out-reckon1898 fetishize1934 the mind > emotion > love > affection > [verb (transitive)] > treat or behave affectionately to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)c1395 to make of (also on)1601 much1640 endear1683 to be sweet on (upon)1694 to be all over (a person)1912 the world > action or operation > behaviour > follow (a course of behaviour) [verb (transitive)] > behave towards > as if to make of (also on)1631 c1449 R. Pecock Repressor (1860) 69 Thouȝ the oold lawe was good to the kepers therof, ȝit was not so good as thei maden therof. 1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) xvi. 592 The king aucht weill to ma Of ȝow. a1500 Consail & Teiching Vys Man (Cambr. Kk.1.5) in R. Girvan Ratis Raving & Other Early Scots Poems (1939) 68 Serve thi maister weil..[and] mak of al thing that he mais. a1529 J. Skelton Magnyfycence (?1530) sig. Aiii I am lyberte made of in euery nacyon. a1533 Ld. Berners tr. A. de Guevara Golden Bk. M. Aurelius (1546) sig. Kk.j^v And that that some setteth littell by, other make of. 1547 J. Bale Lattre Examinacyon A. Askewe f. 22^v It was an abhomynable shame vnto hym, to make no better of the eternall worde of God, than of hys slenderlye conceyued fantasye. 1601 A. Dent Plaine Mans Path-way to Heauen 87 An..Hawke, which a man holdeth vpon his fist, stroaketh her, maketh of her. a1616 W. Shakespeare Coriolanus (1623) iv. v. 196 Why he is so made on heere within, as if hee were Son and Heire to Mars, set at vpper end o'th'Table. View more context for this quotation 1631 J. Mabbe tr. de Rojas Celestina (1894) 142 You make of me, as if I had been borne but yesterday. 1725 A. Ramsay Gentle Shepherd i. ii. 13 Their greatest Wish, Is to be made of, and obtain a Kiss. a1825 R. Forby Vocab. E. Anglia (1830) (at cited word) To make on, to caress, to distinguish by particular attention. 1828 J. W. Carlyle 20 Aug. in New Lett. (1903) I. 29 Everyone here is trying to make my stay agreeable to me! Indeed, I have not been so made of since very long ago. 1878 W. Dickinson Gloss. Dial. Cumberland (ed. 2) 60/2 Mak on him and he'll dea better. c. (do you) want to make something (out) of it?: used to imply that the speaker is willing to argue or fight to defend a statement, action, etc.; ‘do you want to make this a subject of contention?’, ‘do you want to fight over it?’ Cf. to make an issue (out) of at issue n. Phrases 2f. ΚΠ 1948 J. McNulty in P.M. Daily (N.Y.) 10 June 13/3 So you heard what I said, huh? You want to make something out of it? 1949 G. Davenport Family Fortunes ii. iv. 165 ‘Yes, a filling station’, he said belligerently... ‘You want to make something of it?’ 1971 J. Barlow In all Good Faith 16 I'm an art student. Y'want to make something of it? 1976 Daily Mirror 17 Mar. 24/5 (cartoon caption) Want t'make somethin' of it? 1992 Arizona Republic (Electronic ed.) 26 Apr. ‘Just one?’ the restaurant host asks. Yes, one. Just one. Wanna make something of it? Wanna be a little more condescending? 30. To form within the mind; to give conceptual existence to. a. transitive. To entertain (doubt, scruple, inquiry, etc.) in the mind; to formulate mentally; to form (a judgement). Now usually in set phrases.to make (no) bones, to make (a) conscience, to make a difference, to make doubt, to make question: see the nouns. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > thought > think or have in mind [verb (transitive)] holdOE thinkOE makea1400 carry1583 entertain1583 lodge1583 conceit?1589 reflect1611 braina1616 the mind > mental capacity > perception or cognition > faculty of ideation > conceive, form in the mind [verb (transitive)] readOE thinkOE bethinkc1175 makea1400 imaginec1400 conceive?a1425 suppose1586 conceit1591 ideate1610 braina1616 forma1616 engross1632 cogitate1856 conceptualize1873 the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > judge, determine [verb (transitive)] > form a judgement makea1400 judgea1425 forma1616 a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Trin. Cambr.) 23846 From hit may we no way scape for no wile þat we con make. 1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) i. 249 Than mayss clerkis questioun,..That [etc.]. 1565 T. Cooper Thesaurus at Facere Controuersiam, to propose as doubtfull: to make doubt of. 1592 Greenes Groats-worth of Witte sig. B3^v What tis to be so foole-holy as to make scruple of conscience where profit presents it selfe. 1661 R. Boyle Some Consider. Style of Script. (1675) 228 The more scruple I would make to rob them. 1709 G. Berkeley Th. Vision §3 The estimate we make of the distance of objects. 1721 J. Perry Acct. Stopping Daggenham Breach 4 Persons, who may be able to make a Judgment of the Truth of what I relate. 1844 Fraser's Mag. 30 98/1 I make no doubt every one..has practised similar stratagems. 1870 J. R. Lowell My Study Windows 229 The judgement of him [sc. Chaucer] which we make from his works. 1885 R. Bridges Eros & Psyche iii. xiii. 32 She made not question how the wonder was. 1955 Bull. Atomic Scientists Sept. 256/1 On the other hand, Dr. Libby makes no bones about the catastrophe of a nuclear war. 1993 B. Kingsolver Pigs in Heaven ii. xx. 196 Nothing in her life has prepared her to make a judgement on a war between bees and ostriches. b. transitive. to make (great, etc.) account (also count, esteem, estimation, reckoning, regard, store) of: to have a high opinion of; to set store by, value, esteem. Now rare and archaic. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > esteem > [verb (transitive)] haveeOE weenc1000 praisec1250 setc1374 set by1393 endaunt1399 prizec1400 reverencec1400 tender1439 repute1445 to have (also make, take) regard to or that1457 to take, make, set (no) count of (upon, by)c1475 pricec1480 to make (great, etc.) account (also count, esteem, estimation, reckoning, regard, store) of1483 force1509 to look upon ——c1515 to have (also hold) in estimationc1522 to make reckoning of1525 esteem1530 regard1533 to tell, make, hold, set (great, little, no) store of1540 value1549 to make dainty of (anything)1555 reckon1576 to be struck on1602 agrade1611 respect1613 beteem1627 appreciate1648 to put, set (an) esteem, a high, low esteem upon1665 to think small beer of1816 to think the world of1826 existimate1847 reckon1919 rate1973 a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) vii. l. 5241 A Leon in his rage, Which of no drede set acompte.] 1483 W. Caxton tr. A. Chartier Curial sig. ij^v The courte maketh ouer moche compte of thys fortune. 1490 W. Caxton tr. Eneydos xvi. 62 Therof she made none acompte. 1525 Ld. Berners tr. J. Froissart Cronycles II. c. [xcvi.] 293 They wolde make no stoore of hym. 1539 T. Cromwell in R. B. Merriman Life & Lett. T. Cromwell (1902) II. 244 His Maieste wold neither make store of them ne bestowe a two penys for their conveyance hither. 1576 A. Fleming tr. Cicero in Panoplie Epist. 95 I would haue you make ful reckoning of al my counsel. 1579 T. North tr. Plutarch Liues 5 She was not a beast to be made light account of. c1595 Countess of Pembroke Psalme cxix. 26 in Coll. Wks. (1998) II. 205 Such regard of thee I make, For feare of thee my flesh doth quake. 1605 F. Bacon Of Aduancem. Learning ii. sig. Pp2^v I make no more estimation of repeating a number of Names or Wordes vppon once hearing..than [etc.] . View more context for this quotation 1652 J. Wright tr. J.-P. Camus Nature's Paradox xi. 308 The same cause made Amiclea disdain the esteem which Liante made of her. 1655 Ld. Orrery Parthenissa IV. ii. v. 507 You will demonstrate how little esteeme you make of a Wife. 1671 J. Milton Paradise Regain'd ii. 193 Among the Sons of Men, How many have with a smile made small account Of beauty and her lures,..on worthier things intent? View more context for this quotation 1748 T. Smollett Roderick Random I. vi. 30 Logick I made no account of; but above all things, I valued myself on my taste in the Belle Lettre, and a talent for poetry. 1772 J. Wesley Let. 26 Jan. (1931) V. 301 Two old members recovered I make more account of than three new ones. 1816 W. Scott Antiquary I. v. 105 Oldbuck was wont to call Isabella his fair enemy, though in fact he made more account of her than any other of her sex. 1847 E. Brontë Wuthering Heights II. v. 109 Hathecliff maks noa 'cahnt o' t' mother, nur yah norther, but he'll hev his lad, and Aw mun tak him. 1866 Rural Amer. (Utica, N.Y.) 15 Dec. 372/1 ‘Jersey’, in his account of expenses in growing flax,..does not make any account of the ‘wear and tear’ of implements. 1877 C. H. Spurgeon Serm. XXIII. 402 What fools we were to make such count of momentary, transient pleasures! 1889 Pall Mall Gaz. 15 June 6/1 A pseudo spiritualness which makes small account of the daily behaviour and moral stamina of our teachers and preachers. 1904 A. Cook Psychology iii. 54 The extraordinary meaning of dreams is that which is more commonly made account of, though it would..be better to consider it merely as an adjunct of the main meaning of dreams. 1959 C. A. Robinson Athens in Age of Pericles i. 17 He thought a man must be an arrant fool who made no account of present good. †c. transitive. To recognize in classification (a certain number or specified list of kinds, species, etc.). Obsolete. ΚΠ 1562 N. Winȝet Certain Tractates (1888) I. 12 The wickit dum pastour, of the quhilk we mak thre kyndis. 1617 F. Moryson Itinerary i. 90 It aboundeth with sea birds, whereof the Venetian writers make two hundred kinds. 1621 R. Burton Anat. Melancholy i. ii. i. ii. 61 Our Schoolemen..make nine kinds of bad Divels. 1678 R. Cudworth True Intellect. Syst. Universe i. i. 37 Anaxagoras..made Bony and Fleshy Atoms,..which he supposed to exist..alwaies immutably the same. 1839 C. Darwin in R. Fitzroy & C. Darwin Narr. Surv. Voy. H.M.S. Adventure & Beagle III. xii. 249 This circumstance shows how cautious naturalists should be in making species.] d. transitive. To formulate, set out (a case, a legal title, etc.). ΘΚΠ society > law > administration of justice > general proceedings > legal proceedings [verb (transitive)] > set out (a case, title, etc.) make1591 1591 Troublesome Raigne Iohn i. sig. A4 ^v I not denie but he mine Elder is,..Yet in such sort, As he can make no title to the Land. 1859 B. C. Howard Rep. Supreme Court U.S. 21 244 That is substantially the case the bill makes. 1884 Law Rep.: Probate Div. 9 25 It would be better..for the party alleging undue influence to..shew with reasonable particularity the nature of the case he intends to make. 1891 Law Rep.: Weekly Notes 25 Apr. 77/2 The new trustees were therefore validly appointed, and could make a good title. 1989 Accountancy May 83/2 Once its assets have been vested in the Crown..the company can no longer make title to them in an attempted disposal of them. 31. a. transitive. [Compare sense 12, of which this may be viewed as a figurative application.] With of. To regard what is denoted by the object of the preposition as being (what is denoted by the object of the verb); to arrive at (a particular amount or quantity) as the result of calculation or estimation; to assign (a meaning) to a statement, expression, representation, etc., or (a cause, motive, or reason) for actions or phenomena. Often with interrogative or indefinite pronoun as object.to make head or tail (also top or tail) of, to make a point of, to make sense of: see the nouns. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > understanding > understand [verb (transitive)] > reach understanding of conceive1340 grope1390 tellc1390 catchc1475 reacha1500 make1531 to make sense of1574 to make outa1625 apprehend1631 realize1742 finda1834 reify1854 recognize1879 to get (something) straight1920 to pick up1946 to work out1953 1531 W. Tyndale Expos. Fyrste Epist. St. Jhon sig. H Yf thou burnest bloude & fat together to please god, what other thinge doest thou make of God,what other thinge doest thou make God, then one that had lust to smell to burnt flotesse? 1565 Randolph in H. Ellis Orig. Lett. Eng. Hist. (1824) 1st Ser. II. 203 Suspicious men, or suche as are geven of all thyngs to mayke the worst. 1609 P. Holland tr. Ammianus Marcellinus Rom. Hist. 316 I wote not wel what to make of this: the text I suspect be faultie. 1689 R. Milward Selden's Table-talk 3 When it comes among the Common People, Lord, what Gear do they make of it! 1776 C. Lee in J. Sparks Corr. Amer. Revol. (1853) I. 157 I know not what to make of this apathy on so important a subject. 1833 D. Macmillan in Life (1882) ii. 16 He has gone to Edinburgh now. I don't know what to make of him. 1861 C. Dickens Great Expectations II. v. 78 What do you make of four times five? 1887 ‘L. Carroll’ Game of Logic i. § i. 10 What would you make of such a Proposition as ‘The Cake you have given me is nice’? Is it Particular or Universal? 1915 J. Conrad Victory i. 7 He did not know what to make of that caller. 1938 ‘J. Bell’ Port of London Murders xiii. 213 I don't want him to go putting two and two together and making five. 1985 A. J. Ayer Ludwig Wittgenstein (1986) i. 13 He could make little of either Spinoza or Hume. b. to make nothing of: to make no sense of, discern no meaning in; to fail to understand. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > intelligibility > unintelligibility > depth, obscurity > make obscure [verb (transitive)] > fail to apprehend to miss of ——1667 miss1744 to make nothing of1852 1682 A. Horneck Great Law Consideration (ed. 3) iv. 111 The Wolfe..sent to School to learn to spell, could make nothing of all, that was said to him, but sheep. His mind..was harden'd against all other suggestions. 1726 J. Swift Gulliver I. ii. i. 15 He..applied it close to his Eye, to see what it was..but could make nothing of it. 1767 L. Sterne Life Tristram Shandy IX. xxvi. 111 She had peeped into Wharton upon the brain, and borrowed Graaf upon the bones and muscles; but could make nothing of it. 1847 E. Brontë Wuthering Heights I. xi. 267 He tried to elicit from her some sentiment of proper horror for Heathcliff's advances; but he could make nothing of her evasive replies. 1852 J. A. Froude Eng. Forgotten Worthies in Ess. (1906) 67 They could make nothing..of his odd ironical answers. 1865 C. Dickens Our Mutual Friend II. iv. xii. 265 Bella could make nothing of it but that John was in the right. 1871 G. MacDonald At Back of North Wind v. 63 Things seemed going on around him, and all to understand each other; but he could make nothing of it. 1921 V. Woolf Society in Monday or Tuesday 14 At last she dried her tears. For some time we could make nothing of what she said. 1991 E. Russell Taylor Tomorrow 63 Today's public would make nothing of ED and DE, and I promise I shall give nothing further away. †32. Nautical. a. transitive. To descry or discern as from the top of a mast or tower; to come in sight of; = to make out at Phrasal verbs 1. to make (an object) for (also to be): to discern (an object) to be. Cf. sense 59a. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > travel > travel by water > directing or managing a ship > direct or manage ship [verb (transitive)] > set a ship's course > come in sight of rear1555 open1574 make1587 raise1589 1587 J. White in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations (1589) iii. 770 The 16 of October we made land, but we knew not what land it was, bearing in with the same land at that day. 1589 J. Sparke in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations iii. 536 Wee had sight of an Island, which we made to be Iamaica. a1594 J. White in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations (1600) III. 294 And in the meane time the other Spanish shippe..got away; whom our Viceadmirall intended to pursue: but some of their men in the toppe made certaine rockes, which they saw aboue water neere the shoare, to be Gallies of Hauana and Cartagena, coming from Hauana to rescue the two Ships. c1600 J. Norden Speculum Brit.: Cornwall (1728) 96 A place whence they discouer ships at sea which they call makinge a sayle. a1665 K. Digby Jrnl. Voy. to Mediterranean (1868) 4 Which afterwardes wee made to be a small Frenchman. a1665 K. Digby Jrnl. Voy. to Mediterranean (1868) 33 I descryed a sayle which I made for a sattie. 1666 S. Pepys Diary 3 June (1972) VII. 142 At his coming into port, could make another ship of the King's coming in. 1669 S. Sturmy Mariners Mag. To Rdr. The Lizard being..the first Land made at their return home. 1669 S. Sturmy Mariners Mag. iv. i. 139 [He] at last made the Coasts of Brasilia. 1708 London Gaz. No. 4422/7 It was thought proper that this Ship should go down to make them perfectly. 1712 W. Rogers Cruising Voy. 292 I order'd the Pinnace to be mann'd and arm'd, and sent her away to make what she was. 1725 D. Defoe New Voy. round World ii. 8 We..made the Coast of Galloway in Ireland, the tenth. 1765 C. Johnstone Chrysal III. i. iii. 12 The man at his mast-head had made the land. 1834 F. Marryat Peter Simple III. xiii. 162 We made Barbadoes without any further adventure, and were about ten miles off the bay. 1840 R. H. Dana Two Years before Mast xxxii. 124 If we could make land, we should know where we were. 1890 ‘R. Boldrewood’ Colonial Reformer (1891) 171 Poor Grant made the light, sometime after nightfall. b. transitive. Of land: to present (a topographical feature) to view from offshore. Obsolete. rare. ΚΠ 1625 G. Archer in S. Purchas Pilgrimes IV. viii. x. 1647 The fifteenth day we had againe sight of the Land, which made a head being as wee thought an Iland, by reason of a large sound that appeared Westward betweene it and the Mayne. II. To cause to be or become (something specified). 33. transitive. With noun complement. a. To cause (a person or thing) to be or become (what is denoted by the complement). †(a) With noun in dative (Old English only, rare) or to + noun (in dative in Old English and early Middle English) as complement. Obsolete. ΚΠ OE Ælfric Old Eng. Hexateuch: Gen. (Claud.) xii. 2 Ic macige ðe mycelre mægðe [L. faciam te in gentem magnam]. OE Ælfric Let. to Sigeweard (De Veteri et Novo Test.) (Laud) 20 [Lucifer] wolde..þurh modignisse hine macian to gode. a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 193 Talewise men..maken wrong to rihte and riht to wronge. a1225 ( Ælfric's Homily De Duodecim Abusivis (Lamb. 487) in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 103 Superbia..macode [OE Corpus Cambr. 178 gewor[h]te] englas to ateliche deoflan. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) l. 14965 Heo makeden to kinge Cadwan þene kene. c1300 (?c1225) King Horn (Laud) (1901) 540 Horn..makede [v.r. made] hem to knicte. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Trin. Cambr.) 12370 (MED) And ȝe þat he haþ made [Vesp. has wroght] to men. (b) With direct object and complement. ΚΠ OE Ælfric Catholic Homilies: 2nd Ser. (Cambr. Gg.3.28) v. 48 Þone ðe he ær ehtende martyr gemacode.] OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1881) I. 358 Modignyss..geworhte englas to atelicum deoflum, and ðone man macað eac gif he modigað to swyðe þæs deofles geferan. a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 61 Þo þe was turnd fro him and makede him fleme þere he hadde er louerd iben. c1230 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Corpus Cambr.) (1962) 32 Ha leas hire meidenhad & wes imaket hore. c1300 St. Andrew (Harl.) 5 in C. D'Evelyn & A. J. Mill S.-Eng. Legendary (1956) 543 Come he seide after me, & ich wole ȝou make Manfischers. c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Royal) Matt. xxi. 13 Forsothe ȝe han made it a denne of thefes. c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. Prol. 36 Bote Iapers and Iangelers..Founden hem Fantasyes and fooles hem maaden. a1456 J. Lydgate Bycorne & Chychevache (Trin. Cambr. R.3.20) 49 in Minor Poems (1934) ii. 435 Þees husbandes which..Maken maystresses of þeyre wyves. c1480 (a1400) St. Pelagia 53 in W. M. Metcalfe Legends Saints Sc. Dial. (1896) II. 205 Sum men ware slane, sum begare made. 1571 in Reg. Guild Corpus Christi York (1872) 230 (note) That he may bringe him upp, and maike him a man. 1583 T. Stocker tr. Tragicall Hist. Ciuile Warres Lowe Countries iv. 6 The true enheritors..are disturbed, made no bodies, or vtterly dishenerited of their due succession. 1603 T. Dekker et al. Patient Grissill sig. K2^v It's pitty that fellow was not made a Soldier. 1645 J. Winthrop Declar. Former Passages 2 Travailing through all the plantations of the neighbouring Indians, and by promises & gifts labouring to make himselfe their universall Sagamore or Governour. 1705 J. Dunton Life & Errors Afterthought 238 If my Marrying a Fortune has made me a Scoundrel,..'tis but while I continue a Widdower bewitch'd. a1708 W. Beveridge Thes. Theologicus (1711) III. 298 To make onesself a slave for he knows not whom. 1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. I. ii. 171 The defeat which made him again a wanderer. 1890 T. F. Tout in F. Y. Powell et al. Hist. Eng. III. 26 This sentence made the noisy doctor a popular hero. 1930 E. Waugh Vile Bodies (1938) viii. 122 There were protrusions at every corner, and Miss Runcible had made herself a mass of bruises in the first half-hour. 1976 A. Haley Roots (1977) xcix. 535 The massa had told him he was only seventeen when he had won the bird. That would make him around fifty-six or fifty-seven now. 1984 J. Morgan Agatha Christie vii. 77 Agatha made Hercule Poirot a retired Belgian police officer. b. spec. To appoint to the office of; to raise to the dignity of; to create (a person) a noble, etc. ΘΚΠ society > authority > office > appointment to office > appoint a person to an office [verb (transitive)] > appoint to the office of makelOE make?a1160 constitute1477 ?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1140 Te king makede Teodbald ærcebiscop. a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 59 He hadde maked adam louerd ouer þis middelherd. c1300 St. Thomas Becket (Laud) 241 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 113 He makede him chaunceler. ?a1425 (c1380) G. Chaucer tr. Boethius De Consol. Philos. ii. pr. iii. 51 The remembraunce of thilke day that thow seye thi two sones maked conseileris. 1485 W. Caxton in Malory's Morte Darthur Table of Contents sig. vj How Syr Launcelot..was made knyght of the rounde table. 1564 in F. J. Furnivall Child-marriages, Divorces, & Ratifications Diocese Chester (1897) 132 He askid hym..whom he wold make his executour. a1568 R. Ascham Scholemaster (1570) ii. f. 55^v Therefore did som..cause hedge priestes fette out of the contrie, to be made fellowes in the vniuersitie. a1617 J. Melville Mem. Own Life (1827) 328 Therfore Dauison enterit hamely with him and was maid his gossup. 1651 T. Hobbes Leviathan iii. xlii. 313 Whosoever were made Pope, he would be tempted to uphold the same opinion. 1667 in J. H. Ramsay Bamff Charters (1915) 312 The said Sir Gilbert maks..his sone his cessioner and assignay. a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 147 One Sir George Mackenzie, since made Lord Tarbot and Earl of Cromarty. 1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. I. iv. 447 He was made Chamberlain to the Queen. 1890 T. F. Tout in F. Y. Powell et al. Hist. Eng. III. 18 She made Marlborough a duke. 1919 Indian 22 Apr. 2/2 Lieutenants Randall, Fleming and Kelley were made captains. 1979 J. Rathbone Joseph ii. vi. 280 After the Battle of Talavera, Wellesley was made Viscount Wellington. c. [Originally after post-classical Latin facere and fieri in the Vulgate: with quot. c1175 at sense 3a (and quot. a1708) compare John 1:14 verbum caro factum est , and with quot. c1384 at sense 2b compare the passage of which it is a translation dic ut lapides isti panes fiant.] To transform, transmute, or fashion into something else. Usually in passive. Now archaic (esp. in biblical use).Now largely replaced by to make into (see sense 36) and (with reversed construction) to make of (see sense 12). ΘΚΠ the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > transform [verb (transitive)] wendOE forshapeOE workOE awendOE makec1175 turna1200 forwenda1325 change1340 shape1362 transmewc1374 transposec1380 puta1382 convertc1384 exchangea1400 remue?a1400 makea1425 reduce?a1425 removec1425 resolvea1450 transvertc1450 overchangec1480 mew1512 transmutea1513 wring1524 reduct1548 transform1556 innovate1561 metamorphose1576 transume1579 metamorphize1587 transmove1590 transchangea1599 transfashion1601 deflect1613 fordo1624 entail1628 transmutate1632 distila1637 to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1637 transqualify1652 unconvert1654 simulate1658 spend1668 transverse1687 hocus-pocus1774 mutate1796 fancy1801 to change around1871 metamorphosize1888 catalyse1944 morph1996 the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > transform [verb (transitive)] > in form or appearance makec1175 transfigurea1340 transformc1340 overcasta1387 translatea1393 shapec1400 resolvea1450 transfigurate?a1475 fashion1528 converta1530 to bless into1534 redact1554 trans-shape1575 deduce1587 star1606 deducta1627 Pythagorize1631 to run into ——a1640 transpeciate1643 transmogrify1656 throw1824 transfeature1875 squirm1876 recontour1913 c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 19201 Godess word iss makedd flæsh. a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 2960 Him ðhugte he maden water blod. c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Matt. iv. 3 Ȝif thou be Goddis sone, say that these stoons be made looues. c1385 G. Chaucer Knight's Tale 2065 Ther saw I Attheon an hert ymaked. c1450 Speculum Christiani (Harl. 6580) (1933) 70 (MED) Fornicacion and lechery makez wyse men foulez. a1500 Foly of Fulys & Thewis of Wysmen 156 in R. Girvan Ratis Raving & Other Early Scots Poems (1939) 56 Thai luf nocht to mak of blak quhyt, Mak gud man Ill na Ill man quyt. 1611 Bible (King James) Isa. xlii. 15 I will make the riuers Ilands. View more context for this quotation a1708 W. Beveridge Thes. Theologicus (1710) II. 222 The Word..how made flesh? 1889 ‘M. Twain’ Connecticut Yankee xviii. 222 I said we would take him to her, and see..roses, pearls and dew made flesh, for him. 1967 M. Frayn Towards End of Morning (1969) (BNC) 88 Norman Ward Westerman was deference made flesh. 1992 M. Almond Rise & Fall N. & E. Ceausescu (BNC) 156 Hitler had talked about architecture as ‘the word made stone’. †d. [After post-classical Latin facere (Vulgate): compare the passage translated in quot. c1384 at sense 2b, quando autem factus sum vir.] In passive. To become. Cf. sense 9c and note to sense 34a. Obsolete. ΚΠ c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) 1 Cor. xiii. 11 Whanne I was maad man. e. To determine (a thing, occasionally a person) to be (what is expressed by the complement); to establish or set down as (a law, penalty, etc.). Often with the complement modified by a possessive: to take as (one's business, boast, prey, abode, object, etc.).Sometimes with it as anticipatory object, explained by a following infinitive or clause. to make it one's business, to make a point to do (something): see the nouns. ΘΚΠ society > authority > command > command or bidding > command [verb (transitive)] > ordain, prescribe, or appoint asetc885 teachc897 deemc900 ashapea1000 i-demeOE setc1000 shiftc1000 stevenOE redeOE willOE lookc1175 showc1175 stablea1300 devise1303 terminea1325 shapec1330 stightlea1375 determinec1384 judgea1387 sign1389 assize1393 statute1397 commanda1400 decree1399 yarka1400 writec1405 decreetc1425 rule1447 stallc1460 constitute1481 assignc1485 institute1485 prescribec1487 constitue1489 destinate1490 to lay down1493 make?a1513 call1523 plant1529 allot1532 stint1533 determ1535 appointa1538 destinec1540 prescrive1552 lot1560 fore-appoint1561 nominate1564 to set down1576 refer1590 sort1592 doom1594 fit1600 dictate1606 determinate1636 inordera1641 state1647 fix1660 direct1816 a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 121 Thy ransonner with woundis fyve Mak thy plycht anker. 1581 G. Pettie tr. S. Guazzo Ciuile Conuersat. (1586) iii. 159 b They..make it a sport to put their children in feare. 1594 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie i. xi. §2 Unless the last good of all..be also infinite, we do evil in making it our end. 1611 Bible (King James) Gen. xlvii. 26 And Ioseph made it a law..that Pharaoh should haue the fift part. View more context for this quotation 1630 J. Ussher Let. in R. Parr Life J. Usher (1686) Coll. clix. 434 If he fail, I must make you my last refuge. 1659 T. Burton Diary (1828) IV. 442 No reasoning by scripture will convince them; for they make that but a nose of wax. 1663 J. Heath Flagellum (ed. 2) 10 He made it no Punctilio to invite his Roysters to a Barrel of Drink, and give it them at the charge of his Host. 1683 Apol. Protestants France Pref. 1 They..make it the utmost penalty..so much as to attempt a departure. a1771 T. Gray Imit. Propertius in Wks. (1884) I. 154 That the soft Subject of my Song I make. 1821 J. Clare Village Minstrel I. 177 Make my cot thy home. 1843 G. Borrow Bible in Spain I. xii. 253 I am not one of those who..make it a constant practice to disparage the higher orders. 1882 R. L. Stevenson New Arabian Nights II. 3 I made it my pride to keep aloof. 1885 A. Edgar Old Church Life Scotl. 273 The malediction of a parent was made a capital offence. 1893 H. P. Liddon et al. Life E. B. Pusey I. xv. 342 To make the reality and value of sacramental grace a main interest of his life. 1927 H. L. Mencken Let. 29 Oct. in H. L. Mencken & S. Haardt Mencken & Sara (1987) 318 I have made it my job to delve into it from every angle. 1995 Country Living May 78/3 Use your garden. Make it a part of your life, not just something to look at after a hard day at the office. †f. to make (a person) a man for ever (occasionally with other complements): to ensure of prosperity or success. Usually in passive. Cf. sense 69a. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > prosperity > cause to prosper or flourish [verb (transitive)] > ensure prosperity or success of make1460 to be the making ofa1500 to make a man for ever1584 to make (a person) a man1584 1584 R. Scot Discouerie Witchcraft xv. xvii. 425 Applie it, & thou shalt be made a man for euer. 1624 R. Sanderson Serm. I. 251 A pound, that would..put him into fresh trading, set him upon his legs, and make him a man for ever. 1652 W. Blith Eng. Improver Improved xxviii. 195 If the horse be kindly used, and taken off his untamedness by degrees,..he is made a horse for ever. 1671 J. Tillotson Serm. I. 227 What poor man could not cheerfully carry a great burthen of Gold..thereby to be made a man for ever. 34. a. transitive. With adjective complement. To cause to be, render.In quots. c1350 at sense 4a in passive after post-classical Latin fieri (Vulgate). Cf. senses 9c, 33d. to make English: to translate into English. For to make certain (also clear, easy, even, fast, good, ready, sick, snappy, sure, unready, void, waste); to make it hot (also warm), to make things lively: see the adjectives. to make it worth (a person's) while: see while n. 3b. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > intelligibility > meaning > explanation, exposition > translation > translate [verb (transitive)] > into particular language to make EnglishOE Englisha1450 Latin1563 Latinize1589 Germanize1605 Scottish1623 Englify1688 anglicize1711 romance1796 Saxonize1804 Scotticize1809 Syriacize1863 French1868 Sanskritize1881 OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1900) II. 388 Þæt he us geþingie to þyllicum gode þe his biggengan macaþ swa mihtige on gewinne. lOE Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough interpolation) anno 963 Se biscop..bohte þa feola cotlif æt se king, & macode hit swyðe rice. c1175 Ormulum (Burchfield transcript) l. 995 Þatt follkess lac..wass..makedd fatt & nesshe. a1225 ( Ælfric's Homily De Duodecim Abusivis (Lamb. 487) in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 101 Þe oferlifa on hete and on wete macað [OE Corpus Cambr. 178 deð] þene mon un-halne. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) 10591 Al þat lond heo makeden west. c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 412 Þo hii adde al bar imad þe contrei al aboute. c1350 Psalter (BL Add. 17376) in K. D. Bülbring Earliest Compl. Eng. Prose Psalter (1891) lii. 4 (MED) Hij ben maden inprofitable. c1350 Psalter (BL Add. 17376) in K. D. Bülbring Earliest Compl. Eng. Prose Psalter (1891) ci. 7 (MED) Ich am made lich to þe pellican of ones. c1390 G. Chaucer Parson's Tale 149 Thurgh synne ther he was free now is he maked bonde. ?a1400 (a1338) R. Mannyng Chron. (Petyt) (1996) i. 11325 Idelnes mas man right slouh. 1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxviii. 99 At theyr requeste god maade her hole ageyne. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/2 He made me more a frayde than I was these twelve monethes. 1548 H. Latimer Notable Serm. sig. A.v^v Making them supple herted. 1576 G. Pettie Petite Pallace 201 The Hauke hauing been once canuassed in the nets, wil make it daungerous to strike againe at the stale. 1620 T. Granger Syntagma Logicum sig. a4^v Each Reader may this Garden make his owne. 1664 J. Evelyn (title) Parallel of the Antient Architecture with the Modern, written by Roland Freart, made English for the benefit of builders by J. Evelyn. 1693 J. Dryden Disc. conc. Satire in J. Dryden et al. tr. Juvenal Satires p. xxxii In making these two Authors English. 1709 G. Berkeley Th. Vision §119 Any theories of vision hitherto made public. 1768 O. Goldsmith Good Natur'd Man iii. 35 What makes the bread rising... What makes the mutton fivepence a pound. 1781 E. Gibbon Decline & Fall II. xviii. 108 The elephants, made furious by their wounds, encreased the disorder. 1829 W. Scott Jrnl. 8 June (1946) 79 God make me thankful for so cheering a prospect. 1840 R. H. Dana Two Years before Mast xxxi. 384 To make our condition still worse, the wind came out due east..and it blew a gale dead ahead. 1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest II. iii. 58 On that score you may make your mind easy. 1883 Cent. Mag. 26 239/1 You'll only make bad worse. 1923 W. Cather Lost Lady ii. vii. 154 He's trying to make the place presentable. 1985 J. Berman Talking Cure v. 141 She usually remains silent, making it difficult for us to determine the extent of her knowledge. †b. transitive. With predicative phrase as complement. In later use only in to make (somewhere) in one's way and similar phrases: to direct one's journey so as to pass by or through. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct (one's course, steps, etc.) [verb (transitive)] > so as to pass a certain place to make (somewhere) in one's way1673 a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 85 Hwense we habbeð imaked þene licome to þer saule bihoue. c1350 Psalter (BL Add. 17376) in K. D. Bülbring Earliest Compl. Eng. Prose Psalter (1891) cv. 33 (MED) Hij ben meined among folk wyþ-outen lawe and lerned her werkes..and þat ys made to hem in sclaunder. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 2605 (MED) Agar was made wit [Trin. Cambr. was wiþ] child in hi. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 9744 For sothfastnes algat sal i At an a-cord mak wit merci. a1470 T. Malory Morte Darthur (Winch. Coll. 13) (1990) II. 1096 Now hath dethe made us two at debate for youre love. a1500 ( J. Yonge tr. Secreta Secret. (Lamb.) 149 Thou hast askyd wysdome..I make the aftyr thy Demaunde, and I graunt the a wyse herte. 1523 Ld. Berners tr. J. Froissart Cronycles I. cl. 73 b I thynke he neuer made the frenche kyng of knowledge therof. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 627/1 It were a good dede by policye to make them of affynite. 1560 J. Daus tr. J. Sleidane Commentaries f. ccccxxviij He was not as yet made at one with him. 1601 J. Lyly Loves Metamorphosis v. iv. 12 (Bond) You might haue made me a [= of] counsell of your loues. 1611 Bible (King James) Rom. iv. 14 Faith is made voide, and the promise made of none effect. View more context for this quotation 1673 I. Newton Let. 17 Sept. in Corr. (1959) I. 307 Mr Gregory is at London, & intends to make Cambridg in his way into Scotland. 1676 M. Hale Contempl. Moral & Divine i. 186 This makes him at a point with these sollicitations, peremptory to conclude [etc.]. 1767 ‘Coriat Junior’ Another Traveller! I. 51 I made every bookseller's shop in my way. 1800 C. Lamb Let. 16 Oct. in Lett. C. & M. A. Lamb (1975) I. 241 I wish to God You had made London in your Way. 1808 J. Austen Let. 26 June (1995) 135 Harriot is very earnest with Edw^d to make Wrotham in his Journey. c. transitive. With reflexive pronoun as object. to make oneself scarce: see scarce adj. to make oneself at home: see home n.¹ and adj. Phrases 1a(c)(i). ΚΠ a1225 (?OE) MS Vesp. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 233 Se hlaford..dranc and macede hine wel bliðe. a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 1591 For-ði he maked him stið & strong. c1330 (?a1300) Sir Tristrem (1886) l. 144 (MED) Þai busked and maked hem boun. c1400 (?c1390) Sir Gawain & Green Knight (1940) 1885 (MED) He mace hym as mery..As neuer he did bot þat daye. 1496 (c1410) Dives & Pauper (de Worde) vii. iv. 280/1 Make the plesaunt in speche to the congregacyon of poore folke. 1589 G. Puttenham Arte Eng. Poesie i. xiv. 25 They were enforced..by colouring their faces and carying hatts & capps of diuerse fashions to make them selues lesse knowen. 1621 T. W. in tr. S. Goulart Wise Vieillard Ep. Ded. sig. A iij That I may not make my selfe otherwise knowne vnto your worship, then by [etc.]. 1632 W. Lithgow Totall Disc. Trav. iii. 199 I'me there arriud, and eftsoones made me bound For the Venetian Consul. a1645 W. Browne tr. M. Le Roy Hist. Polexander (1647) i. ii. 54 Concealing his..Countrey, [he] made himselfe taken for a kinsman of the last Cacique. 1773 O. Goldsmith She stoops to Conquer iv. 82 With cunning and malice enough to make himself merry with all our embarrassments. 1781 R. B. Sheridan Critic i. ii Here are two very civil gentlemen trying to make themselves understood. 1845 C. Dickens Cricket on Hearth i. 15 Take the precious darling, Tilly, while I make myself of some use. a1859 T. De Quincey Posthumous Wks. (1891) I. 108 This Parker had a ‘knack’ at making himself odious. 1876 A. S. Palmer Leaves from Word-hunter's Notebk. xi. 266 Many diseases first make themselves felt in the ‘dead of night’. 1888 B. W. Richardson Son of Star II. v. 72 They make themselves quite at home. 1907 J. Conrad Secret Agent i. 7 He took the trouble to get up before noon, and descending the basement stairs, make himself pleasant. 1953 J. Wain Hurry on Down 168 Even his fear did not make itself felt in any marked way. 1964 G. Vidal Julian (1965) i. 15 Do I make myself clear? 1986 J. Nagenda Seasons of T. Tebo i. v. 30 Then the grandmother started shrieking and it was impossible to make yourself heard. d. transitive. With past participle as complement. Now chiefly with known, acquainted, felt, heard, understood; a past participle which implies the performance of an action is now rarely used as complement. ΚΠ ?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 7 & makeð ou swa offeared þet ȝe muȝe..fallen in an vn hope. c1300 in C. Brown Eng. Lyrics 13th Cent. (1932) 78 (MED) Mak þi milce up-on hus sene. a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1874) V. 391 He made alle þe hedes and lymes of mawmettes i-kut of. a1400 Psalter (Vesp.) cii[i]. 7 in C. Horstmann Yorkshire Writers (1896) II. 234 Kouthe made he to Moises his waies wele. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 26666 Propre þat es þat þou ma knaun nan oþer plightes bot þin aun. c1450 (c1380) G. Chaucer House of Fame 155 The Grek Synon..with his false forswerynge..Made the hors broght into Troye. c1500 Melusine (1895) 153 Thus makyng his wounde opend. 1577 B. Googe tr. C. Heresbach Foure Bks. Husbandry Ep. to Rdr. sig. iii They [sc. trees, etc.] may in short time so be denisend and made acquainted with our soyle, as they wyl prosper. 1586 in Cal. State Papers Scotl. (1915) IX. 147 That he had med yow forssein wyt it. a1641 R. Montagu Acts & Monuments (1642) 263 She..secretly made Cleopatra acquainted with it. a1645 W. Browne tr. M. Le Roy Hist. Polexander (1647) ii. iv. sig. ¶¶¶2^v Polexander..going away, as if afraid, strove to make it believed he had had no advantage ore Almanzor. 1759 S. Johnson Prince of Abissinia I. xvi. 108 His generosity made him courted by many dependants. 1812 H. Davy Elements Chem. Philos. 24 Glauber at Amsterdam about 1640 made known several neutral salts. 1818 J. C. Hobhouse Italy (1859) II. App. B. 319 The opposition of a whole life against the nobles made him regarded by all the lower classes, as the great partizan of the democracy. 1827 R. Southey Hist. Peninsular War II. 208 The neighbourhood of Ferrol has made it [sc. Vigo] neglected as a naval station. 1836 J. H. Newman Lett. & Corr. (1891) II. 202 Their coming from you will make them [sc. sermons] read. 1891 Leeds Mercury 27 Apr. 4/4 If the miners made their power felt. 1916 Shooting Don'ts 39 Don't ‘brown’ into a covey. To be continually killing more than one bird at a shot will make you suspected. 1928 St. Wilfrid xvii. 231 Father Faber did much to make him known and loved. 1939 Nature 25 June 1119/2 Electronic organs are making us acquainted with the synthesis of musical sounds. 1986 R. Strange Catholic Faith viii. 83 The love of God is made known to us in and through the birth, life, death and resurrection of Jesus. e. intransitive in same sense. Now rare except in idiomatic phrases with adjectives, as to make certain (also free, good, ready, †short, sure): see these words. ΚΠ c1330 (?c1300) Speculum Guy (Auch.) (1898) 836 (MED) Anoþer manere wasshing Makeþ clene of alle þing. a1398 J. Trevisa tr. Bartholomaeus Anglicus De Proprietatibus Rerum (BL Add.) f. 318^v Þe substaunce of whey is wattry and makeþ þynne. ?c1425 tr. Guy de Chauliac Grande Chirurgie (Paris) (1971) 109 Þe þridde entencioun is fulfilled..wiþ repercussyues, nouȝt makyng colde. ?a1450 tr. Lanfranc Sci. Cirurgie (BL Add. 12056) (1894) 6 (MED) Of resolueres & manere of vndoynge & makynge nessche. a1475 Revelations St. Birgitta (Garrett) (1929) 60 He makyth hoote, nott as materiall fyre..bot his hete is the inwarde bornyng love of the sowle. 1535 Bible (Coverdale) Prov. x. A An ydle hande maketh poore, but a quycke laboringe hande maketh riche. 1659 in E. Nicholas Nicholas Papers (1920) IV. 113 Stokes with a squadron of 14 fregats, that are now a making cleane at Toulon. 1753 S. Richardson Hist. Sir Charles Grandison IV. iv. 29 Make happy; and be happy. 35. To regard as, consider, or compute to be; to describe or represent as; to cause to appear as. Cf. sense 42. †a. transitive (reflexive). With noun or adjective complement. To maintain or pretend that one is. Cf. to make out at Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the mind > language > statement > assertion without proof > [verb (reflexive)] > claim, maintain, or profess sayOE showc1175 make?c1225 pretend1415 support?1471 ?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 103 Gederinde ancres..Makeð oðer þen habeoð. ?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 166 Seinte pauwel [calls Satan]..engel of licht. for swich ofte he makeð [a1250 Titus makes] him. c1300 St. Thomas Becket (Laud) 903 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 132 (MED) Men seiden þat he makede him sik for he ne dorste to court wende. c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) John viii. 53 Whom makist thou thi silf? a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 14684 (MED) Þou mas [Fairf. makis, Trin. Cambr. makest] þe godd, and þou art man. a1400 (c1250) Floris & Blauncheflur (Egerton) (1966) 76 (MED) Y rede eke Þat þe maydens moder make hur seeke. 1449 Acts Parl. Scotl. (1814) II. 36 Gif thar be ony that makis thaim fulis that ar nocht. 1533 in J. Strype Eccl. Memorials (1721) I. i. xxi. 152 The same Act may be..set up on every church door..to the intent that no parson..nor any other of the king's subjects, shall make themselves ignorant thereof. 1535 Bible (Coverdale) 2 Sam. xiii. 6 So Ammon layed him downe, and made him sicke. 1648 W. Jenkyn Ὁδηγος Τυϕλος i. 13 He makes himself a ballad-maker. b. transitive. To pretend, to feign (esp. to do something). Also with it and reflexive. Also intransitive. Cf. sense 56a. Now regional. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > deceit, deception, trickery > dissimulation, pretence > pretend, dissemble [phrase] makec1275 to make wise1447 make as though?c1450 to let fare1483 to make a show ofa1500 to set a face1560 to take on (also upon) one(self)?1560 to make (a) miena1657 to make believe1773 to put it on1888 to play (the) fox1894 c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) 8880 Cesar..nolde hit ihiren, makede hine swulc he weore wrað. a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1879) VII. 27 (MED) Þe kyng..made it as þey were nouȝt wrooþ. a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) ii. 858 (MED) And to the bed with that he yede..And made him there forto seche, And fond the knif, wher he it leide. c1460 (?c1400) Tale of Beryn 33 (MED) And þere-with..to wepe She made. ?1503–5 H. Watson tr. Valentine & Orson (1937) 231/32 In thys wyse dyd the lady abyde lange tyme, and she made it so well that wythin fyftene dayes she semed more lykely a [b]eest than a resonable woman. 1600 Acts Parl. Scotl. (1816) IV. 204/1 Thomas Cranstoun answerit..quhilk the erle of Gowrie maid him not to heir. 1886 H. Cunliffe Gloss. Rochdale-with-Rossendale Words & Phrases 58 ‘You are making that’—that is, feigning it. 1903 Eng. Dial. Dict. IV. 18/2 Let us go and make to poach. c. transitive. With noun complement: to consider, regard, or maintain; to reckon, calculate.Now esp. with an estimated amount, time, etc., as complement. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > judgement or decision > evaluation, estimation, appraisal > appraise, estimate [verb (transitive)] > consider to be, account as telleOE talec897 seeOE letc1000 holdc1200 reckon1340 aima1382 accounta1387 counta1387 judgec1390 takea1400 countc1400 receivec1400 existimatec1430 to look on ——?c1430 makec1440 reputea1449 suppose1474 treatc1485 determinea1513 recount?c1525 esteem1526 believe1533 estimate?1533 ascribe1535 consider1539 regard1547 count1553 to look upon ——1553 take1561 reck1567 eye?1593 censure1597 subscribe1600 perhibit1613 behold1642 resent1642 attributea1657 fancy1662 vogue1675 decount1762 to put down1788 to set down1798 rate1854 have1867 mean1878 c1440 (?a1400) Sir Perceval (1930) 1086 What knyghte es that..Þat thou mase of thy menynge? a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 226 Thocht I in courte be maid refuse. 1560 J. Daus tr. J. Sleidane Commentaries f. iij In graunting of the same [he] maketh the byshop of Rome a great Prince. 1649 J. Milton Εικονοκλαστης v. 47 Was this becomming such a Saint as they would make him? 1699 T. Baker Refl. Learning xiii. 161 He is not that Goose and Ass that Valla would make him. 1700 J. Dryden tr. Ovid Of Pythagorean Philos. in Fables 503 Ovid..makes Numa the Schollar of Pythagoras. 1707 Curiosities in Husb. Pref. 5 The Peripateticks..made Nature a Goddess. 1774 J. Beekman Let. 7 May in Beekman Mercantile Papers (1956) II. 895 I..also find an Error in the Interest calculated to 25th March last, you make it £56.4.1 and I make it but £34.18.10 which you'll please to rexamine and advise me. 1849 Tait's Edinb. Mag. 16 279/2 Some argue that they are Picts, and some make them Northmen. 1865 C. Dickens Our Mutual Friend II. iii. xiii. 113 What time may you make it, Mr. Twemlow? 1892 Field 27 Feb. 302/1 The distance travelled I make by the map five miles. 1955 E. Blishen Roaring Boys i. 66 What do you make the answer to Number 10, Johnson? 1989 L. Deighton Spy Line vi. 82 ‘What do you make the time now?’ Stowe asked while he was tapping his watch. d. transitive. With adjective, †past participle, or †phrase as complement. Now chiefly in negative comparisons, as not so (also as) bad as (he, she) makes it, etc. Cf. to make out at Phrasal verbs 1. ΚΠ 1581 G. Pettie tr. S. Guazzo Ciuile Conuersat. (1586) i. 17 b To saie, y^t euerie man should haue an eie onelie to his owne affaires, is nothing else but to make man like to beasts. 1599 F. Thynne Animaduersions (1875) 32 Not withstandinge that Hollybande, in his frenche-Englishe dictionarye, make yt of the valewe of a duckett. 1675 T. Hobbes in tr. Homer Odysses To Rdr. sig. B3^v Homer begins not his Iliad with the injury done by Paris, but makes it related by Menelaus. a1687 W. Petty Polit. Arithm. (1690) x. 117 The King's Subjects are not in so bad a condition as discontented Men would make them. 1736 T. Lediard Life Marlborough II. 201 The Enemy's Army is not so numerous as they make it. 1868 W. Lockyer & J. N. Lockyer tr. A. Guillemin Heavens (ed. 3) 493 This climate..is not so bad..as some Anglophobes would make it. 1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. xiv. 128 Macbeth is not half so bad as the play makes him. †e. transitive. to make nothing to (with infinitive): to consider it no great thing to (do as specified). Cf. sense 29. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > easiness > find no difficulty in [verb (transitive)] to make no strength of?c1225 strengthc1225 to make nothing to1675 to make nothing1688 to make much (also little, nothing, too much, etc.) of (or on)1711 to think nothing of1802 1675 H. More in R. Ward Life (1710) 245 If a Man make nothing to halt and faulter in the first..Sin. 1715 R. South 12 Serm. IV. 108 One of the greatest..Courage, who makes nothing to look Death and Danger in the Face. 1720 D. Defoe Life Capt. Singleton 94 Ten Men..took up one of the Canoes, and made nothing to carry it. †f. transitive. Nautical. In the imperative phrase make it so, by which the commander of a vessel instructs that the time reported to him (e.g. the end of a watch and spec. noon, when sights are taken to determine what was formerly the start of a ship's day) is relayed to the crew (see quots. 1829 and 1867). Hence (occasionally): to mark (a time of day, etc.) formally in this way. Also in extended use. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > travel > travel by water > other nautical operations > [verb (transitive)] > confirm reported time make1829 1829 G. Jones Sketches Naval Life I. 101 Eight bells are now reported to the quarter-master, and by him, to the officer of the deck; who answers, ‘make it so’; and sends a midshipman, to inform the captain, that it is meridian. The bell is struck; and two long successive pipes, from the boatswain and his mates, are the signal, that all work is to cease. 1840 F. Marryat Olla Podrida I. xiv. 146 The master reported that the heavens intimated that it was twelve o'clock; and..I ordered him to ‘make it so’. 1867 W. H. Smyth & E. Belcher Sailor's Word-bk. Make it so, the order of a commander to confirm the time, sunrise, noon, or sunset, reported to him by the officer of the watch. 1892 R. L. Stevenson & L. Osbourne Wrecker xii. 203 Noon was made; the captain dined on his day's work. g. transitive. colloquial (originally U.S.). Usually in imperative, often with it. ‘Let it be (what is denoted by the complement)’, esp. as a response to a previous proposal; spec. with complement denoting a drink requested by the speaker (also with mine, etc.), the time or place of an appointment, or an amount, number, or price. ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > drink > preparation of drinks > [verb (transitive)] > get drink make1830 the world > relative properties > number > enumeration, reckoning, or calculation > number, calculate, or reckon [verb (transitive)] > amount to or total > accept or state as total reckona1387 make1830 the mind > will > intention > planning > plan [verb (transitive)] > arrange > appoint a time or place beforehand > at a particular time or place make1973 1830 ‘M. Doyle’ Irish Cottagers i. 3 ‘Seven guineas, Peter.’.. ‘No; make it the even ten guineas,’ rejoined Peter, ‘and it's a contract.’ 1883 ‘M. Twain’ Life on Mississippi li. 507 ‘Have you got that drink yet?’.. He softened, and said make it a bottle of champagne. 1900 G. Ade Fables in Slang 96 He was ready to Weep for anyone who would hand him $8. Afterthought—make it $7.50. 1934 Neuphilol. Mitt. 35 132 Euchre... To make it next, ‘to declare the trump suit changed to the opposite suit of the same colour’. 1940 W. Faulkner Hamlet i. iii. 70 ‘Ten dollars,’ Ratliff said... ‘Make it five.’ ‘No,’ Ratliff said pleasantly. 1962 S. Gore Down Golden Mile vi. 120 Make mine a glass this time, seein' I have to go on the scoot with you booze artists to-night. 1973 M. Russell Double Hit viii. 55 Make it an hour. I'll be twenty minutes loosening up... I'm after the exercise. 1977 S. J. Perelman Eastward Ha! vii. 102 No, make it a brandy smash, George. 1985 J. Raban Foreign Land (1986) iii. 46 Tom thought: it could be worth three hundred pounds, no, make it four. 1986 F. Iyayi Heroes vi. 42 Bring her a gin and lime. Make it a double. 1997 I. Rankin Black & Blue (1998) iii. 41 ‘Make it a pint this time, Jon.’ ‘And another rum?’ 36. a. transitive. With into. To convert into something else, by a process of manufacture or otherwise; to work upon (materials) so as to produce something; to arrange, divide, or combine so as to form something. ΘΚΠ the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > transform [verb (transitive)] wendOE forshapeOE workOE awendOE makec1175 turna1200 forwenda1325 change1340 shape1362 transmewc1374 transposec1380 puta1382 convertc1384 exchangea1400 remue?a1400 makea1425 reduce?a1425 removec1425 resolvea1450 transvertc1450 overchangec1480 mew1512 transmutea1513 wring1524 reduct1548 transform1556 innovate1561 metamorphose1576 transume1579 metamorphize1587 transmove1590 transchangea1599 transfashion1601 deflect1613 fordo1624 entail1628 transmutate1632 distila1637 to make much (also little, something, nothing, etc.) of1637 transqualify1652 unconvert1654 simulate1658 spend1668 transverse1687 hocus-pocus1774 mutate1796 fancy1801 to change around1871 metamorphosize1888 catalyse1944 morph1996 the world > space > relative position > arrangement or fact of being arranged > state of being gathered together > gather together [verb (transitive)] > make into a pack or parcel hamperc1400 packc1400 to pack up1530 mail1570 emball1588 fardel1594 packet1621 farla1640 to make up1709 embale1727 bale1762 parcel1775 empacket1825 make1849 package1917 the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > be transformed [verb (intransitive)] wortheOE awendOE golOE turnc1275 changec1300 runc1384 to run into ——c1384 fare1398 writhea1400 transmewc1400 returnc1475 transume1480 convert1549 transform1597 remove1655 transeate1657 transmute1675 make1895 metamorphose1904 shapeshift1927 metamorphize1943 metamorphosize1967 morph1992 a1425 (a1382) Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Corpus Oxf.) (1850) Exod. xxxix. 3 He made hem into thredes. c1475 in Coll. Ordinances Royal Househ. (Harl. 642) (1790) 22 The Kyng for his brekefast, two looves made into four maunchetts. 1479 in H. Stewart Worshipful Company Gold & Silver Wyre-drawers (1891) 16 The petition of the Wyre-drawers, and Chape-makers that they may be made into one Company, and called Wyre-mongers. c1524 in J. Nichols Illustr. Antient Times Eng. (1797) 128 46 oz. of silver plate, 20 downewaight, to be made into two chalices. ?1550 H. Llwyd tr. Pope John XXI Treasury of Healthe (1585) T viij Make them into pouder fynelye. 1578 H. Lyte tr. R. Dodoens Niewe Herball iii. xxvii. 354 Aloë, made into powder & strawen vpon newe blooddy woundes, stoppeth the blood, and healeth the wounde. 1605 B. Jonson Sejanus ii. sig. E Then is there one Cremutius Cordus, a writing fellow, they haue got To gather Notes of the præcedent times, And make them into Annal's. View more context for this quotation 1617 F. Moryson Itinerary iii. 115 Fresh curds newly pressed, and made into little cheeses. 1658 G. Starkey Natures Explic. Ep. to Rdr. sig. a7 Salt of Tartar volatilized, or made into a spiritual Elixir, with any essential oyle, is an absolute corrector of all vegetal poysons. 1672 W. Hughes Amer. Physitian 34 Rum..is ordinarily drank amongst the Planters, as well alone, as made into Punch. 1710 H. Prideaux Orig. & Right Tithes ii. 76 The Grapes made into Wine, the Olives into Oyl. 1805 R. W. Dickson Pract. Agric. I. 486 Mowing the first crop 0 2 6. Making it into hay 0 2 6. 1820 W. Irving Sketch Bk. (U. S. ed. 2) v. 89 The Peacock..was made into a pie. 1849 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 10 i. 134 The wheaten straw is carefully made into bundles. 1877 C. M. Yonge Cameos cxxxvii, in Monthly Packet June 490 Worcester was suppressed and made into an archdeaconry. 1895 19th Cent. Aug. 329 You think that The Wages of Sin might be made into a play. 1900 E. Jenks Hist. Politics (ed. 2) vii. 60 The wife and daughters of the shepherd..make the milk of the herds into butter and cheese. 1958 I. Murdoch Bell v. 71 We've made some of the loose boxes into garages, and some into packing sheds where we weigh and pack the vegetables. 1987 Sunday Express Mag. 29 Mar. 86/3 He took classical tunes and made them into pop. b. intransitive. To admit of being made into. ΚΠ 1893 Illustr. Sporting & Dramatic News 8 Apr. 165/2 A little corner flap-table which makes into a good-sized square when the flap is up. 1992 Guns Illustr. (ed. 24) 41/3 (caption) The Butler Creek synthetic stock..makes into a pleasant deer gun for all occasions. 37. to make camp: to prepare a camp, put up a tent, etc.; to pitch camp. ΚΠ 1846 G. R. Gibson Jrnl. 24 July (1935) 161 We made camp in good season after marching twenty-five miles. 1855 E. G. Beckwith Rep. Explor. & Surv. Mississippi River II. 16 Coming to a creek with..a deep eastern bank, we lowered the wagon down it and made camp just before dark. 1885 Overland Monthly Nov. 450/1 In February of each year, the Indians gather here to make camp, cut fuel, and prepare for the run of the oolachaus or candle-fish. 1919 Outing Mar. 328/3 The trailer is much more than a carry-all. When you make camp, the trailer itself becomes your home. 1942 R. L. Haig-Brown Timber ix. 109 This is where we'll make camp. We've got a bunch of trees ringed for firewood and a sort of a shelter. 1968 R. M. Patterson Finlay's River 168 There they made camp, cached their canoe and load, and sorted out what they wanted to take for their next overland trek. 1993 Up Here (Yellowknife, N.W. Territories) Aug. 31/1 We made camp that night on the dunes and let the horses drift over the sand. III. Causative uses. †38. transitive. With that and subordinate clause: to cause something to happen; to bring it about that something happens. Formerly (occasionally) †without that. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)] wieldeOE timberc897 letc900 rearOE doOE i-wendeOE workOE makeOE bringc1175 raisec1175 shapec1315 to owe (also have) a wold (also on wield)a1325 procurec1330 purchasec1330 causec1340 conform1377 performa1382 excite1398 induce1413 occasionate?c1450 occasionc1454 to bring about1480 gara1500 to bring to passc1513 encause1527 to work out1534 inferc1540 excitate?1549 import1550 ycause1563 frame1576 effect1581 to bring in1584 effectuatea1586 apport?1591 introduce1605 create1607 generate1607 cast1633 efficiate1639 conciliate1646 impetrate1647 state1654 accompass1668 to bring to bear1668 to bring on1671 effectivate1717 makee1719 superinduce1837 birth1913 the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)] > bring about as a consequence or entail makeOE haveOE drawa1400 to draw inc1405 to leave behind1424 goc1449 to draw on1572 train1579 carry1581 beara1616 to lead toa1770 evolve1816 entail1829 mean1841 issue1842 subinduce1855 the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)] > cause to be or become seta1000 workOE makeOE puta1382 turna1393 yieldc1430 breedc1460 rendera1522 devolve1533 cause1576 infer1667 OE Old Eng. Hexateuch: Exod. (Claud.) v. 21 Ge habbað..gemacod þæt hy willað us mid heora swurdum ofslean. a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 31 (MED) Ðus deuel eggeð ælch man..and macað þat he wule do þat he him to teihte. c1200 Serm. in Eng. & Germanic Stud. (1961) 7 62 Heo of þet frut et, and makede þet hire make þer of forto etene. 1340 Ayenbite (1866) 32 Þet byeþ techches of knead seriont þet makeþ þet non guod man ne ssel his onderuonge in to his seruice. c1395 G. Chaucer Summoner's Tale 1884 The clennesse and the fastynge of vs freres Maketh þat Crist accepteth oure prayeres. 1488 (c1478) Hary Actis & Deidis Schir William Wallace (Adv.) (1968–9) xi. l. 141 This makis it thow art cled with our men. ?c1500 Wisdom (Digby) 581 That mase, that all vnkunnynge I disdeyne. 1526 Bible (Tyndale) John xi. f. cxxxviij Coulde not he which openned the eyes of the blynde, have made also, that this man shulde not have deyed? 1632 W. Lithgow Totall Disc. Trav. ix. 381 This..maketh that the Hennes with them are so innumerable. 1674 A. Marvell Let. 26 Apr. in Poems & Lett. (1971) II. 282 S^r Jeremy being out of Town..makes that I can not return any proper or perfect answer. a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 197 The Convocations being no more necessary to the Crown, this made that there was less regard had to them afterwards. 1844 R. Browning Colombe's Birthday in Bells & Pomegranates No. VI ii. 9/1 What makes that there's an easier help..And..That you have simply to receive their wrongs, And wrongs will vanish? 1885 E. Lynn Linton Autobiogr. Christopher Kirkland III. viii. 271 That well-known law, so disastrous to stock-raisers, which makes that, when the breed has been brought to the highest possible point of perfection, it stops. 39. transitive. With object and infinitive: to cause (a person or thing) to do something. a. With to (†for to) and infinitive. Now usually only when make is in the passive voice, except in Indian English.Outside Indian English active make with to and infinitive is sometimes used for archaic effect. ΚΠ a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 11 Þe deuel..makeð þe unbilefulle man to leuen swilche wiȝeles. ?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 166 Þe oðer halimon þe he makede ileuen þet he wes engel. c1330 Sir Orfeo (Auch.) (1966) 329 Þe oþer leuedis..maked hir away to ride. c1390 G. Chaucer Parson's Tale 613 Flaterye..maketh a man to enhauncen his herte. c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. Prol. 113 (MED) Miȝt of þe comunes made hym [sc. a king] to regne. c1449 R. Pecock Repressor (1860) Prol. 2 [They] han therbi maad ful miche indignacioun..forto rise and be contynued in manie persoones. 1490 Caxton's Blanchardyn & Eglantine (1962) xlviii. 185 He shal to morowe make hym to be hanged. c1515 Ld. Berners tr. Bk. Duke Huon of Burdeux (1882–7) lviii. 196 He made to be cryed through the cyte, that euery man sholde make him redy. 1597 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie v. xxxv. 72 He therefore which made vs to liue hath also taught vs to pray. a1616 W. Shakespeare Measure for Measure (1623) iii. i. 499 I am made to vnderstand, that you haue lent him visitation. View more context for this quotation 1616 S. Ward Coal from Altar (1627) 62 Violent affections haue made the dumbe to finde a tongue. 1664 S. Crossman Young Mans Medit. in Young Mans Monitor 9 He made the Lame to run, He gave the Blind their sight. 1746 W. Lewis Course Pract. Chem. 31 (note) Many such phænomena may be easily made to appear..by exposing solutions of..metals [etc.]. 1859 F. E. Paget Curate of Cumberworth 153 Making the dust to fly in all directions. 1873 A. Trollope Eustace Diamonds II. xxxv. 114 It can hardly be too strongly asserted that Lizzie Eustace did not appear to Frank as she had been made to appear to the reader. 1893 Graphic 29 Apr. 458/1 A Budget which maketh the Opposition to jeer. 1930 E. Pound Draft of XXX Cantos vi. 24 The snow makyth me to remember her. 1979 in P. Nihalani et al. Indian & Brit. Eng. 118 What made Rekha to remain unmarried at the age of twenty? 1995 Daily Tel. 14 Aug. 1/3 Mr Guglieri said there was no reason why bare-torsoed men sporting tight or daringly cut trunks should not be made to pass a similar set of requirements. b. With bare infinitive. Now usually only when make is in the active voice.don't make me laugh, to make (one's) mouth water, to make (one) think: see the verbs. ΘΚΠ the world > existence and causation > causation > [verb (transitive)] > cause to do or cause to act makea1225 putc1300 gara1340 have1390 geta1400 to set (a-)going1530 set1577 occasion1587 a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 159 Swa makeð þe halie gast þe Mon bi-halden up to houene. c1225 (?c1200) St. Juliana (Royal) 34 Ich makede þen wittie ysaye beon isahet þurh ant þurh to deaðe. c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 7669 (MED) King willam..made hom bere him truage. 1340 Ayenbite (1866) 47 Hy..diȝteþ ham þe more quaynteliche..uor to maki musi þe foles to ham. a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) ii. 1265 (MED) At Knaresburgh be nyhtes tuo The kinges Moder made him duelle. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 8175 (MED) Als a fische þou made [Trin. Cambr. mades] me fere. c1475 Gregory's Chron. in J. Gairdner Hist. Coll. Citizen London (1876) 194 The carre was made stonde stylle. a1500 (?c1450) Merlin 29 The kynge made hem alle be Shett in a stronge house. 1502 tr. Ordynarye of Crysten Men (de Worde) i. iii. sig. b.vi ^v Our lorde the whiche..this present worlde shall make brenne by fyre. 1567 Compend. Bk. Godly Songs (1897) 64 Trew Faith, Lord, mak vs fang. 1602 W. Watson Decacordon Ten Quodlibeticall Questions 343 Pius Quintus..was made beleeue that the Duke of Norfolke was a Catholike. 1650 R. Baxter Saints Everlasting Rest (1651) iv. 36 What made Peter deny his Lord? 1680 Bp. G. Burnet Some Passages Life Earl of Rochester 142 He had made it be read so often to him that he had got it by heart. 1736 Bp. J. Butler Analogy of Relig. i. v. 87 Their Character is formed and made appear. 1738 J. Swift Compl. Coll. Genteel Conversat. 29 I wonder what makes these Bells ring. 1814 J. West Alicia de Lacy IV. 275 He made quail the courage of the heroic prince. 1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest I. iii. 44 Now I'll cut up the onions, for they will make your eyes water. 1896 A. E. Housman Shropshire Lad iii. 5 You will..make the foes of England Be sorry you were born. 1915 J. Conrad Within Tides ii. 21 He has made philosophy pay. 1937 W. S. Maugham Theatre xiii. 116 Though he was of no more than average height his slimness made him look tall. 1983 W. Weaver tr. U. Eco Name of Rose (1984) 87 Often the learned man must make seem magic certain books that are not magic, but simply good science, in order to protect them from indiscreet eyes. †c. intransitive. To make someone (unspecified) act as stated; to cause the stated action to be performed. Cf. do v. 29c, gar v. 2d. Obsolete. ΚΠ a1350 in R. H. Robbins Hist. Poems 14th & 15th Cent. (1959) 11 We shule flo the Conyng, & make roste is loyne. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Trin. Cambr.) 6615 (MED) Þis golden calf he made [Vesp. did, Gött. gart] to brest. c1430 (c1386) G. Chaucer Legend Good Women 2166 He made his ship a-londe for to sette. ?c1450 tr. Bk. Knight of La Tour Landry (1906) 6 Whanne her fader wost she was with childe, he made cast her in to the Riuer. a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 235 This gentill herbe..Quhois petewous deithe dois to my hart sic pane That I wald mak to plant his rute agane. 1562 P. Whitehorne tr. N. Machiavelli Arte of Warre v. f. lxxi Many tymes the saiyng backe, backe, hath made to ruinate an armie. d. intransitive. to make believe: †(a) [quot. a1393 at sense 16b is after Middle French faire croire] to cause people to believe (chiefly with clause) (obsolete); (b) to pretend to do something; to simulate a belief that (also with clause alone); (now often) (of children in play, etc.) to subject oneself voluntarily to the illusion (that). Also without complement. Now often hyphenated. Cf. make-belief n., make-believe n. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > deceit, deception, trickery > deception by illusion, delusion > deceive, delude [verb (transitive)] bedidderc1000 bipechec1000 swikeOE fodea1375 flatter1377 to make believea1393 illude1447 miscarrya1450 to fode forth (also occasionally forward, off, on, out)1479 delude1493 sophisticate1597 sile1608 prestigiate1647 will-o'-the-wisp1660 bilk1672 foxa1716 fickle1736 moonshine1824 the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > deceit, deception, trickery > dissimulation, pretence > pretend, dissemble [phrase] makec1275 to make wise1447 make as though?c1450 to let fare1483 to make a show ofa1500 to set a face1560 to take on (also upon) one(self)?1560 to make (a) miena1657 to make believe1773 to put it on1888 to play (the) fox1894 a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) ii. 2136 (MED) And thus Fa crere makth believe, So that fulofte he hath deceived. 1650 J. Trapp Clavis to Bible (Gen. xix. 2) 145 If Solomon sinned not in making beleeve he would do that which was unlawful to be done. 1716 Lady Cowper Diary (1864) 64 Some Passages were wrote on purpose to make believe it was Sir R. Steele. 1738 tr. S. Guazzo Art of Conversat. 31 Solitude..makes believe Things that have no Existence but in the Brain. 1751 S. Richardson Clarissa (ed. 3) III. xliii. 223 A false Letter..macking believe as howe her She-cuzzen..was coming to see her. 1773 O. Goldsmith She stoops to Conquer iv. 81 You were so nice and so busy with your Shake-bags and Goose greens, that I thought you could never be making believe. 1806 T. S. Surr Winter in London I. 141 He makes believe to work a little now and then, when he's well enough. 1841 C. Dickens Barnaby Rudge xvii. 28 When I shut my eyes, and make-believe to slumber. 1874 J. T. Micklethwaite Mod. Parish Churches 99 Do not make-believe with a shabby-genteel substitute. 1890 Spectator 15 Mar. To make believe that the country is excited about a discussion which [etc.]. 1902 G. B. Shaw Mrs. Warren's Profession Pref. p. xxiii At such plays we do not believe: we make-believe. 1904 R. Kipling Traffics & Discov. 334 I did all that..just to make believe. 1915 V. Woolf Voy. Out xxv. 419 He cursed himself for making believe for a minute that things were different from what they are. 1951 G. Greene End of Affair i. vi. 37 As long as I could make-believe that love lasted, I was happy. 1974 J. Wainwright Hard Hit 38 I make-believe I am giving it careful thought. 1991 D. DeLillo Mao II i. iv. 56 I make believe I'm fat and walk with a waddle. e. In proverbial phrases. ΚΠ a1535 T. More Dialoge of Comfort (1553) ii. vi. sig. G.i^v He made my owne heere to stand vp vpon my headde. 1623 J. Heming & H. Condell 1st Folio Shaks. To Rdr. Censure will not driue a Trade, or make the Iacke go. 1748 S. Richardson Clarissa IV. xix. 92 And thus went he on for twelve years, and, tho' he had a good estate, hardly making both ends meet. 1748 S. Richardson Clarissa IV. xxxii. 187 Money makes the mare to go. 1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas II. vi. ii. 440 With such a sum..it might be said without boasting that we knew how to make both ends meet. 1825 J. Neal Brother Jonathan I. 94 He'd make the feathers fly..I believe. 1889 C. H. Flemming Our Country Cousin (MS) ii. i. 49 I'll show these city chaps an' gals some dancin' what'll make ther eyes water! 1959 A. Sillitoe Loneliness of Long-distance Runner (1962) 130 The names she called me, man. It made my hair stand on end. f. intransitive. to make do: to manage with (what is available, esp. as an inferior or temporary substitute). Also without with, esp. in to make do and mend: to repair for continued use (cf. make n.² 5c). See also make-do n. ΘΚΠ society > occupation and work > industry > manufacturing processes > mending or repairing > [verb (intransitive)] to keep (up) the reparation (also reparations)a1440 botch1537 to keep (also put) in repair1648 repair1820 to make do and mend1927 the world > action or operation > advantage > usefulness > use (made of things) > recourse > have recourse [verb (intransitive)] > make do with what is available doc1300 scamble1608 to make the best of a bad bargain1670 shift1680 fenda1682 to do with ——1715 manage1762 to make do1927 1847 C. Brontë Jane Eyre I. viii. 130 ‘Oh, very well!’ returned Miss Temple; ‘we must make it do, Barbara, I suppose.’] 1927 Observer 28 Aug. 16/4 The listener who was content to receive only the programmes from his local station..could make do with a very simple and inefficient form of direct-coupled tuning arrangement. 1934 J. Marston Andromeda xii. 156 She had already had experience..in ‘making do’ on a small income. She ‘made do’ now, with a skill which impressed..Letty. 1941 New Statesman 26 Apr. 431/1 It should be no great hardship for the community to make do with the same housing accommodation that it enjoyed in 1938. 1958 Technology Jan. 375/4 We may put all our energy into making real the ideal technical schools of 1944, or we may make do and mend by integrating technical studies in..grammar..schools. 1967 A. Wilson No Laughing Matter iv. 414 You are lucky. Having a family to make do and mend for. 1968 M. Woodhouse Rock Baby vi. 51 Rasmussen had to make do with four eggs and only half a dozen rounds of toast because I was there. 1988 A. Storr School of Genius i. 13 Many human beings make do with relationships which cannot be regarded as especially close, and not all such human beings are all or even particularly unhappy. 40. a. transitive. With bare infinitive (in some 16th- and 17th-cent. examples, and in passive, with to and infinitive). To constrain (a person, etc.) to do something, by an exercise of influence, authority, or actual or threatened violence; to compel, force. ΘΚΠ society > authority > subjection > obedience > compulsion > compel [verb (transitive)] > to do something holdc1275 piltc1275 constraina1340 strength1340 distrainc1374 compelc1380 makec1395 distressa1400 stressa1400 art?1406 putc1450 coerce1475 cohert1475 enforce1509 perforce1509 forcec1540 violent?1551 press1600 necessitate1601 rack1602 restrain1621 reduce1622 oblige1632 necessiate1709 c1395 G. Chaucer Clerk's Tale 1150 Thou shalt make him couche as doth a quaille. ?c1450 tr. Bk. Knight of La Tour Landry (1906) 67 An aungelle shewed hym the payne..that she was made to suffre. 1520 Chron. Eng. iv. f. 31/2 Linus and..Cletus..were made to mynyster the treasoure of the chyrche to the people. 1546 J. Heywood Dialogue Prouerbes Eng. Tongue i. xi. sig. Diii A man may well bryng a horse to the water. But he can not make hym drynke without he will. 1592 R. Greene Quip for Vpstart Courtier sig. C^v I will make thee do me homage. a1593 C. Marlowe Jew of Malta (1633) iv. iv I'le make him send me half he has, & glad he scapes so too. 1595 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 3 i. i. 143 He rose against him being his Soueraigne, & made him to resigne the crown perforce. 1647 T. Fuller Cause Wounded Conscience xi. 78 Man can neither make him to whom he speakes, to heare what he saith, or beleeve what he heares. 1662 J. Strype in H. Ellis Orig. Lett. Eminent Literary Men (1843) 179 He made me stay and sup with him. 1721 R. Wodrow Hist. Sufferings Church of Scotl. (1837) II. ii. xiii. §5. 456/2 Sir, we will cause a sharper thing make you confess. 1852 W. M. Thackeray Henry Esmond I. v. 117 Harry..made her bring a light and wake my lady. 1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. x. 89 The Church made him do penance for it. 1925 V. Woolf Mrs. Dalloway 96 She made them all disembark and explore the island. 1987 C. Peters Thackeray's Universe iv. 80 He wanted to be made to write, and to bind himself to do so. b. transitive. With ellipsis of the infinitive. ΚΠ 1638 J. Suckling Aglaura iv. 23 If of her selfe shee will not Love, Nothing can make her, The Devill take her. 1888 Times 11 Aug. 9/5 The enemy will not play the game according to the rules, and there are none to make him. 1970 ‘J. Burke’ Four Stars for Danger ii. 21 If the people at the Hall don't want to do anything about it, nobody's going to make them. †41. transitive. To send or cause to go in a specified direction. See also to make forth, to make out at Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete. rare. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > cause to move in a direction [verb (transitive)] steerc888 righteOE wisec1330 guy1362 makea1425 guide?a1505 to make forth1508 direct1526 to make out1560 bend1582 incline1597 work1667 usher1668 head1826 humour1847 vector1966 target1974 a1425 (?a1350) Gospel of Nicodemus (Harl.) (1907) 86 Tyll Alexander..In message was I made. 1601 P. Holland tr. Pliny Hist. World I. 195 Anniball..made [L. misit] after him certaine light horsemen to ouertake him. 42. †a. intransitive. To show or allege that something is the case. Obsolete. ΚΠ 1555 W. Waterman tr. J. Boemus Fardle of Facions i. v. 50 All whiche their doynges, dooe manifestly make, that thei came of the Aethiopes. 1586–7 Queen Elizabeth I Let. to James VI (Camden Soc.) 44 Yet the[y] wyl make that her [sc. Mary's] life may be saved and myne safe, wiche wold God wer true. b. transitive. To consider, represent, or allege to be or do something. Now usually with to omitted. Cf. sense 35. ΘΚΠ the mind > language > statement > assertion without proof > [verb (transitive)] ledgea1300 vouch1390 allege?a1400 suppose1411 pretendc1449 to-layc1450 reckonc1480 compare1536 obtend1573 make1593 represent1651 to trump up1697 1593 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie i. viii. 64 This did the very Heathens themselues obscurely insinuate by making Themis..to be the daughter of heauen and earth. 1662 E. Stillingfleet Origines Sacræ i. i. §20 Parius..makes his coming to Greece to be in the time of Hellen. 1687 Bp. G. Burnet Def. Refl. Varillas's Hist. Heresies 144 Varillas must be Sublime in every thing, so he makes him to have lived till he was 99. 1724 A. Ramsay Some of Contents Ever-green i Balantyne..Makis Vertew triumph. 1825 New Monthly Mag. 14 543 Your sight is better than mine, what do you make that bird to be? 1868 E. A. Freeman Hist. Norman Conquest II. App. 586 Most of the Chronicles make Richard die in 1026. 1875 A. H. Sayce in Encycl. Brit. III. 182/2 Even the estimate of Ctesias, however, would make Babylon cover a space of about 100 square miles. 1941 H. van Zeller Jeremias xx. 199 This [conjecture] makes Jeremias die in the Chaldean capital. IV. To do, perform, accomplish. 43. †a. transitive. In various obsolete uses: to work (a miracle); to commit (a sin, crime, or fault), tell (a lie); to do (justice, mercy); to give (alms). Obsolete. ΚΠ OE Ælfric Lives of Saints (Julius) (1881) I. 476 Se is soð god þe swilce wundra macað. OE Ælfric Old Eng. Hexateuch: Josh. (Claud.) ii. 12 Sweriað me..ðæt ge don eft wið me swylce mildheortnysse swa ic macode [scribal alteration maacode] wið eow [L. quomodo ego misericordiam feci vobiscum]. ?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1137 He maket þur ure Drihtin wunderlice & manifældlice miracles. c1175 ( Ælfric Homily (Bodl. 343) in S. Irvine Old Eng. Homilies (1993) 25 Nan mon ne mihte makiȝen swylce tacnæ butan Gode sylfum..him sylf makæð mihte and wundræ. a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 29 Þenne þu almesse makest. c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 163 (MED) Telle me ssal herafterward of þ[es] wondres..& hou hii were verst imaked. c1330 (?a1300) Sir Tristrem (1886) l. 343 A tresoun þer was made. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 28120 And titter wald i lesyng make, Þan man my worde vn-treu to take. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 28777 Vnnait is þat almusthing Þat þou þe mas of reuid thing. c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. v. 73 On owre lady he cryed To make mercy for his mis-dedes. ?a1425 (c1400) Mandeville's Trav. (Titus C.xvi) (1919) 173 Þat was a gret myracle þat god made for hem. c1425 (c1400) Laud Troy-bk. 10482 (MED) He made Achilles leue his chace, That he no lenger mordur mace. 1459 in W. Chambers Charters Burgh Peebles (1872) 133 Thai haf ordanit..for the faut that he made, that he pay to the tolbuth xs. 1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxv. 95 That suche Iustyce shold be made of Aaman the Seneschalle as [etc.]. a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 112 The murtherer ay mvrthour mais. c1515 Ld. Berners tr. Bk. Duke Huon of Burdeux (1882–7) xxxvii. 116 Huon thus beyng in dyspleasure with hym selfe for the lye that he made. 1621 in R. Bolton Statutes Ireland 16 The Sheriffe of the county shall..make levy of the money aforesaid. a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 149 His design being..to..save himself from the malice and lies of others, and not to make lies of any. b. transitive. To go on (a journey, etc.); to traverse (a route, etc.); to embark upon (a rapid movement, as for escape).Frequently in set phrases, as to make a bee-line (for), bolt (for it), dash (also run) (for it), etc.; to make an excursion, expedition; to make a journey, pace, passage, pilgrimage, progress, step (now rare), tour, trip, voyage; †to make one's course, way; †to make return (= to come back); to make a circuit, left (also right) turn; to make the rounds; to make a break, one's getaway (see also the nouns.).Often with possessive adjective before the direct object [compare Middle Dutch sinen ganc māken travel] , and usually with nouns denoting the distance or space traversed, rather than the specific act of locomotion: so to make a ride and to make a walk are much rarer than to go for a ride, to go for a walk. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > move in a certain direction [verb (intransitive)] goeOE wendOE makeOE aim?a1400 to make one's waya1425 reflect1547 work1566 to make up1596 path1597 sway1600 tend1648 vergea1661 steer1693 society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct (one's course, steps, etc.) [verb (transitive)] stretcha1225 turnc1275 ready?a1400 seta1400 incline?c1400 apply?a1425 raika1500 rechec1540 make1548 address1554 frame1576 bend1579 to shape one's course1593 intend1596 tend1611 direct1632 steer1815 OE Ælfric Homily: De Falsis Diis (Corpus Cambr. 178) in J. C. Pope Homilies of Ælfric (1968) II. 709 Þa macode se sacerd his fare on mergen ofer langne weg to þam geleaffullan biscope. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 577 Monie þar fuhten; monie flæm makeden; monie þar feollen. c1300 St. Michael (Laud) 406 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 311 Þe heouene geth ene a-boute þoruȝ daiȝe and þoruȝ nyȝt..Heo makez euene þus hire cours and comez a-boute wel sone. c1330 Short Metrical Chron. (Auch.) 1182 in PMLA (1931) 46 131 (MED) Toward temes he made his pas. ?c1335 in W. Heuser Kildare-Gedichte (1904) 84 (MED) Þi wei þou make, þou dri þe stake, To prest þi sinnes telle. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 19990 Þis it was þe first passage Þat þe apostels in parti Mad mang þe folk o paeni. a1425 (a1400) Prick of Conscience (Galba & Harl.) (1863) 6377 (MED) Þe son and þe mone þair course mas. ?a1425 Mandeville's Trav. (Egerton) (1889) xxxiv. 152 It schuld be a lang tyme are þat vaiage ware made. a1475 Sidrak & Bokkus (Lansd.) (Ph.D. diss., Univ. of Washington) (1965) 5843 (MED) And as she [sc. the moon] going makeþ her pas, Forþ by þat shadowe light she tas. 1548 Hall's Vnion: Edward IV f. ccix And as the kyng with sayle and ower was makynge his course as fast as coulde be possible. 1646 Sir T. Browne Pseudodoxia Epidemica vi. v. 291 If we imagine the Sun to make his Course out of the Eclyptick. View more context for this quotation 1647 J. Cleveland Poems in Char. London-diurnall (Wing C4662) 44 When he would lie downe, he wheels about; Makes circles, and is couchant in a ring. 1789 G. Parker Life's Painter xv. 143 When they make their escape from a constable, I tipt him the rum mizzle. 1828 Moore's Pract. Navigator (ed. 20) 102 A ship from the Lizard makes her course S. 39° W. 1831 T. De Quincey Dr. Parr in Blackwood's Edinb. Mag. Jan. 76/1 He suddenly made a bolt to the very opposite party. 1846 C. Dickens Dombey & Son (1848) iv. 26 If I didn't know he was too fond of me to make a run of it, and..enter himself aboard ship. 1898 Argosy Sept. 306 If the worst comes to the worst, dash out and make a run for it. 1920 W. J. Locke House of Baltazar xxii You're going to make a bolt with Godfrey and throw your cap over the windmills. 1972 K. Benton Spy in Chancery i. 8 The Russian who's made the approach..isn't the type of KGB operative one would expect to make a run for it. 1986 New Yorker 30 June 70/3 East European river freighters that make the Danube route. c. transitive. To enter into, conclude (a settlement, contract, bargain); (now Law) to enter into a contract of (marriage). See also to make peace at peace n. 1a. ΘΚΠ the mind > language > speech > agreement > make an agreement [verb (intransitive)] accord?a1160 to make (a) finec1325 covenantc1330 compound1419 packc1450 patisec1475 conclude1477 compone1478 bargain1483 article1526 make1530 compact1535 to dispense with1569 temporize1579 to make termsa1599 to strike (a person) luck1599 to be compromised1600 compacka1618 stipulatea1648 to come to terms1657 sort1685 paction1725 to cry off1775 pact1904 lOE Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) anno 1094 Syððan eft hi togædere coman mid þam ilcan mannan þe ær þæt loc makedon, & þa aðas sworen. ?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1140 Oc ferden þe ærcebiscop & te wise men betwux heom, & makede ðæt sahte ðæt te king sculde ben lauerd & king wile he liuede & æfter his dæi ware Henri king. a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 1269 He bad him maken siker pligt Of luue and trewðe. c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. ii. 22 To-morwe worþ þe Mariage I-mad. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 10781 Þe spusail þat was mad þar. a1513 W. Dunbar Tua Mariit Wemen in Poems (1998) I. 42 God gif matrimony wer made to mell for ane ȝeir. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 586/2 I holde it, as we saye whan we make bargen. 1535 Bible (Coverdale) 1 Kings iii. 1 Salomon made mariage with Pharao the kynge of Egipte, & toke Pharaos doughter. a1616 W. Shakespeare Antony & Cleopatra (1623) ii. iii. 37 Though I make this marriage for my peace. View more context for this quotation 1651 T. Hobbes Leviathan Rev. & Concl. 391 A Contract lawfully made, cannot lawfully be broken. a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 562 The marriage that was now made with the brother of Denmark. 1722 D. Defoe Relig. Courtship i. i. 9 Have you been both making your Bargains without me? a1790 B. Franklin Autobiogr. (1981) i. 39 He and I had made a serious Agreement, that the one who happen'd first to die, should if possible make a friendly Visit to the other. 1810 M. van H. Dwight Jrnl. 4 Nov. in Journey to Ohio (1912) 28 Though I feel very well disposed toward the young man, I had not thought of making a bargain with him. 1842 H. J. Stephen New Comm. Laws Eng. II. iii. ii. 296 Having thus shown how marriage may be made. 1894 ‘M. Twain’ Pudd'nhead Wilson xiv. 194 Den you go en make a bargain wid dem people..en tell 'em [etc.]. 1917 Law Rep.: King's Bench Div. 1 649 In my judgment Dr. Mir-Anwaruddin has made such a marriage, as he was legally entitled to do, to which Talak has no application. 1940 W. Faulkner Hamlet i. i. 14 I hear tell he always makes his rent contracts later than most. 1974 I. Parsons in A. Briggs Ess. Hist. of Publishing 49 Richardson had made binding agreements with a succession of Dublin booksellers under which he was to receive certain sums in return for exclusive rights. d. transitive. To perform or execute (a bodily movement or gesture, e.g. one expressive of respect or of contempt).to make a (or one's) bow, countenance, curtsy, dead set (at), face (at), fist (at), leg, mouth (or mouths), salaam; to make eyes (at); to make †cheer, courtesy, horns at, (an) obeisance: see the nouns. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > bodily movement > move (the body or a member) [verb (transitive)] > make (a movement) makec1225 fet1297 fetch1530 c1225 (?c1200) St. Margaret (Bodl.) (1934) 30 (MED) Þe fingres se freoliche me þuncheð..þet tu þe wið blescedest & makedest te merke of þe mihti rode. ?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 157 Summe iuglurs beoð þet ne cunne seruin of nan oðer gleo. buten makien cheres. ?a1425 Mandeville's Trav. (Egerton) (1889) xxvi. 122 (MED) Þai do grete wirschepe also to þe sonne, and mase many knelinges þerto. ?1507 W. Dunbar Tua Mariit Wemen (Rouen) in Poems (1998) I. 44 Quhen I heir nemmyt his name than mak I nyne crocis. 1583 A. Golding tr. J. Calvin Serm. on Deuteronomie clxii. 1003 They make but a figge at it. 1632 P. Massinger & N. Field Fatall Dowry v. sig. K4 The people apt to mocke calamity,..made no hornes at me. 1719 T. D'Urfey Wit & Mirth II. 171 Make your Honour Miss,..Now to me Child. 1739 tr. C. Rollin Anc. Hist. (ed. 2) V. 34 Jumping, skipping, and making variety of strange and unnatural motions. 1776 Trial Maha Rajah Nundocomar for Forgery 70/2 I..made my salam to him. 1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest II. xiii. 285 The King..made a low obeisance to the window where they were standing. 1887 W. P. Frith Autobiogr. I. xix. 237 ‘I am very much obliged to you’, making a low bow. 1934 H. Roth Call it Sleep i. iv. 33 His father made an impatient gesture. 1969 I. Murdoch Bruno's Dream xiv. 119 She made a movement as if giving a benediction and retreated towards the door. 1983 E. Welty Coll. Stories 157 The gesture one of the men made in the air transfixed him where he waited. e. transitive. To wage (war, a battle) (against, on, upon, with); †to mount (an expedition) (obsolete); †to serve or take part in (a campaign) (obsolete). Cf. also to make a fight at fight n. 1b. ΘΚΠ society > society and the community > dissent > fighting > fight [verb (intransitive)] fightc900 deal993 wraxlec1000 skirm?c1225 makec1275 mellc1300 to fight togethera1400 meddlec1400 match1440 wring1470 cobc1540 toilc1540 strike1579 beat1586 scuffle1590 exchange blows1594 to bang it out or aboutc1600 buffeta1616 tussle1638 dimicate1657 to try a friskin1675 to battle it1821 muss1851 scrap1874 to mix it1905 dogfight1929 yike1940 to go upside (someone's) head1970 society > society and the community > dissent > fighting > fight with [verb (transitive)] fightOE strugglec1386 wrestle1398 cope witha1467 undertake1470 to set one's foot by1536 skirmc1540 make1542 to break blows, words with1589 combata1592 to take up1600 warsle1606 stoush1924 society > armed hostility > military operations > [verb (intransitive)] > campaign make1702 campaign1766 c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 170 Weorre makede Turnus. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 627 Stal fiht heo makeden. c1385 G. Chaucer Knight's Tale 1287 Allas..Thou mayst..Assemblen alle the folk of oure kynrede, And make a werre..on this citie. c1400 (?a1300) Kyng Alisaunder (Laud) (1952) 6607 When þe delphyns þe cokedrille seeþ, Anon togedres wrooþ hij beeþ..And makeþ þan a stronge fiȝth. a1475 J. Fortescue Governance of Eng. (Laud) (1885) vi. 123 Ffor the brekynge off an armye when any shall be made ayen hym apon þe see. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 620/1 He made batayle agaynst hym tenne yeres. 1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 262^v Sylla..who made ciuile battail w^t Marius. 1594 T. Kyd tr. R. Garnier Cornelia iv. i. 131 These Nations did he purposely prouoke, To make an Armie for his after-ayde Against the Romans. 1613 A. Sherley Relation Trav. Persia 99 Princes difficilly speak of peace while they feele themselues able to make warres. 1702 Clarendon's Hist. Rebellion I. i. 49 After he had made two or three Campaigns..he came in the leisure of the Winter to visit his Friends in England. 1749 H. Fielding Tom Jones III. vii. xi. 87 [He] told the latter many entertaining Stories of his Campaigns, tho' in Reality he had never made any. View more context for this quotation 1814 W. Scott Waverley I. x. 128 Mr. Bradwardine..made five campaigns in foreign service. View more context for this quotation 1828 W. Irving Life C. Columbus (1849) III. 72 They brandished their weapons, sounded their conchs, and prepared to make battle. 1858 W. M. Thackeray Virginians vii To make the campaign was the dearest wish of Harry's life. 1910 Encycl. Brit. I. 733/2 Besides making war upon the Moors, he was..frequently embroiled with the church. 1991 P. Slater Dream Deferred i. ii. 25 Making war becomes the most interesting thing in life, and ‘honor’—a word applied to everything that serves to nourish masculine narcissism—the central value. †f. intransitive. Probably: to be effective, succeed. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > advantage > efficacy > be efficacious [verb (intransitive)] workOE availa1400 makea1400 prevaila1400 to hit the nail upon (or on) the headc1450 effect1592 serve1593 to tickle it1601 take1611 executea1627 to have force (to do)1713 answer1721 to take place1789 to do the trick1819 to hit (also go to, touch, etc.) the spot1836 produce1881 to press (also push) the button1890 to come through1906 to turn the trick1933 to make a (also the) point1991 a1400 (c1303) R. Mannyng Handlyng Synne (Harl.) 557 Beleue wyl make Þere þe wurde no myȝt may take. g. transitive. Christian Church (now chiefly Roman Catholic Church). To perform (a sacrament, as confession or (now esp. one's first) communion). Also: to do (penance) (rare). ΚΠ a1400 (?a1325) Medit. on Supper of our Lord (Harl.) (1875) 196 He seyd, ‘makeþ þys yn my mende’.] ?a1425 (c1400) Mandeville's Trav. (Titus C.xvi) (1919) 52 Þei maken here sacrement of the awtier seyenge Pater noster & oþer preyeres. c1475 (a1400) J. Wyclif Eng. Wks. (1880) 327 Confessioun þat man makiþ of synne is made of man in two maners. Summe is mad oonly to god... And sum confessioun is made to man. ?c1510 tr. Newe Landes & People founde by Kynge of Portyngale sig. Ci^v They make the sacrament in broune brede. 1585 T. Washington tr. N. de Nicolay Nauigations Turkie iv. xix. 133 b Making their sacrament according to the Roman maner, with a round cake. 1705 Bp. T. Wilson in J. Keble Life T. Wilson: Pt. I (1863) vii. 233 To make one Sunday's penance apiece in penitential habit in Kirk Michael Church. 1809 J. Milner in F. C. Husenbeth Life J. Milner (1862) viii. 166 To be particularly anxious that all should make their Easter duty. 1888 W. J. Knox-Little Child of Stafferton xii. 151 He intended to make his confession that night and to make his Communion in the morning. 1918 W. Cather My Ántonia i. xv. 121 I make my first communion very young. 1989 Lit. Rev. Aug. 28/1 In England people ‘make’ their first Communion. h. transitive. To deliver orally. Now chiefly in set phrases, as to make a speech (also an oration): see the nouns. †to make (a) sermon: see sermon n. 1 (To be distinguished from similar phrases at sense 45.) ΚΠ 1485 Malory's Morte Darthur (Caxton) i. ii. sig. a.ij But wayte ye make not many questions with her nor her men, but saye ye are diseased and soo hye yow to bedde. 1800 A. Addison Rep. Cases Pennsylvania 286 Brackenridge..made two questions. 1897 B. Stoker Dracula x. 133 But hush! No telling to others that make so inquisitive questions. Thesaurus » †i. transitive. to make memory (also min, mind, minning): to commemorate, record (see the nouns). Obsolete. j. transitive to make a killing: see killing n. 2. 44. a. transitive. With to or indirect object. To offer, present, render; spec. to do (homage, fealty); to pay (some mark of respect); to render (support, aid); to present (a person's thanks or compliments); to propound (a question); to give (an instance, notice, a reason, warning). Also in to make amends, †asseth, homage, (one's) obedience, (an, one's) obeisance, satisfaction: see the nouns. Now only in set phrases.to make one a compliment, etc.: see compliment n. to make (one's) court to: see court n.¹ 17a. Cf. to make love at love n.¹ Phrases 3a. ΘΚΠ the mind > possession > giving > offer or action of offering > offer [verb (transitive)] i-bedea800 bidOE make?a1160 forthc1200 bihedec1275 proffera1325 yielda1382 dressc1384 to serve fortha1393 dight1393 pretend1398 nurnc1400 offerc1425 profita1450 tent1459 tend1475 exhibit1490 propine1512 presentc1515 oblate1548 pretence1548 defer?1551 to hold forth1560 prefer1567 delatea1575 to give forth1584 tender1587 oppose1598 to hold out1611 shore1787 ?a1160 Anglo-Saxon Chron. (Laud) (Peterborough contin.) anno 1137 Hi hadden him manred maked & athes suoren. a1325 (c1280) Southern Passion (Pepys 2344) (1927) 13 (MED) And þo pope eke euere-mo Gret dol makeþ to pouere men. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 20620 Al heuen court sal serue þe, To mak þe manred. ?a1400 (a1338) R. Mannyng Chron. (Petyt) ii. 42 (MED) He com vnto Suane & mad him feaute. ?a1400 (a1338) R. Mannyng Chron. (Petyt) (1996) i. 6362 Conan mad him feaute. 1450 Rolls of Parl. V. 212/1 Therof made notice to the seid Evan Aprice. 1473 J. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 457 I made yowre answere to þe frendys off Mestresse Jane Godmerston. a1475 (?a1430) J. Lydgate tr. G. Deguileville Pilgrimage Life Man (Vitell.) 3298 Makynge to hyr thys questyoun. c1480 (a1400) St. John Baptist 352 in W. M. Metcalfe Legends Saints Sc. Dial. (1896) II. 233 He bad þaim..sic demand hym ma [etc.]. 1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) v. 297 And he him-self first homage maid. 1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) v. 502 Thai maid him mony tyme varnyng. 1508 W. Kennedy Flyting (Chepman & Myllar) in Poems W. Dunbar (1998) I. 213 Homage to Edward Langschankis maid thy kyn. 1523 Ld. Berners tr. J. Froissart Cronycles I. ccxxxviii. 344 They..came..and made homage to kynge Dampeter. 1539 T. Cromwell Let. 21 Jan. in R. B. Merriman Life & Lett. T. Cromwell (1902) II. 169 To make supporte subvention and confort unto them to resist his malice. 1582 G. Martin Discov. Corruptions Holy Script. ii. 29 And make vs a good reason why you put the word, traditions, here. 1600 B. Jonson Every Man out of his Humor ii. i. sig. F^v Why I'le make you an Instance: your Cittie wiues [etc.] . View more context for this quotation 1656 Ld. Orrery Parthenissa V. iii. iii. 147 He had but one desire more to make me. 1719 James (the Pretender) Let. in Pearson's 76th Catal. (1894) 33 Pray make him my kind compliments. 1761 D. Hume Hist. Eng. II. xxvii. 127 He made warning of the danger to his master. 1813 J. Austen Let. 29 Jan. (1995) 202 She desired me to make her best Thanks &c. to Miss Lloyd for it. b. transitive. to make (a) head: see head n.¹ Phrases 4k. †c. transitive. Law (chiefly U.S. in later use). Of a court or a judge: to render, give (a decision, judgment). Obsolete. ΚΠ 1804 Ld. Eldon Vesey's Rep. X. 121 I am not aware that such a decision has been made since that case. 1891 Rep. Supreme Court Montana 10 113 If the decision of the issue was made by a jury it is usually termed a ‘verdict’. 45. transitive. [Often after classical Latin or post-classical Latin phrases with facere or Anglo-Norman, Old French, or Middle French phrases with faire , with a noun borrowed from that in the Latin or French phrase. In many cases the verbs with which these nouns were cognate already existed in English, and the development of the expressions described below therefore presented a parallel locution. The causative use of make with bare nouns is attested from late Old English (see sense 43).] With nouns expressing the action of verbs (whether etymologically cognate or not), forming innumerable phrases approximately equivalent in sense to those verbs (as to make an assertion, to make an error, to make a pretence, etc.).From the early ME period to the present day the nouns recorded in this formula have been predominantly (though not exclusively) derived (frequently through French) from Latin (affirmation, application, calculation, generalization, submission; adjustment, allowance, discovery, experiment, improvement, promise, resistance, etc.). At first make was typically used with the bare noun (to make profession, etc.), and some set phrases of this nature are still in use. But from the earliest period a possessive adjective or demonstrative determiner might be interposed, and from at least the later Middle English period the indefinite article appears before the noun (though even today the plural form of the noun is often more frequent than the singular in such contexts). The majority of existing phrases show a form with the indefinite article (often with an adjective modifier). Early uses also demonstrate a gerundial form in -ing as the object of the verb (now archaic, perhaps obsolete).As a simple phrase (without further complement) the formula with make is equivalent to the intransitive use of the verb. When the noun which is the object of make allows or requires as complement a prepositional phrase introduced by of, the phrase with make is the equivalent of the transitive use of the verb.Many phrases of this nature are lemmatized or documented under their respective nouns; the phrases and illustrative quotations given below exemplify the use of the formula generally (whether or not the individual forms are dealt with in more detail elsewhere in the dictionary).to make an abatement, (one's) abode, †abstinence, abstraction, an acknowledgement, (an) acquaintance, an acquisition, an address, an adjustment, an advance, (an) affirmation, an agreement, an allegation, (an) allowance, an alteration, an animadversion, an announcement, (an) answer, an appeal, an (also one's) appearance, (an) application, an appointment, arrangement, an ascent, an assault, an assay, (an) †assembly, an assertion, an assessment, an assumption, (an) assurance, atonement, an attack, an attempt, one's †avaunt, †avauntment, (an) avowal, an award, †baptizing, a beginning, a bet, a bid, a blunder, (a, one's) boast, †bodeword, a booking, a †boon (= prayer), a break, a calculation, a call, †cease, a challenge, a change, a check, (a) choice, (a) claim, a climb, a comeback, a comment, a commitment, common cause (with), a comparison, a complaint, a compromise, a computation, a concession, a confession, a connection, a conquest (of), contact, a contract, a contribution, conversation, a copy, a cut, a dash, a debut, a decision, a declaration, a deduction, a defence, delay, †delaying, a demand, a demonstration, deray, a descent, a disclosure, a discovery, a disposition, a distinction, a donation, an end, an endeavour, †ending, (an) enquiry, an entrance, an error, an essay, an excavation, (an) exception, (an) exchange, (an) excuse, †experience, an experiment, an explanation, an exposition, a find, one's flitting, a forecast, a generalization, a gift, a grant, greeting, a guess, haste, a hazard, hesitation, a †hunt, an impact, an improvement, an incision, an inference, †information, inquisition, instance, intercession, an investment, an †invitation, a joke, a judgement, a †kneeling, lamentation, a landing, a †meeting, †menace, a measurement, mention, a mistake, a modification, a motion, mourning, a move, †muster, narration, a note, (an) oath, (an) objection, an observation, †ockering, an offer, an offering, an †operation, (one's) †orison, †overdoing, †parlage, a pass (at), a payment, a (also one's) petition, †plaint, a plan, a play (for), †poinding, (a) prayer (also one's prayers), a prediction, a preparation, pretence, pretension, †process, †procession, (a) proclamation, (a) profession, a proffer, progress, a promise, proof, a proposal, a proposition, a protest, provision, a purchase, a push, †ransoming, (†one's) recourse, a recovery, a reduction, a reference, †refuge, a remark, a remittance, a repair, a reparation, a repayment, (a) reply, a report, a representation, reprisals, (a) request, †residence, resistance, a resolution, restitution, (a) retreat, †revenge, †roos, †rosing, a sacrifice, a sale, a saving, (a) search, a selection, †separation, (a) shift, a shot, show, showing, slaughter, a slip, †sojourn, †spare, †speaking, a stab (at), a stand, a start, a statement, a stay, †store, a submission, a suggestion, supply, supplying, surance, a surrender, tarrying, a threat, a transition, a translation, (a) trial, use (of), one's vaunt, a venture, a vow, a wager, watch, †witnessing, †yelp (ȝelp = boast). ΚΠ a1200 MS Trin. Cambr. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1873) 2nd Ser. 91 (MED) Elhc cristene man makeð þis dai procession fro chirche to chirche. ?c1225 (?a1200) Ancrene Riwle (Cleo. C.vi) (1972) 4 Nan ancre ne schal..makien professiun..buten þreo þinges. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1978) l. 13202 Æuere heo ȝelp makieð. c1300 Childhood Jesus (Laud) 1527 in C. Horstmann Altengl. Legenden (1875) 1st Ser. 51 Þat noman ne miȝte make delayingue Of þing þat he wolde don. c1330 (?c1300) Bevis of Hampton (Auch.) 215 (MED) A prikede out be-fore is ost For pride and for make bost. 1340 Ayenbite (1866) 240 Sobrete lokeþ mesure ine mete and ine drinke þet me ne maki overdoinge. a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) iv. 1684 (MED) To Cupide I make a yifte. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 8126 (MED) Þai..made [Trin. Cambr. maden] ilkan þair orison. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 12274 Quen þe angell hir bodeword made. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 12518 Þai..to bethleem þair flitting made. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 12776 (MED) He now suilk baptiszing mass. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 13194 For to mak ending o mi tale. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 14334 Til fader his he made a bon. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 28816 Þou þat okering mas wit man. ?a1400 (a1338) R. Mannyng Chron. (Petyt) (1996) i. 11425 Of þis þei mak auancement. 1401 in J. Stuart Extracts Council Reg. Aberdeen (1844) I. 380 Til mak sic pundyng. ?a1425 (c1400) Mandeville's Trav. (Titus C.xvi) (1919) 27 Þere he made the exposicioun of dremes. 1449 Rolls of Parl. V. 147/2 Of the which offenses, they hadde be..required..to make cesse. a1450 (c1410) H. Lovelich Merlin (1904) I. l. 1654 (MED) They han maad Sewrawnce..me forto slen. c1450 (c1380) G. Chaucer House of Fame ii. 416 Ykarus..dreynte, For whom was maked moch compleynt. c1480 (a1400) St. George 797 in W. M. Metcalfe Legends Saints Sc. Dial. (1896) II. 199 Ambrose, to þis mais witnesing. 1484 W. Caxton tr. G. de la Tour-Landry Bk. Knight of Tower (1971) lxxxviii. 119 They..fasted and made abstynence. a1513 W. Dunbar Tabill of Confessioun in Poems (1998) I. 270 To proper curat to mak confessioun trew. c1515 Ld. Berners tr. Bk. Duke Huon of Burdeux (1882–7) xxxii. 96 Agaynst that Gyaunt thou canst make no resystence. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 621/1 I make clayme to a thyng by processe of the lawe. 1535 Bible (Coverdale) Psalms xl. 17 Make no longe tarienge o my God. 1563 2nd Tome Homelyes sig. Pppp.iii^v The wiseman..made his recourse to God for it. 1563–4 in J. H. Burton Reg. Privy Council Scotl. (1877) 1st Ser. I. 256 In presence of the Queins Majestie..comperit Johne Erle of Athole, and maid this offer underspecifiit. 1568 in W. T. Ritchie Bannatyne MS f. 77 Thocht thow grit murnyng may. c1616 R. C. Times' Whistle (1871) v. 1886 Let's make a challenge. 1632 P. Holland tr. Xenophon Cyrupædia 102 As touching the money in coine..they would then make partage thereof. 1640 W. Habington Hist. Edward IV 3 Hee..lookt about, where he might on the best advantage make experience of his fortune. 1664 N. Ingelo Bentivolio & Urania: 2nd Pt. vi. 289 The obedient Theoprepians made appearance at the time appointed. 1669 S. Sturmy Mariners Mag. i. ii. 25 This Observation was first made by Thales Milesius. 1680 Aubrey in Lett. Eminent Persons (1813) III. 386 'Twas a minute watch, w^th w^ch he made his experiments. a1687 Sir W. Petty in T. Hale Acct. New Inventions (1691) 132 We shall..make some animadversions upon each of the three great branches of that Expence. 1711 J. Addison Spectator No. 1. ¶5 There is no Place of Publick Resort, wherein I do not often make my Appearance. a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 361 The House of Commons resolved..to make an address to the King. a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 595 The Pope..made great returns of money into Germany. 1715 J. T. Desaguliers tr. N. Gauger Fires Improv'd 137 Make several Chymical Operations. 1769 O. Goldsmith Rom. Hist. I. 106 Veturia, the mother of Coriolanus, at first made some hesitation to undertake so pious a work. 1771 O. Goldsmith Hist. Eng. IV. 161 A French officer, who had made some useful informations relative to the affairs of France. 1796 Ld. Nelson Let. 11 Sept. in Dispatches & Lett. (1846) VII. Add. p. cxi To make reprisals for the value of the property. 1821 J. Fowler Jrnl. (1898) 69 To morrow the Indeans make a Hunt. 1836 J. C. Calhoun Speech 9 Mar. in Wks. (1864) II. 483 Whenever the attempt shall be made to abolish slavery. 1843 G. Borrow Bible in Spain II. ix. 188 He advised me to..obtain permission to make excavations. 1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. I. iii. 340 (note) I have made allowance for the increase. 1869 J. S. Mill Subject. Women iii. 98 Let us at first make entire abstraction of all psychological considerations tending to show, that [etc.]. 1870 E. Peacock Ralf Skirlaugh III. 199 No explanation had been made. 1870 C. Dickens Edwin Drood iii. 12 The rest [of the streets] being mostly disappointing yards with..no thoroughfare—exception made of the Cathedral-close. 1879 M. Arnold Mixed Ess. 340 That astonishing recovery which France has made since her defeat. 1883 Cent. Mag. 26 245/1 [He] made a cut at something in the water. 1887 H. R. Haggard Jess xxviii. 269 Still the old man made no comment. 1903 H. Johnston Brit. Mammals 86 It has been named the ‘serotine’ bat from its habit of only making its appearance late in the evening. 1934 Punch 18 Apr. 440/1 Libel makes no pretence to belong to any other class than it is now the contemptuous fashion to call the literature of escape. 1965 W. S. Allen Vox Latina i. 13 An alveolar articulation (in which the tongue makes contact with the gum-ridge behind the upper teeth). 1976 Economist 12 June 51/1 There is much taradiddle in the City about the Bank's moral obligation to make restitution. 1991 P. Barker Regeneration iv. 38 His mind was incapable of making comparisons, but his aching thighs remembered, and he listened for the whine of shells. 46. †a. transitive. To entertain or manifest (a specified emotion). to make cheer (also make gladness, make glee, make joy, make merriment, make mirth): to rejoice, be merry. to make care: to be careful or anxious. to make dole (also make sorrow): to mourn. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the mind > emotion > aspects of emotion > emotional attitude > hold, entertain, or cherish (a feeling) [verb (transitive)] haveOE takec1175 feelc1225 makec1225 hoard1340 cherishc1385 harbour1393 nourisha1522 nurse1567 lodge1583 carry1586 the mind > emotion > pleasure > joy, gladness, or delight > rejoicing or exultation > rejoice or exult [verb (intransitive)] fainc888 blissc897 gladc950 hightOE spilea1000 make mirthc1225 playc1225 gladdena1300 to make joyc1300 joisec1320 joya1325 rejoyc1350 enjoyc1380 to be joyeda1382 mirtha1400 gloryc1400 rejoicec1405 enjoysec1470 triumph1535 exult1593 to take joya1616 gratify1811 tripudiate1891 kvell1940 c1225 (?c1200) St. Katherine (1973) 2340 Ȝe meidnes..nalde ȝe neauer remen ne makien reowðe for me. ?c1250 in C. Brown Eng. Lyrics 13th Cent. (1932) 111 (MED) Wel ofte ich sike and sorwe make. c1275 (?a1200) Laȝamon Brut (Calig.) (1963) 1795 Muchel wes þa murðe þe þat folc makode. c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 7820 He him sulf deol inou & sorwe made al so. c1330 (c1250) Floris & Blauncheflur (Auch.) (1966) 30 (MED) Al þai made glade [v.r. good] chere, And ete and dronke echon wiȝ oþer. c1350 Apocalypse St. John: A Version (Harl. 874) (1961) 161 Make we ioye & blis, & ȝine we heriȝing to god. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 11031 Again him mad gladnes an glu. a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Gött.) 17974 Ful mekil ioy þai made i-wis. c1425 (c1400) Laud Troy-bk. 9957 Knyȝtes kene that ben of Troye, Now make murthe and mochel Ioye. a1475 Sidrak & Bokkus (Lansd.) (Ph.D. diss., Univ. of Washington) (1965) 1785 (MED) Shal a man wepe and make yuel chere For his frende whan he dieth here? 1490 W. Caxton tr. Foure Sonnes of Aymon (1885) vi. 140 The grete sorowe that the poure knyghtes made for theyr brother. a1522 G. Douglas tr. Virgil Æneid (1959) x. i. 107 As for Ene, forsuyth, I mak na cayr. 1570 in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. xii. 200 The Feynd mak cair, I say na mair. 1590 E. Spenser Faerie Queene iii. i. sig. Cc5 Some to make loue, some to make meryment. 1601 J. Weever Mirror of Martyrs sig. Ej^v Though foolishnes it be, For treasure lost, to waile, or make great sorrow. c1650 in J. Morris Troubles Catholic Forefathers (1872) (modernized text) 1st ser. 275 Those Cloisters of this Order..did sometimes invite them to dinner, and made great cheer with plenty of wine in their speakhouse. 1665 S. Patrick Parable of Pilgrim xxiv. 255 To make joy in Heaven,..O what a ravishment is it? 1830 W. Scott Ivanhoe (new ed.) II. xxiii. 330 To leave the safeguard which he had with the Laird, and come to make good cheer with the said Earl. 1870 W. Morris Earthly Paradise: Pt. IV 186 To make more mirth, For folk already overglad. 1885 Ld. Tennyson Prol. to Gen. Hamley 15 Therewithin a guest may make True cheer. b. transitive. to make (a) mock (also mockery, †scorn) (at, of): see the nouns. c. transitive. U.S. colloquial. to make a time: to make a fuss; to ‘make a song and dance’. Now rare. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > manner of action > vigour or energy > act or do vigorously [verb (intransitive)] > be brisk or active > bustle > fuss or make a fuss nytelc1400 to make a matter1549 to keep a coil1568 squatter1593 fiddle-faddle1633 to play hell (with)1750 fuss1792 to play hell and Tommy1825 piggle1836 palavera1840 to make a time1844 to make a time1844 friggle1848 fussify1868 to make a production of (or out of)1941 1844 Columbian Mag. 179/1 You never saw people so delighted as they were to meet me; shook hands and made such a time of it that I really was afraid they were going to kiss me in the street. 1871 E. Prentiss Aunt Jane's Hero (1872) vi. 50 When he first proposed to enlist, she made a time about it, and said and did all she could to alter his resolution. 1919 N. Barley Gorgeous Girl (1920) xxiii. 318 Her aunt said she saw you and made quite a time of it. I'm sorry. 1935 M. N. Rawson Little Old Mills 317 When Ma and the children would make a time about it..one went somewhere, anywhere—not to have light talk of it. 47. a. transitive. In questions introduced by an objective what: to have as one's business or purpose, to do (as what make you here?). Now archaic and regional.Common in 16th and 17th centuries. Censured as if a Gallicism in J. Elphinston Princ. Eng. Lang. (1765). ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > doing > activity or occupation > occupy or engage (a person) [verb (transitive)] > engage in or busy oneself about fanda1375 entermetea1393 deala1400 makea1400 apply?c1400 to have in occupation?1523 lie1546 entreat1590 to consist in1606 tirea1616 stickle1647 to be in the business of1873 a1400 (a1325) Cursor Mundi (Vesp.) 10990 Þe folk...Thoght ferli quat wit þis he madde [Trin. Cambr. wondride what he was a boute]. a1500 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Trin. Dublin) 834* (MED) Whyne ert þou & who, & what makys þou here? a1500 (?a1400) Sir Torrent of Portyngale (1887) 2051 (MED) What makist thou in this contre? 1535 Bible (Coverdale) Judges xviii. 3 Who broughte y^e hither? What makest thou here? 1601 J. Marston et al. Iacke Drums Entertainm. ii. sig. C3^v Alas good aged Sir, what make you vp? 1602 Kyd's Spanish Trag. (new ed.) iii. sig. H2 ^v Hie. What make you with your torches in the darke. a1640 J. Fletcher & P. Massinger Custome of Countrey iii. iii, in F. Beaumont & J. Fletcher Comedies & Trag. (1647) sig. Bb2^v/2 What made you wandring So late i' th' night? 1677 A. Wood Life & Times (1892) II. 399 The proctor met him and ask'd him what he made out so late. 1693 J. Dryden tr. Persius Satires v. 68 Friend, What do'st thou make a Shipboord? 1718 A. Pope tr. Homer Iliad IV. xvi. 247 If that dire Fury must for ever burn, What make we here? 1823 W. Scott Quentin Durward II. xi. 265 What should my daughter make here at such an onslaught? 1842 R. H. Barham Misadventures Margate in Ingoldsby Legends 2nd Ser. 151 I saw a little vulgar Boy—I said, ‘What make you here?’ b. transitive. In questions after a subjective what: to cause to be in the place specified (as what makes you here?). Cf. branch III. Now archaic. ΚΠ 1676 G. Etherege Man of Mode v. i. 77 Footman. Madam! Mr. Dorimant! Lov. What makes him here? 1688 T. Shadwell Squire of Alsatia i. i. 1 What makes you abroad so early? 1694 R. Franck Northern Mem. 28 What makes him there? 1816 S. T. Coleridge Christabel i. 5 What makes her in the wood so late, A furlong from the castle gate? 1869 J. C. Atkinson Peacock's Gloss. Dial. Hundred of Lonsdale (at cited word) What made you there? 48. transitive. To eat (a meal). to make a meal of: see meal n.² Phrases 5. ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > food > consumption of food or drink > eating > eating meals > eat meal [verb (transitive)] makec1400 nosh1958 c1400 (c1378) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Laud 581) (1869) B. xix. 385 (MED) Here is bred yblessed, and goddes body þer-vnder; Grace..gaue Pieres..myȝtes to maken it. 1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 127 On a tyme Diogenes made al his dyner with Oliues onely. 1577 B. Googe tr. C. Heresbach Foure Bks. Husbandry i. f. 15 That they make not to great meales, but eate litle and often. 1662 J. Davies tr. A. Olearius Voy. & Trav. Ambassadors 270 Some times our people made but one meal a day. 1743 E. Young Complaint: Night the Fifth 30 There take large Draughts; make her chief Banquet there. 1859 J. M. Jephson & L. Reeve Narr. Walking Tour Brittany xix. 311 As I made my delicious and refreshing luncheon of green figs. 1864 M. Lemon Loved at Last I. vi. 145 I never made a better dinner in my life. 1890 Longman's Mag. July 254 He made his simple morning meal. 1927 V. Woolf To Lighthouse i. xii. 105 He had made a meal off bread and cheese in a public house. 1991 J. Varley Steel Beach (1993) 283 I watched from a distance through my field glasses as I made my breakfast of pancakes and left-over rabbit chilli. 49. a. transitive. To incur (a loss, expense, etc.). Now only with reference to a transaction, business, etc. Cf. sense 26a. ΘΚΠ society > trade and finance > management of money > expenditure > spend or incur expense [verb (intransitive)] > be put to expense make1453 the world > action or operation > operation upon something > have effect on [verb (transitive)] > be subjected to or undergo an action > specifically of a person > something undesirable sufferc1390 reachc1429 make1453 to get the works1928 1340 Ayenbite (1866) 37 Þe greate officials..makeþ þe greate spendinges [ Bk. Vices & Virtues costes].] 1453 Rolls of Parl. V. 268/1 All theire costes, expenses, and lostez made and suffred by hem. 1563 in J. H. Burton Reg. Privy Council Scotl. (1877) 1st Ser. I. 239 All expensissis maid in..pleying of the said caus. 1626 C. Potter tr. P. Sarpi Hist. Quarrels 99 They could not continue to make such expence, nor to furnish so many persons with Vestiments. 1640 tr. G. S. du Verdier Love & Armes Greeke Princes iii. 199 They could not learn any news of the losse they had made. a1715 Bp. G. Burnet Hist. Own Time (1724) I. 251 Both England and Holland had made a great loss both in ships and treasure. 1749 Ld. Chesterfield Let. 2 Oct. (1932) (modernized text) IV. 1412 I will most cheerfully supply, not only every necessary, but every decent expense you can make. 1812 Duke of Wellington Dispatches (1837) IX. 143 We have made such an expenditure of engineers, that I can hardly wish for any body. 1887 Dict. National Biogr. IX. 269/2 Sometimes more praise was due to him for a work on which he made a loss than for a work which in more recent times was a splendid success. 1969 It 4 July 10/3 The promoters just hadn't got things together at all and would have made an immense loss. 1992 Economist 11 Apr. 44/3 The company made a loss of $400m on sales of $10 billion last year. †b. transitive. Chiefly Scottish. To defray, provide for (expenses, costs). Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > trade and finance > payment > pay money or things [verb (transitive)] yieldc893 pay?c1225 spendc1450 make1473 redd1491 to pay in1623 betall1630 to pay away1731 fund1843 spring1851 1473 in T. Dickson Accts. Treasurer Scotl. (1877) I. 46 Gevin to Wil Oliphant..to mak his expensis xx li. a1475 J. Fortescue Governance of Eng. (Laud) (1885) v. 118 (MED) Yff a kynge be pore, he shall bi nescessite make his expences..by creaunce and borowynge. 1574 in J. H. Burton Reg. Privy Council Scotl. (1878) 1st Ser. II. 388 The said Robert oblist him to mak the said Williames reasonable expenssis, and to pay the same to him. †c. transitive. To suffer (shipwreck or other misfortune). Frequently figurative to make shipwreck of: see shipwreck n. Phrases c. Obsolete.to make bad weather: see weather n. 2c. ΘΚΠ society > travel > travel by water > shipwreck > suffer shipwreck [verb (intransitive)] wrack1470 make1526 to make wreck1577 split1602 shipwreck1607 wreck1671 1526 Bible (Tyndale) 1 Tim. i. 19 Some..as concernynge fayth have made ship~wracke. 1577 R. Holinshed Chron. II. 490/1 Euery person makyng wrecke by sea, & comming aliue to lande. 1609 G. Benson Serm. 7 May 5 If you..make wrack neyther vpon the Rockes, nor vpon the Sandes, neyther vppon open nor secret sinnes. 1826 W. Scott Woodstock I. xi. 283 Showing..upon how many devious coasts human nature may make shipwreck. 1846 R. C. Trench Notes Miracles xxxiii. 454 The ship of the Church,—encumbered with evil livers till it well nigh makes shipwreck altogether. 50. transitive. To put forth (an effort). Formerly also †to make labour (also pain). Also (occasionally) intransitive with passive meaning.†to make force (at, etc.): see force n.¹ 22b. to make the running: see running n. Phrases 3. to make shift: see shift n. 6. Cf. also to make haste, speed: see the nouns. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > manner of action > effort or exertion > exert oneself or make an effort [verb (intransitive)] tillc897 stightlea1375 stretcha1375 wrestlea1382 to put it forthc1390 to put one's hand(s) to (also unto)a1398 paina1400 takea1400 to do one's busy pain (also care, cure, diligence)?a1430 to make great force?c1450 makec1485 to stir one's stumpsa1500 to bestir one's stumps1549 to make work1574 put1596 bestira1616 operate1650 to lay out1659 to be at pains1709 exerta1749 tew1787 maul1821 to take (the) trouble1830 to pull outc1835 bother1840 trouble1880 to buck up1890 hump1897 to go somea1911 c1485 ( G. Hay Bk. Law of Armys (2005) 35 He maid grete payne to ger that langage of latyne sprede. 1490 W. Caxton tr. Foure Sonnes of Aymon (1885) xxiv. 527 Thadmyrall sawe the grete efforte of armes that Reynawde made agenste his folke. 1491 Act 7 Hen. VII c. 22 Preamble I pray you make laboure unto my Lady Warwyk to write to the King of Fraunce. 1565 Stow in Three 15th c. Chron. (Camd.) 136 Y^e paryshe of S. Marie Magdalyn in Mylke~stret, makynge labour to y^e byshope, had by hym a mynister apoyntyd to serve them with communion that day. 1596 J. Dalrymple tr. J. Leslie Hist. Scotl. (1888) I. 6 Gif mair labour and industrie war maid. 1682 T. Shadwell Medal of John Bayes 121 In Cromwels Court, Where first your Muse did make her great effort. 1735 W. Somervile Chace iii. 113 The panting Courser..Makes many a faint Effort. 1768 Philos. Trans. 1767 (Royal Soc.) 57 68 I started up..made some efforts to vomit, but evacuated nothing. 1792 H. H. Brackenridge Mod. Chivalry I. vii. i. 141 In this case, the judgment is already persuaded, the affections already gained. Having therefore, no object, what exertion can the mind make? 1807 Z. M. Pike Acct. Exped. Sources Mississippi ii. App. 51 The Spaniards were making such great exertions to debauch the minds of our savages. 1833 J. J. Strang Diary 9 Feb. in M. M. Quaife Kingdom of St. James (1930) 214 Powerful exertions were making to delay until Congress could get some facts to act upon. 1863 M. Oliphant Rector (new ed.) iii. 23 If he had known anything in the world which would have given her consolation, he was ready to have made any exertion for it. 1871 S. Smiles Character i. 11 Every honest effort made in an upward direction. 1914 D. H. Lawrence Prussian Officer & Other Stories 12 He saw the young man's breast heaving as he made an effort for words. 1957 I. Murdoch Sandcastle ii. 28 Nan had made what she herself would call a real social effort. 1973 E. F. Schumacher Small is Beautiful iii. iii. 182 Many people..plead that the rich countries ought to make a much bigger financial effort. 1995 N.Y. Rev. Bks. 25 May 42/1 They have been treated with all the solemnity due Pascal's Pensées by academic Benjaminians, who have made heroic exertions to restore this unwritten, unwritable work. †51. a. transitive. To play (the fool). Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > behaviour > follow (a course of behaviour) [verb (transitive)] > assume (behaviour or a part) ontakec1300 playa1425 to take up?c1425 make1559 sustain1560 support1693 1559 D. Lindsay Complaynt 236 in Wks. (1931) I. 46 Sum maid the fule, and sum did flatter. b. transitive. to make the agreeable: see agreeable n. 4. Obsolete. 52. a. transitive. To accomplish (a distance) by travelling, etc.; (Nautical) to travel at (a speed). ΘΚΠ society > travel > [verb (transitive)] > accomplish a distance in travelling travelc1400 run1440 accomplish1550 make1564 gain1733 1564–5 N. Wotton in J. W. Burgon Life & Times Sir T. Gresham (1839) II. 70 I made a-foote vi myles ere I came to Dunkerke. 1662 J. Davies tr. A. Olearius Voy. & Trav. Ambassadors 2 It's violence hindred us not from keeping on our course, and making fifteen Leagues that night. 1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant i. 270 When the Wind blew so hard, that we made nine or ten Miles an hour. 1746 Pennsylvania Gaz. 7 Aug. 2/2 The work..by annual motion, which makes but 2 miles and a half (more or less, according to the latitude) in an hour, it [sc. the longitude] may be had in less than half a mile. 1856 F. L. Olmsted Journey Slave States 16 The boat makes 55 miles in 3½ hours. 1883 Cent. Mag. Oct. 945/1 The old hooker actually made two and a half knots, and answered her helm tolerably well. 1899 Pall Mall Mag. Mar. 373 I could get no boat farther than Kirkcaldy, so I must make the distance on foot. 1904 J. London Sea-wolf xvii. 161 We've made at least ten knots, and we're going twelve or thirteen now. 1957 J. Kerouac On the Road ii. ix. 168 We made thirty miles without using gas. 1988 Mountain Biking June 32/1 The sand sucks the struggling rider down as he pedals under the blazing sun, making no more than two and a half miles every hour. b. transitive. Originally Nautical. To reach (a place) in travelling, come to, arrive at. to make it: to succeed in covering an intended distance or reaching an intended place; to get through an illness or other danger. ΘΚΠ society > travel > aspects of travel > arrival > arrive at or reach [verb (transitive)] to come toOE reachOE hita1075 ofreachlOE catchc1330 latchc1330 recovera1375 getc1390 henta1393 win?1473 fetch1589 to fetch up1589 obtain1589 attainc1592 make1610 gaina1616 arrive1647 advene1684 strike1798 the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > movement towards a thing, person, or position > reaching a point or place > reach (a point or place) [verb (transitive)] areach1014 reachOE ofreachlOE overtakec1225 catchc1330 acomec1350 touchc1384 getc1390 to come at ——a1393 henta1393 overreacha1400 win?1473 aspire1581 obtain1589 attainc1592 make1610 gaina1616 acquire1665 advene1684 1610 Let. Council Virginia 7 July in A. Brown Genesis of U.S. (1890) I. 403 We saw her no more untill the 6^th of June, at what time we made land to the Southward of our harbour. 1610 Let. Council Virginia 7 July in A. Brown Genesis of U.S. (1890) I. 403 Before noone we made Cape Henry. 1645 E. Waller Wks. 10 From the sterne of some good ship appears, A friendly light..: New courage..they take, And climbing ore the waves that taper make. c1660 J. Evelyn Diary anno 1641 (1955) II. 76 Being not far from Dover, we could not yet make the Peere till 4 that afternoone. 1697 J. Dryden tr. Virgil Æneis i, in tr. Virgil Wks. 208 The weary Trojans ply their shatter'd Oars, To nearest Land, and make the Lybian Shoars. 1708 London Gaz. No. 4481/3 The West-India Fleet and Coasters,..not being able to make Torbay,..were all forced..to the Westward. a1774 O. Goldsmith tr. P. Scarron Comic Romance (1775) II. xiv. 103 We forced open the prison gates, and..made the mountains on the borders of Valentia. 1805 Z. M. Pike Acct. Exped. Sources Mississippi (1810) 39 I determined to attempt to make the river, and for that purpose took a due south course. 1827 J. F. Cooper Prairie I. xvii. 245 It will be wise to make a cover, lest the Sons of the Squatter should be out skirting on our trail. 1828 Sporting Mag. 21 322 She [sc. a coach]..started at ten, and made the White Horse, Fetter Lane, at four precisely. 1882 G. A. Sala Amer. Revisited (1885) 360 We made Chicago at 7.30 on Sunday morning. 1885 T. L. Work in Australasian Printers' Keepsake 16 ‘When you make Mokepilly,’ quoth one of the sunburnt bullocky men, ‘keep on the brush fence.’ 1905 R. E. Beach Pardners 55 We can't make it over into Mexico without being caught up. 1935 L. A. G. Strong Seven Arms 46 No matter if they can't make it in the day, sleeping out won't hurt them. 1951 N. M. Gunn Well at World's End xviii. 148 He had..found out that we could make Pamplona that day and asked if we were game. 1989 Ships Monthly Mar. 33/2 The vessel made port, but later capsized and sank in Valetta. c. transitive. figurative. Chiefly colloquial. With variable direct object: to achieve (an objective), accomplish, reach; to be selected for (a team). Also: to succeed in catching (a train, etc.); to be able to manage (an appointment, date, etc.). Also in passive (Golf): to have completed one's approach and be within a shot of the hole.to make the scene: see the noun. ΘΚΠ the mind > will > intention > planning > plan [verb (transitive)] > arrange > appoint a time or place beforehand > agree to or be able to keep an appointment, etc. make1824 1824 Rules Thistle Golf Club (new ed.) 45 On comparing these cards, he who shall be found to have made the ten holes in fewest strokes, to be declared the gainer of the Medal. 1897 Outing Dec. 226/1 Class and inter-class games..serve to add enough interest to make the 'varsity basket-ball team almost as difficult to ‘make’ as the football and baseball teams. 1897 Earl of Suffolk et al. Encycl. Sport I. 473 (Golf) Made, a player is said to be made when he is within a full shot of the green. 1902 R. H. Barbaur Behind Line iii. 30 Practise is called for four o'clock. I wonder—I wonder if we'll make the team? 1916 H. L. Wilson Somewhere in Red Gap i. 25 I hurried home to get a bite to eat and dress and make the party. 1955 W. Gaddis Recognitions i. vii. 266 But I have to make a train, he said. 1973 Weekly News (Glasgow) 11 Aug. 3/1 She's been a member [of the Glasgow Police Judo Club] for the past three years and managed to make the team which gave a display at the last Police Tattoo. 1987 Boxing News 21 Aug. 13/2 I can make 10-10, but my real weight is 11-8. d. transitive. Originally and chiefly U.S. Of a pupil, student, etc.: to attain (a grade); to obtain (a mark or score); to achieve (an honour). Cf. sense 27b.to make the grade: see also grade n. 10e. ΘΚΠ society > education > educational administration > examination > examine a candidate [verb (transitive)] > attain a mark get1857 make1870 1870 B. P. Patrick Let. 24 Oct. in W. A. Patrick & B. P. Patrick Lett. from Two Brothers (1988) 49 I will be glad to hear of your making a diploma this session and one at Phil[adelphia] next year. 1928 ‘W. Fabian’ Unforbidden Fruit i. 12 She had ‘made’ a key in Junior year and was hot on the trail of other honors. 1954 W. Faulkner Fable 249 He graduated not only at the top of the class but with the highest marks ever made at the Academy. 1976 Laurel (Montana) Outlook 9 June 8/4 Four students made 4.00 point averages. 1987 A. Miller Timebends i. 51 They had looked up my..academic record and laughingly reported that I had made all D's. e. transitive. figurative. to make it: (colloquial) to be successful, accomplish one's objective; (slang) to achieve sexual intercourse (with). ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > prosperity > success > succeed or be a success [verb (intransitive)] > achieve success (of persons) speed993 achievec1300 escheve?a1400 succeed1509 to turn up trumps1595 fadge1611 to nick ita1637 to hit the mark (also nail, needle, pin)1655 to get on1768 to reap, win one's laurels1819 to go a long way1859 win out1861 score1882 to make it1885 to make a ten-strike1887 to make the grade1912 to make good1914 to bring home the bacon1924 to go places1931 the world > physical sensation > sexual relations > sexual activity > engage in sexual activity with [verb (transitive)] > have sexual intercourse with mingeOE haveOE knowc1175 ofliec1275 to lie with (or by)a1300 knowledgec1300 meetc1330 beliea1350 yknowc1350 touchc1384 deala1387 dightc1386 usea1387 takec1390 commona1400 to meet witha1400 servea1400 occupy?a1475 engender1483 jangle1488 to be busy with1525 to come in1530 visitc1540 niggle1567 mow1568 to mix one's thigh with1593 do1594 grind1598 pepper1600 yark1600 tumble1603 to taste of1607 compressc1611 jumble1611 mix?1614 consort?1615 tastea1616 bumfiddle1630 ingressa1631 sheet1637 carnal1643 night-work1654 bump1669 bumble1680 frig?c1680 fuck1707 stick1707 screw1719 soil1722 to do over1730 shag1770 hump1785 subagitatec1830 diddle1879 to give (someone) onec1882 charver1889 fuckeec1890 plugc1890 dick1892 to make a baby1911 to know (a person) in the biblical sense1912 jazz1920 rock1922 yentz1924 roll1926 to make love1927 shtupa1934 to give (or get) a tumble1934 shack1935 bang1937 to have it off1937 rump1937 tom1949 to hop into bed (with)1951 ball1955 to make it1957 plank1958 score1960 naughty1961 pull1965 pleasurea1967 to have away1968 to have off1968 dork1970 shaft1970 bonk1975 knob1984 boink1985 fand- 1885 W. D. Howells Rise Silas Lapham vi, in Cent. Mag. Jan. 372/2 He jumped on board the steam-boat with Corey. ‘Just made it,’ he said. 1912 R. A. Wason Friar Tuck xxvi. 255 Badger-face tried to raise himself on his elbow, but he couldn't quite make it. 1925 E. Hemingway In our Time (1926) ix. 121 It looked like him or the bull and then he finally made it. 1938 G. Greene Brighton Rock i. i. 20 ‘Will you be there?’ ‘No,’ Hale said. ‘I can't make it.’ 1954 W. S. Burroughs Let. 3 Sept. (1993) 233 Now Allen is talking about making it with a chick, and I am really upset and worried. If I get out to Frisco and he is making it with a chick I might as well turn around and start back. 1957 J. Kerouac On the Road iii. viii. 225 They went to a parking lot in broad daylight..and there, he claims, he made it with her in nothing flat. 1967 Field & Stream June 96/3 I hope he makes it through the winter. 1970 Observer 20 Sept. 26/1 Bombers..lurching along the runway like a swarm of crippled insects, until finally they make it into the air. 1973 Times Lit. Suppl. 16 Nov. 1389/2 He finally makes it with long-desired Rachel. 1984 R. Dahl Boy 19 There were many acres of farm and woodland..a couple of gardeners and all manner of servants in the house... Harald Dahl had made it in no uncertain manner. f. transitive. Criminals' slang and Police slang (originally U.S.). To recognize or identify (a person, etc.). Cf. make n.² 10. ΚΠ 1906 A. H. Lewis Confess. Detective 222 You wouldn't have come within a block of him. In the language of the guild, Sorg, he would have ‘made you’ and got away. 1908 J. M. Sullivan Criminal Slang 16 Make one, identify a person. 1914 L. E. Jackson & C. R. Hellyer Vocab. Criminal Slang 57 You had better ring up (disguise) so he won't make you. 1955 Publ. Amer. Dial. Soc. No. 24. 81 The victim then can possibly identify, or make, the tool if he is arrested. 1971 ‘O. Bleeck’ Thief who painted Sunlight (1972) xiv. 127 I'm a pretty good tail. You didn't make me. 1973 ‘D. Shannon’ Spring of Violence (1974) vi. 107 ‘Have you made the gun?’ ‘Right off. It's a Hi-Standard revolver.’ 1984 F. Forsyth Fourth Protocol iv. 72 Whether the car he was driving had been used once too often, or whether his face had been ‘made’ by the Provo intelligence people was never later established. g. transitive. slang (originally U.S.). To be successful in (esp. sexual) advances to; to win the affection of; spec. to persuade (a person) to consent to sexual intercourse; to seduce. ΘΚΠ society > morality > moral evil > licentiousness > unchastity > loss of chastity > deprive of chastity [verb (transitive)] > seduce sardc950 jape1382 transvertc1450 seducec1560 debauch1711 betray1766 to do over1823 make1910 to race off1965 1910 N.Y. Evening Jrnl. 12 Aug. 8/3 She's on the beach over there with some boob... Lets [sic] go over on the beach and make her. 1916 F. P. Adams in N.Y. Tribune 8 Oct. iii. 3/1 ‘A triolet's a pretty thing!’..It's good to make a moll with! 1921 Sat. Evening Post 1 Oct. 17/1 She give up trying to make me and got off at Albany. She was a good looker but I have no time for gals that tries to make strangers on a train. 1926 S. Lewis Mantrap xii. 155 The guys..think they can make you P.D.Q., even if they're old and fat. 1952 L. A. G. Strong Darling Tom xiv. 116 I don't say I'd always have been content with thoughts of you, or that, if you'd stayed lost, I mightn't have tried to make you. 1959 P. H. Johnson Humbler Creation xxvi. 187 Young Fraser tried to make her once. 1969 E. Goffman Where Action Is 200 James Bond makes the acquaintance of an unattainable girl and then rapidly makes the girl. 1978 G. Greene Human Factor i. i. 11 Davis had been trying to make Cynthia for two years now, but the daughter of a major-general was after bigger game. h. transitive. colloquial (originally Navy). Without article preceding the object: to attain the rank of.Cf. the earlier, related naval usage to be made post at post n.⁵ Phrases 4. ΘΚΠ society > armed hostility > military organization > enlistment or recruitment > appointment to rank > appoint to rank [verb (transitive)] > attain rank of to win one's epaulettes1875 make1918 society > armed hostility > hostilities at sea > naval service > serve in the Navy [verb (transitive)] > promote in rank > attain rank of make1918 1918 Our Navy (U.S.) May 11/1 In time of peace, in the regular Navy, they would probably go to sea..as yeomen second class and make first class in a year. 1942 G. Gach In Army Now xxiv. 253 If Sayad can make Looey I betcha I can make General. 1951 D. Christie & C. Christie His Excellency i. i. 16 She joined up in the war, made sergeant inside six months, and had the time of her life. 1987 New Yorker 29 June 67/2 O'Brien had made sergeant, and it is the policy of the New York Police Department to transfer a newly promoted sergeant to another unit. i. transitive. To achieve a place in (a list). ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > prosperity > success > make a success of [verb (transitive)] > succeed in or achieve a purpose > achieve a place (in a list) make1928 1928 Publishers' Weekly 24 Nov. 2184/2 Two books that almost made the Best Seller List. 1979 R. Jaffe Class Reunion (1980) i. vi. 73 When she got two A's and two B's she couldn't believe it. She had made the Dean's List! 1987 S. Quinn Mind of her Own (1988) ii. 46 Fraulein Banning was the first woman to make Karen's list of real-life and literary heroes. 1993 Contemp. Pediatrics Apr. 118/2 I am surprised that Kawasaki syndrome hasn't made the list. j. transitive. To receive prominent attention in (the news media, etc.), esp. in to make the news(papers), to make the front page(s).to make (also hit) the headline: see headline n.² 6a. ΘΚΠ society > communication > journalism > appearance in the press > appear in newspaper or journal [verb (intransitive)] to be gazetted1678 to make (the) headlines1903 to hit the headlines1939 to make the front page(s)1939 to make the news(papers)1983 society > communication > information > news or tidings > [verb (intransitive)] > news media to make (the) headlines1903 to hit the headlines1939 to make the front page(s)1939 to make the news(papers)1983 1939 Florida: Guide to Southernmost State (Federal Writers' Project) iii. 311 If the storm is of dangerous intensity..it ‘makes’ the front page. 1983 S. Rushdie Shame iv. x. 216 The murders barely made the newspapers; they were not reported on the radio. 1992 New Republic 25 May 22/2 Bradley made the front page with his announcement that he wanted to cut the..police force by 7 percent. 1998 New Scientist 28 Nov. 35/1 This January another unusual opsin—‘melanopsin’—made the news. k. transitive. colloquial (originally U.S.). to have (got) it made and variants: to be sure of success; to have it easy, to have no more obstacles to overcome. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > prosperity > prosper or flourish [verb (intransitive)] > prosper or be successful > be assured of success it is in a person's buttonsa1616 to have (got) it made1944 to be golden1961 to have (got) it wired1976 1944 M. C. Boatright & D. Day From Hell to Breakfast 139 The reply may be,..‘I've got my sack full anyhow’, or ‘I've got it made’. 1955 Amer. Speech 30 118 [Air force slang] Made, all obstacles overcome, no further difficulty anticipated..; in such utterances as ‘He's got it made’. 1960 J. Updike Rabbit, Run (1961) 108 Say. You really think you have it made. 1961 J. Heller Catch-22 (1962) vi. 51 I had it made, I tell you. Fifty grand a year I was knocking down, and almost all of it tax-free. 1968 A. Diment Great Spy Race iii. 45 She had..big, well-proportioned hips. I tell you, if the derrière gets with-it again this bird had it made. 1976 B. Emecheta Bride Price (1978) iii. 39 Girls born nowadays have it all made for them. 1993 A. Higgins Lions of Grunewald xxix. 189 Oh he was his own man. He had it made. 53. a. transitive. Originally U.S. to make good time and variants: to accomplish a distance in a short (etc.) time; to keep to or ahead of a schedule on a journey, etc. Also to make time. ΘΚΠ society > travel > [verb (intransitive)] > go on a journey > accomplish a distance in a short time to make good time1834 to be well on one's (also the) way1839 1834 Amer. Turf Reg. Nov. (verso front cover) The horses made quick time and fine sport. 1867 Galaxy Nov. 832 Half an hour later I climbed the cliff, and could see, by the light of the declining sun, a brilliant red speck making excellent time across the ice of Round Pond, three miles distant. 1887 I. Randall Lady's Ranche Life Montana 140 We drove to Three Forks..in an hour and twenty minutes. Jem calls it fourteen miles, so I think we made good time. 1915 W. Cather Song of Lark i. xvi. 118 ‘I'm afraid this will hold us up about two hours...’ ‘That won't trouble me,’ said Mrs. Kronborg contentedly... ‘I came to see the country, not to make time.’ 1935 Encycl. Sports, Games & Pastimes 178/2 The art of making good time on a run is acquired by long study of the ten banked turns. 1950 E. Hemingway Across River & into Trees iii. 15 They were on a straight stretch of road now and were making time so that one farm blended, almost blurred, into another farm and you could only see what was far ahead and moving towards you. ?1962 in R. Weaver Canad. Short Stories (1968) 2nd Ser. 221 ‘You wouldn't get home till nine.’.. ‘I could make better time than that.’ 1979 Harrowsmith (Camden East, Ont.) Feb. 73/3 The third most prevalent type of snowshoe in North America is the Pickerel... It is unexcelled for making time in open country or over clear trails. 1987 Trucking Internat. June 5/2 He makes good time and is soon trundling towards the river. b. transitive. To expend (a long, short, etc., time) in working. ΚΠ 1890 Standard 17 Mar. 3/1 At present..the colliers..make very short time. 1904 N.E.D. at Make v.¹ I made a very long day last Friday. c. transitive. North American slang. to make time with: to make sexual advances to; to be successful in sexual advances to; to court or flirt with. Also without object, as to make time. ΘΚΠ the mind > emotion > love > flirtation or coquetry > flirt with [verb (transitive)] gallant1672 coquet1725 chat1898 trick1913 vamp1918 to make time with1934 to come on1948 chirpse1997 1934 G. Lorimer & S. Lorimer Stag Line iv. 122 ‘You can't make any time with me,’ I said giving him a lazy smile. ‘I belong to another.’ 1953 W. S. Burroughs Junkie xiv. 139 At another table two young men were trying to make time with some Mexican girls. 1962 E. Lucia Klondike Kate viii. 171 The ranchers and cowpokes came in for a peek, and to make time if they could. 1962 J. Potts Evil Wish xii. 159 She decided that Joe was lying... Probably making time with some kid half Marcia's age. 1971 E. Bullins in W. King Black Short Story Anthol. (1972) 82 Say, are ya makin' much time with mah little sister? There was a guarded flash in his eyes. 1973 D. Hughes Along Side Road (1974) ii. 16 Which I'll bet he did if he wanted to make time with her, eh? 1986 Truckin' Life Aug. 28/2 The voices of drug salesmen and prostitutes trying to make some time. d. transitive. Horse Racing. to make all [short for to make all the running: see running n. Phrases 3] : to lead for the entire race; to set the pace. ΚΠ 1965 Observer 30 May (Suppl.) 34 Made all, said of a horse that has been in front from start to finish. 1987 Racing Post 30 Mar. 1/3 He was particularly impressive at Fontwell Park last week when making all to score win by a distance from Good Lord. 1993 Racing Post 20 Feb. 51/3 The fly in the ointment is possible Cute Linda, who will look to make all. 1997 Sporting Life 10 Dec. 7/1 Diwali Dancer made all, shaken up after three out, ran on well. V. To behave, act, or move (in a specified way). †54. a. transitive. [Probably after the same Latin idiom as sense 55a.] to make it (with adverb or adverbial phrase of manner): to act, behave. make it so: see also sense 35f. Obsolete. ΚΠ eOE King Ælfred tr. Gregory Pastoral Care (Tiber.) (Junius transcript) (1871) xvi. 98 Ðeah he [sc. Paul] upaðened wære on his modes scearpnesse, ne forhogode he ðæt he hit eft gecirde to ðæm flæsclican burcotum, & gestihtode hu men sceoldon ðærinne hit macian. OE Ælfric Catholic Homilies: 2nd Ser. (Cambr. Gg.3.28) xxi. 203 Swa he hit macode on his life. a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1879) VII. 27 (MED) Þe kyng..made it as þey were nouȝt wrooþ. a1586 Peblis to Play in W. A. Craigie Maitland Folio MS (1919) I. 178 Quhat neidis ȝow to maik it sua? b. transitive. Similarly to make it with adjective complement. to make it coy (also nice, proud, quaint, stout, strange, tough): to behave in a coy (proud, etc.) manner: see the adjectives. to make it goodly: to give oneself airs. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > behaviour > affected behaviour or affectation > be affected or act affectedly [verb (intransitive)] to make it goodlyc1325 bride?1533 affect1600 mimp1673 to give oneself airs1701 fal-lal1818 pose1840 posturize1850 attitudinize1864 primp1875 posture1877 lardy-dardy1887 to put (or pile) on lugs1889 la-di-da1901 profile1970 the mind > emotion > pride > pretension to superiority > pretend to superiority [verb (intransitive)] to make it goodlyc1325 usurpc1400 to take state upon one1597 to come over ——1600 to gentilize it1607 to state it1625 to give oneself airs1701 to put on airs1715 to mount (also ride) the high horse1782 to put on (the) dog1865 to get (also have) notions1866 to put on side1870 to have a roll on1881 to put (or pile) on lugs1889 side1890 to put on the Ritz1921 c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 10498 (MED) Þe king glosede her & þer & made it somdel touȝt, Ac þo it com to þe strengþe he nolde it graunti nouȝt. a1425 (?a1400) G. Chaucer Romaunt Rose (Hunterian) 3863 Thanne Shame cam forth full symply..Humble of hir port, and made it symple, Weryng a vayle in stide of wymple. 1611 R. Cotgrave Dict. French & Eng. Tongues Faire la petite bouche, to mince, or simper it; to make it goodly. 1611 R. Cotgrave Dict. French & Eng. Tongues Faire la sadinette, to mince it, nicefie it, make it dainty, to be verie squeamish. 55. a. intransitive. [After classical Latin facere with adverbs or adverbial phrases: see Oxf. Lat. Dict. at facio sense 28.] (a) With adverb or adverbial phrases of manner: to behave, act (now only as in sense 56); (b) with adjective: to demonstrate by one's action or behaviour that one is what is denoted by the adjective; now chiefly with particular adjectives, as to make bold (also free, †glad, merry, nice, †strange): see the adjectives. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > behaviour > behave, conduct, or bear oneself [verb (intransitive)] i-bereeOE workeOE makeOE fere1154 walka1200 steera1250 to take onc1275 fare1340 to fare with oneself1340 containa1375 to let latesa1400 usea1400 dealc1400 rulea1425 act1593 comport1616 carry1650 deport1667 demean1678 behave1721 conduct1754 to carry on1828 OE Wulfstan Institutes of Polity (Junius) 128 Riht is þæt mynecena mynsterlice macian. 1917 E. F. Benson Mr. Teddy iii. 76 That will be just the time when they make gay with the gramophone. b. intransitive. [Compare classical Latin facere (of abstract things) to act, work (in a particular direction): see Oxf. Lat. Dict. at facio sense 29.] Of an argument, evidence, influence: to be effective, tell (on one side or the other). Cf. senses 23a, 1b. Chiefly with for (also †to, with) or against: see senses to make against —— 1 at Phrasal verbs 2, to make for —— 1 at Phrasal verbs 2, to make to —— 1 at Phrasal verbs 2, to make with —— 2 at Phrasal verbs 2. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > testing > attestation, witness, evidence > attest, bear witness [verb (transitive)] > of evidence: tell for or against fight1587 militatec1600 make1726 the world > action or operation > continuing > progress, advance, or further continuance > furtherance > further [verb (intransitive)] > tend to the advancement of someone or something to make for ——a1500 make1726 1726 J. Ayliffe Parergon Juris Canonici Anglicani 307 If an Instrument be produc'd with a Protestation in respect of these Parts of it which make in Favour of the Producent. 1892 Sat. Rev. 2 Jan. 1/1 He had the highest opinion of..precedents—when they made in his own favour. 1893 Sketch 1 Feb. 14/1 All these things..make in favour of Mr. Gladstone. 56. a. intransitive. to make as if (also make as though, archaic. make as): to behave or act as if; to pretend that; to act as if with the intention to. Cf. sense 64b, and making-as-if n. at making n.¹ Compounds 2b. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > deceit, deception, trickery > dissimulation, pretence > pretend, dissemble [phrase] makec1275 to make wise1447 make as though?c1450 to let fare1483 to make a show ofa1500 to set a face1560 to take on (also upon) one(self)?1560 to make (a) miena1657 to make believe1773 to put it on1888 to play (the) fox1894 a1387 J. Trevisa tr. R. Higden Polychron. (St. John's Cambr.) (1879) VII. 27 (MED) Þe kyng..made it as þey were nouȝt wrooþ.] ?c1450 tr. Bk. Knight of La Tour Landry (1906) 77 (MED) The prince..made as they he hadde take none hede therof. a1500 (a1450) Partonope of Blois (BL Add.) (1912) 12099 (MED) Yite she made As though she had no deynte That to hir was Iuged Partonope. c1515 Ld. Berners tr. Bk. Duke Huon of Burdeux (1882–7) lxv. 222 Make as though ye were dyspleasyd with hym. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 655/2 I patter with the lyppes, as one dothe that maketh as though he prayed and dothe nat. a1556 N. Udall Ralph Roister Doister (?1566) i. ii. sig. A.iij^v I wyll make as I sawe him not. 1603 R. Knolles Gen. Hist. Turkes 41 Which reprochfull speech the Emperour put vp in silence, making as if hee had not heard it. 1611 Bible (King James) Josh. viii. 15 And Ioshua and all Israel made as if they were beaten before them, and fled. View more context for this quotation 1720 D. Defoe Life Capt. Singleton 287 Thou makest as if those poor savage Wretches could do mighty things. 1752 Ld. Chesterfield Let. 13 Apr. (1932) (modernized text) V. 1858 I am very glad (to use a vulgar expression) that you make as if you were not well, though you really are. 1851 H. W. Longfellow Golden Legend iii. 109 He..beckons, and makes as he would speak. 1859 Ld. Tennyson Enid in Idylls of King 87 A knight.., who laid his lance In rest, and made as if to fall upon him. 1889 Dict. National Biogr. XVII. 59/2 Edward at first intended, or made as though he intended, to [etc.] 1919 V. Woolf Night & Day iv. 53 Denham..made as if he were tearing up handfuls of grass..from the carpet. 1957 G. Frick tr. ‘M. Yourcenar’ Coup de Grâce 86 With her foolish bundle she looked like a discharged servant-girl; shifting it from one arm to the other she made as if to escape. 1971 Leader (Durban) 7 May 9/2 The girls want to look like boys and the boys make as if they are girls. 1986 G. Keillor Lake Wobegon Days 105 She made as if to partake of the bread as it was passed, and Grandpa snatched it away from her. b. intransitive. colloquial (originally U.S. regional). to make like: (with clause) to behave as if; (with noun or noun phrase) to behave like, to pretend to be, to imitate. Cf. sense 59a. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > relationship > imitation > imitate [verb (transitive)] evenlecheOE resemble?c1400 imitate1534 sequest1567 succeed1577 act1599 pattern1601 similize1606 like1613 echoa1616 sample1616 ape1634 transcribe1646 copy1648 copy1649 mime1728 borrowa1847 to make likea1881 replicate1915 the world > physical sensation > sight and vision > thing seen > appearance or aspect > have (specific) appearance [verb (transitive)] beareOE to look likec1390 showa1425 fantasy?1611 weara1616 strikea1701 to make likea1881 a1881 S. Lanier Poems (1892) 179 Then he..made like he neither had seen nor heerd. 1928 J. M. Peterkin Scarlet Sister Mary x. 100 Mary made like she was nearly dead. 1939 J. Steinbeck Grapes of Wrath xxiii. 396 This rich fella..makes like he's poor. 1953 P. Frankau Winged Horse iii. i. 177 Couldn't make like nice when the old boy said he knew I'd be..ready for my native land again. 1956 ‘B. Holiday’ & W. Dufty Lady sings Blues iii. 43 The next time around she made like a big shot and started the ball rolling by handing me a big tip. 1968 W. Warwick Surfriding in N.Z. 20/3 On a large wave it is also possible to spread your arms and legs out and make like a bird in flight. 1973 D. Francis Slay-ride i. 8 The dinghy slapped busily through the little waves and the crosswind flicked spray on to my left cheek. I pulled my jacket collar up and made like a tortoise. 1994 Bowhunting World Feb. 81/2 ‘I then tell the whole group to make like a bird by putting their arms out,’ she explains. 57. transitive. regional. To have to do with (a person or thing); to interfere in (a matter). Chiefly in collocation with meddle. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > doing > activity or occupation > occupy or engage (a person) [verb (transitive)] > have to do with or be involved in or with to have to do with (also mid, of, on)lOE meddle1413 intromit1522 fretc1540 make1564 to have a finger in1583 converse1592 cope with1594 trade1595 play1928 1564 in F. J. Furnivall Child-marriages, Divorces, & Ratifications Diocese Chester (1897) 123 I will neither make nor medle with her. 1661 S. Pepys Diary 7 Nov. (1970) II. 209 Pegg Kite hath now declared that she will have the beggarly rogue, the Weaver; and so we are resolved neither to meddle nor make with her. 1662 Livingstone in W. K. Tweedie Select Biogr. (1845) I. 208 He thinks he will only preach against Poprie, and not make with other controversies. 1756 W. Toldervy Hist. Two Orphans I. 146 And so, Sir, pray don't meddle nor make with the maids. 1834 W. S. Landor Citation & Exam. Shakespere in Wks. (1853) II. 298/1 The business is a ticklish one: I like not overmuch to meddle and make therein. 1849 C. Brontë Shirley II. x. 240 Moore may settle his own matters henceforward for me; I'll neither meddle nor make with them further. 1887 J. Service Life Dr. Duguid 286 Daur to mak or mell with the literal meaning thereof. 1895 T. Pinnock Black Country Ann. in Eng. Dial. Dict. (at cited word) I wo' meddle or mak' in yo'r affairs. 1953 M. Traynor Eng. Dial. Donegal 183 Not to meddle nor make with, not to interfere with. 58. a. intransitive. Nautical. Of the flood or ebb tide: to begin to flow or ebb respectively; (also) to be in progress. Hence, of the tide: to flow towards the land; to rise; (also) to flow in a specified direction. Of wind: to increase in strength.The construction in quots. a1685, 1708 is either a passive (and therefore transitive) or a perfect formed with be. ΘΚΠ the world > the earth > water > flow or flowing > tide > type of tide > types of tide [verb (intransitive)] > ebb or flow makea1685 sit1751 set1777 to make up1898 the world > the earth > water > flow or flowing > tide > type of tide > types of tide [verb (intransitive)] > flow in fulleOE flowc1050 make1840 to make up1898 a1685 King Charles II in W. Hone Every-day Bk. (1826) I. 716 Just as the tide of ebb was made. 1708 London Gaz. No. 4422/7 The Tide of Flood being made, and there proving little Wind, we were oblig'd to Anchor. 1719 D. Defoe Life Robinson Crusoe 216 The Tide made to the Westward. 1719 D. Defoe Robinson Crusoe (ed. 2) 227 The Tide beginning to make Home again. 1776 C. Carroll Jrnl. (1845) 40 About nine o'clock at night, the tide making, we weighed anchor. 1840 F. Marryat Poor Jack l. 365 The flood tide made. 1855 A. H. Clough Struggle in Crayon Aug. 71 Far back through creeks and inlets making, Comes silent, flooding-in, the main. 1875 F. G. D. Bedford Sailor's Pocket Bk. (ed. 2) v. 169 When the stream makes to the Eastward at Spithead, the water falls at Southampton. 1883 R. L. Stevenson Treasure Island iv. xvii. 135 The ebb was now making. 1910 H. Belloc Verses 3 The tide is making over Arun Bar. 1950 M. Peake Gormenghast lxxvii. 414 The wind was making, and certain of the boats that formed the chain found it difficult to keep in position. 1975 R. Guy You may know them as Sea Urchins 13 The tide made higher—as was the saying—and the tide made lower a couple of times each twenty-four hours within half a gunshot of his house. b. intransitive. North American. Of ice: to form. Now rare. ΚΠ 1718 Boston News-let. 30 Dec. 2/2 Our vessels that are ready for the Sea, are hurrying away for fear of the Ice which begins to make in our River. 1784 N. Webster in E. E. Ford Notes Life N. Webster (1912) I. 88 Cold; ice makes in the river. 1817 Montreal Herald 8 Feb. 2/5 The ice having made in the bay, has added greatly to the gaiety of the place. 1888 J. McDougall George Millward McDougall 114 As soon as the snow falls and ice makes, dogs will become the means of transport for the most part. 1890 N.Y. Tribune 12 Dec. 3/3 Several good guides..will assist him in an attempt to reach Kadiak Island by crossing Alaska Peninsula before the ice makes. 1933 E. Merrick True North 11. 86 A gray day, ice making everywhere. c. intransitive. Mining (chiefly Australian). Of a mineral deposit: to occur. Of a vein or series of lenticular deposits: to yield the mineral at a particular point; (occasionally also transitive) to yield (the mineral). Contrasted with pinch v. 14c. ΚΠ 1850 S. Austral. Reg. (Adelaide) 14 Nov. 2/5 The ore makes in small bunches or lumps and then disappears. 1880 ‘Erro’ Squattermania 183 He talked largely about the direction of the compass in which the reefs ran, their ‘pinching out and making’ again, their ‘backs’ with the dip of their inclination, etc. 1909 Westm. Gaz. 21 Jan. 12/1 As regards the reef ‘making again’ with good gold values at the south end of the mine, it is said that the predictions of the new consulting engineer have been entirely realised. 1931 I. L. Idriess Prospecting for Gold (ed. 2) xix. 182 A reef may ‘make’ gold when it strikes a change of country. 1932 I. L. Idriess Prospecting for Gold (new ed.) xxvi. 236 Be very careful when on potch and colour—at any moment they may ‘make’ into a ‘stone’. 59. Of land, landscape, etc. †a. intransitive. Nautical. To have a certain form or appearance; to look like. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > relationship > similarity > render similar to [verb (transitive)] > be like, resemble, or take after > in appearance simulatea1661 make1743 1743 J. Bulkeley & J. Cummins Voy. to South-seas 151 Two Ledges of Rocks, running two Leagues out from a Point of Land which makes like an old Castle. 1748 B. Robins & R. Walter Voy. round World by Anson ii. xii. 260 There appears a hummock, which at first makes like an island. 1770 J. Banks Jrnl. 17 May (1962) II. 63 At sun set the land made in one bank over which nothing could be seen. b. transitive. Of something with linear movement or extent, as a river, road, etc.: to undergo (a turn or bend) in its course. Also in extended use. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > operation upon something > have effect on [verb (transitive)] > be subjected to or undergo an action > specific change or alteration undergo1637 make1756 1756 M. Calderwood Lett. & Jrnls. (1884) ix. 247 Whenever a street makes a turn, sweep go about the houses built upon it, as if it had been turned after they were all set. 1788 T. Jefferson Notes Tour Holland & Rhine Valley 12 Apr. in Papers (1956) XIII. 21 The river happens there to make a turn to the S.W. 1816 J. Austen Emma III. iii. 40 About half a mile beyond Highbury, making a sudden turn, and deeply shaded by elms on each side, [the road] became for a considerable stretch very retired. View more context for this quotation 1925 W. Cather Professor's House ii. ii. 189 From the cabin, night and day, you could hear the river, where it made a bend round the foot of the mesa and churned over the rocks. 1989 Brain 112 1034 The pericallosal bifurcation above the genu, where the pericallosal artery often makes a sharp bend. 1991 New Yorker 16 Sept. 62/2 The tambour: thirty-two feet from the net [of a real tennis court], the main wall makes a forty-five degree turn and jogs eighteen inches into the court, and continues to the back wall. †c. intransitive. U.S. and Australian. To extend in a certain direction. Cf. to make out 15 at Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > space > extension in space > extend in space [verb (intransitive)] > extend in a certain direction liec1000 shootc1000 drawc1180 stretcha1387 streek1388 bear1556 trend1598 tend1604 take1610 to make out1743 to put out1755 trench1768 make1787 1787 T. Jefferson Let. 11 Apr. in Papers (1955) XI. 284 Spurs or ramifications of high mountains, making down from the Alps. 1808 Z. M. Pike Acct. Exped. Sources Mississippi (1810) ii. 192 A copse of woods, which made down a considerable distance from the mountains. 1847 in Utah Gen. & Hist. Mag. (1924) 15 170 The place of our encampment is..where the bluffs for the first time make up to the river's side. 1875 ‘M. Twain’ Old Times Mississippi iii, in Atlantic Monthly Mar. 284/2 I judge the upper bar is making down a little at Hale's Point. 1890 Argus (Melbourne) 16 June 6/1 Wherever slides are abundant, or two make from east and west. d. intransitive. To tend (uphill). ΚΠ 1912 J. Galsworthy Inn of Tranquility 50 Suddenly the ground grew lumpy and made up-hill. VI. To subject to operation; to elaborate; to put in order. †60. transitive. To handle, manage, use; to treat, deal with in a particular way. Obsolete.to make a man's beard: see beard n. Phrases 5. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > behaviour > follow (a course of behaviour) [verb (transitive)] > behave towards ateec1000 leadc1175 makec1175 farec1230 beleadc1275 dightc1275 beseec1300 servec1300 treatc1374 usea1382 proceeda1393 demean1393 to deal witha1400 treatc1400 to do to ——a1425 entreat?a1425 handc1440 ferea1450 entertain1490 ray1509 to do unto ——?1523 tract1548 deal1573 to carry a strict (also severe, etc.) hand over (also upon, to)c1591 play1597 to comport with1675 to behave towards or to1754 usen1814 the world > action or operation > manner of action > [verb (transitive)] > deal with or treat > in a specific manner ateec1000 makec1175 servec1300 manure1431 entertain1662 c1175 ( Old Eng. Hexateuch: Gen. (Cambr. Univ. Libr.) iv. 21 Iubal, þe wæs fæder hea[r]pera & þæra þe organan macodan [L. canentium cithara et organo]. a1225 (?OE) MS Lamb. in R. Morris Old Eng. Homilies (1868) 1st Ser. 121 Þet folc þe hine þus makede, knewede to-foren him on bismer. a1325 (c1250) Gen. & Exod. (1968) l. 2515 Hise liche was spice-like maked And longe egipte-like waked. †61. transitive. To bring to a specified condition (frequently death); to reduce to. Frequently in to make out of the way (also to make hence): to make away with. See also to make away at Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > time > change > change [verb (intransitive)] > pass into state, become yworthOE worthOE goOE becomec1175 come?a1200 waxc1220 charea1225 aworthc1275 makea1300 fallc1300 breedc1325 grow1340 strikea1375 yern1377 entera1382 turna1400 smitec1400 raxa1500 resolvea1500 to get into ——?1510 waxen1540 get1558 prove1560 proceed1578 befall1592 drop1654 evade1677 emerge1699 to turn out1740 to gain into1756 permute1864 slip1864 the world > life > death > killing > kill [verb (transitive)] swevec725 quelmeOE slayc893 quelleOE of-falleOE ofslayeOE aquellc950 ayeteeOE spillc950 beliveOE to bring (also do) of (one's) life-dayOE fordoa1000 forfarea1000 asweveOE drepeOE forleseOE martyrOE to do (also i-do, draw) of lifeOE bringc1175 off-quellc1175 quenchc1175 forswelta1225 adeadc1225 to bring of daysc1225 to do to deathc1225 to draw (a person) to deathc1225 murder?c1225 aslayc1275 forferec1275 to lay to ground, to earth (Sc. at eird)c1275 martyrc1300 strangle1303 destroya1325 misdoa1325 killc1330 tailc1330 to take the life of (also fro)c1330 enda1340 to kill to (into, unto) death1362 brittena1375 deadc1374 to ding to deathc1380 mortifya1382 perisha1387 to dight to death1393 colea1400 fella1400 kill out (away, down, up)a1400 to slay up or downa1400 swelta1400 voida1400 deliverc1400 starvec1425 jugylc1440 morta1450 to bring to, on, or upon (one's) bierc1480 to put offc1485 to-slaya1500 to make away with1502 to put (a person or thing) to silencec1503 rida1513 to put downa1525 to hang out of the way1528 dispatch?1529 strikea1535 occidea1538 to firk to death, (out) of lifec1540 to fling to deathc1540 extinct1548 to make out of the way1551 to fet offa1556 to cut offc1565 to make away?1566 occise1575 spoil1578 senda1586 to put away1588 exanimate1593 unmortalize1593 speed1594 unlive1594 execute1597 dislive1598 extinguish1598 to lay along1599 to make hence1605 conclude1606 kill off1607 disanimate1609 feeze1609 to smite, stab in, under the fifth rib1611 to kill dead1615 transporta1616 spatch1616 to take off1619 mactate1623 to make meat of1632 to turn up1642 inanimate1647 pop1649 enecate1657 cadaverate1658 expedite1678 to make dog's meat of1679 to make mincemeat of1709 sluice1749 finisha1753 royna1770 still1778 do1780 deaden1807 deathifyc1810 to lay out1829 cool1833 to use up1833 puckeroo1840 to rub out1840 cadaverize1841 to put under the sod1847 suicide1852 outkill1860 to fix1875 to put under1879 corpse1884 stiffen1888 tip1891 to do away with1899 to take out1900 stretch1902 red-light1906 huff1919 to knock rotten1919 skittle1919 liquidate1924 clip1927 to set over1931 creasea1935 ice1941 lose1942 to put to sleep1942 zap1942 hit1955 to take down1967 wax1968 trash1973 ace1975 a1300 (c1275) Physiologus (1991) 112 Redi..to Deren er to ded maken. a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) Prol. 300 Whan thei to thilke astat ben made. c1450 (?a1400) Wars Alexander (Ashm.) 2741 Þare mas þou þe to malicole. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 631/1 I make to the bowe, as we make a yonge persone to our mynde. 1535 Bible (Coverdale) 2 Chron. xxxiv. 4 Molten ymages brake he in peces and made them to dust. 1551 R. Robinson tr. T. More Vtopia ii. sig. Nvii^v If they should hastely put them to death, and make them out of the waye. 1605 B. Jonson Sejanus ii. i. 200 It is as daungerous, to make them hence, If nothing but their birth be their offence. View more context for this quotation 1607 B. Jonson Volpone iv. v. sig. K3 Haue they made you to this? View more context for this quotation 1702 R. L'Estrange tr. Josephus Jewish Antiq. xii. xv, in Wks. 343 Lysius..told him that..That Man must be made out of the way. 62. [Compare Middle Dutch een bedde māken, German ein Bett machen, Old French faire un lit (end of 11th cent.), post-classical Latin facere lectum (1226).] To prepare (a bed) for sleeping in; to arrange bedclothes on (a bed) for future use.Quots. c1300 at sense 6 and c1300² at sense 15a refer to the preparation of sleeping-places (which would not exist until ‘made’) on the floors or benches of medieval open halls, rather than to the arrangement of bedclothes on bedsteads: cf. bed n. 1a, 3 respectively. They therefore have the sense of branch I. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (transitive)] > prepare or put in order > specifically a bed makec1300 strawa1400 laya1616 strew1810 c1300 St. Brendan (Harl.) 128 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 223 (MED) Beddes þer were, al ȝare ymaked. c1300 Havelok (Laud) (1868) 658 (MED) Grim dede maken a ful fayr bed. c1405 (c1390) G. Chaucer Reeve's Tale (Hengwrt) (2003) l. 219 This Millere..in his owene chambre hem made a bed With shetes..faire yspred. a1450 York Plays (1885) 509 Ȝe..made my bedde full esyly. c1450 (c1386) G. Chaucer Legend Good Women Prol. 205 I bad men shulde me my couche make. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 617/2 Make your bedde a dayes or you go out of your chamber. a1616 W. Shakespeare Merry Wives of Windsor (1623) i. iv. 92 I wash, ring, brew..make the beds, and doe all my selfe. 1709 W. King Art of Love (new ed.) viii. 1104 You'll scrub the rooms, or make the bed. a1745 J. Swift Duty of Servants at Inns in Wks. (1752) VIII. 346 When your Master's Bed is made..lock the Chamber Door. 1750 J. Ray Compl. Hist. Rebell. (1758) 145 After I was gone..the Chambermaid went to make my Bed. 1753 J. Hanway Hist. Acct. Brit. Trade Caspian Sea I. iii. xxxi. 136 They might sleep in the bed which they had made. 1784 A. Adams Lett. (1848) 157 Not one of us could make her own bed, put on or take off her shoes, or even lift a finger. 1832 W. Hone Year Bk. 1301 He would not allow his bed to be made oftener than once a-week. 1883 F. Nightingale in Quain's Dict. Med. at Nursing A true nurse always knows how to make a bed, and always makes it herself. 1889 M. E. Kennard Landing Prize III. iv. 78 She knows how to make a bed..and cook a dinner. 1925 Amer. Mercury Oct. 170/1 Diplomas of the graduates vouched for the ability of the college-bred hotel men to cut and roast a steer, [and] to make beds. 1982 ‘L. Cody’ Bad Company xx. 141 He helped her make the bed. 63. transitive. To shut, close, make secure (a door, a gate). Now archaic and regional. ΘΚΠ the world > space > relative position > closed or shut condition > close or shut [verb (transitive)] > close (a door, window, etc.) shutc1000 steek?c1225 makec1300 speara1325 yark toc1400 to shut toc1450 to put toa1500 warpc1540 enclose1563 to pull to1673 dub1753 c1300 St. Thomas Becket (Laud) 2062 in C. Horstmann Early S.-Eng. Legendary (1887) 165 (MED) Some wolden makien þe doren þo heo þat folk i-seiȝe. c1325 (c1300) Chron. Robert of Gloucester (Calig.) 11189 (MED) Is wei he nom bi oxenford, ac þe borgeis anon Þe ȝates made aȝen him. a1400 Siege Troye (Sutherl.) 1707 (MED) He comyþ to þe Temple and rekeþ yn; Þe dorys þey made vppon him. 1613 G. Chapman Reuenge Bussy D'Ambois v. sig. K1^v All dores are sure made. a1616 W. Shakespeare Comedy of Errors (1623) iii. i. 94 Why at this time the dores are made against you. View more context for this quotation a1629 W. Hinde Faithfull Remonstr. (1641) lxiii. 210 Leaving neither Cooke nor Butler behinde him, nor any of his servants, but two or three to make the doores, and tend the house. 1871 R. Ellis tr. Catullus Poems xxxii. 5 See no jealousy make the gate against me. 64. †a. transitive (reflexive). Chiefly Scottish. To set oneself, get ready to do something; to prepare for (also with to). Cf. also sense 70. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (reflexive)] yarec888 yarkc1000 graithc1230 dightc1275 to make yarec1290 arrayc1320 tirec1330 agraith1340 buska1350 readya1350 dressc1350 shapec1374 disposec1375 ordainc1380 rayc1380 makec1390 bouna1400 updressa1400 fettlec1400 address1447 ettlec1450 aready1470 to make oneself forth1488 busklea1555 poise1639 arrange1865 c1390 (a1376) W. Langland Piers Plowman (Vernon) (1867) A. vii. 103 Vche mon in his maner made him to done. 1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) xii. 252 Thai..Mais thame to ficht. 1488 (c1478) Hary Actis & Deidis Schir William Wallace (Adv.) (1968–9) vii. l. 846 The Irland folk than maid thaim for the flycht. a1513 W. Dunbar Poems (1998) I. 234 To the danceing soin he him med. 1535 Bible (Coverdale) Psalms cxix. [cxx.] 7 I laboured for peace, but when I spake therof, they made them to battayl. 1535 Bible (Coverdale) Ezek. xx. 8 Then I made me to poure my indignacion ouer them. a1572 J. Knox Hist. Reformation Scotl. in Wks. (1846) I. 175 Whill the portar maid him for defence, his head was brokin. 1630 S. Rutherford Lett. (1863) I. 64 Christ is putting on His clothes and making Him, like an illhandled stranger, to go to other lands. b. intransitive. To attempt, offer, or start to do something. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > endeavour > make an attempt or endeavour [verb (intransitive)] > to do something cuneOE seekc1000 fanda1225 suec1325 tastec1330 enforcec1340 study1340 temptc1384 intendc1385 assaila1393 proffera1393 to make meansc1395 search?a1400 fraistc1400 pursuec1400 to go aboutc1405 pretend1482 attempta1513 essay?1515 attend1523 regarda1533 offer1541 frame1545 to stand about1549 to put into (also in) practice1592 prove1612 imitate1626 snap1766 begin1833 make1880 1880 W. H. Patterson Gloss. Words Antrim & Down (at cited word) He made to strike me. 1889 Universal Rev. Oct. 256 The beauty of this blossom drew the man's soul, and he made to pluck it. 1900 S. Phillips Paolo & Francesca ii. ii. (stage direct.) He makes to follow, then stops. 1902 Daily Chron. 25 Aug. 9/3 He got very excited, and made to catch hold of her dress. 1930 Punch 19 Feb. 202/2 We listened furtively and made to go out. Then..we stopped again and listened. 1989 W. McIlvanney Walking Wounded 95 The grey-haired man was already making to get up. 65. a. transitive. To train (a hawk, a dog, a horse); cf. make-hawk n. Also with defining phrase, as for the river, to the hood. †Also (in Turberville): to make (a hawk) flying. ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > farming > animal husbandry > animal keeping practices general > [verb (transitive)] > tame or train temec1000 tamec1315 faite1362 daunt1377 afaitea1393 reclaima1393 chastisec1400 makea1425 meekc1429 break1474 enter1490 train?1532 law1534 dressc1540 meeken1591 correct1594 subjugate1595 cicure1599 unwild1605 cicurate1606 mancipate1623 familiarize1634 domesticate1641 gentle1651 domesticize1656 civilize1721 educate1760 domiciliate1782 a1425 Edward, Duke of York Master of Game (Digby) 68 Forto entre and make houndes. a1475 Bk. Hawking (Harl. 2340) in Studia Neophilol. (1944) 16 10 Then is your hauke made, as towchynge to perterichis. 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 645/1 I have nosylled my yonge dogge to daye at a beare, he his made for ever. 1575 G. Turberville Bk. Faulconrie 121 If you would make your hawke to the Crane, take a Nyasse Falcon gentle..And when you woulde make hir fleeing, lette hir flee from the fiste, and succour hir quickely. For you muste haue dogges made for the purpose, whiche may helpe and succoure hir sooner than a man can doe. 1575 G. Turberville Bk. Faulconrie 122 If you woulde make your hawke fleing to the Partridge, or Feasant, when she is reclaimed and made, then [etc.]. 1590 T. Cokayne Treat. Hunting B j b Stopping all the holes, saving two or three, which must be set with Foxe pursenets, to take a yong Cubbe, to make your Terriars withall. 1673 R. Boyle Of Determinate Nature iv. 29 in Ess. Effluviums A studious person, that was Keeper of a Red-dear-park and vers'd in making Blood-hounds. 1696 W. Hope tr. J. de Solleysel Compl. Horseman i. (title page) The best Method of Breeding Colts; Backing 'em Making their Mouths, &c. 1711 J. Addison Spectator No. 108. ¶3 A Setting-dog that he has made himself. 1797 Encycl. Brit. VIII. 345 If she [sc. a hawk] be made for the river. 1879 R. Jefferies Wild Life vii. 136 Some of the lesser men who ‘make’ hunters, and ride not only for pleasure but possible profit from the sale. 1897 Earl of Suffolk et al. Encycl. Sport I. 373 (Falconry), Make to the Hood, to accustom a hawk to the hood. 1975 E. Baird Illustr. Guide Riding xix. 127 He has taken setbacks in his stride, such as the loss of a good horse which he had made. 1986 Horse & Hound 18 Apr. 16/2 Another problem has been the difficulty of finding suitable people to break and make the ponies. †b. transitive. In extended use: with to. Obsolete. ΚΠ a1529 J. Skelton Magnyfycence (?1530) sig. Eii^v Wolde money trowest thou make suche one to the call. a1604 F. Bacon Disc. Helps Intell. Powers in Resuscitatio (1657) 228 It was, many Degrees, too hot, for any Man, not made to it, to Breath, or take in. †c. transitive. To prepare (a person) for a business; to make acquainted, initiate, prime. Obsolete. rare. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (transitive)] > specifically a person dightc1275 season1604 make1605 candidate1628 ready1834 groom1887 1605 B. Jonson Sejanus ii. i. 123 But let Drusus drug Be first prepard. Eud. Were Lygdus made, that's done. View more context for this quotation 1616 B. Jonson Every Man in his Humor (rev. ed.) iv. xi, in Wks. I. 64 Come, let's before, and make the Iustice, Captaine. 1624 Trag. Nero ii. sig. D2 Rufus, the Captaine of the Guard, 's with vs, And divers other oth' Prætorian band already made. †d. transitive. Scottish. To prepare (a person) for, to make (a person) ready. Obsolete. rare. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (transitive)] yarec888 yarkc1000 graithc1175 readya1225 biredienc1275 to make yarec1290 forgraitha1300 adightc1330 buskc1330 purveyc1330 agraith1340 disposec1375 before-graithea1382 to forge and filec1381 to make readya1382 devisec1385 bounc1390 buss?a1400 address?a1425 parel?a1425 to get upc1425 providec1425 prepare1449 bakec1450 aready1470 arm?a1505 prevenea1522 get?1530 to get ready1530 to get ready1530 to set in readiness1575 apply1577 compose1612 predy1627 make1637 to dispose of1655 do1660 fallowa1764 to line up1934 prep1936 tee1938 1637 S. Rutherford Let. 13 Mar. (1848) cxlv. 267 Make you and them for your proper owner, Christ. 1638 A. Henderson Serm., Prayers & Pulpit Addresses (1867) 497 He gives them..a second blast to make them for the battle. †66. transitive. To make repairs to, to mend. Obsolete. ΚΠ a1425 (c1395) Bible (Wycliffite, L.V.) (Royal) (1850) 4 Kings xxii. 6 Which also departide that money..to carpenteris and to masouns and to hem that maken brokun thingis. a1475 in A. Clark Eng. Reg. Godstow Nunnery (1906) ii. 471 (MED) As ye ben hold to amende my housys..that ye make the houses as ye be bound to repaire and kepe. 1478 Cely Papers (Publ. Rec. Office MS C47/37 File 16) f. 2 For makyng of iiijc brokene fellys..for threde to the same. 67. transitive. To turn over and expose (new-mown grass, hay, later also other crops) to the sun. Also as in sense 3 and intransitive of a crop: to admit of being treated in this way; to dry out.For other (esp. extended) uses of the phrase to make hay see hay n.¹ 3. ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > farming > cultivation or tillage > cultivation of plants or crops > harvesting > harvest (a crop) [verb (transitive)] > dry crops in field make1425 win1557 save1719 ted1796 field1844 wilt1971 1425 in Hist. MSS Comm.: Rep. MSS Ld. Middleton (1911) 107 in Parl. Papers (Cd. 5567) XXVII. 1 (MED) Also, no man with..herd com on the wold after gresse be mowen to it [be] maked and led away. ?1523 J. Fitzherbert Bk. Husbandry f. xv Good teddynge is the chefe poynt to make good hey. 1546 J. Heywood Dialogue Prouerbes Eng. Tongue i. iii. sig. Aiv Whan the sonne shynth make hey. 1707–12 J. Mortimer Whole Art Husb. (1721) I. 35 They seldom have Weather good enough to make the last Crop well. 1775 W. Marshall Minutes Agric. 26 July (1778) Perhaps, hay makes faster in heaps..than is generally imagined. a1825 R. Forby Vocab. E. Anglia (1830) at Make, s. We..talk of ‘making the crop of peas’. Indeed, every crop, howsoever severed from the soil, and left upon it to dry, is said to be made when it is in a fit state to be carried. 1847 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 8 ii. 300 If it is not made too much, it will be pretty good hay. 1862 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 23 63 The swampy meadows are chiefly ‘made’ in that month. 1865 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 2nd Ser. 1 ii. 248 The straw must be carefully ‘made’. 1892 Field 19 Mar. 424/2 The man who expects one variety of..corn, to ‘make’—i.e., to get fit for stacking exactly as another would, will be rewarded by a ‘rick afire’. 1913 R. Frost Boy's Will 25 My long scythe whispered and left the hay to make. 1938 M. K. Rawlings Yearling xv. 162 She said meekly, ‘I'm shore obliged. If the corn don't make, we jest as good all three to die o' snake-bite.’ 68. transitive. regional. To hew or shape (timber); to cut up (wood) into faggots or for firewood. ΘΚΠ society > occupation and work > industry > building or constructing > constructing or working with wood > build or construct with wood [verb (transitive)] > other processes makec1450 rough-hew1530 rip1532 stick1573 list1635 frame1663 fur1679 beard1711 cord1762 butt1771 drill1785 joint1815 rend1825 broach1846 ross1853 flitch1875 bore1887 stress-grade1955 c1450 in T. Wright & R. P. Wülcker Anglo-Saxon & Old Eng. Vocab. (1884) I. 582/6 Faculo, to make faget. 1466 in E. Hobhouse Church-wardens' Accts. (1890) 104 For makyng tymbyr, and makyng of steches. 1607 T. Cocks Diary (1901) 2/1 Payde to Wm. Tybbold..for felling and making my wood, xvs. 1891 R. P. Chope Dial. Hartland, Devonshire Make wood, to make wood into faggots. 1990 D. Kline Great Possessions (1993) iv. 152 For some reason, I can't get excited about making wood in the mud. 69. a. transitive. To effect or secure the success or advancement of (a person; subsequently also a thing); = to be the making of at making n.¹ 3; (formerly the principal use) to endow (a person) with fortune or prosperity; to render independent, set up (frequently in passive; cf. made adj. 6a). Also with adverbial phrase for ever (now rare). ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > prosperity > cause to prosper or flourish [verb (transitive)] > ensure prosperity or success of make1460 to be the making ofa1500 to make a man for ever1584 to make (a person) a man1584 the mind > possession > wealth > accumulate wealth [verb (transitive)] > make rich i-wealyOE to bring (a person) in or to (his) warison1297 richc1350 increasec1380 enrich1382 enrichessec1430 make1460 enwealthy1594 divitiate?1623 munificate1623 felicitate1638 imburse1641 peculiate1656 1460 J. Brackley in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) II. 221 Forteskv..Thorp, and he schuld be made for evir. 1489 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (Adv.) i. 510 And rycht mayss oft the feble wycht. 1575 W. Stevenson Gammer Gurtons Nedle v. ii. sig. Eiiii^v Christs blessing light on thee, hast made me for euer. 1578 J. Lyly Euphues f. 37^v It is the eye of the maister that fatteth the horse, and the loue of the woman, that maketh the man. 1601 B. Jonson Every Man in his Humor ii. i. sig. D4 If I can but get his cloake..I am made for euer ifaith. View more context for this quotation 1612 B. Jonson Alchemist i. ii. sig. C^v Troth, doe it Doctor. Thinke him trusty, and make him. View more context for this quotation 1614 D. Dyke Myst. Selfe-deceiuing iv. 51 If riches bee that that makes men happy (according to the foolish phrase men vse when such things befall one, O he is made!). a1616 W. Shakespeare Othello (1622) i. ii. 50 Faith he to night, hath boorded a land Carrick: If it proue lawfull prize, hee's made for euer. View more context for this quotation 1675 T. Brooks Golden Key 269 If you embrace him you are made for ever, but if you reject him you perish for ever. 1732 G. Berkeley Alciphron I. ii. ii. 72 That what one Man loses another gets, and that consequently as many are made as ruined. 1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure I. 46 That he would make my fortune if I would be a good girl, and not stand in my own light..that I should be made for ever, and have a chariot to go abroad in. 1854 J. S. C. Abbott Napoleon (1888) II. xxi. 396 Victory made Napoleon, Victory unmade him. 1888 B. W. Richardson Son of Star II. ii. 6 Let him take up a person, and that person is made. 1890 Sat. Rev. 8 Feb. 161/2 Bismarck has made Germany. 1903 A. Bennett Leonora vi. 168 The conductor..told her..that she had simply made the show. 1958 Listener 16 Oct. 623/2 What made the programme was the alternation of argument with recorded extracts from the conference itself. 1984 A. N. Wilson Hilaire Belloc (1986) vi. 111 The Path to Rome, which ‘made’ Belloc's literary reputation. b. transitive. Proverbially contrasted with mar (mar v. 2), and later also with break; esp. in to make or mar (also to make or break): to cause either the complete success or the ruin of (a person or thing). Also intransitive (in quot. 1834 as adverbial phrase) and in it's make or break: it's either success or total ruin. Cf. make-or-break adj. and n. ΘΚΠ society > authority > power > influence > have influence with [verb (transitive)] > have controlling or prevailing influence upon > cause success or failure of to make or mar1469 to make or break1841 the world > action or operation > easiness > find no difficulty in [verb (transitive)] > make possible to be done > by making the necessary time, etc., available make1841 1469 J. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 402 For thys mater is to all vsse eyther makyng ore marryng. a1500 (a1460) Towneley Plays (1897–1973) 204 (MED) I am he that may make or mar a man. c1500 (?a1475) Assembly of Gods (1896) 556 Neptunus, that dothe bothe make & marre. 1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 267^v Declaring that he was vtterly mynded to put al in hasards to make or marre, & to bee manne or mous. 1591 J. Harington tr. L. Ariosto Orlando Furioso v. xix. 33 In vaine I seeke my dukes loue to expound, The more I seeke to make the more I mard. 1596 E. Spenser Second Pt. Faerie Queene iv. i. sig. A7 That one did make, the other mard againe. View more context for this quotation 1615 J. Day Festivals 206 That Part of a Woman which either makes all, or marres all, I meane her Tongve. 1650 J. Trapp Clavis to Bible (Lev. xvi. 33) 145 It beeing the manner that either make's, or mar's an action. 1710 B. Franklin Autobiogr. (1981) App. 2. 177 Beleeve me Ben. It is a Dangerous Trade The Sword has Many Marr'd as well as Made. 1784 C. Gadsden Writings (1966) 237 It will Make Or Break Us. 1834 D. Crockett Narr. Life ii. 34 I finally determined that make or break, hit or miss, I would just hang on to my journey. 1841 C. Dickens Barnaby Rudge iii. 249 I always tell my girl to make sure beforehand that she has a good man and true, and the chance will neither make her nor break her. 1885 R. C. Praed Affinities II. xii. 5 As for Lady Romer's scheme, it is not my business to make or mar it. 1886 W. W. Randall Senator Bullion IV. ii. 4 Half past two, the time she was to be here. It's make or break this time. 1889 R. L. Stevenson Master of Ballantrae x. 267 Not that you should make and mar behind my back. 1892 Chambers's Jrnl. 2 Apr. 216/1 A man is made or marred by his wife. c1926 ‘Mixer’ Transport Workers' Song Bk. 7 My power is such to make or break. 1928 A. Fielding Cluny Problems ii. 29 It's make or break with me, Miss Young, this job. 1938 Amer. Home June 37/2 Take all these things into consideration in choosing the table ware that will grace the dining room and make or mar meals. 1976 West Lancs. Evening Gaz. 13 Dec. 1/3–4 A British Fishing Federation delegation was leaving for Brussels today at the start of a week which could make or break the trawling industry. 1992 Pract. Fishkeeping Mar. 130/1 Body shape and finnage can make or mar a fish. c. regional. To bring up, provide for (children). ΚΠ 1725 A. Ramsay Gentle Shepherd i. ii. 12 To mak them Brats then ye maun toil and spin. 1893 Eng. Dial. Dict. Make 23, to foster (Warwicksh.). d. colloquial. (a) to make one's day: to be the highlight of an otherwise ordinary, dull, or banal day; to render a day delightful. Similarly, to make one's evening, etc. Also ironic. ΚΠ 1907 D. S. Shorter Awakening in Coll. Poems 206 This false light that made my day Was the sun's reflected ray. 1935 P. G. Wodehouse Luck of Bodkins i. 15 That..will be great. That will just make my day. 1942 M. Dickens One Pair of Feet ix. 194 If she could put you in the wrong in front of Sister, her day was made. 1942 T. Rattigan Flare Path 1. 113 We've got some nice cheerful news for you boys. It's going to make your evening. 1953 X. Fielding Stronghold 220 For Ioanna, the evening had been made. 1959 Listener 6 Aug. 223/3 It [sc. a play] didn't make my day. 1970 H. McLeave Question of Negligence (1973) xviii. 141 Get him to..show us his scar... Go on, dare him. It'll make the evening. 1992 Philadelphia Inquirer Mag. 11 Oct. 32/2 I always got the feeling they wanted me to challenge them, to make their day. (b) make my day (chiefly U.S.): used ironically to encourage or incite a person to an action that will justify violent or severe retribution on the part of the speaker (this being the speaker's favoured course of action); also used attributively.The phrase was popularized as a remark made by the character Dirty Harry in the film Sudden Impact (see quot. 1983). ΚΠ 1983 J. C. Stinson Killing Ground 8 At the Punk's moment of decision, Donnelly cocks his gun. They face off... Donnelly: Go ahead, make my day. The Punk drops his gun. 1984 Washington Post 19 Feb. c8/5 He was going to tell voters Mondale was promising everything to the elderly, minorities, labor, [etc.]... And Mondale said: ‘Go ahead. Make my day.’ 1988 N.Y. Times b13/1 ‘We can't go to the White House and order Congress to “make my day”,’ Mr. Dukakis told a group of Senators. 1991 Vanity Fair (N.Y.) Aug. 107/3 He's from the..Clint Eastwood ‘Make My Day’ school and we don't need that in 1991 in the chief of police. 70. Originally English regional (northern) and Scottish. To prepare to go; to proceed in a specified direction. †a. transitive (reflexive). Cf. also sense 64. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (reflexive)] turnc1175 stretcha1225 bowc1275 steer1399 straighta1400 ready?a1425 purposec1425 address1436 applya1450 shape1480 make1488 aima1500 bound1821 1488 (c1478) Hary Actis & Deidis Schir William Wallace (Adv.) (1968–9) xi. l. 532 No wattir he tuk bot maid him to the meit. a1500 (c1425) Andrew of Wyntoun Oryg. Cron. Scotl. (Nero) viii. l. 7066 Þai of Paris made þaim þen..For þar kyngis delyuerance. 1535 Bible (Coverdale) 1 Sam. xvii. 41 The Philistyne wente forth, and made him to Dauid. 1535 Bible (Coverdale) Nahum ii. 3 His charettes are as fyre, when he maketh him forwarde. 1632 W. Lithgow Totall Disc. Trav. vi. 261 At the breach of day, we sixe made vs for the mountaine. b. intransitive. (Often in fixed expressions with adverbs and prepositions: see to make to —— at Phrasal verbs 2, to make out at Phrasal verbs 1, to make after —— at Phrasal verbs 2, etc.) ΘΚΠ society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (intransitive)] thinkeOE bowa1000 seta1000 scritheOE minlOE turnc1175 to wend one's wayc1225 ettlec1275 hieldc1275 standc1300 to take (the) gatec1330 bear?c1335 applyc1384 aim?a1400 bend1399 hita1400 straighta1400 bounc1400 intendc1425 purposec1425 appliquec1440 stevenc1440 shape1480 make1488 steera1500 course1555 to make out1558 to make in1575 to make for ——a1593 to make forth1594 plyc1595 trend1618 tour1768 to lie up1779 head1817 loop1898 1488 W. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 656 And they had nott seylyd not paste vj legys butt they aspied a Frencheman, and the Frencheman mad ouer to them. 1497 in G. Neilson & H. Paton Acts Lords of Council Civil Causes (1918) II. 63 That the saidis chapellanis, mak na wayis to the court of Rome. c1540 J. Bellenden tr. H. Boece Hist. & Chron. Scotl. (1821) I. viii. 54 Gif ony persoun..ran to hiddillis quhen vther maid to were. 1570 in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. xii. 174 Mak of the towne. 1573 in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. xlii. 16 Thir twa vnto Sanctandrois maid. 1577 J. Grange Golden Aphroditis sig. Ciii Then did I see him make towarde the middle of the lawne. 1588 Housh. Philos. in Kyd's Wks. (1901) 242 But making neerer to his Father, he whispred to him [etc.]. 1594 C. Marlowe & T. Nashe Dido i. sig. B2 There is a place Hesperia..Thither made we. 1611 Bible (King James) Acts xxvii. 40 They..made toward shore. View more context for this quotation 1639 T. Fuller Hist. Holy Warre ii. xxviii. 80 Hence Conrade made forward to Iconium. 1645 R. Baillie Let. 10 Aug. (1841) II. 305 Our army..is in good case. They are now making over the Severne. 1694 London Gaz. No. 2961/1 The Weymouth..left the rest of the homeward bound..Fleet..off the Lizard, making up the Channel. 1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure I. 169 I was instantly born away down the stream, without the power of making back to the shore. 1768 H. Brooke Fool of Quality III. xiv. 56 Let us make home the best we can. 1790 R. Beatson Naval & Mil. Mem. II. 194 Notwithstanding that the ship of the line and the frigate..were now within a league of him, and making to his assistance. 1812 Capt. Hillyar in Examiner (1813) 18 Jan. 43/2 Twelve..were thrown over~board when making from us. 1841 C. Dickens Barnaby Rudge lix. 277 He..made straight towards a distant light. 1878 W. Black Green Pastures xliv. 356 We see an immense flock of geese making up the stream. 1883 R. L. Stevenson Treasure Island iii. xiv. 112 I made steadily but slowly towards them. 1986 Shetland Times 7 Nov. 4/2 We made towards her and when we got close we saw smoke and flames coming from the galley. 71. transitive. Nautical. to make sail: (a) to spread a sail or sails; (hence) to start on a voyage; to set sail, to sail; (b) to spread additional sails in order to increase a ship's speed. Also †to make the tackling. ΘΚΠ society > travel > travel by water > [verb (intransitive)] > set out on a voyage to go to seac900 to take the seac1275 to go or fere to (the) saila1375 sail1387 to make saila1500 to set sail1513 lance1526 launch1534 to put off1582 to put out?1587 to put forth1604 to come to sail1633 underweigh1891 to take sail1904 society > travel > travel by water > directing or managing a ship > use of sails, spars, or rigging > support (an amount of) sail [verb (intransitive)] > spread (more) sail to make saila1500 to make the tacklinga1500 to show canvas1773 society > travel > travel by water > directing or managing a ship > use of sails, spars, or rigging > support (an amount of) sail [verb (intransitive)] > spread (more) sail > make additional sail for speed to make sail1634 a1500 (a1450) Generides (Trin. Cambr.) 4188 Now is the Maister..Vpon the sea, and sayle beganne to make. c1500 Pilgrims Sea-voyage 11 in F. J. Furnivall Stations of Rome (1867) i. 37 The mastyr commaundeth..To hys shypmen..To dresse hem sone about the mast, Theyr takelyng to make. 1517 R. Torkington Oldest Diarie Englysshe Trav. (1884) 15 We mad sayle with scace Wynde. a1522 G. Douglas tr. Virgil Æneid (1957) iii. i. 19 Anchises..Bad ws mak saill and follow destany. 1634 T. Herbert Relation Some Yeares Trauaile 182 Both rowing and making large saile. 1697 London Gaz. No. 3287/3 They all laid by a considerable time, and then making Sail stood to the Westward. 1769 W. Falconer Universal Dict. Marine sig. G Faire servir, to make sail, after having lain by for some time. 1890 W. C. Russell Ocean Trag.* I. iii. 50 The men..were making sail upon the yacht nimbly. 1974 F. Mowat Boat who wouldn't Float xi. 117 I then ran him through such standard procedures as making sail, lowering sail, handling the sheets, letting go the anchor, putting the fenders overside. 72. transitive. To preserve (fish), as for the market, by salting, drying, or packing. Now North American regional (chiefly Newfoundland). ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > food > food manufacture and preparation > preparation for table or cooking > preparation of seafood > prepare seafood [verb (transitive)] > prepare for market make1503 1503 A. Halyburton Ledger (1867) 276 Send to Home for a man to mak heryn. 1555 Acts Parl. Scotl. (1814) II. 498/1 The haill burrowis of the west cuntrie..hes..resortit to the fisching of Loch Fyne..for making of hering..certaine cuntrie men..hes rasit ane greit custume of euerie last of maid hering that ar tane in the said Loch. 1620 R. Whitbourne Disc. & Discov. New-found-land 21 To haue the chiefest place to make their fish on. 1668 J. Child Brief Observ. Trade 4 The Fish which our English make in Newfound-land..often prove false and deceitfully made, and our pilchards from the West Country false packed. 1714 in C. G. Head 18th Cent. Newfoundland (1976) 59 Fish made by Fishing Ships (qtls.) 3300... Fish made by Inhabitants 2800. 1856 J. Reynolds Peter Gott iii. 43 Since the last war with England, the fishermen from the States have not been allowed to make their fish upon the shores of the British Provinces. 1909 E. C. Robinson In Unknown Land 30 A fisherman comes here to ‘make’ fish, not to catch them. 1923 Canad. Fisherman 243/1 It is a new departure for Newfoundland green fish to be taken to Europe to be ‘made’. 1971 S. E. Morison European Discov. Amer.: Northern Voy. xiv. 491 In our times ‘making fish’, as the Maine people call curing cod, haddock, and pollock in the sun, is simple enough... You simply soak the gutted, split, and washed fish in brine for two or three days, slack-salt them, and spread them on home-made flakes to be cured in the sun. †73. Christian Church. To prepare (the chalice) at the offertory in the Eucharist by pouring in the wine, or wine and water. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > faith > worship > parts of service > offertory > [verb (intransitive)] > mix water and wine during make?1540 ?1540 Bk. Ceremonies (Cleo. E.v) f. 280 Offertory..at which tyme the Mynyster..maketh the chalice, myxyng the water with the wyne. 1892 Trans. St. Paul's Ecclesiol. Soc. 3 78 The liturgical moment of the making of the chalice in certain western rites. 74. transitive. Originally Irish English. to make one's soul: to devote one's efforts to the saving of one's soul; to repent and be converted; to attend confession. ΘΚΠ society > faith > aspects of faith > spirituality > salvation, redemption > save, redeem [verb (intransitive)] > repent and be converted to make one's soul1818 1818 C. R. Maturin Women III. 313 To-night I must make my soul, and that's enough for a parting sinner to have to do. 1836 in C. Forster Life Bp. Jebb (ed. 2) ii. 112 Make your soul; there is no time to lose; you will die next November. 1851 H. Mayhew London Labour II. 45/1 What's all you can get here compared to making your sowl. 1867 P. Kennedy Banks of Boro 209 Maybe it would be betther for me to think of mekin' me sowl. 1925 G. K. Chesterton Everlasting Man ii. v. 271 He is not, in our religious phrase, making his soul. 1953 M. Traynor Eng. Dial. Donegal 179 Make one's soul, to go to confession. 1960 E. Bowen Time in Rome i. 17 Need to tone up in fresh air, to make one's soul or reflect in calm. 1987 S. Bellow More die of Heartbreak 37 He didn't have to ‘make his soul’, like other people. 75. transitive. Cards. [Compare French faire les cartes shuffle or deal cards (battre les cartes is more common).] To shuffle. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > card game > play a card [verb (transitive)] > actions or tactics > deal, shuffle, or cut cutc1555 deal1560 rob1575 shuffle1589 fuzz1753 pass1859 flitter1864 split1866 ruffle1872 make1876 trey1888 1876 A. Campbell-Walker Correct Card Gloss. p. xii To make a card means to shuffle. 1902 Ld. Aldenham Game of Ombre (ed. 3) 85 The Baron makes the cards, and hands them to Belinda. 1945 H. Phillips & J. T. Reese How to play Bridge 19 The second pack was shuffled (the word usually used is ‘made’). 1990 S. Turow Burden of Proof i. ii. 23 Peter made the cards and handed them to Stern to deal. Phrasal verbs PV1. With adverbs in specialized senses. to make about Nautical. Categories » intransitive. See about adv. 4b. † to make again Obsolete. transitive. To make good, repair, restore, rebuild. ΘΚΠ society > occupation and work > industry > manufacturing processes > mending or repairing > [verb (transitive)] > mend fabric or clothing to make againc1384 stop1480 draw1592 darnc1600 to draw up1603 fine-draw1665 plain-darn1880 c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Ezek. xxxvi. 10 Citees shuln be enhabitid, and ruynouse thingis shuln be instorid, or maad aȝein [L. instaurabuntur]. c1384 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Douce 369(2)) (1850) Matt. iv. 21 He..say tweyn other bretheren..makynge aȝein, or beetynge her nettis. c1433 Petition Franciscans to Trinity Coll. in R. Willis & J. W. Clark Archit. Hist. Univ. Cambr. (1886) II. 429 Thei..do make ayein the grete pipe of the said conduyt. ?1473 W. Caxton tr. R. Le Fèvre Recuyell Hist. Troye (1894) I. lf. 74 The harnoys broken was made agayn and amended. 1565 T. Cooper Thesaurus Reparator, one that repayreth or maketh agayne. † to make away Obsolete. 1. intransitive. To depart, go away; (also) spec. to go away suddenly or hastily, run away; = to make off at Phrasal verbs 1. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > going away > go away [verb (intransitive)] > go away suddenly or hastily fleec825 runOE swervea1225 biwevec1275 skip1338 streekc1380 warpa1400 yerna1400 smoltc1400 stepc1460 to flee (one's) touch?1515 skirr1548 rubc1550 to make awaya1566 lope1575 scuddle1577 scoura1592 to take the start1600 to walk off1604 to break awaya1616 to make off1652 to fly off1667 scuttle1681 whew1684 scamper1687 whistle off1689 brush1699 to buy a brush1699 to take (its, etc.) wing1704 decamp1751 to take (a) French leave1751 morris1765 to rush off1794 to hop the twig1797 to run along1803 scoot1805 to take off1815 speela1818 to cut (also make, take) one's lucky1821 to make (take) tracks (for)1824 absquatulize1829 mosey1829 absquatulate1830 put1834 streak1834 vamoose1834 to put out1835 cut1836 stump it1841 scratch1843 scarper1846 to vamoose the ranch1847 hook1851 shoo1851 slide1859 to cut and run1861 get1861 skedaddle1862 bolt1864 cheese it1866 to do a bunkc1870 to wake snakes1872 bunk1877 nit1882 to pull one's freight1884 fooster1892 to get the (also to) hell out (of)1892 smoke1893 mooch1899 to fly the coop1901 skyhoot1901 shemozzle1902 to light a shuck1905 to beat it1906 pooter1907 to take a run-out powder1909 blow1912 to buzz off1914 to hop it1914 skate1915 beetle1919 scram1928 amscray1931 boogie1940 skidoo1949 bug1950 do a flit1952 to do a scarper1958 to hit, split or take the breeze1959 to do a runner1980 to be (also get, go) ghost1986 a1566 T. Hoby Trav. (1902) 16 As manie as were in the bote fell to rowing and made so sweeftlie awaye that none were able to folowe them. 1601 B. Jonson Fountaine of Selfe-love i. iii. sig. B4^v Deare sparke of beauty make not so fast away. View more context for this quotation ?a1610 A. Montgomerie Poems (1887) 212 My fellouis comes nou; I mon mak auay. 1632 A. Gordon Let. 21 July in W. Fraser Sutherland Bk. (1892) II. 155 I mak away to Iyrland..on Monnonday nixt. 1639 T. Fuller Hist. Holy Warre v. v. 237 If there be five to one, it is interpreted wisdome not cowardlinesse, to make away from them. 1710 Boston News-let. 5 June 2/2 They saw two Bristol Galleys plying in unto the Island, which the Enemy perceiving, & not knowing their strength, made away after them until they came up with them, within a mile of the Harbour. 1787 ‘G. Gambado’ Acad. Horsemen 29 His horse made away with him whilst Gimcrack was running a match. 1883 W. Black Yolande II. xii. 217 Then they set out for home; Duncan and the gillies making away for a sort of ford. 1891 Cornhill Mag. Jan. 108 The people..are making away as fast as they can. 2. transitive. To destroy (a thing). ΘΚΠ the world > existence and causation > creation > destruction > destroy [verb (transitive)] to bring to noughteOE forspillc893 fordilghec900 to bring to naughtOE astryea1200 stroyc1200 forferec1275 misdoa1325 destroyc1330 naught1340 dingc1380 beshenda1400 devoida1400 unshapea1400 to wend downa1400 brittenc1400 unloukc1400 perishc1426 defeat1435 unmake1439 lithc1450 spend1481 kill1530 to shend ofc1540 quade1565 to make away1566 discreate1570 wrake1570 wracka1586 unwork1587 gaster1609 defease1621 unbe1624 uncreate1633 destructa1638 naufragate1648 stifle1725 stramash1788 disannul1794 destructify1841 locust1868 to knock out1944 dick1972 1566 in E. Peacock Eng. Church Furnit. (1866) 66 A Mass book w^th all such books of papistrie ar abolished made awaie and defaced. 1609 W. Shakespeare Sonnets xi. sig. B3 If all were minded so, the times should cease, And threescoore yeare would make the world away . View more context for this quotation 1650 J. Trapp Clavis to Bible (Lev. xiii. 47) 138 Instruments of idolatrie..are to bee destroied, and made awaie. 3. transitive. = to make away with at Phrasal verbs 1; (also) to put an end to (a person's life). Cf. sense 61.Common in 16th and 17th centuries. ΘΚΠ the world > life > death > killing > kill [verb (transitive)] swevec725 quelmeOE slayc893 quelleOE of-falleOE ofslayeOE aquellc950 ayeteeOE spillc950 beliveOE to bring (also do) of (one's) life-dayOE fordoa1000 forfarea1000 asweveOE drepeOE forleseOE martyrOE to do (also i-do, draw) of lifeOE bringc1175 off-quellc1175 quenchc1175 forswelta1225 adeadc1225 to bring of daysc1225 to do to deathc1225 to draw (a person) to deathc1225 murder?c1225 aslayc1275 forferec1275 to lay to ground, to earth (Sc. at eird)c1275 martyrc1300 strangle1303 destroya1325 misdoa1325 killc1330 tailc1330 to take the life of (also fro)c1330 enda1340 to kill to (into, unto) death1362 brittena1375 deadc1374 to ding to deathc1380 mortifya1382 perisha1387 to dight to death1393 colea1400 fella1400 kill out (away, down, up)a1400 to slay up or downa1400 swelta1400 voida1400 deliverc1400 starvec1425 jugylc1440 morta1450 to bring to, on, or upon (one's) bierc1480 to put offc1485 to-slaya1500 to make away with1502 to put (a person or thing) to silencec1503 rida1513 to put downa1525 to hang out of the way1528 dispatch?1529 strikea1535 occidea1538 to firk to death, (out) of lifec1540 to fling to deathc1540 extinct1548 to make out of the way1551 to fet offa1556 to cut offc1565 to make away?1566 occise1575 spoil1578 senda1586 to put away1588 exanimate1593 unmortalize1593 speed1594 unlive1594 execute1597 dislive1598 extinguish1598 to lay along1599 to make hence1605 conclude1606 kill off1607 disanimate1609 feeze1609 to smite, stab in, under the fifth rib1611 to kill dead1615 transporta1616 spatch1616 to take off1619 mactate1623 to make meat of1632 to turn up1642 inanimate1647 pop1649 enecate1657 cadaverate1658 expedite1678 to make dog's meat of1679 to make mincemeat of1709 sluice1749 finisha1753 royna1770 still1778 do1780 deaden1807 deathifyc1810 to lay out1829 cool1833 to use up1833 puckeroo1840 to rub out1840 cadaverize1841 to put under the sod1847 suicide1852 outkill1860 to fix1875 to put under1879 corpse1884 stiffen1888 tip1891 to do away with1899 to take out1900 stretch1902 red-light1906 huff1919 to knock rotten1919 skittle1919 liquidate1924 clip1927 to set over1931 creasea1935 ice1941 lose1942 to put to sleep1942 zap1942 hit1955 to take down1967 wax1968 trash1973 ace1975 ?1566 W. P. tr. C. S. Curio Pasquine in Traunce 58 b Saint Dominick..was treating with them for the burning of Heretiques, or how by some other deuise to make them away. a1593 C. Marlowe Edward II (1594) sig. E2^v Why then weele haue him priuily made away. a1616 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 2 (1623) iii. i. 167 To make away my guiltlesse Life. View more context for this quotation 1621 R. Burton Anat. Melancholy iii. ii. iv. 626 Constantius Despota, made away Katherine his wife..for the loue of a base Scriueners daughter. a1656 Bp. J. Hall Shaking of Olive-tree (1660) ii. 415 Wicked harlots who..have made away their stolen birth. 1713 J. Addison in Guardian 11 July 2/1 What Multitudes of Infants have been made away by those who brought them into the World. 1766 H. Brooke Fool of Quality II. viii. 31 They would..make him away by pistol, or poison. 1874 A. Trollope Phineas Redux II. xxxiii. 266 For weeks I lived under the belief that I was to be made away by the hangman. 4. transitive. To alienate or transfer to another's possession; to dispose of, get rid of. ΘΚΠ the mind > possession > relinquishing > casting or laying aside > [verb (transitive)] to let awaya1000 forcast?c1225 to lay downc1275 forthrow1340 flita1375 removea1382 to cast away1382 understrewc1384 castc1390 to lay awaya1400 to lay asidec1440 slingc1440 warpiss1444 to lay from, offc1480 way-put1496 depose1526 to lay apart1526 to put off1526 to set apart1530 to turn up1541 abandonate?1561 devest1566 dispatch1569 decarta1572 discard1578 to make away1580 to fling away1587 to cast off1597 doff1599 cashier1603 to set by1603 moult1604 excuss1607 retorta1616 divest1639 deposit1646 disentail1667 dismiss1675 slough1845 shed1856 jettison1869 shake1872 offload1900 junk1911 dump1919 sluff1934 bin1940 to put down1944 shitcan1973 1580 C. Hollyband Treasurie French Tong Alienation, alienation or making away. 1600 J. Pory tr. J. Leo Africanus Geogr. Hist. Afr. Introd. 41 Their slaues which they cannot make away for a good round price, they sell vnto the butchers. a1640 E. Waller On Friendship Sacharissa & Amoret 16 Debters.., When they never mean to pay,..To some friend make all away. 1740 S. Richardson Pamela II. 21 Will you, said he, on your Honour, let me see them uncurtail'd, and not offer to make them away? 1855 H. H. Milman Hist. Lat. Christianity VI. xiv. i. 368 If usurped, or its usufruct, if not the fee, fraudulently made away, it [sc. Church property] had in many cases widely extended itself by purchase. 5. transitive (reflexive). To commit suicide. ΘΚΠ the world > life > death > killing > suicide > [verb (reflexive)] murderc1175 spill1390 spoil1578 to make away1581 massacre1591 misdo1599 self-murder1648 to lay violent hands on (or upon)1662 to make away with1667 to rip up1807 suicide1818 1581 G. Pettie tr. S. Guazzo Ciuile Conuersat. (1586) i. 4 b Other sortes..that haue made themselues awaie by the meanes either of water, or fire, or sword. 1654 T. Gataker Disc. Apol. 58 I was there told by the Physician, that I must whollie forbear Preaching, unless I would wilfullie make away my self. c1684 Roxburghe Ballads (1886) VI. 621 She, for love of the Groom, fell into Despair, and in conclusion made herself away. 1698 S. Crisp Christ Exalted 50 They would make away themselves immediately, if possible. to make away with 1. intransitive. To put (a person) out of the way, put to death; euphemistic to kill. Cf. to make away 3 at Phrasal verbs 1. Now frequently reflexive. ΘΚΠ the world > life > death > killing > kill [verb (transitive)] swevec725 quelmeOE slayc893 quelleOE of-falleOE ofslayeOE aquellc950 ayeteeOE spillc950 beliveOE to bring (also do) of (one's) life-dayOE fordoa1000 forfarea1000 asweveOE drepeOE forleseOE martyrOE to do (also i-do, draw) of lifeOE bringc1175 off-quellc1175 quenchc1175 forswelta1225 adeadc1225 to bring of daysc1225 to do to deathc1225 to draw (a person) to deathc1225 murder?c1225 aslayc1275 forferec1275 to lay to ground, to earth (Sc. at eird)c1275 martyrc1300 strangle1303 destroya1325 misdoa1325 killc1330 tailc1330 to take the life of (also fro)c1330 enda1340 to kill to (into, unto) death1362 brittena1375 deadc1374 to ding to deathc1380 mortifya1382 perisha1387 to dight to death1393 colea1400 fella1400 kill out (away, down, up)a1400 to slay up or downa1400 swelta1400 voida1400 deliverc1400 starvec1425 jugylc1440 morta1450 to bring to, on, or upon (one's) bierc1480 to put offc1485 to-slaya1500 to make away with1502 to put (a person or thing) to silencec1503 rida1513 to put downa1525 to hang out of the way1528 dispatch?1529 strikea1535 occidea1538 to firk to death, (out) of lifec1540 to fling to deathc1540 extinct1548 to make out of the way1551 to fet offa1556 to cut offc1565 to make away?1566 occise1575 spoil1578 senda1586 to put away1588 exanimate1593 unmortalize1593 speed1594 unlive1594 execute1597 dislive1598 extinguish1598 to lay along1599 to make hence1605 conclude1606 kill off1607 disanimate1609 feeze1609 to smite, stab in, under the fifth rib1611 to kill dead1615 transporta1616 spatch1616 to take off1619 mactate1623 to make meat of1632 to turn up1642 inanimate1647 pop1649 enecate1657 cadaverate1658 expedite1678 to make dog's meat of1679 to make mincemeat of1709 sluice1749 finisha1753 royna1770 still1778 do1780 deaden1807 deathifyc1810 to lay out1829 cool1833 to use up1833 puckeroo1840 to rub out1840 cadaverize1841 to put under the sod1847 suicide1852 outkill1860 to fix1875 to put under1879 corpse1884 stiffen1888 tip1891 to do away with1899 to take out1900 stretch1902 red-light1906 huff1919 to knock rotten1919 skittle1919 liquidate1924 clip1927 to set over1931 creasea1935 ice1941 lose1942 to put to sleep1942 zap1942 hit1955 to take down1967 wax1968 trash1973 ace1975 the world > life > death > killing > suicide > [verb (reflexive)] murderc1175 spill1390 spoil1578 to make away1581 massacre1591 misdo1599 self-murder1648 to lay violent hands on (or upon)1662 to make away with1667 to rip up1807 suicide1818 1502 Townley in T. Stapleton Plumpton Corr. (1839) 164 There was a servant of yours, and a kynsman of myne, was myschevously made away with. 1583 P. Stubbes Second Pt. Anat. Abuses sig. H5 For mony I am persuaded they [sc. physicians] can make away with any whom they haue accesse vnto. 1628 tr. P. Matthieu Powerfull Favorite 11 Tiberius had resolued to make away with Germanicus. 1667 S. Pepys Diary 24 Feb. (1974) VIII. 82 She..it seems..hath endeavoured to make away with herself often. 1727 A. Pope et al. Περι Βαθους: Art of Sinking 90 in J. Swift et al. Misc.: Last Vol. That to prevent unmarried Actresses making away with their Infants, a competent Provision be allow'd for the Nurture of them. 1756 tr. J. G. Keyssler Trav. I. 87 His relations pretend that he was made away with by poison. 1768 O. Goldsmith Good Natur'd Man i. 8 These were the very words of poor Dick Doleful to me not a week before he made away with himself. 1816 J. T. James Jrnl. Tour v. 514 Feeling unhappy in the celebration of such a triumph, she..made away with herself by plunging into the Vistula. 1856 C. Reade It is never too Late I. xii. 200 He was a lunatic, and would have made away with himself anywhere. 1862 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 23 242 The owl nightly makes away with more mice than the very best of cats. 1886 R. L. Stevenson Strange Case Dr. Jekyll & Mr. Hyde 72 He was made away with, eight days ago, when we heard him cry out upon the name of God. 1942 ‘M. Innes’ Daffodil Affair iii. i. 82 But you don't think that Wine will make away with us simply because we are policemen. 1955 ‘N. Shute’ Requiem for Wren (1956) 14 You don't think she had any motive for wanting to make away with herself, Mother? 1968 Punch 12 June 858/3 Pet does [i.e. female rabbits] unconcernedly making away with their blind and naked young. 1986 J. Gloag Only Yesterday (1988) 85 It wasn't so long after that Mr Robinson made away with himself. 2. intransitive. To remove from its rightful place or ownership; to get rid of; to dissipate, squander; to destroy fraudulently; to steal. ΘΚΠ the mind > possession > taking > stealing or theft > steal [verb (intransitive)] stealc725 thievec920 bribec1405 pluck?a1425 prowl1546 strike1567 to make away with1691 fake1819 snam1824 snig1862 to help oneself1868 boost1912 score1914 snoop1924 1691 A. Gavin Frauds Romish Monks (ed. 3) 407 It will not be difficult to conceive, how the Roman Clergy can make away with these vast Revenues they are possessed of. 1766 H. Brooke Fool of Quality II. viii. 31 They would..make away with the effects. 1781 D. Williams tr. Voltaire Dramatic Wks. II. 132 I will make away with my castle and dowry to support the cause. 1843 T. Carlyle Past & Present ii. i. 61 ‘Thirteen pence sterling’, this was what the Convent got from Lackland, for all the victuals he and his had made away with. 1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. II. x. 572 He had burned the writs, made away with the seal [etc.]. 1873 Act 36 & 37 Victoria c. 77 §26 If any person designedly makes away with..any thing issued to him as a volunteer. 1883 K. S. Macquoid Her Sailor Love III. vii. iv. 115 It's an ugly thing to make away with a letter. 1910 Encycl. Brit. I. 302/2 The shipowner is not liable for loss..by the robbery or embezzlement of or making away with gold or silver or jewellery. 1955 M. Wheeler Still Digging (1958) 139 Cresswell compels reluctant policeman to march the offending carter..to the nearest police-station;..crowd makes away with cart and donkey. 1974 P. G. Wodehouse Aunts aren't Gentlemen iv. 34 ‘What are you doing with that cat,’ he demanded hoarsely... ‘You were making away with it... Stealing it.’ to make down 1. transitive. Chiefly Scottish. To fold down the sheets, etc., on (a bed) so as to make it ready for use. ΚΠ 1816 W. Scott Antiquary II. x. 272 We'se mak ye down a bed at the lodge. 1820 J. Hogg Winter Evening Tales I. 189 Betty, my dear, make down the bed. 1937 St. Andrews Citizen 16 Oct. 9 The beds were being made down. 1950 J. Brooke Goose Cathedral viii. 170 I arrived about nine o'clock, to find that Ron Eley, thinking I might come in after lights-out, had made my bed down for me. 2. transitive. colloquial. To refashion (clothing) so as to fit a smaller wearer. ΘΚΠ the world > textiles and clothing > clothing > tailoring or making clothes > tailor or make clothes [verb (transitive)] > alter to turn upa1586 tuck1626 to let out1791 fashionize1824 to piece down1863 to make down1877 to let down1890 to take up1902 1877 ‘S. Tytler’ Childhood 100 Years Ago i. 19 Old clothes of their seniors carefully kept and ‘made down’ for their descendants. 1904 N.E.D. at Make v.¹ The eldest girl's frocks can be made down for her sisters. † to make forth Obsolete. 1. transitive. To write as the author (a book); to set out or expound (an argument, etc.), esp. in written form. ΚΠ a1393 J. Gower Confessio Amantis (Fairf.) vii. 1454 On of the ferste which it wrot After Noë, it was Nembrot, To his disciple Ychonithon And made a bok forth therupon The which Megaster cleped was. 1665 G. Wither Medit. upon Lords Prayer Preamble sig. B1 It cannot be justly expected, that all which is contained in that brief Form of Prayer recommended to his Disciples then living, can possibly be made forth explicitly.., by the single Faculty of any one contemplative Believer. 1677 R. Cary Palæologia Chronica ii. ii. iii. xi. 245 He farther shews how Various and Pendulous Eusebius is, in making forth his Reckonings. 2. transitive. Scottish. To complete the preparation or equipment of. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (transitive)] > complete the preparation of to make forth1496 1496 in T. Dickson Accts. Treasurer Scotl. (1877) I. 261 Item, gevin be the Lard of Balgony to maik furth this coit, iij ellis of vellous. 1497 in T. Dickson Accts. Treasurer Scotl. (1877) I. 339 Item, giffin to Thom Barkar and Johne Lam to pas to Home, to mak furth the artailȝery there iiij lib. iiij s. 3. transitive. To send forth. Cf. sense 41. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > cause to move in a direction [verb (transitive)] steerc888 righteOE wisec1330 guy1362 makea1425 guide?a1505 to make forth1508 direct1526 to make out1560 bend1582 incline1597 work1667 usher1668 head1826 humour1847 vector1966 target1974 society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct (one's course, steps, etc.) [verb (transitive)] > be bound for or head for drawc1275 to-hieldc1275 roama1375 pretend1481 pursue1488 to make forth1508 to be in gate to1548 to make to ——a1568 to make unto ——1593 to be for1606 to set one's face for (from, to, towards)1611 steer1667 head1880 hit1889 1508 Golagros & Gawane (Chepman & Myllar) sig. aii^v I rede ye mak furth ane man mekar of mude. 4. intransitive. To go forward, advance, proceed; to set out; (of a boat) to put out. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > forward movement > move forward or advance [verb (intransitive)] wadeOE agoOE forthganga1000 forthgoOE syeOE kenc1275 to-stepc1275 vaunce1303 forthnima1325 passc1330 throc1330 forthpass1382 to pass forthc1384 to carry forthc1390 proceedc1392 to go alongc1400 to be forthwardc1430 get) groundc1436 to set onc1450 avauntc1460 pretend1481 to make way1490 advance?1507 to get forward1523 promove1570 to rid ground (also space)1572 to rid (the) way1581 progressa1586 to gather grounda1593 to make forth1594 to make on1597 to work up1603 perge1607 to work one's (also its) way1609 to pass on1611 to gain ground1625 to make its way1645 vadea1660 propagate1700 to gain one's way1777 further1789 to pull up1829 on1840 to make (up) ground1921 society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (intransitive)] thinkeOE bowa1000 seta1000 scritheOE minlOE turnc1175 to wend one's wayc1225 ettlec1275 hieldc1275 standc1300 to take (the) gatec1330 bear?c1335 applyc1384 aim?a1400 bend1399 hita1400 straighta1400 bounc1400 intendc1425 purposec1425 appliquec1440 stevenc1440 shape1480 make1488 steera1500 course1555 to make out1558 to make in1575 to make for ——a1593 to make forth1594 plyc1595 trend1618 tour1768 to lie up1779 head1817 loop1898 society > travel > travel by water > launching a vessel > be launched [verb (intransitive)] > push away from shore > of ship to make forth1594 1594 T. Kyd tr. R. Garnier Cornelia* v. 241 When Wolues..Make forth amongst the flock. a1610 J. Healey tr. Cebes' Table in tr. Epictetus Manuall (1636) 149 As shippes doe, that having unlaided their fraught make presently forth for a new voiage. 1625 F. Bacon Ess. (new ed.) 240 To prouide, that while we make forth, to that which is better, we meet not, with that which is worse. 1736 Compl. Family-piece ii. i. 208 'Tis the nature of the Hart, when he is close pursued..to make forth on Head. 5. transitive. To issue (a commission, debenture, etc.). ΘΚΠ society > law > legal document > [verb (transitive)] > issue officially expede1558 expeditea1626 to make forth1640 1640 tr. G. S. du Verdier Love & Armes Greeke Princes iii. 213 This great Monarch..made forth Commissions. 1666 in 10th Rep. Royal Comm. Hist. MSS (1885) App. v. 6 His Majestie's Auditor-Generall shall make forth debentures for what is due to the petitioner. to make in 1. intransitive. To go in towards a particular point; to intervene in an action; to join in a fray; †to interpose in a conversation (obsolete). Now regional. ΘΚΠ society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (intransitive)] thinkeOE bowa1000 seta1000 scritheOE minlOE turnc1175 to wend one's wayc1225 ettlec1275 hieldc1275 standc1300 to take (the) gatec1330 bear?c1335 applyc1384 aim?a1400 bend1399 hita1400 straighta1400 bounc1400 intendc1425 purposec1425 appliquec1440 stevenc1440 shape1480 make1488 steera1500 course1555 to make out1558 to make in1575 to make for ——a1593 to make forth1594 plyc1595 trend1618 tour1768 to lie up1779 head1817 loop1898 the world > action or operation > doing > activity or occupation > acting in another's business or intervention > act in another's business or intervene [verb (intransitive)] to step in1474 to go (etc.) between the bark and the tree1546 to make in1575 intermediate1610 interposea1616 to put in1631 intervene1646 to strike ina1715 to wade in1905 1575 G. Turberville Bk. Faulconrie 161 Vnhood your Hawke, to the end that when she espieth the Hearon she may flee hir: and if she do so, make in apace to succour hir. ?1611 G. Chapman tr. Homer Iliads xv. 211 While these made-in [Gk. ἐεισάσθην], to spoyle his armes. 1612 M. Drayton Poly-olbion viii. 121 Small Marbrooke maketh-in, to her [sc. the Severn's] inticing Deepe. a1640 P. Massinger & J. Fletcher Very Woman v. iii. 30 in P. Massinger 3 New Playes (1655) Make in Loggerhead; My son Slave fights like a dragon. a1640 J. Fletcher & P. Massinger Sea Voy. i. i, in F. Beaumont & J. Fletcher Comedies & Trag. (1647) sig. Aaaaa/1 We have discovered the Land Sir, Pray lets make in. 1656 Earl of Monmouth tr. T. Boccalini Ragguagli di Parnasso ii. lvii. 323 To the succor whereof, all the inhabitants along the river side made in. 1828 W. Scott Fair Maid of Perth vii, in Chron. Canongate 2nd Ser. III. 182 During this moment of delay, Ramorny whispered to Dwining, ‘Make in, knave, with some objection.’ 1865 G. F. Berkeley My Life & Recoll. II. 281 It is ever a gallant gentleman who thus makes in. 1891 Longman's Mag. Sept. 500 The larger galleons made in at once for Corunna. 1932 J. Barbour 48 Days Adrift 38 If we ever ‘made in’ (approached) on land we would want canvas and ropes to get us off again unless we struck some inhabited harbour. 2. intransitive. Falconry. To approach a bird on the ground (see quot. 1897). ΚΠ 1897 Earl of Suffolk et al. Encycl. Sport I. 373 (Falconry), Make in (of the falconer), to go up to a hawk after it has killed. 1965 P. Wayre Wind in Reeds viii. 100 If I ‘made in’ to him while he was still eating he often left his food and flew straight at me. to make off †1. transitive. To dispose of. Obsolete. ΚΠ 1640 J. Winthrop Hist. New Eng. (1826) (modernized text) II. 12 He could not subsist here, and thereupon made off his estate. 2. intransitive. To depart or leave a place, esp. suddenly or hastily; to hasten or run away; to decamp, bolt. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > going away > go away [verb (intransitive)] > go away suddenly or hastily fleec825 runOE swervea1225 biwevec1275 skip1338 streekc1380 warpa1400 yerna1400 smoltc1400 stepc1460 to flee (one's) touch?1515 skirr1548 rubc1550 to make awaya1566 lope1575 scuddle1577 scoura1592 to take the start1600 to walk off1604 to break awaya1616 to make off1652 to fly off1667 scuttle1681 whew1684 scamper1687 whistle off1689 brush1699 to buy a brush1699 to take (its, etc.) wing1704 decamp1751 to take (a) French leave1751 morris1765 to rush off1794 to hop the twig1797 to run along1803 scoot1805 to take off1815 speela1818 to cut (also make, take) one's lucky1821 to make (take) tracks (for)1824 absquatulize1829 mosey1829 absquatulate1830 put1834 streak1834 vamoose1834 to put out1835 cut1836 stump it1841 scratch1843 scarper1846 to vamoose the ranch1847 hook1851 shoo1851 slide1859 to cut and run1861 get1861 skedaddle1862 bolt1864 cheese it1866 to do a bunkc1870 to wake snakes1872 bunk1877 nit1882 to pull one's freight1884 fooster1892 to get the (also to) hell out (of)1892 smoke1893 mooch1899 to fly the coop1901 skyhoot1901 shemozzle1902 to light a shuck1905 to beat it1906 pooter1907 to take a run-out powder1909 blow1912 to buzz off1914 to hop it1914 skate1915 beetle1919 scram1928 amscray1931 boogie1940 skidoo1949 bug1950 do a flit1952 to do a scarper1958 to hit, split or take the breeze1959 to do a runner1980 to be (also get, go) ghost1986 1652 Weekly Intelligencer 1 June 486 They were so torn by our great shot, that they had much to do to make off to Sea, to preserve themselves from apparent destruction. a1680 S. Butler Genuine Remains (1759) II. 93 Horsing the deer on his own Back, and making off. 1709 R. Steele Tatler No. 85. ¶5 My Sister took this Occasion to make off. 1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure II. 35 He could not find in his heart to leave me, and make off, which he might easily have done. 1787 ‘G. Gambado’ Acad. Horsemen 13 Should your horse prove, what is properly termed too many for you, and make off. 1805 Log of H.M.S. Belleisle 21 Oct. in Ld. Nelson Dispatches & Lett. (1846) VII. 164 (note) Several of the Enemy's ships making off to leeward. 1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest I. xi. 214 [He] perceived that the bull had not made off with the rest of the cattle. 1889 G. Gissing Nether World I. xii. 272 He..made off at a run. 1918 Stars & Stripes 1 Mar. 1/7 It appeared that the sergeant and one Frenchman had seen him making off in the dark and had chased him. 1927 V. Woolf To Lighthouse i. 116 Nancy made off, after lunch, to her attic, to escape the horror of family life. 1986 K. Amis Old Devils iii. 64 Charlie got up with deliberation and made off after the wine waiter. 3. intransitive. to make off with: to decamp while in possession of, to carry off. Also (occasionally reflexive): = sense 2. ΘΚΠ the mind > possession > taking > stealing or theft > steal [verb (transitive)] pick?c1300 takec1300 fetch1377 bribec1405 usurpc1412 rapc1415 to rap and rendc1415 embezzle1495 lifta1529 pilfer1532 suffurate1542 convey?1545 mill1567 prig1567 strike1567 lag1573 shave1585 knave1601 twitch1607 cly1610 asport1621 pinch1632 snapa1639 nap1665 panyar1681 to carry off1684 to pick up1687 thievea1695 to gipsy away1696 bone1699 make1699 win1699 magg1762 snatch1766 to make off with1768 snavel1795 feck1809 shake1811 nail1819 geach1821 pull1821 to run off1821 smug1825 nick1826 abduct1831 swag1846 nobble1855 reef1859 snig1862 find1865 to pull off1865 cop1879 jump1879 slock1888 swipe1889 snag1895 rip1904 snitch1904 pole1906 glom1907 boost1912 hot-stuff1914 score1914 clifty1918 to knock off1919 snoop1924 heist1930 hoist1931 rabbit1943 to rip off1967 to have off1974 1722 D. Defoe Moll Flanders 325 I made off with this little Booty to Ipswich.] 1768 W. Blackstone Comm. Laws Eng. IV. 231 A bare removal from the place in which he found the goods, though the thief does not quite make off with them, is a sufficient asportation. 1792 H. Cowley Day in Turkey ii. ii. 30 They thought fit to make off with what they had. 1820 J. Gifford Compl. Eng. Lawyer ii. xiii. 216 Although the thief do not quite make off with them. 1856 J. H. Newman Callista xxviii. 249 He was quite easy about Agellius, who had, as he considered, successfully made off with himself. 1865 C. Dickens Our Mutual Friend II. iii. vii. 61 Mr. Wegg, had seen the minion surreptitiously making off with that bottle. 1890 Standard 14 Apr. 2/6 The girl had made off with her employer's money. 1949 ‘G. Orwell’ Nineteen Eighty-four i. vii. 72 The successful women, bumped and jostled by the rest, were trying to make off with their saucepans. 1989 V. S. Pritchett Chekhov xii. 144 They make off with his crops openly by the wagonload. †4. transitive. Agriculture. To fatten (lambs, etc.) for the market. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > food > providing or receiving food > feeding animals > [verb (transitive)] > fatten sheep or lambs flush1764 turnip1799 to make off1851 the world > food and drink > farming > animal husbandry > sheep-farming > rear sheep or wool [verb (transitive)] > fatten flush1764 to make off1851 1851 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 12 ii. 395 Whenever farmers make off their own flock instead of selling their lamb-hogs to feeders, they choose a small breed. 1852 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 13 i. 60 The lambs are..made off fat, early in the summer. 1868 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 2nd Ser. 4 ii. 264 No store stock..is ever sold, everything being made off for the butcher. to make on †1. transitive. = sense 6. Obsolete (regional in later use). ΘΚΠ the world > matter > properties of materials > temperature > heat > burning > burn or consume by fire [verb (transitive)] > make a fire beetc885 make?a1200 to make on1487 to fire up1836 to lay a fire1876 1487 (a1380) J. Barbour Bruce (St. John's Cambr.) v. 54 A! schir..That fyre wes neuir maid on for me. a1500 (c1425) Andrew of Wyntoun Oryg. Cron. Scotl. (Nero) iii. l. 776 Off gret schidis brynnande schire He gert be maid on a bail fyre. 1634 S. Rutherford Lett. (1863) I. 110 The Lord is making on a fire in Jerusalem. 1777 M. Hunter Jrnl. (1894) 26 We had got..a fire made on in our little room. 1885 W. D. Howells Rise Silas Lapham ii. 49 I'll be the death of that darkey..if he don't stop making on such a fire. 1893 Illustr. London News Christmas No. 23/2 To ‘make on’ a good fire at nightfall. 2. intransitive. U.S. regional in later use. To go forward, proceed; to hasten on. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > forward movement > move forward or advance [verb (intransitive)] wadeOE agoOE forthganga1000 forthgoOE syeOE kenc1275 to-stepc1275 vaunce1303 forthnima1325 passc1330 throc1330 forthpass1382 to pass forthc1384 to carry forthc1390 proceedc1392 to go alongc1400 to be forthwardc1430 get) groundc1436 to set onc1450 avauntc1460 pretend1481 to make way1490 advance?1507 to get forward1523 promove1570 to rid ground (also space)1572 to rid (the) way1581 progressa1586 to gather grounda1593 to make forth1594 to make on1597 to work up1603 perge1607 to work one's (also its) way1609 to pass on1611 to gain ground1625 to make its way1645 vadea1660 propagate1700 to gain one's way1777 further1789 to pull up1829 on1840 to make (up) ground1921 1597 A. Montgomerie Cherrie & Slae 826 Say sone now, haue done now, mak ather off or one. 1608 Yorkshire Trag. sig. C4^v Vp, vp, and struggle to thy horse, make on. 1622 F. Bacon Hist. Raigne Henry VII 33 The Earle of Lincolne..resolued to make on where the King was, and to giue him battaile. a1677 I. Barrow Serm. Several Occasions (1678) 5 He that knows his way..makes on merrily and carelesly..to his..journey's end. 1719 D. Defoe Life Robinson Crusoe 32 We made on to the Southward. 1849 M. Arnold Strayed Reveller, & Other Poems 40 Send him away, Sirs, and make on. 1890 Graphic Summer No. 24/2 He made on in his headlong flight. 1955 Delaware Folklore Bull. Mar. 17/2 If the Nanticoke is a guest in your house, when the time comes to leave he may say, ‘I guess I'll be makin' on home.’ to make out I. To move from its present state; to draft or represent. †1. transitive. In various physical senses. a. To build up. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > occupation and work > industry > building or constructing > build or construct [verb (transitive)] timbera900 workOE betimberOE craftOE buildc1275 lifta1300 stagec1330 upraise1338 wright1338 edifya1340 to make outa1382 to make upa1382 biga1400 housea1400 risea1400 telda1400–50 to work upa1450 redress1481 levy1495 upmake1507 upbuild1513 exstruct?c1550 construct1663 to run up1686 practise1739 to lay up1788 elevate1798 to put up1818 to lay down1851 practicate1851 a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Bodl. 959) Josh. xxii. 26 Make we out [L. extruamus] to vs an auter. b. To take or carry out. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > transference > [verb (transitive)] > convey or transport > carry > in or out to make outc1475 incarry1646–7 c1475 in Coll. Ordinances Royal Househ. (Harl. 642) (1790) 71 Noe yoman of this office..to bere or make oute of this office any breade but by knowledge of the brevour. c. To send out. Cf. sense 41. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > cause to move in a direction [verb (transitive)] steerc888 righteOE wisec1330 guy1362 makea1425 guide?a1505 to make forth1508 direct1526 to make out1560 bend1582 incline1597 work1667 usher1668 head1826 humour1847 vector1966 target1974 1560 J. Daus tr. J. Sleidane Commentaries f. cix He fel in to the lappes of our horsemen, which were made out [L. fuerant emissi] to kepe hym from the spoyle. 1569 R. Grafton Chron. I. vii. 142 The Londoners hearing of their doings, made out a certaine number of men of armes, who..put the Danes from that Tower. 1603 P. Holland tr. Plutarch Morals 343 He..made out certaine pinnaces..for to observe what..landing places there were. 1611 Bible (King James) Job i. 17 The Caldeans made out three bands, and fell vpon the camels, and haue caried them away. View more context for this quotation d. To throw out (a card) from one's hand; = to lay out 11 at lay v.¹ Phrasal verbs. Obsolete. ΚΠ 1680 C. Cotton Compl. Gamester (ed. 2) viii. 76 He that deals makes out the best Cards he can for his Crib, and the other the worst. 2. transitive. To draw up (a list, a document, etc.); to make a draft of; to write out (a bill, cheque, etc.) (to or in favour of or in the name of a recipient). ΘΚΠ society > communication > writing > manner of writing > [verb (transitive)] > draw up document writeOE makec1300 drawc1390 to make upa1425 to make out1465 prepare1562 to draw up1623 scriven1742 to draw out1773 redact1837 1465 M. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 314 They haue mad out bothe warantes and supersedias. 1472–3 Rolls of Parl. VI. 42/1 That every of the seid Writtes be made oute xx daies or more afore the seid day of apparaunce. 1743 B. Franklin Proposal Promoting Useful Knowl. in Papers (1960) II. 383 That the Business and Duty of the Secretary be..to enter Copies thereof in the Society's Books, and make out Copies for distant Members. 1770 P. Burton Pract. Office of Pleas in Court of Exchequer 18 The Inquiry is made out by the Clerk in Court, who pays only Two Shillings to the Master for signing, &c. 1793 J. Smeaton Narr. Edystone Lighthouse (ed. 2) §278 I was myself forming and making out the necessary designs for..the balcony. 1801 ‘Gabrielli’ Mysterious Husband I. 125 His Lordship..inquired whether he had paid the bill. ‘It is being made out, I am informed, Sir.’ 1826 New Monthly Mag. 16 557 The Duke had obliged the Duchess to receive Lady Denham as one of her ladies of the bedchamber; but just before her appointment was made out, she died. 1883 Ld. Blackburn in Law Times Rep. (1884) 49 687/1 The bills of lading also were made out in the name of D. and Co., deliverable to their order. 1893 Law Times 95 34/2 The accounts generally took some three or four weeks to make out. 1900 J. Conrad Lord Jim xviii. 203 Making out bills or writing letters at a stand-up desk in the shop. 1915 W. S. Maugham Of Human Bondage xxiv. 101 He made out a list of books which Philip was to read. 1969 Guardian 11 Aug. 5/5 You reach for your pen and ask, ‘who should I make it out to?’ 1993 N.Y. Rev. Bks. 2 Dec. 50/3 Paychecks made out in the name of Haitians who are dead. †3. transitive. To represent or delineate clearly or in detail. Also of a thing: to form the figure of. Obsolete (Art in later use). ΘΚΠ the world > space > shape > shape or give shape to [verb (transitive)] > form the figure of to make out1646 society > communication > representation > [verb (transitive)] > in detail to make out1646 society > leisure > the arts > visual arts > painting and drawing > [verb (transitive)] > represent pictorially > in careful detail to make out1646 1646 Sir T. Browne Pseudodoxia Epidemica iii. xxiv. 170 Hippopotamus..so little resembleth an horse, that..in all, except the feet, it better makes out a swine. View more context for this quotation 1647 J. Saltmarsh Sparkles of Glory (1847) 127 God..would make out himself in an image in this Creation. 1658 Sir T. Browne Hydriotaphia: Urne-buriall iii. 50 Hercules is not onely known by his foot. Other parts make out their comproportions, and inferences upon whole or parts. 1674 N. Fairfax Treat. Bulk & Selvedge 117 It may be objected, That a wheel of manifold rims whirl'd upon its axletree, would make out uneven bows of circles. a1806 J. Barry in R. N. Wornum Lect. on Painting (1848) 179 All the parts of objects exposed to the light..appear more made out and determined than the parts in shadow. 1825 New Monthly Mag. 15 534/1 Its dumb show is very eloquent and impressive; its story is fully made out to the eye. 1862 G. W. Thornbury Life J. M. W. Turner I. 199 The foliage of the ash-trees in the foreground is not at all made out, but is washed in..with hardly any details. 1875 R. Tyrwhitt Handbk. Pict. Art (ed. 2) 194 Proceed to make out the two distant hills by putting in quick triangular..touches. II. To make complete; to compensate. †4. transitive. Of an item in a series: to complete (a certain total). Of several items: to amount collectively to. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > quantity > amount to a quantity or amount [verb (transitive)] waxc1330 amountc1350 amount1399 to make up1504 to run to ——1528 to make out1535 sum1609 amound1642 tella1794 size1917 1535 Bible (Coverdale) Ezek. i. 2 The fifth daye off the Moneth made out the fyfth yeare off kynge Ioachims captiuyte. 1571–2 in J. H. Burton Reg. Privy Council Scotl. (1878) 1st Ser. II. 112 The sowme of fyve hundrith and fifty merkis, with the thrid of the provestrie of Methven, makand out in the haill V^m merkis. 1748 G. G. Beekman Let. 5 Aug. in Beekman Mercantile Papers (1956) I. 57 You have Received on board of Your Sloop on My account 200 bushels Salt, water Measaure Which Will Make Out about 220 Bushels Land Measure. †5. transitive. To make complete; to get together with difficulty or by degrees. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > wholeness > completeness > make complete [verb (transitive)] > complete, fill up, or make up to make up one's mouthc1175 fulfila1225 through-fill?c1225 upspeed1338 supplya1398 araisea1440 to make outa1562 accomplish1577 complement1643 implement1843 a1562 in F. R. Raines Hist. Chantries Lancaster (1862) I. 30 Hys Chappell which he began of free stone Syr John Stanley made it out when he was gone. 1750 S. Richardson Corr. (1804) II. 246 I am afraid we shall want matter of Molly Leaper's works to make out the bulk of the new volume. 1791 E. Burke Let. to Member National Assembly 51 They must..make out a scanty subsistence with the labour of their hands! 1828 N. Webster Amer. Dict. Eng. Lang. (at cited word) He promised to pay, but was not able to make out the money or the whole sum. 1861 C. Dickens Great Expectations II. xviii. 285 He by little and little made out this elegant and beautiful property. 1879 M. Pattison Milton xii. 162 Adding to them, with a view to make out a volume, his college exercises. †6. a. transitive. To compensate (a lack, defect, disadvantage); to supply (what is wanting); to supply the deficiencies of, to eke out. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > relationship > equality or equivalence > make equal [verb (transitive)] > compensate or make up for restorea1325 to make good1389 boot1393 rewarda1398 supplya1398 to make up1472 upset1513 to fetch again1535 redeem1590 balance1594 pay1596 unpay1600 to make out1610 requitea1613 to pay home1625 encourage1628 compensate1646 compensate1656 reprise1662 to take up1662 to fetch up1665 to pay off1717 indemnify1750 to bring up arrears1788 equalize1866 reparate1956 1610 Brechin Test. III. in Dict. Older Sc. Tongue f. 47 ^v Sua mekill..as will mak out with hir awin part..the sovme off tua thousand markis. 1629 J. Earle Micro-cosmogr. (ed. 5) xx. sig. E4 Such men are of no merit at all: but make out in pride what they want in worth. 1642 Sir T. Browne Religio Medici (1896) i. 19 Our wills must be our performances, and our intents make out our Actions. 1649 J. Milton Εικονοκλαστης xxiv. 196 Neither can his Spirituall defects..be made out..by another mans abilities. 1667 J. Dryden Indian Emperour iv. i. 39 Make out the rest,—I am disorder'd so I know not farther what to say or do:—But answer me to what you think I meant. 1699 T. Brown tr. Erasmus Seven New Colloquies v. 42 And if such a Disaster happen'd to him, he did not fail to make it out one way or other at Home. 1700 J. Tyrrell Gen. Hist. Eng. II. 847 When the Lyon's Skin alone would not serve turn, he knew how to make it out with that of the Fox. 1709–10 R. Steele Tatler No. 128. ⁋5 What I want in Length, I make out in Breadth. 1801 ‘Gabrielli’ Mysterious Husband III. 104 [She] only lamented she had not something better to offer them, but promised to make it out at dinner. b. intransitive. To make up, compensate for. Obsolete. rare. ΚΠ 1850 L. Hunt in Tait's Edinb. Mag. 17 570/2 Conscious of not having all the strength he wished, he endeavoured to make out for it by violence and pretension. 1891 Leeds Mercury 3 Oct. 3/7 [They] are becoming listless and indifferent, supposing that someone will make out for them. †7. intransitive. In certain games: to make the score prescribed by the rules as bringing the game to an end. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > sport > winning, losing, or scoring > win, lose, or score [verb (intransitive)] > make points > make score to win to make out1680 society > leisure > entertainment > pastimes > game > card game > play a card [verb (transitive)] > actions or tactics to hold up?1499 decardc1555 to turn up1580 discard1591 pulla1625 to sit out1659 face1674 to make out1680 to lay out1687 to throw away1707 lead1739 weaken1742 carry1744 to take in1744 force1746 to show down1768 throw1866 blank1884 block1884 cover1885 unblock1885 pitch1890 1680 C. Cotton Compl. Gamester (ed. 2) 89 And if one and thirty be not made, then he that play'd last and is nearest one and thirty without making out, must set up one. †8. transitive. To fill up or while away (the time) with some occupation. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > time > spending time > spend time [verb (intransitive)] > in some activity to make out1809 1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas I. iii. vi. 393 To make the most of the precious moments; and..to make out the time agreeably. 1813 J. Austen Let. 26 Oct. (1995) 245 We were obliged to saunter about anywhere..to make out the Time. 1849 A. Smith Pottleton Legacy (repr.) 76 To doze, or otherwise make out the time, until the first train went back. III. To succeed, establish, or prove. 9. a. transitive. To succeed in accomplishing; to effect, achieve. Now regional exc. colloquial in to make it out: to make shift, get along. See also senses 9b – 9d. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > prosperity > success > make a success of [verb (transitive)] > succeed in or achieve a purpose reacheOE awinc1000 attain1393 speedc1400 comprehenda1450 escheve1489 to make out1535 consecute1536 compass1549 achievea1569 aspire1581 obtain1589 subdue1590 to go a long (also great, short, etc.) way1624 arrivea1657 kill1899 nail1981 1535 Bible (Coverdale) Ecclus. xxxviii. 28 He hath set his minde there vpon, that he wyll make out his worke. a1640 P. Massinger & J. Fletcher Very Woman iii. v. 64 in P. Massinger 3 New Playes (1655) Now she is at a cold scent. Make out your doubles Mistress. O well hunted, That's she. 1706 D. Defoe Jure Divino i. 19 To implore the Gods that he might never enter that City, which they foresaw he would act the Fury in, and fill it with Blood and Slaughter, which he effectually made out. 1774 Ld. Kames Sketches Hist. Man II. ii. xi. 65 People there [i.e. in a populous city] seldom make out the usual time of life. 1797 A. Barnard Let. 10 Aug. in S. Afr. a Cent. Ago (1901) iii. 73 We wish to have no quarrels and no miffs. They had wished to miff with us, but we are so civil,..they cannot make it out. 1824 S. E. Ferrier Inheritance I. xxiv. 272 I shall make out my visit to you yet. 1827 Examiner 246/1 Harley, as too frequently happens to this mercurial comedian, has to make out his own part of a roguish innkeeper as well as he is able. 1841 T. Carlyle On Heroes v. 270 Byron, born rich and noble, made out even less than Burns, poor and plebeian. 1861 W. Collins Tom Tiddler's Ground iv, in All Year Round Extra Christmas No., 12 Dec. 22/1 They were artisans and farm-labourers who couldn't make it out in the old country. 1881 A. Trollope Ayala's Angel I. xiii. 158 If you'll let us make it out here till the 10th of July we'll go into an hotel then. b. transitive. With infinitive as object. To manage, make shift. Also (occasionally) with impersonal subject, as the weather. Now chiefly U.S. regional. ΚΠ 1616 B. Jonson Epicœne v. ii, in Wks. I. 588 It is the price and estimation of your vertue onely, that hath embarqu'd me to this aduenture, and I could not but make out to tell you so. View more context for this quotation 1748 G. G. Beekman Let. 23 Sept. in Beekman Mercantile Papers (1956) I. 63 Wee have at Last with a good Deal of fateauge and Troble Make out to Collect So much flour to gether as to Dispatch Your Sloop tho at an Extravigant Price. 1776 J. Adams in J. Adams & A. Adams Familiar Lett. (1876) 231 Amidst these interruptions, how shall I make out to write a letter? 1805 P. Gass Jrnl. 27 May (1807) 92 We..made out to get enough of drift wood to cook with. 1809 W. Irving Hist. N.Y. I. ii. ii. 79 She made out to accomplish her voyage in a very few months, and came to anchor at the mouth of the Hudson. 1838 T. C. Haliburton Clockmaker 2nd Ser. iv. 53 I think a body might have a chance to make out to scratch along to live here. 1872 ‘M. Twain’ Roughing It iv. 43 He sliced off a piece of bacon for each man, but only the experienced old hands made out to eat it, for it was condemned army bacon. 1876 E. W. Heap Diary 2 Jan. in Publ. Amer. Dial. Soc. (1969) lii. 53 It just made out to freeze a little last night. 1894 Outing 24 253/2 I have made out to sleep with tolerable comfort in a cave. 1940 Amer. Boy Feb. 18/4 Seems like with a little gumption I could have made out to go too. c. intransitive. colloquial. To make shift, get along; to succeed, thrive; to get on (well, badly, etc.). ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > doing > a proceeding > proceed or carry on an action [verb (intransitive)] > get on well or badly farec1000 speeda1122 wendc1325 hapc1350 wieldc1384 frame1509 shift?1533 to make out1776 to get on1861 1776 A. Adams in J. Adams & A. Adams Familiar Lett. (1876) 180 I would not have you anxious about me. I make out better than I did. 1820 W. Irving in Life & Lett. (1864) II. 30 I wish you would..let me know..how you and Murray make out together. 1851 N. Hawthorne in N. Hawthorne & Wife (1885) I. 396 To whom is Dora married, and how is she making out? 1861 C. Dickens Great Expectations II. ii. 27 I am rather bare here, but I hope you'll be able to make out tolerably well till Monday. 1891 Harper's Mag. Mar. 574/1 ‘I don't believe you will be satisfied in heaven; you will find it too monotonous’. ‘Oh, I shall make out, I'm sure’. 1916 ‘B. Cable’ Action Front 7 I took a fancy to seein' how the engines made out under war conditions. 1932 P. G. Wodehouse Hot Water x. 170 ‘How did you make out?’ ‘Oke. I'm in the Château.’ 1939 I. Baird Waste Heritage vii. 99 Oh, say, how'd you make out with Hazel? 1942 J. Dill in W. S. Churchill Second World War (1951) IV. ii. xxv. 397 Leaving us with limited American assistance to make out as best we can against Germany. 1951 E. Paul Springtime in Paris (U.K. ed.) ii. 37 We made out all right, with a hare paté, onion soup, a rare sirloin steak.., a slice of Port Salut, [etc.]. 1965 Listener 16 Sept. 433/3 Sibelius might not have made out very well as an opera composer had he chosen to do so. 1989 Messenger Feb. 8/2 They lived on various allowances..and have income support. ‘We make out,’ he says. d. intransitive. slang (originally U.S.). spec. To succeed in seducing, gain sexual satisfaction, have sexual intercourse (with).This expression seems to be have arisen as a specialization of sense 9c; cf. quot. 1939 for 9c there. There is some overlap with sense 9e (which is now the commoner meaning), and in some sources it is difficult to tell which sense is intended. For a discussion of this and related usages see A. F. Moe in Amer. Speech (1966) 41 96–107. ΘΚΠ the world > physical sensation > sexual relations > sexual activity > engage in sexual activity [verb (intransitive)] > have sexual intercourse playOE to do (also work) one's kindc1225 bedc1315 couple1362 gendera1382 to go togetherc1390 to come togethera1398 meddlea1398 felterc1400 companya1425 swivec1440 japea1450 mellc1450 to have to do with (also mid, of, on)1474 engender1483 fuck?a1513 conversec1540 jostlec1540 confederate1557 coeate1576 jumble1582 mate1589 do1594 conjoin1597 grind1598 consortc1600 pair1603 to dance (a dance) between a pair of sheets1608 commix1610 cock1611 nibble1611 wap1611 bolstera1616 incorporate1622 truck1622 subagitate1623 occupya1626 minglec1630 copulate1632 fere1632 rut1637 joust1639 fanfreluche1653 carnalize1703 screw1725 pump1730 correspond1756 shag1770 hump1785 conjugate1790 diddle1879 to get some1889 fuckeec1890 jig-a-jig1896 perform1902 rabbit1919 jazz1920 sex1921 root1922 yentz1923 to make love1927 rock1931 mollock1932 to make (beautiful) music (together)1936 sleep1936 bang1937 lumber1938 to hop into bed (with)1951 to make out1951 ball1955 score1960 trick1965 to have it away1966 to roll in the hay1966 to get down1967 poontang1968 pork1968 shtup1969 shack1976 bonk1984 boink1985 1951 W. Williams Enemy 8 ‘You got to have a wife here like the exec to have anything in this port.’ ‘Can't you guys make out here?’.. ‘Not here.’ 1953 W. Eyster Far from Customary Skies 217 What was there for a guy to do now? Go to dances. Try to make out. 1961 Times 27 Apr. 17/2 The detailed accounts of how he ‘made out’ sexually and emotionally with some sixteen different girls. 1991 Time Out 20 Nov. 22/3 The sorry pair's conversation is interrupted by a dairymaid and her paramour bursting in with the intention of making out on the blue pool table. e. intransitive. slang (originally and chiefly U.S.). To engage in sexual activity (with another person) which stops short of intercourse, esp. kissing and caressing. Cf. make-out artist n. at make-out adj., making-out n. at making n.¹ Compounds 2a(b). ΚΠ 1953 L. M. Uris Battle Cry 203 I tried making out with her but she cut me down. 1966 Jubilee Nov. 17/2 I know many fellow students who think of nothing but sex. Many don't think anything bad of ‘making out’ or even ‘going all the way’. 1999 N.Y. Mag. 8 Nov. 36/3 Don't underestimate the aphrodisiac quality of beautiful, fit young men dancing, flirting, and making out, none of whom have any interest in sleeping with the women present. 10. transitive. To discern or discover visually or aurally; to succeed in distinguishing by sight or hearing (or occasionally smell). Also with clause as object, or with object and complement, or (less commonly) object and infinitive. Cf. sense 32. ΘΚΠ the world > physical sensation > sight and vision > seeing or looking > see [verb (transitive)] > succeed in seeing or catch sight of underyetec1000 aspya1250 kenc1275 ofyetec1275 choosea1300 akenc1300 descrivec1300 ofkenc1300 readc1300 espyc1320 descryc1330 spyc1380 discernc1405 discover1553 scan1558 scry1558 decern1559 describe1574 to make out1575 escry1581 interview1587 display1590 to set sight of (in)c1595 sight1602 discreevec1650 glance1656 to catch a glimpse of1679 steal1731 oversee1735 glimpse1779 twig1796 to clap eyes on1838 spot1848 sky1900 1575 G. Gascoigne Noble Arte Venerie xl. 120 In the sandhils and drye places, a hounde can not make it out so well, by reason of the dust and sande which will strike vp into his nose. 1637 in 3rd Rep. Royal Comm. Hist. MSS (1872) 75/1 The Dunkirkers, so soon as they made out what I was, took in their flag. 1753 S. Richardson Hist. Sir Charles Grandison V. xliii. 273 I always think, when I see those badgerly virgins fond of a parrot,..or a lap-dog, that their imagination makes out husband and children in the animals. 1805 E. Berry Let. 13 Oct. in Ld. Nelson Dispatches & Lett. (1846) VII. 117 (note) The ship that bore down to us I soon made out to be a Three-decker. 1841 E. A. Poe Murders in Rue Morgue in Graham's Mag. Apr. 170/2 The gruff voice was that of a Frenchman. Could make out several words, but cannot now remember all. 1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest I. xi. 200 At last he thought that he could make out a human figure lying at the bottom [of the pit]. 1872 W. Black Strange Adventures Phaeton xxx. 406 Minute dots that you can make out to be sheep. 1889 A. Conan Doyle Micah Clarke xxxi. 325 By the aid of a glass I was able to make out their lines and camp. 1924 C. E. Mulford Rustlers' Valley vi. 68 He thought he could make out an oval face drawing back from the dotted Swiss. 1969 I. Murdoch Bruno's Dream i. 1 He reached for his glasses and held his watch up towards the dim curtain-edge and made out that it was four fifteen. 1976 A. Brink Instant in Wind (1979) 113 Here and there, through the sooty crust, one can make out patches of colour. 11. transitive. To find out the meaning of; to discover the drift of; to arrive at an understanding of; to interpret for oneself; to decipher, succeed in reading; †to understand or take (a writer) in a particular way (obsolete); to understand the character or behaviour of (a person). Also (with clause as object, or with object and infinitive): to discover, find out. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > understanding > understand [verb (transitive)] > reach understanding of conceive1340 grope1390 tellc1390 catchc1475 reacha1500 make1531 to make sense of1574 to make outa1625 apprehend1631 realize1742 finda1834 reify1854 recognize1879 to get (something) straight1920 to pick up1946 to work out1953 the mind > mental capacity > intelligibility > meaning > mean [verb (transitive)] > ascribe meaning to sense1564 to make outa1625 to make sense of1912 society > communication > reading > [verb (transitive)] > to decipher or interpret, read areadc885 unspell1665 reada1681 decipher1709 to make out1715 render1864 a1625 J. Fletcher Chances iv. iii. 17/1 in F. Beaumont & J. Fletcher Comedies & Trag. (1647) sig. Ccc Untill to morrow this time: we to our way, To make this doubt out, and you to your way. 1646 Sir T. Browne Pseudodoxia Epidemica vi. i. 277 By this Chronology are many Greeke authors to be understood; and thus is Martinus Crusius to be made out, when [etc.] . View more context for this quotation 1658 Sir T. Browne Hydriotaphia: Urne-buriall Ep. Ded. sig. A3 We..who have scarce time before us to comprehend new things, or make out learned Novelties. 1688 R. Boyle Disquis. Final Causes iv. 141 To suppose Him to have made such things for a particular end, which we cannot make out to be in any considerable measure worthy of his wisdom. 1715 H. Felton Diss. reading Classics (ed. 2) 172 Your Antiquaries make out the most ancient Medals from a Letter, and some Pieces of Letters,..with great Difficulty to be discerned upon the Face and Reverse. 1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure II. 229 He could only stammer out a few broken, half-form'd, faultering accents, which my ears..spelt, and put together so as to make out their sense. 1773 O. Goldsmith She stoops to Conquer iv. 80 I would not lose the rest of it [sc. a letter] for a guinea. Here, mother, do you make it out. 1791 ‘G. Gambado’ Ann. Horsemanship xvii. 74 His shouts (which from what I can make out from the Girl's imitations of them much resembled the war-hoops of the Indians). 1841 E. A. Poe Descent into Maelstrom in Graham's Mag. May 238/2 At first I could not make out what he meant—but soon a hideous thought flashed upon me. 1863 W. Bagehot Biogr. Stud. 208 To those who had an opportunity of accurately observing Sir George Lewis there was no difficulty in making him out. 1871 B. Jowett tr. Plato Dialogues I. 185 I made out, as I thought, that he was a stranger with whom you were talking. 1883 Sir N. Lindley in Law Times Rep. (1884) 49 727/1 They are clearly inviting the public to come and buy, both wholesale and retail, as far as I can make out. 1934 G. B. Shaw Village Wooing 113 I cant make you out at all. I am rather good at making out people as a rule; but I cant make head or tail of you. 1959 Tararua (N.Z.) 13 45 One curious term is scrub bush. So far as I can make out it is applicable to the individual plants which go to make up tall scrub. 1974 E. Figes Days i. 15 A man's voice trying to get through, only I could not make out what he was trying to tell me. 1987 R. P. Jhabvala Three Continents ii. 189 She even made out that he was coming to see her and not me. 12. transitive. To establish by evidence, argument, or investigation; to demonstrate, prove. Now frequently colloquial in phrases such as: how do you make that out?: ‘by what process do you arrive at that conclusion?’ Also with clause as object. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > testing > proof, demonstration > prove, demonstrate [verb (transitive)] i-sothea925 soothec950 fanda1000 kitheOE betell1048 showc1175 prove?c1225 treousec1275 stablisha1325 approve1340 verifyc1386 justifya1393 tryc1412 answer?a1425 appreve?c1450 to make gooda1470 convictc1475 averifyc1503 arguea1513 find1512 pree1515 comprobate1531 demonstrate1538 conclude1549 convince1555 argument1558 evict1571 avoucha1593 evidencea1601 remonstrate1601 clear1605 attaint1609 monstrate1609 evince1610 evince1611 improve1613 remonstrance1621 to make out1653 ascertain1670 to bring off1674 to make (something) to through1675 render1678 substantiatea1691 establisha1704 to bring out1727 realize1763 validate1775 the mind > attention and judgement > testing > proof, demonstration > prove, demonstrate [verb (transitive)] > be proof of provea1200 showa1325 declarec1400 verifyc1430 givec1449 persuadea1525 arguea1538 demonstrate1572 argue1585 put1596 evidence1611 evident1643 to make out1795 1653 J. Webster Academiarum Examen 81 In the 8. book, besides innumerable falsityes.., that is a most signal one, which in the first chapter labours to build up, of the eternity of motion: that thereby he may make out the ingeniture, and eternity of the world. 1660 tr. M. Amyraut Treat. conc. Relig. ii. iii. 197 They are..at a loss..to make out whence they learn't that God is powerful. a1682 Sir T. Browne Let. to Friend (1690) 4 If it could be made out, that such who have easie Nativities have commonly hard Deaths. 1694 J. Locke Ess. Humane Understanding (new ed.) ii. i. 44 He, that would not deceive himself, ought to build his Hypothesis on matter of fact, and make it out by sensible experience. 1709 G. Berkeley Ess. New Theory of Vision §128. 149 It has been..clearly made out, that a Man Born Blind wou'd not, at first reception of his Sight, think the things he saw were [etc.]. 1795 W. Paley View Evidences Christianity (ed. 3) II. ii. vi. 174 That in truth it was so, is made out by a variety of examples which the writings of Josephus furnish. 1803 Pic Nic No. 4. 5 How do these gentlemen make out their case? 1822 C. P. Clinch Spy i. iii, in America's Lost Plays (1941) XIV. 67 Sand: I've no doubt we'll make more money by keeping ‘hands off’ than by laying them on him. Raw: How the devil will you make that out? Sand: By making out that a live man is better than a dead one. 1863 C. C. Clarke Shakespeare-characters xvi. 391 Shakespeare has made out a strong case for Shylock. 1887 ‘L. Carroll’ Game of Logic iv. 93 ‘That lets me into a little fact about you, you know!’ ‘Why, how do you make that out? You never heard me play the organ?’ 1892 Sat. Rev. 8 Oct. 419/2 It would be easy to make out a strong case for the contention. 1920 T. P. Nunn Education xi. 131 A thorough-going misogynist could make out a case for applying the adjectives ‘mechanical’, ‘blind’, ‘unintelligent’, even to human mother-instinct. 1976 Times 21 May 4/4 The Government is satisfied that that special case has not been made out. 1991 R. Harrison Patently Murder (BNC) 18 ‘However, in my opinion the body had lain for some hours after death in a supine position.’ ‘On its back? How do you make that out, sir?’ 13. transitive. To claim to have proved, or to try to prove (something to be true); to make to appear, to represent, pretend. With clause as object, or with object and complement, or object and infinitive. ΘΚΠ the mind > language > statement > assertion without proof > [verb (transitive)] > claim, maintain, or profess to bear (a person or thing) in (also an, a, on) handc1300 pretend1402 presumea1470 profess1530 vendicate1557 pretence1567 intend1570 to show for ——1573 affect1606 to make out1659 purport1679 proport1884 1659 T. Burton Diary (1828) IV. 43 There is a Petition in some person's hands touching this business. They make it out that their right was in the time of Henry VI. 1699 R. Cocks Diary 26 Dec. in D. W. Hayton Parl. Diary (1996) 40 I really thought they would have made it out that this grant was the occasion of the French persecution. 1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure I. 206 His..hale, ruddy, wholesome country look, made him out as pretty a piece of woman's meat as you should see. 1832 Examiner 17/2 What, Sir, would you make me out a Radical? 1861 Mrs. H. Wood East Lynne III. iii. xiii. 151 It seems they want to make out now that Dick never murdered Hallijohn. 1872 S. Butler Erewhon viii. 68 I certainly did not make myself out to be any better than I was. 1891 Spectator 30 May Mr. Hutton was certainly careless as to figures, though not so careless as Dr. Abbott makes out. 1902 A. E. W. Mason Four Feathers xiv. 133 ‘I was not thinking of that’, Ethne exclaimed, ‘when I asked why we must wait. That makes me out most selfish.’ 1923 L. J. Vance Baroque vii. 65 Just because daughter's a swell looker don't make father out an innocent. 1935 Z. N. Hurston Mules & Men i. i. 33 Come on, Zora, le's go inside and make out we dancin'. 1969 W. Gass Pedersen Kid i. iii. 25 I'd grinned but he hadn't seen me, or else he made out he hadn't. 1988 R. Christiansen Romantic Affinities iv. 149 He was not the troublemaker that the press and gossip made him out to be. IV. To set out or extend. 14. intransitive. To start, set out, or sally forth; to get away, to escape. Formerly also: †to prepare to set out (obsolete). Now regional. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > going away > go away [verb (intransitive)] wendeOE i-wite971 ashakec975 shakeOE to go awayOE witea1000 afareOE agoOE atwendOE awayOE to wend awayOE awendOE gangOE rimeOE flitc1175 to fare forthc1200 depart?c1225 part?c1225 partc1230 to-partc1275 biwitec1300 atwitea1325 withdrawa1325 to draw awayc1330 passc1330 to turn one's (also the) backc1330 lenda1350 begonec1370 remuea1375 voidc1374 removec1380 to long awaya1382 twinc1386 to pass one's wayc1390 trussc1390 waive1390 to pass out ofa1398 avoida1400 to pass awaya1400 to turn awaya1400 slakec1400 wagc1400 returnc1405 to be gonea1425 muck1429 packc1450 recede1450 roomc1450 to show (a person) the feetc1450 to come offc1475 to take one's licence1475 issue1484 devoidc1485 rebatea1500 walka1500 to go adieua1522 pikea1529 to go one's ways1530 retire?1543 avaunt1549 to make out1558 trudge1562 vade?1570 fly1581 leave1593 wag1594 to get off1595 to go off1600 to put off1600 shog1600 troop1600 to forsake patch1602 exit1607 hence1614 to give offa1616 to take off1657 to move off1692 to cut (also slip) the painter1699 sheera1704 to go about one's business1749 mizzle1772 to move out1792 transit1797–1803 stump it1803 to run away1809 quit1811 to clear off1816 to clear out1816 nash1819 fuff1822 to make (take) tracks (for)1824 mosey1829 slope1830 to tail out1830 to walk one's chalks1835 to take away1838 shove1844 trot1847 fade1848 evacuate1849 shag1851 to get up and get1854 to pull out1855 to cut (the) cable(s)1859 to light out1859 to pick up1872 to sling one's Daniel or hook1873 to sling (also take) one's hook1874 smoke1893 screw1896 shoot1897 voetsak1897 to tootle off1902 to ship out1908 to take a (run-out, walk-out, etc.) powder1909 to push off1918 to bugger off1922 biff1923 to fuck off1929 to hit, split or take the breeze1931 to jack off1931 to piss offa1935 to do a mick1937 to take a walk1937 to head off1941 to take a hike1944 moulder1945 to chuff off1947 to get lost1947 to shoot through1947 skidoo1949 to sod off1950 peel1951 bug1952 split1954 poop1961 mugger1962 frig1965 the world > action or operation > safety > escape > [verb (intransitive)] atfareOE atcomec1220 atstertc1220 atrouta1250 ascape1250 astart1250 atblenchc1275 scapec1275 aschapec1300 fleec1300 ofscapea1325 escapec1330 overfleea1382 to get awaya1400 slipa1400 starta1400 skiftc1440 eschewc1450 withstartec1460 rida1470 chape1489 to flee (one's) touch?1515 evadea1522 betwynde?1534 to make out1558 outscape1562 outslip1600 to come off1630 society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (intransitive)] thinkeOE bowa1000 seta1000 scritheOE minlOE turnc1175 to wend one's wayc1225 ettlec1275 hieldc1275 standc1300 to take (the) gatec1330 bear?c1335 applyc1384 aim?a1400 bend1399 hita1400 straighta1400 bounc1400 intendc1425 purposec1425 appliquec1440 stevenc1440 shape1480 make1488 steera1500 course1555 to make out1558 to make in1575 to make for ——a1593 to make forth1594 plyc1595 trend1618 tour1768 to lie up1779 head1817 loop1898 society > travel > aspects of travel > departure, leaving, or going away > depart, leave, or go away [verb (intransitive)] > set out forthfarec888 foundOE seta1000 to go forthOE to fare forthc1200 partc1230 to pass forthc1325 to take (the) gatec1330 to take the wayc1330 to take one's waya1375 puta1382 treunt?a1400 movec1400 depart1490 prepare?1518 to set forth1530 to set forward(s)1530 busklea1535 to make out1558 to take forth1568 to set out1583 sally1590 start1591 to go off1600 to put forth1604 to start outa1626 intend1646 to take the road1720 to take one's foot in one's hand1755 to set off1774 to get off1778 to set away1817 to take out1855 to haul out1866 to hit the trail (less commonly the grit, pike, road, etc.)1873 to hit, split or take the breeze1910 hop1922 1558 T. Phaer tr. Virgil Æneid (1573) iv. sig. L.ij^v Set sailes aloft, make out with ores, in ships, in boates, in frames. 1589 E. Hayes in R. Hakluyt Princ. Navigations iii. 692 Making out from this danger, we sownded one while seuen fathome, then fiue fathome, then [etc.]... At last we recouered..in some despaire, to sea roome enough. a1616 W. Shakespeare Twelfth Night (1623) ii. v. 57 Seauen of my people with an obedient start, make out for him. View more context for this quotation a1632 T. Taylor God's Judgem. (1642) i. ii. xviii. 240 The Lion made out for his prey. 1703 W. Burkitt Expos. Notes New Test. Luke ii. 19 A gracious Soul no sooner hears where Christ is, but instantly makes out after him. 1847 L. Hunt Men, Women, & Bks. I. ix. 153 Poor Abbott..rushes forth for the second time, and makes out as fast as he can for a third coffee-house. 1884 ‘R. Boldrewood’ Old Melbourne Mem. xxii. 157 The ruder portion of the herd ‘made out’ that way. 1895 K. Mackay Yellow Wave 203 A dozen men..made out early in the morning to where the horses ‘ran’. 1914 J. Joyce Dubliners 55 They got into a rowboat at the slip and made out for the American's yacht. 1952 F. C. Brown Coll. N. Carolina Folklore I. 563 Make (right) out, to hurry, to escape.—Central and east. †15. intransitive. To extend in a particular direction or for a specified distance. Cf. sense 59c. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > space > extension in space > extend in space [verb (intransitive)] > extend in a certain direction liec1000 shootc1000 drawc1180 stretcha1387 streek1388 bear1556 trend1598 tend1604 take1610 to make out1743 to put out1755 trench1768 make1787 1743 R. Pococke Descr. East I. 25 From the north end..the foot of the hill makes out to the river. 1835 J. N. Reynolds Voy. U.S. Frigate Potomac vi. 100 From the northeast point of this island, a low rocky reef ‘makes out’ about half a mile into the sea. 1860 Mercantile Marine Mag. 7 198 At the N. W. end of San Nicolas heavy breakers make out 2½ miles. to make over 1. transitive. a. To hand over (sometimes spec. by a formal agreement); to transfer the possession of or responsibility for (a thing, an undertaking, etc.) from oneself to another. ΘΚΠ society > law > transfer of property > transfer [verb (transitive)] assign1297 bequeathc1305 alienc1400 analy1405 releasea1425 alienate?a1475 to make over1478 convey1495 transport1523 to put over1542 dispone?1548 design1573 pass1587 to set over1594 transfer1598 abalienate1646 attorn1649 demise1670 enure1736 to will away1773 divest1790 1478 G. Cely Let. 8 May (1975) 21 I trost to God to make yow houyr at thys marte C li. ster. and mor. 1546 O. Johnson in H. Ellis Orig. Lett. Eng. Hist. (1827) 2nd Ser. II. 178 When she doeth intend to occupie her monney she will lett me knowe for to write to Robert Androwe to make it over. 1600 T. Dekker Shomakers Holiday sig. F Roger, Ile make ouer my shop and tooles to thee. 1651 R. Baxter Plain Script. Proof Infants Church-membership & Baptism 13 The mercies that Christ hath purchased for their Children, and made over to them. 1763 H. Walpole Vertue's Anecd. Painting III. v. 143 Being persuaded to make it [sc. a fortune] over to his son. 1790 in Amer. Pioneer (1842) 1 72 Nathaniel Massie doth bind and oblige himself his heirs, &c., to make over and convey..one in-lot in said town. 1811 J. Austen Sense & Sensibility II. x. 189 The good understanding between the Colonel and Miss Dashwood seemed rather to declare that the honours of the mulberry-tree, the canal, and the yew arbour, would all be made over to her . View more context for this quotation 1851 N. Hawthorne House of Seven Gables xiii. 213 He inquired whether Mr. Pyncheon would make over to him the old wizard's homestead-ground, together with the House of the Seven Gables. 1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. xxi. 206 He made over the whole free kingdom of England to the Pope. 1883 W. Black Yolande III. xiii. 249 It is all settled now, and the land made over to its rightful possessor. 1893 W. Forbes-Mitchell Reminisc. Great Mutiny 180 My prisoner had no sooner been made over to me than [etc.]. 1969 I. Murdoch Bruno's Dream i. 4 He must find out about a deed of gift and make the stamp collection over to somebody and not let the Income Tax have it. 1984 N. Annan Leslie Stephen (1986) iii. 112 He had already made over the management of their affairs to her. †b. To settle (an estate, etc.) in the hands of trustees. Also used intransitively in same sense. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > law > transfer of property > settlement of property > settle (property) [verb (transitive)] > put property in trust to feoff (one person) to the use of1491 to put (out) to nurse1593 to make over1650 trustee1818 1650 T. May Old Couple (1658) iv. 33 All your widowes of Aldermen, that marry Lords, of late, Make over their estates, and by that meanes, Retaine a power to curbe their lordly husbands. 1678 S. Butler Hudibras: Third Pt. iii. i. 39 And Widdows, who have try'd one Lover, Trust none again, 'till th'have made over. a1817 J. Austen Northanger Abbey (1818) I. xv. 293 By what means their income was to be formed, whether landed property were to be resigned, or funded money made over, was a matter in which her disinterested spirit took no concern. View more context for this quotation 2. intransitive. = to come over 1 at come v. Phrasal verbs 1. rare (chiefly regional). ΘΚΠ society > travel > [verb (intransitive)] > travel across or beyond to come overeOE overfareOE overstridea1200 overgoc1225 to go over1415 cross1486 forpass1486 to make over1488 to put over1590 to make through1606 traject1711 the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > movement over, across, through, or past > [verb (intransitive)] to come overeOE passc1300 to pass byc1390 overwend?a1400 to go over1415 to pass througha1425 overdrawa1450 to make over1488 to get overa1500 transita1500 transire1592 to make through1606 transpass1626 to get through1694 1488 W. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 656 And they had nott seylyd not paste vj legys butt they aspied a Frencheman, and the Frencheman mad ouer to them. 1608 E. Grimeston tr. J. F. Le Petit Gen. Hist. Netherlands xvi. 1290 Sir Robert Mansel obserued their course, and knowing they should fall among those ships which laie in the downes, hee made ouer to the coast of France, to meet with them. 1869 J. S. Le Fanu Wyvern Myst. III. xi. 153 I held my tongue, but made over here to put our heads together and make sure o' the matter. 1942 S. O'Casey Pictures in Hallway 143 There's no actual damage done, is there? he asked, making over to her. 3. transitive. To remake, refashion (a garment, etc.); to refurbish, restore; to transform, reorganize. ΘΚΠ the world > time > change > change to something else, transformation > making or fashioning anew > fashion anew [verb (transitive)] reforge1542 unfashion1569 to make over1582 refashion1613 remodel1660 remake1766 recast1790 new-dress1795 rework1837 rejigger1899 rejig1948 jigger1961 1582 in J. D. Marwick Extracts Rec. Burgh Edinb. (1882) IV. 236 Fyndis the watter mettis and land mettis..to be awld, worn, and decayet,..to caus renew and mak ower the same to the awld just mesour of the realme. 1676 A. Marvell Mr. Smirke sig. F^v A Sermon..that was preached before His Majesty, and by his special command to be Printed, is it seems making over again, there having been sure some error in the Fonte.] 1695 J. Collier Misc. upon Moral Subj. 56 Age and Youth can never be made over, or adjusted. Nothing but Time can take away Years, or give them. 1868 L. M. Alcott Little Women I. ix. 125 I wanted the violet silk; but there isn't time to make it over, so I must be contented with my old tarlatan. 1872 H. W. Beecher Pop. Lect. Preaching ii. 39 Perhaps he may be able to make himself over. 1899 R. W. Trine In Tune with Infinite (1903) 50 That the entire human structure can be completely changed, made over, within a period of less than one year. 1903 H. James Ambassadors iv. viii. 111 The new quantity was represented by the fact that Chad had been made over. 1928 R. Macaulay Keeping up Appearances ix. 94 Feeling..in need of restoration, she..had a small port. That's better, she agreed with herself..makes you feel quite made over. 1936 ‘J. Tey’ Shilling for Candles xvi. 180 She..never recognized Chris... She'd heard that they made you over in Hollywood. Perhaps that was it. 1958 Technology Jan. 375/4 Had we better do what we can to ‘make over’ the traditional grammar school for an age of scientific industry? 1972 Daily Tel. 8 Sept. (Colour Suppl.) 26/1 A sewing machine stands on a table with a limp-looking dress, in the process of being ‘made over’, hanging on a nearby chair. 1989 Boardroom July 46/1 The three stucco-fronted, porticoed houses on the Smiths Charity estate have been made over into 15 flats. †4. transitive. To remove from one place to another. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > transference > [verb (transitive)] remuea1325 movea1382 translatea1382 transfer1382 transfigurec1384 removea1387 to turn overa1425 transume1483 to carry about1496 traduce1546 transplant1555 transact1621 transmigrate1635 hand1642 to make over1713 recover1719 to carry over1850 1713 J. Addison in Guardian 30 July 2/2 My Waist..is reduced to the Depth of four Inches, by what I have already made over to my Neck. to make through †1. intransitive. To go through. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > travel > [verb (intransitive)] > travel across or beyond to come overeOE overfareOE overstridea1200 overgoc1225 to go over1415 cross1486 forpass1486 to make over1488 to put over1590 to make through1606 traject1711 the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > movement over, across, through, or past > [verb (intransitive)] to come overeOE passc1300 to pass byc1390 overwend?a1400 to go over1415 to pass througha1425 overdrawa1450 to make over1488 to get overa1500 transita1500 transire1592 to make through1606 transpass1626 to get through1694 1606 J. Marston Wonder of Women ii. ii, in Wks. (1856) I. 172 Then amaine Make through to Scipio; he yields safe abodes. 1628 S. Rutherford Lett. (1863) I. 42 I doubt not but that, if hell were betwixt you and Christ, as a river which ye behoved to cross ere you could come at Him, but ye would willingly put in your foot and make through to be at Him. 2. intransitive. Scottish. To finish or be done with. Now rare. ΚΠ 1825 J. Jamieson Etymol. Dict. Sc. Lang. Suppl. (at cited word) To Mak throw wi', to finish, to come to a conclusion, after surmounting all difficulties; as, ‘He maid throw wi' his sermon after an unco pingle’. † to make to Scottish. Obsolete. intransitive. To set to work. Also (occasionally) reflexive in same sense. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > undertaking > beginning action or activity > begin action or activity [verb (intransitive)] beginc1000 onginOE aginOE ginc1175 to go tillc1175 to take onc1175 comsea1225 fanga1225 to go toc1275 i-ginc1275 commencec1320 to get (also get down, go, go adown, set, set down) to workc1400 to lay to one's hand(sc1405 to put to one's hand (also hands)c1410 to set toc1425 standa1450 to make to1563 to fall to it1570 to start out1574 to fall to1577 to run upon ——1581 to break off1591 start1607 to set in1608 to set to one's hands1611 to put toa1616 to fall ona1625 in1633 to fall aboard1642 auspicatea1670 to set out1693 to enter (into) the fray1698 open1708 to start in1737 inchoate1767 to set off1774 go1780 start1785 to on with1843 to kick off1857 to start in on1859 to steam up1860 to push off1909 to cut loose1923 to get (also put) the show on the road1941 to get one's arse in gear1948 1563 N. Winȝet Certain Tractates (1890) II. 4 Quhilkis being done..makis he to without delay. 1570 in J. Cranstoun Satirical Poems Reformation (1891) I. xii. 91 First on the feildis mak schortly to. ?1572 R. Sempill Premonitioun Barnis of Leith (single sheet) How sone I vnderstude the cace, I maid me to frahand. 1646 R. Baillie Let. 13 Oct. (1841) II. 403 Sundry other shyres are making to. † to make together Obsolete. transitive. To combine; to compound. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > wholeness > mutual relation of parts to whole > condition or state of being mixed or blended > mix or blend [verb (transitive)] > specific material things to make togethera1225 blenda1400 minglea1475 a1225 (c1200) Vices & Virtues (1888) 115 (MED) Lauerd, ȝif hit is ðin wille..Dom and Rewðe make wel to-gedere! a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Bodl. 959) 3 Kings v. 9 I schal maken hem to gidere [L. componam ea] in schippis in þe se. ?a1425 tr. Guy de Chauliac Grande Chirurgie (Hunterian) f. 56 (MED) Þer spryngen oute two braunches..þe whiche ben compounde, oþer made to gidere. 1535 Bible (Coverdale) Ecclus. xlix. 1 Whan the Apotecary maketh many precious swete smellynge thinges together. to make up I. To build up, complete, or compensate. †1. transitive. To build, erect (a tower, city, etc.). Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > occupation and work > industry > building or constructing > build or construct [verb (transitive)] timbera900 workOE betimberOE craftOE buildc1275 lifta1300 stagec1330 upraise1338 wright1338 edifya1340 to make outa1382 to make upa1382 biga1400 housea1400 risea1400 telda1400–50 to work upa1450 redress1481 levy1495 upmake1507 upbuild1513 exstruct?c1550 construct1663 to run up1686 practise1739 to lay up1788 elevate1798 to put up1818 to lay down1851 practicate1851 a1382 Bible (Wycliffite, E.V.) (Bodl. 959) Josh. xxii. 22 Þis auter we han made opp [L.V. we bildiden; L. construximus]. a1425 (?a1400) G. Chaucer Romaunt Rose (Hunterian) 7060 And he couthe thurgh his sleght, Do maken up a tour of height. 1490 W. Caxton tr. Eneydos xvi. 63 He fonde eneas..all ocupyed for to make vp the cytee of cartage. a1500 (?c1450) Merlin 39 (MED) Than comaunded Vortiger the werkemen to make vp the toure. c1540 (?a1400) Gest Historiale Destr. Troy 275 Argus..made vp a mekyll ship. †2. transitive. To build up (a bank, etc.) again where it has fallen away; to repair (an earthwork, fence, etc.) by making good any gaps or deficiencies. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > occupation and work > industry > earth-moving, etc. > [verb (transitive)] > repair earthwork, etc. evena1382 to make up1468 1468 Extracts Rec. in W. Chambers Charters Burgh Peebles (1872) 158 Mychell of Forest sall mak wp hys syd dyk fra his bern to the yet wythin viij dayis. a1500 (c1425) Andrew of Wyntoun Oryg. Cron. Scotl. (Nero) viii. l. 3994 He gert hym of his costage Mak vp Dunbar. 1576 in W. H. Turner Select. Rec. Oxf. (1880) 385 By the default of the..Cytie in not meakinge up the..bancks. 1585 T. Washington tr. N. de Nicolay Nauigations Turkie xix. 22 b That whiche was beaten downe..the assieged made vp againe. c1600 Wriothesley's Chron. Eng. (1877) II. 102 The worke..was begun to be made up agayn with breke. 1603 R. Knolles Gen. Hist. Turkes 863 The Christians in the meane time made vp their breaches with earth, [etc.]. 1611 Bible (King James) Ezek. xiii. 5 Yee haue not gone vp into the gaps, neither made vp the hedge for the house of Israel. View more context for this quotation 1664 in J. Stuart Extracts Council Reg. Aberdeen (1872) II. 208 The deane of gild to cause make wp the mercat croce..according to the stanse and forme of the mercat croce of..Edinburgh. 3. a. transitive. To make good, to compensate for (something that is wanting); to supply (a deficiency). Frequently also to make up (lost) ground. See also sense 3e.to make up leeway: see leeway n. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > relationship > equality or equivalence > make equal [verb (transitive)] > compensate or make up for restorea1325 to make good1389 boot1393 rewarda1398 supplya1398 to make up1472 upset1513 to fetch again1535 redeem1590 balance1594 pay1596 unpay1600 to make out1610 requitea1613 to pay home1625 encourage1628 compensate1646 compensate1656 reprise1662 to take up1662 to fetch up1665 to pay off1717 indemnify1750 to bring up arrears1788 equalize1866 reparate1956 the world > relative properties > relationship > equality or equivalence > be or become equal [verb (intransitive)] > compensate > make up time or distance to make, fetch up, make up leeway1669 to save one's distance (also time)1790 to make up (lost) ground1890 1472 M. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 365 Master Godfrey hathe promysyd hym..xl s. be ȝere, and þan lakkythe but iiij nobyls of xx mark be ȝere, þe wyche they hope ȝe wylle make vpe. 1538 T. Elyot Dict. at Suppleo To make vp that whiche lacketh. 1660 N. Ingelo Bentivolio & Urania i. 43 This he perform'd with such accurate Skill, that it made up whatsoever he wanted of Force. 1688 Bp. G. Burnet Three Lett. State of Italy 122 The Clergy..had neither learning nor vertue but made up all Defects by a slavish Obsequiousness. 1711 J. Addison Spectator No. 127. ¶2 What they have lost in Height they make up in Breadth. 1766 O. Goldsmith Vicar of Wakefield I. iv. 34 What the conversation wanted in wit, we made up in laughter. 1811 L.-M. Hawkins Countess & Gertrude IV. lxvii. 25 [The Almighty] never forgets us; it's all made up to us one time or the other. 1837 Ord. & Reg. Harvard Univ. 10 Recitations omitted may be made up with the assent of the Instructer, at any time within the term, in which they occur. 1862 Temple Bar 6 397 Should the confessor order him to make up the injury done to the treasury? 1882 ‘E. Lyall’ Donovan xlii He had large arrears of sleep to make up. 1890 Sat. Rev. 31 May 668/2 After getting a very indifferent start, she made up ground at the Bushes. 1890 Illustr. Sporting & Dramatic News 10 May 279/2 The huntsman..is now rapidly making up lost ground. 1934 A. Woollcott While Rome Burns 26 Hansoms have the advantage of semi-privacy, and what their drivers lack in chic they make up in saltiness. 1990 Sports Illustr. 23 July 26/3 The preternaturally patient King, who trailed by 11 strokes earlier in the day, made up ground by avoiding mistakes. b. transitive. To supply the shortfall or deficiencies of; to complete (a given number, quantity, period, etc.); (formerly also in passive) †to be completed in form or growth, come to fruition, (occasionally) to come to the end of one's life (obsolete). ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > wholeness > completeness > make complete [verb (transitive)] > complete, fill up, or make up > by supplying what is wanting performa1382 supplyc1480 upmake1485 to make up1488 mend?a1505 to stop, to fill (in or up), to supply a gap?1523 to eke out1596 help out (also through)1600 size1608 echea1616 inch out1620 to eke up1633 supplete1664 lengthen1670 supplement1749 to husband out1762 sort1880 piecenc1900 1488 Cely Papers in Eng. Stud. (1961) 42 144 I delyuyrd Nycolas v li...to lay to the xxv li...to make vpe xxx li. ffor L.B. a1553 King Edward VI Jrnl. 10 Feb. 1552 in Lit. Remains (1857) II. 400 [He] departed with somwhat more crounes then came to fifty-three thousand five hundred and odde poundes, and had authorite to borow..10,00 pounds Flemish..to make up the pay. a1568 R. Ascham Scholemaster (1570) ii. f. 56^v Now to know, what Author doth medle onelie with some one..member of eloquence, and who doth perfitelie make vp the whole bodie. 1574 R. Bristow Briefe Treat. Plaine Wayes f. 86 Catholics..who..were for that cause throwen out of their charges, cast into prisons, and there are now al almost made up by Martyrdome. 1593 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie i. xiv. 87 Before the full and complete measure of things necessarie be made vp. 1593 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie ii. viii. 123 Whatsoeuer to make vp the doctrine of mans saluation is added, as in supply of the scriptures vnsufficiencie, we reiect it. 1597 T. Beard Theatre Gods Iudgements ii. xlii. 426 [He] passing that night in great distresse, the next day made vp his wicked and miserable end. 1597 W. Shakespeare Richard III i. i. 21 Sent before my time Into this breathing world scarce halfe made vp. View more context for this quotation 1612 F. Bacon Ess. (new ed.) 145 For no youth can be comely, but by pardon, & considering the youth, as to make vp the comlinesse. 1641 J. Jackson True Evangelical Temper ii. 137 Lastly, I will make up the Decade with a meaner person,..Elizabeth Folks. 1645 J. Milton On Christ's Nativity: Hymn xiii, in Poems 7 And with your ninefold harmony Make up full consort to th' Angelike symphony. 1651 J. Saint-Amard tr. F. Micanzio Life Father Paul sig. E2 Not onely from being verst, but consummate, and made up in all sorts of learning. 1656 A. Cowley Davideis i. 28 in Poems There are some places in him [i.e. Virgil], which I dare almost swear have been made up..by the putid officiousness of some Grammarians. 1743 H. Fielding Jonathan Wild i. iv, in Misc. III. 23 As Whisk and Swabbers was the Game then in the chief Vogue, they were oblig'd to look for a fourth Person, in order to make up their Parties. 1793 T. Hastings Regal Rambler 47 Paper is thrown in to make up the weight. 1860 J. Abbott Amer. Hist. I. vii. 211 When the Indians had these large amounts to pay, it sometimes required many months for them to make up the sum. 1879 ‘Cavendish’ Card Ess. 189 When people are asked to make up a rubber. 1894 R. Bridges Feast of Bacchus i. 234 'Twill make our numbers up. 1956 G. E. Evans Ask Fellows who cut Hay xi. 90 One of the reasons why lads and boys were included in the contract is that they were taken on to make up the harvest—to bring the company up to the requisite strength. 1991 Globe & Mail (Toronto) 30 Nov. e11/2 The programming philosophy..has always been..to play them frequently..and to make up the minimum requirement with ‘gold’ selections..and..specialty selections. c. transitive. To bring up to a given number, sum, etc. Formerly †with the numeral as a simple complement (obsolete); now with to. ΚΠ 1629 J. Cole Of Death 195 His deceased children were alive still in heaven; and the ten more given him here, made them up twenty. 1719 D. Defoe Farther Adventures Robinson Crusoe 135 At first, I distributed Linnen sufficient to make every one of them four Shirts, and at the Spaniards request afterwards, made them up six. 1738 S. Johnson Let. (1992) I. 22 One 8vo pica..he is willing to do for twelve shillings a Sheet, to be made up a Guinea at the second impression. 1882 R. L. Stevenson New Arabian Nights I. 28 The Prince and his follower made the number up to eighteen. 1890 Illustr. London News 28 June 814/3 He makes up the income of his wife..to £2000 per annum. 1920 Act 10 Geo. V c. 48 §2 Such amount as may be required to make up the profit or loss to the amount of the standard. 1942 E. Bowen Bowen's Court ii. 38 His first object, when he arrived in Ireland, was to account for, and cause to be made up, an annual deficit of £20,000 in the revenue due from that country to the King. 1986 R. Carver Elephant (1988) 75 But that's all he paid her of the five hundred—fifty dollars or else seventy-five dollars, according to whose story you want to listen to. I had to make the rest up to her. d. intransitive. To compensate for, atone for. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > relationship > equality or equivalence > be or become equal [verb (intransitive)] > compensate > make good or make up for compensate1660 to make up1711 indemn1906 1711 R. Steele Spectator No. 33. ⁋1 Daphne..found her self obliged to acquire some Accomplishments to make up for the want of those Attractions. a1777 S. Foote Cozeners (1778) iii. ii. 70 You may renew hostilities and make up for lost time, as soon as you are out of the house. 1856 J. H. Newman Callista (1885) 274 If we have been wanting in due consideration for him, we now trust to make up for it. 1859 J. M. Jephson & L. Reeve Narr. Walking Tour Brittany ii. 16 A lovely view made up to me for the sights and smells. 1879 E. Dowden Southey v. 132 Southey made up in weight for what was wanting in measure. 1889 M. E. Kennard Landing Prize I. xi. 191 She does not attempt to make up for lost ground. 1908 E. F. Benson Climber 107 ‘I had meant to work to-morrow,’ said Elizabeth, ‘but I can do more the day after and make up for lost time.’ 1978 M. Sarton Reckoning (1984) xxi. 229 He was trying to make up somehow for the hell he had put her through. 1988 L. Appignanesi Simone de Beauvoir ii. 32 Sartre made up for his physical unattractiveness by the sheer force of his exuberant personality and charm. e. transitive. colloquial. to make it up to: to compensate or atone to (a person) for a loss or wrong suffered (esp. one of which the subject is the cause). Cf. sense 13b. ΘΚΠ society > morality > virtue > righteousness or rectitude > reform, amendment, or correction > atonement > atone for [verb (transitive)] > make atonement to (a person) to make one's gree to or withc1290 answera1400 satisfy1437 content1548 to make it up to1860 1860 W. Collins Woman in White in All Year Round 24 Mar. 503/1 I must make it up to you for having been afraid to speak out at a better time. 1879 H. James Confidence II. xx. 13 He had wronged her... As he could not make it up to her, the only reasonable thing was to keep out of her way. 1915 W. Cather Song of Lark vi. iii. 405 My own father died in Nebraska when Gunner was born..and I was sorry, but the baby made it up to me. 1946 K. Tennant Lost Haven (1947) xii. 188 You're a good girl... Make it up to you some time. 1973 A. MacVicar Painted Doll Affair xi. 130 I persuaded myself that it was justified. Tomorrow I would make it up to him. 1992 I. Pattison More Rab C. Nesbitt Scripts 16 Rab: Jaffa cakes on a Wednesday, Mary..Pure decadence. Mary: I had to lash oot on them, din't I? to make it up to the wean! 4. transitive. To fill up (an opening or gap); to stop up (a hole or passage); to shut or fasten up (a door, a house). Now chiefly regional. ΘΚΠ the world > space > relative position > closed or shut condition > close or shut [verb (transitive)] beloukeOE tinea900 bitunc1000 forshutc1000 sparc1175 louka1225 bisteke?c1225 spear?c1225 closec1275 knita1398 fastena1400 upclosec1440 to shut up1526 reclude1550 upspeara1563 lucken1568 to make up1582 hatcha1586 belocka1616 1582 in W. H. Turner Select. Rec. Oxf. (1880) 435 Nayles and woorkmanshippe to make uppe the hole in the walle. 1605 B. Jonson Sejanus i. i. 389 We must make vp our eares, 'gainst these assaults Of charming tongues. View more context for this quotation 1655 T. Stanley Hist. Philos. I. i. 26 Some say that the old channell was quite made up. 1719 D. Defoe Life Robinson Crusoe 69 I made up the Entrance, which till now I had left open. 1841 R. C. Trench Parables (1893) 334 The house is made up for the night, barred and bolted. 1886 R. Holland Gloss. Words County of Chester Make up..(3) to repair, to close up. ‘You mun mak yon gap up’. 1886 R. E. G. Cole Gloss. Words S.-W. Lincs. (at cited word) ‘The silt soon maks up the pipes’. 1891 Law Times 90 395/1 The hind proceeded to make up the gap by placing wooden rails on the side next the glebe land. 5. transitive †To close up (a letter) (obsolete); to wrap up (an article); to put together into a parcel, package, or bundle. ΘΚΠ the world > space > relative position > closed or shut condition > close or shut [verb (transitive)] > by folding together to fold upc888 shut?a1366 to do to1562 to make up1629 to shut up1833 the world > space > relative position > arrangement or fact of being arranged > state of being gathered together > gather together [verb (transitive)] > make into a pack or parcel hamperc1400 packc1400 to pack up1530 mail1570 emball1588 fardel1594 packet1621 farla1640 to make up1709 embale1727 bale1762 parcel1775 empacket1825 make1849 package1917 the world > space > relative position > arrangement or fact of being arranged > state of being gathered together > gather together [verb (transitive)] > make into a pack or parcel > make a parcel to make up1823 1629 P. Massinger Roman Actor iv. i. sig. G3^v I brib'd the boy that did conuey the letter, And hauing perus'd it, made it vp againe. 1709 Brit. Apollo 23–25 Nov. [Paper] to make up Soap in. 1823 Examiner 802/2 I was making up a parcel. 1832 Examiner 617/1 Mails will be made up at the Post-office for..Lisbon every Tuesday. 1859 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 20 i. 45 The hay is sometimes made up into bundles. 1889 R. L. Stevenson Master of Ballantrae x. 277 Making up his portmanteau for a voyage. 1894 Cassell's New Techn. Educator IV. 369/1 The reelings are then weighed and made up into bundles. 1988 R. Moss Challenge Bk. Brownie Stories (BNC) 56 The Pack spent a busy evening making up gift parcels to take round to the orphanage. II. To compose, assemble. 6. transitive. To compose, compile. a. To put together in due form; to compile, draw up (a list, document, etc.). ΘΚΠ society > communication > writing > manner of writing > [verb (transitive)] > draw up document writeOE makec1300 drawc1390 to make upa1425 to make out1465 prepare1562 to draw up1623 scriven1742 to draw out1773 redact1837 a1425 (c1385) G. Chaucer Troilus & Criseyde (1987) iii. 340 And day is set, the chartres up to make. 1552 R. Huloet Abcedarium Anglico Latinum Make vp, scribo. 1623 W. Shakespeare & J. Fletcher Henry VIII i. i. 89 He makes vp the File Of all the Gentry. View more context for this quotation 1662 J. Graunt Nat. & Polit. Observ. Bills Mortality i. 11 On Wednesday the general Accompt is made up, and Printed. 1814 J. Austen Mansfield Park II. xiii. 293 ‘You cannot think I mean to hurry you,’ said he in an under voice, perceiving the amazing trepidation with which she made up the note. View more context for this quotation 1885 Act 48 Vict. c. 16. §6 Every future valuation roll to be made up in any county. 1891 Sat. Rev. 8 Aug. 163/1 The averages of the season, made up to Saturday last. 1909 Cent. Dict. Suppl. at Transfer The transfers are the official record from which the prize-list is made up. 1975 R. Davies World of Wonders (1977) ii. v. 189 I had to make up the call-lists, so that the call-boy..could warn the actors when they were wanted on stage. †b. To compose (a book, sermon). Obsolete (Scottish in later use).In quot. 1630 the sense is perhaps ‘to make ready for the press’; the History was published in 1631. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > the arts > literature > art or occupation of writer or author > be the author of or write (a work) [verb (transitive)] setc888 adighteOE awriteeOE writeeOE dightc1000 workOE makelOE brevea1225 ditea1300 aditec1330 indite1340 betravail1387 compone1393 saya1475 compile1477 compose1483 comprise1485 recite1523 pen1530 contex1542 invent1576 author1597 context1628 to make up1630 spawn1631 1630 J. Ussher Let. in R. Parr Life J. Usher (1686) Coll. clix. 434 The History of Gotteschalcus,..which I am now a making up. a1676 M. Hale Primitive Originat. Mankind (1677) 222 Out of the History of Moses touching the Universal Flood, and the History of Deucalion, Ovid made up his first Book. 1881 Jamieson's Etymol. Dict. Sc. Lang. (new ed.) II. 218/2 To mak up,..4. To compose; as, ‘The minister's thrang makin' up his sermon’. c. To concoct, invent, fabricate (a story, lie, fictional scene or character, etc.); to compose (verses, etc.) impromptu; to improvise. Also to make (something) up as one goes along: to extemporize, improvise (something), frequently with little or no prior knowledge of the subject in question. ΘΚΠ the mind > mental capacity > perception or cognition > faculty of imagination > inventive or creative faculty > contrive, devise, or invent [verb (transitive)] findeOE conceive1340 seek1340 brewc1386 divine1393 to find outc1405 to search outc1425 to find up?c1430 forgec1430 upfindc1440 commentc1450 to dream out1533 inventa1538 father1548 spina1575 coin1580 conceit1591 mint1593 spawn1594 cook1599 infantize1619 fabulize1633 notionate1645 to make upc1650 to spin outa1651 to cook up1655 to strike out1735 mother1788 to think up1855 to noodle out1950 gin1980 the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > disregard for truth, falsehood > fabrication of statement or story > invent, concoct [verb (transitive)] forgec1386 contrivec1400 commentc1450 dissimule1483 devisea1535 invent1535 fable1553 coin1561 to make upc1650 manufacture1700 to tell the tale1717 fabricate1779 concoct1792 fob1805 mythologize1851 fabulate1856 phoney1940 the mind > mental capacity > knowledge > conformity with what is known, truth > disregard for truth, falsehood > fabrication of statement or story > invent, concoct [verb (transitive)] > turn into fiction to make upc1650 fictionize1831 fictionalize1925 fiction1961 c1650 J. Spalding Memorialls Trubles Scotl. & Eng. (1851) II. 202 Declairing [that] these wemen..war persuadit and intysit to mak wp this sclander. 1726 J. Swift Gulliver II. iii. xi. 153 The Seamen..were curious to enquire into my Voyages and Course of Life. I made up a Story as short and probable as I could, but concealed the greatest part. 1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest I. xiv. 275 Well, the story was not badly made up. 1863 A. Trollope Rachel Ray I. iv. 77 ‘You will believe me?’ said Rachel. ‘You will not think that I am making up stories to deceive you?’ 1869 L. M. Alcott Little Women II. iv. 54 The parts that were taken straight out of real life, are denounced as impossible and absurd, and the scenes that I made up out of my own silly head, are pronounced..‘true’. 1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. iv. 28 People began to make up a history of the Britons. 1891 Mrs. S. Edwards Secret of Princess II. i. 2 He sang his verses as he made them up. 1893 R. Kipling Many Inventions 98 I made up a whole lot of new things to go into the story. a1902 F. Norris Pit (1903) i. 27 ‘He had delirium tremens once behind the scenes in Philadelphia, and stabbed a scene shifter with his stage dagger...’ ‘Now, Landry,’ protested Mrs. Cressler, ‘you're making it up as you go along.’ 1924 M. Baring C xiv. 167 People had made up the story and believed it because they wanted to. 1940 A. Tate Ess. Four Decades (1970) 141 I began to wonder if Mr. Ransom had made it up; then I began to hope that he had, so that the witnessed fact should stand as proof of an insight. 1968 Guardian 22 Sept. 8/4 The film was, we are told, scriptless; the actors made up the dialogue as they went along. 1977 L. Lowry Summer to Die x. 139 We sang ‘Michael, Row Your Boat Ashore,’ mostly off-key, and we made up verses for everybody. 1988 J. Allen Awaiting Developments (1989) xii. 137 Dad and Kathleen were talking about the Council, and Planning Permission, and various Laws of the Land which I think they were making up as they went along. 1991 New Scientist 27 Apr. 51/2 When children make up novel words it is called lexical innovation. 7. transitive. To set out the items of (an account) in order; to add up and balance (an account). ΘΚΠ society > trade and finance > management of money > keeping accounts > keep accounts [verb (transitive)] > add up and ascertain differences to make up1471 balance1588 1471 J. Paston in Paston Lett. & Papers (2004) I. 570 I purpose to make vp my byllys cler, and send yow the copyse. a1616 W. Shakespeare Coriolanus (1623) i. i. 142 Yet I can make my Awdit vp, that all From me do backe receiue the Flowre of all. View more context for this quotation a1729 J. Rogers 19 Serm. (1735) ii. 33 He was to make up his Accounts with his Lord. 1741 S. Richardson Pamela III. xxxii. 250 A Desk, at which sometimes Mr. Jonathan makes up his running Accounts to Mr. Longman. 1749 H. Fielding Tom Jones II. v. viii. 182 Who but an Atheist could think of leaving the World without having first made up his Account? View more context for this quotation 1858 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 19 i. 123 A farmer's accounts should be made up once a year. 1889 M. E. Carter Mrs. Severn I. i. i. 27 Her husband..made up the tradesmen's books. 1892 J. Adam Commercial Corr. 22 It is customary for the banker to make up, or balance, the current account at the end of each half-year. 1915 V. Woolf Voy. Out viii. 113 At the open windows merchants could be seen making up the day's account. 1960 P. Larkin Sel. Lett. (1992) 322 I also enclose a cheque for £9, dated for 1st December as I have made up my accounts for November. 8. transitive. Said of component parts. a. Of quantities or individuals: to form (a certain sum or total; now chiefly, a certain fraction or percentage) either by themselves or with others. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > quantity > amount to a quantity or amount [verb (transitive)] waxc1330 amountc1350 amount1399 to make up1504 to run to ——1528 to make out1535 sum1609 amound1642 tella1794 size1917 1504 in S. Tymms Wills & Inventories Bury St. Edmunds (1850) 96 As mych lond more as shall makuppe the valo^r of xj marc̃ by yeer w^t the seid londes in Watton. 1542–3 Act 34 & 35 Hen. VIII c. 5. §12 As muche of the two partes residue, as shall accomplishe and make vp a full thirde parte. 1598 W. Shakespeare Love's Labour's Lost iv. iii. 205 That you three fooles, lackt me foole, to make vp the messe. View more context for this quotation 1602 J. Marston Hist. Antonio & Mellida ii. sig. D3 I haue nineteene mistresses alreadie, and I not much disdeigne that thou shold'st make vp the ful score. 1652 R. Brome Joviall Crew i. sig. B3^v Cash: which added Unto your former Banck, makes up in all..Twelve thousand and odd pounds. 1662 E. Stillingfleet Origines Sacræ i. v §2 Reckoning three Generations to make up a century. 1748 S. Richardson Clarissa III. lxvi. 321 These four [gentlemen], with Mrs. Sinclair, Miss Partington,..Mr. Lovelace, and myself, made up the company. 1860 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 21 ii. 450 The sums..do not quite make up 100. 1882 T. H. Pickering Monaco vi. 96 Three harvests of four different products make up a total, according to Monégasque arithmatic, of twelve crops. 1937 N. L. Bowen in Amer. Jrnl. Sci. 233 1 Since the oxides listed..make up some 97 per cent of the composition of the average igneous rock the alkali-alumina silicate system..is here referred to as petrogeny's ‘residua system’. 1974 E. Bowen Henry & Other Heroes vi. 127 Six Indian brothers made up two-thirds of the team. 1995 Mother & Baby June 22/1 Cells in the human body contain 46 chromosomes, making up 23 pairs. b. To form the components of (a whole); to constitute, compose; to contribute to the formation of; to go to form or produce. Frequently in passive to be made up (of certain components or parts). ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > wholeness > incompleteness > part of whole > be (part of) [verb (transitive)] > be the or a component(s) of graitha1300 form1377 makea1393 compone1398 constitute1552 go1559 to make up1589 mould1602 compounda1616 integrate1638 elementate1660 compose1665 represent1776 comprise1794 account1893 1589 G. Puttenham Arte Eng. Poesie ii. iii. 58 The next measure is of two feete or of foure sillables, and then one word tetrasillable diuided in the middest makes vp the whole meeter. 1597 W. Shakespeare Romeo & Juliet v. i. 48 Olde..cakes of Roses, Are thinly strewed to make vp a show. View more context for this quotation a1616 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 3 (1623) i. iv. 26 The Sands are numbred, that makes vp my Life. View more context for this quotation 1634 T. Herbert Relation Some Yeares Trauaile 2 Men and manners, which make vp a Librarie to themselues. 1646 Sir T. Browne Pseudodoxia Epidemica iii. ix. 127 This part, or animall of Plato, containeth not only sanguineous and reparable particles, but is made up of veynes, nerves, arteries. View more context for this quotation 1660 F. Brooke tr. V. Le Blanc World Surveyed 63 The River..is pleasant and large, and helps to make up a good haven. 1688 Bp. G. Burnet Three Lett. State of Italy 129 I have writ you a very loose sort of a Letter, all made up of digressions. 1693 J. Dryden Disc. conc. Satire in J. Dryden et al. tr. Juvenal Satires p. xvii Satyrus, that mixt kind of Animal..made up betwixt a Man and a Goat. 1711 R. Steele Spectator No. 152. ⁋3 These are the People who make up the Gross of the Soldiery. 1712 G. Berkeley Passive Obed. §1. 1 An Audience almost wholly made up of young Persons. 1713 J. Addison Cato iv. iii. 48 He was all made up of Love and Charms. 1834 J. H. Newman Parochial Serm. (1837) I. xxi. 316 Soul and body make up one man. 1849 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. I. i. 131 The few members who made up what was contemptuously called the Rump of the House of Commons. 1861 J. W. Carlyle Lett. III. 81 Ramsgate..is made up of narrow, steep, confused streets. 1877 E. A. Freeman Hist. Norman Conquest (ed. 3) I. App. 756 The force was made up of men of all nations. 1889 K. S. Macquoid Roger Ferron I. 122 Life is made up of tiny trifles. 1915 W. Cather Song of Lark i. i. 10 Her affection for him was prettier than most of the things that went to make up the doctor's life in Moonstone. 1941 W. J. Cash Mind of South ii. i. 127 All this went to make up an atmosphere wonderfully calculated to hurry sentimentality on to acromegalic development. 1960 B. Bettelheim Informed Heart (1986) iv. 174 The group, made up of Jewish political prisoners..managed to be assigned to the bricklayers' command. 1987 M. Warnock Memory v. 99 The series of experiences and attitudes and emotions which go to make up one person, is not a coherent and continuously conscious whole, but fragmentary. 9. transitive. To put together, construct, compound. a. To put together (a substance or material) into a particular form; to create, mould, or form (an arrangement, finished article, etc.) from a particular substance or material. Now chiefly confined to specialist contexts (see quots. and senses 9b – 9h). See also 5. ΘΚΠ the world > existence and causation > creation > [verb (transitive)] > devise, contrive, or make up, compose, or concoct craftOE befind1297 visec1325 contrive1377 temper1390 preparate?a1425 brew1530 to make up1530 forge1549 compact1576 mint1593 feign1690 to get up1828 1530 J. Palsgrave Lesclarcissement 632/1 Nowe that I have made up my cockes I wyll carye in as fast as I can. 1577 B. Googe tr. C. Heresbach Foure Bks. Husbandry i. f. 45^v When it [sc. grass] is dryed, we..make it vp in Cockes, and after that in Moowes, which must be sharpe and piked in the toppe. 1644 G. Plattes in S. Hartlib Legacy (1655) 200 I would have all the richest Farmers..to take down the foresaid Rick, and to make it up again with a leere of thrashed Corn. 1687 A. Lovell tr. J. de Thévenot Trav. into Levant ii. 85 They sweep a place very clean to sift the lime in, and when it is sifted they make it up in a heap. 1727 J. Arbuthnot Tables Anc. Coins 304 A Catapotium is a..Medicine that is..most commonly made up in Pills. 1852 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 13 i. 40 If proper care is taken in ‘making up’ the butter formed from cream slightly acescent. 1861 Temple Bar 3 254 The best coiffeurs..having a secret of making up a lady's head to last for three months. 1862 Temple Bar Sept. 250 Some curious tricks of the trade are practised in making up false hair. 1938 Amer. Home Jan. 58/3 I know an artist who buys plain door molding from the carpenter, makes it up into frames himself, and simply rubs it down. 1971 Black Scholar Dec. 56/1 The first leaflet we put out, I wrote, the first demonstration, I made up the pamphlets. b. To get together, collect (a company, a sum of money); to furnish by contributions from different sources. ΘΚΠ the world > space > relative position > arrangement or fact of being arranged > state of being gathered together > gather together [verb (transitive)] > assemble (people or animals) > gather (an assembly) make?a1160 to make up1594 1594 W. Shakespeare Henry VI, Pt. 2 ii. i. 44 Make vp no factious numbers. 1654 E. Wolley tr. ‘G. de Scudéry’ Curia Politiæ 106 To imbezell the treasure of the State, and so make up Bankes for private uses. 1692 J. Locke Some Considerations Lowering Interest 92 How will the Farmer be able to make up his Rent at Quarter Day? c1718 M. Prior Ladle 158 The miser must make up his plum. 1742 H. Fielding Joseph Andrews I. ii. xv. 280 Money was never scarcer, and she wanted to make up a Sum. View more context for this quotation 1808 Monthly Pantheon 1 71/1 Who take more pleasure in mediating in a quarrel, than in making up a purse for a boxing match. 1837 Penny Cycl. IX. 435/1 Nor was this an expensive company made up for the new house; for all, or nearly, all of the performers..had belonged to the old one. 1846 C. St. John Wild Sports Highlands 27 It requires quick shooting and good walking to make up a handsome bag. 1855 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. III. xv. 547 To contribute of their substance in order to make up a purse for Jeffreys. 1880 G. Smith Cowper ii. 22 His relations..combined to make up a little income for him. 1925 W. Cather Professor's House i. xv. 158 We could very nicely make up a little party at Lapérouse for him. 1986 S. Middleton After Dinner's Sleep vi. 66 Searching for coins, they made the sum up between them. c. To mix (dough); to form dough into (a loaf, biscuits, etc.). ΚΠ 1615 R. Hamor True Disc. Present Estate Virginia 43 Presently the bread was brought in two great wodden bouls, the quantity of a bushel sod breade made vp round, of the bignesse of a tenise ball. 1844 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 5 i. 3 A description of flour called ‘cowens,’ used by the bakers for making up their dough. 1852 H. B. Stowe Uncle Tom's Cabin I. xiii. 199 Rachel now took down a snowy moulding-board, and..proceeded quietly to making up some biscuits. 1904 Westm. Gaz. 23 Aug. 4/1 Fancy bread is for the future to be defined as that which is ‘made up into separate rolls, twists, or other shapes, each of which is less than one pound in weight’. d. To fit together the parts of (a garment, etc.); to fit together (pieces of material) to form a garment, etc.; to make (cloth) into clothing. Also intransitive: (of material) to admit of being used in this way. ΘΚΠ the world > textiles and clothing > clothing > tailoring or making clothes > tailor or make clothes [verb (transitive)] shape?c1225 to make up1647 confection1839 build1840 tailor1856 the world > textiles and clothing > clothing > tailoring or making clothes > tailor or make clothes [verb (transitive)] > make cloth or pieces of material into clothing to make up1647 1647 N. Hardy Justice Triumphing 25 Not so much as the garments of the new Dukes and Earles but are made up. 1672 in R. Willis & J. W. Clark Archit. Hist. Univ. Cambr. (1886) II. 295 For making up y^e Sarcenet Curtain. 1672 Duke of Buckingham Rehearsal iii. 21 [A tailor says] If I can't make up all the work I cut out, I shan't want Journey-men to help me. 1709 London Gaz. No. 4577/4 A wrought Gown stitch'd upon East-India Dimety,..not..made up. 1789 H. L. Piozzi Observ. Journey France I. 184 A skeleton wire upon the head, such as we use to make up hats. 1789 ‘P. Pindar’ Expostulatory Odes xi. 38 Like mercers had variety of stuff, For such whose turn it was to be made up. 1855 J. W. Carlyle Lett. II. 268 Took the black silk..to Catchpool..that it might be made up. 1861 Mrs. H. Wood East Lynne II. ii. vii. 71 Her striped silk, turned, will make up as handsome as ever. 1863 Ld. Lytton Ring of Amasis (1890) vii. 135 Mother was making up some bandages for his hand. 1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. xxx. 301 They pay twenty-five times as much for making up the dress as the cloth cost at first. 1892 Sat. Rev. 10 Dec. 682/1 It is a modest, unobtrusive stone, and makes up so well with diamonds, that [etc.]. 1952 E. Templeton Island of Desire i. xi. 80 A mourning dress which she hurriedly made up from an old black frock of Mrs. Kalny's. 1987 Sunday Express Mag. 20 Sept. 28 She was making up her own designs on the factory's machines. e. To compound or assemble (a substance, medicine, medical appliance, etc.) in accordance with instructions, esp. with a prescription; to fulfil (a prescription) in this way. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > wholeness > mutual relation of parts to whole > condition or state of being mixed or blended > mix or blend [verb (transitive)] > prepare by mixing mingOE meddlec1350 compoundc1384 temper1390 mix1482 comfit1483 confect1575 mingle1587 to make up1649 concoct1676 amalgamate1821 to rub in1844 1649 N. Culpepper (title) Physical Directory; a Translation of the Dispensatory..imposed upon all the Apothecaries of England to make up their Medicines by. 1699 J. Evelyn Acetaria 18 Omlets, made up with Cream. 1719 Free-thinker No. 97. 2 I make up my own Medicines. 1785 J. Trusler Mod. Times II. 161 I told the scoundrel to make up a vomit, and he has made up a purge. 1824 Examiner 10/1 [She] is in the habit of making up medicines for the poor. 1829 Examiner 589/2 The prescription was made up by Mr. Snow's assistant. 1883 W. D. Howells Woman's Reason (new ed.) I. xi. 216 I'll give you a tonic. Make you up a bottle and send it to you. 1940 W. Faulkner Hamlet ii. ii. 141 He brought a gross with him in the suitcase, specially made up for him outen asbestos. 1984 W. Gibson Neuromancer (1989) iv. xxii. 253 It's the meperidine. I had Ali make me up a custom batch. 1992 C. Thubron Turning back Sun xiii. 97 He made up a packet of bromide, but knew that it was little more than a placebo. f. To arrange (text) into columns, pages, etc., as in typesetting. ΘΚΠ society > communication > printing > preparatory processes > composing > compose [verb (transitive)] > arrange into columns or pages to make up1755 page1890 1755 J. Smith Printer's Gram. ix. 205 Having made up the Head of the first page, we cut it off by a rule. 1869 Galaxy 8 268 On the night of the 17th of September, the first number of the ‘Times’ was ‘made up’, in open lofts, destitute alike of windows, gas, speaking-tubes, dumb-waiters, and general conveniences. 1896 T. L. De Vinne in Moxon's Mech. Exerc.: Printing (new ed.) II. 421 The compositor was required to make up his page as soon as it was composed. 1942 H. L. Mencken Diary 9 Oct. (1989) 218 Very frequently after they have made up a page he has to pull it to pieces himself. 1992 PIC Aug. 62/3 I can make pages up, scan images in and all sorts of clever things. g. Formerly: †to lay and light (a fire) (obsolete). Subsequently: to add fuel to (a fire already burning) so as to keep it at a proper ‘height’. ΘΚΠ the world > matter > properties of materials > temperature > heat > burning > burn or consume by fire [verb (transitive)] > make a fire > add fuel to (a fire) beetc1275 timber1486 mend?a1505 stoke1735 to make up1781 bank1825 chunk1840 to stack up1892 1781 Let. 3 June in J. Judd Corr. Van Cortlandt Family (1977) 425 They..discovered a party of Cocknawaga's who made up the fire. 1801 C. Smith Lett. Solitary Wanderer I. 93 The usual hour of bringing candles, and making up the fire, was certainly past. 1801 C. Smith Lett. Solitary Wanderer II. 168 The daughter of the poor man under whose roof she was made up a fire in the wretched room assigned to her. a1817 J. Austen Northanger Abbey (1818) II. vi. 104 She should take her time... But she would not make up her fire. View more context for this quotation 1853 A. R. Wallace Narr. Trav. Amazon viii. 220 We made up our fires, put the meat on the ‘moqueen’, or smoking stage, and turned..in. 1861 C. Dickens Great Expectations III. xiv. 234 I made up the fire, which was still burning. 1889 M. Oliphant Poor Gentleman II. x. 172 ‘I might at least find a decent fire.’ ‘I'll make it up in a moment, Edward. A little wood will make it all right.’ 1915 W. S. Maugham Of Human Bondage iv. 12 Mr. Carey was making up the fire when Philip came in, and he pointed out to his nephew that there were two pokers. 1986 J. Gloag Only Yesterday 100 Rupert had made up the fire but not turned on the lights. h. To put (coaches, etc.) together to form a train; (also) to put (a train) together. ΘΚΠ society > travel > rail travel > rolling stock > [verb (transitive)] > connect carriages or driving wheels couple1841 to make up1864 1864 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 25 ii. 372 The waggons..were made up into trains. 1889 Scribner's Mag. May 581/2 The train once made ‘up’,..its progress..is comparatively simple. 1910 Encycl. Brit. I. 765/2 The cars of these trains are classified here and new trains made up. 1923 National Geographic Mag. Apr. 382/1 Two trains..and their cars made up into other trains may be seen in the foreground. 1973 Amer. Speech 1969 44 246 Working in yard service involves making up other freight..and passenger trains. 1997 S. Bellow Let. 1 Sept. (2010) 536 ‘Marshalling yards’—the rail centers where freight trains are ‘made up’, organized for their runs. 10. To prepare. †a. transitive. To attire (a person) suitably for receiving guests, etc. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > textiles and clothing > clothing > providing with clothing > provide with clothing [verb (transitive)] > in specific way > other wear?c1225 wear?c1225 wear?a1366 hapc1390 to-ragc1430 to make up1593 puppet1635 to set out1688 undress1818 overclothe1819 toilet1842 1593 G. Peele Famous Chron. King Edward the First sig. G3 And doe you meane to make him vp in frize. 1602 T. Dekker Satiro-mastix sig. K4^v Wat Terrill, th'art ill suited, ill made vp, In Sable collours. a1637 B. Jonson Tale of Tub i. vii. 27 in Wks. (1640) III The bravest, richest, and the properest man A Taylor could make up . View more context for this quotation a1640 P. Massinger & J. Fletcher Very Woman i. i. 33 in P. Massinger 3 New Playes (1655) Ped. 'Morrow sister, Do I not come unseasonably? Al. Why good brother? Ped. Because you are not yet fully made up, Nor fit for visitation. †b. transitive. To arrange (one's facial features) so as to produce a particular expression. Obsolete (in later use chiefly U.S.).to make up one's mouth: see mouth n. ΘΚΠ the world > physical sensation > sight and vision > thing seen > appearance or aspect > have (specific) appearance [verb (transitive)] > assume specific facial appearance or expression to make up1652 to gather up1712 1652 R. Brome Joviall Crew iv. i. sig. I4 Leave your bawling... Make up your face quickly. Here comes one of the Servants, I suppose. 1781 F. Burney Jrnl. 14 Sept. in Early Jrnls. & Lett. (2003) IV. 474 Was not that a speech to provoke Miss Grizzle herself? However, I only made up a saucy lip. 1828 N. Webster Amer. Dict. Eng. Lang. (at cited word) To assume a particular form of features; as, to make up a face; whence, to make up a lip, is to pout. 1837 F. Marryat Snarleyyow (ed. 2) I. ix. 89 Smallbones made up a lachrymal face. c. transitive. Chiefly British. To bring (spirits) to a required degree of strength by adding water; to dilute. Also: to add liquid to (a mixture) so as to bring the volume to a specified amount. ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > drink > manufacture of alcoholic drink > distilling > [verb (transitive)] > lower strength to make up1725 reduce1725 1725 G. Smith Compl. Body Distilling 77 When you have made up your goods to the quantity and quality you intend. 1731 P. Shaw Three Ess. Artific. Philos. 89 To keep out of the Spirit the grosser Oil of the Faints; and instead of these, to make up, as they call it, to Proof, with pure distill'd or simple water. 1753 Chambers's Cycl. Suppl. at Making-up When it is necessary to make up waters lower than proof, they are generally cloudy. 1836 C. Redding Hist. Mod. Wines (ed. 2) 353 Brandy is, however, not generally made quite up to twenty-two degrees of strength. 1894 F. Davis Pract. Volumetric Anal. 6 If 40 parts of absolutely pure hydrate of sodium be dissolved in distilled water, making up the resulting solution to 1000 parts. 1948 Good Housek. Cookery Bk. 295 Strain the celery, saving the liquid. Make up to ¾ pint with milk and add gradually to the butter and flour. 1961 Lancet 23 Sept. 688/1 A mixture of promethazine hydrochloride 50mg., pethidine 50 mg., and chlorpromazine 50 mg. was made up to 20 ml. 1992 BBC Good Food (BNC) Dec. 51 Strain off the cooking fluid, make up to 1.75 litres/3 pints and pour into another pan with the mustard and salt. d. transitive. To prepare, put in order (a bed) for a particular occasion; to put (a room) in order; to ‘do up’. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > undertaking > preparation > prepare [verb (transitive)] > prepare or put in order tailc1330 ordain1340 disposec1375 appoint1393 fettlea1400 tifta1400 richc1400 tiffc1400 orderc1515 instruct1534 prune1586 compose1612 to make up1759 fix1783 the world > physical sensation > cleanness and dirtiness > cleaning > cleaning house > clean house or room [verb (transitive)] to do out1728 to make up1891 spring clean1894 1759 Ann. Reg. 1758 i. 79/2 He..made him up a bed of straw in the waggon, under the waggon-house. 1824 Examiner 45/2 [She] desired witness to make up the bed in her room. 1839 C. Darwin in R. Fitzroy & C. Darwin Narr. Surv. Voy. H.M.S. Adventure & Beagle III. xvii. 396 Being quite tired with my day's work, I made up my bed as quickly as I could, and went to sleep. 1879 C. M. Yonge Cameos clii, in Monthly Packet Jan. 9 She had a couch made up for her on deck. 1889 W. Westall Birch Dene I. xiii. 178 We might..make you up a bed on the office floor. 1891 Blackwood's Edinb. Mag. 150 506/2 ‘Where have you made up Mr. Smith's room’? ‘In the north wing, sir.’ 1904 J. London Sea-wolf iv. 39 That night..I was sent to sleep in the steerage, where I made up a spare bunk. 1934 A. Christie Murder on Orient Express ii. ii. 87 I called the conductor to make up my bed. 1981 M. Angelou Heart of Woman v. 72 Just cook dinner for my fifteen-year-old, clean the kitchen and make up his room. e. transitive. To prepare (a person, esp. oneself) for a theatrical performance or other public appearance by means of an appropriate costume, false hair, (now esp.) cosmetics, etc.; (now chiefly) to apply cosmetics to (one's face, a facial feature). Chiefly reflexive (now chiefly regional) or in passive. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > beautification > beautification of the person > beautify the person [verb (reflexive)] preenc1395 prunec1395 prank1546 to set oneself out to the life1604 adonize1611 briska1625 tight1775 to make up1778 tighten1786 smarten1796 pretty1868 tart1938 pansy1946 sharpen1952 primp1959 society > leisure > the arts > performance arts > the theatre or the stage > the staging of a theatrical production > stage [verb (transitive)] > make up to make up1778 to whiten up1842 to blacken up1861 to black up1877 to white up1906 the mind > attention and judgement > beautification > beautification of the person > beautification of the skin or complexion > beautify (the skin or complexion) [verb (transitive)] to make upa1817 1778 F. Burney Evelina I. xvi. 97 I suppose you'd have me..powder, and daub, and make myself up, like some other folks? 1808 Monthly Pantheon 1 346/1 Yes, she produces a good effect!—she's well made up! 1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas I. iii. ix. 430 I made myself up.., with the barber's aid, as a sort of middle man between don Cæsar and Gil Blas. a1817 J. Austen Persuasion (1818) IV. x. 222 Morning visits are never fair by women at her time of life, who make themselves up so little. If she would only wear rouge. View more context for this quotation 1844 Puck 30 (Farmer) My young ambition sadly I resign,—My mind and face made up for first old men. 1859 J. Lang Wanderings in India 362 The General was very old, close upon eighty; but he was ‘made up’ to represent a gentleman of about forty. 1862 Temple Bar 6 339 His face is marvellously ‘made up’. 1891 New Rev. Aug. 176 They have no teeth; they have skins that would make a lemon look white;..But the maid makes them up; and people say how handsome they are. 1903 W. D. Howells Lett. Home xxiv. 200 I saw that he was wearing a fall overcoat; he shivered, and I said, ‘Aren't you made up rather lightly for this evening air?’ 1926 J. Galsworthy Silver Spoon iii. vi. 258 Marjorie Ferrar stepped into the Box, not exactly nervous, and only just ‘made-up’. 1930 V. Sackville-West Edwardians i. 15 She was heavily but badly made-up, with a triangle of red on either cheek. 1945 S. Lewis Cass Timberlane (1946) xlvii. 333 Small white wool socks..to be worn with bare legs that were made-up to look tanned. 1969 J. D. A. Widdowson & H. Halpert in H. Halpert & G. M. Story Christmas Mumming in Newfoundland 149 A gentleman..made hisself up with burnt cork. 1993 Vanity Fair (N.Y.) May 181/1 In a red knit dress and black pumps..her face made up, moisturized, lipsticked, and mascaraed, Hilary Rosen is the polar opposite of Urvashi Vaid. f. transitive. To get (a horse) into good condition, either for selling or for sporting performance; (also) to fatten (any animal) for the market (cf. to make off 4 at Phrasal verbs 1). Also intransitive: (of a horse, etc.) to achieve a good or better condition. ΘΚΠ the world > food and drink > food > providing or receiving food > feeding animals > [verb (transitive)] > fatten masteOE fatc1386 frankc1440 to set up1540 fatten1552 feed1552 cram1577 engrease1583 to raise in flesh1608 adipate1623 saginate1623 batten1638 to stall to1764 tallow1765 to fat off1789 to make up1794 higglea1825 finish1841 force1847 to feed off1852 steam1947 the world > food and drink > farming > animal husbandry > animal keeping practices general > [verb (transitive)] > fatten masteOE fatc1386 to set up1540 fatten1552 feed1552 forcea1571 cram1577 engrease1583 to raise in flesh1608 saginate1623 to stall to1764 tallow1765 stall-feed1766 graze1787 to fat off1789 to make up1794 higglea1825 finish1841 to feed off1852 steam1947 1794 Sporting Mag. 4 208 He thoroughly understands (what is termed by dealers) making up a horse. 1842 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 3 ii. 217 All the lambs being made up for the butcher. 1857 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 18 i. 19 The majority..buy them as colts; when fit for the collar,..make them up for the London brewers. 1867 Jrnl. Royal Agric. Soc. 2nd Ser. 3 ii. 533 If they [sc. fowls] have been ‘sent along’ with Indian corn [etc.],..they will make up to nearly 2 lbs. heavier. 1889 in E. Peacock Gloss. Words Manley & Corringham, Lincs. (ed. 2) 338 Sam's gone to John Skill's ageän to mak up his herses fer Lincoln fair. 1992 Sporting Life 9 Oct. 18/4 A lot of them are stoutly-bred and will make up into nice three-year-olds. g. intransitive. Originally Theatre colloquial with reflexive meaning in sense 10e. ΘΚΠ society > leisure > the arts > performance arts > the theatre or the stage > the staging of a theatrical production > stage [verb (intransitive)] > make up black1579 blacken1699 to make up1839 to whiten up1878 to blacken up1884 to black up1890 to white up1890 1839 C. Dickens Nicholas Nickleby xxv. 245 Mr. Crummles..had..‘made up’ for the part by arraying himself in a theatrical wig [etc.]. 1862 Temple Bar 6 340 Mr. Sothern ‘makes up’ so very darkly as to appear almost Jewish. 1879 G. A. Sala Paris herself Again II. ii. 28 He had ‘made up’ for the part of a distressed poet. 1890 Sat. Rev. 22 Nov. 591/2 When she went off with Paris, he had by magic arts made up as Menelaus, and she thought he was her husband. 1901 C. Morris Life on Stage v. 26 Of course when you are making up for a character part you go by a different rule. 1935 H. Edib Clown & his Daughter xlii. 236 ‘Of course, all the colouring is artificial.’ ‘You don't mean he makes up?’ asked Mrs Hopkins. 1966 J. Lennon & P. McCartney For No One (song lyrics) She wakes up, she makes up, she takes her time and doesn't feel she has to hurry. †h. transitive. = to get up at get v. Phrasal verbs 1. Obsolete. rare. ΘΚΠ the world > physical sensation > cleanness and dirtiness > cleaning > washing > washing clothes and textile articles > wash clothes [verb (transitive)] > wash, dry and iron launder1609 to make up1890 1890 Blackwood's Edinb. Mag. 148 56/1 They can make up linen execrably. 11. transitive. a. to make up one's mind (also to make one's mind up): to reach or approach a decision or conclusion; to resolve (that, to do something). Similarly in passive, as one's mind is made up, etc. Also to make up one's resolution (rare). Hence, with †for, †to, or infinitive: to be reconciled to the thought of, to be prepared for. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > difficulty > opposition > absence of resistance > accept without resistance [verb (transitive)] > give (one's mind, etc.) up to some condition resign1718 to make up one's mind1821 the mind > will > decision > resolve or decide [verb (intransitive)] choosec1320 definec1374 to take advisementa1393 appointc1440 conclude1452 to come to (an) anchor?1473 deliber1485 determine1509 resolvea1528 rest1530 deliberate1550 point1560 decide1572 to set (up) one's rest1572 to set down one's rest1578 to make account1583 to fix the staff1584 to take a party1585 fadge1592 set1638 determinate1639 pitch1666 devise1714 pre-resolve1760 settle1782 to make up one's mind1859 1751 Villier's Chances (rev. ed.) i. i. 6 Since she is so conceal'd,..I have made up my Mind. 1792 T. Jefferson Jrnl. 29 Feb. in Papers (1990) XXIII. 186 My mind was immediately made up to make that the epoch of my own retirement from those labors, of which I was heartily tired. 1821 Examiner 363/1 In winter people make up their minds for the worst and go. 1830 Examiner 663/2 The King has quite made up his mind to the loss of Belgium. 1847 F. Marryat Children of New Forest I. xiv. 280 Edward made up his resolution to join the army. 1859 J. S. Mill On Liberty v. 190 If the government would make up its mind to require for every child a good education. 1883 R. L. Stevenson Treasure Island iv. xvii. 136 We had all quietly made up our minds to treat him like one of ourselves. 1908 L. M. Montgomery Anne of Green Gables vi. 66 If we make up our mind not to keep her we'll bring or send her over to you. 1934 D. Hammett Thin Man xxx. 244 Guild hesitated, as if making up his mind whether to reply. 1960 C. Day Lewis Buried Day i. 26 The introspective, the waverers, the cowardly often need to have their minds made up for them thus. 1981 A. Hutschnecker Hope xiv. 227 When a man or a woman has made up his or her mind to die, there is little a physician can do to save them. 1992 D. Morgan Rising in West iii. xxi. 423 She had made up her mind that she wasn't going to let her dad do this number on her this time. b. Chiefly British regional, esp. Scottish. to make it up (also occasionally intransitive in to make up): to make up one's mind, to resolve, contrive, agree to do something, that. Also without construction: to agree to marry. ΚΠ 1814 C. I. Johnstone Saxon & Gaël I. 79 For as gude and bonny as she is, if Maister Angis and her mak it up, I'se ne'er be the man to differ them, she is a' I hae, an she'll get a' I hae. 1820 Edinb. Mag. & Literary Misc. June 533/2 Two young men, more resolute than their neighbours, ‘made it up’ to go and look in at the old woman's window. 1847 C. Brontë Jane Eyre I. x. 166 He and Miss Georgiana made it up to run away: but they were found out and stopped. 1869 A. Macdonald Love, Law & Theol. xvii. 333 That couple ower there..a doot they're makin 't up. 1900 Shetland News 13 Oct. 8/6 I heard dem makin' up at dey wir a' to vot fir Wason. 1956 in F. G. Cassidy & R. B. Le Page Dict. Jamaican Eng. 288/2 /wi mék op fi gó éniwie/ We are decided to go anyway. III. To advance, settle. 12. transitive. a. regional (originally Scottish). To make or increase the fortune of, enrich, reward; to elevate, promote; to compensate generously. Frequently in passive. ΚΠ 1531 J. Bellenden tr. H. Boece Hist. & Chron. Scotl. (Morgan) iv. 195 Distroing þe nobillis of his realm to mak vp his myschevous lymmaris. a1538 A. Abell Roit or Quheill of Tyme f. 124^v, in Dict. Older Sc. Tongue at Mak Lang before he expellit his lady..quham be he wes maid wp. 1629 in G. F. Black Examples Folk-lore Orkney & Shetland (1901) 77 Ye wald giff her ane guid sheip luck as ye haid given to sundreis..quhom ye had maid up. 1714 J. H. Thomson Cloud of Witnesses (1871) 78 He made them aye up, sometimes with an hundred-fold in this life, and heaven after. 1786 Scotland's Glory & Shame ii. 53 He'll make you up for ever. 1829 J. Hogg Shepherd's Cal. I. viii. 230 Your master will soon be sic a rich man now, that we'll a' be made up. 1871 J. Milne Songs & Poems 18 Though you bear the world's reproach You'll be made up for ever. b. colloquial (originally Services' slang). To promote to a higher rank or position. ΘΚΠ society > armed hostility > military organization > enlistment or recruitment > appointment to rank > appoint to rank [verb (transitive)] > promote promote1402 to make up1943 1943 J. L. Hunt & A. G. Pringle Service Slang 45 Made up, promoted. (Applies to the stages from Corporal to Warrant Officer.) 1958 A. Hunter Gently through Mill viii. 97 ‘Then why was Blacker made foreman?’.. ‘I made him up on his ability!’ 1975 Daily Tel. 19 July 9/7 Jones is working-class made-up to lance-corporal. 1992 Independent 16 Nov. 23/3 Companies are narrowing the path that leads toward the holy grail of partnership. Slaughter and May..‘made up’ just one partner in the current financial year, compared with 10 in 1991–92. 13. transitive. To settle, arrange. †a. To arrange, settle (a marriage, etc.); to conclude (a treaty). Also intransitive: to make a choice (rare). Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > society and the community > kinship or relationship > marriage or wedlock > betrothal and/or marriage > [verb (intransitive)] > enter into contract of marriage to make up1562 1562 in F. J. Furnivall Child-marriages, Divorces, & Ratifications Diocese Chester (1897) 75 Bie the consent of their frendes, who made vp the mariage betwixe them. 1592 T. Kyd Spanish Trag. ii. sig. D Aduise thy King to make this marriage vp, For strengthening of our late confirmed league. 1608 W. Shakespeare King Lear i. 196 Pardon me royall sir, election makes not vp On such conditions. View more context for this quotation a1616 W. Shakespeare Coriolanus (1623) v. iii. 141 Be Blest For making vp this peace. View more context for this quotation 1704 J. Pitts True Acct. Mohammetans v. 27 The Father of the Damosel usually makes up the Match. 1813 J. Austen Pride & Prejudice III. xvii. 299 Darcy did every thing; made up the match, gave the money, paid the fellow's debts, and got him his commission! View more context for this quotation 1879 M. J. Guest Lect. Hist. Eng. xxxviii. 384 Edward tried to make up a kind of peace between them. 1890 Universal Rev. Feb. 282 The best marriages are those which are made up by sympathetic and understanding friends. b. to make it up: to be reconciled after a dispute; to become friends again. Frequently with with. Also intransitive in same sense, as make up (with). ΘΚΠ society > society and the community > dissent > absence of dissension or peace > bringing about concord or peace > become at peace with each other [verb (intransitive)] saughtel1154 saughtenc1275 peasec1300 saughta1400 reconcilec1425 agree1447 to make peace1535 to fall in1546 to piece up1653 to kiss and be friends1657 to kiss and make up1657 to make it up1669 to make it up1722 conciliate1747 1669 R. Montagu in Buccleuch MSS (Hist. MSS Comm.) (1899) I. 441 You had made up with the Duke of York without his knowledge. 1722 D. Defoe Moll Flanders 307 They were in a great Fright, and were desirous above all things to make it up. 1748 S. Richardson Clarissa IV. v. 26 If I should be obliged to make up with him again, I shall think I am always doing myself a spight. 1782 S. Crisp Let. 5 Apr. in F. Burney Diary & Lett. (1842) II. 135 And now, Fanny, after this severe lecturing, I shall give you a sweetener to make it up with you. 1837 W. M. Thackeray Yellowplush Corr. i There we were, quarrelling and making up..by turns. 1872 ‘M. Twain’ Roughing It liii. 386 The next time Robbins got sick, Jacops tried to make up with him. 1887 C. L. Pirkis Dateless Bargain II. xviii. 232 We've kissed and made it up again. 1892 R. L. Stevenson & L. Osbourne Wrecker xix. 288 We..had quarrelled and made up. 1915 V. Woolf Diary 31 Jan. (1977) I. 31 I explode: and L. smoulders. However, quite suddenly we made it up. 1956 B. Webb Diary 12 Feb. (1956) II. 55 MacDonald shows no signs of making it up with the Left. 1983 J. Lingard Winter Visitor i. 9 He and his mother had been clashing a lot, quarrelling, making-up, then arguing again. 1991 Economist (BNC) 30 Mar. 14 The smaller Gulf states had already decided that..they should sensibly make up with their ex-enemy Iran. c. To settle (a dispute, etc.); to end (a quarrel) by reconciliation. ΘΚΠ society > society and the community > dissent > absence of dissension or peace > bringing about concord or peace > bring to peace (strife or discord) [verb (transitive)] > settle (a dispute) peasec1330 reconcilea1393 compone1523 compromit1537 compound1546 atone1555 to take up1560 compose1570 gree1570 accommodate1609 concoct1620 even1620 sopite1628 to make up1699 liquidate1765 resolve1875 1699 T. Brown tr. Erasmus in R. L'Estrange 20 Sel. Colloquies (new ed.) vi. 67 What passes between two People is much easier made up, than when once it has taken Air. 1727 A. Hamilton New Acct. E. Indies II. xxxvii. 62 Mediators in making up Cases of Debate and Contention. 1776 S. Foote Bankrupt iii. 80 And now this difference is whole and compos'd, let me try if I can't make up the other. 1828 W. Scott Fair Maid of Perth ix, in Chron. Canongate 2nd Ser. II. 259 Perhaps the feud may be made up without farther fighting or difficulty. 1855 T. B. Macaulay Hist. Eng. IV. xix. 301 That two..gentlemen should be deputed to wait on Her Majesty and try to make matters up. 1870 J. E. T. Rogers Hist. Gleanings 2nd Ser. 230 He had made up his differences with Fox. 1915 L. M. Montgomery Anne of Island xiv. 144 Em and I made up the old quarrel yesterday. 1964 E. Waugh Diary Mar. (1976) 792 He looked so pale and feeble and was so breathless that we there and then made up our estrangement of some twelve years. 14. intransitive. a. To advance in a certain direction; now only in to make up to: to draw near to, approach. Also (occasionally), of the tide: to flow up a river (cf. sense 58). ΘΚΠ the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > move in a certain direction [verb (intransitive)] goeOE wendOE makeOE aim?a1400 to make one's waya1425 reflect1547 work1566 to make up1596 path1597 sway1600 tend1648 vergea1661 steer1693 the world > movement > motion in a certain direction > movement towards a thing, person, or position > move towards or approach (a thing, place, or person) [verb (transitive)] to come at ——OE ofseche?c1225 approachc1305 proachc1450 coast1531 to make up to1596 accost1597 the world > the earth > water > flow or flowing > tide > type of tide > types of tide [verb (intransitive)] > ebb or flow makea1685 sit1751 set1777 to make up1898 the world > the earth > water > flow or flowing > tide > type of tide > types of tide [verb (intransitive)] > flow in fulleOE flowc1050 make1840 to make up1898 1596 Raigne of Edward III sig. I2^v Make vp once more with me the twentith part Of those that liue, are men inow to quaile, The feeble handfull on the aduerse part. View more context for this quotation 1611 T. Heywood Golden Age v. sig. K Let's make vp to his rescue. a1616 W. Shakespeare King John (1623) iii. ii. 5 Philip make vp. View more context for this quotation 1632 P. Massinger Maid of Honour iv. i. sig. H1^v Hell, stoppe, their bawling throats; again! make up And cudgell them into jelly. a1640 J. Fletcher & P. Massinger Spanish Curat i. i, in F. Beaumont & J. Fletcher Comedies & Trag. (1647) sig. E^v/1 There, I would follow you as a guid to honour, Though all the horrours of the Warre made up To stop my passage. 1678 J. Bunyan Pilgrim's Progress 38 He espied two Men come tumbling over the Wall,..and they made up a pace to him. View more context for this quotation 1725 D. Defoe New Voy. round World i. 114 With Intent to have endeavour'd to make up into the Latitude of fifty or sixty Degrees. 1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas IV. x. viii. 110 Impatient to know.., he made up to me immediately. 1855 D. Costello Stories from Screen 87 I saw her make up to the lady I have described. 1898 Daily News 25 Mar. 8/3 There was very little water in the river as the tide was only just beginning to make up. 1911 F. H. Burnett Secret Garden x. 100 ‘Do you think he really likes me?’ ‘He wouldn't come near thee if he didn't... See, he's making up to thee now.’ 1991 Motorboat & Yachting June 105/3 Anyone with a thirst for more knowledge of the remarkable Ijsselmeer project could make up to the south-west from Urk to Lelystad. b. to make up to: to make advances to (a person); to pay court to; to curry favour with. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > esteem > approval or sanction > commendation or praise > flattery or flattering > servile flattery or currying favour > flatter servilely or curry favour with [verb (transitive)] flatter1340 to claw the back ofc1394 to pick a thank (also thanks)c1422 clawc1425 to claw by the sleeve1509 to claw by the backa1542 fawna1568 to make or pay (one's) court to1590 adulate1612 hug1622 sycophant1637 to make up to1701 to whip it in with1702 cultivate1706 incense1708 to wheedle in with1726 to grandfather up1747 slaver1794 toad1802 to play up to ——1809 nut1819 toady1827 bootlick1846 to suck up to1860 lickspittle1886 jolly1890 bum-suck1918 arse-lick1919 to cosy up to1937 brown-nose1948 ass-kiss1951 ass-lick1962 love-bomb1976 1701 J. Collier tr. Mythol. Pict. Cebes in M. Aurelius Conversat. 248 They..make up to them with great Endearingness, and ply them strongly with Compliment and Flattery. 1749 J. Cleland Mem. Woman of Pleasure I. 128 On being let in, the girls of the house flock'd round Charles, whom they knew, and..they were, in their way, making up to him... But the Templar soon check'd their forwardness. 1781 D. Williams tr. Voltaire Dramatic Wks. II. 25 She ogles me still, or I'm mistaken; I'll e'en make up to her. 1809 B. H. Malkin tr. A. R. Le Sage Adventures Gil Blas III. vii. i. 4 They made up to don Cæsar or his son at once, without currying my favour as the channel of all good graces. 1842 S. Lover Handy Andy ii. 22 Tom's making up to the widow. 1847 W. M. Thackeray Vanity Fair (1848) xii. 98 Young Bullock..who had been making up to Miss Maria the last two seasons. 1889 R. L. Stevenson Master of Ballantrae i. 8 I have it by all accounts that Mr. Henry was more made up to from that hour. 1925 E. Fraser & J. Gibbons Soldier & Sailor Words 156 He tried to make up to me but I gave him the frozen mit. 1942 ‘S. Smith’ Mother, what is Man? 20 He does not like you, little boy, It's no use making up to him. 1988 M. Seymour Ring of Conspirators ii. 61 The secret of James's charm for children... He never talked down—and he never made up—to them. PV2. With prepositions in specialized senses. to make after —— intransitive. To go in pursuit of, pursue, follow. Cf. sense 70b. ΘΚΠ the world > movement > progressive motion > order of movement > following behind > follow [verb (transitive)] > pursue followOE driveOE to go after ——OE to come after——c1275 pursuec1300 suec1300 catcha1325 chasec1330 enchasec1380 to pursue aftera1387 ensuea1513 subsecute1548 prosecute1549 jass1577 course1587 to make after ——a1592 scorse1596 chevya1825 to take out after1865 shag1913 a1592 R. Greene Orpharion (1599) 32 Acestes..made after the King of Lidia, as fast as his men were able to march. 1600 Abp. G. Abbot Expos. Prophet Ionah 177 When they were so pursued and made after by the chariots and horsemen of the Egyptians. 1688 J. Bunyan Heavenly Foot-man (1886) 148 There is never a poor soul that is going to heaven, but the devil, the law, sin, death and hell makes after that soul. 1748 B. Robins & R. Walter Voy. round World by Anson iii. v. 336 His people made after them, in hopes of tracing out their retreat. 1856 R. A. Vaughan Hours with Mystics I. vi. vii. 285 As he flounders about, out tumbles the book; he lets go his staff, and makes after it. 1895 K. Grahame Golden Age 177 Selina..thought he was going down to the pond to catch frogs..and made after him. 1938 R. Finlayson Brown Man's Burden 49 He made after the old man to bargain for the horse. 1953 M. Traynor Eng. Dial. Donegal 179 To make after, to follow, pursue hastily. to make against —— 1. intransitive. To be unfavourable to; to militate or tell against. Cf. sense 55b. ΘΚΠ the mind > attention and judgement > testing > attestation, witness, evidence > contrary evidence > contradict, go against [verb (transitive)] traverse1491 to make against ——a1540 contradict1593 to give the lie (to)1593 dementie1594 belie1624 militate1642 contravenea1670 disconfirm1827 contra-indicate1880 a1540 R. Barnes Lawfull for Priestes to marry Wiues in W. Tyndale et al. Wks. (1573) ii. 315/1 The texte maketh agaynst the Pope. 1649 J. Milton Observations in Articles of Peace with Irish Rebels 56 The third Reason which they use, makes against them. 1668 N. Culpeper & A. Cole tr. T. Bartholin Anat. (new ed.) i. xxviii. 65 Ocular Experience makes against this. 1713 G. Berkeley Three Dialogues Hylas & Philonous iii. 139 That which makes equally against two contradictory Opinions, can be a Proof against neither. 1720 in Notes & Queries (1986) Mar. 18/1 A Man must not use weak Arguments, or such as may make against him, when he intends to persuade the Thing he says. 1855 W. H. Prescott Hist. Reign Philip II of Spain I. ii. iii. 439 He sought out whatever could make against the orthodoxy of the new prelate. 1890 Sat. Rev. 8 Feb. 165/2 Figures, if you carefully select those which make for you, and as carefully ignore those which make against you, can..be made to prove anything. 1900 J. Conrad Lord Jim xv. 185 All that makes against our efficiency—the memory of our failures, the hints of our undying fears, the bodies of our dead friends. †2. intransitive. To make a hostile movement towards; to go to attack. Cf. sense 70b. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > harm or detriment > hostile action or attack > make an attack upon [verb (transitive)] > make hostile approach to runOE to seek on (also upon)c1230 pursuec1300 yerna1400 seek1487 visitc1515 coast1531 accost1597 to come at ——1601 to make against ——1628 to make at ——1637 tilt1796 rush1823 to come for ——1870 to move in1941 bum-rush1988 1628 T. Hobbes tr. Thucydides Peloponnesian War (1629) i. 26 The Corcyræan's vnderstanding that they [sc. the Corinthians] made against them [ὡς ἤσθοντο αὐτοὺς προσπλέοντας]. to make at —— Now somewhat archaic. intransitive. To approach in order to or as if to attack or seize; to make a hostile movement towards. Cf. sense 70b. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > harm or detriment > hostile action or attack > make an attack upon [verb (transitive)] > make hostile approach to runOE to seek on (also upon)c1230 pursuec1300 yerna1400 seek1487 visitc1515 coast1531 accost1597 to come at ——1601 to make against ——1628 to make at ——1637 tilt1796 rush1823 to come for ——1870 to move in1941 bum-rush1988 1637 R. Ashley tr. V. Malvezzi Davide Perseguitato 247 There hath beene one, that seeing no other remedy, made at the soveraignty it selfe. 1671 E. M. Thompson Corr. Family of Hatton (1878) I. 61 Immediately, the cowe made at him. 1698 J. Fryer New Acct. E.-India & Persia 162 I was made at by an unsizable Snake. 1712 R. Steele Spectator No. 450. ¶1 All men..make at the same common thing, Mony. 1787 T. Best Conc. Treat. Angling i. iv. 20 When you dib for chub, roach, and dace, move your fly very slow when you see them make at it. a1862 H. D. Thoreau Maine Woods (1864) ii. 153 A very small black puppy rushed into the room and made at the Governor's feet. 1867 J. B. Rose tr. Virgil Æneis 261 Volscens..with his unsheathed sword Made at Euryalus. 1896 C. G. D. Roberts Forge in Forest xxi. 282 I made at him nimbly with my sword. a1908 H. C. Hart MS Coll. Ulster Words in M. Traynor Eng. Dial. Donegal (1953) 179 He made at me with the pitch-fork. to make for —— 1. intransitive. To operate in favour of, be favourable to; to confirm (a view, etc.); to tend to the advancement or progress of; to favour, conduce to, further, aid. Cf. sense 55b. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > continuing > progress, advance, or further continuance > furtherance > further [verb (intransitive)] > tend to the advancement of someone or something to make for ——a1500 make1726 a1500 (c1425) Andrew of Wyntoun Oryg. Cron. Scotl. (Nero) viii. l. 753 Þe lawis imperialle..Makys for þe Broys Robert, And noucht for Iohun þe Ballyollys part. 1517 R. Torkington Oldest Diarie Englysshe Trav. (1884) 59 The wynde made well for vs in ower way. 1526 W. Bonde Pylgrimage of Perfection Pref. sig. Aii Ioynynge also therto the gostly exercise and experience of holy fathers, as I thought them to make most for my purpose. 1526 Bible (Tyndale) Rom. xiv. 19 Let vs folowe tho thinges which make for peace. 1592 T. Nashe Strange Newes sig. C4^v But say wee should beleeue it, what doth it make for thee? 1612 F. Bacon Ess. (new ed.) 87 None denie there is a God, but those for whom it maketh that there were no God. 1639 N. N. tr. J. Du Bosc Compl. Woman i. Pref. F iv b Is there any thing that makes more for him, then that they upbrayd him with? 1684 T. Goddard Plato's Demon 273 How our Author augments, or diminisheth..the truth of things, as they make most convenient for his purpose. 1690 J. Norris Christian Blessedness 103 A Doctrin..such as makes neither for the Honour of God, nor for the Safety of Man. 1711 R. Steele Spectator No. 158. ¶1 Out of a firm Regard for Impartiality I print these Letters, let them make for me or not. 1715 in Notes & Queries (1986) Mar. 18/1 The Trumpet's not being in use at that time, makes very much for Homer's Purpose in this Place. 1753 S. Richardson Hist. Sir Charles Grandison II. xxi. 217 The acknowledgement makes not for your glory. 1831 T. L. Peacock Crotchet Castle vii. 140 Your story makes for my side of the question. 1881 R. L. Stevenson Virginibus Puerisque 24 Whatever makes for lounging and contentment, makes just so surely for domestic happiness. 1890 Sat. Rev. 8 Feb. 165/2 Figures, if you carefully select those which make for you, and as carefully ignore those which make against you, can..be made to prove anything. 1894 Times 25 May 9/5 The forces and conditions which make for sea power. 1948 Sporting Mirror 21 May 3/1 It made for exciting cricket. 1978 J. Morris Oxford (rev. ed.) viii. 78 The damp effluvia of Oxford make for catarrh and lassitude, but also keep this city miraculously green. 1989 B. Mukherjee Jasmine (1990) ii. 11 A farmer is dependent on too many things outside his control; it makes for modesty. †2. intransitive. To pretend, assert. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the mind > language > statement > assertion without proof > [verb (intransitive)] > claim, maintain, or profess pretend1494 to make for ——c1522 bear1641 c1522 T. More Treat. Memorare Nouissima in Wks. (1557) I. 72 This medicyne thoughe thou make a sowre face at it, is not so bytter as thou makeste for. 1529 T. More Dialogue Heresyes iii, in Wks. 222/1 Whyther Luthers matters bee so madde as they bee made for, that shall we see hereafter. 3. intransitive. To proceed or direct one's course towards; to go in the direction of; (also) to assail, make to attack.Not frequent before the 19th cent. ΘΚΠ society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct one's course [verb (intransitive)] thinkeOE bowa1000 seta1000 scritheOE minlOE turnc1175 to wend one's wayc1225 ettlec1275 hieldc1275 standc1300 to take (the) gatec1330 bear?c1335 applyc1384 aim?a1400 bend1399 hita1400 straighta1400 bounc1400 intendc1425 purposec1425 appliquec1440 stevenc1440 shape1480 make1488 steera1500 course1555 to make out1558 to make in1575 to make for ——a1593 to make forth1594 plyc1595 trend1618 tour1768 to lie up1779 head1817 loop1898 the world > action or operation > harm or detriment > hostile action or attack > make attack [verb (intransitive)] onreseeOE onslayc1275 entera1425 to be upon (also on) a person's jack1588 endeavour?1589 to fall aboard1591 to let fly1611 strikea1616 to lift (up) the hand(s, (occasionally one's arm)1655 to fall on board (of)1658 tilt1708 to walk into ——1794 to run in1815 to peg it1834 to sail in1856 to wade in1863 to light in1868 to roll into ——1888 to make for ——1893 a1593 C. Marlowe Edward II (1594) sig. I2 I see our soules are fleeted hence..Make for a new life, man. 1633 P. Fletcher Elisa 115 in Purple Island And glorious Angels on their wings it [sc. a soul] taking,..for heaven making. 1748 B. Robins & R. Walter Voy. round World by Anson ii. v. 170 One of these [ships]..made directly for us. 1791 E. Inchbald Simple Story IV. xii. 151 Sandford,..without a word in reply, made for the door. 1834 T. Carlyle Sartor Resartus ii. vi. 55/1 The wounded eagle is said to make for its own eyrie. 1859 H. Kingsley Recoll. G. Hamlyn (1860) xxii. 169 Don't..get frightened; make for the shore. 1874 J. R. Green Short Hist. Eng. People iii. §6. 145 They had hardly landed at Dover before they made straight for London. 1893 Chambers's Jrnl. 15 July 434/1 They will at once ‘make for’ each other's eyes. 1918 W. Cather My Ántonia i. xiii. 104 Each withdrew to a far corner of his own corral, and then they made for each other at a gallop. 1949 ‘G. Orwell’ Nineteen Eighty-four i. ii. 26 He took his leave of Mrs Parsons and made for the door. 1989 Scots Mag. Feb. 507 The boat..made for the cliffs near the rock stacks of Macleod's Maidens. to make to —— (regionalto make till ——) †1. intransitive. To tend or contribute to; to be favourable or conducive to; to go to support. Cf. sense 55b. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > continuing > progress, advance, or further continuance > furtherance > further [verb (transitive)] > tend to further to make to ——1528 to make with ——1559 to conduce to1586 1528 S. Gardiner in N. Pocock Rec. Reformation (1870) I. li. 124 Such reasons as seemed to make to the contrary. 1573 J. Daus tr. H. Bullinger Hundred Serm. vpon Apocalipse (rev. ed.) xxxiv. f. 97 All thynges that may make to life and saluation. 1607 T. Rogers Faith, Doctr., & Relig. 92 This maketh to the strengthning of vs against those Popish assertions of Vignerinus. 1638 W. Rawley tr. F. Bacon Hist. Nat. & Exper. Life & Death 79 In every Corruptible Body, Quantity maketh much, to the Conservation of the whole. 1732 D. Neal Hist. Puritans I. 159 Making more to seemliness..or edification. 2. intransitive. To go in the direction of, proceed towards, approach. Now chiefly Scottish. ΘΚΠ society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct (one's course, steps, etc.) [verb (transitive)] > be bound for or head for drawc1275 to-hieldc1275 roama1375 pretend1481 pursue1488 to make forth1508 to be in gate to1548 to make to ——a1568 to make unto ——1593 to be for1606 to set one's face for (from, to, towards)1611 steer1667 head1880 hit1889 a1568 Wyfe of Auchtermuchty (Bannatyne MS) 114 Then vp scho gat ane mekle rung, And the gudman maid to the dur. 1600 J. Ruthven Earle of Gowries Conspiracie sig. A2 The Court making to their horses, as his highnesse selfe was. 1602 J. Marston Antonios Reuenge i. i. sig. A4 Maria, Genoas Dutchesse, makes to Court. a1616 W. Shakespeare Julius Caesar (1623) iii. i. 18 Looke how he makes to Cæsar. View more context for this quotation 1694 Acct. Several Late Voy. (1711) ii. 20 When the Ice comes floating in too hard,..then the Ships make to the Harbours. 1780 W. Coxe Acct. Russ. Discov. 192 He cut his way through the troops..and made to the banks of the Irtish. 1793 J. Lindley in Hist. Coll. Michigan Pioneer & Hist. Soc. (1890) 17 623 They took to their canoes and made to her with tomahawks in hand. 1891 J. J. H. Burgess Rasmie's Büddie 47 Noo, whaar I'll-Helt's du makkin till Dis aerly i da moarnin? 1902 J. Horne Canny Countryside (ed. 2) 20 ‘Ye're makin' till 'e toon!’ reminds the passer of the drift of his steps. 1909 B. Stoker Lady of Shroud 351 The Lady began to make to a little northward of Ilsin port. †3. intransitive. To be pertinent or applicable to. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > relationship > relevance or pertinence > [verb (intransitive)] belimpOE beholda1067 belielOE pertaina1325 pendc1330 appendc1386 appertainc1386 holdc1430 pretenda1470 recorda1500 depend1525 extenda1533 inherea1628 to make to ——1645 apply1741 1645 J. Howell Epistolæ Ho-elianæ i. xxx. 60 That Hair is but an excrementitious thing, and makes not to this purpose. 1726 G. Leoni tr. L. B. Alberti Architecture II. 84/2 Those things which are most obvious, and make more immediately to the subject in hand. † to make unto —— Obsolete. intransitive. = to make to —— at Phrasal verbs 2. ΘΚΠ society > travel > aspects of travel > travel in specific course or direction > direct (one's course, steps, etc.) [verb (transitive)] > be bound for or head for drawc1275 to-hieldc1275 roama1375 pretend1481 pursue1488 to make forth1508 to be in gate to1548 to make to ——a1568 to make unto ——1593 to be for1606 to set one's face for (from, to, towards)1611 steer1667 head1880 hit1889 1593 W. Shakespeare Venus & Adonis sig. B Sick-thoughted Venus makes amaine vnto him. View more context for this quotation 1596 W. Lambarde Perambulation of Kent (rev. ed.) 144 Since Douer..is not many Myles off, let vs make vnto it. 1598 M. Drayton Englands Heroicall Epist. (new ed.) f. 87 Vnto the ship she makes which she discouers. 1692 T. Taylor tr. G. Daniel Voy. World Cartesius ii. 60 A Body is endu'd with Reason and a Will, first to have an end, and then to make unto it. † to make upon —— Obsolete. intransitive. = to make at —— at Phrasal verbs 2. ΘΚΠ society > armed hostility > attack > attack [verb (transitive)] > advance to attack seekc825 to seek again(sc1230 pursue?a1425 seek1487 visitc1515 coast1531 to make upon ——1542 1542 N. Udall tr. Erasmus Apophthegmes f. 264^v He made vpon these pirates, whom..he tooke and subdued. 1606 G. W. tr. Justinus Hist. ii. 8 The king vnderstanding..that they made vpon him in such speedy manner, fledde for feare. 1727 P. Longueville Hermit 153 Seeing themselves made upon by a Pyrate. to make with —— †1. intransitive. To grapple with, select as one's adversary. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ society > society and the community > dissent > contention or strife > carry on (a contest, fight, etc.) [verb (transitive)] > engage in contention with tangle1535 to make with ——1548 bucklea1605 to take on1866 to take tea with1888 to have on1939 1548 Hall's Vnion: Henry VIII f. xxj^v The Lorde Admirall made with the greate ship of Depe, and chased her stil. 1548 Hall's Vnion: Henry VIII f. cxxii The .vi. shippes perceiuyng that, left their chace & made with the Barke of Sandwyche. †2. intransitive. To side with, make common cause with. Of a thing: to tell in favour of. Cf. sense 55b. Obsolete. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > continuing > progress, advance, or further continuance > furtherance > further [verb (transitive)] > tend to further to make to ——1528 to make with ——1559 to conduce to1586 the world > action or operation > easiness > aid, help, or assistance > support > support or encouragement > support or encourage [verb (transitive)] > take someone's side or side with favoura1375 to stand with ——1384 takec1400 to take (a) part witha1470 to hold sides1490 to take the part ofc1500 to stick with ——1523 partake1546 follow1548 to join issue1551 to make with ——1559 favourize1585 side1585 party1587 to take in1597 part1669 to fall in1709 to take for ——1770 to take up for1824 range1874 1559 P. Morwyng tr. C. Gesner Treasure of Euonymus 250 The description following maketh with me [L. mecum ferè facit]. a1578 J. Heywood Witty & Witless 700 in Two Moral Interludes (1991) 43 An olde proverb makythe w^t thys whyche I take good Better one byrde in hand then..ten in the wood. 1597 R. Hooker Of Lawes Eccl. Politie v. vii. 13 Antiquitie, custome, and consent..making with that which law doth establish, are them selues most sufficient reasons to vphold the same. 1600 P. Holland tr. Livy Rom. Hist. viii. xxxiv. 306 There made with young Fabius, and tooke his part, the majestie and countenance of the Senat [L. stabat cum eo senatus maiestas]. 1608 D. Tuvill Ess. Politicke, & Morall f. 19^v It is the nature, and propertie of Passions, euen to make those thinges make with them. a1617 P. Baynes Lectures 273 in Comm. First & Second Chapters Colossians (1634) So farre as outward things make with salvation. 3. intransitive. See sense 57. 4. intransitive. slang (originally U.S.). [Probably after Yiddish makhn mit.] To bring into operation; to use, affect; to concern oneself with. ΘΚΠ the world > action or operation > undertaking > beginning action or activity > begin action or activity [verb (intransitive)] > become active or come into operation to take steadc1175 commencec1380 to take effect1385 to come into force (also to take force)1491 to come into (also in) play1568 inure1589 enure1607 to break out1862 to make with ——1940 bite1976 the world > action or operation > advantage > usefulness > use (made of things) > be in use or called into use [verb (intransitive)] > make use of occupy1558 deal1581 nuse1851 to make with ——1940 1940 J. O'Hara Pal Joey 131 The poor man's Bing Crosby is still making with the throat here in Chi. 1943 Amer. Speech 18 46 ‘To make with the mouth,’ meaning ‘to give the bird, to give forth a Bronx cheer’. 1943 Amer. Speech 18 46 Come, Baby, make with your hands. 1959 W. S. Burroughs Naked Lunch 80 A. J., surrounded and fighting against overwhelming odds, throws back his head and makes with the hog-call. 1962 L. Deighton Ipcress File xviii. 114 Dalby had changed into a red Hawaiian shirt... ‘You're making with the native costume?’ 1964 ‘C. E. Maine’ Never let Up xv. 149 Don't be a Smart Alick. Make with the alcohol. I haven't got all night. 1972 ‘H. Howard’ Nice Day for Funeral xi. 148 Make with the feet into your bathroom. 1989 Empire Sept. 88/2 The world's most incompetent stick up artist, makes with a gun and threats. This entry has been updated (OED Third Edition, June 2000; most recently modified version published online June 2022). † makev.² Forms: Middle English makke, Middle English–1500s make; Scottish pre-1700 maik. Origin: Formed within English, by conversion. Etymon: make n.¹ Etymology: < make n.¹ Compare match v.¹ Obsolete. 1. transitive. To pair, match, mate with. ΘΚΠ the world > relative properties > relationship > equality or equivalence > be or become equal [verb (intransitive)] > be equal or find one's match (of persons) make?a1300 to meet (also find) one's matchc1300 to be matchesa1470 match1536 parallela1594 paira1616 ?a1300 Thrush & Nightingale (Digby) 80 in C. Brown Eng. Lyrics 13th Cent. (1932) 103 (MED) Þe mest murþe þat mon haueþ here, Wenne hoe is maked to his fere. c1450 C. d'Orleans Poems (1941) 90 (MED) They wol out resoun shoue And say how hit is most his bihoue, For his plesaunce sum fayre lady make. 1463 in S. Tymms Wills & Inventories Bury St. Edmunds (1850) 23 (MED) I wille she haue..my flat pece enchased to make with a saltsaler of sylver. 1522 Worlde & Chylde (de Worde) (1909) sig. A.v^v So fell a fyghter in felde was there neuer yfounde To me no man is makyde. 1625 Kirkcudbright Town Council Rec. (1948) II. 312 [To pay] for not production of ther mesouris to the deane to be maikit being varnit. 2. intransitive. Of an animal: to mate. ΘΚΠ the world > animals > animal body > general parts > sexual organs and reproduction > [verb (intransitive)] > copulate to go to (the) bull (also cow, horse, etc.)a1393 entera1425 makea1522 lime1555 match1569 generate1605 copulate1632 fere1632 strene1820 pair1908 mate1927 to saw a chunk off1961 a1522 G. Douglas in tr. Virgil Æneid (1957) iv. Prol. 53 The snaw quhite dow oft to the gray maik will. This entry has been updated (OED Third Edition, June 2000; most recently modified version published online December 2020). > see also also refers to : make-comb. form < n.¹c1175n.²a1325n.³?1536v.¹eOEv.²?a1300 see also
随便看	mazourkas mazout mazovian mazuma mazumas mazurka mazurkas mazut mazy mazy herring mazy-running mazyrunning mazzard mazzard cherry mazzards mazzaroth mazzebah mazzinian mazzinianism mazzinism mazzinist mazzite maître maître d maître d'hôtel butter

maken.1

maken.2

maken.3

makev.1

Phrasal verbs

† makev.2

> see also

maken.¹

maken.²

maken.³

makev.¹

† makev.²